Skip to main content

Full text of "Report on the law of trusts"

See other formats


REPORT 

ON  THE 

LAW  OF  TRUSTS 


ONTARIO  LAW  REFORM  COMMISSION 


VOLUME  I 


Ministry  of  the  1984 

Attorney 

General 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

Osgoode  Hall  Law  School  and  Law  Commission  of  Ontario 


http://www.archive.org/details/reportonlawoftru01onta 


REPORT 

ON  THE 

LAW  OF  TRUSTS 


ONTARIO  LAW  REFORM  COMMISSION 


VOLUME  I 


Ministry  of  the  1984 

Attorney 

General 


The  Ontario  Law  Reform  Commission  was  established  by  section  1  of  the 
Ontario  Law  Reform  Commission  Act.  Section  2(  1 )  of  the  Act  states  that  it  is  the 
function  of  the  Commission  to  inquire  into  and  consider  any  matter  relating  to 
(a)  reform  of  the  law  having  regard  to  the  statute  law,  the  common  law  and  judicial 
decisions;  (b)  the  administration  of  justice;  (c)  judicial  and  quasi-judicial  procedures 
under  any  Act;  and  (d)  any  subject  referred  to  it  by  the  Attorney  General.  The 
Commissioners  are: 

Derek  Mendes  da  Costa,  Q.C,  LL.B.,  LL.M.,  S.J.D.,  LL.D.,  Chairman 

H.  Allan  Leal,  O.C.,  Q.C,  LL.M.,  LL.D.,  D.C.L.,  Vice  Chairman 

Honourable  Richard  A.  Bell,  P.C.,  Q.C. 

William  R.  Poole,  Q.C. 

Barry  A.  Percival,  Q.C. 

M.  Patricia  Richardson,  M.A.,  LL.B.,  is  Counsel  to  the  Commission.  The 
Secretary  of  the  Commission  is  Miss  A.F.  Chute,  and  its  offices  are  located  on  the 
Fifteenth  Floor  at  18  King  Street  East,  Toronto,  Ontario,  Canada  M5C  1C5. 


ISBN  0-7743-8914-1  for  set  of  two  volumes 
ISBN  for  this  volume:  0-7743-89 15-X  (vol.  I) 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 
VOLUME  I 

Page 

Letter  of  Transmittal xiii 

Foreword 1 

Chapter  1     Introduction 3 

1 .  General 3 

2.  The  History  of  the  Trust  Concept 5 

3.  The  Need  for  a  Revised  Trustee  Act:  Approaches  to  Reform 10 

(a)  The  Need  for  Legislation 10 

(b)  The  Form  of  Revised  Legislation 12 

(i)  Codification 12 

(ii)  Modernization  of  Existing  Act 14 

4.  Conclusions 15 

RECOMMENDATIONS 20 

Chapter  2    General  Principles  Governing  the  Exercise  of  Power 

and  Discharge  of  Duty  by  Trustees 23 

1 .  Introduction 23 

2.  Trustees'  Duty  of  Care  24 

(a)  The  Basic  Duty  of  Care 24 

(b)  The  Non-Professional,  Unremunerated  Trustee 27 

(c)  The  Professional  Trustee 29 

(d)  Judicial  Power  to  Excuse  Breaches  of  Trust 35 

(e)  Exoneration  of  Trustees  from  Liability  by  the  Terms  of  the 

Trust  Instrument 39 

3.     Delegation  by  Trustees  of  Duties  or  Powers 42 


[1V| 

Page 

(a)  Introduction 42 

(b)  Acts  That  a  Trustee  May  Delegate  43 

(i)  Common  Law 43 

(ii)  Statute 45 

a.  Commonwealth 45 

b.  United  States 47 

(iii)  Conclusions 48 

(c)  Duty  of  Care  and  Liability  of  Trustees  for  Loss  Caused  by 

the  Act  or  Omission  of  Agents 49 

(i)  Present  Law 49 

(ii)  Conclusions 51 

(d)  Reliance  Upon  Advice 52 

(e)  Power  of  Attorney 54 

4.  Conflict  of  Interest  and  Duty 57 

(a)  Nature  and  Scope  of  the  Rule 57 

(b)  A  Statutory  Formulation  of  the  Rule 62 

(c)  Power  of  the  Court  in  Relation  to  Conflict  of  Interest  and 

Duty 62 

(d)  Validity  of  Terms  in  the  Trust  Instrument  Permitting  a 

Conflict  of  Interest  and  Duty 69 

5 .  Unanimity  of  Trustees 71 

6.  Powers  of  Trustees  Solely  Theirs 72 

(a)  Should  Beneficiaries  Be  Entitled  to  Instruct  Trustees  in  the 
Exercise  of  Their  Powers? 73 

(b)  Beneficiaries'  Objection  to  Trustees'  Exercise  of  Powers 74 

RECOMMENDATIONS 79 

Chapter  3     Appointment  and  Discharge  of  Trustees 85 

1 .     The  Statutory  Powers  of  Retirement,  Removal,  and  Appointment 

of  Trustees  86 


[v] 

Page 

(a)  Non-Judicial  Retirement  Without  Replacement 88 

(b)  Non-Judicial  Replacement  or  Removal  by  Appointment  of 
Substitute  Trustees 92 

(i)  Persons  Entitled  to  Appoint  Trustees  Under  the 

Statutory  Power 96 

a.  Persons  Nominated  by  the  Instrument 96 

b.  The  Surviving  or  Continuing  Trustees 99 

c.  The  Personal  Representatives  of  the  Last 

Surviving  or  Continuing  Trustee 102 

(ii)  Circumstances  in  Which  the  Non-Judicial  Statutory 

Power  is  Exercisable 105 

(c)  Non-Judicial  Removal  Without  Appointment  of  Substitute 
Trustees 112 

(d)  Liability  of  Former  and  Continuing  Trustees 113 

(e)  Non-Judicial  Appointment  of  Additional  Trustees 115 

(f)  Judicial  Replacement,  Removal,  and  Appointment  of 

Trustees 117 

(g)  The  Number  of  Trustees  1 20 

(i)  Maximum  Number  of  Trustees 1 20 

(ii)  Minimum  Number  of  Trustees 123 

(h)    Supplementary  Provisions  Applicable  to  Non-Judicial  and 

Judicial  Appointment  of  Trustees 125 

2.  Evidence  of  Change  of  Trustees 1 27 

3.  Vesting  of  Trust  Property  in  New  Trustees 133 

(a)    Non-Judicial  Vesting  Declarations  1 34 

(i)  Express  Vesting  Declarations  134 

(ii)  Implied  Vesting  Declarations 136 

(iii)  Matters  Common  to  Both  Express  and  Implied 

Vesting  Declarations 1 36 

a.  Effect  of  Vesting  Declaration 137 

b.  The  Scope  of  the  Declaration 138 


[Vlj 

Page 

c.  Assignment  of  Choses  in  Action 139 

d.  Exceptions  to  Vesting  Declarations 141 

(1)  Property  Transferred  in  a  Manner  Prescribed 

by  Legislation,  Including  Registration 142 

(2)  Leasehold  Land  and  Covenants  Against 
Assignment 145 

(b)   Judicial  Vesting  Orders 147 

(i)  Present  Law 148 

(ii)  Types  of  Trust  Property  Comprehended  by  Vesting 

Orders 151 

(iii)  Circumstances  in  Which  Vesting  Orders  May  Be 

Made  152 

(iv)  Persons  in  Favour  of  Whom  Vesting  Orders  May  Be 

Made  157 

(v)  Effect  of  Vesting  Orders 158 

(vi)  Appointment  of  Persons  to  Convey  in  Lieu  of  a 

Vesting  Order 1 60 

(vii)  Special  Classes  of  Vesting  Order 160 

4.  The  Exercise  of  Power  by  Trustees 163 

5.  Protection  of  Third  Parties:  Should  the  Proposed  Provisions  Be 
Mandatory? 171 

RECOMMENDATIONS 172 

Chapter  4     Administrative  Powers  of  Trustees 185 

1 .  Introduction 185 

2.  The  Power  of  Investment 1 87 

(a)  Introduction 187 

(b)  The  Legal  List 187 

(i)  The  Ontario  Trustee  Act 187 

(ii)  The  History  of  the  Legal  List 189 

a.     England 189 


[vii] 

Page 

b.     Canada 194 

(iii)  The  Legal  List  Today 1  % 

a.  Canada 1 96 

b.  England 1 96 

c.  Australia  and  New  Zealand 200 

d.  United  States 204 

(c)  The  Prudent  Man  Rule 205 

(i)  History  of  the  Rule 205 

(ii)  The  Prudent  Man  Rule  Today 208 

a.  United  States 208 

b.  Canada 210 

(d)  Objects  and  Problems  of  Contemporary  Trust  Investment  ...  212 

(e)  The  Future:  Legal  List  or  Prudent  Man 214 

(i)  Legal  List  Approach 214 

(ii)  Prudent  Man  Approach 217 

(iii)  Conclusion 219 

Other  Powers  of  Property  Management 222 

(a)  Introduction 222 

(b)  Existing  Statutory  Position  in  Ontario  and  Other 
Jurisdictions 223 

(i)  Trustee  Acts 223 

a.  Ontario 223 

b.  Other  Canadian  Jurisdictions 225 

c.  Other  Commonwealth  Jurisdictions 225 

d.  United  States 226 

(ii)  The  Settled  Estates  Act 228 

a.     Ontario 228 


LvniJ 

Page 

b.  England 230 

c.  Other  Canadian  Jurisdictions 23 1 

d.  Other  Commonwealth  Jurisdictions 232 

(c)  General  Proposals  for  Reform 233 

(d)  Specific  Administrative  Powers 236 

(i)  Deposit  of  Trust  Funds 238 

(ii)  Power  of  Sale 238 

(iii)  Exchange  and  Partition 240 

(iv)  Power  to  Lease 24 1 

(v)  Power  to  Maintain  and  Repair 242 

(vi)  Power  to  Insure 242 

(vii)  Power  to  Carry  on  a  Business 243 

(viii)  Shareholding  Obligations  244 

(ix)  Surrender  of  Property 244 

(x)  Acquisition  of  Dwelling  Home 245 

(xi)  Power  to  Borrow  Money 246 

(xii)  Settlement  and  Contestation  of  Claims 246 

(xiii)  Power  to  Give  a  Receipt  247 

(xiv)  Power  to  Pay  Outgoings 247 

(xv)  Reimbursement  of  Expenses 248 

(xvi)  Appropriation  and  Valuation  of  Property  in  Specie  . . .  248 

(xvii)  Execution  of  Administrative  Powers 249 

(e)  Enlargement  of  Administrative  Powers 250 

(f)  Passing  of  Accounts  and  Compensation  of  Trustees 252 

(i)  Passing  of  Accounts 252 

(ii)  Compensation  of  Trustees 255 


[ix] 

Page 

4.     Allocation  of  Receipts  and  Outgoings  Between  Income  and 

Capital  Beneficiaries 26 1 

(a)  Introduction 26 1 

(b)  Allocation  of  Outgoings 263 

(i)  Ontario 263 

(ii)  Other  Canadian  Jurisdictions 264 

(iii)  Other  Commonwealth  Jurisdictions  266 

(iv)  Conclusions 268 

(c)  Allocation  of  Receipts 272 

(i)  Competing  Claims  on  Change  of  Ownership 273 

a.  Ontario 273 

b.  Other  Jurisdictions 275 

c.  Conclusions 277 

(ii)  Duty  to  Convert  Assets  and  Allocation  of  Income 

Pending  Conversion 277 

a.  Ontario 278 

b.  Other  Commonwealth  Jurisdictions 28 1 

c.  Conclusions 282 

(iii)  Disposition  of  Insurance  Proceeds 286 

(d)  Separation  of  Investment  and  Allocation  Decisions 290 

(i)  Corporate  Distributions  290 

a.  Ontario 29 1 

b.  United  States 292 

(ii)  Conclusions 296 

a.  Discretionary  Allocation  Trust 298 

b.  Percentage  Trust 301 

RECOMMENDATIONS 304 


[x] 

VOLUME  II 

Page 

Chapter  5     Dispositive  Powers  of  Trustees 315 

1 .  Introduction 315 

2.  Power  of  Maintenance 319 

(a)  Ontario 319 

(b)  England 324 

(c)  Other  Jurisdictions 329 

(i)  Canada 329 

(ii)  Australia  and  New  Zealand 33 1 

(d)  Conclusions 333 

3 .  Power  of  Advancement 342 

(a)  Ontario 342 

(b)  England 343 

(c)  Other  Jurisdictions 345 

(i)  Canada 345 

(ii)  Australia  and  New  Zealand 346 

(d)  Conclusions 347 

4.  Restraints  on  Alienation:  The  Protective  Trust 355 

(a)  Introduction 355 

(b)  Restraints  on  Alienation:  The  Common  Law 356 

(c)  The  Protective  Trust:  England 358 

(d)  The  Spendthrift  Trust:  United  States 360 

(e)  Conclusions 362 

RECOMMENDATIONS 365 


[xi] 

Page 

Chapter  6    Contribution  and  Indemnity  Among  Trustees 37 1 

1 .  The  Rights  of  Trustees:  An  Overview 371 

2.  Contribution  and  Indemnity:  The  Present  Law 374 

(a)  The  Case  Law  Indemnities 374 

(b)  The  Statutory  Excusing  Power 377 

3 .  Reform  in  England 378 

4.  Conclusions 380 

RECOMMENDATIONS 386 

Chapter  7     Variation  and  Termination  of  Trusts 389 

1 .  Introduction 389 

2.  Present  Law 390 

(a)  The  Variation  of  Trusts  Act 390 

(b)  The  Rule  in  Saunders  v.  Vautier 392 

(i)  The  Reasoning  Behind  the  Rule 393 

(ii)  Circumstances  in  Which  the  Rule  Operates  and  the 

Effect  of  its  Operation 393 

(c)  United  States 400 

3 .  Reform  in  Other  Jurisdictions 403 

4.  Alternatives  for  Reform 407 

5 .  Conclusions 412 

RECOMMENDATIONS 424 

Chapter  8     Charitable  Trusts  and  Non-Charitable 

Purpose  Trusts 429 

1 .  Introduction 429 

2.  Imperfect  Trust  Provisions 429 

(a)  Charitable  Trusts  and  Non-Charitable  Trusts 430 

(b)  Mixed  Charitable  and  Non-Charitable  Purposes 434 


[xii] 

Page 

(c)  Preserving  the  Charitable  Element  Under  the  Law  of  Equity  436 

(d)  Preserving  the  Charitable  Element  Under 

Statute 437 

(i)  Victoria 440 

(ii)  England 442 

(iii)  Canada 444 

(e)  Alternatives  for  Reform 445 

(f)  Conclusions 448 

3.  Reorganization  and  Variation  of  Charitable  Trusts 453 

(a)  Introduction 453 

(b)  Present  Law 454 

(i)  Common  Law 454 

(ii)  Statutory  Reform 459 

a.  England 459 

b.  Australia  and  New  Zealand 463 

(c)  Alternatives  for  Reform 467 

(d)  Conclusions 468 

recommendations 474 

Conclusion  477 

Draft  Bill:  An  Act  to  revise  the  Trustee  Act 479 


Ontario 
Law  Reform 
Commission 


The  Honourable  R.  Roy  McMurtry,  Q.C. 
Attorney  General  for  Ontario 


Dear  Mr.  Attorney: 


Pursuant  to  section  2(1  )(a)  of  the  Ontario  Law  Reform  Commission  Act, 
the  Commission  undertook  a  study  of  the  law  of  trusts  in  Ontario.  The 
Commission  has  now  completed  its  consideration  of  the  subject  and,  accord- 
ingly, has  the  honour  to  submit  herewith  its  Report  on  the  Law  of  Trusts. 


XI 1 1 


FOREWORD 


With  the  submission  of  the  Report  on  the  Law  of  Trusts,  the  Ontario  Law 
Reform  Commission  completes  another  substantial  portion  of  its  initial  un- 
dertaking to  review  the  whole  of  the  law  of  property  in  this  jurisdiction.  The 
review  of  the  law  of  trusts  was  begun  some  years  ago,  but  circumstances 
from  time  to  time  necessitated  that  work  on  the  project  be  interrupted  to 
enable  our  resources  to  be  applied  to  more  urgent  matters.  It  is  with  a  sense 
of  satisfaction  that  time  and  circumstances  have  now  allowed  us  to  bring  this 
important  project  to  fruition. 

During  the  course  of  our  deliberations  it  became  clear  that  the  review 
and  treatment  of  the  law  governing  the  administration  of  estates  of  deceased 
persons,  which  originally  formed  part  of  the  law  of  trusts  project,  should  be 
dealt  with  as  a  separate  project.  As  a  result,  the  project  was  split  and  the  law 
of  the  administration  of  estates  of  deceased  persons  is  being  considered  as  a 
separate  subject  matter  and  will  form  the  substance  of  a  subsequent  report. 

It  was  also  intended  to  devote  a  chapter  of  the  report  on  the  law  of  trusts 
to  the  conflict  of  laws  in  this  area.  A  research  paper  was  commissioned  and 
prepared  on  this  specific  subject.  We  were  then  apprised  of  the  fact  that  The 
Hague  Conference  on  Private  International  Law  was  preparing  a  draft  inter- 
national convention  to  be  submitted  to  a  plenary  session  of  that  Conference 
in  1984  on  recognition  and  choice  of  law  rules  involving  trusts.  The  Com- 
mission decided  that  it  should  await  the  results  of  the  work  of  The  Hague 
Conference  before  launching  into  the  uncharted  seas  of  formulation  or  revi- 
sion of  the  conflict  rules.  Consequently,  that  aspect  of  the  work  of  the  project 
has  been  deferred,  to  be  taken  up  again  when  the  provisions  of  The  Hague 
Conference  are  established  and  known.  Canada  is  a  member  of  The  Hague 
Conference  and  is  represented  on  the  Special  Commission  preparing  the 
documentation  for  the  plenary  session  of  the  Conference  in  1984. 

The  Ontario  legislation  on  trusts  dates  essentially  from  the  nineteenth 
century.  Most  jurisdictions  in  the  common  law  world  have  revised  their 
legislation  in  recent  years.  Some  have  even  attempted  a  codification  of  the 
substantive  law  of  trusts  as  well  as  the  law  governing  their  administration. 

By  a  majority  of  its  members,  the  Commission  has  decided  against  a 
complete  codification  of  the  law  of  trusts  and  confined  its  efforts  to  a  whole- 
sale revision  of  the  Trustee  Act  provisions  dealing  with  administration  of 
trusts  and  has  ventured  into  areas  of  substantive  law  where  it  appeared  that 

HI 


present  rules  of  law  were  so  outmoded  or  unclear  as  to  warrant  legislative 
intervention.  For  these  purposes  a  Draft  Bill  accompanies  the  Report  to 
indicate  a  possible  form  for  the  implementation  of  the  recommendations 
contained  in  the  Report. 

The  Commission  wishes  to  record  here  its  special  thanks  to  Professor 
R.E.  Scane,  Q.C.,  the  initial  director  of  the  Project,  and  to  Professor  D.W.M. 
Waters  who  succeeded  as  director  and  brought  the  study  to  fruition.  These 
two  acknowledged  experts  in  the  field,  plus  Professors  A.H.  Oosterhoff, 
Peter  W.  Hogg,  Q.C.,  and  J.M.  Evans,  together  with  Maurice  C.  Cullity, 
Q.C.,  John  I.  Laskin,  Donald  J.  Grant  and  the  late  Fred  B.  Baker  also  assisted 
greatly  in  the  submission  of  working  papers.  Professor  Waters  prepared  the 
initial  draft  report  and  L.R.  MacTavish,  Q.C.,  former  Senior  Legislative 
Counsel  for  Ontario,  prepared  the  Draft  Bill.  Although  no  formal  advisory 
group  was  constituted  for  this  project,  our  director  and  staff  had  the  oppor- 
tunity to  consult  from  time  to  time  with  private  legal  practitioners  specializing 
in  this  area  of  law.  We  are  most  grateful  to  all  of  them  for  their  generous  and 
helpful  assistance.  We  would  emphasize  again  the  outstanding  contribution 
of  Professor  D.W.M.  Waters  at  all  stages  of  the  work  of  the  project. 

Counsel  to  the  Commission,  Ms.  M.  Patricia  Richardson,  and  Ms.  Pamela 
M.  Gibson  of  the  legal  staff  of  the  Commission,  bore  an  unusually  heavy 
burden  in  connection  with  the  work  of  the  project  and  we  lie  heavily  in  their 
debt. 

The  Honourable  G.A.  Gale  and  the  Honourable  J.C.  McRuer  both  held 
office  as  Vice-Chairman  of  the  Commission  during  the  course  of  the  project 
but  retired  before  its  completion,  and  accordingly  the  policy  decisions  re- 
flected in  the  recommendations  are  not  to  be  attributed  to  them.  To  them  we 
extend  our  thanks  for  their  contribution. 


CHAPTER  1 


INTRODUCTION 


1.     GENERAL 

The  law  employs  the  concept  of  the  trust  in  many  ways,  and  there  is  no 
accepted  definition  of  this  concept  that  covers  all  modes  of  use.  However,  in 
general  terms  a  trust  may  be  said  to  exist  when  one  person  holds  legal  title  to 
certain  property,  while  another  has  equitable  title  -  that  is,  the  right  to  the 
enjoyment  of  that  property.  The  first  person,  the  trustee,  is  said  to  hold  the 
property  "on  trust"  or  "in  trust"  for  the  second  person,  the  beneficiary.1 
Assume,  for  example,  that  A  holds  legal  title  and  that  B  has  the  right  to 
enjoyment.  A  is  the  nominal  owner  and,  in  relation  to  legal  title,  has  the  right 
to  sell,  lease,  mortgage,  or  otherwise  deal  with  the  property,  and  the  right  of 
management.2  On  the  other  hand,  B  is  the  beneficial  owner,  and  is  entitled 
to  the  income  or  "fruits"  of  the  property,  and  possibly  to  the  property  itself. 

Generally,  a  trust  may  arise  in  one  of  two  ways:  either  by  words  or  acts 
of  a  person  that  indicate  an  intention  to  create  a  trust,  or  by  the  law  imposing 
a  trust  in  certain  situations  to  ensure  that  equitable  title  passes  from  one 
person  to  another.  Within  these  two  broad  categories,  it  is  usual  to  classify 
trusts  as  express,  implied,  resulting,  or  constructive,  although  there  exist 
differing  views  concerning  the  meaning  of  these  terms.3  Express  and  implied 
trusts  are  the  product  of  intention.  To  refer  to  the  above  example,  the  rela- 
tionship between  A  and  B  might  have  occurred  because  X  transferred  property 
to  A  to  hold  on  trust  for  B,  or  because  A  had  declared  that  he  now  holds  what 
was  formerly  his  own  property  on  trust  for  B.  The  intention  of  X  in  the  first 
instance,  or  of  A  in  the  second,  may  be  clearly  stated:  for  example,  X  might 
have  said,  "I  transfer  my  house,  namely,  Blackacre,  to  A  to  hold  it  on  trust 
for  B";  or  A  might  have  used  these  words,  "I  declare  myself  a  trustee  of  my 


1  Maitland  (ed.  Brunyate),  Equity,  A  Course  of  Lectures  (2d  ed.,  1936),  at  44.  defines  a 
trust  in  this  way: 

When  a  person  has  rights  which  he  is  bound  to  exercise  upon  behalf  of  another  or 
for  the  accomplishment  of  some  particular  purpose  he  is  said  to  have  those  rights 
in  trust  for  that  other  or  for  that  purpose  and  he  is  called  a  trustee. 

2  In  some  cases.  A's  only  duty  is  to  hold  the  property  tor  B,  handing  it  over  when  called 
upon  to  do  so.  In  such  circumstances.  A  must  not  exercise  the  rights  of  disposition  and 
of  management  that  would  otherwise  accompany  his  having  legal  title. 

3  See  Waters,  Law  of  Trusts  in  Canada  (1974).  at  17-20. 

[3] 


farm,  Blackacre,  for  B".4  In  this  form,  an  express  trust  is  created.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  language  used  may  not  be  clear,  and  it  may  be  uncertain 
whether  X  or  A  intended  only  a  moral  obligation  rather  than  a  legal  obligation. 
The  court  then  has  to  discover  their  true  intention.  If  it  is  determined  that  X 
or  A  intended  to  create  a  trust,  a  trust  arising  by  implied  intent  is  said  to  exist. 

Trusts  created  by  express  or  implied  intention  are  not  the  only  ones  that 
may  arise.  If  P  transfers  property  to  Q  to  hold  on  trust  for  a  certain  purpose, 
and  if  after  that  purpose  is  carried  out  some  property  remains  over,  Q  must 
return  the  remaining  property  to  P.  Q  is  said  to  hold  on  a  "resulting  trust".  A 
resulting  trust  also  may  arise  in  other  circumstances,  as  for  instance  where  P 
purchases  a  house  in  the  name  of  Q,  who  has  paid  no  part  of  the  purchase 
price  nor  given  anything  of  value  for  the  transfer.5  Although  the  authorities 
are  in  conflict  concerning  whether  a  resulting  trust  is  a  product  of  intention 
or  the  imposition  of  law,6  the  theme  of  all  such  situations  is  that  Q  must 
acknowledge  the  beneficial  right  of  P  to  the  property.  By  implication  P's 
intention  was  that  Q  should  hold  the  remaining  property,  or  the  property 
transferred  into  Q's  name,  for  P.  The  trust  holds  Q  to  this  obligation. 

A  not  unrelated  type  of  trust  is  the  constructive  trust.  This  kind  of  trust 
comes  into  existence  when,  out  of  consideration  for  justice  and  equity,  the 
law  imposes  upon  one  person  the  obligation  to  restore  or  hand  over  certain 
property  to  another.  The  constructive  trust  has  nothing  to  do  with  intention 
to  create  a  trust;  it  is  machinery  that  the  law  utilizes  in  order  to  compel  one 
person  to  recognize  the  property  rights  of  another.7 

In  modern  usage  the  express  trust  has  been  described  as  fiduciary  property 
management,  since  the  trustee  today  is  often  managing  an  investment,  or 
portfolio  of  investments,  for  the  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries.  The  resulting 
trust  and  the  constructive  trust  are  more  a  part  of  the  law  of  remedies. 

Within  trusts  arising  by  intention  a  distinction  is  made  between  trusts  in 
favour  of  persons  and  purpose  trusts.  As  the  name  implies,  a  trust  for  persons 
is  a  trust  in  favour  of  a  specified  person  or  class  of  persons:  for  example,  a 
testator  may  leave  his  estate  on  trust  "for  my  wife,  A,  for  her  life,  and  then 
to  my  children  equally".  On  the  other  hand,  the  creator  of  the  trust  may  have 
no  particular  person  or  class  of  persons  in  mind,  but  may  want  to  see  his 


Under  the  Statute  of  Frauds,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  481 ,  s.  9,  these  statements  would  have  to 
be  evidenced  in  writing,  since  land  is  involved. 

It  should  be  noted  that,  under  s.  1 1  of  the  Family  Law  Reform  Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c. 
152,  the  presumption  of  advancement  between  husband  and  wife  in  questions  of  own- 
ership of  property  is  abolished  and  a  presumption  of  resulting  trust  applied,  subject  to 
certain  exceptions. 

See,  for  example,  Mowbray  (ed.),  Lewin  on  Trusts  (16th  ed.,  1964),  at  8.  and  Hayton 
(ed.),  Underbill' s  Law  relating  to  Trusts  and  Trustees  (13th  ed.,  1979),  at  21-23. 

English  legal  texts,  for  example,  Baker  and  Langan  (eds.),  Snell's  Principles  of  Equity 
(28th  ed.,  1982),  at  192,  sometimes  state  that  "constructive  trust"  is  a  term  that  expresses 
the  obligation  of  the  person  who  must  restore  or  hand  over.  Other  remedies,  it  is  said, 
bring  about  the  compulsion.  The  law  is  obviously  developing  in  this  area,  and  there  is 
room  for  a  difference  of  opinion  whether  the  constructive  trust  in  Canada  is  not  already 
a  remedy,  as  opposed  to  a  description  of  an  existing  obligation. 


money  used  to  carry  out  some  particular  task.  For  instance,  he  may  leave  his 
estate  on  trust  "for  the  relief  of  poverty  and  distress  wherever  it  exists  in 
Ontario".  Trusts  of  this  nature  are  termed  purpose  trusts.  If  the  purpose  is 
charitable,  as  that  term  is  defined  by  the  law,  the  trust  is  known  as  a  charitable 
or  public  trust,  because  in  principle  a  purpose  can  only  be  charitable  if  it  is 
for  the  benefit  of  the  public.  However,  the  purpose  may  be  non-charitable, 
although  it  should  be  noted  that  few  non-charitable  purpose  trusts  are  recog- 
nized by  the  law  as  valid.8  One  difficulty  is  that  an  inanimate  purpose  cannot 
enforce  the  trust,  while  in  the  last  resort  the  Crown  will  enforce  a  charitable 
trust.  Public  or  charitable  trusts  are  distinguished  from  other  trusts  arising  by 
intention;  the  latter  are  described  as  private  trusts  because  they  have  no  public 
element. 

Finally,  it  should  be  mentioned  that  trusts  may  also  be  created  by  statute. 
An  example  of  a  statutory  trust  is  the  trust  created  by  section  2(  1 )  of  the 
Estates  Administration  Act?  whereunder  the  personal  representative  of  a 
person  dying  testate  or  intestate  is  declared  a  trustee  of  the  deceased's  assets 
for  the  purpose  of  winding-up  that  person's  estate,  and  distributing  to  the 
entitled  beneficiaries  the  assets  remaining  after  the  payment  of  debts  and  the 
discharge  of  all  the  deceased's  obligations. 


10 


2.     THE  HISTORY  OF  THE  TRUST  CONCEPT 

The  origins  of  the  trust  go  back  many  centuries.  Even  before  the  Norman 
Conquest  one  man  might  transfer  land  to  another  and  take  a  promise  from 
the  transferee  that  the  latter  would  hold  the  land  "to  the  use  of"  those  persons 
whom  the  transferor  described.  This  practice  grew  throughout  the  next  two 
centuries;  the  "use"  came  to  fill  an  important  place  in  the  plans  of  landowners, 
because  it  enabled  them  to  avoid  feudal  dues  (or  taxes),  to  make  dispositions 
of  their  land  to  take  effect  upon  their  deaths,"  and  to  gain  a  measure  of 
privacy  for  the  way  in  which  they  dealt  with  their  own  property.  However, 
the  common  law  courts  did  not  recognize  the  use.  Legal  title  was  in  the 


8 


10 


Under  the  Perpetuities  Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  374,  s.  16(1),  a  trust  for  a  "specific  non- 
charitable  purpose"  is  to  be  construed  as  a  power.  It  is  not  clear  whether  this  provision 
is  for  the  purposes  of  that  Act  only,  or  whether  it  means  that  in  all  cases  such  a  purpose 
is  to  be  construed  as  a  power  and,  therefore,  valid.  In  Wood  and  Whitebread  v.  The 
Queen,  [1977]  6  VV.W.R.  273  (Alta.  S.C.,  T.D.),  at  280,  Stevenson  L.J.S.C.  was  of 
the  opinion  that  its  counterpart  in  the  Alberta  Perpetuities  Act,  R.S.A.  1980,  c.  P-4.  s. 
20(1),  was  of  general  application.  See,  further,  infra,  ch.  8,  sec.  2. 

R.S.O.  1980,  c.  143,  formerly  The  Devolution  of  Estates  Act,  R.S.O.  1970.  c.  129. 

The  "statutory  trusts"  created  in  England  by  the  Law  of  Property  Ad,  1925,  15  &  16 
Geo.  5,  c.  20,  ss.  34-36  (U.K.).  have  not  been  introduced  in  Canada.  In  England, 
tenants  in  common  of  land  cannot  hold  their  interests  as  legal  estates.  Under  the  provi- 
sions of  the  Act,  the  legal  estate  must  be  held  in  joint  tenancy  on  trust  lor  joint  tenants 
or  tenants  in  common,  whose  interests  thus  become  equitable.  The  object  of  this  "trust 
for  sale",  a  device  widely  used  in  England  since  the  eighteenth  century,  is  to  clear  the 
title  of  these  fractional  interests,  a  title  now  transferable  by  the  trustees  alone,  and  thus 
to  simplify  conveyancing.  The  interests  of  the  tenants  are  converted  into  interests  in  the 
proceeds  of  sale. 

Although  apparently  possible  at  an  early  stage  in  the  common  law,  it  became  established 
by  the  end  of  the  thirteenth  century  that,  apart  from  local  customs  in  particular  localities. 
land- could  not  be  devised  b\  will. 


transferee,  the  feoffee  to  uses  as  he  was  called,  and  there,  for  the  courts,  the 
matter  ended.  Should  the  feoffee  renege  on  his  promise  to  the  feoffor  and 
deny  enjoyment  to  the  use  beneficiaries,  neither  the  feoffor  nor  the  benefici- 
aries could  successfully  seek  redress  in  the  common  law  courts. 

In  the  thirteenth  century,  appeals  were  made,  from  time  to  time,  to  the 
Lord  Chancellor  to  compel  the  feoffee  to  uses  to  honour  his  promise,  and  the 
Chancellor,  exercising  the  Crown's  residual  justice,  would  occasionally  find 
it  appropriate  that  the  feoffee  do  so.  In  the  fourteenth  century,  this  enforce- 
ment of  uses  in  the  Court  of  the  Chancellor,  or  the  Court  of  Chancery  as  it 
came  to  be  known,  began  to  take  place  with  sufficient  frequency  that  it  became 
evident  that  a  new  form  of  property  holding  was  developing.  Indeed,  between 
1400  and  1530  some  two-thirds  of  the  work  of  the  Court  of  Chancery  was 
the  enforcement  of  uses.  But  this  development  came  abruptly  to  a  halt.  As 
has  been  noted,  uses  enabled  land  owners  to  avoid  feudal  dues  and,  at  this 
time,  these  dues  formed  an  increasing  source  of  the  tax  revenue  of  the  Crown. 
Accordingly,  in  1535  the  Statute  of  Uses12  was  enacted,  which  by  "executing" 
the  use  curtailed  drastically  the  efficacy  of  this  form  of  land  holding.  The 
statute  operated  in  this  way.  Assume  that  X  conveyed  land  "to  A  and  his 
heirs  to  the  use  of  B  and  his  heirs".  Before  the  Statute  of  Uses,  A  would  hold 
the  legal  estate  while  B  would  be  entitled  in  equity.  After  the  Statute,  the  use 
was  "executed":  that  is,  legal  title  was  taken  from  A  and  vested  in  B,  much 
as  a  modern  taxing  Act  may  ignore  a  trust  and  tax  trust  income  as  if  it  were 
the  beneficiary's  property.  However,  towards  the  end  of  the  sixteenth  century 
it  became  clear  that  conveyancers  would  find  a  means  to  restore  the  valuable 
concept  of  the  fiduciary  holding  of  property  to  its  former  vitality. 

This  was  achieved  by  the  creation  of  two  successive  uses.  If  the  first  use 
was  ineffective,  another  use  was  simply  imposed  upon  the  first:  for  example, 
X  would  convey  land  "to  A  and  his  heirs  to  the  use  of  B  and  his  heirs  to  the 
use  of  C  and  his  heirs".  The  Statute  of  Uses  executed  the  first  use  and  caused 
legal  title  to  pass  from  A  to  B.  The  common  law  courts  refused  to  recognize 
the  second  use  in  favour  of  C  and,  at  common  law,  B  was  regarded  as  alone 
entitled  to  the  land.  In  the  early  seventeenth  century,  the  Court  of  Chancery, 
after  some  hesitation,  finally  recognized  the  use  upon  a  use,  and  protected 
the  interest  thereby  created  in  C.13  To  distinguish  it  from  the  preceding  use, 
the  second  use  was  called  a  trust,  and  the  modern  trust  was  born.  Because 
the  trust,  like  its  predecessor  the  use,  arose  through  the  decisions  of  the  Court 
of  Chancery  (often  referred  to  as  the  Court  of  Equity),  it  is  sometimes 
described  in  the  terms  originated  and  employed  by  equity.14 


14 


(1535),  27  Hen.  8,  c.  10. 

See  Mendes  da  Costa  and  Balfour,  Property  Law  (1982),  ch.  19,  at  763-85,  and  Megarry 
and  Wade,  The  Law  of  Real  Property  (4th  ed.,  1975),  at  168. 

Professors  Keeton  and  Sheridan  have  described  the  trust  in  this  manner,  a  description 
widely  regarded  as  exact: 

All  that  can  be  said  of  a  trust,  therefore,  is  that  it  is  the  relationship  which  arises 
wherever  a  person  called  the  trustee  is  compelled  in  equity  to  hold  property,  whether 
real  or  personal,  and  whether  by  legal  or  equitable  title,  for  the  benefit  of  some 
persons  (of  whom  he  may  be  one  [But  not  a  secret  trustee:  Re  Rees,  [1950]  Ch. 
204.]  and  who  are  termed  beneficiaries)  or  for  some  object  permitted  by  law,  in 
such  a  way  that  the  real  benefit  of  the  property  accrues,  not  to  the  trustees,  but  to 
the  beneficiaries  or  other  objects  of  the  trust. 

Keeton  and  Sheridan,  The  Law  of  Trusts  (10th  ed.,  1974).  at  5. 


In  1660,  the  interest  of  the  Crown  in  the  use  faded,"  and  the  work  of  the 
conveyancers  proceeded  without  hindrance.  After  that  date,  the  Court  o\' 
Chancery  began  to  develop  the  law  of  trusts.  Great  Chancellors,  like  Lords 
Hardwicke,  Nottingham,  and  Eldon,  during  the  period  from  1660  to  1830, 
fashioned  through  case  decisions  the  basic  principles  of  the  trust  law  that  we 
have  today.  Throughout  the  nineteenth  century  Chancery  judges  continued 
the  process  of  refining  and  honing  this  branch  of  the  law. 

In  1792,  the  first  statute  of  the  first  Legislature  of  the  newly-formed 
Province  of  Upper  Canada  provided  for  the  reception  of  English  law.16  Ac- 
cordingly, the  body  of  the  law  of  equity,  the  work  of  the  Court  of  Chancery 
that  includes  trusts,  was  made  applicable,  as  it  then  stood,  in  Ontario.  There- 
after, decisions  of  the  Court  of  Chancery  in  England  were  applied  by  Ontario 
courts,  and  the  steady  and  continuous  influence  of  English  cases  must  be 
acknowledged.17  However,  in  1837,  as  the  population  and  wealth  of  Ontario 
expanded,  the  Province  by  statute  introduced  its  own  Court  of  Chancery, 
which,  following  the  English  Chancery  organization  of  the  time,  possessed  a 
Chancellor  and  a  Vice-Chancellor  as  judges.18  This  Court  made  a  significant 
contribution  to  the  law  of  equity,  and  Ontario  had  its  own  distinguished  equity 
lawyers  in  the  persons  of  judges  such  as  Chancellor  Spragge,  and  Vice- 
Chancellors  Esten  and  Strong.'9  The  Court  of  Chancery  existed  for  nearly 


15 


17 


19 


By  reason  of  the  Tenures  Abolition  Act,  1660,  12  Car.  2.  c.  24,  the  King  no  longer  had 
any  pecuniary  interest  in  the  Statute  of  Uses:  see  Mendes  da  Costa  and  Balfour,  supra, 
note  13,  at  322-23,  and  Megarry  and  Wade,  supra,  note  13,  at  32-33  and  168. 

An  Act  to  repeal  certain  parts  of  an  Act  passed  in  the  fourteenth  year  of  His  Majesty's 
Reign,  intitled,  "An  Act  for  making  more  effectual  provision  for  the  Government  of  the 
Province  of  Quebec,  in  North  America" ,  and  to  introduce  the  English  Law  as  the  Rule 
of  Decision  in  all  matters  of  Controversy,  relative  to  Property  and  Civil  Rights,  32  Geo. 
3,  c.  1.  See,  now,  Property  and  Civil  Rights  Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  395.  The  previous 
year,  the  old  Province  of  Quebec  was  divided  into  Upper  and  Lower  Canada  by  order- 
in-council  dated  August  24,  1791 .  which  anticipated  the  coming  into  force  of  An  Ad  to 
repeal  certain  Parts  of  an  Act,  passed  in  the  fourteenth  year  of  His  Majesty's  Reign, 
intitled,  "An  act  for  making  more  effectual  Provision  for  the  Government  of  the  Province 
of  Quebec,  in  North  America" ;  and  to  make  further  provision  for  the  Government  of  the 
said  Province,  31  Geo.  3,  c.  31  (U.K.).  In  1840,  these  Provinces  were  reunited  as  one 
Province  under  the  name  of  the  Province  of  Canada  (3  &  4  Vict.,  c.  35).  Finally,  the 
Province  of  Canada  was  divided  into  the  Province  of  Ontario  and  the  Province  of  Quebec 
by  s.  6  of  the  Constitution  Act,  1867  (30  &  31  Vict.,  c.  3  (U.K.)).  For  ease  of  reference 
"Ontario"  will  be  used  to  designate  the  Province  after  1791 .  See,  generally,  Mendes  da 
Costa  and  Balfour,  supra,  note  13,  at  330-33. 

At  this  time,  when  there  was  still  a  distinct  Chancery  jurisdiction  in  England,  and  no 
equitable  remedies  were  yet  statutorily  available  in  the  English  common  law  courts,  it 
must  have  been  singularly  difficult  for  Ontario  judges  in  the  King's  Bench  to  handle 
equitable  doctrines.  Indeed,  from  1794  (the  creation  of  the  Court  of  King's  Bench  for 
Upper  Canada)  to  1837  (the  creation  of  the  Court  of  Chancery),  there  was  no  superior- 
court  with  any  equitable  jurisdiction:  see  Rayner  and  McLaren.  Falconbridge  on  Mort- 
gages (4th  ed..  1977),  at  67-68. 

An  Act  to  Establish  a  Court  of  Chancery  in  this  Province  (  1837),  7  Will.  4,  C.  2.  Later, 
as  in  England,  the  number  of  Vice-Chancellors  was  increased  ultimately  to  three,  lor 
an  interesting  and  informative  review  of  the  history  in  England  of  the  office  of  Vice- 
Chancellor,  see  Megarry,  'The  Vice-Chancellors"  ( 1982).  98  L.  Q.  Rev.  370. 

Chancellor  Spragge,  who  was  appointed  from  Vice-Chancellor  to  Chancellor  in  1869. 
was  succeeded  in  the  last  year  of  the  Court's  life  by  Chancellor  Boyd,  who  held  office 
in  the  new  Chancery  Division  for  many  years,  and  became  one  of  Ontario's  most  notable 
judges  in  the  law  of  equity. 


8 

fifty  years,20  only  ending  its  days  in  1881  when,  following  a  similar  move  in 
England,  the  several  courts  of  the  Province  were  combined  as  divisions  of  a 
Supreme  Court  of  Judicature  for  Ontario.21 

Throughout  its  many  centuries  of  development,  the  law  of  trusts  has  been 
almost  exclusively  judge-made  law  and,  indeed,  still  looks  to  the  courts  for 
its  further  growth.  Today,  only  to  a  limited  degree  is  the  law  of  trusts  found 
in  statute. 

The  role  of  statute  in  the  law  of  trusts  is  a  singular  one.  It  was  only  with 
the  great  liberal  reforming  movement  of  Victorian  England  that  legislation 
took  place  in  this  area.  The  thrust  of  this  reform  was  the  abolition  of  the 
forms  of  action  and  the  legal  fictions.  This  movement  also  swept  away  the 
gross  technical  complexities  that  had  gradually  developed  around  the  Court 
of  Chancery.  In  this  process,  there  were  many  changes  that  incidentally 
affected  the  law  of  trusts.22  However,  distinct  intervention  in  the  trusts  area 
was  limited  to  legislation  that  facilitated  the  more  efficient  administration  of 
trusts.  This  legislation  was  essentially  enabling  legislation:  its  provisions 
would  not  apply  if  the  creator  of  the  trust  wished  otherwise,  and  its  concern 
was  principally  with  the  administrative  powers  and  duties  of  trustees.23  Eng- 
lish Trustee  Acts  contain  little  or  nothing  on  the  main  substantive  trust 
doctrines  of  equity.  The  trustee  legislation  of  1850,  1852,  1859,  1888,  1893, 


20 


21 


22 


23 


The  Court's  decisions  for  the  last  thirty-two  years  of  its  existence  (1849-1881)  were 
reported  by  Alexander  Grant,  a  barrister  before  the  Court,  as  Grant's  Chancery  Reports. 

The  Ontario  Judicature  Act,  1881 ,  44  Vict.,  c.  5,  s.  3.  By  this  Act,  the  Supreme  Court 
consisted  of  two  permanent  divisions,  The  High  Court  of  Justice  for  Ontario  and  The 
Court  of  Appeal  for  Ontario.  The  High  Court  of  Justice  consisted  of  three  divisions: 
namely,  Queen's  Bench  Division,  Chancery  Division,  and  Common  Pleas  Division.  A 
fourth  division,  Exchequer  Division  of  the  High  Court,  was  added  to  The  High  Court  of 
Justice  in  1903  (3  Edw.  7,  c.  8,  s.  1(3)).  The  divisions  of  The  High  Court  of  Justice 
were  abolished  in  1909  by  The  Law  Reform  Act,  1909,  9  Edw.  7,  c.  28,  s.  7(1). 
Thereafter,  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  was  to  consist  of  two  branches,  The  Appellate 
Division  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  and  The  High  Court  Division  of  the  Supreme 
Court  of  Ontario.  In  1931  these  branches  became  known  as  they  are  today:  namely,  The 
Court  of  Appeal  for  Ontario  and  The  High  Court  of  Justice  for  Ontario  (S.O.  1931,  c. 
24,  s.  2).  Today,  the  Divisional  Court  is  part  of  The  High  Court  of  Justice  for  Ontario, 
having  been  added  in  1970  (S.O.  1970,  c.  97,  s.  2).  See,  generally,  Mendes  da  Costa 
and  Balfour,  supra,  note  13,  at  779. 

See  Holdsworth  (eds.  Goodhart  and  Hanbury),  A  History  of  English  Law  (1965),  Vol. 
XV,  at  176  et  seq. 

Holdsworth  describes  the  statutory  changes  as  reforming  "the  adjective  law  ....  On 
the  other  hand,  the  statutory  reforms  made  in  the  principles  and  rules  of  equity  are  few 
in  number  and  of  minor  importance":  ibid.,  at  192-93.  Examples  of  this  type  of  legis- 
lation, first  introduced  in  the  mid-nineteenth  century  in  England,  include  the  following: 
An  Act  for  better  securing  Trust  Funds,  and  for  the  Relief  of  Trustees  (1847),  10  &  1 1 
Vict. ,  c.  96  (U.K.),  which  enacted  enabling  provisions  concerning  trustee  administrative 
powers;  The  Law  of  Property  Amendment  Act,  1859,  22  &  23  Vict.,  c.  35  (U.K.), 
commonly  known  as  Lord  St.  Leonards'  Act,  which  enacted  enabling  provisions  con- 
cerning trustee  investment  powers;  and  An  Act  to  give  to  Trustees,  mortgagees,  and 
others  certain  Powers  now  commonly  inserted  in  settlements,  mortgages  and  wills 
(1860),  23  &  24  Vict.,  c.  145  (U.K.),  commonly  known  as  Lord Cranworth's  Act,  I860, 
which  enacted  enabling  provisions  concerning  appointment  and  discharge  of  trustees. 


and  1925,  to  name  the  principal  statutes,  each  of  the  last  two  updating  and 
replacing  its  predecessor,  all  bear  this  character.24 

The  English  tradition  has  been  followed  throughout  the  Commonwealth. 
In  each  of  the  eleven  common  law  jurisdictions  of  Canada,  in  the  six  states 
of  Australia,  and  in  New  Zealand,  the  local  Trustee  Act  follows,  in  some 
instances  word  for  word,  the  English  legislation.  When  statutory  changes 
have  been  made  in  England,  similar  legislation  has  traditionally  followed  a 
few  years  later  in  other  Commonwealth  jurisdictions.  In  the  last  fifteen  years, 
some  jurisdictions  have  reworded,  and  to  a  limited  degree  amended,  the 
English-derived  provisions,  but  otherwise  the  essential  similarity  of  the  law 
of  trusts  throughout  these  Commonwealth  jurisdictions  has  been  maintained. 
Where  differences  exist,  they  have  been  created  by  the  far-reaching  property 
legislation  of  1925  in  England.25  Although  the  Trustee  Act,  192526  and  the 
Settled  Land  Act,  192521  were  essentially  consolidating  measures,  they  do 
reflect  the  considerable  recasting  that  took  place  in  that  year  of  the  land  law 
of  England.  This  recasting  of  land  law  has  not  generally  been  followed  in 
Commonwealth  jurisdictions,  including  Ontario  and  the  other  common  law 
provinces  and  territories  of  Canada.  As  a  result,  apart  from  Manitoba28  and 
to  a  lesser  extent  Prince  Edward  Island,29  the  English  consolidation  of  the 
trustee  legislation  in  1925  has  not  been  adopted  in  Canada.  An  older  pattern 
of  English  legislation  has  prevailed,  to  which  occasional  provincial  amend- 
ments have  been  made,  principally  in  the  area  of  trustees'  powers  of  invest- 
ment. 

Of  all  the  trustee  legislation  of  Commonwealth  jurisdictions,  the  present 
Ontario  Trustee  Acf30  is  perhaps  the  one  that  most  closely  adheres  to  past 
English  legislation.  Paralleling  developments  in  England  in  the  nineteenth 
century,  the  Ontario  legislature  from  1 837  onwards  enacted  a  series  of  reforms 
of  the  substantive  and  procedural  law  of  property,  wills,  and  trusts  with  the 
emphasis  upon  the  efficacy  of  estate  administration.31  In  the  1860's,  the  terms 
"trust"  and  "trustees"  appeared  in  the  titles  of  reforming  statutes.  These 


25 

26 

27 
28 
29 


The  Trustee  Act,  1850,  13  &  14  Vict.,  c.  60  (U.K.);  The  Trustee  Act,  1852,  15  &  16 
Vict.,  c.  55  (U.K.);  The  Law  of Property  Amendment  Act,  1859,  supra,  note  23;  Trustee 
Act,  1888,51  &  52  Vict.,  c.  59  (U.K.)- Trustee  Act,  1893,  56  &  57  Vict.,  c.  53  (U.K.); 
and  Trustee  Act,  1925,  15  &  16  Geo.  5,  c.  19  (U.K.). 

Law  of  Property  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  10.  See,  also,  Megarry  and  Wade,  supra,  note 
13,  at  33-34. 

15  &  16Geo.  5,c.  19  (U.K.). 

15  &  16  Geo.  5,  c.  18  (U.K.). 

The  Trustee  Act,  R.S.M.  1970,  c.  T160. 

Trustee  Act,  R.S.P.E.I.  1974,  c.  T-9. 

R.S.O.  1980,  c.  512. 

See,  for  example,  An  Act for  the  further  Amendment  of the  Law,  and  the  better  Advance- 
ment of  Justice  (1837),  7  Will.  4,  c.  3;  An  Act  to  Confer  certain  Powers  on  Trustees 
and  Executors  (1868-69),  32  Vict.,  c.  37;  An  Act  respecting  Remedies  for  and  against 
executors  and  administrators  and  respecting  the  Limitation  of  certain  actions.  C.S.U.C. 
1859,  c.78;  An  Act  to  consolidate  and  amend  the  Law  as  to  Wills  ( 1873),  36  Vict.,  c. 
20;  and  An  Act  to  provide  for  allowances  to  Trustees  Executors  and  Administrators 
(1874),  37  Vict.,  c.  9. 


10 

provisions,  some  amended  after  their  original  enactment,  were  consolidated 
as  chapter  107  of  the  first  revision  of  the  Ontario  statutes  in  1 877 /2  Although 
the  present  Act  reflects  at  many  points  the  English  Trustee  Acts  of  1888  and 
1893,  it  retains  much  of  the  character  of  the  1877  revision.33  To  this  basic 
form,  piecemeal  amendments  have  been  made  between  1900  and  the  present 
day.  Perhaps  the  most  striking  anachronism  of  the  present  Act  is  that  it 
continues  to  embrace  both  Trustee  Act  provisions  and  provisions  concerned 
with  the  administration  of  deceased  persons'  estates  -  an  indication  of  mid- 
nineteenth  century  thinking  when  trusts  were  almost  exclusively  perceived  as 
a  mode  of,  and  therefore  as  part  of  the  law  of,  testamentary  disposition. 


34 


The  Ontario  Trustee  Act  is  concerned  with  the  appointment  and  discharge 
of  trustees,  the  investment  and  administrative  powers  of  trustees,  and  the 
remuneration  and  indemnification  of  trustees.  The  Act  confers  powers  upon 
the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  to  make  various  vesting  orders,  to  appoint  and 
remove  trustees  where  its  assistance  is  needed,  to  give  advice  and  directions 
to  trustees,  and  to  relieve  trustees,  where  appropriate,  of  liability  for  breach 
of  trust.  Broadly  speaking,  apart  from  the  sections  on  estate  administration, 
these  are  the  contents  of  the  Act.  The  provisions  concerning  non-judicial  (or 
private)  appointment  of  trustees,  and  trustee  powers  and  remuneration,  may 
be  excluded  or  varied  by  the  settlor  or  testator  in  the  trust  instrument,  if  he 
so  chooses.  It  is  in  this  latter  regard  that  the  Act  is  intended  to  be  supportive 
and  enabling. 

3.     THE  NEED  FOR  A  REVISED  TRUSTEE  ACT: 
APPROACHES  TO  REFORM 


(a)  The  Need  for  Legislation 

Traditionally,  the  role  of  legislation  in  the  trust  area  has  been  conceived 
as  supportive  of  the  case  law  of  trusts;  that  is,  as  providing  better  machinery 


32 


33 


34 


An  Act  respecting  Trustees  and  Executors  and  the  Administration  of  Estates,  R.S.O. 
1877, c.  107. 

An  Act  respecting  Trustees  and  Executors  and  the  Administration  of  Estates,  ibid., 
appeared,  subject  to  amendment,  in  R.S.O.  1887,  c.  110.  In  R.S.O.  1897,  this  Act  was 
divided  into  two  parts:  namely.  The  Trustee  Act,  R.S.O.  1897,  c.  129,  and  The  Trustee 
Investment  Act,  R.S.O.  1897,  c.  130.  In  1911,  The  Trustee  Act,  1  Geo.  5,  c.  26, 
consolidated  and  superseded  these  latter  two  1897  Acts,  as  well  as  the  following:  An  Act 
to  Protect  Persons  acting  as  Executors  or  Administrators,  R.S.O.  1 897,  c.  1 3 1 ;  An  Act 
respecting  the  Estates  of  Insolvent  Deceased  Persons,  R.S.O.  1897,  c.  132;  The  Trustee 
Relief  Act,  R.S.O.  1897,  c.  336;  An  Act  respecting  Executors  and  Administrators, 
R.S.O.  1897,  c.  337,  ss.  10-20;  The  Surrogate  Courts  Act,  R.S.O.  1897,  c.  59,  ss.  63- 
64;  and  The  Judicature  Act,  R.S.O.  1897.  c.  51,  s.  39.  The  191 1  Act  appeared,  subject 
to  amendment,  in  R.S.O.  1914,  c.  121,  and  is  the  form  of  the  Trustee  Act  that  has 
prevailed  to  the  present  day. 

The  statutory  lineage  of  the  present  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  30,  accounts  for 
the  fact  that  trust  administration  and  estate  administration  are  equal  concerns  of  the  Act. 
The  fact  that  executors  and  administrators  are  trustees  for  the  purposes  of  the  Act  justifies 
the  short  title,  the  Trustee  Act.  There  is  an  overdue  need  to  place  the  sections  of  the 
Trustee  Act  that  deal  with  the  administration  of  deceased  persons'  estates  in  a  separate 
new  Act,  concerned  explicitly  with  that  subject.  A  new  Administration  of  Estates  Act  is 
the  objective  of  the  Commission's  current  Project  on  the  Administration  of  Estates  of 


11 

for  the  administration  of  trusts  than  has  been,  or  perhaps  could  be,  provided 
by  the  courts  through  their  inductive  decisions.  To  fulfil  this  role,  statutory 
provisions  must  be  kept  abreast  of  modern  needs  and  trust  drafting,  and  must 
not  be  allowed  to  remain  as  a  response  only  to  yesterday's  needs  and  drafting 
practices.  Should  the  statute  fail  to  keep  pace  with  the  requirements  of 
practice,  it  will  become  increasingly  of  less  value  to  all  those  concerned  with 
the  drafting  of  trusts.  Each  trust  instrument  will  be  drawn  incorporating  its 
own  response  to  contemporary  needs,  and  the  statute  will  become  in  ever 
larger  measure  ignored  legislation. 

Unfortunately,  this  has  occurred  in  Ontario  and,  for  all  practical  pur- 
poses, much  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  is  obsolete.  Therefore,  as  the  present 
Act  no  longer  performs  its  traditional  role  in  a  meaningful  fashion,  the 
fundamental  question  that  the  Commission  has  considered  is  whether  there  is 
a  continuing  need  for  legislation  in  the  area  of  trust  law.  If  there  was  originally 
a  good  case  for  the  enactment  of  enabling  legislation  to  assist  and  fulfil  the 
judge-made  law,  has  that  reason  now  disappeared?  Many  of  the  Common- 
wealth common  law  jurisdictions  have  thought  not.  Indeed,  in  recent  years 
the  Trustee  Acts  of  New  Zealand,35  Western  Australia,36  and  Queensland37 
have  been  entirely  rewritten  to  meet  modern  requirements.  The  same  attitude 
is  reflected  in  Manitoba  where  sections  taken  from  the  Trustee  Act,  1925,  the 
contemporary  English  Act,  have  been  introduced  in  The  Trustee  Act  of  that 
Province.38 

It  may  be  argued,  however,  that,  if  a  trust  instrument  incorporates  all  the 
powers  and  discretions  that  trustees  could  ever  wish  to  exercise,  there  would 
be  no  need  for  the  Trustee  Act  as  supplementary  authority  for  the  exercise  of 
those  powers  that  are  in  the  Act,  but  not  in  the  trust  instrument.  Many  persons 
also  consider  this  statutory  supplementation  cumbersome,  particularly  for 
non-professional  trustees  who  may  not  be  familiar  with  the  provisions  of  the 
Trustee  Act.  Yet,  against  this  view,  it  may  be  asserted  that  there  is  still  a 
need  for  legislation.  Statute  must,  for  instance,  confer  upon  the  courts  the 
power  to  advise  trustees  on  the  law  concerning  their  instruments,  to  relieve 
trustees  of  liability  where  breach  is  excusable,  and  to  make  vesting  orders. 
Moreover,  no  trustee  who  is  discharging  his  duty  of  care  as  a  trustee  can 
reasonably  afford  to  be  unaware  of  statutory  provisions  of  this  nature. 

In  addition,  the  Act  can  continue  to  play  the  role  -  reflected  in  English 
legislation  since  the  mid-nineteenth  century  and  particularly  in  the  English 
Trustee  Act,  J  925  -  of  enabling  legislation,  whereby  the  length  of  trust 
instruments  may  be  shortened  considerably  through  the  incorporation,  by 


Deceased  Persons.  The  new  Act  would  bring  together  and  revise  relevant  portions  of  the 
Trustee  Act,  the  Estates  Administration  Act .  supra,  note  9.  and  the  provisions  governing 
practice  under  the  Surrogate  Courts  A ct.  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  491  and  Rules.  R.R.O.  1980, 
r.  925.  as  well  as  codify  and  revise  a  number  of  the  common  law  doctrines  that  now 
govern  estate  administration. 

35  Trustee  Act  1956,  Repr.  Stat.  N.Z.  1977.  No.  61. 

36  Trustees  Act.  1962,  W.  Austl.  Acts  1962.  No.  78. 

37  Trusts  Act  1973.  Quecnsl.  Stat.  1973.  No.  24. 

38  Supra,  note  28. 


12 

reference,  of  powers  and  discretions  conferred  upon  trustees  by  the  Act, 
unless  the  trust  instrument  provides  to  the  contrary.  Some  practitioners  are 
of  the  view  that,  while  this  purpose  may  have  had  some  validity  in  days  when 
lengthier  instruments  were  laborious  to  produce,  it  has  very  little  significance 
in  the  age  of  the  computerized  trust  document.  Yet,  the  mode  of  preparation 
of  the  document  is  not  the  point.  Aside  from  the  fact  that  many  offices  may 
not  possess  word-processing  equipment,  the  trustee  will  have  the  benefit  of  a 
shorter  instrument,  and  the  draftsman,  for  his  part,  may  be  confident  that  the 
statutory  powers  have  been  designed  to  be  free  of  the  constructional  faults 
that  may  exist  in  individually  drawn  clauses. 

However,  it  may  also  be  argued  that,  while  the  adoption  by  statute  of 
familiar  precedents  may  have  had  value  in  the  days  when  the  taxing  statutes 
did  not  impinge  so  heavily  on  the  drafting  of  trust  instruments,  it  is  doubtful 
whether  general  statutory  precedents  are  of  widespread  value  today  when 
instruments  must  be  tailor-made  for  particular  tax  situations.  Moreover,  given 
the  prevailing  policy  of  frequent  amendments  to  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Can- 
ada)39 it  is  likely  that  statutory  precedents  would  soon  be  rendered  otiose. 
There  is  force  in  this  argument,  but  again  the  sophisticated  tax-planned 
instrument  would  seem  to  be  a  feature  of  specialized  practice.  There  is  no 
evidence  that  the  types  of  power  contained  in  modern  Trustee  Acts  will  not 
continue  to  reflect  the  powers  that  appear  in  the  majority  of  familiar  will- 
forms  in  this  Province.  It  was  essentially  for  such  testamentary  trusts  that  the 
statutory  powers  were  first  introduced. 

The  Commission  has  concluded  that  legislation  in  the  area  of  trust  law  is 
desirable  and,  indeed,  essential.  Not  only  can  legislation  confer  necessary 
supervisory  and  remedial  powers  upon  the  court,  but  also,  even  in  a  facultative 
form,  it  can  provide  modern  provisions  for  the  relatively  uncomplicated  trust 
instrument  that  is  drawn  in  all  areas  of  the  Province. 


(b)  The  Form  of  Revised  Legislation 

If  it  is  recognized  that  legislation  in  the  area  of  trust  law  can  perform  an 
important  and,  indeed,  necessary  function,  there  arises  the  question  of  its 
form.  There  would  appear  to  be  two  basic  approaches  available.  On  the  one 
hand,  the  law  of  trusts  could  be  codified  in  statutory  form,  a  response  that 
has  support  from  several  jurisdictions  in  the  United  States.  Alternatively,  the 
traditional  role  of  the  Trustee  Act  as  supportive  and  facultative  legislation 
could  be  continued  and  the  existing  Act  modernized  to  accommodate  contem- 
porary needs  and  practice. 

(i)     Codification 

The  first  possible  response  would  be  to  codify  the  law  of  trusts.  The 
occasion  of  the  Commission's  examination  of  the  policy,  form,  and  contents 
of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  would  provide  an  opportunity  to  determine  whether, 


39  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  S.C.  1970-71-72.  c.  63. 


13 

after  a  period  of  development  as  long  as  that  of  assumpsit  and  contract,  this 
area  of  the  law  should  now  be  codified. 

There  is  much  attraction  in  this  course  of  action.  It  is  true  that  equity 
largely  complements  and  supplements  the  common  law,  and  is  associated 
today  with  other  areas  of  law,  such  as  contract,  tort,  property,  and  landlord 
and  tenant.  However,  the  trust  was  wholly  a  development  of  equity,  and  is 
as  self-contained  an  area  of  law  as,  for  instance,  contract.  It  is,  therefore,  as 
susceptible  as  contract  to  possible  codification.  It  is  also  arguable  that  the  law 
of  trusts  is  ripe  for  codification.  One  hundred  and  fifty  years  have  passed 
since  the  consolidating  work  of  Lord  Eldon,  who  turned  equity,  including 
trusts,  into  a  body  of  law  as  subject  to  development  solely  by  stare  decisis  as 
any  branch  of  the  common  law,  such  as  contract  or  tort.  The  honing  of  trust 
law  is  now  sufficiently  complete. 

This  line  of  reasoning  has  found  acceptance  for  many  years  in  a  number 
of  United  States  jurisdictions.  In  Louisiana,  codification  was  unavoidable, 
given  the  fact  that  the  common  law  theory  of  trusts  fitted  awkwardly  into  the 
civil  law.  However,  because  of  pressures  opposing  the  introduction  of  the 
trust  into  the  State  (a  civil  law  jurisdiction  in  the  French  tradition),  it  was  not 
until  1964  that  Louisiana  adopted  a  complete  code  of  trust  law.40  It  was, 
therefore,  in  the  common  law  jurisdictions  that  codification  was  first  intro- 
duced. As  the  settlement  of  the  United  States  proceeded,  a  number  of  states 
and  territories  of  the  middle  and  far  west,  under  the  influence  of  David  Dudley 
Field's  codification  work  in  New  York  -  completed  in  1865,  but  rejected  in 
his  home  State41  -  saw  codification  as  an  attractive  alternative  to  the  unwritten 
law.  The  Field  codification  inspired  the  contents  of  the  Dakota  Territorial 
Code  of  186642  and  the  California  Civil  Code  of  1872.43  In  1887,  Idaho 
followed  suit,44  as  did  Montana  in  1895.45 

In  this  context,  the  thinking  in  these  jurisdictions  differed  from  that  of 
nineteenth  century  Europe.  In  Europe,  codification  was  necessary  to  intro- 
duce, as  an  entity,  a  law  that  was  to  replace  diverse  local  laws,  often  concep- 
tually distinct  from  Roman  law.  In  the  jurisdictions  of  the  western  United 
States,  it  was  considered  that  codification  could  supply  succinctness  of 
expression  and  convenience  of  reference  to  the  legal  profession  and  the  public 


40  La.  Rev.  Stat.  Ann.  §  9:  1721-2252  (West).  For  the  literature  on  earlier  partial  intro- 
duction of  the  trust  in  1920  and  1938,  and  also  the  1964  Code,  see  Report  by  the 
Louisiana  State  Law  Institute  to  Accompany  the  Proposed  Trust  Code,  La.  Rev.  Stat.. 
Vol.  3A,  at  III  (West),  and  Scott,  The  Law  of  Trusts  (3d  ed.,  1967),  Vol.  1 ,  §  1 .10.  at 
29-31. 

41  See  Scott,  ibid.,  §  1.10,  at  30. 

42  Later  to  form  the  code  law  of  North  Dakota,  N.D.  Cent.  Code  Ann.  §  59,  and  of  South 
Dakota,  S.D.  Comp.  Laws  Ann.  §  55. 

43  See,  now,  Cal.  Civ.  Code  §§  852-71  and  2215-89  (West). 

44  See,  now,  Idaho  Code  §§  15-7-101-15-7-401. 

45  See,  now,  Mont.  Rev.  Code  Ann.  §S  86-101-86-706.  Sec.  also.  Oklahoma's  Uniform 
Trust  Act,  Okla.  Stat.  Ann.  tit.  60  §§  175. 1-175.5,  and  the  Texas  Trust  Act.  Tex.  Rev. 
Civ.  Stat.  Ann.  arts.  7425b-  1-7425H-47  (Vernon).  The  limited  early  influence  of  Mex- 
ican-Spanish law  in  California  and  the  south-west  United  States  meant  that  the  civilian 
pressure  for  codification  was  not  significant  in  the  states  so  affected. 


14 

alike  in  developing  pioneer  jurisdictions  with  their  populations  of  mixed 
background.  It  was  a  "hip  pocket"  statement  of  basic  legal  principles.  More- 
over, it  provided  an  opportunity  for  the  codifiers  to  clarify  those  many  points 
of  law  where  an  inductive,  case  law  jurisdiction  is  bound  to  have  uncertainty. 
In  the  older,  developed  eastern  United  States,  only  Georgia  adopted  the  Field 
codification.46  Indiana,  which  adopted  a  trust  code  in  1971, 47  is  the  latest  of 
the  states  to  codify,  although,  as  in  Louisiana,  the  inspiration  for  this  code  is 
the  American  Restatement  of  the  Law  of  Trusts,  originally  adopted  by  the 
American  Law  Institute  in  1935,  and  appearing  in  its  second  edition  in  1959. 

(ii)     Modernization  of  Existing  Act 

The  second  possible  response  to  the  outdated  character  of  much  of  the 
existing  Trustee  Act  would  be  to  continue,  in  a  revised  and  updated  form,  the 
tradition  of  enabling  and  supportive  trustee  legislation.  This  tradition  can  be 
traced  from  the  statutory  revision  and  consolidation  of  187748  to  the  present. 

The  advantage  of  this  response  is  that  the  flexibility  and  adaptability  of 
the  trust  concept,  springing  as  these  attributes  do  from  the  fact  that  trust  law 
is  judge-made  law,  are  retained.49  Over  the  five  hundred  years  prior  to  1800 
when  the  law  of  uses,  and  then  of  trusts,  was  being  developed  by  the  courts 
of  Equity,  only  two  statutes  of  any  significance  contributed  to  or  affected  that 
development:  the  Statute  of  Uses50  and  the  Statute  of Frauds. 51  The  first  proved 
to  be  the  incentive  for  the  creation  of  the  trust  out  of  the  ashes  of  the  "passive" 
use,  and  the  second  gave  birth  to  new  directions  of  judicial  inventiveness, 
namely,  the  constructive  trust  and  the  doctrine  of  fraud  prevention  epitomized 
in  Rochefoucauld  v.  Boustead.52  Thereafter,  as  we  have  seen,  came  the 
nineteenth  century  reforms,  emulated  in  Ontario,  which  sought  mainly  to 
eliminate  the  procedural  complexity  of  the  past  and  to  play  a  supportive  role 
to  the  achievements  of  the  case  law. 

In  the  last  decade  of  the  nineteenth  century  the  first  Succession  Duty  Act 
was  passed  in  Ontario,53  while  the  federal  Parliament  enacted  the  first  Income 


46 


4S 


49 


51 


See,  now,  Ga.  Code  Ann.  §  108. 

Ind.  Stats.  Ann.,  Code  Ed.,  tit.  30  (Burns).  For  an  interesting  study  of  this  codification, 
and  of  the  questions  involved,  see  Ard,  "A  Proposed  Trust  Code  for  Indiana  -  An  Effort 
at  Reform"  (1969-70),  45  Notre  Dame  Law.  427.  See,  also,  American  Law  Institute, 
Restatement  of  the  Law,  Second— Trusts,  2*/ (1959),  §§  1-460. 

An  Act  respecting  Trustees  and  Executors  and  the  Administration  of  Estates,  supra,  note 
32. 

F.W.  Maitland  in  his  famous  lectures  on  Equity  at  Cambridge  University.  England,  at 
the  turn  of  the  century  said,  "Of  all  the  exploits  of  Equity  the  largest  and  the  most 
important  is  the  invention  and  development  of  the  Trust.  It  is  an  'institute'  of  great 
elasticity  and  generality;  as  elastic,  as  general  as  contract":  supra,  note  1,  at  23. 

Supra,  note  12.  Re-enacted  in  Ontario  as  The  Statute  of  Uses,  R.S.O.  1897,  c.  331. 

(1677),  29  Car.  2,  c.  3.  In  Ontario,  see,  now.  Statute  of  Frauds,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  481. 

[1897]  1  Ch.  196.  See,  further,  Lewin  on  Trusts,  supra,  note  6,  at  24,  and  Waters, 
supra,  note  3,  at  192  et  seq. 

The  Succession  Duty  Act,  1892,  55  Vict.,  c.  6. 


15 

Tax  Act  in  1915.54  By  1945  succession  duty,  estate  tax,  and  income  tax  were 
beginning  to  make  heavy  inroads  into  the  wealth  of  Ontario  residents  held  in 
trust.  Nonetheless,  although  taxing  statutes  affect  trusts,  they  do  not  contrib- 
ute to  the  development  of  the  law  of  trusts,  [f  they  contribute  at  all,  it  is  in 
the  sense  only  that  they  lead  to  a  considerable  volume  of  litigation,  which 
has  served  as  the  medium  for  the  courts,  aside  from  the  provisions  of  the  tax 
legislation  in  dispute,  to  develop  the  case  law  of  trusts  yet  further.  Today,  by 
far  the  greatest  volume  of  legislation  concerning  trusts  is  contained  in  the 
Income  Tax  Act,55  an  Act  designed  among  other  things  to  neutralize  the  trust 
so  far  as  possible  as  a  tax  avoidance  device.  Given  that  the  trust,  like  the  use 
before  it,  has  considerable  tax  saving  potential,  and  that  in  the  private  dis- 
position of  wealth  a  very  large  number  of  trusts  today  have  tax  saving  as  their 
principal  purpose,  it  is  not  surprising  that  many  think  of  the  tax  statutes  as 
laying  down  the  primary  law  on  the  subject.  It  is  ironic  that  this  should  be  so 
because,  for  the  reasons  given  above,  not  only  is  this  a  caricature  of  the  true 
position,  but  taxing  statutes  arrived  on  the  scene  when  the  law  of  trusts  was 
already  mature,  and  have  occupied  a  significant  position  during  only  the  last 
thirty  or  forty  years  of  the  trust's  three  hundred  and  fifty  years  of  existence 
and  development. 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  trust  has  numerous  uses  in  business  and 
commerce.  When  one  reflects  that  these  sophisticated  investment  and  fidu- 
ciary property-holding  devices  are  also  subject  to  the  same  basic  principles 
of  trust  law  developed  by  the  Equity  courts,  it  is  evident  that  the  flexibility 
and  adaptability  considered  so  significant  over  the  years  will  continue  to  be 
relevant.  In  fact,  these  characteristics  are  considered  by  the  business  com- 
munity to  be  valuable  attributes  of  the  trust. 

In  these  circumstances,  there  is  a  powerful  case  for  leaving  the  trust  as  a 
creature  of  case  law,  to  be  developed  in  the  future,  as  in  the  past,  by  the 
courts.  The  Trustee  Act  would  then  continue  its  supportive  role,  both  as  to 
the  powers  of  trustees  and  of  the  courts,  and  would  merely  be  brought  to  the 
point  where  it  embodies  contemporary  needs  and  practice. 

4.     CONCLUSIONS 

Of  the  two  possible  responses  -  codifying  the  law  of  trusts  or  modernizing 
the  present  Trustee  Act  -  the  Commission  prefers  the  latter.56  Accordingly, 
the  Commission  recommends  that  the  Trustee  Act  should  retain  its  present 
character  as  supportive  and  enabling  legislation.  The  Act  should  continue  to 
assist  and  supplement  the  judge-made  law  of  trusts57  and  to  confer  powers 


54  The  Special  War  Revenue  Act,  1915,  5  Geo.  5,  c.  8. 

55  Supra,  note  39. 

56  One  of  the  Commissioners,  the  Honourable  Richard  A.  Bell,  P.C.,  Q.C..  does  not  agree 
with  this  recommendation.  He  would  have  sought  to  undertake  a  codification  of  the  law 
of  trusts  and  believes  this  is  both  feasible  and  preferable. 

57  Draft  Bill.  s.  3.  Section  3  of  the  Draft  Bill  provides  that,  except  as  otherwise  provided 
in  the  revised  Trustee  Act,  the  law  respecting  trusts  and  trustees  in  force  in  Ontario 
immediately  before  the  revised  Act  comes  into  force  continues  in  force. 


upon  the  court.  Moreover,  the  Act  should  continue  to  confer  powers  upon 
trustees,  which,  for  the  most  part,  should  be  subject  to  the  contrary  intention 
of  the  creator  of  the  trust.™  To  accomplish  this  objective  effectively,  the  Act 
should  be  modernized  to  provide  judicial  and  trustee  powers  that  will  accom- 
modate contemporary  needs  and  practice. 

Although  the  primary  focus  of  reform  should  be  to  modernize  the  Trustee 
Act,  the  Commission  also  recognizes  that  there  is  a  need  in  certain  specific 
areas  of  trust  law  for  clarification  or  change.  Accordingly,  the  Commission 
recommends  that,  where  there  appears  to  be  material  advantage  in  accom- 
plishing clarification  or  change,  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  clarify  or 
amend  the  existing  law,  rather  than  leave  the  matter  to  the  courts.  However, 
this  would  be  by  way  of  exception  to  the  policy  that  codification  of  the  law 
of  trusts  should  not  be  attempted.  The  Commission  has  thought  it  desirable 
to  reflect  its  recommendations  for  modernization,  clarification,  and  change 
of  trust  law  in  legislative  form,  and  has,  accordingly,  prepared  a  Draft  Bill 
to  revise  the  Trustee  Act,  which  is  appended  to  this  Report.59 

A  primary  reason  for  choosing  the  second  response  is  that  the  law  of 
trusts  is  indeed  mature  and  substantially  settled,  and  there  would  be  a  danger 
that,  in  codifying  the  law  and  introducing  a  new  linguistic  expression  of 
established  rules,  questions  of  statutory  interpretation  would  arise  that,  with- 
out codification,  would  have  been  avoided.60  If  there  were  significant  prob- 
lems, lacunae,  and  doubts  in  the  case  law,  there  might  indeed  be  a  compelling 
argument  for  codification,  but  this  is  not  the  situation  that  exists.  In  these 
circumstances,  there  is  every  justification  for  retaining  not  only  the  principles 
and  rules  of  present  trust  law,  but  also  the  flexibility  and  adaptability  that 
inductive  case  law  has  given  the  trust  concept.  These  merits  of  the  trust 
concept  are  so  widely  recognized,  especially  in  the  use  of  the  trust  in  business 
and  commerce,  that  it  would  be  unwise  in  our  view  to  "freeze"  the  concept 
in  its  existing  mould.  It  is  true  that  there  could  be  a  gain  if,  as  we  have 
recommended,  the  Trustee  Act  were  to  clarify  or  amend  the  existing  law 
where  that  would  be  advantageous.  Similarly,  it  could  be  useful  if  the  revised 
Act  were  to  state  the  equitable  principle  or  rule  where  there  is  now  doubt  as 
to  the  exact  nature  of  the  principle  or  rule.  This  may  well  be  the  case  with 
regard  to  the  three  fundamental  duties  of  the  trustee:  namely,  to  show  the 
standard  of  care  of  the  reasonable  man;  to  avoid,  and  to  account  for,  personal 
profits  received  in  conflict  of  interest  and  duty  situations;  and  to  act  with  an 
even  hand  as  between  successive  beneficiaries.  But  this  can  be  done  in  an 
updated  Trustee  Act. 

As  to  the  advantage  to  the  profession  and  the  public  of  having  the  law  of 
trusts  stated  succinctly  and  comprehensively  in  a  single  codifying  Act,  this 
is  an  argument  for  the  adoption  of  codification  as  a  general  principle  in 


58  Draft  Bill,  s.  2(b). 

59  See  Appendix  1 . 

60  Scott,  supra,  note  40,  §  1.10,  at  30,  speaks  of  the  Field  Code  as  "not  very  satisfactory". 
He  notes  that  the  Code  was  based  in  part  on  the  Revised  Statutes  of  New  York,  1828, 
which  had  "caused  a  great  deal  of  litigation,  and  insofar  as  the  code  attempted  to  embody 
the  common  law,  it  is  vague,  inaccurate  and  incomplete". 


17 

Ontario.  Indeed,  it  is  this  principle  that  has  been  followed,  to  a  greater  or 
lesser  extent,  in  those  American  jurisdictions  that  have  codified  the  law  of 
trusts.  Not  only  Louisiana,  but  other  states  -  California  and  Indiana,  for 
instance  -  have  reduced  a  considerable  volume  of  their  law  to  codified  form. 
Whether  this  principle  should  be  adopted  in  Ontario  is  an  issue  that  raises 
fundamental  questions,  including  cost,  that  are  beyond  the  ambit  of  trust 
law.61  As  far  as  the  availability  of  information  regarding  the  law  is  concerned, 
it  should,  however,  be  noted  that  in  Ontario  the  law  of  trusts  has  not  been 
ignored  by  current  works  of  reference.62 

An  additional  reason  for  the  Commission's  recommendation  to  modern- 
ize the  Trustee  Act,  rather  than  to  codify  the  law  of  trusts,  is  to  maintain  a 
very  evident  Commonwealth  tradition  of  providing  an  enabling  and  suppor- 
tive Act  to  complement  a  continued  reliance  on  case  law,  particularly  the 
persuasive  authority  of  the  English  decisions.  In  the  United  States,  the  tra- 
dition is  quite  different.  Upon  attaining  political  independence  in  the  last 
quarter  of  the  eighteenth  century,  the  American  states  began  quickly  to 
develop  a  distinctive  body  of  case  law.  A  century  later  this  fact,  combined 
with  the  multiplicity  of  jurisdictions  within  the  United  States  and  the  signifi- 
cant size  of  the  American  population  and  wealth,  had  removed  the  United 
States  from  the  path  taken  by  the  Commonwealth  jurisdictions. 

As  the  law  of  trusts  was  already  well  advanced  in  1776,  there  continues 
to  be  a  close  doctrinal  relationship  between  trusts  law  in  the  United  States 
and  in  the  older  Commonwealth  countries.  Nonetheless,  the  tradition  of 
nineteenth  century  legislation  supportive  to  the  case  law  was  not  adopted  in 
United  States  jurisdictions.  As  Scott  records,63  legislative  intervention,  when 
it  came,  differed  from  state  to  state,  and  across  the  country  local  case  law 
abounded  to  the  point  that  state  codification,  together  with  uniformity  legis- 
lation and  statutory  consolidation,  was  a  response  to  the  needs  of  certainty, 
standardization,  and  modernization.64  As  a  result,  the  Canadian  courts  have 
looked  to  England  and  other  Commonwealth  jurisdictions,  rather  than  to  the 


61 


62 


63 
64 


For  a  graphic  difference  of  opinion  on  the  value  of  codification,  the  labour  involved  in 
its  production,  and  its  effects,  see  Hahlo,  "Here  Lies  the  Common  Law:  Rest  in  Peace" 
(1967),  30  Modern  L.  Rev.  241;  Gower,  "A  Comment"  (1967),  30  Modern  L.  Rev. 
259;  Topping  and  Vandenlinden,  "Ibi  Renascit  Jus  Commune"  (1970),  33  Modern  L. 
Rev.  170;  and  Hahlo,  "Codifying  the  Common  Law:  Protracted  Gestation"  (1975).  38 
Modern  L.  Rev.  23. 

See  Baker  (ed.),  Widdifield  on  Executors'  Accounts  (5th  ed.,  1967),  and  Waters,  supra, 
note  3. 

Scott,  supra,  note  40,  §  1 . 1 1 ,  at  3 1-33. 

Codification  should  be  distinguished  from  extensive  legislation  and  consolidation  in  the 
area  of  law  in  question.  More  numerous  than  the  states  that  have  codified,  arc  the  states 
that  have  enacted  uniform  or  other  legislation  in  areas  of  trust  law  that  were  in  need  of 
reform,  and  have  consolidated  their  existing  legislation,  including  uniformity  legislation: 
see,  for  instance,  N.Y.  Est.  Powers  &  Trusts  Law  §  17B  (McKinney).  The  Uniform 
Acts  of  the  National  Conference  of  Commissioners  on  Uniform  State  Laws  have  been 
widely  adopted,  either  in  their  recommended,  or  in  an  amended,  form.  An  example  of 
recent  codification,  which  still  has  significant  elements  of  consolidation  about  it.  is  the 
Probate.  Estates  and  Fiduciaries  Code  in  Pennsylvania,  Pa.  Stat.  Ann.  tit.  20,  §§  101- 
8815,  enacted  by  Pa.  Laws  1972,  c.  164.  By  that  law.  the  former  title  20.  known  as  the 
"Consolidated  Pennsylvania  Statutes",  was  amended  to  read  as  the  above  "Code". 


18 

United  States,  for  persuasive  authority  in  the  area  of  trust  law.  The  Commis- 
sion is  of  the  view  that,  given  the  Commonwealth  tradition  of  a  shared  body 
of  case  law  and  enabling  and  supportive  Trustee  Acts,  which  is  well  known 
and  understood  in  the  Province,  the  case  for  a  departure  from  this  tradition  is 
not  sufficiently  persuasive/'5 

One  final  point  should  be  mentioned.  If  the  Trustee  Act  is  to  be  retained, 
its  supportive  role  continued,  but  its  provisions  modernized,  there  is  a  ques- 
tion concerning  which  types  of  trust  it  should  seek  to  support.  The  Trustee 
Act,  1925  in  England,  like  its  predecessors,  is  concerned  primarily  with  the 
trust  that  a  person  might  create  in  his  will  or  set  up  by  deed  in  his  lifetime  in 
order  to  transfer  his  property  to  others,  normally  as  successive  beneficiaries. 
Those  persons  will  probably  be  his  spouse,  his  children  and  grandchildren, 
and  his  relations  or  friends.  On  the  other  hand,  he  may  wish  to  support  one 
or  more  charitable  organizations,  such  as  his  place  of  worship,  and  these 
gifts,  too,  may  find  their  way  into  his  testamentary  or  inter  vivos  trust. 

However,  these  are  not  the  only  types  of  trust  that  may  be  created.  As 
has  been  said,  the  trust  has  played  a  considerable  role  in  business  and  com- 
merce since  the  early  investment  trusts  of  the  late  eighteenth  century,  and  it 
is  essentially  here  that  the  flexibility  and  adaptability  of  the  trust  have  been 
demonstrated.  A  company  may  have  a  "trusteed"  pension  plan,  which  is 
essentially  an  investment  trust  of  the  contributions  that  it  receives,  usually 
from  both  the  employee  and  the  employer.  Company  profit  sharing  trusts  and 
stock  purchase  agreements  are  other  forms  of  provision  for  an  employee. 
Registered  retirement  savings  plans  administered  by  trust  companies  are  not 
infrequent.  A  partner  or  director/shareholder  may  insure  his  co-partners'  or 
co-shareholders'  lives  to  the  value  of  their  several  interests,  and  the  insurance 
policy  may  be  held  by  a  trustee.  A  shareholder  may  agree  that  his  voting 
rights  should  be  subject  to  a  voting  trust. 

The  trust  is  also  used  as  a  substitute  for  incorporation,  especially  for  real 
estate  holding  and  development.  The  modern  investment  or  unit  trust,  of 
which  the  "REIT"  (real  estate  investment  trust)  is  a  prime  example,  is  a 
revival  of  the  management  or  investment  trust  idea  of  the  late  eighteenth  and 
nineteenth  centuries.  The  syndicate  trust  is  a  pre-incorporation  security  de- 
vice. Indeed,  security  provision  is  an  important  role  of  the  trust.  Apart  from 
its  statutory  employment  in  bankruptcy,  its  best  known  form  is  the  trust  for 
bondholders  when  a  company  has  issued  debentures  and  puts  up  its  assets  as 
security.  The  assets  are  vested  in  a  trustee.  Security  is  also  the  basis  of  stock 
escrow  trusts,  trusts  of  warehouse  receipts,  and  equipment  trusts.66 

The  very  diversity  of  these  business  and  commercial  trusts  suggests  that 
they  cannot  be  brought  within  the  confines  of  the  Trustee  Act,  even  though 
the  law  of  trusts  as  established  by  the  cases  applies  to  these  trusts  as  well  as 
to  private  individuals'  trusts.  It  is  interesting  to  observe  that  the  Indiana  Trust 


65  See,  however,  the  comments  of  the  Honourable  Richard  A.  Bell,  P.C.,  Q.C..  Commis- 
sioner, supra,  note  56. 

66  For  further  explanation  of  contemporary  personal,  business,  and  commercial  trusts,  see 
Waters,  supra,  note  3,  ch.  12. 


Code67  and  the  New  York  Estates,  Powers  and  Trusts  Law68  do  not  incorporate 
provisions  for  such  trusts.  In  Canada,  trusteeship  in  bankruptcy  is  covered 
totally  by  the  federal  Bankruptcy  Act  ™  trusts  for  bondholders  by  the  Business 
Corporations  Act,  1982 ,70  and  pension  fund  trusts  by  the  Pension  Benefits 
Act.1]  Such  trusts,  therefore,  have  their  own  location  in  various  statutes,  and 
it  would  be  logical  for  further  provisions  to  be  placed  in  their  respective  Acts. 
In  these  circumstances,  the  Commission  recommends  that  the  revised  Trustee 
Act  should  not  apply  to  business,  commercial  or  investment  trusts,  including, 
for  example,  pension  trusts,  employee  benefit  and  profit  sharing  trusts,  re- 
tirement savings  plans,  home  ownership  savings  plans,  retirement  income 
funds  or  any  other  savings  plan  trust  registered  under  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada),  trusts  further  to  a  buy-sell  agreement,  stock  purchase  agreement 
trusts,  corporate  bond  trusts,  and  voting  trusts.  However,  a  trust  should  not 
be  excluded  from  the  revised  Act  merely  because  it  involves,  in  whole  or  in 
part,  the  carrying  on  of  a  business.72 

Similarly,  the  Commission  is  of  the  view  that  the  provisions  of  the  revised 
Trustee  Act  should  not  apply  generally  to  charitable  trusts  and  non-charitable 
purpose  trusts.  These  types  of  trust  are  governed,  at  present,  by  a  unique 
body  of  case  law73  and  diverse  statutory  provisions,74  which  should  be  ex- 
amined in  toto  before  reform  of  this  area  of  the  law  is  undertaken.75  However, 
the  Commission  has  concluded  that  the  revised  Act  can  usefully  provide 
guidance  in  two  areas  where  difficulties  appear  to  have  arisen,  without  imped- 
ing eventual  reform  of  the  law  of  charities:  namely,  the  variation  of  charitable 
trusts  and  the  remedying  of  trust  provisions  that  contain  both  charitable  and 
non-charitable  purposes.  Accordingly,  the  Commission  recommends  that, 
until  the  topic  of  charity  law  reform  has  been  examined  in  detail,  the  revised 
Trustee  Act  should  not  apply  to  charitable  trusts  or  non-charitable  purpose 
trusts,76  except  to  provide  specific  provisions  for  the  variation  of  charitable 
trusts  and  the  remedying  of  trust  provisions  that  contain  both  charitable  and 
non-charitable  purposes.77 


67  Supra,  note  47. 

68  Supra,  note  64. 

69  R.S.C.  1970,  c.  B-3. 

70  S.O.  1982,  c.  4,  ss.  46-52. 

71  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  373.  The  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  Pub.  L. 
No.  93-406,  88  Stat.  829,  an  American  federal  Act,  is  so  complete  a  provision  concern- 
ing pension  plan  fiduciaries  that  it  has  been  described  as  the  "Federal  Law  of  Trusts". 

72  Draft  Bill,  s.  l(/?)(iii). 

73  See  Waters,  supra,  note  3,  ch.  14. 

74  For  example,  trusts  for  the  upkeep  of  graves  and  tombs  are  within  the  provisions  of  the 
Cemeteries  Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  59.  Some  provision  is  made  lor  charitable  trusts  under 
the  terms  of  the  Charitable  Gifts  Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  63.  and  the  Charities  Accounting 
Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  65,  as  amended. 

75  See,  for  example,  Cullity,  "Statutory  Machinery  for  Supervising  Charities"  (1972).  I 
The  Philanthropist  22. 

76  Draft  Bill,  s.  L(p)(i). 

77  See  infra,  ch.  8,  and  Draft  Bill.  Part  VIII. 


20 

Generally  speaking,  subject  to  the  two  abovementioned  exceptions,78  the 
revised  Trustee  Act  is  designed  to  apply  to  all  trusts  however  created  and  to 
all  trustees  however  appointed.79  Nonetheless,  with  respect  to  certain  pro- 
posed provisions,  it  will  be  recommended,  for  reasons  to  be  discussed  in  later 
chapters,  that  these  provisions  should  only  apply,  for  example,  to  express 
trusts  and  not  to  resulting  or  constructive  trusts. 

In  addition,  it  is  intended  that  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  apply  to  all 
trusts  whenever  created  and  to  all  trustees  whenever  appointed.80  Nonetheless, 
in  certain  instances,  the  nature  of  the  change  in  the  present  law  that  the 
Commission  will  propose  is  such  that  special  transitional  provisions  will  be 
recommended;  for  example,  that  the  proposed  provision  should  only  apply  to 
trust  instruments  that  take  effect  after  the  revised  Act  comes  into  force. 

The  chapters  of  this  Report  that  follow  will  deal  with  the  present  Ontario 
Trustee  Act  and,  in  particular,  with  those  aspects  of  trust  law  that  the  Com- 
mission considers  to  be  in  need  of  revision,  clarification,  or  change.  The 
order  of  the  chapters  follows,  for  the  most  part,  the  order  in  which  the 
provisions  of  the  Draft  Bill  appear. 


Recommendations 

The  Commission  makes  the  following  recommendations: 

1.  The  Trustee  Act  should  retain  its  present  character  as  supportive  and 
enabling  legislation:  the  Act  should  continue  to  assist  and  supplement  the 
judge-made  law  of  trusts  and  to  confer  powers  upon  the  court  and  also 
upon  trustees,  subject  to  the  contrary  intention  of  the  creator  of  the  trust. 

2.  The  Trustee  Act  should  be  modernized  to  provide  judicial  and  trustee 
powers  that  will  accommodate  contemporary  needs  and  practice. 

*3.  Where  there  appears  to  be  material  advantage  in  accomplishing  clarifi- 
cation or  change,  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  clarify  or  amend  the 
existing  law,  rather  than  leave  the  matter  to  the  courts.  However,  this 
would  be  by  way  of  exception  to  the  policy  that  codification  of  the  law 
of  trusts  should  not  be  attempted. 

4.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  not  apply  to  business,  commercial  or 
investment  trusts,  including,  for  example,  pension  trusts,  employee  ben- 
efit and  profit  sharing  trusts,  retirement  savings  plans,  home  ownership 


8  A  third  exception,  carried  over  from  the  present  Trustee  Act,  is  that  the  revised  Trustee 
Act  should  not  apply  to  an  estate  conveyed  by  way  of  mortgage:  see  Trustee  Act,  supra, 
note  30,  s.  \(q),  and  Draft  Bill,  s.  l(p)(ii). 

79  Draft  Bill,  s.  2(a). 

80  Ibid. 

*  See,  however,  the  comments  of  the  Honourable  Richard  A.  Bell,  P.C.,  Q.C.,  Commis- 
sioner, supra,  note  56. 


21 

savings  plans,  retirement  income  funds  or  any  other  savings  plan  trust 
registered  under  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  trusts  further  to  a  buy- 
sell  agreement,  stock  purchase  agreement  trusts,  corporate  bond  trusts, 
and  voting  trusts.  However,  a  trust  should  not  be  excluded  from  the 
revised  Act  merely  because  it  involves,  in  whole  or  in  part,  the  carrying 
on  of  a  business. 

5.  Pending  an  examination  of  charity  law  reform  generally,  the  revised 
Trustee  Act  should  not  apply  to  charitable  trusts  or  non-charitable  purpose 
trusts,  except  to  provide  specific  provisions  for  the  variation  of  charitable 
trusts  and  the  remedying  of  trust  provisions  that  contain  both  charitable 
and  non-charitable  purposes. 

6.  Subject  to  Recommendations  4  and  5,  and  to  certain  exceptions  related 
to  specific  proposed  provisions,  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  apply  to 
all  trusts  however  created  and  to  all  trustees  however  appointed. 

7.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  apply  to  all  trusts  whenever  created  and 
to  all  trustees  whenever  appointed,  except  in  certain  specific  instances 
where  the  nature  of  the  change  in  the  present  law  that  the  Commission 
will  propose  necessitates  a  special  transitional  provision. 


CHAPTER  2 


GENERAL  PRINCIPLES 
GOVERNING  THE 
EXERCISE  OF  POWER  AND 
DISCHARGE  OF  DUTY  BY 
TRUSTEES 


1.     INTRODUCTION 

In  the  course  of  administration  of  a  trust,  a  trustee  has  to  discharge  the 
duties  set  out  for  him  in  the  trust  instrument  or,  if  there  is  no  instrument,  in 
the  oral  trust  terms.  For  this  purpose,  the  trustee  has  to  make  decisions  and 
often  choose  between  various  possible  courses  of  action.  It  is  to  enable  the 
trustee  to  carry  out  these  duties  that  he  has  powers,  both  administrative  and 
dispositive.  However,  over  and  above  the  duties  that  are  imposed  and  the 
powers  that  are  conferred  upon  a  trustee  by  the  trust  instrument  or  by  statute, 
he  has  certain  basic  duties  that  govern  him  in  all  his  actions.  These  duties 
arise  from  the  nature  of  the  trustee's  office.  A  trustee  is  a  fiduciary.  This 
means  that  he  is  entrusted  with  title  to  and  control  over  another  person's 
property  for  the  exclusive  purpose  of  serving  that  other  person.1  Because  of 
the  trust  that  is  reposed  in  him  through  the  act  of  assuming  the  office,  the 
trustee  promises  to  perform  his  tasks  personally,  with  care,  and  with  the  sole 
interests  of  the  beneficiaries  in  mind. 

The  basic  duties  of  a  trustee  are  therefore  threefold.  First,  a  trustee  must 
carry  out  his  task  with  due  care  and  attention,  as  well  as  honestly.  Secondly, 
a  trustee  must  not  delegate  to  another  the  responsibilities  entrusted  to  him. 
Thirdly,  a  trustee  must  not  permit  his  own  interest  to  conflict  in  any  way  with 
his  duty  to  the  beneficiary  whom  he  serves. 

There  is  a  wide  range  of  persons,  such  as  solicitors,  accountants,  and 
brokers,  who  must  observe  these  fiduciary  duties,  but  none  must  do  so  as 
intensely  as  a  trustee.  This  is  partly  due  to  historical  factors.-1  but  also  because 


1  See  Waters.  Law  of  Trusts  in  Canada  (1974).  at  31-34. 

2  The  concept  of  ownership  through  trusteeship  was  fashioned  in  the  English  Court  of 
Chancery.  Solicitors,  accountants,  and  brokers  arc  persons  practising  particular  profes- 
sions whose  activities  require  of  them  sonic  of  the  behaviour  required  of  a  trustee. 

1231 


24 

the  essence  of  the  trusteeship  task,  from  beginning  to  end,  is  indeed  one  of 
trust.  Opportunities  for  abuse  of  the  office  are  plentiful,  whether  by  retaining 
the  office  but  passing  over  the  task  of  performing  the  duties  of  it  to  others, 
by  dishonesty  through  self-seeking  in  one  manner  or  another,  or  by  mere 
neglect.  Because  title  to  the  property  being  administered  is  in  the  trustee's 
own  name,  and  he  is  usually  empowered  to  buy,  sell,  transfer,  and  charge 
trust  property,  his  personal  involvement,  skill,  and  integrity  are  of  paramount 
importance  to  the  beneficiary. 

It  is  for  these  reasons  that,  since  the  latter  half  of  the  seventeenth  century, 
when  the  modern  law  of  trusts  began  to  be  fashioned  in  the  English  courts, 
the  three  basic  duties  have  been  emphasized  constantly  by  the  courts  of  all 
jurisdictions  in  which  the  trust  is  known.  These  duties  are  discussed  at  length 
in  texts  on  the  law  of  trusts.3  While  it  is  not  our  purpose  to  attempt  a 
codification  of  the  law  of  trusts,  we  have  considered  whether  a  revised  Trustee 
Act  might  usefully  reiterate  any  aspect  of  these  basic  duties,  and,  in  so  doing, 
clarify  the  case  law  in  any  respect  or  develop  principles  already  established. 
In  addition  to  an  examination  of  the  three  fundamental  duties  mentioned 
above,  we  shall  discuss  in  this  chapter  two  other  general  principles  that  govern 
the  exercise  of  power  and  discharge  of  duty  by  trustees,  namely,  that  trustees 
must  act  unanimously  and  that  the  powers  of  trustees  are  solely  theirs. 

2.     TRUSTEES'  DUTY  OF  CARE 

(a)  The  Basic  Duty  of  Care 

In  conducting  the  management  of  the  trust,  the  trustee  must  exhibit  the 
same  diligence  and  care  that  an  ordinary  prudent  man  of  business  would 
exercise  in  conducting  a  business  that  is  his  own.4  Whatever  he  is  doing  on 
behalf  of  the  trust,  and  in  the  discharge  of  his  duties,  including  the  exercise 
of  any  dispositive  or  administrative  powers,  what  is  required  of  him,  as 
Dickson  J.  has  stated,  is  "vigilance,  prudence  and  sagacity".5  Such  a  duty 
condemns  negligent  omission,  as  well  as  commission,  and  is  allied  with  the 
equally  important  duty  of  the  trustee  to  act  in  good  faith.  Although  difficult 
to  define,  good  faith  may  be  said  to  mean  an  honest  belief  on  the  part  of  the 
trustee  that  what  he  has  done,  or  proposes  to  do,  is  proper  and  appropriate.6 
The  duty  of  care  complements  the  primary  duty  to  act  in  good  faith.  If  either 
duty  is  breached,  and  loss  ensues  to  the  trust  or  to  a  beneficiary,  the  trustee 
is  in  breach  of  trust,  and  he  must  personally  make  good  the  loss.  However, 


3 


See,  for  example,  Mowbray  (ed.),  Lewin  on  Trusts  (16th  ed.,  1964),  ch.  9;  Hayton 
(ed.),  Underbill's  Law  relating  to  Trusts  and  Trustees  (13th  ed.,  1979).  ch.  11;  and 
Waters,  supra,  note  1,  ch.  18. 

For  a  general  discussion  of  the  trustee's  standard  of  care,  see  Waters,  supra,  note  1,  at 
655-61. 

Fales,  Wohlleben  v.  Canada  Permanent  Trust  Co.,  [1977]  2  S.C.R.  302,  at  318,  (1977), 
70  D.L.R.  (3d)  257,  at  270,  [1976]  6  W.W.R.  10,  at  22  (S.C.C.)  (subsequent  references 
are  to70D.L.R.  (3d)). 

See  further,  Cullity,  "Judicial  Control  of  Trustees'  Discretions"  (1975),  25  U.  Toronto 
L.J.  99. 


25 

his  lack  of  good  faith  or  of  care  must  be  established  as  the  cause  of  the  loss. 
As  Lindley  L.J.  once  remarked,  "a  trustee  is  not  a  surety,  nor  is  he  an  insurer; 
he  is  only  liable  for  some  wrong  done  by  himself,  and  loss  of  trust  money  is 
not  per  se  proof  of  such  wrong".7 

As  a  result  of  some  dicta  of  Jessel  M.R.  in  Re  Speighf  in  the  English 
Court  of  Appeal  in  1883,  the  thought  was  encouraged  that,  if  a  trustee  had 
been  honest  and  had  done  his  best  to  further  the  interests  of  the  beneficiaries, 
he  should  not  be  expected  to  do  more.  Honest  belief  that  one's  actions  are 
proper  is,  however,  a  subjective  assessment  of  trustee  conduct,  and  was 
clearly  rejected  by  three  leading  House  of  Lords  cases  between  1887  and 
1 889. 9  As  a  result  of  these  decisions,  the  relevant  question  is  whether  a  trustee 
has  acted  with  integrity  in  what  he  did,  seeking  to  do  what  the  task  demanded; 
the  standard  of  care  expected  of  him  is  an  objective  one,  external,  that  is,  to 
any  consideration  of  the  skills  or  circumstances  of  the  particular  trustee  whose 
conduct  is  impugned.  The  test  is  what  would  have  been  done  by  that  familiar 
legal  creature,  the  reasonable  man.  In  the  law  of  torts,  he  has  traditionally 
been  known  as  the  man  on  the  Clapham  omnibus;  in  the  law  of  trusts  he  is 
the  ordinary  prudent  man  of  business.  The  particular  trustee  must  act  as  this 
man  would  act  in  the  same  circumstances.  If  this  standard  is  not  satisfied, 
and  loss  ensues,  then  the  trustee  is  in  breach  of  trust  and  responsible. 

Despite  some  ambiguous  remarks  by  Middleton  J.  in  Davies  v.  Nelson, H) 
it  has  remained  unchallenged  in  Ontario,  as  elsewhere,  that  equity  is  con- 
cerned neither  with  the  level  of  skill  of  the  impugned  trustee,  nor  with  the 
manner  in  which  he  conducts  his  own  affairs.  A  trustee  is  in  breach  of  trust 
if  he  fails  to  demonstrate  the  level  of  skill,  caution,  and  active  involvement 
of  the  ordinary  prudent  man  of  business  conducting  his  own  affairs.  In  putting 
it  this  way,  the  courts  assume  that  the  prudent  man  will  be  most  conscientious 
and  diligent  when  looking  after  his  own  interests.  Indeed,  it  is  to  remove  any 
doubt  whatsoever  that  some  English  and  American  courts  have  preferred  to 
emphasize  the  moral  responsibility  of  trusteeship,  and  to  say  that  the  care 
required  is  that  which  the  ordinary  prudent  man  of  business  would  show  in 
managing  the  affairs  of  others."  It  is  this  emphasis  that  we  prefer  to  employ 


10 


Re  Chapman,  [1896]  2  Ch.  763  (C.A.),  at  775. 

Re  Speight  (1883),  22  Ch.  D.  727  (C.A.),  at  746.  The  decision  of  the  Court  of  Appeal 
was  reversed,  however,  sub  nam.  Speight  v.  Gaunt  (1884),  9  A.C.  1  (H.L.). 

Learoydv.  Whitelex  (1887),  12  A.C.  727  (H.L.),  affg  (1886).  33  Ch.  D.  347  (C.A.); 
Knox  v.  Mackinnon  (1888),  13  A.C.  753  (H.L.);  and  Rue  v.  Meek  (1889),  14  A.C.  558 
(H.L.). 

(1928),  61  O.L.R.457,at463,  [1928]  1  D.L.R.  254,  at  257  (C. A.).  For  an  examination 
of  the  case  law  in  Ontario  and  in  other  jurisdictions  on  the  standard  of  care,  sec  Waters, 
supra,  note  1 ,  at  656-58,  and  685-87. 

See  Re  Whitelex  (1886).  33  Ch.  D.  347  (C.A.),  at  355,  per  Lindley  L.J.,  and  King  v. 
Talbot,  40  N.Y.  76  (Ct.  App.  1869).  See,  also.  Waters,  supra,  note  I.  at  685-87.  The 
distinction  between  a  "'prudent  man"  and  a  "prudent  trustee"  formulation  of  the  duty  of 
care  is  most  often  discussed  in  the  context  of  the  investment  power  conferred  upon 
trustees.  For  a  further  discussion  of  this  topic,  see.  infra,  ch.  4,  sec.  2(c). 


26 

in  describing  the  care  and  attention  required  of  the  trustee  in  the  discharge  of 
his  duties  and  the  exercise  of  his  powers.12 

Given  this  preference  of  expression  by  the  Commission,  the  question  that 
we  have  asked  ourselves  at  this  juncture  is  whether  the  common  law  rule 
prescribing  the  duty  of  care  of  a  trustee  should  now  be  made  statutory.  The 
argument  against  such  a  proposal  is  essentially  twofold.  First,  English  trustee 
legislation  since  its  inception  in  the  nineteenth  century  has  been  concerned 
solely  to  facilitate  the  administration  of  trusts,  and  trustee  legislation  through- 
out the  Commonwealth  has  adopted  and  retained  that  tradition.  Trustee  leg- 
islation has  always  been  enabling  in  character,  even  within  the  confines  of 
trust  administration,  and,  accordingly,  the  general  law  of  trusts  remains  the 
product  of  case  law,  evolving  by  measured  step  from  generation  to  generation. 
A  trustee  will  discover  in  Halsbury's  Laws  of  England, n  or  in  any  of  the 
legal  texts  on  the  law  of  trusts,  the  duties  that  attach  to  his  office,  as  those 
duties  have  been  elucidated  by  the  courts.  Statutory  intervention,  it  is  said, 
is  not  needed;  the  courts  have  satisfactorily  fashioned  the  trustee  duties,  and 
the  commentators  have  provided  information,  synthesis,  and  analysis  of  that 
case  law. 

The  second  aspect  of  the  argument  is  that,  since  it  is  not  proposed  that 
the  rule  be  changed  in  any  significant  manner,  a  formulation  having  the 
binding  force  of  statute  would  merely  unsettle  the  case  law.  The  courts  would 
be  bound  in  future  to  be  concerned  with  the  process  of  statutory  interpretation 
rather  than  with  the  interpretation  and  application  of  case  law.  Attention  has 
been  drawn  to  the  fact  that  codifications  in  the  United  States  are  evidence 
enough  that  broad  statements  of  case  law  principle  add  nothing,  and  that 
detailed  language  necessitates  precise  analysis  of  the  meaning  of  particular 
words  in  the  context  of  statutory  sentences. 

The  argument  on  the  other  hand  for  the  introduction  in  the  revised  Trustee 
Act  of  a  statutory  formulation  of  the  rule  is  simple.  The  rule  is  fundamental, 
and  it  is  vital  that  all  accepting  the  office  of  trustee  should  realize  that  the 
rule  exists.  Moreover,  because,  as  we  have  noted,  there  are  different  formu- 
lations of  the  standard  of  care,  it  may  be  asserted  that  there  is  advantage  in 
setting  forth  one  statement  of  the  standard  in  the  revised  Trustee  Act.  In  so 
doing,  the  nature  of  the  obligation  that  should  be  imposed  upon  trustees  in 
the  discharge  of  their  duties  and  exercise  of  their  powers  would  be  placed 
beyond  peradventure,  namely,  that  the  care  required  by  trustees  is  that  which 


12  In  Canada,  for  a  similar  expression  of  the  duty  of  care  in  the  context  of  trustee  investment 
powers,  see  Uniform  Trustee  Act,  Conference  of  Commissioners  on  Uniformity  of 
Legislation  in  Canada,  Proceedings  of  the  Fifty-Second  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Confer- 
ence of  Commissioners  on  Uniformity  of  Legislation  in  Canada  (1970),  at  35  and  1 15- 
17.  In  addition,  see  Manitoba  Law  Reform  Commission,  Report  on  Investment  Provi- 
sions of  "The  Trustee  Act"  (Report  No.  50,  February  12,  1982),  and  An  Act  to  Amend 
The  Trustee  Act,  S.M.  1982-83,  c.  38,  s.  5.  See,  also,  infra,  ch.  4,  sec.  2(c)(ii)b.  In 
the  United  States,  see  the  National  Conference  of  Commissioners  on  Uniform  State 
Laws,  Uniform  Probate  Code,  Uniform  Laws  Ann.,  Estate,  Probate  and  Related  Laws 
(1972),  Vol.  8,  §  7-302,  at  584,  for  a  like  expression  of  the  duty  of  care  in  a  general 
context.  See,  also,  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  2(c). 

13  Simonds  (ed.),  Halsbury's  Laws  of  England  (3d  ed.,  1962),  vol.  38. 


27 

the  ordinary  prudent  man  of  business  would  show  in  managing  the  affairs  of 
others. 

We  are  persuaded  by  this  latter  argument.  Although  we  do  not  think 
codification  of  the  law  of  trusts  is  in  general  either  necessary  or  desirable  in 
Ontario,14  it  is  arguable  that,  despite  the  possible  hazards  of  codifying  the 
rule,  the  risk  should  be  taken  with  a  rule  that  is  so  fundamental  as  this  one. 
By  codifying  the  case  law  rule,  the  revised  Trustee  Act  would  emphasize  the 
importance  that  the  law  attaches  to  the  duty  of  care.  Accordingly,  we  propose 
the  incorporation  in  the  revised  Trustee  Act  of  the  standard  of  care  that  is 
reflected  by  the  "prudent  trustee"  formulation.  The  Commission  recommends 
that  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that,  in 
the  discharge  of  their  duties  and  the  exercise  of  their  powers,  whether  the 
duty  or  power  is  created  by  law  or  the  trust  instrument,  trustees  shall  exercise 
that  degree  of  care,  diligence,  and  skill  that  a  person  of  ordinary  prudence 
would  exercise  in  dealing  with  the  property  of  another  person.15 

Against  this  background  of  the  general  duty  of  care,  we  now  turn  to 
examine  two  types  of  trustee,  namely,  the  non-professional,  unremunerated 
trustee  and  the  professional  trustee.  The  issue  is  whether  any  aspect  of  the 
general  duty  of  care,  as  just  recommended,  should  be  varied  depending  upon 
the  type  of  trustee  involved  with  the  exercise  of  powers  and  the  performance 
of  duties  of  the  trust. 


(b)  The  Nonprofessional,  Unremunerated  Trustee 

Many  trusts  in  favour  of  a  spouse,  children,  or  grandchildren,  that  is, 
family  trusts,  are  subject  to  the  trusteeship  of  members  of  the  family.  Partic- 
ularly is  this  so  where  the  trust  is  testamentary.  The  trustees  are  likely  to  be 
the  spouse-beneficiary,  and  brothers  or  sisters  of  the  settlor  or  testator.  Some- 
times, if  a  child  is  of  age,  he  or  she  will  be  named  a  trustee,  probably  in 
addition  to  the  spouse  or  the  child's  aunt  or  uncle.  The  question  arises  whether 
the  standard  of  care  expected  of  the  ordinary  prudent  man  of  business  is  a 
realistic  or  fair  standard  to  impose  upon  persons  who  may  have  no  business 
experience,  or  very  little  such  experience,  who  perhaps  have  never  acted  as 
an  executor  or  trustee,  and  who  undertake  trusteeship  gratuitously  out  of 
loyalty  or  affection  for  the  creator  of  the  trust  and  his  family. 

That  the  relative  experience  of  trustees  may  be  a  factor  to  be  considered 
in  the  conduct  of  trust  affairs  is  evidenced  by  two  recent  cases.  Tales, 
Wohlleben  v.  Canada  Permanent  Trust  Co.,16  a  decision  of  the  Supreme 
Court  of  Canada,  and  MacDonald  v.  Hauer,n  a  decision  of  the  Saskatchewan 


14 


One  of  the  Commissioners,  the  Honourable  Riehard  A.  Bell,  P.C.,  Q.C.,  does  not  agree 
with  this  view.  He  would  have  sought  to  undertake  a  codification  of  the  law  of  trusts 
and  believes  this  is  both  feasible  and  preferable:  sec  supra,  ch.   I .  note  56. 

Draft  Bill,  s.  4(1). 

Supra,  note  5. 

(1976),  72  D.L.R.  (3d)  110.  [19771  1  W.W.R.  51  (Sask.  C.A.).  Sec,  also.  Waters. 
"Liability  Between  Co-Trustees-  Another  Contest:  MacDonald  v.  Hauer"  ( 1977-78),  4 
Estates  and  Trusts  Q.  12. 


28 

Court  of  Appeal ,  each  of  which  dealt  with  the  judicial  power  to  excuse  trustees 
for  breach  of  trust.  In  the  former  case,  the  Court  noted  that  on  the  testator's 
death  his  widow  -  the  co-trustee  and  a  beneficiary  -  was  left  as  a  housewife 
with  four  children  to  raise,  that  she  took  a  night  school  course  on  "How  to 
Invest  your  Money",  and  generally  tried  her  best.  The  Court  relieved  her 
totally  of  any  liability  for  the  breach  of  trust  committed  by  her  co-trustee,  a 
trust  company,  and  herself.  In  the  latter  decision,  the  widow,  a  co-trustee, 
knew  nothing  about  business  and  took  no  part  in  the  affairs  of  the  trust.  On 
the  death  of  her  husband,  the  creator  of  the  testamentary  trust,  she  left  her 
hometown,  Saskatoon,  to  stay  with  relatives  in  England  and  then  in  Toronto. 
It  was  presumably  her  supposition  that  the  family  solicitor  and  her  sons,  also 
trustees,  would  continue  to  look  after  the  estate  affairs.  Both  the  court  of  first 
instance  and  the  Saskatchewan  Court  of  Appeal  said  that  the  court  would 
have  exercised  the  excusing  power  in  her  favour  had  the  need  arisen.  No 
doubt  because  the  statutory  language  did  not  require  it,  the  courts  in  Mac- 
Donald  v.  Hauer  did  not  allude  to  whether  the  widow's  conduct  actually 
constituted  a  breach  of  trust  on  her  part. 

If  the  courts  are  prepared  to  exercise  their  power  to  excuse  trustees  for 
breach  of  trust  in  these  circumstances,  would  it  not  be  better  to  take  the  whole 
matter  out  of  the  realm  of  judicial  discretion  -  where  each  case,  as  a  decision 
on  the  facts,  lends  nothing  to  legal  precedent  -  and  for  the  revised  Trustee 
Act  to  make  express  provision  for  a  lower  standard  of  care  for  non-profes- 
sional, unremunerated  trustees?  Settlors  and  testators  would  be  on  notice 
before  their  trust  instruments  are  drafted  concerning  all  that  is  expected  by 
the  law  of  non-professional  trustees,  especially  if  those  trustees  seek  no 
remuneration.  Professional  co-trustees,  or  other  remunerated  trustees,  would 
also  know  before  assuming  office  what  risk  they  run  as  a  co-trustee  of  being 
held  solely  responsible  for  loss  consequent  upon  breach. 

Indeed,  the  present  formulation  of  the  standard  of  care  expected  of 
trustees  is  thought,  by  some,  to  be  sufficiently  flexible  to  enable  the  courts  to 
consider  the  knowledge  and  skill  of  the  particular  trustee,  although  applying 
an  objective  test.  Would  the  ordinary  prudent  man,  with  this  knowledge  and 
this  level  of  skill,  have  done  as  this  trustee  did?  Although  we  do  not  consider 
this  a  correct  view  of  the  law  -  the  knowledge  in  the  circumstances  that  the 
prudent  man  of  business  could  be  expected  to  have,  and  that  level  of  skill, 
are  also  required  -  we  think  it  underlines  the  doubt  that  can  exist  concerning 
the  position  of  the  less  knowledgeable  and  less  skilled  person  who  accepts 
trusteeship.  Nonetheless,  any  standard  of  care  that  is  lower  than  that  of  the 
ordinary  prudent  man  of  business  would,  in  all  probability,  assume  some 
overtly  subjective  character.  It  would  presumably  be  required  of  the  trustee, 
who  accepts  the  office  out  of  family  affection  and  acts  gratuitously,  that  he 
act  with  the  care,  skill,  and  caution  that  he  brings  to  the  management  of  his 
own  affairs. 

We  have  had  little  difficulty  in  deciding  that  the  emergence  of  a  subjective 
standard  of  care,  which  is  really  no  standard  at  all,  is  not  desirable.  A  trustee 
is  a  fiduciary.  With  extensive  authority,  acting  on  his  own  decisions,  to 
commit  the  trust  property  in  a  variety  of  ways,  and  with  power  to  bind  the 
trust  beneficiaries,  the  trustee  must  be  expected  to  act  as  would  the  prudent 
man  of  business,  as  well  as  to  be  loyal  and  actively  involved  in  decision 


29 

making.  Fiduciary  administration,  whether  of  considerable  or  small  amounts 
of  property,  would  be  gravely  impaired  if  anything  less  than  the  objective 
test  of  the  prudent  man  of  business  were  applied.  Expert  assistance  is  available 
to  the  non-professional  trustee,  and,  if  he  is  not  able  to  make  a  reasonable 
assessment  of  the  advice  he  receives,  it  is  arguable  that  he  should  not  be 
acting  as  trustee,  or  at  least  assuming  those  duties  that  he  cannot  discharge 
properly.  Nor  can  it  be  presumed  that  the  settlor  or  testator,  by  appointing 
those  whom  he  wishes  to  act,  has  accepted  each  appointee  with  all  his 
limitations.  Even  if  the  creator  of  a  trust  does  accept  that  his  original  appointee 
has  limitations,  a  lower  standard  of  care  for  non-professional,  unremunerated 
trustees  would  also  apply  to  successor  trustees,  probably  appointed  by  others, 
and  possibly  unknown  to  the  settlor  or  testator. 

We  therefore  do  not  recommend  any  lowering  of  the  prudent  man  of 
business  standard.  Although  the  discretionary  power  of  the  court  to  excuse  a 
trustee  for  breach  of  trust  may  not  be  an  ideal  instrument  with  which  to  handle 
those  situations  of  breach  where  there  are  mitigating  circumstances  involving 
a  lack  of  relative  knowledge  and  skill,  it  does  afford  a  means  of  dealing 
equitably  with  such  cases  without  the  law  condoning  a  generalized  lower 
standard  of  care  for  trustee  conduct.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  non- 
professional, unremunerated  trustees  should  not  be  governed  by  any  lower 
standard  of  care  than  that  recommended  previously. 18  In  the  discharge  of  their 
duties  and  the  exercise  of  their  powers,  therefore,  all  trustees  would  be 
required  to  exercise  that  degree  of  care,  diligence,  and  skill  that  a  person  of 
ordinary  prudence  would  exercise  in  dealing  with  the  property  of  another 
person.19 

(c)   The  Professional  Trustee 

Once  a  trustee  accepts  remuneration,  whether  or  not  he  actually  possesses 
the  skill  and  prudence  of  the  ordinary  prudent  man  of  business,  there  can 
surely  be  no  question  that  he  ought  to  be  subject  to  the  prudent  man  standard 
of  conduct.  He  is  being  paid  for  his  services  and,  accordingly,  has  allowed 
the  matter  to  be  placed  on  a  business  basis. 

However,  where  a  trustee  is  a  professional,  not  only  is  he,  or  the  trust 
company,  remunerated  at  current  rates,  but  he  holds  himself  out  to  the  public 
as  having  particular  skills  to  carry  out  estate  and  trust  administration.  A 
lawyer,  an  accountant,  or  an  individual  such  as  an  investment  authority  has 
a  skill  or,  because  of  his  particular  profession,  is  assumed  by  the  public  to 
have  such  a  skill.  A  trust  company  not  only  has  a  range  of  technical  services 
available  to  it,  but  it  also  advertises  its  expertise  in  journals  and  brochures. 
If  a  trustee  possesses  the  skills  of  a  professional,  or  holds  himself  out  as 
having  such  skills,  should  he  be  held  only  to  the  same  standard  of  care  as 
that  which  is  expected  of  the  well-meaning  relative? 

The  response  of  the  American  Law  Institute  to  this  question  is  that,  where 
a  trustee  "has  or  procures  his  appointment  as  trustee  by  representing  that  he 


IK  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  2(a). 
19  Draft  Bill,  s.  4(1). 


30 

has  greater  skill  than  that  of  a  man  of  ordinary  prudence,  he  is  under  a  duty 
to  exercise  such  skill".20  However,  the  Institute  envisages  that  the  settlor  or 
testator  may  wish  to  relax  or  modify  that  higher  standard  of  care.  Provided 
that  the  trustee  is  not  exonerated  by  an  express  clause  in  the  trust  instrument 
from  liability  for  a  "breach  of  trust  committed  in  bad  faith  or  intentionally  or 
with  reckless  indifference  to  the  interest  of  the  beneficiary",  or  for  "any  profit 
which  the  trustee  has  derived  from  a  breach  of  trust",  and  provided  that  the 
exoneration  clause  has  not  been  inserted  "as  the  result  of  an  abuse  by  the 
trustee  of  a  fiduciary  or  confidential  relationship"  between  the  trustee  and  the 
creator  of  the  trust,  the  Restatement  would  give  full  force  to  an  express 
alteration  of  the  higher  standard  of  care.21  This  approach  has  been  adopted 
by  a  number  of  American  state  courts.22 

In  1969,  the  National  Conference  of  Commissioners  on  Uniform  State 
Laws,  together  with  the  American  Bar  Association,  approved  the  Uniform 
Probate  Code,23  which  also  incorporates  the  higher  standard  of  care.  Section 
7-302  states  as  follows:24 

7 — 302.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  by  the  terms  of  the  trust,  the  trustee 
shall  observe  the  standards  in  dealing  with  the  trust  assets  that  would  be  observed 
by  a  prudent  man  dealing  with  the  property  of  another,  and  if  the  trustee  has 
special  skills  or  is  named  trustee  on  the  basis  of  representations  of  special  skills 
or  expertise,  he  is  under  a  duty  to  use  those  skills. 

However,  as  in  the  Restatement,  the  higher  standard  of  care  for  those 
trustees  possessing  special  skills  or  expertise  is  not  made  mandatory  by  the 
Uniform  Probate  Code,  but  is  subject  to  the  express  terms  of  the  trust  instru- 
ment. Given  the  ability  of  the  institutions  discharging  estates  and  trusts  work 
to  insist  on  the  incorporation  in  trust  instruments  of  such  exculpatory  clauses 
before  they  will  accept  trusteeship,  it  is  difficult  to  determine  what  impact 
the  Restatement  and  the  Uniform  Probate  Code  have  had  in  those  states  that 
have  adopted  these  provisions.25 

The  case  law  position  in  the  United  States  is  somewhat  equivocal.26 
Inspired  by  the  Restatement,  many  courts  of  first  instance  and  some  state 


20  American  Law  Institute,  Restatement  of  the  Law,  Second  -  Trusts,  2d  (1959),  §  174,  at 
379. 


21 
22 
23 
24 

25 


26 


Ibid.,  §222,  at  516-17. 

See  Scott,  The  Law  of  Trusts  (3d  ed.,  1967),  §  174.1,  at  1412-15. 

Uniform  Probate  Code,  supra,  note  12. 

"This  is  a  new  general  provision  designed  to  make  clear  the  standard  of  skill  expected 
from  trustees  both  individual  and  corporate,  nonprofessional  and  professional":  Uniform 
Probate  Code,  ibid.,  at  584. 

Concerning  the  adoption  of  the  Restatement,  see  supra,  note  22.  As  of  January,  1982, 
15  states  had  adopted  the  Uniform  Probate  Code,  namely,  Alaska,  Arizona,  Colorado, 
Florida,  Hawaii,  Idaho,  Kentucky,  Maine,  Michigan,  Minnesota,  Montana,  Nebraska, 
New  Mexico,  North  Dakota,  and  Utah:  see  Uniform  Laws  Ann.,  supra,  note  12  (Cum. 
Supp.,  1982),  Vol.  8,  at  176. 

Scott,  supra,  note  22,  §  174,  at  141 1,  remarks  on  the  higher  standard  of  care  expected 
of  professionals:  "There  seem  to  be  no  cases  squarely  holding  that  this  principle  is 
applicable  to  trustees,  but  there  is  no  apparent  reason  why  it  should  not  be  applicable  to 
them."  See,  also,  Bogert,  The  Law  of  Trusts  and  Trustees  (2d  ed.,  1965),  §  541,  at  151- 

74. 


31 

appellate  courts  have  stated  in  actions  against  trust  corporations  that  those 
who  have  or  represent  themselves  as  having  special  skills  must  be  held  to 
that  standard  of  care.  One  of  the  latest  examples  of  such  an  instance  is  Re 
Estate  of  Killer,17  where  the  Supreme  Court  of  Pennsylvania  decided  without 
hesitation  that  the  trust  corporation  was  subject  to  the  higher  standard  of  care, 
and  remitted  the  case  to  the  trial  court  to  determine  whether  the  trust  corpo- 
ration's conduct  had  conformed  to  the  skills  that  it  had  or  had  represented 
itself  to  have.  On  the  other  hand,  some  courts,  although  hearing  actions 
against  trust  corporations,  have  made  no  reference  to  a  higher  standard  of 
care.  Appeal  courts  have  sometimes  ignored  the  issue,  despite  the  fact  that 
the  judgment  of  the  trial  court  spoke  emphatically  and  at  length  on  the 
matter.28  These  appellate  courts  have  approached  the  litigation  at  hand  simply 
on  the  basis  of  whether  the  professional  trustee  in  question  was  acting  with 
both  good  faith  and  prudence.  Indeed,  such  instances  suggest,  particularly 
where  the  appellate  court  has  upheld  the  judgment  of  the  lower  court,  that 
the  language  of  a  higher  standard  is  employed  by  the  court  to  underline  that 
the  professional  trustee  is  rightly  held  to  have  acted  in  breach;  "any  trustee 
would  be  held  in  breach  for  this  conduct,  and  this  trustee  is  a  professional".29 

In  examining  the  merits  of  the  issue  whether  professionals  should  be 
subject  to  a  higher  standard  of  care  than  non-expert  trustees,  it  must  be 
recalled  that  the  statutory  judicial  power  to  excuse  trustees  for  breach  of  trust, 
common  to  England,  Scotland,  Northern  Ireland,  New  Zealand,  and  through- 
out the  Canadian  and  Australian  jurisdictions,  is  unknown  in  the  United 
States.  The  Commonwealth  tradition  is  to  retain  one  uniform  standard  of 
care,  namely,  that  of  the  prudent  man  of  business,  and  to  give  the  courts  a 
discretion  to  relieve  a  trustee,  wholly  or  partly,  of  liability  for  the  breach  or 
possible  breach  he  has  committed.  In  this  way,  the  courts  are  free  to  expect 
more  of  the  professional  trustee  than  they  might  expect  of  the  non-profes- 
sional, and  they  have  in  fact  done  so.  It  has  not  been  easy  for  professional 
trustees  to  seek  successfully  the  clemency  of  the  courts.  In  Fales,  Wohlleben 
v.  Canada  Permanent  Trust  Co.,M  the  Supreme  Court  of  Canada  thought  fit, 
in  the  circumstances  of  that  case,  to  excuse  the  non-professional  trustee 
completely,  and  to  refuse  any  such  relief  to  the  professional  co-trustee,  a  trust 
company. 

In  the  United  States,  however,  where  the  influence  of  English  statute  and 
case  law  has  not  been  felt,  breach  of  trust,  so  found,  is  automatically  followed 
by  the  liability  consequences.  The  absence  of  a  statutory  judicial  excusing 
power  has  instead  led  naturally  to  the  idea  that  different  standards  of  care 
should  be  imposed  upon  persons  and  trust  institutions  with  different  levels  of 
skill.  Interestingly  enough,  it  has  not  been  suggested  that  a  trustee  should  be 


27  Re  Estate  ofKilley,  326  A. 2d  372  (Pa.  S.C.  1974). 

28  See ReCross'  Estate,  172  A.  212.  rev'd  176  A.  101  (N.J.  Prerog.  Ct.  1935).  Sec.  also. 
Re  Clark's  Will,  242  N.Y.  Supp.  210,  rev'd  177  N.E.  397  (N.Y.  Ct.  App.  1931 ). 

29  On  the  American  case  law  with  regard  to  the  higher  standard  of  care.  see.  generally, 
Note,  "Standards  of  Care  for  Corporate  Trustees"  I  1948-49),  16  V.  Chi.  L.  Rev.  579. 
and  Berliant,  "Standard  of  Care  for  Corporate  and  Professional  Trustees"  (  1956),  42 
Va.  L.  Rev.  665. 

30  Supra,  note  5. 


32 

subject  to  a  standard  less  than  that  of  the  objective  test  of  the  prudent  man  of 
business;  rather,  there  has  emerged  a  call  for  greater  care  from  professionals. 

The  primary  issue  that  must  be  addressed  is  whether  Ontario  should 
impose  upon  professional  trustees  a  higher  standard  of  care  than  that  of  the 
ordinary  prudent  man  of  business.  The  related  issue  of  whether  the  statutory 
judicial  excusing  power  should  be  retained  will  be  discussed  in  the  next 
section  of  this  chapter. 

The  argument  for  change  in  Ontario  -  that  is,  for  the  adoption  of  a  higher 
standard  for  professionals  and  the  retention  of  the  standard  of  the  ordinary 
prudent  man  of  business  for  non-professionals  -  is  essentially  based  on  the 
observation  that  the  law  already  recognizes  the  principle  that  more  is  expected 
of  those  who  have,  or  hold  themselves  out  as  having,  special  skills  than  is 
expected  of  others  performing  the  same  task.  Both  in  the  law  of  agency31  and 
in  the  law  of  torts32  this  dichotomy  is  established  and  well  understood.  Why, 
it  is  said,  should  the  law  of  trusts  not  recognize  the  same  principle?  The 
American  Restatement  of  the  Law  of  Trusts  has  made  this  the  central  justifi- 
cation for  its  adoption  of  the  double  standard,  and  it  is  this  contention  that 
has  principally  convinced  both  those  American  courts  that  have  argued  that 
there  now  exists  a  double  standard,  and  those  American  legislatures  that  have 
statutorily  introduced  a  higher  standard  for  professional  executors  and  trust- 
ees. For  those  who  agree  with  this  outcome,  it  seems  absurd  that  no  more  is 
expected  of  a  trust  corporation,  which  combines  a  complete  range  of  the 
technical  services  associated  with  skilled  trust  management,  than  of  the  widow 
or  other  well-meaning  member  of  the  testator's  family  who  is  likely  to  know 
little,  if  anything,  of  fiduciary  administration  before  starting  on  the  task. 


33 


In  England  also,  the  courts  have  said  that  notice  must  be  taken  of  the 
greater  skill  and  experience  of  the  trust  corporation  in  the  exercise  of  the 
judicial  power  to  excuse  trustees  for  breach  of  trust,  but  they  have  drawn  the 
distinction  between  trustees  on  the  basis  of  the  fact  that  some  charge  fees  for 
their  services,  while  others,  usually  members  of  the  trust  creator's  family, 


32 


33 


In  contract  law,  one  who  holds  himself  out  as  having  special  skills  is  held  liable  to 
demonstrate  such  skills  on  the  basis  of  an  implied  term  or  inducement  to  contract.  The 
standard  of  performance  is  objective,  namely,  that  of  persons  with  that  level  of  skill. 
Both  in  this  situation,  and  where  the  contractor  has  special  skills,  but  fails  to  exercise 
them  at  the  level  of  performance  that  persons  in  that  class  would  exhibit,  he  may  be  held 
liable  on  the  basis  of  breach  of  a  collateral  warranty. 

See  MacDonald  v.  York  County  Hospital,  [1972]  3  O.R.  469,  at  481,  affd  (1974),  1 
O.R.  (2d)  653  (C.A.).  See,  also,  Fleming,  The  Law  of  Torts  (6th  ed.,  1983),  at  104 
(footnote  reference  omitted):  "[a]  physician  will  be  adjudged  by  the  standard  of  the 
average  practitioner  of  the  class  to  which  he  belongs  or  holds  himself  out  to  belong:  a 
higher  level  of  skill  will  be  demanded  from  a  specialist  than  a  general  practitioner  ...". 

The  corporate  trustee  "represented  itself  as  being  possessed  of  greater  knowledge  and 
skill  than  the  average  man.  It  was  therefore  under  a  duty  to  exercise  a  skill  greater  than 
that  of  an  ordinary  man  and  the  manner  in  which  investments  were  handled  must 
accordingly  be  evaluated  in  light  of  such  superior  skill":  see  Re  Estate  ofKilley,  supra, 
note  27,  at  375,  per  Jones  C.J.  The  Trust  Division  of  the  American  Bankers  Association 
has  stated,  "A  trust  institution  should  devote  to  its  trust  investments  all  the  care  and  skill 
that  it  has  or  can  reasonably  acquire":  Scott,  supra,  note  22,  §  174,  at  1 141 . 


33 

act  gratuitously/4  In  the  North  American  setting,  however,  where  trustees 
are  statutorily  entitled  to  remuneration,  unless  the  trust  instrument  denies 
payment,  the  distinction  must  necessarily  be  made  on  different  grounds,  and 
this  is  why  expertise  and  advertisement  of  alleged  skills  have  been  stressed 
in  the  United  States.  In  Canada,  expertise  and  experience  have  therefore 
become  the  court's  explanation  for  demanding  more  of  trust  corporations, 
where  these  institutions  seek  the  exercise  of  the  judicial  excusing  power  in 
their  favour.  And  again  in  Canada,  proponents  of  a  higher  standard  of  care 
for  professional  trustees  have  not  failed  to  observe  the  scarcely  veiled  unen- 
thusiastic  response  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Canada  in  the  Fales  case  to  the 
fact  that  trust  law  in  this  country  admits  of  only  one  standard  of  care  for  all 
trustees,  whoever  they  may  be.-'5 

The  case  for  the  retention  of  a  single  standard  of  care  in  Ontario  is  also 
forceful.  The  argument  does  not  seek  to  contest  the  principle  that  those  who 
have  special  skills,  or  who  attract  trust  business  with  the  claim  that  they  have 
such  skills,  should  be  held  to  their  consequent  responsibilities,  but,  rather, 
analyzes  the  advantages,  and  the  effect,  of  introducing  such  a  change  in  the 
law.  The  major  objection  is  that  there  is  no  evidence  that  the  importation  of 
a  higher  standard  of  care  for  professional  trustees  is  either  needed  or  would 


34  National  Trustees  Co.  of  Australasia,  Ltd.  v.  General  Finance  Co.  of  Australasia,  Ltd., 
[1905]  A.C.  373  (P.C.),  and  Re  Waterman's  Will  Trusts,  [1952]  2  All  E.R.  1054  (Ch. 
D.).  See,  however,  Bartlett  v.  Barclays  Bank  Trust  Co.  Ltd.,  [1980]  Ch.  515,  at  534. 
The  Law  Reform  Committee  of  England,  in  its  Twenty-third  Report:  The  Powers  and 
Duties  of  Trustees  (Cmnd.  8733,  October,  1982),  paras.  2.13-2.15,  is  of  the  opinion 
that  English  case  law  already  requires  a  higher  standard  of  care  of  professionals  in  all 
circumstances.  In  Canada,  see,  also,  Krendel  v.  Frontwell  Investments  Ltd.,  [1967]  2 
O.R.  579,  at  585,  64  D.L.R.  (2d)  471,  at  477  (H.C.J.).  These  cases  are  sometimes 
misconstrued  in  American  texts  to  suggest  that  Commonwealth  courts  have  recognized 
the  existence  of  a  higher  standard  of  care  for  professionals.  This  error  may  be  because 
Americans  are  not  familiar  with  the  judicial  excusing  power.  However,  in  the  Fales 
case,  supra,  note  5,  the  effect  of  the  exercise  of  the  excusing  power  comes  close  to  an 
apparent  dual  standard. 

This  is  the  only  reported  Canadian  case  where  the  courts  have  canvassed  the  issue  of 
a  higher  standard  of  care  in  relation  to  professional  trustees.  Dickson  J.,  in  Fales, 
Wohlleben  v.  Canada  Permanent  Trust  Co.,  supra,  note  5,  delivering  the  judgment  of 
the  Court,  stated  as  follows,  at  268,  269,  and  271: 

The  weight  of  authority  to  the  present,  [except  in  the  exercise  of  the  statutory 
judicial  excusing  power,]  has  been  against  making  a  distinction  between  a  widow, 
acting  as  trustee  of  her  husband's  estate,  and  a  trust  company  performing  the  same 
role.  Receipt  of  fees  has  not  served  to  ground,  nor  to  increase  exposure  to,  liability. 
Every  trustee  has  been  expected  to  act  as  the  person  of  ordinary  prudence  would 
act. 


35 


It  is  not  necessary  to  decide  whether  a  higher  standard  o\'  diligence  s 
applied  to  the  paid  professional  trustee,  for  Canada  Permanent  failed  by  s 


hould  be 
iny  test. 


I  have  no  doubt  that  in  an  appropriate  case  a  paid  professional  trustee  may  seek 
and  obtain  relief  under  s.  98  [the  judicial  power  to  excuse  trustees  under  the  British 
Columbia  Trustee  Act].  Section  98  in  terms  admits  of  that  possibility.  All  of  the 
circumstances  would  have  to  be  considered,  including  whether  the  trustee  was  paid 
for  its  services.  .  .  .  Among  other  relevant  considerations  is  .  .  .  whether  the 
trustee  is  someone  who  accepted  a  single  trust  to  oblige  a  friend  or  is  a  company 
organized  for  the  purpose  of  administering  estates  and  presumably  chosen  in  the 
expectation  that  it  will  have  specialized  departments  and  experienced  officials; 
above  all,  whether  the  conduct  of  the  trustee  was  reasonable. 


34 

achieve  anything  that  cannot  now  be  achieved.  It  has  been  noted  that,  of  the 
reported  American  cases  that  have  espoused  the  higher  standard,  none  appears 
to  have  imposed  a  liability  upon  the  professional  trustee  that  could  not  have 
been  reached  with  the  prudent  man  standard.36  Nor  has  any  American  judg- 
ment clearly  stated  what  the  higher  standard  involves.  Negligence  is  a  failure 
to  employ  the  degree  of  care  that  in  the  circumstances  might  reasonably  be 
expected,  and  the  type  of  breach  with  which  the  majority  of  the  higher 
standard  of  care  cases  has  been  concerned  arises  out  of  the  investment  power 
where  the  fault  exhibited  would  have  failed  the  prudent  man  test.  Even  in 
this  jurisdiction,  the  Supreme  Court  of  Canada  concluded  in  the  Fales  case 
that  the  inability  of  the  trust  company  to  show  that  its  branch  office  in 
Vancouver  had  properly  monitored  the  security  of  the  particular  trust  invest- 
ment, and  had  liaised  on  the  matter  with  its  head  office  in  Toronto,  was  a 
failure  by  any  test.  Indeed,  it  is  asked,  what  more  is  expected  than  reasonable 
care?  Attentiveness  and  prudence  in  a  trust  company  is  measured  by  the 
recognized  office  procedures  and  standards  of  trust  company  business. 

It  is  also  asked  who  is  a  "professional"?  Which  persons  who  commonly 
undertake  trusteeship  within  the  scope  of  their  professional  practice  can  be 
said  to  have  special  skills  or  hold  themselves  out  as  having  such  skills? 
American  authority  includes  lawyers,37  and  to  this  profession  must  surely  be 
added  accountants.  But  whether  other  professionals,  such  as  stockbrokers 
and  investment  consultants,  should  also  be  included  is  an  open  question.  On 
principle,  even  if  they  act  gratuitously  as  members  of  the  family  of  the  testator 
or  settlor,  there  would  seem  to  be  no  reason  why  they  should  not  be  required 
to  exercise  the  special  skills  that  they  have. 

The  truth  of  the  matter,  it  may  be  argued,  is  that  there  is  no  such  thing 
as  a  "professional  trustee".  Whereas  a  doctor  with  a  specialty  skill  is  carrying 
out  a  specific  type  of  medical  work,  in  which  there  can  be  agreed  standards 
of  competence  and  practice,  a  so-called  professional  trustee  is  merely  one 
who  performs  a  task,  for  the  discharge  of  which  he  will  usually  charge  a  fee. 
This  is  why  the  American  Restatement  and  the  American  Uniform  Probate 
Code  are  careful  to  speak  only  of  special  skills  and  expertise,  or  an  assertion 
of  having  such  skills.  The  skills  of  a  trust  company,  a  lawyer,  an  accountant, 
and  an  investment  consultant  all  differ;  indeed,  while  the  public  may  suppose 
that  any  lawyer  can  handle  estate  and  trust  administration,  the  particular 
lawyer  may  in  fact  specialize  in  corporate  work,  and  have  merely  assumed 
the  trust  administration  to  accommodate  his  client.  Should  he  later  be  free  to 
argue  that  he  had  no  special  skills,  and  should  he  be  judged  by  the  same 
standard  as  applies  to  the  widow?  In  fact,  the  introduction  of  a  higher  standard 
of  care  might  turn  out  to  be  the  introduction  of  subjective  standards  of  care, 
each  trustee's  conduct  being  measured  by  what  might  be  expected  of  that 
particular  person  or  institution.  The  courts  have  always  done  their  best  to 
avoid  this  outcome;  such  a  "standard"  is  no  standard. 


36 
37 


The  final  outcome  of  the  Killey  case,  supra,  note  27,  appears  not  to  have  been  reported. 

Re  Estate  of  Lohm,  269  A. 2d  451  (Pa.  S.C.  1970).  An  attorney,  it  was  held,  must 
comply  with  a  higher  standard  of  care  than  a  layman,  but  with  a  lower  standard  of  care 
than  an  attorney  experienced  in  estate  tax  matters.  Critics  note  that  the  same  differentia- 
tion would  presumably  have  to  be  made  in  relation  to  other  professionals. 


35 

In  weighing  the  two  arguments,  for  and  against  a  standard  for  the  so- 
called  professional  trustee  higher  than  that  of  the  prudent  man  of  business, 
we  have  arrived  at  the  conclusion,  not  without  difficulty,  that  the  revised 
Trustee  Act  should  adopt  the  approach  of  the  American  Restatement  and 
Uniform  Probate  Code.  We  believe  a  higher  standard  of  care  should  be  asked 
of  those  who  have  special  skills,  or  who  hold  themselves  out  as  having  such 
skills.  In  the  last  analysis,  it  is  for  us  a  matter  of  principle  that  the  trustee 
who  is  skilled,  or  who  attracts  trust  work  because  of  the  public's  perception 
of  his  skill,  should  be  required  to  live  up  to  that  standard  of  conduct.  If  there 
are  particular  circumstances  that  are  mitigating,  these  can  always  be  consid- 
ered by  the  courts  under  their  excusing  power,  and  in  this  way  no  injustice 
will  be  done. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that,  in  addition  to  the  general  duty  of  care 
applicable  to  all  trustees,38  trustees  who  in  fact  possess,  or  because  of  their 
profession,  business,  or  calling  ought  to  possess,  a  particular  level  of  knowl- 
edge or  skill  which  in  all  the  circumstances  is  relevant  to  the  administration 
of  the  trust,  should  employ  that  particular  level  of  knowledge  or  skill  in  the 
administration  of  the  trust.39 


(d)  Judicial  Power  to  Excuse  Breaches  of  Trust 

As  mentioned  in  previous  sections,  it  does  not  necessarily  follow  that  a 
trustee  will  be  liable  for  the  loss  that  his  breach  of  duty  has  caused.  In 
England,  section  61  of  the  Trustee  Act,  1925M)  permits  the  court  to  excuse  a 
trustee  wholly  or  partly  for  the  consequences  of  his  breach,  if  he  has  acted 
honestly  and  reasonably,  and  ought  fairly  to  be  excused  for  the  breach  of 
trust  and  for  omitting  to  obtain  the  directions  of  the  court  in  the  matter  in 
which  he  committed  such  breach.  On  any  specific  question  relating  to  the 
execution  of  a  trust,  a  trustee  in  England  may  apply  for  the  direction  of  the 
court  under  Order  85,  rule  2,  of  the  Rules  of  the  Supreme  Court,  1965.41 

This  excusing  power  of  the  court  was  first  enacted  as  section  3  of  the 
Judicial  Trustees  Act,  1896,42  and  has  been  reenacted  in  successive  English 
Trustee  Acts  to  the  present  day.  It  arose  from  recommendations  of  a  Select 
Committee  on  Trust  Administration,  set  up  in  1895  by  the  English  govern- 
ment of  the  day  under  the  Attorney  General,  to  inquire  into  the  liabilities  of 
trustees  for  breach,  and  to  determine  whether  adequate  trust  administration 
might  be  secured  without  subjecting  trustees  to  the  "risks  which  they  now 
run".43  The  principal  concern  of  the  Committee  was  with  the  liability  of 
trustees  for  so-called  technical  breach,  for  instance,  innocently  paying  trust 


38  Draft  Bill,  s.  4(1). 

39  Ibid.,  s.  4(2). 

40  Trustee  Act,  1925,  15  &  16  Geo.  5,  c.  19  (U.K.). 

41  See  Underhill's  Law  relating  to  Trusts  and  Trustees,  supra,  note  3,  at  688-97. 

42  59  &  60  Vict.,  e.  35  (U.K.). 

43  See  Paling,  "The  Trustee's  Duty  of  Skill  and  Care"(1973),  37  Conveyancer  (N.S.)  48. 
at  53,  n.  22.  The  Committee's  report  was  heavily  criticized  at  the  time:  sec  Maugham, 
"Excusable  Breaches  of  Trust"  (1898).  I4L.Q.  Rev.  159. 


36 

moneys  to  a  person  who  is  subsequently  proved  not  to  be  entitled  to  the 
moneys.44  The  Committee  heard  considerable  evidence  from  judges  and  sol- 
icitors alike  that  the  existing  extent  of  what  might  be  called  strict  liability, 
despite  the  then  recent  case  law  development  of  a  general  fault  liability, 
placed  far  too  onerous  a  burden  on  trustees. 

However,  perhaps  because  it  was  concerned  about  the  then  high  level  of 
trustee  fraud  in  England,  the  Committee  did  not  recommend  any  statutory 
formulation  of  the  standard  of  care  required  of  trustees.  Instead,  it  recom- 
mended the  conferment  of  the  excusing  power  to  which  we  have  referred. 
This  judicial  power  was  subsequently  adopted  in  the  Trustee  Acts  of  all 
provinces  of  Canada,45  except  Prince  Edward  Island,  in  all  the  states  of 
Australia,46  and  in  New  Zealand.47 


In  Ontario,  the  judicial  power  to  excuse  trustees  for  breach  of  trust 
appears  as  section  35  of  the  Trustee  Act,  which  provides  as  follows:' 


.48 


35.  If  in  any  proceeding  affecting  a  trustee  or  trust  property  it  appears  to  the 
court  that  a  trustee,  or  that  any  person  who  may  be  held  to  be  fiduciarily 
responsible  as  a  trustee,  is  or  may  be  personally  liable  for  any  breach  of  trust 
whenever  the  transaction  alleged  or  found  to  be  a  breach  of  trust  occurred,  but 
has  acted  honestly  and  reasonably,  and  ought  fairly  to  be  excused  for  the  breach 
of  trust,  and  for  omitting  to  obtain  the  directions  of  the  court  in  the  matter  in 
which  he  committed  the  breach,  the  court  may  relieve  the  trustee  either  wholly 
or  partly  from  personal  liability  for  the  same. 

The  section  requires  that  a  trustee  must  have  acted  honestly,  reasonably, 
and  be  in  the  position  that  he  ought  fairly  to  be  excused.  The  section,  however, 
gives  no  guidance  concerning  what  is  intended  by  any  of  these  factors,  and 
the  courts  have  not  considered  it  possible  or,  perhaps,  wise  to  lay  down  any 
general  rules  or  principles  to  govern  the  exercise  of  their  discretion  under  the 
section.  Each  case  has  been  treated  on  its  own  merits. 

Generally  speaking,  however,  the  courts  seem  to  have  interpreted  "hon- 
estly" as  an  active  involvement  in  the  affairs  and  decisions  of  the  trust 
administration,  and  "reasonably"  as  conduct  associated  with  the  ordinary 
prudent  man  of  business.  A  trustee  who  pleads  the  section  must  therefore 
have  acted  in  accordance  with  his  duties  of  good  faith  and  of  care,  and  the 
onus  of  proof  is  upon  him  to  show  that  he  did  so  act.  If  fairness  is  not  a  mere 
description  of  the  discretion  that  is  given  to  the  court,  it  requires  the  court  to 
have  in  mind  how  excusing  the  trustee  will  affect,  and  can  in  all  equity  be 


44  Although  the  trustee  is  in  good  faith  making  payment,  and  may  have  carefully  considered 
the  proper  construction  of  the  trust  instrument  beforehand,  his  mistake  of  law  exposes 
him  to  suit  for  breach  of  trust. 

45  See  Waters,  supra,  note  1,  at  873. 

46  See  Meagher  and  Gummow,  Jacobs'  Law  of  Trusts  in  Australia  (4th  ed.,  1977),  at  517- 
21 .  See,  also,  Ford  and  Lee,  Principles  of  the  Law  of  Trusts  (1983). 

47  Trustee  Act  1956,  Repr.  Stat.  N.Z.  1977,  No.  61,  s.  73. 

5  The  power  of  a  trustee  in  Ontario  to  apply  to  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  for  advice 
and  direction  is  also  statutory.  It  is  contained  in  s.  60  of  the  Trustee  Act,  R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  512. 


37 

permitted  to  affect,  the  interests  of  every  party,  namely,  the  beneficiaries  and 
creditors  of  the  trust. 

It  is  because  of  the  requirement  of  honesty  and  reasonable  conduct  on 
the  part  of  the  trustee  that  the  section  appears  to  be  concerned  essentially  with 
technical  breach. *9  A  trustee  is  technically  in  breach  if  he  acts  in  any  respect 
and  to  the  slightest  degree  contrary  to  the  terms  of  the  trust,  properly  con- 
strued. The  formulation  of  the  duty  of  care  by  the  English  House  of  Lords 
between  1887  and  1889  marked  a  substantial  move  away  from  strict  liability 
to  fault  liability,  but  situations  may  still  arise  where  an  honest  and  reasonable 
mistaken  act,  not  authorized  by  the  trust  instrument,  and  resulting  in  loss  to 
the  trust  fund  or  a  beneficiary,  subjects  the  trustee  to  an  action  for  breach. 
Payment  to  the  wrong  beneficiary,50  or  to  a  creditor  whose  claim  was  in  fact 
unenforceable,  and  mistakes  of  law,51  are  examples  of  such  situations,  and 
the  courts  have  exercised  their  statutory  power  to  relieve  trustees  in  these 
circumstances. 

However,  the  courts  have  also  exercised  the  excusing  power  in  circum- 
stances other  than  technical  breach.  Applications  for  relief  have  most  com- 
monly been  made  for  the  acquisition  or  retention  of  unauthorized  investments, 
where  the  trustee  can  show  that  he  was  honest  and  careful  in  the  acquisition 
or  retention,  but  yet  subsequently  found  himself  outside  the  protection  of  the 
investment  power.  In  a  range  of  factual  circumstances  -  which  can  only  be 
listed,  being  decisions  on  the  facts  that  do  not  fit  into  obvious  categories  - 
trustees  have  successfully  sought  relief.  The  excusing  provision  does  not 
require  the  trustee  to  admit  to  a  breach  of  trust;  it  merely  requires  that  it  be 
established  that  a  trustee  "may  be  personally  liable  for  any  breach  of  trust''. 
Consequently,  the  courts  have  often  excused  a  trustee  without  actually  decid- 
ing that  there  was  a  breach,  and  this  outcome  can  make  it  difficult  to  determine 
the  difference  between  behaviour  that  constitutes  breach  and  behaviour  that 
justifies  relief.52 

We  have  already  stated  that  this  discretion  permits  the  courts  to  divorce 
liability  for  breach  of  trust  from  the  finding  that  a  trustee  has  committed  a 
breach,  and  that  decisions  by  the  courts  in  exercising  the  discretion  do  not 
readily  constitute  legal  precedents,  because  a  decision  to  exercise  the  discre- 
tion is  essentially  a  decision  on  the  particular  facts  in  the  light  of  all  the 
particular  circumstances.  As  we  have  noted,  in  1895  the  immediate  concern 
of  the  English  Attorney  General's  Committee  that  proposed  this  discretion 
appears  to  have  been  the  relief  of  trustees  from  liability  for  so-called  technical 
breach. 


49  See  Waters,  supra,  note  1 ,  at  837-40. 

50  Re  AIlsop,  [1914]  1  Ch.  1.  But  see  Re  Diplock,  [1948]  Ch.  465.  which  held  that 
remunerated  trustees  are  not  entitled  to  be  relieved  tor  the  same  error. 

51  Perrins  v.  Bellamy,  [1898]  2  Ch.  521,  affd  1 1899]  1  Ch.  797  (C.A.). 

52  For  a  full  discussion  of  the  excusing  power  and  the  case  authorities,  see  I  'nderluli  s  Law 
relating  to  Trusts  and  Trustees,  supra,  note  3,  at  727-31;  Lewin  on  Trusts,  supra,  note 
3,  at  690-92;  and  Waters,  supra,  note  1.  at  873-78.  For  a  critical  discussion,  sec 
Sheridan,  '•Excusable  Breaches  of  Trust"  1 1955).  19  Conveyancer  (N.S.)  420. 


38 

Accordingly,  our  first  thought  was  whether  it  might  not  be  better  if  the 
Ontario  revised  Trustee  Act  simply  stated  that  a  trustee  should  be  excused  for 
breach  of  trust  only  in  those  circumstances  where  he  is  not  personally  to 
blame,  because  of  either  his  lack  of  good  faith  or  his  negligence.  However, 
we  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that,  having  regard  to  the  present  state  of  the 
law,  it  is  not  possible  to  isolate  all  the  circumstances  that  might  constitute 
technical  breach  for  which  a  trustee  should  be  excused,  and  we  are  of  the 
view  that  these  should  be  known  before  recommending  such  a  change  in  the 
law.  Moreover,  there  may  also  be  circumstances,  possibly  not  constituting 
technical  breach,  in  which  some  of  the  older  precedents  would  impose  liability 
upon  trustees,53  but  where,  because  of  the  absence  or  minimal  degree  of  fault, 
a  modern  court  might  prefer  to  take  a  less  strict  approach  towards  liability.  It 
does  seem  to  us,  whatever  the  shortcomings  of  discretion  in  such  a  crucial 
area  as  liability,  that  it  is  valuable  for  the  courts  to  be  able  to  assess  the  merits 
of  the  conduct  of  each  trustee  who  is  challenged  with  an  accusation  of  breach. 

Despite  the  analytical  problems,  this  fairly  broad  judicial  discretion  has 
been  welcomed  by  the  courts  and  the  commentators.  We  are  aware  that,  in 
view  of  the  fact  that  we  have  recommended  a  higher  standard  of  care  for  the 
so-called  professional  trustee,  it  might  be  contended  that  the  necessity  for  the 
statutory  judicial  excusing  power  would  be  largely  removed.  As  in  the  United 
States,  it  could  be  argued  that  the  courts  should  decide  whether  a  trustee  was 
or  was  not  in  breach  with  reference  to  the  standard  of  care  applicable  to  the 
trustee  in  question,  thereby  obviating  the  necessity  to  determine  indirectly, 
by  the  exercise  of  the  judicial  excusing  power,  whether  a  trustee  should  be 
liable  for  the  breach  of  trust  in  the  circumstances.  We  are  not  persuaded  by 
this  argument. 

In  our  view,  the  judicial  excusing  power  has  meant,  and  should  continue 
to  mean,  that,  if  relief  is  sought  by  a  trustee,  whether  he  is  a  non-professional 
or  professional  trustee,  the  courts  can  ensure  that  he  is  only  liable  to  the 
extent  that  blame  attaches  to  his  conduct.54  It  requires  more  of  the  courts  than 
a  well-meaning  indulgence  towards  trustees;  it  presupposes  a  careful,  indeed 
deliberate,  assessment  of  the  trustee's  fundamental  duties  as  a  fiduciary,  and 
a  sensitivity  to  the  fact  that  the  foremost,  and  perhaps  only,  protection  of  the 
beneficiary  is  that  the  person,  who  with  considerable  powers  is  administering 
the  trust  assets,  must  act  with  "viligance,  prudence  and  sagacity".55  On  the 
whole,  we  are  of  the  view  that  this  Commonwealth  approach  has  achieved 
and  continues  to  achieve  its  original  purpose,  and  we  would  therefore  rec- 
ommend its  retention. 

We  have  given  some  thought  to  whether  section  35  of  the  Ontario  Trustee 
Act,  which  confers  the  excusing  power  upon  the  Ontario  Supreme  Court, 


Scott,  supra,  note  22,  §  201,  at  1650,  is  only  prepared  to  commit  himself  to  the 
proposition  that  "[o]rdinarily  [a  trustee]  does  not  commit  a  breach  of  trust  unless  he  is 
in  some  way  personally  at  fault". 

54  In  Weir  v.  Jackson  (1905),  5  O.W.R.  281  (C.A.),  Meredith  C.J.  said  that  in  his  view 
the  judicial  excusing  power  should  be  applied  "very  liberally"  in  Canada. 

55  Supra,  note  5. 


39 

might  usefully  contain  guidelines  concerning  the  factors  that  should  be  con- 
sidered by  the  courts  in  exercising  their  discretion.  However,  such  is  the 
diversity  of  situations  that  come  before  the  courts  that  we  doubt  whether  such 
guidelines  would  be  of  significant  value.  The  statutory  language  in  which  the 
power  is  expressed  -  the  trustee  must  have  acted  "honestly  and  reasonably", 
and  he  "ought  fairly  to  be  excused"  -  may  not  be  the  most  felicitous,  but  the 
courts  apparently  have  not  encountered  difficulties,  and  we  can  therefore  see 
no  case  for  unsettling  language  that  has  long  been  familiar. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  section  35  of  the  present  Trustee  Act, 
permitting  the  court  to  excuse  trustees  for  breach  of  trust,  should  be  carried 
over  to  the  revised  Trustee  Act.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision 
to  the  effect  that,  if  in  any  proceedings  affecting  a  trustee  or  trust  property  it 
appears  to  the  court  that  a  trustee,  or  any  person  who  may  be  held  to  be 
fiduciarily  responsible  as  a  trustee,  is  or  may  be  personally  liable  for  a  breach 
of  trust,  whenever  the  transaction  alleged  or  found  to  be  a  breach  of  trust 
occurred,  but  has  acted  honestly  and  reasonably  and  ought  fairly  to  be  excused 
for  the  breach  of  trust,  and  for  not  obtaining  the  directions  of  the  court  in  the 
matter  in  which  he  committed  the  breach,  the  court  may  relieve  the  trustee 
either  wholly  or  partly  from  personal  liability  for  the  breach. 


56 


(e)   Exoneration  of  Trustees  from  Liability  by  the  Terms  of 
the  Trust  Instrument 

We  have  observed  that  trust  instruments  drawn  in  this  Province,  whether 
testamentary  or  inter  vivos,  very  often  exonerate  the  trustee  from  liability  for 
any  loss  arising  in  the  administration  of  the  trust,  if  the  trustee  has  acted  in 
good  faith.  It  is  often  stated  expressly  that  the  trustee  shall  not  be  liable  for  a 
mere  mistake  or  error  of  judgment.  This  exoneration  may  be  made  applicable, 
for  example,  to  the  hiring  of  agents,  but  more  often  it  is  a  general  exoneration 
covering  the  whole  of  the  trustee's  activities  with  the  affairs  of  the  trust.57 

The  interpretation  of  such  an  exoneration  clause  may  well  be  that  the 
trustee  is  not  liable  for  his  negligence,  unless  it  be  a  conscious  or  knowing 
wrongdoing.  Such  wrongdoing  is  usually  intended  by  the  term,  "wilful  de- 
fault".58 Where  the  trustee  is  exonerated  from  liability  for  "mistake",  "error 
of  judgment",  or  additional  terms  of  that  nature,  the  trust  instrument  must 
surely  intend  that  wilful  acts  or  omissions  are  to  be  the  sole  basis  of  liability; 
namely,  deliberately  wrongful  conduct  or  conduct  motivated  by  a  complete 


56  Draft  Bill,  s.  69. 

57  Precedents  in  use  in  Ontario  include  the  following:  "My  trustee  is  not  to  be  held 
responsible  for  loss  arising  out  of  the  exercise  of  [the  power)  ...  to  delegate  when  he 
considers  necessary  any  of  his  powers  duties  or  discretions  as  he  thinks  fit";  the  trustee 
is  not  to  be  liable  "for  any  loss  suffered  ...  by  reason  of  any  acts  or  omissions  [of  a 
special  fiduciary  appointed  to  administer  foreign  trust  assets)  not  attributable  (a)  to  his 
own  dishonesty,  or  (b)  to  the  wilful  commission  by  him  of  an  act  known  by  him  to  be  a 
breach  of  trust". 

58  The  term  "wilful  default"  is  contained  in  s.  33  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  to  describe  the 
nature  of  conduct  required  for  the  imposition  of  liability  on  trustees  in  relation  to  the 
handling  of  trust  moneys  and  securities. 


40 

disregard  for  the  proprieties  of  trustee  aetivity.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  such 
terms  merely  mean  that  the  trustee  is  not  to  be  liable  where  he  has  acted 
honestly  and  in  conformity  with  the  duty  of  care  imposed  on  trustees,  then 
these  terms  add  nothing  to  the  present  case  law  position:  the  trustee  would 
not  be  liable  even  if  those  words  were  absent  from  the  trust  terms.  It  is  also 
possible  in  the  circumstances  that  a  trustee  may  be  held  not  to  have  acted  "in 
good  faith"  where  he  has  merely  been  negligent,  but  such  an  interpretation 
would  be  strained.  If  "good  faith"  is  intended  to  include  simple  negligence  - 
that  is,  an  absence  of  the  degree  of  care  that  a  prudent  man  would  employ  - 
then  again  this  merely  holds  a  trustee  to  his  existing  liability  under  the  case 
law.  Yet  this  would  not  be  the  natural  meaning  of  "good  faith",  which  infers 
a  state  of  mind,  an  honesty  of  purpose. 

Whatever  be  the  intention  of  a  testator  or  settlor  in  employing  such  terms, 
we  have  concerns  about  the  ability  of  a  trust  instrument  to  exonerate  a  trustee 
from  liability  for  negligence.  Negligence  is  the  more  usual  manner  in  which 
a  trustee  becomes  liable,  and  we  do  not  consider  that  the  risk  of  loss  through 
trustee  negligence  should  properly  fall  upon  the  trust  beneficiary  or  benefi- 
ciaries. Nor  can  we  see  any  reason  that  would  justify  shifting  such  a  risk  to 
the  beneficiaries.  A  professional  trustee  should  be  carrying  insurance,  and  a 
non-professional  trustee  who  is  sufficiently  unsure  of  his  competence  to 
require  such  safeguards  should  not  accept  the  office.  As  we  have  discussed, 
Ontario  courts  possess,  and  have  often  exercised,  a  power  under  section  35 
of  the  Trustee  Act  whereby  a  trustee  may  be  excused  from  liability,  wholly 
or  partly,  if  he  has  acted  "honestly  and  reasonably,  and  ought  fairly  to  be 
excused  for  the  breach  of  trust",  and  the  Commission  has  recommended  the 
retention  of  this  power.  Given  the  existence  of  the  judicial  excusing  power, 
we  question  the  desirability  of  a  clause  in  the  trust  instrument  exonerating 
trustees  from  liability  for  negligence.  The  duty  of  care  is  a  basic  obligation 
imposed  upon  all  trustees,  and,  in  protecting  the  beneficiary,  it  complements 
the  powers  over  the  trust  property  that  are  given  to  the  trustee. 


59 


As  noted  previously,  section  7-302  of  the  American  Uniform  Probate 
Code  permits  the  trust  instrument  to  provide  expressly  that  the  standard  of 
care  prescribed  by  the  section  for  both  non-professional  and  professional 
trustees  does  not  apply.60  While  the  trust  instrument  could,  of  course,  hold 
trustees  to  a  higher  standard  than  that  provided  by  the  Code,  the  more  likely 
provision  would  be  the  express  exoneration  of  trustees  from  liability  for 
failure  to  conform  with  the  standard  of  care  set  forth  in  the  Code. 

Such  exoneration  clauses  are  not  valid,  however,  in  all  American  juris- 
dictions. For  example,  in  those  states  that  have  adopted  the  American  Law 


59 


60 


With  regard  to  the  duty  of  care  and  its  exclusion  in  the  somewhat  analogous  situation  of 
a  company  director,  see  Canada  Business  Corporations  Act,  S.C.  1975,  c.  33,  s.  1 17(3), 
which  provides  that  no  provision  in  a  contract,  etc. ,  can  relieve  a  director  or  officer  from 
the  duty  to  act  in  accordance  with,  among  other  things,  the  duty  of  care  set  forth  in  s. 
1 17(1),  or  relieve  him  from  liability  for  a  breach  thereof.  See,  also,  the  Ontario  Business 
Corporations  Act,  1982,  S.O.  1982,  c.  4,  where,  in  the  context  of  trusts  for  bondholders, 
s.  47(1)  makes  statutory  the  case  law  duty  of  care,  and  s.  47(2)  invalidates  any  provision 
in  an  instrument  that  purports  to  exculpate  trustees  who  are  nevertheless  guilty  of  wilful 
misconduct  or  negligence. 

Supra,  notes  23  and  24  and  accompanying  text. 


41 

Institute  Restatement  of  the  Law  of  Trusts,  a  middle  ground  is  provided  in 
section  222. M  This  section  states,  as  a  general  proposition,  that  "the  trustee, 
by  provisions  in  the  terms  of  the  trust,  can  be  relieved  of  liability  for  breach 
of  trust".  However,  this  principle  is  subject  to  two  qualifications.  First, 
section  222(2)  provides  that  "[a]  provision  in  the  trust  instrument  is  not 
effective  to  relieve  the  trustee  of  liability  for  breach  of  trust  committed  in  bad 
faith  or  intentionally  or  with  reckless  indifference  to  the  interest  of  the  bene- 
ficiary, or  of  liability  for  any  profit  which  the  trustee  has  derived  from  a 
breach  of  trust".  Secondly,  section  222(3)  states  that,  "[t]o  the  extent  to  which 
a  provision  relieving  the  trustee  of  liability  for  breaches  of  trust  is  inserted  in 
the  trust  instrument  as  the  result  of  an  abuse  by  the  trustee  of  a  fiduciary  or 
confidential  relationship  to  the  settlor,  such  provision  is  ineffective". 

Since  the  Decedent  Estate  Law  of  1936,  New  York  State  has  also  inval- 
idated exoneration  clauses  in  wills  relating  to  the  standard  of  care.  That 
legislation  was  further  considered  by  the  State  Commission  on  the  Law  of 
Estates,  1 963-65, 62  and  its  provisions  were  re-enacted  in  the  Estates,  Powers, 
and  Trusts  Law  of  1966.63  Section  1 1-1.7  provides,  in  part,  as  follows: 

1 1 — 1.7(a)  The  attempted  grant  to  an  executor  or  testamentary  trustee  or  the 
successor  of  either,  of  any  of  the  following  enumerated  powers  or  immunities  is 
contrary  to  public  policy: 

(1)    The  exoneration  of  such  fiduciary  from  liability  for  failure  to  exercise 
reasonable  care,  diligence  and  prudence. 

The  1966  Act  further  provides,  in  section  11- 1.7(b),  that  any  attempted 
exoneration  in  breach  of  this  prohibition  invalidates  the  instrument  only  to 
the  extent  that  the  instrument  is  in  breach. 

Over  the  period  of  more  than  forty  years  since  this  prohibition  has  been 
in  force  in  New  York,  we  can  find  no  evidence  in  the  literature  that  any 
objection  has  been  raised,  and  none  appears  to  have  been  made  before  the 
State  Commission  in  the  1960's.  Indeed,  the  same  policy  appears  to  have 
been  adopted  by  the  Indiana  Trust  Code.64  Section  30-4-3- 1 1  and  -12  provides 
that  a  trustee  is  in  breach  of  trust  if  he  fails  to  exercise  reasonable  care  in  the 
selection,  retention,  and  supervision  of  an  agent,  or  enables  a  co-trustee  to 
commit  a  breach  through  his  (the  trustee's)  own  failure  to  exercise  care. 
These  sections  are  not  made  subject  to  the  expression  of  a  contrary  intent  in 
the  trust  instrument. 

We  therefore  recommend  that  no  term  in  a  trust  instrument,  or  in  an  oral 
declaration  of  trust,  should  be  valid  to  the  extent  that  it  purports  to  exonerate 
trustees  from  liability  for  failure  to  exercise  the  degree  of  care,  diligence,  and 


61  Supra,  note  20,  §  222,  at  516-17. 

62  Temporary  State  Commission  on  the  Modernization.  Revision  and  Simplification  of  the 
Law  of  Estates,  Second  Report  (Legislative  Document  No.  19,  1963). 

63  N.Y.  Est.,  Powers  &  Trusts  Law.  §  1  1-1 .7  (McKinney). 

64  Ind.  Stats.  Ann..  Code  Ed.,  tit.  30  (Burns). 


42 

skill  that  a  person  of  ordinary  prudence  would  exercise  in  dealing  with  the 
property  of  another  person.65 

Moreover,  for  the  same  reasons,  and  again  unlike  the  American  Uniform 
Probate  Code/16  we  are  of  the  view  that  the  settlor  or  testator  should  not  be 
free  to  exonerate  a  professional  trustee  from  a  failure  to  demonstrate  the 
higher  standard  of  care  that  we  have  recommended.  We  therefore  recommend 
that  no  term  in  a  trust  instrument,  or  in  an  oral  declaration  of  trust,  should  be 
valid  to  the  extent  that  it  purports  to  exclude  or  lower  the  standard  of  knowl- 
edge or  skill  required  by  trustees  who  in  fact  possess,  or  who  because  of  their 
profession,  business,  or  calling  ought  to  possess,  a  particular  level  of  knowl- 
edge or  skill  which  in  all  the  circumstances  is  relevant  to  the  administration 
of  the  trust.67 


3.     DELEGATION  BY  TRUSTEES  OF  DUTIES  OR  POWERS 


(a)  Introduction 

The  maxim  adopted  from  Roman  law,  which  summed  up  the  principle 
followed  by  the  seventeenth  century  courts  of  Equity,  was  delegatus  non 
potest  delegare:  one  who  is  himself  a  delegate  cannot  delegate  further  to 
another.  However,  even  in  the  days  when  trustees  were  middle  class  gentle- 
men handling  the  affairs  of  their  relatives  or  friends,  it  was  evident  that  this 
principle  could  not  be  carried  to  the  point  where  everything  that  was  done  for 
the  trust  had  to  be  done  by  the  trustee  personally.  By  1754,  the  courts  had 
established  that  a  trustee  might  delegate,  provided  it  was  clearly  necessary, 
or  in  the  common  course  of  business  for  men  engaged  in  similar  affairs  to 
delegate  the  matter  in  question  to  an  agent.68  Trustees  needed  the  services  of 
solicitors,  accountants,  brokers,  and  persons  of  a  variety  of  skills,  just  as 
much  as  men  of  those  skills  would  call  upon  each  other's  services  from  time 
to  time. 

Since  a  trustee  is  a  fiduciary,  the  assumption  of  the  law,  as  indicated,  is 
that  he  must  perform  his  tasks  personally.  The  two  principal  issues  that  arise 
from  this  assumption,  and  that  we  have  examined,  are  first,  what  acts  may  a 
trustee  properly  delegate  to  an  agent;  and  secondly,  what  personal  liability 
has  the  trustee  to  the  beneficiaries  for  loss  to  the  trust  caused  by  the  agent? 
The  answer  to  these  questions  is  to  be  sought  today  in  the  trust  instrument, 
in  case  law,  and  in  statute. 


65 
66 
67 
68 


Draft  Bill,  s.  1(a). 

Supra,  notes  23  and  24  and  accompanying  text. 

Draft  Bill,  s.  1(b). 

Ex  parte  Belchier  (1754),  Amb.  218,  27  E.R.  144,  a  decision  of  Lord  Chancellor 
Hardwicke  relating  to  an  assignee  (or  trustee)  in  bankruptcy.  This  decision  was  followed 
by  the  leading  case  of  Speight  v.  Gaunt,  supra,  note  8.  See,  also,  Lewin  on  Trusts, 
supra,  note  3,  at  181  et  seq.,  for  a  discussion  of  the  law  in  England  prior  to  the  Trustee 
Act,  1925. 


43 
(b)  Acts  That  a  Trustee  May  Delegate 

(i)     Common  Law 

Probably  the  majority  of  trust  instruments  professionally  drawn  today  in 
Ontario  will  permit  the  trustee  to  appoint  agents  of  any  description  to  perform 
any  task  or  exercise  any  discretion  that  the  law  or  the  instrument  requires  to 
be  done.  The  aim  of  the  draftsman  in  so  doing  is  to  give  the  trustee  the 
maximum  freedom  to  handle  the  trust  affairs  as  he  thinks  fit.  This  approach 
is  justified  because  of  the  emphasis  that  is  placed  upon  the  initial  choice  of 
trustees,  rather  than  upon  any  attempt  to  seek  protection  for  the  beneficiaries 
through  a  circumscription  of  what  trustees  may  do  in  office.  The  intent  of 
such  a  broad  provision  is  to  empower  the  trustees  to  appoint  agents  to  perform 
not  only  administrative  tasks,  whether  or  not  they  involve  the  exercise  of 
discretion,  but  also,  it  would  seem,  dispositive  discretions,  such  as  powers 
of  maintenance,  advancement,  and  encroachment. 

It  is  unclear,  however,  whether  full  effect  will  be  given  to  broad  powers 
of  delegation  contained  in  trust  instruments.  In  interpreting  these  clauses,  the 
courts  require  that  the  trustee  show  that  it  was  intended  that  he  should  be  able 
to  delegate  the  exercise  of  dispositive  discretions,  and  also  of  crucial  admin- 
istrative questions  affecting  policy.  Indeed,  the  greater  the  ostensible  author- 
ity to  delegate,  the  more  precisely  the  courts  are  likely  to  require  the  particular 
act  of  delegation  to  be  authorized  by  the  trust  instrument.69 

The  court  might  even  take  the  view  that  the  testator  or  settlor  had  no 
power  to  authorize  the  purported  grant  of  delegation.  A  trustee  is  a  fiduciary, 
and  the  consequent  legal  assumption,  as  we  have  seen,  is  that  he  will  perform 
his  duties  personally.  Is  it  compatible  with  trusteeship,  for  example,  that  a 
trustee  be  authorized  by  the  trust  instrument  to  delegate  to  an  investment 
dealer  the  entire  responsibility  for  the  investment  policies,  as  well  as  the 
purchases  and  sales,  of  the  trust  property? 

The  answer  to  these  questions  is  not  easy  to  provide.  The  testator  or 
settlor  has  chosen  to  confer  upon  his  trustees  the  widest  possible  powers  of 
delegation,  and  the  courts,  aware  of  the  technical  services  required  by  the 
modern  trustee,  but  also  cognizant  of  the  dangers  of  unlimited  delegation, 
are  likely  to  say  that  the  answer  lies  in  an  examination  of  all  the  circumstances. 
It  may  also  be  considered  relevant  that,  as  a  fiduciary,  the  trustee  has  a  duty 
to  act  with  care  and  prudence.  Total  delegation  of  investment  decisions, 
although  ostensibly  permitted,  may  be  considered  something  that  a  careful 
and  prudent  man  would  not  have  done  in  the  circumstances.  In  this  way  the 
issues  of  what  the  instrument  purports  to  permit,  and  what  it  may  validly 
permit,  are  avoided.70 


69  The  judgments  in  the  English  Court  of  Appeal  and  the  House  of  Lords,  supra,  note  68, 
remain  the  classic  case  law  position. 

70  In  Fales,  Wohlleben  v.  Canada  Permanent  Trust  Co.,  supra,  note  5,  the  Supreme  Court 
of  Canada  had  clearly  in  mind  the  trustee's  basic  duty  of  care,  whatever  language  might 
appear  in  the  instrument. 


44 

In  the  absence  of  provision  in  the  trust  instrument,  the  case  law  takes  a 
more  conservative  approach  to  the  use  of  agents.  The  1754  decision  of  Ex 
parte  Belchier7i  essentially  represents  the  position  today:  a  trustee  may  del- 
egate if  the  nature  of  the  task  to  be  performed  necessitates  delegation,  or  if  it 
is  common  business  practice  to  employ  an  agent  in  the  circumstances.  If  the 
trustee  can  easily  do  the  work  himself,  the  case  law  will  not  permit  the 
employment  of  an  agent,  unless  perhaps  common  business  practice  is  other- 
wise.72 For  instance,  the  trustee  is  not  expected  to  carry  out  work  just  because 
he  has  the  special  skill  required,  or  because  no  skill  is  required.  The  test  does 
not  turn  on  having  skills,  but  on  what  is  generally  considered  reasonable  in 
the  normal  course  of  property  management.  As  to  matters  involving  the 
exercise  of  discretion,  however,  the  case  law  requires  the  trustee  himself  to 
make  such  decisions,  whatever  advice  he  may  have  sought  and  received.73 

If  an  agent  may  be  employed,  the  case  law  requires  the  trustee  to  select 
the  agent  himself,  and  he  must  select  a  person  whose  business  it  is  to  carry 
out  the  work  that  the  trustee  is  proposing  to  delegate.74  This  is  not  quite  so 
simple  as  it  looks,  however.  If  a  house  that  is  trust  property  is  in  need  of 
repair,  it  would  probably  not  be  enough  for  the  trustee  to  ask  his  solicitor  for 
the  names  of  suitable  building  contractors,  from  among  whom  a  choice  may 
be  made.  If  poor  work  and  loss  to  the  trust  result,  the  trustee  would  have  to 
show  that,  from  the  nature  of  his  practice,  the  solicitor  had  a  particular 
knowledge  of  builders  and  the  quality  of  work  that  each  of  the  named  con- 
tractors performed.  Moreover,  once  the  agent  is  appointed,  the  trustee  must 
carry  out  a  reasonable  level  of  supervision  of  the  work  being  done,  until  the 
work  is  complete.75 

Where  trust  property  is  concerned,  especially  trust  funds,  the  trustee  must 
ensure  that,  if  an  agent  is  to  receive  moneys  on  behalf  of  the  trustee,  the 
moneys  are  not  left  in  the  agent's  hands  for  an  unnecessary  length  of  time.  It 
is  a  cardinal  rule  that  the  trustee  must  always  be  adroit  to  see  that,  at  all 
times,  trust  property  is  under  his  own  control.76  This  principle  would  also 
apply  to  a  properly  arranged  nomineeship  or  custodianship. 

The  employment  of  a  co-trustee  as  an  agent  is  subject,  it  would  seem,  to 
the  same  rules.  For  instance,  it  has  been  specifically  held  that  trustees  should 
not  permit  trust  funds  to  be  under  the  sole  control  of  a  co-trustee  for  an 
unnecessary  length  of  time.77  On  the  other  hand,  because  the  co-trustee  is  a 
trustee,  to  allow  deeds  or  documents  to  remain  in  the  co-trustee's  possession 
would  not  be  improper,  if  that  is  a  more  convenient  course  to  pursue.78  The 


71  Supra,  note  68. 

72  /te  #r/>r(  1882),  26  Ch.  D.  238  (C. A.). 

73  Re  Speight,  supra,  note  8,  at  756. 

74  Fry  v.  Tapson  (1884),  28  Ch.  D.  268,  at  280,  and  Re  Weall  (1889),  42  Ch.  D.  674. 

75  Speight  v.  Gaunt,  supra,  note  8. 

76  Wyman  v.  Paterson,  [1900]  A.C.  271  (H.L.),  and  Re  Sheppard,  [1891]  1  Ch.  50. 

77  Scurfield  v.  Howes  (1790),  3  Bro.  C.C.  90,  29  E.R.  425;  Candler  v.  Tillet  (1855),  22 
Beav.  257,  52  E.R.  1 106;  and  Lewis  v.  Nobbs  (1878),  8  Ch.  D.  591. 

78  Re  Sisson's  Settlement,  [1903]  1  Ch.  262. 


45 

features  distinguishing  a  trustee's  position  from  that  of  an  agent,  however, 
are  that  he  must  act  jointly  with  his  fellow  trustees  in  order  to  bind  the  trust, 
and  that  no  trustee  may  be  inactive  in  relation  to  the  conduct  o(  trust  affairs. 
Although  the  courts  have  not  formulated  the  resulting  position  in  so  many 
words,  this  means  that  the  trustees  must  be  as  concerned  with  a  fellow 
trustee's  acts  on  behalf  of  the  trust  as  they  would  be  with  any  other  agent, 
and  that  a  co-trustee  can  only  do  those  things  that  another  agent  can  do.  For 
instance,  the  exercise  of  discretions  must  be  exercised  by  all  the  trustees 
unanimously. 


79 


(ii)     Statute 


a.     Commonwealth 

Statutory  intervention  in  respect  of  the  power  to  delegate  came  in  the 
usual  nineteenth  century  manner.  That  is,  powers  of  delegation,  which  were 
familiar  in  well-drawn  trust  instruments  of  the  period,  were  introduced  by 
statute  to  be  implied  in  trust  instruments,  subject  to  the  expression  of  a 
contrary  intent.  The  Trustee  Acts  of  1888  and  1893  in  England  thus  put  it 
beyond  question  that  solicitors  and  bank  managers  might  be  appointed  agents 
to  receive  moneys  on  behalf  of  trustees,  and  also  empowered  these  agents  to 
give  discharges  to  the  payors.80  "Money  or  any  valuable  consideration  or 
property"  might  be  the  subject  matter  of  such  receipt  and  discharge.  However, 
it  was  made  clear  that,  if  any  trust  property  were  allowed  to  remain  in  such 
an  agent's  control  for  an  unnecessary  length  of  time,  and  loss  resulted,  the 
liability  imposed  upon  the  trustee  by  the  case  law  would  continue  to  arise. 

Ontario  adopted  this  form  of  the  English  legislation  early  in  the  twentieth 
century,  and  it  remains  as  section  20  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act.  The  section 
provides  as  follows: 

20. — (1)  A  trustee  may  appoint  a  solicitor  to  be  his  agent  to  receive  and  give 
a  discharge  for  any  money  or  valuable  consideration  or  property  receivable  by 
the  trustee  under  the  trust. 

(2)  A  trustee  may  appoint  a  manager  or  a  branch  manager  of  a  chartered  bank 
or  a  solicitor  to  be  his  agent  to  receive  and  give  a  discharge  for  any  money 
payable  to  the  trustee  under  or  by  virtue  of  a  policy  of  assurance  or  otherwise. 

(3)  A  trustee  shall  not  be  charged  with  a  breach  of  trust  by  reason  only  of  his 
having  made  or  concurred  in  making  any  such  appointment. 

(4)  Nothing  in  this  section  exempts  a  trustee  from  any  liability  that  he  would 
have  incurred  if  this  Act  had  not  been  passed,  in  case  he  permits  any  such  money, 
valuable  consideration,  or  property  to  remain  in  the  hands  or  under  the  control 
of  the  banker  or  solicitor  for  a  period  longer  than  is  reasonably  necessary  to 
enable  the  banker  or  solicitor  to  pay  or  transfer  the  same  to  the  trustee. 


74  Sec  infra,  this  ch..  sec.  5. 

80  Trustee  Act,  1HHH.  51  &  52  Vict.,  c.  59,  s.  2  (U.K.),  and  Trustee  Act.  1893,  56  &  57 


Vict.,c.  53,  s.  17  (U.K.). 


46 

In  1925,  however,  England  incorporated  the  1893  provision  as  subsection 
(3)  of  a  considerably  broader  power  of  delegation.  Section  23(1)  and  (2)  of 
the  English  Trustee  Act,  I925*1  has  been  the  model  for  subsequent  Trustee 
Act  amendments  in  Manitoba,82  New  Zealand,83  and  the  Australian  states  of 
Victoria,  Western  Australia,  and  Queensland.84  Section  23(1)  and  (2)  of  the 
English  legislation  provides  as  follows  (emphasis  added): 

23. — (1)  Trustees  or  personal  representatives  may,  instead  of  acting  person- 
ally, employ  and  pay  an  agent,  whether  a  solicitor,  banker,  stockbroker,  or  other 
person,  to  transact  any  business  or  do  any  act  required  to  be  transacted  or  done 
in  the  execution  of  the  trust,  or  the  administration  of  the  testator's  or  intestate's 
estate,  including  the  receipt  and  payment  of  money,  and  shall  be  entitled  to  be 
allowed  and  paid  all  charges  and  expenses  so  incurred,  and  shall  not  be  respon- 
sible for  the  default  of  any  such  agent  if  employed  in  good  faith. 

(2)  Trustees  or  personal  representatives  may  appoint  any  person  to  act  as  their 
agent  or  attorney  for  the  purpose  of  selling,  converting,  collecting,  getting  in, 
and  executing  and  perfecting  insurances  of,  or  managing  or  cultivating,  or 
otherwise  administering  any  property,  real  or  personal,  moveable  or  immove- 
able, subject  to  the  trust  or  forming  part  of  the  testator's  or  intestate's  estate,  in 
any  place  outside  the  United  Kingdom  or  executing  or  exercising  any  discretion 
or  trust  or  power  vested  in  them  in  relation  to  any  such  property,  with  such 
ancillary  powers,  and  with  and  subject  to  such  provisions  and  restrictions  as  they 
may  think  fit,  including  a  power  to  appoint  substitutes,  and  shall  not,  by  reason 
only  of  their  having  made  such  appointment,  be  responsible  for  any  loss  arising 
thereby. 

These  two  provisions  liberalized  greatly  the  prudent  man  rule  that  arose 
out  of  Speight  v.  Gaunt .85  Whereas  before  1925  the  trustee  was  subject  to  the 
standard  of  the  prudent  and  reasonable  man  of  business  in  delegating  any 
task,  as  well  as  in  selecting  the  agents  whom  he  did  appoint,  he  now  might 
employ  agents  to  discharge  any  task  at  all,  regardless  of  whether  necessity  or 
the  usual  course  of  business  would  justify  the  delegation.  It  seems  that,  by 
virtue  of  section  23(1),  any  duty  may  be  delegated,  whether  or  not  it  is 
discretionary,  and,  a  fortiori,  any  power  may  be  delegated,  whether  it  is 
administrative  or  dispositive  in  nature.86  Subsection  (2)  is  couched  in  different 
language,  but  appears  to  be  equally  liberal  in  relation  to  trust  property,  and 
the  conduct  of  the  trust  in  relation  to  that  property,  outside  the  United  King- 
dom. 


81  Supra,  note  40. 

82  The  Trustee  Act,  R.S.M.  1970,  c.  T160,  s.  37(1)  and  (2). 

83  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  47,  s.  29. 

See  Meagher  and  Gummow,  supra,  note  46,  at  318-25,  and  325-26  (foreign  property), 
and  Kelly  (ed.),  Garrow  and  Kelly's  Law  of  Trusts  and  Trustees  (5th  ed.,  1982),  at 
256-59. 

Supra,  note  8. 

Whether,  and,  if  so,  how  far  this  subsection  has  changed  the  law  in  England  is  still  a 
matter  of  keen  debate.  For  a  full  review  of  the  debate,  see  Keeton  and  Sheridan,  The 
Law  of  Trusts  (10th  ed. ,  1974),  ch.  16,  and  Supp. .  at  239-41 .  Pettit,  Equity  and  the  Law 
of  Trusts  (4th  ed.,  1979),  at  333-34,  is  of  the  view  that  only  ministerial  tasks  may  be 
delegated  under  section  23(1),  but  this  appears  to  be  the  minority  view,  although  the 
Law  Reform  Committee  in  England  is  of  the  same  opinion:  see  supra,  note  34,  paras. 
4.1-4.6. 


84 


85 


47 

b.     United  States 

Although  Manitoba,  New  Zealand,  and  the  majority  of  the  Australian 
states  have  adopted  the  language  of  seetion  23(  1 )  and  (2)  of  the  English  Act,87 
it  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  states  of  the  United  States  have  considered  a 
less  liberal  position  to  be  appropriate.  Little  statutory  intervention  has  taken 
place,  and  the  courts  appear  to  have  pursued  a  more  cautious  and  conservative 
position,  more  in  line  with  the  prudent  man  approach  to  delegation  espoused 
by  the  English  and  Commonwealth  courts.  Bogert88  lists  the  tasks,  all  min- 
isterial, that  the  courts  have  permitted  trustees  to  delegate,  and  Scott89  finds 
in  the  American  precedents  a  distinction  between  the  ability  to  delegate 
dispositive  and  administrative  discretions:  no  dispositive  discretion  may  be 
delegated,  and  an  administrative  discretion  may  only  be  delegated  where  it 
forms  a  less  significant  part  of  an  otherwise  delegable  task.90 

The  American  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act,  proposed  by  the  National 
Conference  of  Commissioners  on  Uniform  State  Laws,91  confers  a  broad 
power  of  delegation,  but  also  appears  to  distinguish  between  administrative 
and  dispositive  discretions  for  the  purposes  of  delegation.  Section  3(c)(24) 
of  the  Act  states  as  follows: 

3.  (c)  A  trustee  has  the  power,  .  .  . 

(24)  to  employ  persons,  including  attorneys,  auditors,  investment  advi- 
sors, or  agents,  even  if  they  are  associated  with  the  trustee,  to  advise  or 
assist  the  trustee  in  the  performance  of  his  administrative  duties;  to  act 
without  independent  investigation  upon  their  recommendations;  and  instead 
of  acting  personally,  to  employ  one  or  more  agents  to  perform  any  act  of 
administration,  whether  or  not  discretionary. 


A  distinction  appears  to  have  been  made  in  section  3(c)(24)  of  the  Amer- 
ican Uniform  Act  between  "advise  or  assist"  and  "perform",  which  suggests 
that  the  agent  can  be  given  a  significant  trustee  task,  including  an  administra- 
tive discretion  that  he  alone  is  to  carry  out.  However,  dispositive  acts  and 
discretions  are  not  mentioned  specifically,  although  it  is  possible  that  the 


87  South  Australia  and  Tasmania  retain  powers  comparable  to  the  English  1893  language, 
and  New  South  Wales  adopts  an  intermediate  approach:  see  Meagher  and  Gummow, 
supra,  note  46,  at  318-25,  and  325-26  (foreign  property). 

88  Bogert,  supra,  note  26,  §  556.  at  66-81 ,  and  Supp.,  at  134-54. 

89  Scott,  supra,  note  22.  §  171,  at  1388-89. 

90  For  a  comparative  study  of  delegation  in  England  and  the  United  States,  see  Baringhaus. 
"Trustee's  Power  to  Delegate:  A  Comparative  View"  ( 1974-75).  50  Notre  Dame  Law. 
273. 

91  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act.  National  Conference  of  Commissioners  on  Uniform 
State  Laws  (73d  Annual  Conference,  1964),  Uniform  Laws  Ann.  (1978),  Vol.  7A.  at 
761,  and  Cum.  Supp.  (1982),  at  365. 

The  Uniform  Act  was  approved  by  the  National  Conference  of  Commissioners  on 
Uniform  State  Laws,  together  with  the  American  Bar  Association,  in  1964.  and  has 
been  adopted  to  date  by  eleven  states:  namely,  Florida  (1974).  Idaho  (1965).  Kansas 
(1968),  Kentucky  (1976).  Maine  (1979),  Mississippi  (1966).  Montana  (1974).  New 
Hampshire  (1969).  Oregon  (1977).  Utah  (1975),  and  Wyoming  (1965). 


48 

word,  "administrative",  is  intended  to  include  all  that  a  trustee  does.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  exclusion  of  the  exercise  of  dispositive  discretions  from  the 
tasks  that  may  be  delegated  seems  the  more  natural  interpretation. 


(iii)     Conclusions 

The  alternative  policies  that  might  be  pursued  are  several.  First,  section 
20  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  could  be  repealed.  This  would  leave  the  case 
law  in  place,  which,  as  we  have  seen,  represents  a  cautious  and  conservative 
position  in  the  matter  of  delegation  by  trustees.  The  limitation  of  this  approach 
stems  from  the  early  equity  position  that  a  trustee  may  not  delegate;  delegation 
at  common  law  is  therefore  an  exceptional  situation,  and  may  be  prohibited 
even  where  delegation  would  be  a  prudent  course  of  management.  A  liberal 
power  of  delegation,  policed  by  the  case  law  requirements  of  trustee  vigilance 
and  prudence,  would  appear  to  be  more  consistent  with  present  ideas. 

Secondly,  the  recommendation  might  be  for  no  change  of  any  sort.  But 
this  would  leave  section  20  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  as  the  only  addition  to 
case  law,  and  all  the  precedents  in  use  in  the  Province  today  suggest  that  the 
section  has  been  overtaken  by  time  and  represents  the  views  of  the  late 
nineteenth  century. 

Thirdly,  it  might  be  appropriate  to  replace  section  20  by  a  new  section 
that  permits  the  delegation  of  any  administrative  task,  whether  or  not  it 
involves  a  discretion,  but  expressly  subject  to  the  general  duty  of  care.  The 
case  law  duties  concerning  the  selection  and  supervision  of  agents  would 
become  express,  so  that  there  would  be  no  doubt  how  the  case  law  should  be 
applied.  However,  no  authority  would  be  given  to  the  trustee  to  delegate  any 
dispositive  duty  or  discretion,  such  as  the  choices  required  of  him  under  a 
discretionary  trust  and  in  the  exercise  of  powers  of  maintenance,  advance- 
ment, and  encroachment.  It  is  in  this  manner  that  the  third  approach  falls 
short  of  many  precedents  -  namely,  authority  to  delegate  any  task  of  whatever 
kind  -  and  for  many  draftsmen  the  revised  Act  would  still,  therefore,  be 
inadequate.  Fourthly,  the  Act  might  adopt  just  such  a  contemporary  express 
clause  permitting  unlimited  delegation. 

We  have  concluded  that  neither  the  first  nor  the  second  alternative  is 
commendable  in  today's  conditions,  for  the  reasons  given.  As  between  the 
third  and  fourth  approach,  we  favour  the  third  because  it  pursues  a  middle 
line  between  the  limitations  of  the  case  law  and  the  licence  of  many  contem- 
porary precedents.  We  believe  that  the  third  alternative  recognizes  the  indis- 
putable authority  that  trustees  must  have  to  delegate  whenever  it  is  reasonable 
and  prudent  by  contemporary  business  standards  to  do  so.  The  balancing 
consideration  is  that  the  trust  beneficiaries  must  be  adequately  protected,  and 
for  this  purpose  we  would  rely  on  the  trustee's  duty  of  care,  which  we  have 
recommended  should  be  placed  in  statutory  form,  to  police  the  exercise  of 
this  power  of  delegation.  The  effect  of  this  approach  would  be,  for  instance, 
that,  if  a  trustee  wished  to  delegate  his  entire  investment  discretion  to  brokers, 
he  would  be  reminded  by  the  statutory  duty  of  care  that  he  can  only  do  this 
if  a  reasonable  and  prudent  man  of  business  would  do  the  same.  We  can 
envisage  no  circumstances  where  total  delegation  of  such  a  power  -  that  is, 


49 

without  personal  selection  of  any  investment,  or  regular  reports  from  the 
dealers  that  the  trustee  analyzes  with  a  reasonably  informed  mind  -  would  be 
compatible  with  care  and  prudence. 

On  the  other  hand,  we  are  of  the  view  that  a  statutory  power  of  delegation 
should  only  extend  to  the  delegation  of  administrative  discretions,  and  should 
not  permit  the  trustee  to  delegate  dispositive  discretions.  A  trustee  should 
perform  dispositive  tasks  personally,  and  we  suspect  that,  in  practice,  this  is 
what  is  done,  however  facultative  the  power  to  delegate  may  be  in  the  trust 
instrument.  If  the  testator  or  settlor  wishes  his  trustee  to  possess  power  to 
delegate  dispositive  discretions,  this  could,  of  course,  be  expressed  in  the 
trust  instrument. 

We  therefore  recommend  that  section  20  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act 
should  be  repealed.  In  its  place,  we  recommend  enactment  of  a  provision 
authorizing  trustees,  where  it  is  reasonable  and  prudent  in  the  circumstances 
so  to  do,  to  employ  one  or  more  persons  as  agents  within  or  outside  Ontario 
to  carry  out  any  act  required  to  be  done  in  the  administration  of  the  trust, 
including  the  execution  of  documents,  the  payment,  transfer,  and  receipt  of 
money  or  other  property,  and  the  giving  of  discharges  for  receipts,  but 
excluding  the  exercise  of  any  express  or  statutory  discretion  as  to  the  transfer 
or  distribution  of  trust  property  to  or  among  beneficiaries  of  the  trust. 


92 


We  are  also  of  the  view  that,  for  the  purpose  of  this  proposed  power  of 
delegation,  an  agent  should  include  a  co-trustee.  However,  we  would  place 
one  restriction  upon  the  power  to  delegate  to  co-trustees,  namely,  that  where 
there  are  only  two  trustees,  one  trustee  should  not  be  able  to  delegate  to  the 
other  except  where  the  latter  is  a  trust  company.  Accordingly,  we  recommend 
that  for  the  purpose  of  the  proposed  powers  of  delegation  an  agent  should 
include  a  co-trustee.93  We  further  recommend  that  a  non-corporate  trustee 
should  be  able  to  delegate,  to  the  extent  that  we  have  recommended,  to  the 
other  trustees  where  there  are  two  or  more  non-corporate  trustees,  or  to  a  sole 
co-trustee,  if  the  sole  co-trustee  is  a  trust  company,  but  that,  except  where  a 
sole  trustee  was  originally  appointed,  where  there  are  two  trustees  only  and 
neither  is  a  trust  company,  neither  should  be  able  to  delegate  to  the  other.1 


94 


(c)   Duty  of  Care  and  Liability  of  Trustees  for  Loss  Caused  by 
the  Act  or  Omission  of  Agents 


(i)     Present  Law 

The  trust  instrument  may  relieve  the  trustee  of  any  liability  for  losses 
caused  by  the  act,  omission,  or  advice  of  an  agent.  The  case  law,  however, 
is  more  evidently  concerned  with  the  protection  of  the  beneficiaries.  Every 
trustee  is  required  to  exercise  the  care  of  the  reasonable  man,  as  well  as  to  be 


92  Draft  Bill,  s.  5(1). 

93  Ibid.,  s.  6(1). 

94  Ibid.,  s.  6(2). 


50 

honest  and  objective  in  all  his  dealings  on  behalf  of  the  trust  and  with  trust 
property,  and  the  case  law  constantly  reiterates  this  requirement.  A  careful 
man  selects  the  agent  who  is  to  perform  a  task,  making  sure,  so  far  as  a 
prudent  man  can,  that  the  task  lies  within  the  ordinary  business  of  the  agent, 
and  he  carries  out  a  reasonable  surveillance  of  what  the  agent  is  doing,  until 
the  task  is  complete.  A  trustee  is  not  therefore  personally  liable  if  the  agent, 
despite  such  selection  and  trustee  attentiveness  to  the  discharge  of  the  task 
according  to  the  usual  practice  of  business,  causes  loss  to  the  trust.95  It  is  also 
clear,  as  we  have  noted,  that  a  trustee  may  not  excuse  himself  from  respon- 
sibility for  loss,  if  he  has  permitted  trust  moneys  to  remain  in  an  agent's 
hands  or  under  the  agent's  control  for  a  longer  period  of  time  than  is  reason- 
ably necessary.96 

These  common  law  rules  were  not  changed  by  the  Trustee  Acts  of  1888 
and  1893  in  England,  and  therefore  remain  unchanged  by  section  20  of  the 
Ontario  Trustee  Act.  In  addition,  section  33  of  the  Trustee  Act  deals  with  one 
aspect  of  a  trustee's  liability  for  agents,  namely,  where  money  and  securities 
of  the  trust  are  in  the  control  of  others.  The  section  states  in  part  that  a  trustee 
is  "answerable  and  accountable  only  for  his  own  acts,  receipts,  neglects  or 
defaults,  and  not  for  those  of  any  other  trustee,  nor  for  any  banker,  broker  or 
other  person  with  whom  any  trust  money  or  securities  may  be  deposited,  nor 
for  the  insufficiency  or  deficiency  of  any  securities,  nor  for  any  other  loss, 
unless  the  same  happens  through  his  own  wilful  default". 

The  considerable  broadening  of  the  power  to  delegate  that  occurred  in 
the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925  was  accompanied  by  language  that  appears  to 
lessen  the  degree  of  responsibility  of  trustees  where  agents  are  appointed. 
Certainly  the  position  is  now  not  clear  in  England,  and  the  legislation  has 
sparked  both  litigation  and  controversy.97  Section  23(1)  of  the  English  Act, 
which  we  earlier  reproduced,  ends  as  follows:  "and  [trustees]  shall  not  be 
responsible  for  the  default  of  any  such  agent  if  employed  in  good  faith".  For 
the  purposes  of  the  administration  of  trust  property  outside  the  United  King- 
dom, section  23(2)  of  the  Act  ends  in  the  following  manner:  "and  [trustees] 
shall  not,  by  reason  only  of  their  having  made  such  appointment,  be  respon- 
sible for  any  loss  arising  thereby".98  It  is  instructive  to  compare  this  language 
with  that  employed  in  section  30(1)  of  the  English  Act,  which  is  of  nineteenth 
century  origin.  This  section  deals  with  the  extent  of  liability  of  trustees  in 
relation  to  the  handling  of  trust  moneys  and  securities,  and  appears  as  section 
33  in  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act.  Section  30(1)  of  the  English  Act  provides,  so 
far  as  is  relevant,  that  a  trustee  is  not  liable  for  loss  caused  by  certain  specified 
agents'  acts  or  omissions,  "unless  the  same  happens  through  his  [the  trustee's] 
own  wilful  default".  The  emphasized  words,  especially  the  "good  faith"  of 
section  23(1)  of  the  English  Act,  and  the  "wilful  default"  of  section  30(1)  of 


95  Speight  v.  Gaunt,  supra,  note  8. 

96  See  cases,  supra,  note  77. 

97  See  supra,  note  86.  See,  also.  Re  Lucking' s  Will  Trusts,  [1968]  1  W.L.R.  866  (Ch.D.), 
at  874;/??  Victory,  [1931]  1  Ch.  572;  and  Brown  v.  Brown,  [1931]  O.R.  759,  [1931]  4 
D.L.R.  420,  rev'd  on  other  grounds  [1932]  2  D.L.R.  819  (C. A.).  See,  further.  Waters, 
supra,  note  1,  at  607-08. 

98  Emphasis  added. 


51 

the  English  Act,  are  expressions  of  the  trustee's  liability  that  are  not  employed 
in  the  case  law  in  this  way;  "good  faith"  is  used  together  with  "and  the  care 
of  the  reasonable  man",49  and  "wilful  default"  is  associated  with  the  liability 
clauses  of  insurance  policies. 


100 


It  is  for  these  reasons  that  differences  of  opinion  have  arisen  concerning 
the  meaning  of  the  language  of  section  23(1)  of  the  English  Act,  and  to  what 
extent,  if  at  all,  it  has  changed  the  case  law.  As  we  noted  earlier,  this  same 
legislation  has  been  adopted  in  New  Zealand  and  the  Australian  states  of 
Western  Australia,  Queensland,  and  Victoria,  and  therefore  these  issues  of 
meaning  have  travelled  there  also.101  Manitoba,  alone  of  the  Canadian  juris- 
dictions, has  adopted  section  23  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925  in  its  Trustee 

Act:02 


(ii)     Conclusions 

We  are  of  the  view  that  the  case  law  position  regarding  the  liability  of 
trustees  for  agents  is  both  clear  and  as  appropriate  as  when  Speight  v.  Gaunt 
was  decided.  We  can  see  no  gain  for  Ontario  in  adopting  the  language 
employed  in  relation  to  this  issue  by  the  English  legislation  of  1925. 

The  essential  point  in  the  case  law  is  that  a  trustee  owes  the  observance 
of  good  faith  and  care  in  all  that  he  does  on  behalf  of  the  trust,  and  in  the 
handling  of  trust  property.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that,  in  employing 
an  agent,  trustees  should  personally  select  the  agent  and  be  satisfied  of  his 
suitability  to  perform  the  act  for  which  he  is  to  be  employed,  and  that  they 
should  carry  out  such  supervision  of  the  agent  throughout  his  employment  as 
is  prudent  and  reasonable.103  Moreover,  as  we  recommended  earlier  with 
respect  to  the  general  duty  of  care,  we  similarly  recommend  here  that  no  term 
in  a  trust  instrument,  or  in  an  oral  declaration  of  trust,  should  be  valid  to  the 
extent  that  it  purports  to  absolve  the  trustees  from  this  duty  in  the  employment 
of  agents.104 

Having  observed  the  requisite  duty  of  care  in  employing  and  in  selecting 
and  supervising  agents,  we  consider  that  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should 
include  an  express  provision  to  the  effect  that  a  trustee  is  only  chargeable  for 
loss  caused  by  an  agent,  or  by  a  co-trustee  acting  as  agent,  when  any  part  of 
the  loss  is  due  to  the  trustee's  breach  of  the  abovementioned  duty  of  care,105 


99  Nevertheless.  Hanbury  and  Maudsley.  Modern  Equity  ( 1 1th  ed..  1981 ),  at  580-84,  is  of 
the  view  that  "good  faith"  does  not  change  the  pre- 1926  law  as  to  the  liability  of  trustees 
for  their  agents.  This  interpretation  appears  not  to  be  shared  by  the  English  Law  Reform 
Committee:  see  supra,  note  34,  para.  4.11. 

100  Re  City  Equitable  Fire  Insurance  Co.,  Ltd.,  [1925]  Ch.  407  (C. A.),  foll'd  \x\Re  Vickery, 
supra,  note  97.  See,  also.  Waters,  supra,  note  1,  at  607-08. 

101  Supra,  notes  83  and  84. 

102  Supra,  note  82. 

103  Draft  Bill,  s.  5(2). 

104  Ibid..s.  He). 

105  See  ibid.,  s.  5(1)  and  (2). 


52 

or  otherwise  to  his  own  negligence  or  wilful  wrongdoing.  Such  a  provision 
would  replace  that  part  of  section  33  of  the  present  Trustee  Act  dealing  with 
the  extent  of  liability  of  trustees  for  defaults  involving  money  and  securities 
of  the  trust  in  the  hands  of  others.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  trustees 
should  only  be  chargeable  for  loss  caused  by  the  default  of  an  agent  if  the 
loss  is  due,  wholly  or  partly,  to  a  breach  of  the  recommended  provisions 
concerning  the  power  to  employ  agents  and  the  duty  of  care  in  selecting  and 
supervising  agents,  or  otherwise  to  the  trustees'  negligence  or  wilful  wrong- 
doing.",(, 

(d)  Reliance  Upon  Advice 

The  draft  legislation  that  we  have  proposed  concerning  the  occasions 
when  a  trustee  may  delegate,  and  the  extent  of  his  liability  for  loss  caused  by 
an  agent,  requires  the  trustee  to  select  personally  the  person  who  is  to  give 
advice,  and  to  carry  out  whatever  supervision  of  the  preparation  of  that  advice 
would  be  prudent  and  reasonable.  The  issue  that  arises  is  whether,  having 
done  all  this,  a  trustee  should  be  able  to  rely  upon  the  advice  given  without 
inquiring  further  or  incurring  liability  for  any  loss  arising  as  a  consequence 
of  failure  to  inquire. 

In  practice,  the  trustee  would  usually  seek  advice  from  a  person  whose 
skill  or  ordinary  business  it  is  to  advise  on  the  matter  in  question  and,  having 
received  the  advice,  would  proceed  on  the  basis  of  it.  Indeed,  express  clauses 
commonly  introduced  in  trust  instruments  in  Ontario  will  state  that  the  trustee 
may  rely  upon  such  advice  without  making  further  inquiries. 

Under  the  case  law,  however,  a  trustee  must  satisfy  himself,  so  far  as  a 
prudent  man  can  reasonably  do,  that  he  can  safely  rely  upon  the  advice  given 
by  an  agent.  The  implications  of  this  common  law  position  were  discussed 
in  Fry  v.  Tapson.]01  In  that  case,  a  trustee  sought  the  professional  advice  of 
a  valuator  concerning  whether  certain  land  was  adequate  security  for  a  loan 
by  way  of  mortgage  by  the  trust.  The  valuator  advised  in  terms  "which  read 
more  like  the  language  of  an  auctioneer  puffing  what  he  had  to  sell  than  of  a 
man  exercising  a  calm  judgment  upon  its  value  as  a  security  for  a  loan  of 
trust  money".108  The  Court  noted  that  solicitors  of  experience  had  given 
evidence  confirming  that  no  prudent  lender,  whether  or  not  a  trustee,  would 
have  loaned  money  on  the  advice  given  as  to  value.  When  the  security  had 
subsequently  to  be  realized,  and  was  found  to  be  inadequate  to  cover  the 
loan,  the  trustee  was  held  personally  liable  for  the  balance.  The  clear  finding, 
then,  is  that  a  trustee  must  exercise  care  and  prudence  throughout,  and  he 
does  not  do  this  by  relying  blindly  upon  advice,  whatever  form  it  may  take. 

Statutory  provisions  dealing  with  the  extent  to  which  an  agent's  advice 
may  be  relied  upon  do  not  appear  to  impose  as  stringent  an  obligation  on 


106  Ibid.,  s.  5(3).  As  regards  that  part  of  section  33  of  the  present  Ontario  Trustee  Act  that 
deals  with  the  reimbursement  of  expenses  incurred  by  the  trustee,  see  infra,  this  ch., 
note  171  and  accompanying  text. 

107  Supra,  note  74. 

108  Ibid.,  at  280. 


53 

trustees  to  evaluate  the  advice  as  does  the  case  law.  For  example,  we  referred 
previously  to  section  3(c)(24)  of  the  American  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers 
Act,  which  authorizes  trustees  to  employ  agents  and  "to  act  without  inde- 
pendent investigation  upon  their  recommendations".104  This  provision  seems 
to  enable  a  trustee  to  act  on  any  agent's  recommendation  without  looking  into 
the  matter  himself.  It  would  appear  that,  if  the  agent  is  properly  selected  for 
the  task,  and  presumably  adequately  supervised,  the  trustee  is  thereafter 
entitled  to  rely  absolutely  upon  advice  given  him  by  the  agent  and  will  not 
incur  liability  if  that  advice  results  in  loss  to  the  trust. 

This  position  is  also  reflected  in  the  somewhat  analogous  situation  of  a 
company  director's  ability  to  rely  upon  advice.  Section  1 18(4)  of  the  Canada 
Business  Corporations  Actuo  entitles  a  company  director  to  rely  upon  the 
written  report  of  the  company's  auditor  as  fairly  reflecting  the  financial 
condition  of  the  corporation,  or  upon  "a  report  of  a  lawyer,  accountant, 
engineer,  appraiser  or  other  person  whose  profession  lends  credibility  to  a 
statement  made  by  him".  Section  1 18(4)  of  the  Act  further  provides  that  the 
director  may  rely  on  any  of  the  reports  mentioned,  and  is  not  liable  for  breach 
of  the  general  duty  of  care"1  "if  he  relies  in  good  faith". 


12 


Although  it  may  be  argued  that,  in  practical  terms,  there  is  no  difference 
between  the  obligation  imposed  by  the  "good  faith"  requirement  of  section 
1 1 8(4)(b)  of  the  Canada  Business  Corporations  Act  and  the  "good  faith"  plus 
prudence  standard  set  forth  by  the  case  law,  we  prefer  to  reiterate  the  case 
law  duty  in  the  revised  Trustee  Act.  In  our  view,  a  trustee  who  relies  simply 
on  the  fact  that  he  has  received  advice  from  a  person  with  qualifications  in 
the  area  concerned,  although  the  nature  or  form  of  the  advice  would  cause 
concern  to  a  prudent  man,  is  surely  demonstrating  that  he  is  indifferent  to 
whether  or  not  he  is  performing  his  fiduciary  responsibilities  when  he  pro- 
ceeds on  the  basis  of  that  advice.  Moreover,  trusteeship  has  always  been 
regarded  as  the  most  intense  of  fiduciary  relationships  -  in  this  case,  the 
relationship  is  between  the  trustee  and  the  trust  beneficiaries.  The  Ontario 
and  federal  Business  Corporations  Acts  attempt  to  establish  the  extent  of  the 
fiduciary  obligations  of  a  company  director,  a  fiduciary  relationship  that  has 
been  recognized  as  less  intense."3 

Accordingly,  unlike  the  statutory  provisions  referred  to  previously,  and 
more  akin  to  the  case  law  position,  we  are  of  the  view  that  the  revised  Trustee 
Act  should  emphasize  that  a  trustee  should  not  only  exercise  care  and  prudence 
in  the  selection  and  supervision  of  the  agent,  but  also  in  relying  upon  the 
advice  given  by  the  agent.  But,  if  the  advice  obtained  seems  satisfactory  to 
the  trustee  on  any  reasonable  basis,  there  seems  no  good  reason  why  he 


I  ( 19 


Supra,  note  91 . 

Canada  Business  Corporations  Act.  supra,  note  59. 

Ibid.,  s.  117. 

See,  also,  Ontario  Business  Corporations  Act,  I9H2.  supra,  note  59.  s.  47.  which  deals 
with  reliance  upon  advice  in  the  context  of  trusts  lor  bondholders. 

The  role  of  director  is  not  only  that  of  manager,  but  risktaker.  He  is  engaged  in  a 
commercial  venture.  The  trustee  is  more  concerned  with  conserving,  and  minimizing 
risk. 


54 


should  be  concerned  to  obtain  a  second  opinion.  Accordingly,  we  recommend 
that  trustees  should  not  be  liable  for  any  loss  to  the  trust  if  they  rely  reasonably 
and  in  good  faith  upon  a  written  statement  of  an  agent  who  is  a  duly  accredited 
member  of  the  legal,  accounting,  engineering,  medical  or  any  other  profes- 
sion.114 


(e)   Power  of  Attorney 

In  England,  section  25  of  the  Trustee  Act,  1925,  as  amended  in  1971,1'5 
enables  a  trustee  to  delegate  any  of  his  duties  or  powers  by  way  of  a  power 
of  attorney  for  a  period  not  exceeding  twelve  months.  The  section  provides 
as  follows: 

25. — (1)  Notwithstanding  any  rule  of  law  or  equity  to  the  contrary,  a  trustee 
may,  by  power  of  attorney,  delegate  for  a  period  not  exceeding  twelve  months 
the  execution  or  exercise  of  all  or  any  of  the  trusts,  powers  and  discretions  vested 
in  him  as  trustee  either  alone  or  jointly  with  any  other  person  or  persons. 

(2)  The  persons  who  may  be  donees  of  a  power  of  attorney  under  this  section 
include  a  trust  corporation  but  not  (unless  a  trust  corporation)  the  only  other  co- 
trustee of  the  donor  of  the  power. 

(3)  An  instrument  creating  a  power  of  attorney  under  this  section  shall  be 
attested  by  at  least  one  witness. 

(4)  Before  or  within  seven  days  after  giving  a  power  of  attorney  under  this 
section  the  donor  shall  give  written  notice  thereof  (specifying  the  date  on  which 
the  power  comes  into  operation  and  its  duration,  the  donee  of  the  power,  the 
reason  why  the  power  is  given  and,  where  some  only  are  delegated,  the  trusts, 
powers  and  discretions  delegated)  to  - 

(a)  each  person  (other  than  himself),  if  any,  who  under  any  instrument 
creating  the  trust  has  power  (whether  alone  or  jointly)  to  appoint  a  new 
trustee;  and 

(b)  each  of  the  other  trustees,  if  any; 

but  failure  to  comply  with  this  subsection  shall  not,  in  favour  of  a  person  dealing 
with  the  donee  of  the  power,  invalidate  any  act  or  instrument  executed  by  the 
donee. 

(5)  The  donor  of  a  power  of  attorney  given  under  this  section  shall  be  liable 
for  the  acts  or  defaults  of  the  donee  in  the  same  manner  as  if  they  were  the  acts 
or  defaults  of  the  donor. 

(6)  For  the  purpose  of  executing  or  exercising  the  trusts  or  powers  delegated 
to  him,  the  donee  may  exercise  any  of  the  powers  conferred  on  the  donor  as 
trustee  by  statute  or  by  the  instrument  creating  the  trust,  including  power,  for 


115 


Draft  Bill,  s.  5(4). 

Supra,  note  40,  s.  25,  as  am.  by  Powers  of  Attorney  Act,  197  L  c.  27,  s.  9(1)  (U.K.). 
For  the  genesis  of  the  amending  Act,  see  The  Law  Commission,  Powers  of  Attorney , 
Law  Comm.  No.  30,  (Cmnd.  4473,  1970).  See,  also,  Samuels,  "Powers  of  Attorney 
Act  1971"  (1971),  35  Conveyancer  (N.S.)  310. 


55 

the  purpose  of  the  transfer  of  any  inseribed  stock,  himself  to  delegate  to  an 
attorney  power  to  transfer  but  not  including  the  power  of  delegation  conferred 
by  this  section. 

(7)  The  fact  that  it  appears  from  any  power  of  attorney  given  under  this  section, 
or  from  any  evidence  required  for  the  purposes  of  any  such  power  of  attorney  or 
otherwise,  that  in  dealing  with  any  stock  the  donee  of  the  power  is  acting  in  the 
execution  of  a  trust  shall  not  be  deemed  for  any  purpose  to  affect  any  person  in 
whose  books  the  stock  is  inscribed  or  registered  with  any  notice  of  the  trust. 

(8)  This  section  applies  to  a  personal  representative,  tenant  for  life  and  statu- 
tory owner  as  it  applies  to  a  trustee  except  that  subsection  (4)  shall  apply  as  if  it 
required  the  notice  there  mentioned  to  be  given  - 

{a)  in  the  case  of  a  personal  representative,  to  each  of  the  other  personal 
representatives,  if  any,  except  any  executor  who  has  renounced  probate; 

{b)  in  the  case  of  a  tenant  for  life,  to  the  trustees  of  the  settlement  and  to 
each  person,  if  any,  who  together  with  the  person  giving  the  notice 
constitutes  the  tenant  for  life; 

(c)  in  the  case  of  a  statutory  owner,  to  each  of  the  persons,  if  any,  who 
together  with  the  person  giving  the  notice  constitute  the  statutory  owner 
and,  in  the  case  of  a  statutory  owner  by  virtue  of  section  23(1  ){a)  of 
the  Settled  Land  Act  1925,  to  the  trustees  of  the  settlement. 

It  will  be  seen  that,  under  this  section,  notice  of  the  delegation  must  be  given 
within  seven  days  to  all  those  with  the  power  to  appoint  new  trustees,  and  to 
each  of  the  co-trustees,  although  failure  to  do  this  does  not  invalidate  any  act 
entered  into  by  the  donee  of  the  power  of  attorney  with  a  third  party.  The 
English  provision  makes  the  donor  of  the  power  liable  for  the  acts  or  defaults 
of  the  donee  in  the  same  manner  as  if  they  were  the  acts  or  defaults  of  the 
donor.  The  equivalent  statutory  power  in  New  Zealand  to  delegate  by  power 
of  attorney  is  different  in  this  respect.  Section  31(3)  of  the  New  Zealand 
Trustee  Act  7956116  does  not  impose  liability  for  the  agent's  act  or  default  if 
the  donor  can  show  that  the  donee  was  appointed  by  him  in  good  faith  and 
without  negligence. 

In  England,  the  1925  version  of  this  power  was  limited  in  its  exercise  to 
those  occasions  where  the  trustee  in  question  was  out  of  the  United  Kingdom. 
Since  1971,  however,  the  English  legislation  has  not  limited  the  circumstan- 
ces in  which  the  power  may  be  exercised.  This  means  that  a  trustee  may 
delegate  by  way  of  power  of  attorney  whenever  it  is  reasonable  and  prudent 
to  do  so.  The  New  Zealand  power  -  the  1908  New  Zealand  power"7  was  the 
first  of  its  kind  -  still  requires  absence  from  the  country,  as  do  the  equivalent 
provisions  in  the  Trustee  Acts  of  New  South  Wales,  Victoria,  and  South 
Australia.  "8  Queensland  and  Western  Australia,  however,  also  include  trust- 
ees who  are,  or  are  about  to  become,  temporarily  incapable  of  performing  all 


llft  Supra,  note  47. 

117  Trustee  Act,  1 90S,  Statutes  N.Z.  1908,  No.  200.  ss.  103-05. 

118  Tasmania  has  no  general  power  to  delegate.  For  a  full  discussion  of  the  Australian 
legislation,  see  Meagher  and  Gummow.  supra,  note  46,  at  326-39. 


56 

their  duties  by  reason  of  physical  infirmity. I,y  The  Manitoba120  and  New 
Brunswick121  powers  of  delegation  by  way  of  grant  of  power  of  attorney  are 
copies  of  the  English  1925  power,  having  been  adopted  before  the  1971 
revision. 

We  are  of  the  view  that  the  current  English  power  of  delegating  by  way 
of  a  grant  of  power  of  attorney  would  be  of  value  in  the  revised  Trustee  Act. 
We  are  aware  that  there  is  evidence  that  the  power  was  little  used  in  England 
prior  to  1971,  but  in  part  this  explains  the  1971  revision.  We  have  in  mind 
that  there  are  always  occasions  when  a  trustee  is  temporarily  unable  to  act, 
but  neither  needs  nor  wishes  to  resign.  At  present,  he  will  probably  appoint 
his  co-trustee  as  his  agent,  but,  as  we  have  seen,  if  this  is  not  authorized  by 
the  trust  instrument,  the  extent  of  the  purported  delegation  may  not  be  proper 
on  his  part.  Even  if  the  appointment  is  authorized  by  the  trust  instrument,  it 
is  questionable  whether  the  authorization  of  a  total  delegation  of  administra- 
tive and  dispositive  powers  would  be  valid.  It  is  interesting  that  the  English 
power  enabling  the  trustee  to  grant  a  power  of  attorney  suggests  that  some 
limitation  should  be  placed  upon  such  a  practice.  Section  25(2)  of  the  English 
Act  does  not  permit  a  sole  co-trustee,  other  than  a  trust  corporation,  to  be  the 
donee  of  a  power  of  attorney. 

We  therefore  propose  the  adoption  of  the  English  power,  and  we  are  of 
the  view  that  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  make  available  an  appropriate 
mode  of  temporary,  partial,  or  total  delegation  by  way  of  power  of  attorney. 
We  do  not  recommend  the  New  Zealand  provision,  which  imposes  liability 
on  the  delegating  trustee  for  the  defaults  of  the  donee  of  the  power  of  attorney 
only  if  the  appointment  was  in  bad  faith  or  negligent.  We  can  understand  this 
concession  to  the  trustee,  but  we  do  not  think  that  statute,  as  opposed  to  a 
trust  instrument,  should  go  this  far.  The  Manitoba,  New  Brunswick,  and 
British  Columbia  sections  all  adopted  and  retain  the  English  principle  that  the 
donor  of  the  power  of  attorney  is  liable  for  the  acts  and  omissions  of  the 
donee,  as  if  they  were  his  own,122  and  we  think  this  policy  is  correct.  After 
all,  this  is  a  provision  authorizing  total  delegation.  It  should  be  for  the  trustee- 
donor,  if  appropriate,  to  require  the  donee  of  the  power  to  enter  into  an 
administration  bond,  or  for  the  trustee  to  insure  himself  against  liability.  The 
revised  Trustee  Act  must  be  concerned  with  a  proper  protection  of  the  trust 
beneficiaries. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend,  subject  to  certain  qualifications  discussed 
below,  that  a  trustee  should  be  able,  by  granting  a  power  of  attorney,  to 


19 


120 
121 


122 


Trusts  Act  1973,  Queensl.  Stat.  1973,  No.  24,  s.  56,  and  Trustees  Act,  1962,  W.  Austl. 
Acts  1962,  No.  78,  s.  54. 

The  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  82,  s.  38. 

Trustees  Act,  R.S.N.B.  1973,  c.  T-15,  s.  6.  The  British  Columbia  Trustee  Act,  R.S.B.C. 
1 979 ,  c .  4 1 4 ,  s .  14,  contains  a  power  of  delegation  by  way  of  grant  of  power  of  attorney , 
and  it  follows  the  model  of  the  1925  English  power,  except  that  it  is  restricted  to  that 
situation  only  where  the  trustee  is  engaged  on  war  service,  as  defined  by  s.  13.  See 
further,  Waters,  supra,  note  1,  at  752. 

Supra,  notes  120  and  121.  The  English  Law  Reform  Committee,  supra,  note  34,  paras. 
4.12-4.13,  favours  the  retention  of  this  liability. 


57 

delegate  to  any  person  for  any  period  not  exceeding  twelve  months  the 
execution  or  exercise  of  all  or  any  of  the  duties  and  powers  vested  in  him  as 
sole  trustee  or  jointly  with  one  or  more  other  trustees.  ,23 

The  qualifications  that  we  would  place  upon  this  power  are  as  follows. 
First,  a  trustee  should  be  able  to  delegate,  by  granting  a  power  of  attorney, 
only  where  the  delegation  would  result  in  the  duties  and  powers  so  delegated 
being  executed  or  exercised  by  the  donee  and  one  or  more  other  persons, 
except  that,  where  the  donee  is  a  trust  company,  it  should  be  able  to  act 
alone.124  Secondly,  an  instrument  creating  a  power  of  attorney  should  be 
attested  by  at  least  one  witness.125  Thirdly,  within  seven  days  after  granting 
a  power  of  attorney,  the  donor  should  give  written  notice  thereof,  specifying 
the  date  on  which  the  power  comes  into  effect,  its  duration,  the  name  of  the 
donee,  the  reason  why  the  power  of  attorney  is  given,  and  the  duties  and 
powers  delegated,  to  any  other  persons  who  have  power,  alone  or  jointly,  to 
appoint  a  new  trustee,  and  to  any  other  trustees.  However,  failure  to  give 
such  notice  should  not,  in  favour  of  a  person  dealing  with  the  donee  of  the 
power,  invalidate  any  act  done  or  instrument  executed  by  the  donee.126 

Concerning  the  liability  of  the  donor,  we  recommend  that  he  should  be 
liable  for  the  acts  or  defaults  of  the  donee  in  the  same  manner  as  if  they  were 
the  acts  or  defaults  of  the  donor. 127 

Finally,  we  are  of  the  view  that  two  further  provisions  would  be  useful 
in  relation  to  delegation  by  way  of  power  of  attorney.  First,  we  recommend 
that  the  fact  that  it  appears  from  a  power  of  attorney  given  under  the  statute, 
or  from  any  evidence  required  for  the  purposes  of  the  exercise  of  any  such 
power  or  otherwise,  that  the  donee  of  the  power  is  acting  in  the  execution  of 
a  trust  should  not  be  deemed  for  any  purpose  to  affect  any  person  with  notice 
of  the  trust.128  Secondly,  we  recommend  that  a  trust  instrument  should  be 
able  to  exclude  the  power  to  delegate  by  way  of  power  of  attorney.  However, 
if  any  trust  instrument  does  confer  a  power  to  delegate  by  power  of  attorney, 
it  should  be  done  in  the  terms  of  the  statute,  and  not  otherwise.129 


4.     CONFLICT  OF  INTEREST  AND  DUTY 


(a)  Nature  and  Scope  of  the  Rule 

No  fiduciary  acting  within  the  scope  of  his  duties  may  utilize  his  position 
by  making  it  a  means  of  obtaining  unauthorized  profit  for  himself  or  any  third 


123  Draft  Bill.  s.  8(1). 

124  Ibid.,  s.  8(2). 

125  Ibid.,  s.  8(3). 

126  Ibid.,  s.  8(4). 

127  Ibid.,s.  8(5). 

128  Ibid.,  s.  8(6). 

129  Ibid.,  s.  8(7). 


58 

party.130  There  are  many  persons  whom  the  law  considers  to  be  fiduciaries. 
Generally  speaking,  a  fiduciary  is  one  who  has  the  task  of  acting  for  the 
benefit  of  another,  and  who  is  entrusted  with  goods,  office,  or  influence  for 
that  purpose.  A  trustee  is  not  only  a  fiduciary,  but,  because  his  role  is  to 
preserve  the  trust  property  rather  than  choose  among  alternative  business 
risks,  which  is  the  role  of  the  company  director  and  many  other  agents,  the 
fundamental  duties,  of  which  the  conflict  rule  is  one,  apply  with  their  greatest 
intensity  to  the  trustee. 

The  rule  in  Keech  v.  Sandford,n]  an  early  decision  that  came  to  be 
associated  with  the  prohibition  against  profiteering,  is  strict  and  uncompro- 
mising. The  law  is  not  concerned  with  the  level  of  integrity  of  the  trustee; 
that  is  irrelevant,  even  if  the  trustee  demonstrates  that  the  trust  could  not  itself 
have  acquired  the  benefit,  or  he  protests  what  is  in  fact  the  truth,  namely, 
that  the  only  point  of  his  actions  was  to  benefit  the  trust  beneficiaries,  what- 
ever profit  may  have  incidentally  come  to  himself.  The  only  issue  is  whether 
the  trustee  was  in  a  position  where  his  interest  could  conflict  with  his  duty  to 
the  trust  when  the  profit  or  other  gain  was  made,  and  "his  interest  will 
include  the  situation  where  a  stranger  to  the  trust  is  to  acquire  the  improper 
benefit.  If  such  profit  or  benefit  was  obtained  as  a  result  of  acts  which,  given 
his  duties  as  set  out  in  the  trust  instrument,  or  arising  from  oral  instructions 
or  the  nature  of  the  fiduciary  task,  would  be  associated  on  a  reasonable 
construction  with  the  performance  by  him  of  the  trusteeship  duties,  the  profit 
or  gain  must  be  surrendered. 

Nor  may  a  trustee  allow  himself  to  be  placed  in  an  ambiguous  situation. 
If  a  situation  exists  where  his  own  interests  coincide  with  his  duties  to  the 
trust,  so  that  doubt  could  attach  at  a  later  date  to  his  proclaimed  reasons  for 
pursuing  a  certain  course  of  action  or  inaction,  a  trustee  may  not  continue 
until  a  profit  is  made  and  a  successful  challenge  is  brought  against  him  by  a 
complaining  beneficiary.  He  must  rid  himself  of  the  personal  interests  that 
cause  the  conflict,  or,  if  he  is  one  of  several  trustees  and  his  withdrawal  from 
decision  making  by  the  trustees  collectively  is  not  possible,132  he  must  resign. 

As  Lord  Eldon  stated  on  several  occasions  in  explaining  the  strictness  of 
the  rule,  the  court  cannot  know  what  goes  on  in  the  mind  of  a  man;  it  has  no 
means  of  discovering  what  were  his  true  motivations.1"  And  the  court  should 
not  be  put  in  the  position  where  it  is  asked  to  make  such  a  decision.  It  is,  of 
course,  to  prevent  such  conflict  of  interest  situations  that  cabinet  ministers 
have  been  required  in  recent  years  to  put  their  private  investments  into  so- 
called  "blind  trusts",  where  the  minister  is  not  aware,  at  any  particular  point 


130  For  a  full  account,  see,  further,  Lewin  on  Trusts,  supra,  note  3,  ch.  10;  Underbill's  Law 
relating  to  Trusts  and  Trustees,  supra,  note  3,  at  544-52;  and  Waters,  supra,  note  1,  at 
618-55. 

131  (1726),  Sel.  Cas.T.  King  61 ,  25  E.R.  223. 

132  The  trust  instrument  will  often  entitle  the  trustee  to  withdraw  from  those  matters  in 
which  he  has  a  personal  interest,  requiring  him  only  to  lend  his  name  formally  to  any 
decision  (other  than  that  which  he  knows  or  believes  to  be  a  breach)  made  by  his  co- 
trustees, so  that  their  decision  may  be  joint,  as  required  by  the  law. 

133  Ex  parte  Lacex  (1802),  6  Ves.  Jun.  625,  31  E.R.  1228,  and  Ex  parte  James  (1803),  8 
Ves.  Jun.  337,  32  E.R.  385. 


59 

in  time,  of  the  make-up  of  the  portfolio  of  investments  held  by  his  trustees 
for  his  benefit.  Without  a  required  disposition  of  personal  investments,  or  a 
"blind  trust"  arrangement,  the  concern  is  that  the  public  may  be  suspicious 
of  the  true  explanation  of  some  ministerial  decisions.  As  with  the  cabinet 
minister  charged  to  conduct  affairs  on  behalf  of  the  public,  so  too  with  the 
trustee.  The  rule  lifts  every  trustee  above  suspicion. 

However,  the  rule  is  not  as  Draconian  as  it  may  first  appear.  It  does  not 
condemn  the  acquisition  of  personal  profits  in  all  circumstances,  as  it  well 
might,  considering  the  serious  nature  of  such  conduct  by  a  fiduciary.  It  merely 
demands  that  everything  be  "above  board";  consent  must  have  been  given  to 
the  acquisition  of  gain  by  the  trustee.  It  is  therefore  only  unauthorized  personal 
gain  or  advantage  that  the  rule  condemns,  and  that,  if  the  profit  is  of  the  type 
that  can  be  handed  over,  the  rule  will  require  the  fiduciary  to  surrender  it  to 
the  person  for  whose  benefit  he  is  acting.134  Authority  (or  consent)  permitting 
the  trustee  to  be  in  a  conflict  situation  may  be  given  by  the  trust  instrument, 
by  the  beneficiaries,  or  by  the  court. 

So  far  as  the  trust  instrument  is  concerned,  the  trustee  may  be  authorized 
to  retain  a  particular  profit,135  or  to  act  as  a  trustee  although  he  may  have  a 
competing  interest.136  It  is  most  unlikely,  although  technically  possible,  that 
a  trustee  will  be  given  a  blanket  authority  to  pursue  his  own  interests  even  if 
conflict  may  occur.  This  is  so  patently  unwise  that  few,  if  any,  testators  or 
settlors  are  likely  to  include  such  an  authority,  or  be  advised  to  confer  such 
a  carte  blanche  permission.  The  more  likely  position  is  that  the  testator  or 
settlor  either  has  no  aversion  to  his  trustee  being  in  specified  conflict  situa- 
tions,137 or  is  prepared  to  tolerate  specified  conflicts  in  order  to  obtain  the 
skill  of  the  trustee  or  the  familiarity  of  the  trustee  with  the  affairs  of  the  settlor 
or  testator.  The  most  common  authority  in  this  regard  is  the  charging  clause, 
enabling  a  trustee  to  charge  a  fee  to  the  trust  for  his  services.  Were  it  not  for 
statutory  intervention  in  each  Canadian  jurisdiction,  including  Ontario,138  a 
trustee  without  a  charging  clause  in  the  trust  instrument,  or  an  agreement 
with  all  the  beneficiaries,  assuming  them  to  be  adult  and  mentally  capable, 
would  be  required  to  act  gratuitously.  The  case  law  carries  the  conflict  rule 
so  far  as  this.139 

If  there  is  no  authority  in  the  trust  instrument,  a  trustee  may  act  in  a 
conflict  situation,  and  even  take  a  profit  for  himself,  provided  that  all  the 
beneficiaries  of  the  trust  have  consented  before  any  profit  was  made.  But  all 
the  beneficiaries  must  be  ascertained,  in  the  sense  that  all  who  could  possibly 


134  An  injunction  would  be  appropriate  where  an  advantage  has  been  acquired  enabling  the 
trustee  to  make  a  future  unauthorized  profit. 

135  For  example,  a  trustee  may  be  authorized  to  loan  his  own  moneys  to  the  trust,  and  at  a 
rate  of  interest  to  be  fixed  by  himself. 

136  For  example,  the  would-be  trustee  may  be  the  majority  shareholder  in  the  company 
whose  remaining  shares  are  held  by  the  trust  for  the  deceased  trust  creator's  family. 

137  For  example,  by  purchasing  trust  assets  at  the  going  market  price. 

138  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  48,  s.  61. 

139  See  Waters,  supra,  note  1 .  at  804-05. 


60 

benefit  under  the  terms  of  the  trust  are  alive,140  and  each  must  be  adult  and 
mentally  capable.  If  these  conditions  are  satisfied,  the  general  trusts  law 
principle  that  all  the  equitable  owners  together  can  effectively  authorize  the 
trustee  to  act  in  a  manner  that  is  contrary  to  the  terms  of  the  trust,  or  upon 
which  the  trust  instrument  is  silent,  comes  into  operation.  The  beneficiaries 
are  the  only  persons  with  a  right  of  action  against  the  trustee  for  due  and 
proper  performance  of  the  trust  and,  by  consenting,  provided  it  is  a  fully 
informed  consent,  they  forego  their  right  of  action  for  breach. 

Finally,  consent  to  act  in  a  conflict  situation  may  be  forthcoming  from 
the  court,  exercising  its  inherent  jurisdiction  over  trustees.  Although  there 
seems  no  reason  why  the  courts  could  not  exercise  this  jurisdiction  regardless 
of  how  the  conflict  of  interest  and  duty  arises,  it  would  seem  that  the  courts 
have  only  been  prepared  to  intervene  in  one  specific  situation,  and  that  is 
where  the  trustee  is  a  prospective  purchaser  of  trust  property.  Why  this 
situation  alone  should  have  received  judicial  attention  is  not  clear.  In  any 
event,  provided  the  trustee  can  show  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  court  that  it 
would  be  for  the  benefit  of  the  incapacitated  beneficiaries  if  the  trustee  were 
allowed  to  purchase,  and  no  adult  beneficiary  objects,  the  court  will,  by 
order,  consent  on  behalf  of  infant,  unborn,  or  incapacitated  beneficiaries. 
This  jurisdiction  has  its  roots  in  the  nineteenth  century,141  but  it  would  seem 
that  the  approval  of  the  court  can  now  be  obtained  in  the  abovementioned 
circumstances  under  the  Variation  of  Trusts  Act,142  by  way  of  an  application 
to  vary  the  terms  of  the  trust.  In  an  application  under  this  Act,  however,  the 
court  would  be  asked  to  approve  the  conferment  upon  the  trustee  of  a  power 
to  purchase  trust  property;  it  would  not  merely  be  asked  to  consent  to  a 
particular  purchase,  as  under  the  inherent  jurisdiction. 

The  conferment  of  a  power  is  a  more  difficult  task  for  the  court.  Under 
the  terms  of  the  Variation  of  Trusts  Act,  the  benefit  of  infants,  incapacitated 
persons,  and  unborn  persons  must  still  be  the  deciding  issue,  but  now  the 
court  must  consider  all  the  future  conflicts  that  might  arise  and  be  authorized 
if  the  power  were  conferred  upon  the  trustee.  Nevertheless,  the  wording  of 
the  Act  leaves  us  with  little  doubt  that  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  now  has 
this  statutory  jurisdiction,  and  that  the  Court  is  able  to  approve  the  conferment 
of  powers  upon  trustees  whatever  the  nature  of  the  conflict  of  interest  and 
duty  that  has  arisen. 

There  are  therefore  a  number  of  ways  in  which  the  trustee  may  legiti- 
mately be  able  to  continue  in  a  conflict  situation  and,  where  it  occurs,  to 
retain  any  profit  that  he  acquires.  However,  they  do  not  provide  for  every 
circumstance.  For  one  thing,  the  Variation  of  Trusts  Act  is  not  designed  for 
the  particular  purpose  of  providing  consents  and  varying  trust  terms  to  accom- 
modate conflicts  of  interest.  Moreover,  practical  problems  may  arise.  The 


140  If  there  is  a  gift  over  from  children  to  the  next  generation,  the  grandchildren,  there  may 
be  further  grandchildren  who  are  not  yet  born. 

141  Farmer  v.  Dean  (1863),  32  Beav.  327,  55  E.R.  128,  and  Campbell  v.  Walker  ( 1 800) , 
5  Ves.  Jun.  678,  31  E.R.  801. 

142  Variation  of  Trusts  Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  519.  This  is  also  the  view  of  Underhill's  Law 
relating  to  Trusts  and  Trustees,  supra,  note  3,  at  548-49. 


61 

scrupulous  trustee  who  wishes  to  act  for  the  benefit  of  the  trust,  although  in 
a  manner  that  yields  him  a  profit  that  is  not  authorized  by  the  trust  instrument, 
may  find  that  there  is  either  a  single  beneficiary  who  withholds  his  consent 
while  all  the  others  can  and  do  consent,  or  that  there  are  some  beneficiaries 
who  are  minors  or  unborn  and  the  problem  does  not  concern  a  proposed 
trustee  purchase  of  trust  property. 


143 


Nor  are  these  consent  mechanisms  an  adequate  barrier  to  the  entry  of  the 
less  scrupulous  trustee  into  what  he  knows,  or  ought  reasonably  to  know,  is 
a  conflict  of  interest  and  duty  situation.  Such  a  trustee,  although  having  no 
recognizable  intent  to  defraud,  may  find  justification  for  saying  nothing  and 
seeking  no  one's  approval  for  the  profit  he  plans  to  acquire  or  has  acquired. 
The  justification  may  be  that  no  beneficiary  is  losing  anything  he  otherwise 
would  have  had,  that  the  gain  is  fairly  owed  to  the  trustee  for  the  effort  he 
has  expended  on  behalf  of  the  beneficiaries,  or  even  that  the  need  to  take 
advantage  of  a  business  opportunity  that  benefits  the  trust  and  the  trustee  does 
not  afford  the  trustee  the  time  to  seek  consents.  He  must  presume  that  the 
beneficiaries  would  consent. 

The  trustee  may  also  reflect  that,  in  the  particular  circumstances,  he 
might  be  able  to  argue  successfully  before  a  court  that  the  profit  was  made 
while  he  was  acting  outside  the  scope  of  his  trustee  obligations,  and  he 
therefore  gambles  on  "getting  away  with  it". 

Fraud,  of  course,  be  it  legal  or  equitable,  is  a  graver  charge,  and  is  an 
obvious  breach  of  the  conflict  rule.  The  receipt  of  bribes  or  secret  commis- 
sions, and  the  conversion  of  trust  property  to  the  trustee's  own  beneficial 
enjoyment,  are  examples  of  fraud.  But  a  beneficiary  who  alleges  such  an 
intent  and  conduct  is  well  advised  to  have  an  unanswerable  case  on  the  facts. 
Intent  is  not  a  necessary  constituent  element  of  conflict  of  interest  and  duty 
liability;  a  trustee  must  simply  not  be  in  a  position  where  he  could  pursue  his 
own  advantage  while  engaged  in  his  trustee  tasks.  It  follows  that  any  unau- 
thorized profit  acquired  while  he  is  in  that  position  must  be  surrendered.  Since 
an  injunction  and,  if  necessary,  restitution  can  be  obtained  against  a  trustee 
who  was  innocent  of  any  wrongful  intent,  the  courts  will  demand  clear  proof 
from  the  beneficiary  who  seeks  to  reinforce  his  case  by  an  allegation  of  intent 
to  defraud. 

The  conflict  rule  therefore  covers  a  spectrum  of  trustee  conditions  of 
mind,  from  the  trustee  who  means  well  but  makes  an  unauthorized  profit,  to 
the  trustee  who  has  thought  about  the  matter  but  feels  he  is  justified  in  what 
he  is  doing,  to  the  trustee  who  is  deliberately  deceptive  for  his  own  or 
another's  gain.  There  is  also  a  wide  range  of  factual  situations  where  conflict 
of  interest  and  duty  can  exist.  All  of  them  constitute  a  taking  advantage  of 
the  trust  property  controlled  by  the  trustee,  or  of  the  office  of  trusteeship.  The 


143  For  example,  the  trust  may  have  a  substantial,  but  minority,  shareholding  in  XYZ  Ltd., 
which  is  under  aging,  poor  management.  The  trust  cannot  afford  to  purchase  more 
shares,  but  the  company  is  a  sound  investment,  and  the  trustee  is  prepared  personally  to 
buy  sufficient  shares.  By  this  means  the  trust  and  he  together  constitute  the  majority 
shareholding,  and  the  management  problem  would  then  be  taken  in  hand.  But  see 
Boardman  v.  Phipps,  [1967]  2  A.C.  46,  [1966]  3  All  H.R.  721  (H.L.). 


62 

trustee  may  have  purehased,  loaned,  or  simply  used  trust  property  for  his 
own  purposes.  He  may  have  sold  or  loaned  his  own  assets  to  the  trust.  So  far 
as  his  office  is  concerned,  he  may  have  used  it  to  obtain  bribes  or  commissions 
for  the  placing  of  contracts  with  third  parties,  or  he  may  have  exploited  for 
himself  business  opportunities  that  rightly  belong  to  the  trust.  Within  these 
broad  descriptions  there  are  many  different  types  of  conduct  and  situation. 

(b)  A  Statutory  Formulation  of  the  Rule 

We  have  asked  ourselves  whether  the  rule  prohibiting  a  trustee  from 
being  in  a  conflict  of  interest  situation,  and,  a  fortiori,  from  deriving  any 
personal  profit  from  the  situation,  should  be  made  statutory.  The  arguments 
concerning  the  codification  of  well  established  common  law  rules  were  can- 
vassed in  this  chapter  previously  in  the  context  of  the  duty  of  care.144  We 
shall  not  reiterate  those  arguments  here,  except  to  say  that,  in  a  general  sense, 
they  are  equally  applicable  in  this  context.  Like  the  duty  of  care,  the  conflict 
of  interest  and  duty  rule  is  fundamental;  it  is  vital  that  all  accepting  office 
should  realize  not  only  that  the  rule  exists,  but  that  it  constitutes  a  total 
prohibition  of  the  trustee  even  allowing  himself  to  be  in  an  ambiguous  situ- 
ation. If  true  trust  can  only  exist  where  there  cannot  be  a  shadow  of  suspicion, 
and  if  it  is  a  legal  duty  of  the  trustee  to  ensure  that  there  can  be  no  suspicion, 
then  statute  should  bring  this  obligation  to  the  attention  of  every  trustee.145  In 
addition,  the  revised  Trustee  Act  could  clarify  certain  of  the  attendant  obli- 
gations imposed  by  the  general  rule,  and  provide  an  opportunity  to  alter  those 
aspects  of  the  rule  that  are  no  longer  relevant  in  a  modern  trustee  context. 

We  are  persuaded  by  these  arguments  and  believe  that  the  conflict  of 
interest  and  duty  rule  should  be  incorporated  in  the  revised  Trustee  Act. 
Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  contain  a 
provision  to  the  effect  that  trustees  shall  discharge  their  duties  and  exercise 
their  powers  solely  in  the  interests  of  the  beneficiaries  of  the  trust,  and, 
without  limiting  the  generality  of  this  duty,  they  shall  not  knowingly  permit 
themselves  to  be  in  a  position  in  which  their  interest  conflicts  in  any  way 
with  the  discharge  of  their  duties  and  the  exercise  of  their  powers,  or  in  which 
they  may  derive  any  benefit  for  themselves  or  for  any  other  person,  except 
so  far  as  the  law  or  the  trust  instrument  expressly  permits. 


146 


(c)   Power  of  the  Court  in  Relation  to  Conflict  of  Interest 
and  Duty 

It  would  appear  that,  if  a  judicial  pre-consent  procedure  were  available, 
many  hard-fought  conflict  of  interest  and  duty  cases  could  be  avoided.  The 


144 
145 


146 


See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  2(a). 

For  a  statutory  formulation  of  the  conflict  of  interest  rule  so  far  as  it  concerns  trustees 
for  bondholders  and  company  directors  respectively,  see  the  Ontario  Business  Corpo- 
rations Act,  1982,  supra,  note  59,  ss.  48  and  132.  See,  also,  the  Canada  Business 
Corporations  Act,  supra,  note  59,  s.  78  (trustee  for  bondholders),  and  s.  1 15  (company 
directors). 

Draft  Bill,  s.  9(1).  As  to  the  ability  of  the  trust  instrument  to  permit  a  conflict  of  interest 
and  duty  to  exist,  see  further,  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  4(d).  The  reference  to  "so  far  as  the 
law  .  .  .  expressly  permits"  is  intended  to  preserve  the  applicability  of  case  law  that 
might  permit  trustees  to  act  in  a  conflict  of  interest  situation. 


63 

English  case  of  Boardman  v.  Phipps141  is  an  excellent  example.  In  that  case, 
a  solicitor  and  a  trust  beneficiary,  having  no  valid  authority  from  the  trustees, 
held  themselves  out  to  a  third  party  as  persons  authorized  to  act  on  behalf  of 
the  trustees.  On  this  basis,  the  solicitor  and  trust  beneficiary  acquired  financial 
information  from  a  company  that  would  not  otherwise  have  been  available  to 
them  and,  as  a  result  of  this  information,  purchased  shares,  securing  a  profit 
for  themselves  and  the  trust.  The  House  of  Lords,  by  a  majority,  held  the 
solicitor  and  beneficiary  subject  to  the  conflict  of  interest  and  duty  rule,  and 
therefore  liable  to  surrender  to  the  trust  beneficiaries  the  personal  profit  that 
they  had  made.  The  majority  of  the  House  of  Lords  was  of  the  view  that  the 
solicitor  and  beneficiary,  being  intimately  associated  with  the  trustees,  and 
having  commenced  to  act  as  agents  and  fiduciaries  on  behalf  of  the  trust, 
used  that  position  to  secure  a  personal  profit;  that  is,  they  were  acting  through- 
out as  fiduciaries  of  the  trust.  The  minority  of  the  House  of  Lords,  on  the 
other  hand,  took  the  view  that  the  fiduciary  relationship  ceased  before  any 
plan  to  purchase  the  shares  was  commenced.  Valid  pre-consents  to  the  pro- 
posed course  of  action  might  have  proved  a  more  productive  route. 

Section  5(b)  of  the  American  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act148  provides 
that,  if  the  duty  of  a  trustee  and  his  individual  interest  should  come  into 
conflict  in  the  exercise  of  a  trust  power,  he  must  obtain  the  authorization  of 
the  court  by  petition  before  exercising  the  power.  This  means  that,  where  a 
conflict  arises,  a  trustee  is  prohibited  entirely  from  proceeding  at  all,  or  any 
further,  with  any  power,  unless  he  has  the  court's  consent.  We  have  asked 
ourselves  whether  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  impose  a  similar  require- 
ment upon  trustees  in  this  Province.  Such  a  petition  to  the  court  might  either 
be  mandatory  or  facultative;  in  the  latter  case,  the  trustee  would  not  be 
required  to  obtain  the  court's  pre-consent,  but  the  opportunity  would  be  made 
available  to  him  to  explain  to  the  court  what  advantages  exist  for  the  trust 
and  its  beneficiaries  in  his  being  allowed  to  proceed  as  he  proposes. 

The  arguments  in  favour  of  a  mandatory  pre-consent  requirement  are 
based  on  the  contention  that  it  is  better  to  prevent  a  fiduciary  acting  in  a 
conflict  situation  than  to  demand  accountability  once  the  trustee  has  so  acted 
and  has  derived  a  profit.  In  other  words,  it  is  preferable  to  impose  the  duty 
upon  the  trustee  to  secure  consent  before  the  act  than  to  permit  him  to  act  and 
then  defend  himself  against  the  beneficiary's  charge  that  he  acted  while 
subject  to  a  conflict  of  interest  and  duty.  The  reason  for  the  preference  is 
simple.  First,  once  a  trustee  has  acted  in  circumstances  where  his  personal 
interest  was,  or  could  have  been,  involved,  it  is  by  no  means  easy  at  a  later 
date  to  determine  the  extent  of  the  impropriety.  The  evidence  of  motive  is  so 
often,  as  Lord  Eldon  remarked,149  hidden  within  the  breast  of  the  fiduciary. 
Secondly,  it  is  hard  to  impose  upon  the  beneficiary  the  obligation  to  expose 
a  conflict  of  interest  and  duty.  The  information  about  trust  affairs  that  the 
trust  beneficiary  may  demand  is  limited1"1  and,  in  any  event,  he  is  likely  to 


147 

148 
149 


Supra,  note  143.  See,  also.  Waters,  supra,  note  1.  at  647-49. 

Supra,  note  91 . 

Supra,  note  133. 

It  has  been  held  that  a  beneficiary  is  not  entitled  to  sec  the  correspondence  between 
trustees,  or  the  minutes  of  their  meetings:  Re  Londonderry' s  Settlement.  ( 1965]  Ch.  9  IS. 
[1964)  3  All  L.R.  855  (C.A.)  (subsequent  references  arc  to  [1965]  Ch.). 


64 

know  little  about  the  day  to  day  business  of  the  trust.  The  transactions  that 
the  trustees  have  concluded,  and  the  source  of  the  money  and  assets  in  their 
hands  at  any  particular  time,  are  matters  of  which  very  few  beneficiaries  will 
be,  or  could  be,  aware. 

This  reasoning  clearly  convinced  the  National  Conference  of  Commis- 
sioners on  Uniform  State  Laws  in  the  United  States  when  it  was  deciding 
upon  the  text  of  the  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act.  Nonetheless,  we  are  of 
the  view  that  there  is  a  major  disadvantage  to  this  approach,  which  we  think 
is  fatal.  If  a  trustee  were  required  to  obtain  the  consent  of  the  court  every 
time  he  believed  he  could  be  in  a  position  of  conflict,  the  conduct  of  trust 
administration  in  today's  circumstances  might  well  be  constantly  arrested  by 
applications  to  the  court.  Moreover,  the  court's  lists  could  be  heavily  com- 
posed of  such  applications;  conflict  of  interest  and  duty  can  occur  in  a  myriad 
of  ways,  and  he  who  fails  to  recognize  such  a  conflict  would,  as  a  trustee,  be 
continuing  to  act  in  breach  of  his  statutory  duty.  It  would  be  irrelevant  whether 
or  not  he  had  personally  profited,  something  which  would  be  a  mere  exac- 
erbation of  his  wrongdoing.  He  would  have  to  secure  the  court's  approval  if 
he  were  to  be  sure  of  his  position.  We  can  see  no  justification  for  adopting  a 
legislative  provision  that  might  have  such  an  outcome;  the  cure  could  be 
worse  than  the  ailment.151 

Instead,  we  have  pursued  the  question  whether  a  facultative  pre-consent 
jurisdiction  would  be  advantageous.  As  we  explained  earlier,  such  a  jurisdic- 
tion would  offer  a  trustee  the  opportunity  to  explain  to  the  court  why  it  would 
be  for  the  benefit  of  the  trust  and  its  beneficiaries  that  he  proceed,  even  though 
he  is  in  a  conflict  situation  and  may  derive  a  personal  profit.  The  trustee 
would  have  no  duty  to  obtain  this  consent,  but  the  opportunity  would  be 
there,  whatever  the  nature  of  the  conflict,  if  the  trustee  wished  to  avail  himself 
of  it. 

An  important  factor  favouring  this  approach  is  that  the  courts  already 
have  an  inherent  jurisdiction  to  consent  to  a  trustee  purchase  of  trust  property, 
where  it  can  be  shown  that,  despite  the  potential  conflict,  such  a  purchase  is 
of  benefit  to  the  trust.152  The  court  consents  on  behalf  of  the  infant,  mentally 
incapacitated  and  unborn  beneficiaries.  A  facultative  pre-consent  jurisdiction 
would  merely  be  an  application  of  this  solution  to  any  kind  of  conflict  of 
interest  situation.  Moreover,  the  Variation  of  Trusts  Act  is  itself  a  generali- 
zation of  this  same  jurisdiction  of  the  court  to  consent  on  behalf  of  the 
incapacitated  and  unascertained  beneficiaries.  Essentially,  the  facultative 
jurisdiction  would  allow  an  honest  trustee  to  show  his  hand  to  the  court  and, 
if  he  obtains  consent,  proceed  without  fear  of  later  challenge  by  any  benefi- 
ciary. 

The  same  facultative  jurisdiction  might  also  be  made  available  to  the 
trustee  who  knows  or  becomes  aware  of  the  fact  that  he  has  acted  while  in  a 


151  Although,  admittedly,  we  could  find  no  evidence  that,  in  those  states  where  the  Uniform 
Trustees'  Powers  Act  has  been  adopted,  difficulties  of  this  kind  have  arisen.  See  supra, 
note  91 ,  for  a  list  of  those  states  that  have  adopted  the  Uniform  Act. 

Underbill' s  Law  relating  to  Trusts  and  Trustees,  supra,  note  3,  at  548-49. 


65 

conflict  situation.  The  trustee  could  be  permitted  to  apply  to  the  court  to  be 
excused  for  his  conduct.  As  the  law  stands,  a  trustee  is  entitled  to  ask  the 
court  to  excuse  him  where  he  is  sued  by  a  beneficiary  for  breach  of  trust;15' 
the  jurisdiction  we  are  now  considering  would  allow  the  trustee  to  seek  that 
relief  without  having  to  await  an  action  for  breach. 

There  are,  however,  several  objections  that  can  be  made  to  even  a 
facultative  pre-consent  jurisdiction.  Almost  all  conflict  of  interest  and  duty 
cases  come  before  the  courts  because  a  beneficiary  challenges  the  trustee  to 
show  why  the  trustee  should  not  be  required  to  surrender  an  unauthorized 
profit  that  he  has  obtained.  This  means  the  trial  takes  place  after  the  conflict 
has  occurred  and  any  profit  has  been  made.  In  these  circumstances,  it  is  said, 
the  court  can  assess  exactly  what  form  the  conflict  took  and  the  significance 
the  conflict  had  in  the  particular  circumstances.  Unlike  the  pre-consent  juris- 
diction, the  court  is  not  left  to  prognosticate  what  form  the  conflict  may  take 
in  the  future  or  what  significance  it  may  assume.  The  distinction  between 
pre-consent  and  subsequent  evaluation  of  trustee  conduct  where  a  challenge 
has  been  brought  is  important  because,  if  consent  is  given,  a  later  challenge 
will  be  almost  impossible  to  launch. 

Only  where  the  trustee  has  not  adhered  to  the  terms  of  the  consent,  or 
the  circumstances  afterwards  have  changed,  will  a  later  challenge  be  a  feasible 
proposition  for  any  beneficiary.  It  is  arguably  much  better  that  the  sword  of 
Damocles  -  that  he  will  be  sued  -  should  hang  over  the  head  of  a  trustee  who 
knows  or  suspects  he  is  in  a  conflict  situation  than  that  he  should  secure  a 
consent  to  proceed  from  a  court,  which  must  make  an  assessment  largely 
upon  the  basis  of  such  evidence  as  the  trustee  is  willing  to  give  the  court 
concerning  his  own  intentions  and  the  advantages  the  future  may  offer  him 
for  the  acquisition  of  personal  profit. 

While  we  readily  concede  that  the  conflict  of  interest  and  duty  rule  must 
be  unambiguous  in  the  demands  it  makes  of  the  trustee,  and  that  its  enforce- 
ment must  be  predictable  and  sure,  we  have  concluded  that  the  existing 
inherent  jurisdiction  of  the  courts  to  consent  to  a  trustee  purchase  should  be 
extended  by  statute  to  cover  all  conflict  situations.  In  our  view,  every  en- 
couragement and  opportunity  should  be  offered  to  the  trustee  to  reveal  the 
nature  of  any  questionable  position  in  which  he  finds  himself.  The  scrupulous 
trustee,  who  is  convinced  that  the  best  interests  of  the  trust  will  be  achieved 
by  the  course  in  which  he  also  has  a  personal  interest,  will  welcome  the 
court's  judgment  on  the  propriety  of  his  intended  action. 


154 


The  less  scrupulous  trustee,  it  is  true,  will  not  take  advantage  of  the 
statutory  jurisdiction;  he  will  continue  to  shun  publicity  concerning  his  activ- 
ities. On  the  other  hand,  it  must  be  a  factor  to  be  considered  in  any  action 


153  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  48,  s.  35.  See,  also,  Draft  Bill,  s.  69,  and  supra,  this  eh.,  see. 
2(d). 

154  There  will  also  be  occasions  where  the  trustee  and  the  beneficiaries  are  agreed  that  for 
the  trustee  to  aet  in  a  certain  manner,  or  to  possess  a  particular  power,  though  a  conflict 
of  interest  may  arise,  would  be  for  the  benefit  of  the  trust:  see.  tor  example.  Re  Lerner, 
[1952]  4D.L.R.  605,  [1952]  6  W.W.R.  187  (Man.  C.A.). 


66 

subsequently  brought  by  a  beneficiary  against  the  trustee  that  the  latter  did 
not  seek  the  consent  of  the  court,  a  procedure  that  was  readily  available  to 
him.1'5  This  may  provide  evidence  of  the  actual  state  of  the  trustee's  mind  at 
the  crucial  moment.  Moreover,  even  if  an  unscrupulous  trustee  does  seek 
consent,  we  do  not  envisage  that  the  courts  will  lightly  give  their  consent,  or 
-  though  this  has  had  no  influence  upon  our  decision  -  that  there  will  be 
many  successful  applications. 

We  are  therefore  of  the  view  that  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  contain 
a  provision  that  would  authorize  the  court  to  permit  a  trustee,  either  before 
or  after  he  assumes  office,  to  carry  out  his  duties  and  exercise  his  powers, 
although  he  will  be,  or  is,  in  a  position  of  conflict  of  interest.156  We  would 
also  confirm  the  power  of  the  court  to  excuse  the  trustee  from  liability  for  a 
past  breach  of  the  conflict  rule,  such  jurisdiction  being  available  to  the  trustee 
on  application.  The  safeguards  that  we  would  build  into  this  provision  are 
threefold:  first,  that  the  court  should  be  entitled  to  impose  such  terms  and 
conditions  upon  the  trustee  receiving  consent  or  being  excused  as  the  court 
thinks  fit;  secondly,  that  all  persons  having  any  interest  under  the  trust  should 
receive  notice  of  such  applications;157  and  thirdly,  that  a  trustee  or  beneficiary 
should  be  able  on  application  to  have  the  consent  or  excusing  re-opened  if 
there  is  afterwards  a  change  of  circumstances.  It  may  be  that  the  personal 
interest  of  a  trustee  who  has  received  consent  becomes  more  deeply  involved 
as  a  consequence  of  later  developments  concerning  the  management  of  the 
trust,  or  that  facts  come  to  light  that  were  not  known  or  revealed  when  the 
court  consented  to  the  trustee's  request.  We  would  also  have  the  provision 
apply  to  charitable  trusts,  provided  notice  of  any  intended  application  is  given 
to  the  Public  Trustee. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that,  where  upon  application  to  the  court  it 
is  shown  that  it  would  be  for  the  benefit  of  the  trust  and  its  beneficiaries, 
whether  or  not  any  beneficiary  withholds  his  consent,  the  court  should  be 
able  to  make  an  order,  on  such  terms  and  conditions  as  appear  just,  permitting 
the  trustees  to  act  nothwithstanding  that  they  may  be  in  a  position  of  conflict 
of  interest  and  duty,  or  excusing  them  from  liability  notwithstanding  that  they 
may  be  in  breach  of  trust  for  having  acted  while  their  interest  was  in  conflict 
with  their  duty.158  The  latter  jurisdiction  of  the  court  should  be  exercisable 
upon  appliction  of  the  trustees  any  time  after  the  occurrence  of  the  breach  of 


155  Had  the  jurisdiction  existed  at  the  time  of  Crocker  and  Croquip  Ltd.  v.  Tornroos,  [1957] 
S.C.R.  151,  7  D.L.R.  (2d)  104,  the  outcome  might  have  been  quite  different:  see 
Waters,  supra,  note  1 ,  at  906-07.  But  see  Bloodworth  v.  Bloodworth,  224  Ga.  717,  164 
S.E.2d823(Sup.  Ct.  1968). 

156  The  California  Civil  Code,  §  2232  (West),  prohibits  the  trustee  from  acting  at  the  same 
time  as  trustee  of  another  trust  with  contrary  interests,  unless  the  beneficiaries  of  the 
first  trust  consent.  The  Indiana  Trust  Code,  Ind.  Stats.  Ann.,  Code  Ed.,  §  30-4-3-7 
(Burns),  also  prohibits  a  trustee  from  dealing  with  himself  as  trustee  of  another  trust, 
unless  the  instrument  in  question  permits  this,  or  the  beneficiaries  of  both  trusts,  being 
fully  informed  of  the  facts,  consent.  We  would  leave  matters  such  as  this  to  the  courts, 
acting  under  the  jurisdiction  we  propose;  an  appropriate  order  can  then  be  made,  tailored 
to  the  particular  circumstances. 

157  For  example,  the  Official  Guardian,  in  the  case  of  minors  and  the  unborn. 

158  Draft  Bill,  s.  9(2). 


67 


trust;  but  nothing  in  this  proposed  power  should  affect  in  any  way  the  powers 
of  the  court  to  excuse  a  trustee  for  breach  of  trust. 


159 


We  further  recommend  that,  unless  otherwise  ordered  by  the  court,  the 
trustees  should  give  notice  of  the  application  to  every  person  having  any 
interest  in  the  trust.160  Where,  however,  a  minor  or  unborn  person  has  an 
interest  in  the  trust,  the  trustees  should  also  give  notice  of  the  application  to 
the  Official  Guardian  at  least  one  month  before  the  day  fixed  for  the  return 
of  the  application.161  In  addition,  where  an  order  has  been  made  permitting  a 
trustee  to  act  in  a  conflict  situation,  and  the  circumstances  under  which  it  was 
made  change,  the  court  should  be  empowered,  upon  application  by  the  trust- 
ees or  any  interested  person,  to  vary  the  order.162  We  also  recommend  that 
the  proposed  procedure  should  apply  to  a  charitable  trust,  in  which  case  the 
trustees  should  give  notice  of  the  application  to  the  Public  Trustee  at  least 
one  month  before  the  day  fixed  for  the  return  of  the  application. 


163 


We  have  also  noted  and  considered  the  fact  that  the  American  Uniform 
Trustees'  Powers  Act  recognizes  five  exceptions  to  the  general  rule,  contained 
in  section  5(b),  that,  if  his  own  interests  are  involved,  a  trustee  may  only 
exercise  a  trust  power  with  the  consent  of  the  court.  First,  the  trustee  is 
permitted,  without  consent,  to  exercise  the  power  to  retain  investments, 
though  he  is  personally  interested  in  the  investments  in  question.164  For 
instance,  a  corporate  executor  and  trustee  may  retain  investments  in  the  estate 
of  the  deceased,  although  they  constitute  shares  in  the  corporate  trustee.  We 
are  of  the  view  that  such  a  trustee  should  have  consent,  either  from  the 
beneficiaries  or,  on  its  own  application,  from  the  court,  if  it  wishes  to  be  free 
of  any  later  accusation  of  retaining  investments  for  its  own  direct  or  indirect 
benefit. 

Secondly,  a  trustee  is  permitted  under  the  American  Uniform  Act  to 
acquire  an  undivided  interest  in  property  in  which  the  trust  holds  the  other 
interest.165  We  are  of  the  view  that  this  is  a  sufficiently  rare  occurrence,  and 
that  the  dangers  arising  from  this  conflict  are  so  similar  to  those  arising  from 
other  conflict  situations  that  this  exception  should  not  be  adopted. 

Thirdly,  section  3(c)(6)  of  the  Uniform  Act  permits  a  trustee  to  deposit 
trust  funds  in  a  bank,  including  a  bank  operated  by  the  trustee.  We  can 
understand  the  convenience  behind  this  exception,  and,  given  the  protection 
afforded  depositors  by  the  provisions  of  the  Canada  Deposit  Insurance  Cor- 
poration Act,166  we  are  of  the  view  that  this  situation  should  be  recognized  as 


159 
160 


162 
163 


165 


Ibid.,  s.  9(3). 

Ibid.,  s.  9(4). 

Ibid.,  s.  9(5). 

Ibid.,*.  9(7). 

Ibid.,  s.  9(6). 

Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act.  supra,  note  91,  §  3(c)(1). 

Ibid.,  §  3(c)(4). 

R.S.C.  1970,  c.  C-3,  s.  13(1).  as  am.  by  S.C.  1980-81-82-83.  c.  148.  s.  3,  which 
amends  paragraph  1 3(  1  )(c)  by  raising  the  insurable  limit  to  $60,000.  The  amending  Act, 
except  ss.  4  and  7.  came  into  force  on  April  21 .  1983.  The  insurable  limit,  by  virtue  of 
s.  9,  is  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  January  4,  1983. 


68 

an  exception  to  the  general  conflict  of  interest  and  duty  rule.  However,  out 
of  an  abundance  of  caution,  we  are  of  the  view  that  a  trustee  should  only  be 
permitted  to  deposit  trust  funds  in  its  own  banking  facilities  or  to  invest  in  its 
own  securities  up  to  the  limit  established  by  the  Canada  Deposit  Insurance 
Corporation  Act.  We  would  also  emphasize  that  this  power  would  only  be 
available  to  a  trust  company,  or  other  depository  empowered  by  law  to  accept 
moneys  for  deposit,  that  is  acting  as  trustee,  and  not  to  an  individual  or  other 
non-authorized  corporate  trustee,  unless,  of  course,  the  trust  instrument  ex- 
pressly so  provides.  Equally,  the  trust  instrument  could  prohibit  its  trustees 
from  depositing  and  investing  trust  funds  in  their  own  institutions. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that,  subject  to  our  later  recommendation 
concerning  the  deposit  of  trust  funds,167  and  to  any  power  in  the  trust  instru- 
ment, a  trust  company  or  other  depository  empowered  by  law  to  accept 
moneys  for  deposit  should  be  able  to  deposit  or  invest  the  funds  vested  in  it 
pursuant  to  a  trust  of  which  it  is  a  trustee  in  any  account  maintained,  or  in 
any  security  issued,  by  itself  or  any  affiliate  or  subsidiary  up  to,  but  not 
exceeding,  the  maximum  insurable  sum  established  by  the  Canada  Deposit 
Insurance  Corporation  Act. 168 

Fourthly,  under  the  American  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act,  the  trustee 
has  a  lien  on  the  trust  property  or  against  the  beneficiary  for  the  moneys  out 
of  his  own  pocket  that  he  has  spent  as  outgoings  in  the  administration  of  the 
trust.169  A  trustee  in  Ontario,  of  course,  has  a  statutory  entitlement  to  reim- 
bursement for  all  proper  expenditures  on  behalf  of  the  trust,  and,  alternatively, 
the  statute  permits  him  to  pay  or  discharge  expenses  directly  out  of  the  trust 
property.170  We  believe  that  this  provision  should  be  retained  in  the  revised 
Trustee  Act,  and  we  would  merely  move  it  to  that  part  of  the  Act  that  is 
concerned  with  the  conflict  of  interest  and  duty  rule.  Accordingly,  we  rec- 
ommend that  a  power  in  a  trust  instrument  authorizing  the  trustees  to  reim- 
burse themselves  or  to  make  payments  directly  from  the  trust  funds  for  the 
discharge  of  expenses  or  of  any  other  obligation  properly  incurred  or  arising 
in  the  administration  of  the  trust  should  be  valid  and  that  the  trustees  should 
not  be  regarded  as  acting  in  conflict  of  interest  and  duty  in  so  doing.171 

Fifthly,  the  American  Uniform  Act  provides  that  a  trustee  may  employ 
agents,  even  if  they  are  associated  with  the  trustee,  to  advise  and  assist  him, 
and  that  he  may  act  without  independent  investigation  upon  their  recommen- 
dations.172 As  we  have  previously  considered  this  provision  and  have  made 
recommendations  concerning  the  ability  of  a  trustee  to  rely  upon  the  advice 
of  qualified  agents,173  we  need  say  no  more  here.  However,  the  freedom  of  a 
trustee  to  employ  the  services  of  his  partner,  or  a  subsidiary  or  affiliate,  is 


167  See  infra,  ch.  4,  sec.  3(d)(i),  and  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(a). 

168  Draft  Bill,  ss.  10  and  35(a). 

169  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act,  supra,  note  91 ,  §  3(c)(  18). 

170  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  48,  s.  33.  See,  further,  Waters,  supra,  note  1,  at  795-804. 

171  Draft  Bill,  s.  11. 

172  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act,  supra,  note  91,  §  3(c)(24). 

173  Draft  Bill,  ss.  5,  6,  and  7.  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(d). 


69 

another  issue.  It  is  probable  that  lawyers  and  accountants  would  associate  the 
conflict  of  interest  and  duty  rule  with  bribes  and  other  illicit  commissions, 
and  not  with  the  hiring  of  partners  to  carry  out  trust  work  within  the  areas  of 
those  partners'  respective  skills,  even  though  this  practice  will  result  in  the 
trustee  profiting  through  his  share  in  the  partnership  gains.  We  have  concluded 
nevertheless  that  there  is  no  justification  for  taking  this  situation  out  of  the 
ambit  of  the  conflict  of  interest  rule.  This  is  the  very  kind  of  conflict  with 
which  the  judicial  pre-consent  jurisdiction  that  we  have  proposed  should  be 
dealing.  There  may  be  good  reasons  why  the  trustee  wishes  to  employ  his 
partner,  intimate  knowledge  of  the  agent's  skill  being  the  foremost,  but  we 
think  these  reasons  should  be  adjudicated  upon  by  the  court,  if  the  trust 
instrument  is  silent  on  the  matter.  In  this,  as  in  every  other  matter,  the  trustee 
should  be  above  and  beyond  the  situation  where  suspicion  of  personal  gain 
could  arise. 


(d)  Validity  of  Terms  in  the  Trust  Instrument  Permitting  a 
Conflict  of  Interest  and  Duty 

Trust  instruments  often  contain  clauses  expressly  permitting  an  act  or 
acts  that  otherwise  would  be  voidable  for  breach  of  the  conflict  of  interest 
and  duty  rule.  Executors  and  trustees  are  authorized  to  loan  moneys  for  trust 
administration,  both  to  the  deceased's  estate  and  to  and  from  each  other,  for 
instance,  and  they  are  enabled  to  charge  such  rate  of  interest  as  they  decide. 
Trustees  may  also  be  enabled  to  purchase  any  part  of  the  trust  property,  and 
on  such  terms,  including  unsecured  credit,  as  they  choose.  On  occasion, 
words  will  be  added  stating  that  no  trustee  making  such  a  purchase  shall  be 
required  to  obtain  the  consent  of  the  court. 

Settlors  and  testators  may  have  various  reasons  for  adopting  such  clauses. 
Tax  planning  considerations  will  explain  the  power  given  to  executors  and 
trustees  of  a  will  to  loan  moneys  to  the  testator's  estate,  and,  if  the  trustee  is 
a  member  of  the  testator's  family,  it  is  likely  that  the  testator  will  also  wish 
to  confer  benefits  upon  him.  Such  benefits  may  take  the  form  not  only  of 
direct  gifts,  but  of  the  authority  to  acquire  or  deal  with  the  trust  property  for 
his  personal  advantage. 

On  the  other  hand,  we  have  some  doubts  whether  those  who  create  trusts 
always  appreciate  the  significance  of  these  clauses  in  the  sense  of  the  antag- 
onisms they  can  create  between  the  trustee  and  the  beneficiaries.  In  some 
instances,  the  meaning  itself  may  not  be  properly  understood.  The  settlor  or 
testator,  particularly  the  latter,  may  be  ill-advised  to  appoint  as  an  executor 
or  trustee  a  person  whom  he  also  intends  to  benefit,  that  is,  to  confer  fiduciary 
powers  upon  the  executor  or  trustee,  and  then  authorize  the  fiduciary  to 
exercise  such  power  for  his  personal  gain. 

The  positions  that  the  revised  Trustee  Act  might  take  on  this  issue  are 
several.  It  might  prohibit  the  exclusion  of  the  conflict  of  interest  rule  as  to 
any  trustee  behaviour,  and  thus  render  void  any  act  o\'  a  trustee  that  is  in 
breach  of  the  prohibition,  save  insofar  as  a  bona  fide  third  party  purchaser 
for  value  without  notice  is  concerned.  Alternatively,  the  revised  Act  might 
prohibit  the  exclusion  of  the  rule  in  certain  types  of  trust,  for  instance,  real 


70 

estate  investment  trusts.  Thirdly,  the  revised  Act  might  prohibit  the  exclusion 
of  the  rule  in  relation  to  certain  kinds  of  conflict  of  interest  and  duty  behaviour, 
such  as  the  right  of  the  trustee  to  borrow  from  the  trust  for  himself,  on 
personal  security  and  interest  free.  The  thinking  behind  such  a  prohibition 
would  be  that  it  is  in  the  remuneration  clause,  and  not  in  the  fiduciary  powers 
of  administration,  that  a  trustee  should  enjoy  the  benefaction  of  the  testator 
or  settlor.  Fourthly,  the  revised  Trustee  Act  might  prohibit  any  exclusion  of 
the  right  of  the  beneficiary  to  apply  to  the  court  to  determine  whether  a 
conflict  permitted  by  the  trust  instrument  should  prevail.  Finally,  the  revised 
Act  might  remain  silent  on  the  matter,  as  the  present  Act  now  does. 

Although  there  are  good  reasons  for  protecting  beneficiaries  from  mis- 
guided or  misunderstood  exclusions  of  the  conflict  rule,  we  have  concluded 
that  they  do  not  justify  the  adoption  in  the  revised  Trustee  Act  of  any  of  the 
first  three  alternatives.  We  are  therefore  able  to  this  extent  to  allow  force  to 
be  given  to  the  declared  intent  of  the  settlor  or  testator. 

As  between  the  fourth  and  last  alternatives,  the  legislature  appears  already 
to  have  made  a  choice  in  the  enactment  of  the  Variation  of  Trusts  Act.114 
While  we  have  been  unable  to  trace  a  reported  instance  in  which  the  court 
has  been  asked  to  approve  an  arrangement  under  that  Act  whereby  a  clause 
permitting  a  conflict  of  interest  and  duty  has  been  varied  or  deleted,  we  can 
see  no  limitation  on  the  language  of  that  Act  that  would  prevent  the  court 
from  giving  such  an  approval  in  the  case  of  a  trust  involving  unborn,  inca- 
pacitated, or  unascertained  beneficiaries.  In  such  a  case,  it  would  appear  that 
a  settlor  or  testator  cannot  oust  the  jurisdiction  of  the  court  by  seeking  to 
exclude  the  right  of  the  beneficiary  to  seek  the  approval  of  the  court  to  a 
variation  or  deletion  of  a  term  in  the  trust  instrument. 

In  our  view,  all  beneficiaries,  whether  or  not  some  or  all  of  them  are 
incapacitated,  should  be  able  to  apply  to  the  court  for  a  variation  or  a  deletion 
of  a  term  in  the  trust  instrument  permitting  a  trustee  to  act  in  a  conflict  of 
interest  situation.175  Moreover,  because  of  the  potentially  prejudicial  effect 
that  the  operation  of  such  terms  might  have  on  the  beneficiaries,  the  trust 
instrument  should  not  be  able  to  prevent  beneficiaries  from  applying  to  the 
court.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that,  notwithstanding  the  terms  of  the 
trust  instrument,  any  beneficiary  of  a  trust  should  be  able  to  apply  to  the  court 
for  a  deletion  or  variation  of  any  term  in  the  trust  instrument  permitting  a 
conflict  of  interest  and  duty. I76 

As  for  those  trusts  that  are  conducted  as  investment  or  other  business 
vehicles  by  professional  trustees  for  investing  members  of  the  public,  or 


174  Variation  of  Trusts  Act,  supra,  note  142.  See  infra,  ch.  7,  sec.  2(a),  for  a  discussion  of 
the  Variation  of  Trusts  Act. 

175  The  Variation  of  Trusts  Act,  supra,  note  142,  only  applies  where  some  or  all  of  the 
beneficiaries  seeking  a  variation  of  a  term  of  the  trust  are  incapacitated.  At  present,  there 
is  some  controversy  whether  beneficiaries  who  are  all  capacitated  can  vary  the  terms  of 
the  trust,  as  opposed  to  terminating  the  trust  prematurely,  under  the  common  law  rule 
of  Saunders  v.  Vautier  (1841).  4  Beav.  1 15,  49  E.R.  282,  aff  d  Cr.  &  Ph.  240,  41  E.R. 
482:  see  infra,  ch.  7,  sec.  2(b)(ii). 

176  Draft  Bill,  s.  12(1). 


71 

consortia  of  businessmen  and  corporations,  it  will  be  recalled  that  we  rec- 
ommended in  Chapter  1  of  this  Report  that  such  trusts  should  not  be  subject 
to  the  revised  Act.  It  is  our  view  that  any  regulation  of  such  trusts,  if  regulation 
is  desirable,  should  be  carried  out  by  specific  legislation,  such  as  consumer 
protection  legislation,  rather  than  by  general  legislation  such  as  the  revised 
Trustee  Act. 


5.     UNANIMITY  OF  TRUSTEES 

In  the  previous  parts  of  this  chapter,  we  have  discussed  the  three  funda- 
mental duties  of  trustees  that  we  consider  should  be  contained  in  the  revised 
Trustee  Act.  At  this  stage,  we  wish  to  deal  with  an  issue  that,  although  not 
constituting  a  fundamental  duty,  is  a  general  principle  that  governs  trustees 
in  the  exercise  of  their  powers  and  discharge  of  their  duties,  the  so-called 
"rule  of  unanimity".  At  present,  case  law  requires  trustees  to  act  unanimously 
in  the  exercise  of  their  powers.177  If  a  trustee  refuses  to  join  with  his  co- 
trustees in  the  exercise  of  a  trust  power,  a  deadlock  results. 

In  the  event  of  a  deadlock,  the  courts  may  remove  one  or  more  of  the 
trustees  if  there  is  such  hostility  that  the  administration  of  the  trust  is  brought 
to  a  standstill  and  if  the  interests  of  the  beneficiaries  are  suffering  or  are  likely 
to  suffer.178  Further,  in  certain  circumstances  of  deadlock,  Ontario  courts 
have  sometimes  been  willing  to  settle  the  issue  by  the  exercise  of  their  powers 
under  section  60  of  the  Trustee  Act  to  give  direction  on  a  question  "respecting 
the  management  or  administration  of  the  trust  property".179  However,  in  a 
situation  of  deadlock,  this  provision  is  of  limited  utility.  The  reason  is  that 
the  exercise  of  a  trust  power  involves  essentially  the  exercise  of  a  discretion 
vested  by  the  trust  instrument  or  the  legislation  in  the  trustees,  and  the  courts 
traditionally  have  refused  to  interfere  with  the  exercise  of  discretion  by 
trustees.180  Accordingly,  in  order  for  the  court  to  exercise  its  power  under 
section  60,  it  must  be  clear  that  trustees  are  in  disagreement  about  whether 
or  not  to  exercise  a  certain  power.  If  they  are  agreed  that  a  power  should  be 
exercised,  such  as  the  power  of  sale,  but  disagree  about  the  circumstances  in 
which  they  should  exercise  the  power  -  for  example,  they  are  unable  to  agree 
on  the  acceptance  of  a  particular  offer  to  purchase181  -  it  appears  that  Ontario 
courts  will  not  resolve  this  disagreement  by  issuing  a  direction  under  section 
60  of  the  Trustee  Act. 

The  question  that  arises  is  whether  the  unanimity  rule  should  be  carried 
over  to  the  revised  Trustee  Act.  An  alternative  approach  is  suggested  by  the 


177  See  Waters,  supra,  note  1,  at  612. 

178  Ibid.,  at  594-95. 

179  See,  for  example,  Re  Haasz,  [1959]  O.W.N.  395,  21  D.L.R.  (2d)  12  (C.A.).  and  Re 
5/7/^(1983),  42  O.R.  (2d)  110,  148  D.L.R.  (3d)  512. 

180  See  Waters,  supra,  note  1.  at  753-59. 

181  See  Re  Wright  ( 1977),  14  0.R.  (2d)  698,  74  D.L.R.  (3d)  504  (H.C.J. ). 


72 


83 


Quebec  Civil  Code1*2  and  the  American  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act, 
each  of  which  provides  that  trustees  may  act  by  a  majority.  Enquiries  we 
have  made  indicate  that  Ontario  trust  lawyers  are  divided  on  the  matter.  Some 
support  the  majority  rule  on  the  grounds  of  convenience,  while  others  oppose 
it  as  an  invitation  for  dissension. 

In  the  opinion  of  the  Commission,  this  issue  is  a  significant  one,  and  it 
has  received  our  careful  attention.  As  we  have  noted,  the  unanimity  rule  now 
prevails  in  Ontario  and,  so  far  as  we  can  ascertain,  has  not  given  rise  to  undue 
difficulties.  Further,  adoption  of  the  majority  rule  would  inevitably  weaken 
the  protection  that  trust  beneficiaries  now  enjoy,  without  conferring  upon 
them  any  compensating  benefit.  In  the  result,  we  have  concluded  that  no  case 
has  been  made  for  change  in  the  present  law.  We  consider  that  the  rule  of 
unanimity  should  be  continued,  and  in  view  of  its  importance  should  be 
placed  in  legislative  form.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised 
Trustee  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that,  in  the  discharge  of 
their  duties  and  the  exercise  of  their  powers,  whether  the  duties  or  powers 
are  created  by  law  or  the  trust  instrument,  trustees  must  act  unanimously.184 
Of  course,  it  would  still  be  open  to  a  testator  or  settlor,  should  he  so  choose, 
to  modify  this  provision  and  adopt  the  majority  rule  by  an  express  statement 
in  the  trust  instrument.  Moreover,  where  it  appears  that  the  trustees  are  unable 
to  achieve  unanimity  on  a  matter,  we  recommend  that  one  or  more  of  them 
should  be  able  to  apply  to  the  court  for  an  order  resolving  the  deadlock  in 
any  way  it  considers  proper.185 

We  would  note  that  this  recommendation  renders  it  unnecessary  for  the 
Commission  to  consider  the  implications  that  adoption  of  the  majority  rule 
would  have  upon  the  law  regarding  liability  of  trustees  for  breach  of  trust, 
and  upon  the  law  of  indemnification  and  contribution  among  trustees. 

6.  POWERS  OF  TRUSTEES  SOLELY  THEIRS 

In  the  preceding  sections  of  this  chapter,  we  have  been  concerned  with 
the  fundamental  duties  and  principles  that  should  govern  trustees  in  the 


182 


183 


184 
185 


"Gifts  Inter  Vivos  and  by  Will  of  Trusts",  art.  98 If,  provides  that  "[wjhen  there  are 
several  trustees,  the  majority  may  act,  unless  it  be  otherwise  provided  in  the  document 
creating  the  trust". 

American  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act,  supra,  note  91,  §  6(a)  and  (c)  provides  as 
follows: 

6.  (a)  Any  power  vested  in  3  or  more  trustees  may  be  exercised  by  a  majority, 
but  a  trustee  who  has  not  joined  in  exercising  a  power  is  not  liable  to  the  benefici- 
aries or  to  others  for  the  consequences  of  the  exercise;  and  a  dissenting  trustee  is 
not  liable  for  the  consequences  of  an  act  in  which  he  joins  at  the  direction  of  the 
majority  of  the  trustees,  if  he  expressed  his  dissent  in  writing  to  any  of  his  cotrustees 
at  or  before  the  time  of  the  joinder. 

6.  (c)  This  section  does  not  excuse  a  cotrustee  from  liability  for  failure  either  to 
participate  in  the  administration  of  the  trust  or  to  attempt  to  prevent  a  breach  of 
trust. 

Draft  Bill,  s.  13(1). 

Ibid.,s.  13(2). 


73 

exercise  of  their  powers  and  discharge  of  their  duties.  We  now  turn  to  consider 
whether  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  contain  any  similar  general  principles 
governing  the  activities  of  beneficiaries  vis-a-vis  the  trust  and  its  trustees.  In 
particular,  we  have  given  thought  to  the  extent  to  which  beneficiaries  should 
be  permitted  to  be  involved  in  the  administration  of  the  trust,  and  the  recourse 
that  should  be  available  to  them  if  they  do  not  approve  of  the  manner  in  which 
the  trustees  are  conducting  the  affairs  of  the  trust,  apart  from  suit  for  breach 
of  trust.  The  first  issue  we  shall  examine  is  whether  beneficiaries  should  be 
able  to  instruct  trustees  concerning  the  exercise  of  their  powers.  Secondly, 
we  turn  to  whether  trust  beneficiaries  should  have  the  means  to  oppose  the 
trustees'  intended  exercise  of  any  power. 


(a)  Should  Beneficiaries  Be  Entitled  to  Instruct  Trustees  in 
the  Exercise  of  Their  Powers? 

It  has  been  asserted  that  the  power  of  beneficiaries  to  intervene  in  the 
affairs  of  the  trust  should  be  broad,  and,  in  particular,  that  they  should  be 
able  to  instruct  trustees  concerning  the  exercise  of  their  powers.  The  basis 
for  this  assertion  lies  in  an  extension  of  the  principle  set  forth  in  Saunders  v. 
Vautier.186  It  was  established  by  this  case  that,  if  the  sole  possible  beneficiary 
of  a  trust  is  ascertained,  of  age,  and  mentally  capable,  that  person  can  call 
upon  trustees  to  transfer  the  trust  property  to  him,  even  though  the  terms  of 
the  trust  permit  payment  or  transfer  to  take  place  only  at  a  later  time.  In  these 
circumstances,  equity  regards  the  beneficiary  as  the  absolute  owner  and  the 
trust  as  a  restraint  upon  his  enjoyment  with  which  he  may  dispense  as  he  sees 
fit.  Equity  also  employs  the  same  analysis  when  there  is  more  than  one 
possible  beneficiary.187  Accordingly,  it  is  contended  that,  if  the  circumstances 
are  such  that  beneficiaries  may  direct  trustees  to  wind  up  the  trust,  they  should 
also,  in  like  circumstances,  be  able  to  keep  the  trust  in  being  and  instruct  the 
trustees  concerning  the  exercise  of  their  powers. 

This  issue  has  arisen  on  two  specific  occasions,  and  has  received  two 
varying  responses.  The  orthodox  view  was  expressed  in  Re  Brockbank,xm  a 
case  where  a  continuing  trustee  wished  to  exercise  his  statutory  power  of 
appointment  by  appointing  a  trust  corporation  as  his  co-trustee,  while  the 
beneficiaries  wanted  an  individual  appointed  co-trustee.  The  Court  pointed 
out  that  under  the  Trustee  Act,  1925  the  power  to  appoint  a  substitute  trustee 
was  conferred  upon  the  continuing  trustee,  and  that  he  was  proposing  to 
exercise  his  discretion  properly.  The  application  was  dismissed,  and  the  Court 
noted  that,  if  the  beneficiaries  wished  the  individual  appointed,  their  remedy 
was  to  wind  up  the  trust  and  to  resettle,  appointing  new  trustees.  A  different 
opinion  was  expressed  in  Butt  v.  Kelson,]H9  a  decision  of  the  English  Court 


186  Saunders  v.  Vautier,  supra,  note  175. 

187  For  example,  assume  a  trust  in  favour  of  A  for  life,  then  to  B  for  life,  and  then  to  C  in 
remainder.  During  A's  lifetime,  A,  B,  and  C,  if  they  are  all  ascertained,  of  age,  and 
mentally  capable,  may  agree  and  call  for  the  capital  from  the  trustees,  in  order  that  it 
may  be  divided  among  themselves. 

188  [1948]  Ch.  206,  [1948]  1  All  E.R.  287.  See,  also.  Underbill's  Law  relating  to  Trusts 
and  Trustees,  supra,  note  3,  at  556. 

189  [1952]  Ch.  197,  [1952]  1  All.  E.R.  167  (C.A.). 


74 

of  Appeal.  In  this  case,  trustees,  registered  as  owners  of  certain  shares  that 
were  trust  property,  were  held  to  have  the  obligation  to  vote  the  shares  as 
instructed  by  the  beneficiaries.  The  Court  reasoned  that,  as  the  trust  benefi- 
ciaries were  entitled  to  call  for  the  shares,  they  were  entitled  to  say  how  the 
trustees  should  use  their  vote.190 

Neither  case  appears  to  have  been  invoked  in  any  reported  Canadian 
decision,  and  we  are  of  the  view  that  the  matter  should  be  settled  in  the 
revised  Trustee  Act.  We  would  note  that  the  right  of  beneficiaries  to  direct 
trustees  in  the  exercise  of  their  powers  is  not  without  statutory  expression. 
The  Western  Australia  Trustees  Act,  1962191  contains  a  provision  that  requires 
trustees  to  sell  land  subject  to  a  trust,  if  the  person  or  all  the  persons  benefi- 
cially entitled  to  an  interest  in  possession  express  the  desire  in  writing  that 
they  do  so.  Nonetheless,  for  several  reasons  we  are  inclined  to  the  view 
expressed  in  Re  Brockbank. 

First,  it  is  the  trustees  in  whom  the  trust  property  is  vested.  The  settlor 
or  testator  has  placed  property  in  trust  for  specific  reasons,  and  has  entrusted 
to  persons  whom  he  views  as  capable  the  power  to  make  decisions  that  will 
be  in  the  best  interests  of  the  trust.  To  allow  beneficiaries  to  direct  the  on- 
going administration  of  the  trust  confuses  the  roles  of  trustee  and  beneficiary 
and  is  inconsistent  with  the  trust  concept.  If  the  creator  of  the  trust  wishes  a 
beneficiary  to  be  actively  involved  in  the  management  of  the  trust,  such 
person  may  always  be  appointed  trustee.  Further,  beneficiaries  are  granted 
several  remedies,  which  should  protect  them  adequately  against  imprudent 
actions  by  trustees. 

Finally,  we  mentioned  earlier  that  the  basis  for  the  assertion  that  benefi- 
ciaries should  be  able  to  instruct  trustees  concerning  the  exercise  of  their 
powers  lies  in  an  extension  of  the  principle  in  Saunders  v.  Vautier.  In  a  later 
chapter  of  this  Report,192  we  recommend  that  all  Saunders  v.  Vautier  trust 
terminations  should  require  the  consent  of  the  court.  If  this  recommendation 
is  accepted,  it  follows,  in  our  opinion,  that  the  basis  for  this  assertion  will  no 
longer  exist.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should 
provide  that,  subject  to  the  power  of  delegation,  and  notwithstanding  that  all 
the  beneficiaries  are  ascertained,  of  age,  and  under  no  disability,  the  powers 
conferred  upon  trustees  by  the  Act  or  by  the  trust  instrument,  or  as  a  result 
of  their  having  title  to  trust  property,  should  be  exercisable  by  them  solely 
within  their  own  discretion.193 


(b)  Beneficiaries'  Objection  to  Trustees'  Exercise  of  Powers 

The  recommendation  that  we  have  made  in  the  preceding  section  makes 
it  clear  that  beneficiaries  should  not  be  able,  on  an  ongoing  basis,  to  instruct 


191 
192 
193 


In  Re  Whichelow  Ld.,  [1954]  1  W.L.R.  5,  at  8,  [1953]  2  All  E.R.  1558  (Ch.D.),  at 
1561,  Upjohn  J.  pointed  out  that  Butt  v.  Kelson  "is  difficult  to  reconcile"  with  Re 
Brockbank,  supra,  note  188,  Re  Higginbottom,  [1892]  3  Ch.  132,  and  Tempest  v.  Lord 
Camoys  (1882),  21  Ch.  D.  571  (C.A.).  It  seems  that  Re  Brockbank  was  not  brought  to 
the  Court's  attention  in  Butt  v.  Kelson. 

Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  1 19.  s.  27(4). 

See  infra,  ch.  7. 

Draft  Bill,  s.  14. 


75 

trustees  concerning  how  the  terms  of  the  trust  should  be  administered.  None- 
theless, the  question  arises  whether  beneficiaries  should  have  some  means 
available  to  oppose  a  trustee's  intended  exercise  of  power,  and,  if  so,  whether 
the  remedies  that  are  available  to  beneficiaries  at  present  are  adequate  in  this 
regard. 

For  example,  suppose  that  a  testamentary  trust  is  created  and  that  the 
trust  assets  include  an  old  house.  Suppose  also  that  the  trust  is  in  favour  of  a 
person  who  is  a  minor  when  the  will  takes  effect,  and  that  it  is  to  continue 
until  the  minor  attains  the  age  of  majority.  Suppose  further  that  the  trustees 
intend  to  accept  an  attractive  offer  to  purchase  the  house  either  because  the 
trust  requires  funds  or  because  they  judge  the  cost  of  outgoings  to  be  reducing 
unjustifiably  the  original  dollar  value  of  the  testamentary  gift.  In  this  situation, 
should  the  parent  or  guardian  of  the  minor,  on  his  behalf,  be  able  to  challenge 
the  proposed  sale  of  the  house  by  the  trustees? 

It  may  be  argued  that,  although  the  trustees  may  act  responsibly  and  in 
good  faith  in  exercising  their  discretion,  the  beneficiary  could  make  a  case  in 
the  above-noted  situation.  The  house  may  have  been  the  home  of  the  grand- 
parents of  the  minor,  and  there  may  be  sentimental  reasons  for  retaining  the 
property,  despite  its  poor  showing  as  an  investment  proposition.  Similar  types 
of  problem  could  arise  with  other  powers.  Under  a  power  contained  in  the 
trust  instrument  to  carry  on  a  business,  for  example,  trustees  might  decide 
that  the  best  course  would  be  to  sell  the  business,  while  the  beneficiaries 
might  prefer,  for  their  own  reasons,  to  see  the  business  continued. 

To  meet  this  type  of  situation,  the  New  Zealand  Trustee  Act  1956,i94  the 
Western  Australia  Trustees  Act,  1962,i95  and  the  Queensland  Trusts  Act 
1973196  supplement  a  beneficiary's  case  law  remedies  by  conferring  upon  him 
the  right  to  bring  his  argument  before  the  court.  Section  8  of  the  Queensland 
Act,  which  is  modelled  upon  and  is  in  similar  terms  to  the  New  Zealand  and 
Western  Australia  provisions,  provides  as  follows: 

8. — (1)  Any  person  who  has,  directly  or  indirectly,  an  interest,  whether  vested 
or  contingent,  in  any  trust  property,  and  who  is  aggrieved  by  any  act,  omission 
or  decision  of  a  trustee  or  other  person  in  the  exercise  of  any  power  conferred 
by  this  Act  or  by  the  instrument  (if  any)  creating  the  trust,  or  who  has  reasonable 
grounds  to  apprehend  any  such  act,  omission  or  decision  by  which  he  will  be 
aggrieved,  may  apply  to  the  Court  to  review  the  act,  omission  or  decision,  or  to 
give  directions  in  respect  of  the  apprehended  act,  omission  or  decision;  and  the 
Court  may  require  the  trustee  or  other  person  to  appear  before  it,  and  to  substan- 
tiate and  uphold  the  grounds  of  the  act,  omission  or  decision  which  is  being 
reviewed  and  may  make  such  order  in  the  premises  (including  such  order  as  to 
costs)  as  the  circumstances  may  require. 

(2)  An  order  of  the  Court  under  subsection  ( 1 )  shall  not  - 

(a)  disturb  any  distribution  of  the  trust  property,  made  without  breach  of 
trust,  before  the  trustee  became  aware  of  the  making  of  the  application 
to  the  Court;  or 


194 
195 
I9f> 


Supra,  note  47,  s.  68. 
Supra,  note  1  19,  s.  94. 
Supra,  note  1  19.  s.  8. 


76 


(b)  affect  any  right  acquired  by  any  person  in  good  faith  and  for  valuable 
consideration. 

(3)  Where  any  application  is  made  under  this  section,  the  Court  may,  - 

(a)  if  any  question  of  fact  is  involved,  determine  that  question  or  give 
directions  as  to  the  manner  in  which  that  question  shall  be  determined; 
and 

(b)  if  the  Court  is  being  asked  to  make  an  order  which  may  adversely  affect 
the  rights  of  any  person  who  is  not  a  party  to  the  proceedings,  direct 
that  that  person  shall  be  made  a  party  to  the  proceedings. 

As  will  be  noted,  the  Act  permits  any  person  who  is  aggrieved  "by  any 
act,  omission  or  decision  of  a  trustee  ...  in  the  exercise  of  any  power"  to 
apply  to  the  court  for  relief;  the  trustee  may  then  be  required  to  give  reasons 
for  the  act,  omission,  or  decision  in  issue.  Although  beneficiaries  have  always 
had  recourse  against  trustees  for  a  breach  of  trust,  this  provision  appears  to 
reverse  case  law  that  has  held  that  there  is  no  duty  imposed  upon  trustees,  in 
the  absence  of  bad  faith,  to  disclose  their  motives  or  reasons  for  the  manner 
in  which  they  have  exercised  a  particular  power.197  The  Act  also  provides 
that  any  distribution  of  the  trust  property  made  without  breach  of  trust,  and 
before  the  trustees  became  aware  of  the  application  to  the  court,  shall  stand, 
and  extends  this  protection  to  any  third  party  who  has  acquired  a  right  in 
good  faith  and  for  valuable  consideration. 

It  may  be  contended,  however,  for  several  reasons,  that  it  would  be 
inappropriate  to  confer  upon  beneficiaries,  or  those  acting  on  their  behalf,  an 
opportunity  to  oppose  trustees  in  the  exercise  of  their  powers;  that  is,  to  grant 
beneficiaries  what  may  be  described  as  a  "blocking  power".  First,  it  is  the 
trust  instrument  that  provides  trustees'  instructions  and  authorities,  with  the 
Trustee  Act  powers  supplementing  the  instrument.  Trustees  are,  by  the  in- 
strument, vested  with  legal  ownership  of  the  trust  assets  and,  accordingly, 
are  entitled  to  act  as  if  they  were  the  owners;  for  example,  trustees  may 
contract  in  their  own  name.  Therefore,  it  would  be  inconsistent  with  the 
principles  of  trusteeship  to  require  trustees  to  justify  their  decisions,  or  pro- 
posed actions,  concerning  the  administration  of  the  trust  at  the  behest  of  a 
beneficiary  who  may  be  contrary  minded. 

Moreover,  the  controls  upon  trustees  in  the  discharge  of  their  duties  and 
the  exercise  of  their  powers  constitute  the  fundamental  obligations  of  trustees: 
namely,  to  demonstrate  "vigilance,  prudence  and  sagacity";198  to  avoid  con- 
flicts of  interest  and  duty;  to  delegate  only  those  matters  that  do  not  involve 
crucial  policy;  and,  where  there  are  both  income  and  capital  beneficiaries,  to 
exercise  their  powers  in  such  a  way  that  they  favour  neither  the  one  nor  the 
other.199  Where  one  or  more  of  these  obligations  have  not  been  honoured,  the 
remedy  available  to  the  aggrieved  beneficiary  is  an  action  for  breach  of  trust, 


197  See  Re  Londonderry' s  Settlement,  supra,  note  150,  at  928,  per  Harman  L.J. 

198  Fales,  Wohlleben  v.  Canada  Permanent  Trust  Co.,  supra,  note  5. 

9  See  infra,  ch.  4,  sec.  4,  for  a  discussion  of  the  duty  to  act  impartially. 


77 

or,  where  breach  of  trust  is  apprehended,  an  injunction  to  prevent  the  conduct 
at  issue.  But,  according  to  this  argument,  where  these  obligations  have  been 
satisfied,  a  beneficiary  should  not  have  a  blocking  power;  he  should  not  be 
able  to  arrest  a  course  of  action  that  trustees  have  determined  to  be  appropri- 
ate. 

Secondly,  it  can  be  asserted  that  trustees  may  be  reluctant  to  take  deci- 
sions that  they  believe  to  be  in  the  best  interests  of  the  trust,  or  even  to  act  as 
trustees,  if,  for  their  efforts,  they  may  be  brought  before  the  courts  to  justify 
their  decisions  on  the  merits.  In  addition,  the  delay  that  may  occur  as  a  result 
of  judicial  proceedings  under  a  blocking  power  may  result  in  the  loss  of  an 
opportunity  that  the  trustees  should  have  pursued  and  that  would  have  bene- 
fited the  trust.  It  has  also  been  noted  that  beneficiaries  are  rarely  unanimous 
concerning  a  proposed  course  of  action,  and  that  one  beneficiary  should  not 
be  permitted  by  means  of  a  blocking  power  to  disrupt  and  delay  the  admin- 
istration of  the  trust  that  is  being  carried  out  by  the  trustees  in  the  best  interests 
of  all  the  beneficiaries. 

Thirdly,  it  may  be  said  that  the  introduction  of  a  blocking  power  might 
have  serious  implications  for  trustees  dealing  with  third  parties.  Third  parties 
who  deal  in  good  faith  with  trustees  should  be  able  to  rely  upon  the  fact  that 
trustees  have  the  ability  to  carry  through  transactions  into  which  they  enter, 
and  that  such  transactions  will  not  be  set  aside  subsequently  at  the  behest  of 
beneficiaries.  Trustees'  powers  will  be  of  little  value  if  ordinary  commercial 
significance  does  not  attach  to  their  purported  exercise. 

Finally,  it  may  be  asked  what  principles  a  court  should  apply  in  assessing 
the  appropriateness  of  a  decision  taken  by  trustees,  and  what  remedies  should 
be  available.  It  is  argued  that  the  court  should  not  be  asked  to  review  a 
situation  and  to  provide  a  solution  where,  for  example,  trustees  contend  that 
a  prudent  man  of  business  would  sell  trust  property,  while  an  aggrieved 
beneficiary  with  a  remainder  interest  replies  that  he  would  like  the  property 
retained. 

The  Commission  finds  the  above  arguments  compelling,  and  has  con- 
cluded that  a  beneficiary  who  takes  exception  to  a  trustee's  exercise  of  power 
should  not  able  to  apply  to  the  court  for  a  review  of  the  trustee's  decision  in 
the  absence  of  a  breach  of  trust  by  the  trustee.  Such  a  position  would  come 
precariously  close  to  affording  beneficiaries  an  opportunity  to  instruct  trustees 
concerning  the  exercise  of  their  powers,  a  proposition  that  we  rejected  in  the 
previous  section  of  this  chapter.20"  As  we  stated  there,  the  powers  conferred 
upon  trustees  by  statute  or  by  the  trust  instrument,  or  as  a  result  of  their 
having  title  to  trust  property,  should  be  exercisable  by  them  solely  within 
their  own  discretion.201  To  permit  beneficiaries  to  question  the  trustees'  ex- 
ercise, or  proposed  exercise,  of  discretion  in  the  absence  of  an  alleged  breach 
of  trust  would,  in  our  opinion,  undermine  this  principle  greatly. 

Generally  speaking,  we  agree  with  the  present  position  that  a  court  should 
not  interfere  with  the  bona  fide  exercise  of  discretion  by  trustees.  The  one 


200  See  supra,  this  ch..  sec.  6(a). 

201  See  Draft  Bill.  s.  14. 


78 

exception  to  this  general  principle  is  where  trustees  who  must  act  unanimously 
cannot  agree,  in  which  case  we  have  recommended  that  the  court  should  be 
empowered  to  break  the  deadlock  by  whatever  means  appropriate,  including 
the  exercise  of  discretion  of  the  trustees.202  The  proposed  blocking  power 
would  appear  to  contemplate  a  much  broader  role  for  the  court  in  reviewing 
the  exercise  of  trustees'  discretion,  if  the  power  were  to  be  meaningful.  If, 
on  the  other  hand,  notwithstanding  the  existence  of  a  blocking  power,  courts 
were  reticent  to  intervene  in  trustees'  exercise  of  powers  to  any  greater  extent 
than  contemplated  by  the  present  law,  such  a  blocking  power  would  be  of 
minimal  utility.  Indeed,  it  would  appear  that  the  courts  in  Queensland  have 
adopted  a  cautious  approach  to  the  application  of  section  8(1)  of  the  Trusts 
Act  1973.  In  the  two  reported  cases  dealing  with  this  section,  the  courts  were 
of  the  view  that  there  was  a  very  heavy  onus  upon  the  person  who  sought  to 
review  a  trustee's  decision  and  that  the  court  should  not  interfere  lightly  with 
a  discretionary  decision  of  a  trustee  unless  a  proper  case  had  been  made  out.203 

While  we  are  of  the  opinion  that  a  power  akin  to  that  provided  in  section 
8  of  the  Queensland  Trusts  Act  1973  should  not  be  introduced  in  Ontario,  it 
has  been  pointed  out  to  us  that  it  would  be  useful  to  specify  the  remedies 
available  to  beneficiaries  where  the  trustees  refuse  to  act,  in  the  sense  that 
they  refuse  to  discharge  a  duty  or  to  turn  their  minds  to  whether  they  should 
exercise  a  power.  At  present,  of  course,  beneficiaries  may  seek  to  have  a 
trustee  who  refuses  to  act  removed  from  office.204  However,  this  course  of 
action  may  not  be  attractive  for  various  reasons;  all  that  may  be  needed  is  a 
direction  from  the  court  that  the  trustees  proceed  in  a  timely  fashion  to 
exercise  their  powers  and  discharge  their  duties.  The  court  would  not,  in 
these  circumstances,  be  empowered  to  instruct  the  trustees  how  to  act.  Rather, 
where  a  proper  case  of  inactivity  on  the  part  of  the  trustees  had  been  made 
out,  the  court  would  direct  that  the  trustees  discharge  the  duty  or  turn  their 
minds  to  the  exercise  of  the  powers  that  have  been  conferred  upon  them.  If 
the  trustees  demonstrate  that  they  have,  in  their  discretion,  considered  the 
matter,  and  have  decided  on  a  particular  course  of  conduct  that  might  include 
inactivity,  the  court,  in  the  absence  of  an  allegation  of  breach  of  trust,  would 
not  generally  interfere  with  the  exercise  of  discretion  by  trustees. 

We  are  aware  that  under  the  present  case  law  beneficiaries,  through  their 
equitable  interest,  can  "compel  the  trustees  to  discharge  their  fiduciary  role 
in  relation  to  the  powers  and  duties  which  they  possess".205  This,  of  course, 
is  especially  the  case  where  a  trustee  fails  to  carry  out  his  duties  as  prescribed 
by  the  trust  instrument,  statute,  or  otherwise  by  law.206  We  are  also  of  the 
view  that,  even  if  what  is  involved  is  a  power,  beneficiaries  should  be  able 
to  compel  trustees  to  exercise  their  discretion  under  the  power,  but  not,  as 
we  have  said,  to  the  extent  of  dictating  the  manner  in  which  the  discretion 


202  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  5,  and  Draft  Bill,  s.  13(2). 

203  See  Re  Koczorowski,  [1974]  Qd.  R.  177  (S.C.),  and/te  Whitehouse,  [1982]  Qd.  R.  196 
(S.C.). 

204  See  infra,  ch.  3,  sees.  1(b)  and  (f). 

205  See  Waters,  supra,  note  1,  at  835. 

206  Ibid.,  at  837-40. 


79 

shall  be  exercised.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Trustee  Aet 
should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that,  where  trustees  are  directed  or 
empowered  to  act,  whether  by  the  trust  instrument,  statute,  or  otherwise  by 
law,  and  they  refuse  or  fail  to  discharge  the  duty  of  to  consider  in  good  faith 
and  decide  accordingly  upon  the  exercise  of  the  power,  the  court,  upon 
application  by  a  beneficiary,  may  order  the  trustees  to  discharge  the  duty,  or 
to  satisfy  the  court  that  such  consideration  has  been  given  to  the  exercise  of 
the  power.207 


Recommendations 

The  Commission  makes  the  following  recommendations: 

1 .  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  set  out  expressly  the  general  duty  of  care 
governing  the  exercise  of  power  and  discharge  of  duty  by  trustees.  Ac- 
cordingly, the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  in  the  discharge 
of  their  duties  and  the  exercise  of  their  powers,  whether  the  duty  or  power 
is  created  by  law  or  the  trust  instrument,  trustees  shall  exercise  that  degree 
of  care,  diligence,  and  skill  that  a  person  of  ordinary  prudence  would 
exercise  in  dealing  with  the  property  of  another  person. 

2.  Non-professional,  unremunerated  trustees  should  not  be  governed  by  any 
lower  standard  of  care  than  that  set  out  in  Recommendation  1.  That  is, 
non-professional,  unremunerated  trustees  should  be  governed  by  the  gen- 
eral duty  of  care  expected  of  all  trustees  as  expressed  in  Recommenda- 
tion 1. 

3.  "Professional"  trustees,  that  is,  trustees  who  in  fact  possess,  or  who 
because  of  their  profession,  business,  or  calling  ought  to  possess,  a 
particular  level  of  knowledge  or  skill  which  in  all  the  circumstances  is 
relevant  to  the  administratrion  of  the  trust,  should  employ  that  particular 
level  of  knowledge  or  skill  in  the  administration  of  the  trust,  in  addition 
to  the  general  duty  of  care  applicable  to  all  trustees  as  provided  in 
Recommendation  1 . 

4.  Section  35  of  the  present  Trustee  Act,  permitting  the  court  to  excuse 
trustees  for  breach  of  trust,  should  be  carried  over  to  the  revised  Trustee 
Act.  Accordingly,  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that,  if  in  any  proceed- 
ings affecting  a  trustee  or  trust  property  it  appears  to  the  court  that  a 
trustee,  or  any  person  who  may  be  held  to  be  fiduciarily  responsible  as  a 
trustee,  is  or  may  be  personally  liable  for  a  breach  of  trust,  whenever  the 
transaction  alleged  or  found  to  be  a  breach  of  trust  occurred,  but  has 
acted  honestly  and  reasonably  and  ought  fairly  to  be  excused  for  the 
breach  of  trust,  and  for  not  obtaining  the  directions  of  the  court  in  the 
matter  in  which  he  committed  the  breach,  the  court  may  relieve  the  trustee 
either  wholly  or  partly  from  personal  liability  for  the  breach. 


207  Draft  Bill,  s.  16. 


80 

5.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  no 
term  in  a  trust  instrument,  or  in  an  oral  declaration  of  trust,  is  valid  to 
the  extent  that  it  purports  to  exonerate  the  trustees  from  liability  for 
failure  to  exercise  the  degree  of  care,  diligence,  and  skill  that  a  person 
of  ordinary  prudence  would  exercise  in  dealing  with  the  property  of 
another  person. 

6.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  no  term  in  a  trust  instrument, 
or  in  an  oral  declaration  of  trust,  should  be  valid  to  the  extent  that  it 
purports  to  exclude  or  lower  the  standard  of  knowledge  or  skill  required 
by  trustees  who  in  fact  possess,  or  who  because  of  their  profession, 
business,  or  calling  ought  to  possess,  a  particular  level  of  knowledge  or 
skill  which  in  all  the  circumstances  is  relevant  to  the  administration  of 
the  trust. 

7.  Section  20  of  the  present  Ontario  Trustee  Act  should  be  repealed.  In  its 
place,  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  where  it  is  reasonable 
and  prudent  in  the  circumstances  so  to  do,  trustees  may  employ  one  or 
more  persons  as  agents  within  or  outside  Ontario  to  cany  out  any  act 
required  to  be  done  in  the  administration  of  the  trust,  including  the 
execution  of  documents,  the  payment,  transfer,  and  receipt  of  money  or 
other  property,  and  the  giving  of  discharges  for  receipts,  but  excluding 
the  exercise  of  any  express  or  statutory  discretion  as  to  the  transfer  or 
distribution  of  trust  property  to  or  among  beneficiaries  of  the  trust. 

8.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  for  the  purpose  of  the  power 
of  delegation  proposed  in  Recommendation  7,  an  agent  includes  a  co- 
trustee. A  non-corporate  trustee  should  be  able  to  delegate,  to  the  extent 
permitted  by  Recommendation  7,  to  the  other  trustees  where  there  are 
two  or  more  non-corporate  trustees,  or  to  a  sole  co-trustee  if  the  sole  co- 
trustee is  a  trust  company,  but,  except  where  a  sole  trustee  was  originally 
appointed,  where  there  are  two  trustees  only  and  neither  is  a  trust  com- 
pany, neither  should  be  able  to  delegate  to  the  other. 

9.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  in  employing  an  agent, 
trustees  shall  personally  select  the  agent  and  be  satisfied  of  his  suitability 
to  perform  the  act  for  which  he  is  to  be  employed,  and  shall  carry  out 
such  supervision  of  the  agent  throughout  his  employment  as  is  prudent 
and  reasonable. 

10.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  no  term  in  a  trust  instrument, 
or  in  an  oral  declaration  of  trust,  is  valid  to  the  extent  that  it  purports  to 
absolve  the  trustees  in  the  employment  of  agents  from  the  duty  to  act  in 
accordance  with  Recommendation  9. 

1 1 .  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  are  only  chargeable 
for  loss  caused  by  the  default  of  an  agent  if  the  loss  is  due,  wholly  or 
partly,  to  a  breach  of  the  duties  prescribed  by  Recommendations  7  and 
9,  or  otherwise  to  the  trustees'  negligence  or  wilful  wrongdoing. 

12.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  are  not  liable  for  any 
loss  to  the  trust  if  they  rely  reasonably  and  in  good  faith  upon  a  written 


81 

statement  of  an  agent  who  is  a  duly  accredited  member  of  the  legal, 
accounting,  engineering,  medical  or  any  other  profession. 

13.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  a  trustee  may,  by  granting  a 
power  of  attorney,  delegate  to  any  person  for  any  period  not  exceeding 
twelve  months  the  execution  or  exercise  of  all  or  any  of  the  duties  and 
powers  vested  in  him  as  sole  trustee  or  jointly  with  one  or  more  other 
trustees. 

14.  The  power  of  delegation  by  way  of  power  of  attorney  proposed  in  Rec- 
ommendation 13  should  be  subject  to  the  following  limitations  in  the 
revised  Trustee  Act: 

(a)  a  trustee  should  be  able  to  delegate  by  granting  a  power  of  attorney 
only  where  the  delegation  would  result  in  the  duties  and  powers  so 
delegated  being  executed  or  exercised  by  the  donee  and  one  or  more 
other  persons,  except  that  where  the  donee  is  a  trust  company,  it 
should  be  able  to  act  alone; 

(b)  an  instrument  creating  a  power  of  attorney  should  be  attested  by  at 
least  one  witness;  and 

(c)  within  seven  days  after  granting  a  power  of  attorney,  the  donor 
should  give  written  notice  thereof,  specifying  the  date  on  which  the 
power  comes  into  effect,  its  duration,  the  name  of  the  donee,  the 
reason  why  the  power  of  attorney  is  given,  and  the  duties  and  powers 
delegated, 

(i)  to  any  other  persons  who  have  power,  alone  or  jointly,  to  appoint 
a  new  trustee;  and 

(ii)  to  any  other  trustees, 

but  failure  to  comply  with  this  requirement  should  not,  in  favour  of 
a  person  dealing  with  the  donee  of  the  power,  invalidate  any  act  done 
or  instrument  executed  by  the  donee. 

15.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  the  donor  of  a  power  of 
attorney  given  under  Recommendation  13  is  liable  for  the  acts  or  defaults 
of  the  donee  in  the  same  manner  as  if  they  were  the  acts  or  defaults  of 
the  donor. 

16.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  the  fact  that  it  appears  from 
a  power  of  attorney  given  under  Recommendation  13,  or  from  any  evi- 
dence required  for  the  purposes  of  the  exercise  of  any  such  power  or 
otherwise,  that  the  donee  of  the  power  is  acting  in  the  execution  of  a  trust 
shall  not  be  deemed  for  any  purpose  to  affect  any  person  with  notice  of 
the  trust. 

17.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  a  trust  instrument  may 
exclude  the  power  to  delegate  by  way  of  power  of  attorney  under  Rec- 
ommendation 13,  but  that,  if  any  trust  instrument  does  confer  a  power  to 


82 

delegate  by  way  of  power  of  attorney,  it  must  done  in  the  terms  of 
Recommendations  13  to  16,  and  not  otherwise. 

18.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  state  expressly  the  duty  of  trustees  with 
respect  to  the  conflict  of  their  own  interests  and  their  duties  to  the  trust. 
Accordingly,  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  shall  discharge 
their  duties  and  exercise  their  powers  solely  in  the  interests  of  the  bene- 
ficiaries of  the  trust,  and,  without  limiting  the  generality  of  this  duty, 
shall  not  knowingly  permit  themselves  to  be  in  a  position  in  which  their 
interest  conflicts  in  any  way  with  the  discharge  of  their  duties  and  the 
exercise  of  their  powers,  or  in  which  they  may  derive  any  benefit  for 
themselves  or  for  any  other  person,  except  so  far  as  the  law  or  the  trust 
instrument  expressly  permits. 

19.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  where  upon  application  to 
the  court  it  is  shown  that  it  would  be  for  the  benefit  of  the  trust  and  its 
beneficiaries,  whether  or  not  any  beneficiary  withholds  his  consent,  the 
court  may  make  an  order,  on  such  terms  and  conditions  as  appear  just, 

(i)  permitting  the  trustees  to  act  notwithstanding  that  they  may  be  in  a 
position  of  conflict  of  interest  and  duty,  or 

(ii)  excusing  them  from  liability  notwithstanding  that  they  may  be  in 
breach  of  trust  for  having  acted  while  their  interest  was  in  conflict 
with  their  duty. 

20.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  the  jurisdiction  of  the  court 
is  exercisable  in  cases  under  Recommendation  19(ii)  upon  application  by 
the  trustees  any  time  after  the  occurrence  of  the  breach  of  trust;  but 
nothing  in  this  recommendation  should  affect  in  any  way  the  power  of 
the  court  under  Recommendation  4  to  excuse  a  trustee  for  breach  of  trust. 

21 .  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  unless  otherwise  ordered  by 
the  court,  the  trustees  shall  give  notice  of  an  application  under  Recom- 
mendation 19  to  every  person  having  any  interest  in  the  trust. 

22.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  where  a  minor  or  unborn 
person  has  an  interest  in  the  trust,  the  trustees  shall  also  give  notice  of 
an  application  under  Recommendation  19  to  the  Official  Guardian  at  least 
one  month  before  the  day  fixed  for  the  return  of  the  application. 

23.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  where  an  order  has  been 
made  permitting  a  trustee  to  act  in  a  conflict  of  interest  situation,  and 
circumstances  under  which  it  was  made  change,  the  court  may,  upon 
application  by  the  trustees  or  any  interested  person,  vary  the  order. 

24.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  Recommendation  19  applies 
to  a  charitable  trust,  in  which  case  the  trustees  must  give  notice  of  the 
application  to  the  Public  Trustee  at  least  one  month  before  the  day  fixed 
for  the  return  of  the  application. 


83 

25.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  subject  to  our  later  recom- 
mendation concerning  the  deposit  of  trust  funds  and  to  any  power  in  the 
trust  instrument,  a  trust  company,  or  other  depository  empowered  by  law 
to  accept  moneys  for  deposit,  may  deposit  or  invest  the  funds  vested  in 
it  pursuant  to  a  trust  of  which  it  is  a  trustee  in  any  account  maintained, 
or  in  any  security  issued,  by  itself  or  any  affiliate  or  subsidiary  up  to,  but 
not  exceeding,  the  maximum  insurable  sum  established  by  the  Canada 
Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  Act. 

26.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  a  power  in  a  trust  instrument 
authorizing  the  trustees  to  reimburse  themselves  or  to  make  payments 
directly  from  the  trust  funds  for  the  discharge  of  expenses  or  of  any  other 
obligation  properly  incurred  or  arising  in  the  administration  of  the  trust 
is  valid  and  that  the  trustees  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  acting  in  conflict 
of  interest  and  duty  in  so  doing. 

27.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that, 
notwithstanding  the  terms  of  the  trust  instrument,  any  beneficiary  of  a 
trust  may  apply  to  the  court  for  a  deletion  or  variation  of  any  term  in  the 
trust  instrument  permitting  a  conflict  of  interest  and  duty. 

28.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  in  the  discharge  of  their 
duties  and  the  exercise  of  their  powers,  whether  the  duties  or  powers  are 
created  by  law  or  the  trust  instrument,  trustees  must  act  unanimously, 
unless  the  terms  of  the  trust  instrument  are  to  the  contrary. 

29.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  where  it  appears  that  the 
trustees  are  unable  to  achieve  unanimity  on  a  matter,  one  or  more  of 
them  may  apply  to  the  court  for  an  order  resolving  the  deadlock  in  any 
way  it  considers  proper. 

30.  Subject  to  the  power  to  delegate  proposed  in  Recommendations  7  and 
13,  and  notwithstanding  that  all  the  beneficiaries  are  ascertained,  of  age, 
and  under  no  disability,  the  powers  conferred  upon  trustees  by  the  revised 
Act  or  by  the  trust  instrument,  or  as  a  result  of  their  having  title  to  trust 
property,  should  be  exercisable  by  them  solely  within  their  own  discre- 
tion. 

31 .  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  where  trustees  are  directed 
or  empowered  to  act,  whether  by  the  trust  instrument,  statute,  or  other- 
wise by  law,  and  they  refuse  or  fail  to  discharge  the  duty  or  to  consider 
in  good  faith  and  decide  accordingly  upon  the  exercise  of  the  power,  the 
court,  upon  application  by  a  beneficiary,  may  order  the  trustees  to  dis- 
charge the  duty  or  to  satisfy  the  court  that  such  consideration  has  been 
given  to  the  exercise  of  the  power. 


CHAPTER  3 


APPOINTMENT  AND 
DISCHARGE  OF  TRUSTEES 


In  former  decades,  when  social  conditions  were  different  and  the  levy  of 
tax  less,  an  express  trust,  whether  created  by  a  will  or  by  a  deed,  could  well 
remain  in  existence  for  many  years,  possibly  spanning  the  lives  of  two  or 
more  generations.  Today,  in  Canada,  there  are  relatively  few  such  trusts, 
although  most  trusts  will  probably  be  in  operation  for  several  years.  Indeed, 
the  lifespan  of  an  average  modern  trust  is  probably  between  five  and  twenty 
years.1 

During  the  period  of  a  trust's  existence,  the  trustees2  are  continually 
managing  the  trust  property,  which  today  usually  consists  of  a  portfolio  of 
investments.  The  trustees  periodically  renew  the  trust  property  by  a  process 
of  purchase  and  sale,  and  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  trust  instrument  pay 
out  income  or  transfer  portions  of  capital  to  the  beneficiaries.  The  final  act  is 
the  transfer  of  the  remaining  capital  to  those  persons  entitled  on  the  termi- 
nation of  the  trust.  So  far  as  the  trustees  are  concerned,  an  express  trust  is, 
indeed,  ongoing  fiduciary  management. 

One  of  the  main  objectives  of  statutory  provisions  in  the  area  of  trust  law 
is  to  facilitate  efficient  management  of  the  trust.  Throughout  the  life  of  the 
trust,  the  trustees  are  required  to  make  important  decisions  concerning  the 
administration  of  the  trust.  Accordingly,  if  during  the  existence  of  the  trust  a 
trustee  dies,  wishes  to  retire,  or  the  removal  of  a  trustee  is  required,  questions 
arise  concerning  the  statutory  provisions  that  should  be  available  to  ensure 
that  such  events  and  their  consequences  do  not  unnecessarily  disrupt  the 
ongoing  management  of  the  trust.  Furthermore,  there  is  the  question  whether, 
in  order  to  enable  persons  to  discharge  their  duties  as  trustees  effectively,  a 
statutory  limit  should  be  imposed  on  the  number  of  trustees  who  may  hold 
office  at  any  one  time. 


1  However,  where  provision  is  made  for  spendthrifts  or  for  mentally  incapacitated  younger 
persons,  the  duration  of  the  trust  might  be  significantly  greater  than  twenty  years. 

2  Whether  created  by  will  or  inter  vivos,  a  trust  may  have  one  trustee  acting  alone,  or  two 
or  more  trustees,  as  the  creator  of  the  trust  may  choose.  In  Ontario,  the  trustee  acting 
alone  may  be  an  individual,  but  more  often  the  sole  trustee  is  a  trust  corporation.  When 
two  or  more  trustees  are  acting  together,  they  hold  title  to  trust  assets  as  joint  tenants 
and  must  act  jointly,  although  in  both  circumstances  the  creator  of  the  trust  may  provide 
to  the  contrary.  As  between  trustees,  therefore,  the  right  of  survivorship  applies.  Because 
there  may  be  several  trustees,  it  is  usual  to  refer  to  them  in  the  plural. 

1851 


86 

The  Commission  understands  that  the  statutory  non-judicial  powers  of 
appointment  and  discharge  of  trustees3  are  rarely  employed  in  Ontario.  Rather, 
as  a  matter  of  practice,  application  to  the  court  is  the  more  frequent  means  of 
appointing  and  discharging  trustees  because,  at  present,  it  is  the  only  method 
that  assures  the  validity  of  appointment  and  the  vesting  of  trust  property. 
Consistent  with  the  position  taken  by  the  reformers  in  England  in  1925,  the 
Commission  is  of  the  view  that  judicial  application  in  this  area,  involving 
time  and  expense  to  the  trust,  should  be  discouraged,  and  that  non-judicial 
appointment  and  discharge  of  trustees  should  be  encouraged.  In  order  to  be 
utilized  effectively,  however,  the  non-judicial  appointment  and  discharge 
mechanism  must  be  relatively  simple  and  provide,  as  nearly  as  possible,  the 
same  assurances  that  are  obtained  by  a  court  order.  Therefore,  the  Commis- 
sion is  of  the  opinion  that  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  contain  non-judicial 
appointment  and  discharge  powers  that  may  be  easily  invoked  and  upon  which 
reliance  may  be  placed  as  to  the  validity  of  appointment,  the  vesting  of  trust 
property,  and  the  proper  exercise  of  powers  conferred  upon  trustees. 

In  this  chapter,  the  Commission  considers  four  major  issues  relating  to 
the  appointment  and  discharge  of  trustees:  first,  whether  the  provisions  of  the 
Ontario  Trustee  Act  relating  to  the  retirement,  removal,  and  appointment  of 
trustees  are  satisfactory,  including  the  question  whether  it  is  appropriate  to 
place  a  statutory  limitation  on  the  number  of  trustees  who  may  administer  a 
trust  at  any  given  time;  secondly,  the  protection  that  should  be  afforded  a 
third  party  against  improperly  appointed  trustees;  thirdly,  the  evidence  that 
should  be  available  to  a  third  party  in  order  to  determine  whether  trust  property 
has  been  vested  in  trustees  when  a  change  of  trusteeship  occurs;  and  fourthly, 
the  protection  that  should  be  afforded  a  third  party  against  trustees  acting 
outside  the  scope  of  their  powers. 

1.     THE  STATUTORY  POWERS  OF  RETIREMENT,  REMOVAL, 
AND  APPOINTMENT  OF  TRUSTEES 

During  the  lifespan  of  a  trust,  some  trustees  may  wish  to  retire  because 
of  age,  illness,  or  other  calls  upon  their  time.  Others  may  become  unfit  to  act 
and  incapable  of  recognizing  their  inability  to  continue  to  discharge  their 
obligations  satisfactorily,  while  others  may  die  in  office.  A  trust  corporation 
as  trustee  will  not  suffer  from  human  ailments,  but  there  still  may  be  occasions 
when  the  corporation  wishes  to  withdraw  from  its  trusteeship,  or  the  benefi- 
ciaries have  a  case  for  the  removal  of  the  corporation  as  trustee.  Therefore, 
there  will  be  numerous  circumstances  necessitating  a  mechanism  whereby 
the  retirement  or  removal  of  trustees  can  be  effectuated  and  substitute  or 
additional  trustees  appointed  to  the  office. 

If  there  is  a  trust  instrument,  which  is  almost  always  the  case,  relief  may 
be  obtained  by  utilizing  the  mechanism  that  may  be  contained  in  the  instru- 
ment. An  event  may  occur,  however,  that  the  instrument  does  not  contem- 
plate. To  the  extent  that  the  instrument  is  silent,  the  position  is  the  same  as 
if  the  instrument  had  made  no  provision  for  retirement,  removal,  or  appoint- 
ment of  trustees.  In  these  circumstances,  whether  there  is  no  power  or  an 


Trustee  Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  512,  ss.  2  and  3. 


87 

inadequate  power,  the  remaining  trustees  or,  if  there  are  none,  the  benefici- 
aries, would  have  to  turn  to  the  court  for  assistance.  For  its  part,  the  court 
has  an  inherent  jurisdiction  to  ensure  that  no  trust  suffers  for  want  of  trustees4 
or  of  satisfactory  trustees.  Consequently,  a  judicial  remedy  is  available, 
although,  today,  the  inherent  jurisdiction  is  rarely  invoked.  During  the  second 
half  of  the  nineteenth  century,  Parliament  in  England  began  to  reduce  much 
of  the  court's  inherent  jurisdiction  to  statutory  form,  including  that  aspect  of 
the  jurisdiction  now  in  question.5  The  inherent  jurisdiction  was  not  abolished; 
it  was  merely  overlaid  with  a  more  clearly  defined  and  precise  statutory  set 
of  judicial  powers.  This  legislation  was  adopted  in  various  forms  throughout 
Canada,  Australia,  and  New  Zealand.6  At  present,  the  provisions  governing 
the  judicial  removal  and  appointment  of  trustees  in  Ontario  are  contained  in 
section  5  of  the  Trustee  Act. 

Application  to  the  court,  however,  involves  expense  to  the  trust,  delay, 
and  inconvenience,  all  of  which  could  be  avoided  if  trustees  could  retire,  be 
removed  and  appointed  without  the  assistance  of  the  court.  The  nineteenth 
century  reformers  appreciated  this,  and  a  non-judicial  power  of  removal  by 
the  appointment  of  substitute  trustees  was  first  introduced  in  England  in  1 860 
by  Lord  Cranworth' s  Act.1  This  non-judicial  power  was  improved  by  the 
Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act,  1881,*  but  the  1860  power  had 
already  been  adopted  in  Ontario  in  1877,9  and  has  remained  substantially 
unchanged  since  that  time,  appearing  now  as  section  3  of  the  Trustee  Act.10 
In  addition,  section  2  of  the  Ontario  Act  contains  a  non-judicial  retirement 
power,  whereby  a  trustee  may  retire  without  the  intervention  of  the  court." 
In  this  event,  the  trust  would  be  left  in  the  care  of  the  remaining  trustees.12 
Alternatively,  where  a  trustee  desires  to  retire,  he  may  be  discharged  and 
replaced  by  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee  under  section  3  of  the  Act. 


4  The  validity  of  a  trust  is  not  affected  by  the  lack  of  a  trustee,  as  no  trust  fails  for  want 
of  a  trustee:  see  Guaranty  Trust  Co.  of  Canada  v.  Minister  of  National  Revenue,  [  19671 
S.C.R.  133.60D.L.R.  (2d)  481. 

5  The  Trustee  Act,  1850,  13  &  14  Vict.,  c.  60,  s.  32  (U.K.).  This  Act,  and  The  Trustee 
Act,  1852,  15  &  16  Vict.,  c.  55,  s.  9  (U.K.),  set  up  the  statutory  judicial  powers.  See. 
now,  Trustee  Act,  1925,  15  &  16  Geo.  5,  c.  19,  s.  41  (U.K.). 

6  See,  now,  for  example,  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  3,  s.  5;  The  Trustee  Act, 
R.S.M.  1970,  c.  T160,  s.  1 1;  Trustee  Act  1956,  Repr.  Stat.  N.Z.  1977,  No.  61,  s.  51: 
Trustees  Act,  1962,  W.  Austl.  Acts  1962,  No.  78,  s.  7;  and  Trustee  Act,  1925,  Pub. 
Acts  N.S.W.,  Vol.  11,  No.  14,  s.  70. 

7  An  Act  to  give  to  Trustees,  Mortgagees,  and  others  certain  Powers  now  commonly 
inserted  in  Settlements,  Mortgages  and  Wills  (1860),  23  &  24  Vict.,  c.  145,  s.  27 
(U.K.),  commonly  known  as  Lord  Cranworth' s  Act.  The  statute  was  intended  to  confer 
upon  all  trusts  a  power  that  was  already  familiar  in  well-drawn  trust  instruments. 

8  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act,  1881,  44  &  45  Vict.,  c.  41,  s.  31  (U.K.). 

9  The  first  statutory  non-judicial  appointment  power  was  introduced  in  Ontario  by  An  Act 
to  provide  for  certain  amendments  of  the  Law  ( 1877),  40  Vict.,  c.  8,  s.  30. 

10  Section  3  is  subject  to  a  contrary  intent  expressed  in  the  trust  instrument:  see  the  Trustee 
Act,  supra,  note  3,  ss.  67-68,  and  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  Kb). 

"  For  the  history  of  this  section,  sec  notes  20  and  21.  infra,  and  accompanying  text. 
Section  2  is  also  subject  to  the  expression  of  a  contrary  intent  in  the  trust  instrument:  see 
the  Trustee  Act.  supra,  note  3.  ss.  67-68.  and  infra,  this  ch..  sec.  1(a). 

12  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  3.  s.  2. 


88 

However,  unless  there  is  a  vacancy  created  by  the  death,  retirement,  or 
removal  of  a  trustee,  thereby  bringing  section  3  into  play,  the  Ontario  Act 
does  not  authorize  an  increase  in  the  number  of  trustees  by  the  non-judicial 
appointment  of  additional  trustees,13  a  statutory  power  that  is  available  in 
England.14 

The  first  issue  that  arises  is  whether  the  nineteenth  century  statutory 
provisions,  still  in  force  in  Ontario,  are  adequate,  comprehensive,  and  clear. 
Other  Commonwealth  jurisdictions  have  thought  not  and  have  amended  their 
Trustee  Acts.  The  Commission  has  examined  the  trustee  legislation  of  the 
provinces  and  territories  of  Canada,  as  well  as  the  trustee  legislation  of  the 
six  Australian  states,  New  Zealand,  and  Northern  Ireland.15  As  a  rule,  these 
jurisdictions  have  amended  their  Trustee  Acts  in  order  to  bring  their  legisla- 
tion into  line  with  or  improve  upon  the  provisions  of  the  English  Trustee  Act, 
1925. 

The  Commission  recommends  that,  like  these  other  Commonwealth  juris- 
dictions, Ontario  should  retain,  in  an  amended  and  improved  form,  the 
statutory  non-judicial  powers  of  retirement  without  replacement  and  replace- 
ment or  removal  by  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee.16  It  will  be 
convenient  to  consider  the  issues  raised  by  this  recommendation  under  eight 
headings:  namely,  (1)  the  position  where  a  trustee  retires  non-judicially  and 
is  not  replaced;  (2)  the  position  where  a  trustee  is  removed  non-judicially  by 
the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee;  (3)  the  position  where  a  trustee  is 
removed  non-judicially  without  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee;  (4) 
the  liability  of  former  and  continuing  trustees;  (5)  the  power  to  appoint 
additional  trustees  non-judicially;  (6)  the  power  of  the  court  to  remove, 
replace,  and  appoint  trustees;  (7)  the  number  of  trustees  who  should  be 
permitted  to  hold  office  at  any  one  time;  and  (8)  the  supplementary  provisions 
applicable  to  both  non-judicial  and  judicial  discharge  and  appointment  of 
trustees. 

(a)  Non-Judicial  Retirement  Without  Replacement 

Although  there  has  been  a  judicial  suggestion  that  the  court  might  prevent 
a  trustee  from  retiring  if  there  were  no  person  who  could  replace  him,17  it  is 


13 


14 


Section  3(  1 )  of  the  Trustee  Act  authorizes  the  appointment  of  "other  persons"  to  be 
substitute  trustees  on  the  occurrence  of  a  vacancy,  a  provision  reinforced  by  s.  6(a), 
which  permits  the  number  of  trustees  to  be  increased  on  the  appointment  of  a  new  trustee. 
See,  also,  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(e). 

In  Ontario,  unless  there  is  an  express  power  in  the  instrument  to  appoint  additional 
trustees,  an  application  to  the  court  would  be  required  under  s.  5  of  the  Trustee  Act.  In 
England,  see  the  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  5,  s.  36(6). 

All  the  Canadian  common  law  provinces  and  territories,  except  Prince  Edward  Island 
and  New  Brunswick,  have  an  equivalent  of  s.  3  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  (i.e.,  a  non- 
judicial power  of  removing  and  replacing  trustees),  and  all,  except  Alberta,  have  some 
equivalent  of  s.  2  (a  non-judicial  retirement  power  without  replacement).  New  Zealand, 
together  with  Tasmania,  Victoria,  New  South  Wales,  South  Australia,  and  Western 
Australia-  Queensland  being  the  only  Australian  exception  -  also  have  similar  sections. 
The  tradition  in  the  states  of  the  United  States,  however,  is  to  utilize  express  powers  and 
judicial  powers. 

Draft  Bill,  ss.  19-25. 

Courtenay  v.  Courtenay  (1845-46),  3  Jo.  &  La  T.  519,  9  Ir.  Eq.  Rep.  329.  The  Court, 


89 

an  accepted  conclusion  from  the  cases  that  no  trustee  will  be  compelled  to 
continue  in  an  office  from  which  he  wishes  to  withdraw.  '*  Although  a  trustee 
cannot  avoid  liability  for  breach  of  trust  by  retiring,  and  will  be  liable  if  he 
retires  in  order  to  facilitate  a  breach  by  a  co-trustee,1"  neither  oi  these  prop- 
ositions denies  him  the  right  to  retire. 

A  trustee  can  only  effectively  retire,  however,  if  he  retires  in  a  manner 
permitted  by  law.  The  trust  instrument  may  include  a  provision  permitting 
resignation.  Alternatively,  if  there  is  no  such  provision,  the  court  has  an 
inherent  jurisdiction  to  make  an  order  permitting  a  trustee  to  resign.  Section 
2  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  is  the  third  procedure  available.  Section  2(1) 
provides  as  follows: 

2. — (1)  Where  there  are  more  than  two  trustees,  if  one  of  them  by  deed 
declares  that  he  desires  to  be  discharged  from  the  trust,  and  if  his  co-trustees  and 
such  other  person,  if  any,  as  is  empowered  to  appoint  trustees,  consent  by  deed 
to  the  discharge  of  the  trustee,  and  to  the  vesting  in  the  co-trustees  alone  of  the 
trust  property,  then  the  trustee  who  desires  to  be  discharged  shall  be  deemed  to 
have  retired  from  the  trust,  and  is,  by  the  deed,  discharged  therefrom  under  this 
Act  without  any  new  trustee  being  appointed  in  his  place. 

Under  this  section  a  trustee  can  retire  without  being  replaced  and  without  the 
consent  of  the  court,  provided  his  co-trustees  and  any  person  with  the  power 
under  the  instrument  to  appoint  new  trustees  consent  by  deed  to  his  request. 
The  deed  constitutes  the  discharge  of  the  retiring  trustee.  As  will  be  seen, 
however,  the  section  requires  that  at  least  two  trustees  must  remain  after  the 
retirement. 

Section  2  has  its  origin  in  the  English  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property 
Act,  1881, 20  and  was  introduced  in  Ontario  in  1911  by  The  Trustee  Act. 2I  Since 
that  time,  the  section  appears  to  have  proved  generally  satisfactory  in  opera- 
tion. Section  2  requires  the  consent  of  the  retiring  trustee's  "co-trustees  and 
such  other  person,  if  any,  as  is  empowered  to  appoint  trustees".  The  prime 
consideration  when  a  trustee  wishes  to  retire  should  be  the  effect  of  his 


however,  said  that  the  trustee  should  not  suffer  thereby.  Clearly  his  right  was  to  retire 
on  wishing  to  do  so. 

18  See  Forshaw  v.  Higginson  (1855),  20  Beav.  485,  52  E.R.  690.  In  contrast  to  this  attitude 
towards  trustees,  the  courts  in  England  and  in  common  law  Canada  will  not  generally 
permit  an  executor  to  be  discharged,  either  under  the  terms  of  the  will  or  judicially,  until 
the  deceased  person's  estate  has  been  wound  up:  see  Mowbray  (ed.).  Lew  in  on  Trusts 
(16th  ed.,  1964),  at  406-07.  This  approach  is  reflected  in  s.  2(2)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee 
Act,  supra,  note  3.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  American  courts  have  taken  the  view  that 
a  trustee  may  not  retire  where  this  would  prejudice  the  interests  o\'  the  trust  beneficiaries: 
see  Scott,  The  Law  of  Trusts  (3d  ed.,  1967),  §  106. 1 .  at  837  et  seq.  Also,  in  this  regard. 
Quebec's  Civil  Code  Revision  Office.  Report  on  The  Quebec  Civil  Code  ( 1977).  Vol. 
1,  Book  4,  Title  6,  ch.  5,  recommends  that  an  administrator,  which  includes  a  trustee 
as  a  person  entrusted  with  full  administration  of  the  property  of  others,  should  be 
responsible  for  any  damage  caused  by  his  unjustified  resignation. 

19  Lew  in  on  Trusts,  supra,  note  18.  at  664  et  seq. 

20  Supra,  note  8,  s.  32. 

21  (1911),  1  Geo.  5,c.  26.  s.  3. 


90 

retirement  upon  the  security  of  the  trust  property  and  the  sound  administration 
of  the  trust.  If  this  is  so,  it  seems  eminently  sound  that,  unless  the  trust 
instrument  otherwise  provides,  a  trustee  should  not  be  permitted  to  retire 
where  one  or  more  of  the  persons  whose  consent  is  required  withholds  such 
consent.22  In  the  event  that  the  required  consents  are  withheld,  the  trustee 
desiring  to  retire  would  have  to  apply  to  the  court  under  its  inherent  jurisdic- 
tion. The  Commission  recommends  that  this  aspect  of  section  2,  requiring 
the  consent  of  "co-trustees  and  such  other  person,  if  any,  as  is  empowered  to 
appoint  trustees",  should  be  carried  over  to  the  revised  Act,  and  our  Draft 
Bill  so  provides.23 

The  Commission  is  of  the  view,  however,  that  minor  improvements  to 
the  section  are  necessary.  First,  section  2(1)  provides  for  the  case  where  there 
are  "more  than  two  trustees"  and  "one  of  them  .  .  .  desires  to  be  discharged". 
Therefore,  this  subsection  cannot  be  utilized  where  the  retirement  would 
reduce  the  number  of  trustees  below  two.  The  equivalent  section  in  the 
English  Trustee  Act,  192524  permits  retirement  if,  after  the  discharge,  there 
will  be  either  a  trust  corporation  or  at  least  two  individuals  to  act  as  trustees 
to  perform  the  trust.  These  are  also  the  criteria  required  for  the  discharge  of 
a  trustee  who  is  to  be  replaced  under  section  3  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act.25 
There  seems  to  be  no  reason  why  a  trust  corporation  should  not  be  able  to  act 
as  sole  trustee  upon  a  section  2  retirement  as  well.  Accordingly,  we  recom- 
mend that  the  revised  Act  should  permit  non-judicial  retirement  without 
replacement  where  there  would  remain  either  a  trust  company  or  at  least  two 
individual  trustees  to  act  as  trustees.26 

The  Commission  also  considered  the  question  whether  retirement  should 
be  permitted  non-judicially  where  only  one  individual  trustee  would  remain 
in  office.  However,  an  original  appointment  of  two  or  more  trustees  by  the 
creator  of  the  trust  would  appear  to  indicate,  in  the  absence  of  a  contrary 
intention  in  the  instrument,  an  intention  that  more  than  one  person  should  act 
as  trustee.  Moreover,  an  individual  trustee  may  not  have  the  facilities  of,  or 
be  subject  to  the  controls  imposed  upon,  a  trust  corporation.27  Accordingly, 
we  are  not  attracted  to  the  proposition  that  non-judicial  retirement  should  be 
allowed  where  only  one  individual  trustee  would  remain  in  office.  We  do 
recognize,  nevertheless,  that  there  may  be  occasions  where  it  would  be 
desirable  to  have  only  one  individual  trustee  remain  in  office.  In  the  view  of 
the  Commission,  however,  the  consent  of  the  court  should  be  sought  for  the 
continuation  of  an  individual  as  the  only  trustee  in  these  circumstances.  Under 
the  revised  Act  this  could  be  accomplished  pursuant  to  the  broad  judicial 


22  The  requirement  for  consents  meets  some  of  the  Quebec  and  American  concerns  that  a 
trustee  should  not  retire  at  a  time  or  in  circumstances  that  would  prejudice  the  interests 
of  the  trust  beneficiaries:  see  note  18,  supra. 

23  Draft  Bill,  s.  25(1). 

24  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  5,  s.  39. 

25  See  s.  6(c)  of  the  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  3,  and  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  l(g)(ii). 

26  Draft  Bill,  s.  25(1). 

27  See,  for  example,  the  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  249. 


power  to  remove  a  trustee  that  we  later  recommend, 2H  which  contains  no 
statutory  limitation  with  respect  to  the  minimum  number  of  trustees.29 

Secondly,  section  2(1)  speaks  only  of  a  trustee  desiring  to  be  discharged 
"from  the  trust",  and  this  would  appear  to  prevent  a  retirement  from  a  part  of 
the  trust,  even  where  separate  trust  assets  are  held  on  distinct  trust  terms. 
Assume,  for  instance,  that  land  is  held  by  A,  B,  and  C  on  trust  for  X  for  life, 
remainder  to  Y  in  fee  simple,  and  that  under  the  same  trust  instrument  certain 
securities  are  held  by  the  same  trustees  on  trust  for  P  for  life,  remainder  to  Q 
absolutely.  There  seems  to  be  no  reason  why  C  should  not  be  able  to  retire 
from  the  trust  of  the  land,  but  remain  as  a  trustee  of  the  securities.  This  is 
permitted  by  the  Trustee  Act  (Northern  Ireland),  1958,™  and  there  is  a 
provision  in  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  to  the  same  effect  when  a  new  trustee  is 
being  appointed.31  As  a  general  principle,  we  agree  with  the  concept  of 
separate  trustees  for  distinct  trust  assets.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  a 
trustee  should  be  able  to  retire  non-judicially,  without  the  appointment  of  a 
substitute  trustee,  from  a  part  of  the  trust  and  remain  as  trustee  of  the  other 
part  or  of  other  parts,  provided  that  the  parts  of  the  trust  reflect  separate 
property  held  on  distinct  trust  terms. 


32 


Thirdly,  section  2  contains  no  provision  that  would  preclude  the  trust 
instrument  from  excluding  the  operation  of  the  statutory  powers  contained  in 
the  section.  Since  the  Ontario  Act  takes  effect  subject  to  the  expression  in 
the  trust  instrument  of  a  contrary  intent,33  it  is  presumably  possible,  unless  in 
any  respect  the  Act  expressly  denies  effect  to  a  contrary  intent,  for  the  creator 
of  the  trust  to  oust  this  section.  The  observable  policy  of  the  case  law  is  that 
no  one  should  be  compelled  to  continue  as  a  trustee  if  he  desires  to  retire.34 
The  Commission  agrees  with  this  policy  and,  accordingly,  recommends  that 
nothing  in  a  trust  instrument  should  withhold  from  a  trustee  the  right  to  retire 
from  the  trust  or  a  part  thereof,  and  that  any  such  provision  should  be  invalid 
for  all  purposes.35  We  would  point  out  that  if  the  creator  of  the  trust  wishes 
that  a  certain  power  or  powers  should  be  exercisable  only  by  a  particular 


28  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(f),  and  Draft  Bill,  s.  56. 

29  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  l(g)(ii). 

30  Trustee  Act  (Northern  Ireland),  1958,  6  &  7  Eliz.  2,  c.  23,  s.  38. 

31  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  3,  s.  6(b).  See,  also,  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(h). 

32  Draft  Bill,  ss.  22  and  25(1). 

33  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  3,  ss.  67  and  68. 

34  See  supra,  notes  17  and  18.  If  there  were  an  application  to  the  court  in  these  circum- 
stances, the  court  would  be  torn  between  the  intention  of  the  settlor  or  testator  on  the 
one  hand,  and  the  right  of  the  trustee,  established  by  the  cases,  to  retire  it"  he  so  desires. 
on  the  other  hand.  There  is  no  apparent  precedent  on  this  issue;  possibly  the  trustee's 
right  to  retire  would  prevail  by  virtue  of  the  analogy  taLumley  v.  Gye  (1853),  2  El.  & 
Bl.  216,  118  E.R.  749.  However,  in  their  report  on  "The  Trustee  Law  of  Canada". 
Canadian  Bar  Association  Proceedings  (1926),  at  236  ei  seq.,  the  Committee  on  Com- 
parative Provincial  Legislation  and  Law  Reform  of  the  C.B.A.  for  the  Canadian  Uni- 
formity of  Legislation  Commissioners  thought  it  necessary  to  submit,  at  346.  that  "a 
trustee  should  be  permitted  to  retire  whether  a  contrary  intention  is  expressed  in  the  trust 
deed  or  not". 

35  Draft  Bill,  s.  25(2).  It  may  also  be  noted  that  the  Manitoba  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  6, 
contains  a  similar  provision  in  s.  9(  1 ). 


92 

trustee,  he  can  provide  that  the  power  or  powers  are  personal  to  that  trustee. 
The  effect  of  such  a  provision  will  be  that  the  power  or  powers  will  lapse 
with  the  retirement  and  discharge  of  the  trustee. 

Before  concluding  our  discussion  of  this  issue,  we  would  note  the  argu- 
ment that  the  creator  of  the  trust  should  be  able  to  make  the  requirements  for 
retirement  more  onerous  than  are  otherwise  provided  by  statute;  for  example, 
by  providing  in  the  instrument  that  no  resignation  is  possible  without  the 
approval  of  the  court.  The  concern  is  that  a  skilled  and  knowledgeable  trustee 
may  retire  in  an  irresponsible  manner,  leaving  the  management  of  the  trust, 
including  the  power  to  appoint  new  trustees,  in  the  control  of  two  or  more 
less  skilled  and  knowledgeable  trustees.  On  balance,  we  do  not  consider  the 
argument  sufficiently  persuasive.  In  the  opinion  of  the  Commission,  the  case 
law  governing  retirement  and  the  general  duty  imposed  upon  trustees  to 
manage  the  trust  with  the  skill  and  prudence  of  a  reasonable  man  of  business36 
are  deterrents  to  irresponsible  behaviour.  Further,  the  argument  challenges 
the  entire  concept  of  non-judicial  retirement.  Therefore,  the  Commission  is 
of  the  view  that  proffered  retirements  should  be  left,  as  recommended,  to  the 
discretion  of  the  parties  designated  in  the  section,  who  are  free  to  withhold 
their  consents,  thus  requiring  an  application  to  the  court  by  the  trustee  desiring 
to  retire.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  creator  of  the  trust  should  not 
be  able  to  make  the  requirements  for  retirement  more  onerous  than  otherwise 
provided  by  statute,  and  that  any  such  provision  should  be  invalid  for  all 
purposes.37 


(b)  Non- Judicial  Replacement  or  Removal  by  Appointment  of 
Substitute  Trustees 

Apart  from  retirement  under  section  2  of  the  Trustee  Act,  a  trustee  can 
be  replaced  or  removed  by  a  non-judicial,  as  distinct  from  a  judicial,  act 
under  the  provisions  of  section  3.38  Section  3  reflects  the  nineteenth  century 
English  version  of  the  power,  which  originated  in  Lord  Cranworth 's  Act.39 
In  England,  the  statutory  power  was  further  developed  in  the  Conveyancing 
and  Law  of  Property  Act,  1881 ,40  reproduced  in  its  developed  form  in  the 
Trustee  Act,  1893, 41  and,  finally,  revised  in  section  36  of  the  Trustee  Act, 


See,  for  example,  Learoyd  v.  Whiteley  (1887),  12  A.C.  727  (H.L.). 

Draft  Bill,  s.  25(2). 

The  removal  of  a  trustee  may  be  made  under  an  express  power  contained  in  the  trust 
instrument,  under  the  statutory  power  discussed  herein,  or  by  an  order  of  the  court  under 
its  inherent  or  statutory  authority.  See  Hayton  (ed.),  Underbill's  Law  relating  to  Trusts 
and  Trustees  (13th  ed.,  1979),  at  613  et  seq.  In  addition,  a  trustee  may  possibly  be 
discharged  if  all  the  beneficiaries  consent,  provided  that  they  are  all  capacitated:  see,  for 
example,  Butt  v.  Kelson,  [1952]  Ch.  197,  [1952],  All  E.R.  167  (C.A.).  However,  see 
also  Re  Brockbank,  [1948]  Ch.  206,  [1948]  1  All  E.R.  287,  where  it  was  held  that 
beneficiaries  may  not  interfere  with  the  exercise  by  trustees  of  their  statutory  power  of 
appointing  substitute  trustees. 

39  Supra,  note  7,  s.  27. 

40  Supra ,  note  8 ,  s .  31. 

41  56  &  57  Vict.,  c.  53,  s.  10  (U.K.). 


93 

1925. 42  The  provisions  of  Lord  Cranworth' s  Act  were  reprodueed  in  Ontario 
in  An  Act  to  provide  for  certain  amendments  of  the  Law,4'  and  in  An  Act 
respecting  Trustees  and  Executors  and  the  Administration  of  Estates?4  the 
statutory  power  has  remained  substantially  unchanged  since  that  time.  Section 
3  provides  as  follows: 

3. — (1)  Where  a  trustee  dies  or  remains  out  of  Ontario  for  more  than  twelve 
months,  or  desires  to  be  discharged  from  all  or  any  of  the  trusts  or  powers 
reposed  in  or  conferred  on  him,  or  refuses  or  is  unfit  to  act  therein,  or  is  incapable 
of  acting  therein,  or  has  been  convicted  of  an  indictable  offence  or  is  bankrupt 
or  insolvent,  the  person  nominated  for  the  purpose  of  appointing  new  trustees  by 
the  instrument,  if  any,  creating  the  trust,  or  if  there  is  no  such  person,  or  no  such 
person  able  and  willing  to  act,  the  surviving  or  continuing  trustees  or  trustee  for 
the  time  being,  or  the  personal  representatives  of  the  last  surviving  or  continuing 
trustee,  may  by  writing  appoint  another  person  or  other  persons  (whether  or  not 
being  the  persons  exercising  the  power)  to  be  a  trustee  or  trustees  in  the  place  of 
the  trustee  dying,  remaining  out  of  Ontario,  desiring  to  be  discharged,  refusing 
or  being  unfit  or  incapable. 

(2)  Until  the  appointment  of  new  trustees,  the  personal  representatives  or 
representative  for  the  time  being  of  a  sole  trustee,  or  where  there  were  two  or 
more  trustees,  of  the  last  surviving  or  continuing  trustee,  are  or  is  capable  of 
exercising  or  performing  any  power  or  trust  that  was  given  to  or  capable  of  being 
exercised  by  the  sole  or  last  surviving  trustee. 

As  will  be  noted,  removal  may  take  place  by  the  act  of  appointing  a 
substitute  trustee.  The  power  is  exercisable,  in  the  circumstances  described 
in  the  section,  by  the  person  nominated  by  the  instrument  to  appoint  new 
trustees.  If  that  person  is  not  "able  and  willing  to  act",  the  power  is  exercisable 
by  the  surviving  or  continuing  trustee.  Failing  such  a  trustee,  the  power  may 
be  exercised  by  the  personal  representatives  of  the  last  surviving  or  continuing 
trustee.  The  person  appointed  a  new  trustee  may  be  the  person  exercising  the 
appointment  power.  It  follows,  therefore,  that  the  person  nominated  by  the 
instrument  to  appoint  new  trustees,  if  such  a  person  is  nominated,  or  the 
personal  representatives  of  the  last  surviving  or  continuing  trustee,  may  be 
so  appointed.  Section  3(1)  requires  that  the  appointment  be  made  in  writing. 
Finally,  subsection  (2)  authorizes  the  personal  representatives  of  a  sole  or  last 
surviving  or  continuing  trustee  to  exercise  or  perform  any  of  the  trusts  or 
powers  that  were  capable  of  being  exercised  or  performed  by  the  deceased 
trustee. 

We  have  already  recommended  that  the  revised  Act  should  retain,  in  an 
amended  and  improved  form,  the  statutory  non-judicial  power  of  replacement 
or  removal  of  a  trustee  by  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee.45  In  assess- 
ing the  adequacy  of  section  3,  it  should  be  recalled  that  the  purpose  of  this 
type  of  power  is  to  provide,  wherever  compatible  with  the  best  interests  of 


42  Supra,  note  5,  s.  36. 

43  Supra,  note  9,  s.  30. 

44  R.S.O.  1877,  c.  107,  s.  3. 

45  Supra,  this  ch.,  and  Draft  Bill.  ss.  19-25. 


94 

the  trust  beneficiaries  and  sound  trust  administration,  the  means  for  non- 
judicial appointment,  thereby  relieving  the  parties  involved  of  the  need  to 
apply  to  the  court.  The  attainment  of  this  objective  necessitates  a  review  of 
the  range  of  persons  entitled  to  appoint  trustees  non-judicially  and  the  types 
of  circumstance  in  which  the  non-judicial  power  to  appoint  substitute  trustees 
should  be  exercisable. 

Before  we  turn  our  attention  to  these  matters,  there  are  two  general  issues 
that  should  be  addressed.  The  first  relates  to  the  right  of  the  creator  of  the 
trust  to  oust  the  application  of  section  3,  and  the  other  concerns  the  form  that 
the  instrument  of  appointment  and  discharge  should  take. 

As  to  the  first  issue,  the  statutory  power  to  appoint  substitute  trustees 
non-judicially  was  introduced  in  I860,46  and  was  modelled  on  a  power  com- 
monly included  in  trust  instruments.  The  inclusion  of  the  power  in  the  statute 
was  merely  enabling;  that  is,  if  he  wished,  the  creator  of  the  trust  could 
exclude  the  statutory  power  in  whole  or  in  part.  This  continues  to  be  the  case 
under  section  3  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act.*1  We  see  no  reason  why  the 
statutory  power  should  not  continue  to  be  subject  to  a  contrary  intent  ex- 
pressed in  the  trust  instrument,  and  we  so  recommend.48  However,  in  relation 
to  a  trustee  who  desires  to  retire  and  be  discharged  from  the  trust,  we  would 
note  that,  although  the  trust  instrument  may  preclude  the  exercise  of  the 
appointment  power  upon  the  retirement  of  a  trustee,  we  have  previously 
recommended  that  nothing  in  the  trust  instrument  should  withhold  from  a 
trustee  the  right  to  retire. 


49 


We  turn  now  to  consider  the  second  general  issue.  As  stated,  section  3(1) 
of  the  Trustee  Act  provides  that  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee  shall 
be  "by  writing".  By  way  of  contrast,  section  2  of  the  Act  requires  that  the 
consent  of  the  qualified  persons  to  the  retirement  of  a  trustee  must  be  given 
by  deed.  The  same  distinction  is  present  in  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925.50 
We  do  not  consider  that  there  is  a  basis  for  the  existence  of  this  distinction, 
and  recommend  that  all  instruments  of  appointment  and  of  discharge,  whether 
pursuant  to  a  statutory  authority  or  the  trust  instrument,  should  be  by  deed.51 

It  is  our  intention  that  the  non-judicial  statutory  power  should  become 
the  more  frequently  employed  means  of  appointing  and  discharging  trustees. 
We  also  later  propose  that  greater  significance  than  is  afforded  at  present 
should  attach  to  the  instrument  as  a  means  of  assuring  a  third  party  dealing 
with  trustees  of  the  validity  of  an  appointment  or  a  discharge,  the  vesting  of 
trust  property  in  the  new  trustees,  and  that  trustees  possess  and  are  exercising 
their  powers  properly.52  In  our  view,  a  deed  would  impress  upon  those  persons 


46  Lord  Cranworth' s  Act,  supra,  note  7,  s.27. 

47  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  3,  ss.  67  and  68. 

48  Draft  Bill,  s.  2(b). 

49  Ibid.,  s.  25(2),  and  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(a). 

50  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  5,  ss.  36  and  39. 

51  Draft  Bill,  ss.  19(1),  21,  and  25(1)  and  (3). 

52  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sees.  2,  3,  and  4. 


95 

charged  with  appointing  and  discharging  trustees  the  importance  of  their  act. 
Moreover,  as  a  deed  would  normally  be  executed  in  a  lawyer's  office,  evi- 
dence of  a  change  in  trusteeship  would  be  preserved  and  available  to  interested 
parties.  For  these  reasons,  the  Commission  is  also  of  the  view  that  the  creator 
of  the  trust  should  not  be  able  to  oust  the  requirement  of  a  deed,  and  we  so 
recommend.53 

Finally,  regarding  the  form  of  the  deed,  while  the  Commission  is  of  the 
opinion,  for  the  reasons  given,  that  the  instrument  of  appointment  or  of 
discharge  should  be  a  formal  document,  we  are,  nonetheless,  of  the  view  that 
the  seal  is  no  longer  a  meaningful  requirement.  Rather,  we  believe  that  other 
requirements,  such  as  witnessing  and  affidavits  of  execution,  would  provide 
sufficient  formality  for  instruments  of  appointment  and  of  discharge.  Accord- 
ingly, the  Commission  recommends  that,  for  the  purposes  of  the  revised  Act, 
a  deed  should  be  an  instrument  signed  by  those  persons  who  have  the  power 
to  appoint  or  discharge  the  trustees,  attested  by  one  witness  and  accompanied 
by  an  affidavit  of  execution,  but  that  it  should  not  require  a  seal.54 

In  addition,  we  are  of  the  view  that  two  matters,  if  contained  in  the  trust 
instrument,  should  be  recited  in  the  deed  of  appointment  or  of  discharge. 
First,  where  the  appointment  or  discharge  of  a  trustee  is  pursuant  to  a  power 
contained  in  the  trust  instrument,  the  deed  should  set  out  the  terms  of  the 
trust  instrument  that  authorize  the  act.55  Secondly,  where  trustees  are  author- 
ized by  the  trust  instrument  to  act  by  a  majority,56  this  authority  should  be  set 
out  in  the  deed  of  appointment  or  of  discharge.57 

As  noted  previously,  we  shall  be  proposing  that  the  deed  of  appointment 
or  of  discharge  should  be  afforded  greater  significance  than  at  present.  Ac- 
cordingly, we  recommended  that  the  requirement  of  a  deed  for  appointing 
and  discharging  trustees  should  be  mandatory.  To  further  emphasize  the 
importance  attached  to  the  deed,  we  are  of  the  view  that  the  revised  Act 


53  Draft  Bill,  s.  32(1). 

54  Ibid.,  s.  \(e).  Dr.  Derek  Mendes  da  Costa,  Q.C.,  Chairman  of  the  Commission,  dissents 
in  part  from  this  recommendation: 

It  is  my  view  that  compliance  with  the  formalities  of  a  deed  of  appointment 
should  not  be  sufficient  to  constitute  a  person  a  trustee.  In  my  opinion,  no  appoint- 
ment of  an  added  or  substitute  trustee  should  be  effective  without  the  consent  of 
the  person  to  be  appointed.  The  office  of  trustee  is  an  onerous  office,  and  the  right 
of  a  trustee  to  disclaim  does  not  meet  my  concern.  A  person  who  is  advised  that 
he  has  been  appointed  a  trustee  might  be  unaware  that  he  can  disclaim,  or,  if  so 
aware,  would  in  all  probability  be  well  advised  to  incur  the  trouble  and  expense  of 
seeking  legal  advice.  Moreover,  the  law  relating  to  this  topic  is  not  without  com- 
plication. I  understand  that  'good  practice"  dictates  that  prior  consent  be  obtained, 
and  I  know  of  no  good  reason  for  retaining  the  present  law.  I  would  note  that 
section  62(6)  of  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Act.  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  68.  as  am.  by 
the  Children's  Law  Reform  Amendment  Act.  19H2.  s.  1 ,  provides  that  no  "appoint- 
ment under  subsection  ( 1 ).  (2)  or  (3)  is  effective  without  the  consent  o\  the  person 
appointed'.  Section  62  (1),  (2)  and  (3)  deals  with  appointments  by  will  in  the 
context  of  custody  and  guardianship. 

55  Ibid.,s.  32(2). 

56  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  4,  for  a  discussion  ol  clauses  contained  in  trust  instruments  that 
authorize  a  majority  of  trustees  to  bind  the  trust. 

Draft  Bill,  s.  32(3). 


<>7 


96 

should  state  expressly  the  consequences  of  failure  to  comply  with  the  above- 
noted  requirements  for  executing  the  deed  of  appointment  or  of  discharge, 
namely,  that  the  appointment  and  discharge  will  be  invalid.  Accordingly,  we 
recommend  that,  where  the  appointment  or  discharge  of  a  trustee  is  not  by 
deed  in  the  form  recommended  above,  the  appointment  or  discharge  should 
be  invalid  for  all  purposes.58 

(i)     Persons  Entitled  to  Appoint  Trustees  Under  the  Statutory 
Power 

Section  3(1)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  provides  that  the  persons  entitled 
to  appoint  substitute  trustees  are  the  persons  nominated  by  the  instrument,  or 
failing  such  a  person,  or  such  a  person  able  and  willing  to  act,  the  surviving 
or  continuing  trustees  or  trustee  for  the  time  being,  or  the  personal  represen- 
tatives of  the  last  surviving  or  continuing  trustee.  We  now  turn  to  consider 
difficulties  that  may  occur  when  the  power  to  appoint  trustees  is  exercisable 
by  these  classes  of  person. 

a.     Persons  Nominated  by  the  Instrument 

The  power  conferred  by  section  3(1)  is  exercisable,  inter  alia,  by  the 
person  nominated  by  the  instrument  to  appoint  new  trustees.  Many  Canadian 
trust  instruments  confer  on  specific  persons,  normally  a  beneficiary  of  the 
trust  or  the  trustees  themselves,  the  power  to  appoint  trustees.59  Two  matters 
require  our  .attention.  The  first  concerns  the  circumstances  in  which  the  trust 
instrument  should  be  regarded  as  indicating  an  intent  to  oust  the  exercise  of 
the  statutory  power  by  the  person  nominated  in  the  trust  instrument.  The 
second  matter  relates  to  the  requirement  that  the  person  nominated  by  the 
instrument  must  be  "able  and  willing"  to  act. 

As  to  the  first  matter,  it  will  be  recalled  that  the  statutory  power  contained 
in  section  3(1)  takes  effect  "subject  to  the  terms"  of  the  instrument  creating 
the  trust.60  Assume  that  a  trust  instrument  contains  an  express  power  to 
appoint  trustees.  Can  it  be  argued  that  the  mere  existence  of  this  power,  even 
if  it  is  not  so  extensive  in  scope  as  the  power  conferred  by  section  3(1),  has 
the  effect  of  ousting  the  statutory  power,  thereby  rendering  the  person  named 
in  the  trust  instrument  not  a  "person  nominated  for  the  purpose  of  appointing 
new  trustees  by  the  instrument"  under  section  3(1)  of  the  Ontario  Act?  That 
is  to  say,  if  a  power  to  appoint  in  certain  circumstances  is  given  to  a  particular 
person,  can  that  same  person  appoint  under  the  statutory  power  in  circum- 
stances that  justify  appointment  of  substitute  trustees  under  the  statute,  but 
not  under  the  express  power  in  the  instrument?  In  the  alternative,  is  the 
statutory  power  in  such  a  case  exercisable  only  by  the  continuing  or  surviving 
trustees  or  their  personal  representatives?  For  instance,  the  express  power 


58 


59 


Ibid.,  s.  32(5). 


In  the  alternative,  the  trust  instrument  may  name  specific  persons,  each  to  succeed  as 
trustee  the  named  predecessor  should  the  latter  be  incapable  of  acting  when  called  upon 
to  assume  office,  or  later  become  incapable  of  continuing  or  unwilling  to  continue. 

60  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  3,  ss.  67  and  68. 


97 

may  give  to  the  life  tenant  a  power  to  appoint  trustees,  but  enumerate  only 
the  death  or  retirement  of  a  trustee  as  the  circumstances  in  whieh  it  may  be 
exercised.  Can  the  life  tenant  appoint  a  substitute  trustee  if  an  existing  trustee 
is  unfit  to  act,  a  circumstance  provided  by  the  statute? 

One  line  of  reasoning,  followed  in  England,  is  that,  as  the  creator  of  the 
trust  has  provided  for  the  appointment  of  trustees  and  stated  the  circumstances 
in  which  that  power  is  to  be  exercised  by  the  person  nominated,  he  has 
impliedly  said  he  does  not  wish  that  person  to  exercise  the  statutory  power/11 
Another  line  of  reasoning  is  that,  to  the  extent  the  instrument  is  silent,  it  does 
not  demonstrate  an  intention  to  oust  the  exercise  of  the  statutory  power  by 
the  person  nominated  in  the  instrument  to  appoint  new  trustees.  In  other 
words,  under  the  former  interpretation,  the  life  tenant  could  not  invoke  the 
statutory  power  in  order  to  replace  the  trustee  who  is  unfit  to  act;  under  the 
latter  interpretation  he  could,  because  the  creator  of  the  trust  has  said  nothing 
about  this  particular  circumstance  in  the  instrument.62  Although  there  is  no 
case  law  on  this  subject  in  Ontario,  it  is  possible  that  a  court  in  this  Province 
would  follow  the  English  interpretation  of  almost  identical  statutory  language 
in  force  in  that  jurisdiction. 

The  Commission  is  of  the  view  that  this  matter  should  be  clarified,  and 
has  concluded  that  the  latter  approach  is  probably  more  consistent  with  the 
intention  of  the  creator  of  the  trust.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  where 
a  person  is  nominated  in  a  trust  instrument  for  the  purpose  of  appointing 
substitute  or  additional  trustees,  he  should  be  deemed  to  be  nominated  for  the 
purpose  of  appointing  substitute  trustees  in  any  of  the  circumstances  set  forth 
in  the  statute.  Furthermore,  the  fact  that  the  circumstances,  if  any,  set  forth 
in  the  trust  instrument  that  empower  the  person  therein  nominated  to  act  in 
the  appointment  of  substitute  trustees  do  not  include  all  or  any  of  the  circum- 
stances set  forth  in  the  statute,  should  not  itself  constitute  a  contrary  intent 
on  the  part  of  the  person  creating  the  trust  that  the  statute  is  not  to  apply.63 

With  respect  to  the  second  matter,  section  3(  1)  provides  that  a  nominated 
appointor  shall  take  priority  in  appointing  if  he  is  "able  and  willing  to  acf . 
The  issue  that  arises  is  whether  the  word  "willing"  is  ambiguous  in  this 
context  and,  therefore,  should  be  deleted.  Before  proceeding  to  consider  this 
issue,  we  would  point  out  that,  if  there  is  no  nominee  "able  and  willing"  to 
act,  the  power  to  appoint  a  substitute  trustee  passes,  under  the  section,  to  the 
class  of  persons  next  entitled,  the  surviving  or  continuing  trustees.  If  there  is 
such  a  nominee,  but  contrary  to  the  wishes  of  those  interested  in  the  trust  no 
substitute  appointment  is  made  under  section  3(1),  the  power  will  not  pass  to 
the  surviving  or  continuing  trustees;  rather,  relief  must  be  sought  from  the 
court. 


61  See  Re  Wheeler  and  De  Rochow,  [1896]  1  Ch.  D.  315,  per  Kckcwich  J. 

62  Although  this  latter  approach  was  preferred  by  Neville  J.  in  Re  Sichel's  Settlements, 
[1916]  1  Ch.  358,  he  nevertheless  followed  sed dubitante  Kckcwich  J.'s  interpretation 
in  Re  Wheeler  and  De  Rochow,  supra,  note  61 . 

63  Draft  Bill,  s.  19(3).  This  position  is  also  adopted  by  the  New  South  Wales  Trustee  Act. 
1925,  supra,  note  6,  s.  6(10);  the  New  Zealand  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  6.  s.  43(8); 
and  the  Western  Australia  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  6,  s.  7(8). 


98 

Assume  that  circumstances  arise  that  justify  the  exercise  of  the  appoint- 
ment power  under  section  3  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act.  It  seems  clear  that  a 
nominee  who  refuses  to  turn  his  mind  to  the  desirability  of  making  a  replace- 
ment appointment  is  not  "willing"  to  act,  and,  accordingly,  that  the  surviving 
or  continuing  trustees  could  appoint  a  substitute  trustee.  However,  the  nom- 
inee might  turn  his  mind  to  the  matter  but,  after  due  consideration,  decide 
not  to  exercise  the  statutory  power;  for  example,  he  might  choose  not  to 
remove  a  trustee  who  is  unfit  to  act.  It  could  be  argued  that  a  nominee  who 
behaves  in  this  fashion  is  also  not  "willing"  to  act,  and  that  again  the  appoint- 
ment power  should  pass  to  those  next  entitled.  In  the  view  of  the  Commission, 
however,  this  would  be  an  incorrect  reading  of  the  section.  The  bona  fide 
wishes  of  a  nominated  appointor  should  not  be  overriden  in  this  fashion; 
rather,  this  situation  would  seem  most  appropriate  for  resolution  by  the  court. 

The  Commission  has  considered  whether,  in  order  to  correct  any  potential 
ambiguity,  the  word  "willing"  should  be  omitted  from  the  revised  Act,  but 
has  decided  that  such  a  deletion  could  create  more  difficulties  than  it  would 
solve.  The  deletion  of  the  word  "willing"  would  remove  the  possibility  that 
the  bona  fide  wishes  of  a  dissenting  appointor  could  be  disregarded,  but  it 
would  also  require  judicial  intervention  in  situations  where  a  nominated 
person,  who  would  simply  prefer  that  others  make  the  appointment,  does  not 
turn  his  mind  to  the  issue.  It  is  possible  to  suggest  that  this  problem  might  be 
solved  by  providing  that  a  person  nominated  to  appoint  trustees  should  be 
deemed  "willing"  to  act  if  he  chooses  to  consider  the  appointment,  but  after 
due  deliberation  decides  not  to  exercise  the  statutory  power.  After  careful 
consideration,  we  have  rejected  this  approach  also,  because  of  the  seemingly 
inherent  problems  of  proof.  Moreover,  we  have  observed  that,  in  fifty-nine 
years,  no  criticism  has  apparently  been  made  of  the  term  "able  and  willing" 
in  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925,  a  term  that  occurs  on  a  number  of  occasions 
in  that  Act.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  retain 
the  word  "willing"  with  respect  to  the  qualifications  of  a  person  nominated 
to  appoint  a  substitute  trustee,  and  our  Draft  Bill  so  provides. 


64 


A  subsidiary  issue  concerning  joint  nominees  flows  from  the  foregoing 
discussion.  At  present,  no  separate  provision  appears  in  the  Ontario  Trustee 
Act  respecting  joint  nominees.  It  has  been  held  in  England  that  persons  jointly 
nominated  are  "unable  and  unwilling  to  act"  where  they  are  not  able  to  agree 
about  the  person  to  be  appointed  a  substitute  trustee;65  however,  the  position 
in  Ontario  cannot  be  stated  with  complete  certainty.  In  order  to  avoid  the 
possibility  of  judicial  intervention  in  a  situation  where  joint  nominees  may 
satisfy  the  requirements  by  being  able  and  willing  to  act  individually,  but  are 
nonetheless  in  disagreement,  we  are  of  the  opinion  that  this  point  should  be 
stated  in  the  statute.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should 
contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  where  jointly  nominated  persons  are 
unable  to  agree  in  naming  an  appointee,  they  should  be  deemed  to  be  unable 


64  Draft  Bill,  s.  19(1). 

65  In  re  Sheppard's  Settlement  Trusts,  [1888]  W.N.  234  (Ch.D.). 


99 


to  act  within  the  terms  of  the  section  authorizing  the  non-judicial  appointment 
of  trustees. M 


b.     The  Surviving  or  Continuing  Trustees 

Under  section  3(  1 )  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  persons  entitled  to  appoint 
substitute  trustees  include  the  "surviving  or  continuing  trustees  or  trustee  for 
the  time  being".  The  concept  behind  this  terminology  is  that  a  trustee  who 
dies  leaves  "surviving"  trustees,  if  such  exist,  to  carry  on  the  trust  and. 
likewise,  that  a  trustee  who  retires  or  is  removed  leaves  "continuing"  trustees. 
This  approach  raises  the  question  whether  a  retiring  trustee,  a  refusing  or 
disclaiming  trustee,  a  trustee  who  is  removable  for  cause,  or  a  sole  trustee, 
should  be  regarded  as  a  "surviving  or  continuing"  trustee  for  the  purpose  of 
exercising  the  statutory  power  contained  in  section  3(1).  Since  the  revised 
Act  is  intended  to  establish  a  comprehensive  scheme  for  the  non-judicial 
appointment  of  substitute  trustees,  a  scheme  that  the  creator  of  the  trust  can 
exclude  or  amend  in  whole  or  in  part,  these  questions  should  not  be  left 
unresolved. 

We  turn  first  to  the  position  of  a  trustee  who  desires  to  retire  from  the 
trust;  that  is,  a  trustee  who  wishes  to  cease  to  act  as  trustee  and  to  be 
discharged  from  the  trust.  Can  such  a  trustee  appoint,  or  join  in  the  appoint- 
ment of,  a  substitute  trustee  pursuant  to  the  statutory  power  contained  in 
section  3(1)  of  the  Trustee  Act?  As  a  retiring  trustee  does  not  continue  as 
trustee  after  a  new  appointment  has  been  made,  it  would  seem  clear  that  he 
is  not  a  "continuing  trustee,,  within  the  meaning  of  this  subsection.67  Further, 
there  is  no  authority  elsewhere  in  the  Trustee  Act  expressly  authorizing  a 
retiring  trustee  to  appoint  his  replacement.  At  present,  therefore,  if  a  trustee 
wishes  to  retire,  he  may  do  so,  but  he  must  leave  it  to  the  continuing  trustees, 
or  to  the  court  where  there  are  no  continuing  trustees,  to  appoint  a  substitute 
trustee.68 

The  English  Trustee  Act,  1925  overcame  this  difficulty  by  providing  in 
section  36(8)  that  "[t]he  provisions  .  .  .  relative  to  a  continuing  trustee  include 
a  .  .  .  retiring  trustee,  if  willing  to  act  in  the  execution  of  the  provisions  of 
this  section".  In  effect,  this  statutory  provision  deems  a  retiring  trustee  to  be 
a  trustee  who  will  continue  after  the  replacement  appointment  for  the  purpose 
of  appointing  a  successor  trustee,  thereby  enabling  him  to  concur  in  or 
disapprove  of  the  appointment  of  the  person  who  is  to  replace  him.  As  a 
consequence,  this  provision  also  obviates  the  need  for  court  approval  of  a 
replacement  appointment  in  circumstances  where  there  will  be  no  continuing 
trustees  -  for  example,  if  all  trustees  wish  to  retire.  We  are  of  the  view  that 
a  retiring  trustee  should  be  entitled  to  exercise  the  statutory  power  to  appoint 


66  Draft  Bill,  s.  19(4).  In  our  view,  this  situation  differs  from  the  case,  discussed  above, 
where  the  nominated  appointer,  upon  consideration,  decides  not  to  exercise  the  statutory 
power.  In  the  latter  case,  to  permit  appointment  by  those  next  entitled  would  be  to 
override  the  bona  fide  wishes  of  the  nominated  appointer.  In  the  case  under  consideration, 
there  is  simply  an  inability  to  effectively  determine  the  issue. 

67  SeeStones  v.  Rowton  (1853),  17  Beav.  308.  51  E.R.  1052. 

68  See  Re  Moorlwu.se,  [  1946]  4  D.L.R.  542  (Out.  H.C.J. ).  at  544. 


100 

substitute  trustees.  To  preclude  evidentiary  problems,  however,  we  consider 
that  the  desire  to  be  discharged  should  be  expressed  in  writing.  Accordingly, 
we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that,  for  the  purpose  of 
exercising  the  non-judicial  statutory  power  to  appoint  substitute  trustees,  a 
surviving  or  continuing  trustee  should  include  a  trustee  who  expresses  in 
writing  a  desire  to  be  discharged  from  all  or  any  of  the  trusts  or  powers 
reposed  in  or  conferred  upon  him,  and  our  Draft  Bill  so  provides. 


69 


The  second  issue  is  whether  a  trustee  who  refuses  to  act  or  disclaims 
should  be  entitled  to  exercise  the  statutory  power  to  appoint  substitute  trustees 
under  section  3(1).  We  understand70  a  refusing  trustee  to  be  one  who  has 
accepted  the  office  of  trustee,  but  who  is  unwilling  to  act  or  to  act  further,71 
and  a  disclaiming  trustee  to  be  one  who  has  disclaimed  the  office  and  never 
acted  in  that  capacity.  As  in  the  case  of  a  retiring  trustee,  neither  a  refusing 
trustee  nor  a  disclaiming  trustee  continues  to  occupy  the  office  of  trustee  after 
the  replacement  appointment.  Moreover,  it  may  even  be  contended  that  a 
refusing  trustee  ceases  to  continue  as  a  trustee  prior  to  the  replacement 
appointment  upon  his  refusal  to  act  as  a  trustee,  and  it  is  certain  that  a 
disclaiming  trustee  has  never  acted  in  the  capacity  of  trustee.  Consequently, 
it  would  seem  that  neither  a  refusing  nor  a  disclaiming  trustee  is  entitled  to 
join  as  a  "continuing  trustee"  in  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee,  and 
that  judicial  approval  is  necessary  for  the  appointment  of  trustees  in  circum- 
stances where,  for  example,  all  trustees  refuse  to  act. 

We  have  referred  above  to  section  36(8)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  J 925 
in  the  context  of  a  retiring  trustee.  This  subsection  also  refers  to  a  refusing 
trustee  and  provides  that  a  continuing  trustee  includes  "a  refusing  .  .  .  trustee, 
if  willing  to  act  in  the  execution  of  the  provisions  of  the  section".  Similar 
legislation  exists  in  New  South  Wales,72  and  the  legislation  includes  the 
qualification  that  a  refusing  trustee  be  willing  to  act  in  the  appointment. 
Section  6(1 1)  of  the  New  South  Wales  statute,  however,  also  adds  two  further 
qualifications:  namely,  that  a  refusing  trustee  may  not  act  apart  from  the 
continuing  trustee  where  there  is  in  fact  a  continuing  trustee;  and  that  if  a 
refusing  trustee  does  not  act  in  the  appointment,  the  fact  that  he  was  willing 
to  act  shall  not  affect  the  validity  of  an  appointment  made  by  any  other 
person. 

Notwithstanding  the  approaches  taken  in  England  and  New  South  Wales, 
it  is  our  opinion  that  the  primary  issue  is  whether  a  refusing  or  disclaiming 
trustee  should  be  entitled  to  take  any  part  in  an  appointment  of  a  trustee  under 
section  3(1).  We  have  concluded  that,  unless  the  trust  instrument  provides  to 
the  contrary,  a  person  who  refuses  to  carry  out  the  responsibilities  of  a  trustee, 
or  who  disclaims  the  office,  is  not  a  suitable  person  to  exercise  the  statutory 


69  Draft  Bill,  s.  19(6). 

70  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  l(b)(ii). 

71  Such  a  person  nevertheless  exposes  himself  to  liability  with  his  co-trustees  for  any  breach 
of  trust  that  his  co-trustees  perpetrate.  No  trustee  may  plead  his  own  inactivity  as  a 
ground  for  indemnification  by  his  co-trustees:  see  Lewin  on  Trusts,  supra,  note  18,  at 
674. 

72  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  6,  s.  6(1 1). 


101 

power.7'  Should  all  trustees  refuse  to  act  or  should  they  all  disclaim,  an 
application  to  the  court  would  be  required  to  appoint  substitute  trustees;  in 
this  fashion,  the  best  interests  of  the  trust  beneficiaries  are  more  likely  to  be 
secured.  We  are  strengthened  in  our  view  by  the  fact  that  refusal  to  act  is  a 
ground  for  the  removal  of  a  trustee,74  and  we  shall  later  recommend  that  a 
disclaimer  in  writing  should  also  be  a  distinct  ground  for  removal  under  the 
revised  Act.75  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  pro- 
vide that,  for  the  purpose  of  exercising  the  non-judicial  statutory  power  to 
appoint  a  substitute  trustee,  a  surviving  or  continuing  trustee  should  not 
include  a  trustee  who  in  writing  disclaims  the  trust  or  who,  having  neither 
disclaimed  nor  resigned,  refuses  to  act  as  trustee,  unless,  of  course,  the  trust 
instrument  expressly  authorizes  such  a  person  to  make  an  appointment.  Our 
Draft  Bill  reflects  this  recommendation.76 

The  third  issue  relating  to  the  ambit  of  the  phrase  "surviving  or  continu- 
ing" trustees  is  whether  a  trustee  who  may  be  removed  for  cause  under  section 
3(1)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  should  be  a  party  to  the  appointment  of  a 
substitute  trustee.  In  In  re  Stoneham  Settlement  Trusts,11  it  was  held  that  a 
trustee  who  had  been  removed  from  office  against  his  will  under  section  36(  1 ) 
of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925  could  not  demand  to  be  a  party  to  the 
appointment  of  his  replacement;  he  was  not  a  "continuing"  trustee  within  the 
meaning  of  section  36(  1)  as  modified  or  extended  by  the  provisions  of  section 
36(8). 78  This  reasoning  would  seem  to  have  like  application  in  Ontario,  and 
there  is  no  express  statutory  provision  entitling  a  trustee  who  is  removable 
for  cause  to  appoint  a  substitute  trustee.  We  are  of  the  view  that  the  principle 
of  In  re  Stoneham  Settlement  Trusts  is  correct,  and  therefore  recommend  that 
a  trustee  who  is  to  be  involuntarily  replaced  for  cause  should  not  be  able  to 
join  in  an  appointment  of  his  replacement. 


7  9 


Finally,  the  trust  instrument  may  appoint  a  sole  trustee  to  act;  that  is, 
only  one  person  may  be  appointed  as  trustee  by  the  creator  of  the  trust.  Under 
section  3(1)  of  the  Trustee  Act,  the  statutory  power  is  conferred  upon  the 
"surviving  or  continuing  trustees  or  trustee".  There  is  a  question  whether 
these  words  embrace  a  sole  trustee  who  wishes  to  appoint  his  replacement. 


73  It  is  true  that  a  nominated  trustee,  unwilling  to  accept  the  office,  but  anxious  to  appoint 
his  replacement,  could  accept  the  office,  and  then  at  once  offer  his  resignation  so  that, 
as  a  retiring  trustee,  he  would,  if  our  previous  recommendation  is  accepted,  be  entitled 
to  participate  in  the  replacement  appointment.  However,  such  a  trustee  might  not  receive 
the  consent  of  his  co-trustees  to  his  retirement,  and,  if  he  were  forced  to  retire  under 
s.  2  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  he  would  have  achieved  nothing  since  this  is  a  retirement 
without  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee. 

74  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  3,  s.  3(1). 

75  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  l(b)(ii). 

76  Draft  Bill,  ss.  19(6)  and  2(b). 

11  In  re  Stoneham  Settlement  Trusts,  [1953]  Ch.  59,  [1952]  2  All  E.R.  694  (subsequent 
references  are  to  [1953]  Ch.).  This  decision  was  contrary  to  the  views  of  the  text  writers 
at  that  time:  see.  for  example,  Co/.ens-Hardy  Home  (ed.).  Lewin's  Practical  Treatise 
on  the  Law  of  Trusts  (15th  ed.,  1950).  at  422,  and  Underbill  and  Bagshawe,  The  Law 
relating  to  Trusts  and  Trustees  (9th  ed..  1939).  at  4 16- IS. 

78  In  re  Stoneham  Settlement  Trusts,  supra,  note  77.  at  62-63. 

79  Draft  Bill,  s.  19(6). 


102 

and  the  authorities  are  in  conflict  on  this  point.80  The  difficulty  arises  from 
the  fact  that  this  phrase  would  seem  to  presuppose  an  original  appointment 
of  two  or  more  trustees. 

At  present,  the  only  provision  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  that  relates  to 
an  appointment  by  a  sole  trustee  is  section  4,  which  provides  as  follows: 

4.  Subject  to  the  terms  of  any  instrument  creating  a  trust,  the  sole  trustee  or 
the  last  surviving  or  continuing  trustee  appointed  for  the  administration  of  the 
trust  may  appoint  by  will  another  person  or  other  persons  to  be  a  trustee  or 
trustees  in  the  place  of  the  sole  or  surviving  or  continuing  trustee  after  his  death. 

This  section  empowers  a  sole  trustee  to  appoint  by  will  a  trustee  to  succeed 
him.  In  the  view  of  the  Commission,  such  a  provision  serves  a  useful  function, 
and,  accordingly,  we  recommend  its  inclusion  in  the  revised  Act.81  However, 
we  would  point  out  that  section  4  deals  only  with  the  power  to  appoint  by 
will.  It  does  not  relate  to  a  sole  trustee  who  wishes  to  appoint  his  replacement 
on  the  occasion  of  his  retirement.  In  our  view,  the  position  of  a  sole  trustee 
in  this  regard  should  be  clarified. 

We  are  of  the  opinion  that,  consistent  with  our  previous  recommendation 
that  a  retiring  trustee  should  be  entitled  to  join  in  the  appointment  of  a 
substitute  trustee,  a  sole  trustee  should  be  able  to  appoint  a  substitute  trustee 
on  the  occasion  of  his  own  retirement.  It  should  be  noted  that  section  3(1) 
permits  the  statutory  power  to  be  exercised  by  the  last  surviving  or  continuing 
trustee.  We  agree  with  this  result,  and  we  see  no  reason  to  distinguish  between 
the  position  of  the  last  surviving  or  continuing  trustee  and  that  of  a  sole 
trustee.  As  with  our  previous  recommendations,  we  do  not  consider  that  the 
appointment  power  should  be  conferred  upon  a  sole  trustee  who  refuses  to 
act,  disclaims  the  trust,  or  is  otherwise  removable  for  cause.  Accordingly, 
we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  expressly  provide  that,  for  the 
purpose  of  exercising  the  non-judicial  statutory  power  to  appoint  substitute 
trustees,  a  surviving  or  continuing  trustee  should  include  a  sole  trustee  who 
expresses  in  writing  a  desire  to  be  discharged  from  all  or  any  of  the  trusts  or 
powers  reposed  in  or  conferred  upon  him.82 

c.     The  Personal  Representatives  of  the  Last  Surviving  or 
Continuing  Trustee 

In  the  absence  of  a  surviving  or  continuing  trustee,  section  3(1)  of  the 
Ontario  Trustee  Act  confers  the  power  to  appoint  a  substitute  trustee  upon 


80 


82 


In  Re  Thompson  and  Jenkins  (1928),  63  O.L.R.  33  (H.C.  Div.),  at  35,  Middleton  J.  A. 
was  of  the  opinion  that  a  sole  trustee  could  appoint  his  replacement  upon  his  retirement 
under  the  power  conferred  by  the  present  s.  3(1),  while  in  Re  National  Trust  Co.  and 
McLaughlin  (1925),  57  O.L.R.  319  (H.C.  Div.),  at  321,  Riddell  J.  was  of  the  opposite 
view.  In  England,  it  is  generally  believed  that  the  phrase  "the  last  surviving  or  continuing 
trustee"  includes  a  sole  trustee:  see  Pettit,  Equity  and  the  Law  of  Trusts  (4th  ed.,  1979), 
at  242.  However,  the  case  cited  for  this  proposition,  In  re  Shafto's  Trusts  (1885),  29 
Ch.  D.  247,  concerned  the  question  whether  the  personal  representatives  of  a  deceased 
sole  trustee  could  appoint  as  "the  personal  representatives  of  the  last  surviving  or 
continuing  trustee".  It  may,  therefore,  be  said  that  this  case  does  not  clearly  determine 
the  position  of  the  sole  trustee  himself. 

Draft  Bill,  s.  20. 

Ibid.,  s.  19(6). 


103 

"the  personal  representatives  of  the  last  surviving  or  continuing  trustee".  It 
may  be  argued  that  a  personal  representative  could  be  remote  from  the  conduct 
of  the  trust  administration  and  the  circumstances  of  the  trust  beneficiaries. 
Accordingly,  we  have  considered  whether  it  is  appropriate  to  authorize  the 
personal  representative  to  appoint  a  substitute  trustee.  This  power  was  a 
customary  express  power  that  was  made  statutory  by  Lord  Cranworth's  Act,*' 
and  in  both  Ontario  and  England  it  has  existed  in  statutory  form  without 
criticism  for  over  one  hundred  years.  We  see,  therefore,  no  reason  to  depart 
from  a  provision  that  has  operated  with  apparent  efficiency  for  so  long,  and 
recommend  that  it  be  carried  forward  into  the  revised  Trustee  Act.*4  We 
would  point  out  that,  if  our  previous  recommendations  concerning  which 
trustees  should  be  considered  "surviving  or  continuing"  trustees  are  accepted, 
the  personal  representatives  of  a  refusing  or  disclaiming  trustee,  or  of  a  trustee 
removable  for  cause  from  office,  would  not  be  entitled  to  appoint  substitute 
trustees. 

While  we  agree  that  the  power  to  appoint  a  substitute  trustee  should 
continue  to  be  exercisable  by  the  personal  representatives  of  the  last  surviving 
or  continuing  trustee,  there  are  three  matters  that  have  concerned  us.  The  first 
relates  to  the  position  of  an  executor  who  has  not  proved  his  testator's  will. 
Assume  that  the  last  surviving  or  continuing  trustee  dies,  having  by  his  will 
appointed  executors,  one  or  more  of  whom  do  not  join  in  proof  of  the  will. 
Can  a  non-proving  executor  be  said  to  be  one  of  the  "personal  representatives" 
of  the  last  surviving  or  continuing  trustee  so  as  to  require  his  participation 
with  the  proving  executors  in  the  replacement  appointment?  An  English  case 
has  held  that  the  term  "personal  representatives",  as  this  term  appeared  in  the 
Land  Transfer  Act,  1897  *5  included  all  those  answering  to  that  description 
whether  or  not  they  had  obtained  a  grant  of  probate.86  On  the  basis  of  this 
decision  it  was  considered  that,  since  the  same  term  appeared  in  the  trustee 
legislation,87  all  executors  would  have  to  join  in  a  replacement  appointment, 
including  any  executor  who  had  not  proved  the  will.88  In  order  to  avoid  this 
situation,  section  36(4)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925  provides  that  the 
statutory  power  may  be  exercised  by  the  executors  for  the  time  being  "who 
have  proved  the  will  of  their  testator  or  by  the  administrators  for  the  time 
being  of  such  trustee  without  the  concurrence  of  any  executor  who  has 
renounced  or  has  not  proved". 

The  Ontario  Trustee  Act  contains  no  such  provision,  although  section  40 
of  the  Act  does  provide,  inter  alia,  that  an  executor  to  whom  probate  is 
granted  may  in  all  respects  act  as  effectually  as  though  he  alone  had  been 
named  by  the  testator  as  his  sole  executor.  It  could  be  contended  that  this 
section  authorizes  the  proving  executors  to  make  a  replacement  appointment 
without  the  consent  of  a  non-proving  executor.  Nevertheless,  the  position 


83  Supra,  note  1 ,  s.  27. 

84  Draft  Bill.  s.  19(1). 

85  60&61  Vict.,c.  65  (U.K.). 

86  In  re  Pawley  and  London  and  Provincial  Bank,  [1900]  I  Ch.  58, 

88 


Trustee  Act,  1893,  supra,  note  41 .  s.  10  (U.  K). 

See  Underhill,  The  Law  relating  to  Trusts  and  Trustees  (7th  ed.,  1912).  at  380,  /*.  (r). 


104 

cannnot  be  stated  with  certainty.  In  the  opinion  of  the  Commission,  it  is  not 
desirable  to  cast  upon  the  executors  who  have  proved  the  will  the  need  to 
enlist  the  cooperation  of  a  non-proving  executor  in  order  to  effect  a  valid 
replacement  appointment.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act 
should  provide  that,  for  the  purpose  of  exercising  the  non-judicial  statutory 
power  to  appoint  substitute  trustees,  the  power  conferred  upon  the  personal 
representatives  of  a  last  surviving  or  continuing  trustee  should  be  exercisable 
by  the  executors  for  the  time  being  of  the  last  surviving  or  continuing  trustee 
who  have  proved  the  will  of  the  testator,  or  by  the  administrators  for  the  time 
being  of  such  trustee,  without  the  concurrence  of  an  executor  who  has  ren- 
ounced or  has  not  proved.89 

The  above  recommendation  is  premised  on  the  assumption  that  one  or 
more  executors  have  proved  the  deceased's  will  and  wish  to  act.  The  second 
matter  that  requires  attention  concerns  the  position  where  all  executors  intend 
to  renounce  probate;  should  they  be  entitled  to  exercise  the  statutory  power 
to  appoint  substitute  trustees?  Section  36(5)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925 
permits  a  sole  or  last  surviving  executor  intending  to  renounce  probate,  or  all 
the  executors  where  they  all  intend  to  renounce,  to  exercise  the  power  to 
appoint  trustees,  if  willing  to  act,  any  time  before  renouncing  probate  and 
without  thereby  accepting  the  office  of  executor.  This  provision  is  consistent 
with  section  36(8)  of  the  English  Act  which,  as  previously  noted,  enables  a 
refusing  trustee  to  appoint  a  substitute  trustee,  and  reflects  the  English  position 
of  allowing  non-judicial  appointment  of  trustees  as  much  as  possible. 

It  will  be  recalled  that  we  have  previously  recommended  that  a  trustee 
who  refuses  to  act  or  who  disclaims  the  office  of  trustee  should  not  be 
permitted  to  appoint  substitute  trustees  under  the  statutory  power.90  In  the 
view  of  the  Commission,  an  executor  of  a  last  surviving  or  continuing  trustee 
who  intends  to  renounce  probate  should  be  in  a  position  no  different  from  a 
trustee  who  refuses  to  accept  the  office  or  to  act  further  as  a  trustee.  In  these 
circumstances,  appointment  by  the  court  is  preferable.  Accordingly,  we  rec- 
ommend that  a  provision  similar  to  section  36(5)  of  the  English  Act  should 
not  be  included  in  the  revised  Act. 

Finally,  we  refer  to  the  position  of  a  trustee  who  is  appointed  by  will  and 
who  predeceases  his  testator.  It  has  been  held  in  England  that  such  a  testa- 
mentary trustee  is  not  a  "surviving  or  continuing  trustee"  within  the  meaning 
of  the  English  legislation,91  and  that  his  personal  representatives  may  not 
appoint  under  the  statutory  power.92  Neither  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  nor  the 
English  Trustee  Act,  1925  expressly  extends  to  the  personal  representatives 
of  a  testamentary  trustee  who  predeceases  the  testator,  even  if  he  be  the  sole 


89  Draft  Bill,  s.  19(7). 

90  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  l(b)(i)b. 

91  The  legislation  in  question  was  the  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property-  Act,  J  88  J ,  supra, 
note  8. 

2  Nicholson  v.  Field,  [1893]  2  Ch.  511.  The  same  reasoning  would  exclude  a  person 
nominated  trustee  of  an  inter  vivos  trust  who  dies  before  the  instrument  takes  effect. 


105 

nominated  trustee,  the  power  to  appoint  a  substitute  trustee,91  although  it  may 
be  argued  that  section  8  of  the  Ontario  Act  would  do  so.  Specifically,  section 
8  provides  as  follows: 

8.  The  provisions  of  this  Act  relative  to  the  appointment  of  new  trustees  apply 
to  the  case  of  a  person  nominated  trustee  in  a  will  but  dying  before  the  testator. 

By  invoking  "[t]he  provisions  of  this  Act  relative  to  the  appointment  of 
new  trustees",  namely,  section  3(1),  not  only  may  the  surviving  or  continuing 
trustees  appoint  a  new  trustee  to  replace  one  of  their  number  who  dies  before 
the  testator,  but  the  personal  representatives  of  the  last  surviving  or  continuing 
trustee  may  exercise  the  appointment  power  where  all  the  persons  nominated 
trustees  predecease  the  testator.94  Regarding  the  utilization  of  section  8  by  the 
surviving  or  continuing  trustees,  we  later  recommend  that  the  vacancy  left 
by  the  death  before  the  testator  of  a  person  nominated  trustee  should  be  filled 
by  the  exercise  of  the  proposed  non-judicial  appointment  of  an  additional 
trustee,95  thereby  obviating  the  necessity  for  a  section  8-type  provision  in  that 
context.  In  relation  to  the  possible  application  of  section  8  to  permit  personal 
representatives  of  a  person  nominated  trustee  but  dying  before  the  testator  to 
appoint  new  trustees,  the  Commission  prefers  the  English  position,  which 
appears  to  be  that  the  connection  between  the  trust  and  these  particular 
personal  representatives  is  too  remote,  given  that  the  deceased  nominated 
trustee  would  never  have  handled  the  trust  business.  Accordingly,  we  rec- 
ommend that  the  revised  Act  should  expressly  state  that,  for  the  purpose  of 
exercising  the  non-judicial  statutory  power  to  appoint  substitute  trustees,  a 
surviving  or  continuing  trustee  should  not  include  any  person  appointed  a 
trustee  who  predeceases  the  taking  effect  of  the  trust.96  Such  a  recommen- 
dation would  also  preclude  a  personal  representative  of  such  a  person  from 
exercising  the  power  to  appoint  trustees. 

(ii)     Circumstances  in  Which  the  Non-Judicial  Statutory  Power  is 
Exercisable 

One  of  the  vital  features  of  section  3(  1 )  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  relates 
to  the  circumstances  in  which  the  non-judicial  power  to  appoint  substitute 
trustees  may  be  exercised.  The  subsection  has  two  broad  functions.  First,  it 
provides  a  means  for  the  replacement  of  a  trustee  who  dies  or  who  desires  to 
be  discharged;  and  secondly,  it  provides  a  mechanism  for  the  removal  of  a 
trustee  for  the  various  causes  enumerated  in  the  subsection.  The  replacement 


si  3 


This  may  not  have  been  the  intention  of  Lord  Cranworth's  Act,  supra,  note  7.  s.  28, 
which  first  expressly  permitted  the  appointment  of  a  new  trustee  where  a  trustee  nomi- 
nated in  the  will  had  died  in  the  testator's  lifetime.  In  Ontario.  An  Act  to  provide  for 
certain  amendments  of  the  Law,  supra,  note  9,  s.  30(2),  reproduced  by  An  Act  respecting 
Trustees  and  Executors  and  the  Administration  of  Estates,  supra,  note  44.  s.  3(2), 
enacted  the  same  provision.  Had  the  Act  provided  that  "the  personal  representatives  of 
a  person  nominated  trustee  in  a  will,  but  dying  in  the  testator's  lifetime,  may  appoint". 
Nicholson  v.  Field,  supra,  note  92,  would  not  have  occurred. 

See  Waters,  Law  of  Trusts  in  Canada  (1974),  at  562. 

See  infra,  this  ch..  sec.  1(e). 

Draft  Bill,  s.  19(6). 


106 

or  removal  is  effected  by  the  appointment  of  another  person  to  be  trustee  in 
the  place  of  the  trustee  dying,  remaining  out  of  Ontario,  desiring  to  be 
discharged,  refusing  to  act,  being  unfit  or  incapable  of  acting  as  trustee,  being 
convicted  of  an  indictable  offence,  or  being  bankrupt  or  insolvent.  This  aspect 
of  the  section  has  generally  proved  satisfactory  in  operation  and,  subject  to 
certain  matters  dealt  with  below,  we  recommend  that  it  should  be  carried 
over  to  the  revised  Act.97 

The  first  matter  that  we  wish  to  discuss  relates  to  the  position  of  a  trustee 
who  is  an  infant.  Under  section  3(1)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  infancy  of  a 
trustee  is  not  included  as  a  circumstance  that  would  justify  the  non-judicial 
removal  of  that  trustee  by  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee.  Although 
there  are  in  Ontario  distinct  legal  limitations  on  the  capacity  of  a  person  under 
the  age  of  majority,  there  is  no  general  prohibition  against  such  a  person 
assuming  an  express  trusteeship.  Like  Ontario,  Northern  Ireland98  omits  in- 
fancy as  a  ground  for  non-judicial  removal.  Other  Canadian  and  Common- 
wealth jurisdictions  have  responded  differently  to  this  situation.99  For  example, 
in  England  a  person  under  the  age  of  majority  is  incapacitated  by  statute  from 
acting  as  an  express  trustee.100  Consequently,  section  36(1)  of  the  English 
Trustee  Act,  1925  provides  that  infancy  is  a  ground  for  the  non-judicial 
removal  of  a  trustee  by  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee.  After  careful 
consideration,  and  in  view  of  the  fact  that  the  appointment  of  an  infant  was 
the  choice  of  the  creator  of  the  trust,  we  support  the  present  Ontario  position. 
If  for  any  reason  it  should  be  considered  that  an  infant  is  unsuitable  to  act  as 
a  trustee,  an  application  for  his  removal  may  be  made  to  the  court.  The  court 
may  consider  that  arrangements  should  be  made  so  that  the  infant  can  assume 
the  trusteeship  upon  attainment  of  majority,  and  such  a  course  of  action  may 
well  seem  appropriate  where  the  person  in  question  is  very  near  that  age.  In 
our  view,  it  all  depends  on  the  circumstances;  some  persons  might  be  unsuit- 
able even  when  they  attain  the  age  of  majority,  and  for  this  reason  we  prefer 
to  leave  the  matter  to  the  discretion  of  the  court.  Accordingly,  we  recommend 
that  in  the  revised  Act,  as  in  section  3(1)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  at  present, 
minority  should  not  be  a  circumstance  justifying  non-judicial  removal  by  the 
appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee. 

The  second  matter  concerns  the  restrictions,  if  any,  that  should  be  placed 
upon  the  non-judicial  removal  of  a  trustee  who  is  unfit  or  incapable  of  acting. 
At  present,  section  3(1)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  provides  that,  where  a 
trustee  is  unfit  to  act  or  is  incapable  of  acting  as  trustee,  he  may  be  replaced. 
These  two  circumstances  also  appear  in  section  36(1)  of  the  English  Trustee 
Act,  1925,  and  in  that  context  "unfit"  has  been  interpreted  as  including 
bankruptcy,  liquidation,  or  conviction  of  a  felony,  while  "incapable"  has 
been  construed  as  meaning  personal  incapacity,  such  as  a  physical  or  mental 


100 


Ibid.,s.  19(1). 

Trustee  Act  (Northern  Ireland),  1958,  supra,  note  30,  s.  35(1). 

See,  for  example,  the  Manitoba  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  6,  s.  10(1),  and  the  New  South 
Wales  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  6,  s.  6(2)(e),  which  include  infancy  as  a  ground 
for  non-judicial  removal.  See,  also,  the  New  Zealand  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  6, 
s.  43,  which  does  not  include  infancy  as  a  ground  for  non-judicial  removal. 

Law  of  Property  Act,  1925,  15  &  16  Geo.  5,  c.20,  s.  20  (U.K.). 


107 

disorder.101  In  Ontario,  however,  seetion  3(1)  of  the  Trustee  Act  expressly 
enumerates  conviction  of  an  indictable  offence  and  bankruptcy  or  insolvency 
as  circumstances  permitting  the  non-judicial  replacement  of  a  trustee.  There- 
fore, "unfit"  to  act  in  the  Ontario  Act  would  appear  to  comprehend  other 
objectionable  conduct.  Like  the  English  position,  "incapable"  of  acting  would 
seem  to  refer  to  physical  or  mental  incapacity,  but  could  also  include  old  age 
or  failing  capacities.  In  effect,  what  should  be  sufficient  to  render  a  trustee 
"unfit"  or  "incapable"  of  acting  cannot  be  defined  with  certainty.  Because 
these  are  matters  upon  which  differences  of  opinion  may  easily  arise,  the 
Commission  has  considered  whether  they  should  continue  to  be  circumstances 
that  permit  the  non-judicial  removal  of  a  trustee,  or  whether  resort  to  the 
courts  would  be  the  more  appropriate  means  of  adjudging  whether  a  trustee 
is  incapable  or  unfit  to  act. 

The  Commission  has  concluded  that  where  subjective  value  judgments 
concerning  the  ability  of  a  person  to  act  as  trustee  are  concerned,  these 
determinations  should  be  made  by  a  court,  where  the  trustee  in  question,  or 
someone  on  his  behalf,  can  place  the  trustee's  position  before  an  impartial 
arbiter  for  consideration.  Accordingly,  we  would  limit  the  non-judicial  re- 
moval of  a  trustee  to  objectively  ascertainable  circumstances.  In  our  view 
this  approach  has  two  advantages.  First,  as  one  aim  of  the  Commission's 
recommendations  is  to  encourage  the  employment  of  the  non-judicial  appoint- 
ment and  discharge  powers,  trustees  may  more  readily  utilize  a  mechanism 
that  provides  clear,  easily  ascertainable  criteria.  On  the  other  hand,  trustees 
might  be  reluctant  to  exercise  the  non-judicial  removal  power  based  upon 
their  subjective  finding  of  incapacity  of  a  co-trustee,  especially  where  the 
removed  trustee  may  bring  an  action  for  wrongful  removal  against  those  who 
exercised  the  non-judicial  removal  powers  improperly;102  the  trustees  might 
as  well  have  applied  to  the  court  initially  for  a  determination  concerning 
whether  the  co-trustee  should  be  removed  because  of  his  incapacity  to  act. 
Secondly,  limiting  the  non-judicial  removal  power  to  objectively  ascertain- 
able circumstances  would  clearly  differentiate  the  judicial  appointment  and 
removal  power  from  the  non-judicial  appointment  and  removal  power. 

We  are  strengthened  in  our  view  by  the  fact  that  the  English  trustee 
legislation  has  taken  the  position  that  determinations  of  mental  incapacity  as 
a  ground  for  the  removal  of  a  trustee  should  not  rest  entirely  with  the  co- 
trustees. In  England,  where  a  trustee  is  incapacitated  by  a  mental  disorder 
within  the  meaning  of  the  Mental  Health  Act,  1959, l03  section  36(9)  of  the 
Trustee  Act,  1925  requires  that,  if  he  is  also  beneficially  interested  in  posses- 
sion under  the  terms  of  the  trust,  no  substitute  appointment  may  be  made 
under  section  36(1)  unless  leave  to  make  the  appointment  is  given  by  "the 
authority  having  jurisdiction  under  Part  VIII  of  the  Mental  Health  Act,  1959". I,u 


101 

102 
103 
104 


Lewin  on  Trusts ,  supra ,  note  18,  at  4 1 4- 1 5 . 

See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(d),  and  Draft  Bill,  s.  33. 

7  &  8  Eliz.  2,c.  72,  s.  4(1)  (U.K.). 

Trustee  Act,  1925 ,  supra,  note  5,  s.  36(9),  as  amended  by  the  Mental  Health  Ad,  1959, 
supra,  note  103,  s.  149(1),  and  Sch.  7,  Part  1. 


108 

While  the  Commission  does  not  recommend  the  adoption  of  this  type  of 
consent  mechanism,103  we  agree  in  principle  that  a  determination  of  mental 
incapacity  should  be  confirmed  by  an  objective  source  before  a  trustee  may 
be  removed  from  office.  In  our  view,  the  ability  to  remove  non-judicially  a 
mentally  incapacitated  trustee  should  be  limited  to  the  case  of  a  mentally 
incompetent  person  so  found  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction.  Accord- 
ingly, we  recommend  that  the  non-judicial  removal  of  a  trustee  and  the 
appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee  should  be  permitted  only  in  objectively 
ascertainable  circumstances.  In  particular,  incapacity  and  unfitness  to  act  as 
trustee  should  no  longer  be  circumstances  that  justify  the  non-judicial  removal 
of  a  trustee,  and  we  recommend  that  these  grounds  should  not  be  included  in 
the  revised  Trustee  Act  in  this  context.  Rather,  removal  for  these  reasons 
should  be  effected  judicially,  either  under  the  proposed  judicial  statutory 
power  of  removal106  or  pursuant  to  the  inherent  jurisdiction  of  the  court,  with 
the  non-judicial  removal  power  in  this  regard  limited  to  instances  of  mentally 
incompetent  persons  so  found  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction.107 

A  further  related  matter  concerns  the  provision  in  section  3(1)  of  the 
Ontario  Trustee  Act  for  the  exercise  of  the  non-judicial  power  of  removal 
where  a  trustee  is  "bankrupt  or  insolvent".  As  with  the  abovementioned 
circumstances  of  incapacity  and  unfitness,  insolvency  is  a  matter  based  pri- 
marily upon  subjective  value  judgments.  Here  too,  opinions  differ  concerning 
what  circumstances  would  be  sufficient  to  constitute  insolvency  of  a  trustee. 
Consistent  with  the  Commission's  recommendation  that  the  non-judicial  re- 
moval power  should  be  exercisable  only  in  objectively  ascertainable  circum- 
stances, we  are  of  the  view  that  the  court  is  the  more  appropriate  forum  to 
determine,  having  regard  to  all  the  circumstances,  whether  a  trustee  is  insol- 
vent and  should  be  removed  from  office. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  insolvency  should  not  be  a  ground  for 
the  non-judicial  removal  of  a  trustee  and  the  appointment  of  a  substitute 
trustee.  Rather,  the  non-judicial  power  to  remove  a  trustee  should  be  exercis- 
able in  cases  of  bankruptcy  alone.108  Further,  we  recommend  that  the  term 


105 


106 
107 
108 


Although  the  equivalent  of  s.  36(9)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925,  as  amended,  has 
been  adopted  in  the  Manitoba  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  6,  s.  10(7),  and  in  the  Trustee 
Act  (Northern  Ireland),  1958,  supra,  note  30,  s.  35(9),  we  reject  this  approach  for 
several  reasons.  First,  this  exception  to  the  statutory  power  only  applies  to  a  certain  class 
of  mentally  disordered  persons.  Under  s.  101  of  the  Mental  Health  Act,  1959,  supra, 
note  103,  the  person  given  authority  to  act  under  Part  VIII  is  given  jurisdiction  only  over 
mentally  disordered  persons  so  found.  There  is  no  jurisdiction  over  mentally  disordered 
persons  not  so  found;  that  is,  those  persons  who  would  require  a  next  friend  as  guardian 
ad  litem  to  sue,  if  they  were  litigating.  Furthermore,  it  is  not  obvious  why  the  section 
does  not  show  a  similar  concern  for  other  beneficiaries  who  are  incapacitated  for  other 
reasons.  Also,  the  exception  is  restricted  to  trustees  with  interests  in  possession,  as 
opposed  to  interests  in  remainder. 

Draft  Bill,  s.  56. 

Ibid.,  ss.  19(1)  and  [(h). 

Ibid.,  s.  19(l)(«)(vi).  It  should  be  noted  that  s.  159  of  Bill  C-12,  1980  (32d  Pari.  1st 
Sess.),  the  proposed  federal  legislation  to  amend  the  Bankruptcy  Act,  provides  that, 
where  a  bankruptcy  order  is  made  against  a  trustee,  he  is  thereafter  replaced  by  the 
bankruptcy  trustee,  who  has  all  the  "rights,  powers  and  duties"  in  respect  of  the  property 
as  had  the  debtor  (or  bankrupt)  trustee.  This  section,  however,  also  subordinates  this 


109 

"bankrupt"  should  be  defined  to  mean  a  person  against  whom  a  receiving 
order  is  in  force,  or  who  has  made  an  assignment  or  a  proposal  under  the 
Bankruptcy  Act  (Canada). Itw 

It  will  also  be  noted  that  section  3(  1 )  of  the  present  Act  is  silent  concern- 
ing a  trust  company  that,  while  acting  as  trustee,  is  dissolved  or  goes  into 
liquidation.  Under  section  36(3)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925,  such  a 
corporate  trustee  is  deemed,  in  the  case  of  dissolution,  to  be  incapable  as  of 
the  date  of  dissolution.  We  see  no  reason  why  in  Ontario  an  application  to 
the  court  should  be  necessary  in  order  to  appoint  a  substitute  trustee.110 
Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that  where 
a  corporate  trustee  is  dissolved  or  is  in  liquidation,  it  may  be  subject  to  non- 
judicial removal  under  the  statutory  power.1" 

The  third  matter  that  we  wish  to  discuss  in  connection  with  circumstances 
justifying  the  exercise  of  the  non-judicial  statutory  appointment  power  con- 
cerns the  absence  of  a  trustee  from  the  jurisdiction.  Section  3(  1 )  provides  that 
a  trustee  may  be  replaced  if  he  "remains  out  of  Ontario  for  more  than  twelve 
months'' .  Absence  of  a  trustee  from  the  jurisdiction  as  a  circumstance  justi- 
fying removal  appears  in  section  36(1)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925,  but 
it  does  not  appear  in  the  trustee  legislation  of  Alberta,  Saskatchewan,  New 
Brunswick,  the  Yukon,  or  the  Northwest  Territories.  On  the  one  hand,  we 
agree  that  any  trustee  who  leaves  the  jurisdiction  and,  implicitly,  the  admin- 
istration of  the  trust  for  an  extended  period  of  time  should  be  removed  from 
office.  On  the  other  hand,  we  see  little  objection  to  a  trustee  actively  admin- 
istering the  trust  from  outside  the  jurisdiction.  Today,  for  example,  a  trustee 
may  have  to  leave  the  jurisdiction  for  business  reasons,  but  may  have  no 
intention  of  abandoning  responsible  administration  of  the  trust.  If  a  settlor  or 
testator  was  of  the  view  that  his  trustees  should  reside  in  the  particular 
jurisdiction  or  should  not  be  absent  from  the  jurisdiction  for  more  than  a 


procedure  to  any  instrument  creating  the  trust  and  any  other  applicable  law  (emphasis 
added).  As  the  property  held  in  trust  by  the  bankrupt  trustee  does  not  form  part  of  the 
assets  that  may  satisfy  his  personal  debts,  and,  therefore,  prima  facie,  is  not  under  the 
purview  of  the  bankruptcy  order,  trust  law,  rather  than  bankruptcy  law.  has  traditionally 
dealt  with  the  problems,  if  any,  created  by  the  personal  bankruptcy  of  a  trustee  vis-d-vis 
his  relationship  to  the  trust.  Presumably,  the  phrase  "any  other  applicable  law"  contained 
in  s.  159  of  Bill  C-12  would  include  provincial  trustee  legislation,  with  the  result  that 
proposed  section  19(1)  of  the  revised  Trustee  Act,  whereby  a  bankrupt  trustee  may  be 
removed  from  office  and  replaced  by  a  person  deemed  appropriate  by  those  authorized 
to  remove  the  trustee,  would  take  precedence  over  s.  159  of  the  federal  Bankruptcy  Bill. 

109  Draft  Bill.  s.  Kb). 

110  On  the  dissolution  of  a  corporation  any  undisposed  property  is  forfeited  to  the  Crown 
(Corporations  Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  95.  s.  322.  and  Business  Corporations  Act,  1982, 
S.O.  1982,  c.  4,  s.  243(1)).  Any  property  held  in  trust  by  the  corporation  would 
presumably  also  pass  to  the  Crown,  if  the  corporation  were  a  sole  trustee,  so  that  the 
right  of  survivorship  as  between  co-trustees  could  not  apply.  As  to  whether  the  Crown 
is  bound  by  the  trust,  see  ///  re  Taylor's  Agreement  Trusts.  [  1904]  2  Ch.  737.  If  a  new 
trustee  is  non-judicially  appointed  only  upon  the  dissolution  o\  the  trust  corporation,  a 
problem  arises  assuming  it  was  the  sole  trustee  concerning  how  the  new  trustee  shall 
be  vested  with  the  trust  property:  see.  for  example.  Re  Canadian  fertilizer  C  o.  Ltd.  and 
Canadian  Industries  Ltd. .  (1938]  O.W.N.  335  (H.C.J. ),  a  ease  that  predated  the  passing 
of  the  predecessor  of  the  Corporations  Act,  S.  322  (namely,  The  Companies  Act,  S.O. 
1947,  c.  15.  s.  3). 

111  Draft  Bill.  s.  19(1  )(r). 


110 

stipulated  time  period,  he  could  so  provide  in  the  trust  instrument.  Accord- 
ingly, we  recommend  that,  unlike  the  situation  under  section  3(1)  of  the 
Trustee  Act,  the  fact  that  a  trustee  remains  out  of  Ontario  for  more  than  twelve 
months  should  not  in  itself  be  a  circumstance  justifying  non-judicial  removal 
under  the  revised  Act.  If  absence  of  a  trustee  from  the  jurisdiction  is  creating 
difficulties,  an  application  may,  of  course,  be  made  to  the  court  for  his 
removal. 

The  next  matter  we  consider  relates  to  the  death  of  a  trustee.  One  of  the 
prescribed  circumstances  in  which  a  substitute  appointment  may  be  made 
under  section  3(1)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  is  where  a  "trustee  dies".  This 
provision  must  be  read  in  the  light  of  section  8  of  the  Ontario  Act,  which  we 
referred  to  previously  in  the  context  of  the  role  of  the  personal  representative 
exercising  the  appointment  power  under  section  3(1).  "2  Section  8  is  designed 
to  cover  the  situation  where  a  person  who  has  been  appointed  a  trustee  by 
will  predeceases  the  testator.  In  this  event,  such  a  person  cannot  be  said  to 
be  a  "trustee"  who  has  died  within  the  meaning  of  section  3(1).  However, 
section  8  stipulates  that  the  provisions  of  the  Act  "relative  to  the  appointment 
of  new  trustees"  apply;  accordingly,  the  power  to  appoint  a  substitute  trustee 
under  section  3(1)  becomes  exercisable. 

It  may  be  that  the  remedy  provided  by  section  8  is  not  frequently  invoked 
in  Ontario.  However  this  may  be,  the  Commission  is  of  the  view  that  the 
statutory  power  to  appoint  substitute  trustees  should  apply  only  where  a 
person  may  be  said  to  be  an  actively  involved  trustee,  and  a  person  who 
predeceases  the  testator  has  never  acted  as  trustee.  Also,  it  would  be  incon- 
sistent to  deem  such  a  person  a  trustee  for  this  purpose,  but  at  the  same  time 
to  assert  that  he  should  not  be  considered  a  "surviving  or  continuing"  trustee, 
in  order  to  preclude  the  personal  representatives  of  such  a  person  from 
appointing  new  trustees."3  We  are,  therefore,  of  the  opinion  that  it  would  be 
more  appropriate  for  the  vacancy  to  be  filled  by  the  non-judicial  appointment 
of  an  additional  trustee,  a  power  that  we  recommend  in  a  later  section  of  this 
chapter."4  If  a  non-judicial  statutory  power  to  appoint  additional  trustees  is 
accepted,  we  recommend  that  section  8  of  the  present  Trustee  Act  should  not 
be  included  in  the  revised  Act. 

The  fifth  matter  that  we  wish  to  discuss  concerns  the  fact  that  words  are 
missing  from  section  3(1)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  that  are  present  in  other 
Commonwealth  legislation  based  upon  section  36  of  the  English  Trustee  Act, 
1925.  Section  36(1)  states  that  it  applies  to  any  trustee  who  is  to  be  replaced, 
whether  he  is  "original  or  substituted,  and  whether  appointed  by  a  court  or 
otherwise"."5  The  Trustee  Act  (Northern  Ireland),  1958  adopts  more  com- 
prehensive wording  to  address  this  matter,  namely,  "whether  original,  sub- 
stituted or  additional"."6  The  meaning  in  section  3(1)  seems  clear,  even 


112  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  l(b)(i)c. 

113  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  l(b)(i)c,  and  Draft  Bill,  s.  19(6). 

114  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(e). 

115  Section  36(1)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  J 925,  supra,  note  5,  repeats  language  found 
in  s.  27  of  Lord  Cramvorth' s  Act,  supra,  note  7. 

116  Supra,  note  30,  s.  35(1). 


Ill 

though  words  of  this  nature  are  not  included,  but,  in  our  opinion,  the  position 
should  be  placed  beyond  doubt.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  it  should 
be  possible  to  remove  a  trustee  under  the  non- judicial  statutory  removal  power 
whether  he  be  an  original,  substituted,  or  additional  trustee.  This  recommen- 
dation is  implemented  in  our  Draft  Bill  by  providing,  inter  alia,  that  the  Bill 
applies  to  all  trustees  however  and  whenever  appointed,  except  as  otherwise 
expressly  provided."7 

Another  matter  that  has  concerned  the  Commission  relates  to  a  refusing 
trustee.  Section  3(1)  of  the  Trustee  Act  permits  a  substitute  appointment  when 
a  trustee  "refuses  ...  to  act".  The  meaning  of  the  word  "refuses"  cannot  be 
stated  with  complete  certainty.  The  implication  of  section  3(1)  seems  to  be 
that  a  refusing  trustee  is  one  who  has  initially  accepted  the  office,  either 
expressly  or  impliedly  by  participating  in  trustee  affairs,  and  who  subse- 
quently refuses  to  act.  It  has  been  stated  by  text  writers,  however,  that  the 
term  includes  a  person  named  as  a  trustee,  but  who  has  disclaimed  the  office 
by  conduct  or  declaration,  and  thereby  never  acted  in  the  capacity  of  trustee 
under  the  particular  trust  instrument.118  Nonetheless,  the  case  law  does  not 
support  this  statement  unequivocally,"9  and  in  one  sense,  it  might  be  said 
that  such  a  person  has  never  been  a  trustee  at  all.  In  the  opinion  of  the 
Commission,  this  confusion  in  terminology  should  be  ended.  A  person  who 
has  accepted  the  office  of  trustee,  but  who  is  unwilling  to  act  or  to  act  further, 
should  be  referred  to  as  a  refusing  trustee,  while  a  person  who  is  named  as  a 
trustee,  but  who  has  disclaimed  the  office  and  never  acted  in  that  capacity 
should  be  referred  to  as  a  disclaiming  trustee.120  Further,  in  the  view  of  the 
Commission,  the  non-judicial  power  of  removal  by  the  appointment  of  a 
substitute  trustee  should  apply  equally  to  a  trustee  who  disclaims  and  to  a 
trustee  who  refuses  to  act.  To  preclude  evidentiary  problems  and  to  act  as  a 
caution  to  the  trustee,  the  disclaimer  should  be  in  writing.  If  a  trustee  will 
neither  accept  the  office,  nor  supply  a  written  disclaimer,  or  if  he  cannot  be 
traced,  the  trustees  in  office  would  have  to  apply  to  the  court  for  removal, 
and  we  are  of  the  view  that  this  would  be  appropriate.  Accordingly,  we 
recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  expressly  include  not  only  refusal  to 
act,  but  also  disclaimer  of  a  trust  in  writing  as  a  circumstance  justifying  non- 
judicial removal,  and  our  Draft  Bill  so  provides.121 

Finally,  a  problem  may  arise  concerning  the  relationship  between  express 
powers  in  the  trust  instrument  and  the  statutory  power  contained  in  section 


119 


120 


Draft  Bill,  s.  2(a). 

Lewin  on  Trusts,  supra,  note  18,  at  414,  and  Underbill's  Law  relating  to  Trusts  and 
Trustees,  supra,  note  38,  at  625. 

See,  for  example,  Re  Hadlex  (1851),  5  De  G  &  Sm.  67,  64  E.R.  1021,  and  ///  re 
Birchall{m9),  40  Ch.  D.  436  (C.A.). 

Draft  Bill,  s.  19(l)(«)(iii)  and  (b). 

Ibid.  The  Commission  could  have  taken  the  view  that  a  disclaiming  trustee,  like  a  named 
trustee  who  predeceases  the  taking  effect  of  the  trust,  was  never  a  trustee,  and  that, 
therefore,  the  trustee  or  trustees  who  have  accepted  office  would  instead  appoint  an 
additional  trustee.  However,  since  section  3(  1 )  permits  non-judicial  removal  by  substitute 
appointment  in  the  case  of  a  refusing  trustee,  we  arc  of  the  view  that  it  would  be  more 
consistent,  in  this  case,  if  the  subsection  were  also  to  extend  to  disclaiming  trustees. 


112 

3(  1 )  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act.  The  instrument  may  contain  a  power  whereby 
specified  persons  are  entitled  to  remove  a  trustee,  but  contain  no  power 
authorizing  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee.  In  other  words,  a  trust 
instrument  may  provide  for  part  of  the  matter  covered  by  the  subsection,  but 
not  for  the  whole.  Section  36(2)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925  provides 
that  in  these  circumstances  a  removed  trustee  who  is  an  individual  is  to  be 
regarded  as  dead,  and  a  removed  corporation  as  desiring  to  be  discharged.  In 
this  way,  the  statutory  power  to  appoint  substitute  trustees  becomes  exercis- 
able. We  think  that  this  is  a  useful  provision.  Accordingly,  we  recommend 
that,  where  a  trustee  has  been  removed  under  a  power  conferred  by  a  trust 
instrument,  then,  subject  to  the  terms  of  a  power  of  replacement  in  the  trust 
instrument,  and  subject  also  to  our  later  recommendations  concerning  the 
maximum  number  of  trustees,122  it  should  be  possible  to  appoint  one  or  more 
substitute  trustees  in  the  place  of  the  removed  trustee  as  if  he  had  died  or,  in 
the  case  of  a  corporate  trustee,  as  if  it  had  expressed  in  writing  a  desire  to  be 
discharged  from  the  trust.123 

(c)   Non-Judicial  Removal  Without  Appointment  of  Substitute 
Trustees 

As  will  be  recalled,  the  removal  of  a  trustee  under  section  3(1)  of  the 
Ontario  Trustee  Act  can  only  be  accomplished  by  the  appointment  of  a 
substitute  trustee.  At  present,  there  is  no  statutory  authority  authorizing  the 
non-judicial  removal  of  a  trustee  without  a  substitute  trustee  being  appointed 
in  his  place,  although  the  court  has  an  inherent  jurisdiction  to  remove  a  trustee 
without  appointing  a  new  trustee. 


124 


Nevertheless,  situations  may  arise  where  it  would  be  in  the  interest  of 
the  trust  to  remove  a  trustee  without  appointing  a  substitute  trustee,  as  the 
co-trustees  may  be  capable  of  carrying  on  the  management  of  the  trust.  The 
Commission  has  considered,  therefore,  whether  the  revised  Act  should  con- 
tain a  provision  to  this  effect,  and  has  concluded  that  it  should.125  This 
approach  is  consistent  with  our  previous  recommendation  that  the  revised  Act 
should  retain  the  non-judicial  power  to  remove  a  trustee  by  appointing  a 
replacement,  but  in  an  amended  and  improved  form  in  order  to  facilitate  the 
use  of  the  non-judicial  power  as  much  as  possible.  Our  view  is  that  a  non- 
judicial power  to  remove  a  trustee  without  the  appointment  of  a  substitute 
trustee  is  an  obvious  complementary  provision  to  a  comprehensive  scheme 
of  non-judicial  powers.  As  to  the  circumstances  that  should  permit  such 
removal,  we  have  concluded  that  the  section  in  the  revised  Act  should  permit 
the  non-judicial  removal  of  a  trustee  without  replacement  in  the  same  circum- 
stances that  permit  non-judicial  removal  with  replacement:  namely,  where  a 
trustee  refuses  to  act,  is  a  mentally  incompetent  person,  has  been  convicted 


122 
123 


See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(g). 
Draft  Bill,  s.  19(2). 
124  Letterstedt  v.  Broers  (1884),  9  A.C.  371  (P.C.). 


125 


The  Manitoba  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  6,  s.  10(5),  provides  for  the  non-judicial  removal 
of  a  trustee  without  replacement  of  that  trustee,  which  is  consistent  with  the  Manitoba 
legislative  intent  to  prevent  where  possible  the  need  for  application  to  the  court. 


113 


of  an  indictable  offence,  is  bankrupt,  or  where  a  person  appointed  a  trustee 
disclaims  the  trust  or  where  a  corporate  trustee  is  dissolved  or  is  in  liquida- 
tion.126 Also,  as  recommended  with  respect  to  the  situation  where  a  trustee 
wishes  to  retire  non-judicially  without  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee,127 
and  as  we  shall  recommend  where  a  trustee  is  non-judicially  discharged  and 
a  substitute  trustee  appointed,128  we  are  of  the  view  that  the  power  to  remove 
a  trustee  non-judicially  without  the  appointment  of  a  replacement  should  not 
be  exercisable  unless  a  trust  corporation  or  at  least  two  individual  trustees 
would  remain  to  perform  the  trust.  While  we  have  considered  whether  the 
non-judicial  removal  of  a  trustee  should  be  permitted  where  only  one  individ- 
ual trustee  would  remain  in  office,  for  reasons  given  when  we  dealt  with  a 
similar  question  in  the  context  of  non-judicial  retirement,129  we  are  of  the 
view  that  this  should  only  be  possible  by  application  to  the  court  under  the 
broad  judicial  power  to  remove  a  trustee  from  office  to  be  recommended  at  a 
later  stage  of  this  chapter.130 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that 
where  a  trustee  refuses  to  act  as  trustee,  is  a  mentally  incompetent  person, 
has  been  convicted  of  an  indictable  offence,  is  bankrupt,  or  where  a  person 
appointed  a  trustee  disclaims  the  trust  in  writing,  or  where  a  corporate  trustee 
is  dissolved  or  is  in  liquidation,  and  does  not  voluntarily  retire  from  the  trust, 
his  co-trustees  should  be  able  by  deed  to  declare  him  to  be  removed  from  the 
trust,  if  a  trust  company  or  at  least  two  individuals  will  then  remain  to  act  as 
trustees  to  perform  the  trust,  and  that  the  trustee  should  be  discharged  without 
any  new  trustee  being  appointed  in  his  place.131 

(d)  Liability  of  Former  and  Continuing  Trustees 

We  have  previously  recommended  that  a  trustee  should  be  able  to  retire 
or  be  removed  with  or  without  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee.  Two 
issues  of  liability  arise  in  these  circumstances. 

The  first  issue  with  which  we  are  concerned  is  whether  a  trustee  who  has 
been  discharged  from  office  as  a  consequence  of  his  retirement  or  removal  is 
also  discharged  from  liability  for  his  own  acts  or  omissions  while  in  office, 
as  well  as  from  liability  for  the  acts  or  omissions  of  his  co-trustees  during 
their  concurrent  time  in  office.  Conversely,  does  the  discharge  serve  to  release 
the  continuing  co-trustees  from  the  liability  that  they  might  otherwise  have 
incurred  in  relation  to  the  acts  or  omissions  of  the  trustee  who  has  retired  or 
been  removed?  Case  law  does  not  exclude  any  such  liability,132  and  the 


126  Draft  Bill,  s.  19(1),  sets  out  the  circumstances  in  which  we  recommend  non-judicial 
removal  with  replacement  should  be  permitted.  See,  also,  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  l(b)(ii). 

127  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(a). 

128  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  HgHii). 

129  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(a). 

130  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(0- 

131  Draft  Bill,  s.  25(3). 

132  See,  generally,  Pettit,  supra,  note  SO,  at  380. 


114 

Ontario  Trustee  Act  contains  no  provisions  relevant  to  this  issue  when  the 
power  to  discharge  and  appoint  trustees  is  exercised  non-judicially.  However, 
section  5  of  the  Ontario  Act,  which  provides  for  the  judicial  appointment  of 
new  trustees,  addresses  this  issue  of  liability  directly  in  subsection  (2)  as 
follows: 

5. — (2)  An  order  under  this  section  and  any  consequential  vesting  order  or 
conveyance  does  not  operate  as  a  discharge  from  liability  for  the  acts  or  omissions 
of  the  former  or  continuing  trustees. 

With  respect  to  non-judicial  retirement  and  removal,  we  see  no  reason 
why  a  discharge  from  office  should  necessarily  operate  as  a  discharge  from 
liability  in  relation  to  conduct  that  occurred  prior  to  the  discharge,  a  view 
that  does  not  appear  to  be  inconsistent  with  the  present  common  law.  Al- 
though the  act  or  omission  may  have  prompted  the  discharge  from  office,  the 
assessment  of  liability  is  a  separate  issue  to  be  determined  on  the  merits  of 
the  individual  situation.  We  are  of  the  opinion,  therefore,  that  section  5(2)  of 
the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  should  be  equally  applicable  to  the  non-judicial 
discharge  and  appointment  of  trustees.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that, 
unless  the  court  orders  otherwise,  the  non-judicial  retirement,  removal,  or 
replacement  of  a  trustee  and  any  consequential  vesting  order,  declaration,133 
or  conveyance  should  not  discharge  any  person  from  liability  for  his  own  acts 
or  omissions  or  for  the  acts  or  omissions  of  any  former  or  continuing  trustee. 134 
The  issues  of  trustee  rights  and  indemnification,  and  the  power  of  the  court 
to  excuse  trustees  from  liability,  are  canvassed  in  greater  detail  in  a  later 
chapter.135 

The  second  issue  of  liability  involves  the  rights  of  a  discharged  trustee 
who  may  have  been  wrongfully  removed  from  office.  Liability  may  arise 
because  the  circumstance  alleged  as  justification  for  the  removal  of  the  trustee 
and  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee  under  section  3(1)  of  the  Act  did 
not  in  fact  exist.  Similarly,  a  trustee  might  be  removed  without  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  substitute  trustee,  as  previously  recommended,136  for  a  circumstance 
that  in  fact  did  not  exist.  In  either  case,  the  trustee  would  have  been  removed 
improperly,  and  in  our  view  the  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision 
authorizing  recovery  of  damages  against  those  responsible  for  the  removal, 
although  this  action  would  not  disturb  the  chain  of  trusteeship  that  has  been 
set  up  by  the  appointment  or  discharge  instruments.  Accordingly,  we  rec- 
ommend that  where  a  trustee  establishes  before  the  court  that  the  alleged 
circumstances  on  the  basis  of  which  he  was  removed  as  trustee  did  not  in  fact 
exist,  he  should  be  able  to  claim  an  appropriate  award  of  damages  for  wrong- 
ful removal  against  those  persons  who  caused  his  removal.137 


133  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3,  for  a  discussion  of  vesting  declarations  and  vesting  orders. 

134  Draft  Bill,  s.  26. 

135  See  infra,  ch.  6. 

136  Supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(c). 

137  Draft  Bill,  s.  33. 


15 


(e)   Non-Judicial  Appointment  of  Additional  Trustees 

As  we  have  discussed,  section  3(1)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  provides 
for  the  non-judicial  appointment  of  substitute  trustees.  When  this  occurs, 
another  person  or  "other  persons"  may  be  appointed  to  replace  the  trustee 
who  dies,  retires,  or  is  removed.  In  this  way,  the  number  of  trustees  may  be 
increased  non-judicially. 138  However,  no  provision  exists  in  the  Ontario  legis- 
lation for  the  non-judicial  appointment  of  additional  trustees  where  no  re- 
placement is  sought.  Unless  there  is  an  express  power  in  the  instrument  to 
appoint  additional  trustees,  an  application  to  the  court  would  be  required 
under  section  5  of  the  Trustee  Act  for  the  judicial  appointment  of  additional 
trustees.139 

By  way  of  contrast,  section  36(6)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925  does 
provide  for  the  non-judicial  appointment  of  additional  trustees.  The  subsec- 
tion states  as  follows: 

36. — (6)  Where  a  sole  trustee,  other  than  a  trust  corporation,  is  or  has  been 
originally  appointed  to  act  in  a  trust,  or  where,  in  the  case  of  any  trust,  there  are 
not  more  than  three  trustees  (none  of  them  being  a  trust  corporation)  either 
original  or  substituted  and  whether  appointed  by  the  court  or  otherwise,  then  and 
in  any  such  case  - 

(a)  the  person  or  persons  nominated  for  the  purpose  of  appointing  new 
trustees  by  the  instrument,  if  any,  creating  the  trust;  or 

(b)  if  there  is  no  such  person,  or  no  such  person  able  and  willing  to  act, 
then  the  trustee  or  trustees  for  the  time  being; 

may,  by  writing,  appoint  another  person  or  other  persons  to  be  an  additional 
trustee  or  additional  trustees,  but  it  shall  not  be  obligatory  to  appoint  any  addi- 
tional trustee,  unless  the  instrument,  if  any,  creating  the  trust,  or  any  statutory 
enactment  provides  to  the  contrary,  nor  shall  the  number  of  trustees  be  increased 
beyond  four  by  virtue  of  any  such  appointment. 

This  power  appears  in  all  Commonwealth  Trustee  Acts  that  have  been  revised 
since  1925. I40  Its  utility  seems  apparent,  as  there  may  well  be  circumstances 
where  it  would  be  advantageous  to  be  able  to  appoint  an  additional  trustee 
without  an  application  to  the  court,  for  example,  to  fill  a  vacancy  resulting 
from  the  retirement  of  a  trustee  under  section  2  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act. 
We,  therefore,  recommend  that  a  non-judicial  power  to  appoint  additional 
trustees  should  be  introduced  in  the  revised  Act.141 

As  to  who  should  be  empowered  to  appoint  additional  trustees,  section 
36(6)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925  provides  that  the  persons  so  entitled 


138  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  3,  ss.  3(1)  and  6(a). 

139  See  In  re  Gregson's  Trusts  (1886),  34  Ch.  D.  209. 

140  See,  for  example,  the  Manitoba  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  6,  s.  10(4);  the  New  Zealand 
Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  6,  s.  43(5);  and  the  New  South  Wales  Trustee  Act,  1925, 
supra,  note  6,  s.  7. 

141  Draft  Bill.  s.  21. 


116 

are  the  persons  nominated  by  the  instrument,  or,  failing  such  a  person,  "the 
trustee  or  trustees  for  the  time  being",  and  we  recommend  that  this  should 
also  be  the  case  under  the  revised  Ontario  Trustee  Act.142  Although  this 
description  of  the  entitled  persons  does  not  appear  to  have  given  rise  to  any 
difficulty,  consistent  with  our  view  concerning  which  trustees  should  be 
entitled  to  appoint  substitute  trustees,  we  further  recommend  that  a  person 
who  in  writing  disclaims  the  trust,  or  who,  having  neither  disclaimed  nor 
resigned,  refuses  to  act  as  trustee,  should  not  be  entitled  to  appoint  additional 
trustees.143 

We  also  consider  that  certain  other  features  of  section  36(6)  of  the  English 
Act  should  not  be  adopted.  First,  section  36(6)  of  the  English  Act  does  not 
apply  where  a  trustee  is  a  trust  corporation.  Therefore,  under  the  English  Act 
it  is  not  possible  to  appoint  a  trustee  in  addition  to  a  trust  corporation.  The 
English  trustee  legislation  provides  that  only  a  trust  corporation  may  act  as  a 
sole  trustee,  but  this  does  not  appear  to  imply  that  the  corporation  must  act 
alone;  nor  does  it  explain  why  it  should  not  be  possible  to  make  a  non-judicial 
appointment  of  an  additional  trustee  when  one  of  the  trustees  is  a  trust 
corporation.  It  should  be  noted  that  the  English  Law  Reform  Committee  in 
its  recent  Report  on  the  Powers  and  Duties  of  Trustees  has  recommended  that 
the  restriction  on  the  appointment  of  additional  trustees  where  a  trust  corpo- 
ration is  the  original  sole  trustee,  or  is  one  of  the  existing  trustees,  should  be 
removed.144  We  agree  with  this  position  and  recommend  that,  unlike  the 
position  under  section  36(6)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925,  it  should  be 
possible  under  the  revised  Act  to  appoint  a  trustee  in  addition  to  a  corporate 
trustee.145 

Secondly,  we  wish  to  refer  to  a  difference  between  section  36(6)  and 
section  36(1)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925.  Under  section  36(6)  the 
nominated  persons  have  power  to  appoint  "another  person  or  other  persons" 
to  be  an  additional  trustee  or  additional  trustees.  By  way  of  contrast,  section 
36(1),  like  section  3(1)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  provides  that  those  who 
are  entitled  to  appoint  may  appoint  one  or  more  other  persons  "whether  or 
not  being  the  persons  exercising  the  power"  to  replace  a  deceased,  retiring, 
or  removed  trustee.  We  see  no  reason  why  those  entitled  to  appoint  should 
be  able  to  name  themselves  substitute  trustees,  but  unable  to  appoint  them- 
selves additional  trustees.  This  distinction  was  not  adopted  in  Northern  Ire- 
land,146 and,  indeed,  may  not  have  been  intended  in  the  English  legislation.147 
In  fact,  the  English  Law  Reform  Committee  has  recently  recommended  that 
the  person  or  persons  who  have  the  power  to  appoint  additional  trustees 


142  ibid. 

143  Ibid.  See,  also,  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  l(b)(i). 

144  Law  Reform  Committee,  Twenty-third  Report:  The  Powers  and  Duties  of  Trustees 
(Cmnd.  8733,  October,  1982),  at  4-5  and  62  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  "English  Law 
Reform  Committee  Report"). 

145  Draft  Bill,  s.  21. 

146  Trustee  Act  (Northern  Ireland),  1958,  supra,  note  30,  s.  35(6). 

147  See  In  re  Power's  Settlement  Trusts,  [1951]  1  Ch.  1074,  [1951]  2  All  E.R.  513  (C. A.). 
See,  also,  Sheridan,  "The  Trustee  Act,  1966"  (1965),  4  The  Solicitor  Quarterly  186,  at 
193  et  seq. 


117 

should  be  able  to  appoint  themselves  as  additional  trustees.148  Accordingly, 
we  recommend  that,  consistent  with  section  3(  1)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act, 
the  revised  Act  should  permit  the  persons  nominated  by  the  trust  instrument 
to  appoint  themselves  as  additional  trustees.149 

Thirdly,  we  would  point  out  that  section  36(6)  of  the  English  Trustee 
Act,  J 925  provides  that,  where  there  is  an  appointment  of  an  additional 
trustee,  the  number  of  trustees  shall  not  "be  increased  beyond  four  by  virtue 
of  any  such  appointment".  As  will  be  discussed  in  a  later  section  of  this 
chapter,  the  English  legislation  provides  that,  as  a  general  rule,  no  more  than 
four  persons  can  act  as  original  trustees.  However,  this  limitation  is,  with 
certain  exceptions,  only  applicable  to  "settlements  and  dispositions  of  land,,.15(l 
The  inclusion  of  these  words  in  section  36(6)  not  only  carries  over  this 
limitation  to  the  appointment  of  additional  trustees,  but  also  renders  it  applic- 
able to  trusts  of  personalty.  We  later  recommend  that,  except  with  the  consent 
of  the  court,  the  number  of  trustees  at  any  one  time  should  not  be  greater 
than  four,  a  recommendation  that  applies  not  only  to  trusts  of  land,  but  also 
to  trusts  of  personalty,  and  however  and  whenever  the  trustees  are  ap- 
pointed.151 Accordingly,  the  section  of  our  Draft  Bill  that  deals  with  the 
appointment  of  additional  trustees  does  not  contain  these  words  of  section 
36(6)  of  the  English  Act,  but  is  governed  by  a  reference  to  the  recommended 
provision  generally  limiting  the  number  of  trustees.152  We  recommend  that 
this  approach  be  adopted  in  the  revised  Act. 


153 


(f)    Judicial  Replacement,  Removal,  and  Appointment  of 
Trustees 

The  power  of  the  court  to  replace,  remove,  and  appoint  trustees  is  set  out 
in  section  5  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  which  provides  as  follows: 

5. — ( 1 )  The  Supreme  Court  may  make  an  order  for  the  appointment  of  a  new 
trustee  or  new  trustees,  either  in  substitution  for  or  in  addition  to  any  existing 
trustee  or  trustees,  or  although  there  is  no  existing  trustee. 

(2)  An  order  under  this  section  and  any  consequential  vesting  order  or  con- 
veyance does  not  operate  as  a  discharge  from  liability  for  the  acts  or  omissions 
of  the  former  or  continuing  trustees. 

This  provision  empowers  a  court  in  its  discretion  to  appoint  substitute  and 
additional  trustees.  Section  5  is  both  similar  and  dissimilar  to  section  3(1)  of 


148  English  Law  Reform  Committee  Report,  supra,  note  144.  at  4-5  and  62. 

149  Draft  Bill,  s.  21. 

150  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  5,  s.  34.  See,  also,  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  l(g)(i). 

151  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  l(g)(i),  and  Draft  Bill.  s.  18. 

152  Draft  Bill,  s.  21. 

153  Under  s.  36(6)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  5,  the  power  to  appoint 
additional  trustees  is  exercisable,  inter  alia,  where  "a  sole  trustee"  has  been  appointed. 
or  where  there  are  "not  more  than  three  trustees".  Our  later  recommendation,  that  the 
number  of  trustees  should  not  be  greater  than  four,  would  render  these  words  otiose  in 
the  setting  of  the  revised  Act.  and  we  also  recommend  their  omission. 


118 

the  Act.  Unlike  the  non-judicial  power  contained  in  section  3(1),  the  judicial 
power  contained  in  section  5  does  not  list  the  circumstances  in  which  it 
becomes  exercisable,  but  leaves  the  matter  to  the  discretion  of  the  court.  Like 
section  3(1),  the  court  may  remove  a  trustee  under  section  5  only  where  it 
appoints  a  substitute  trustee. 

We  agree  with  the  retention  of  a  general  statutory  provision  of  this  nature 
as  a  necessary  support  to  the  non-judicial  mode  of  appointment.  Accordingly, 
we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  contain  a  judicial  power  of  removal 
and  appointment  based  upon  section  5  of  the  existing  Act,  which  would 
enable  the  court  to  appoint  one  or  more  trustees  where  there  is  no  existing 
trustee  or  uncertainty  as  to  the  existence  or  identity  of  any  trustee  or  in 
substitution  for  or  in  addition  to  one  or  more  existing  trustees.154  However, 
we  consider  that  the  present  provision  requires  amendment  in  several  respects 
before  being  carried  forward  to  the  revised  Act. 

The  equivalent  provision  in  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925  is  section 
41(1).  This  section  enumerates,  for  greater  particularity,  several  circumstan- 
ces in  which  the  court  may  exercise  its  power  to  appoint  a  trustee,  namely, 
in  substitution  "for  a  trustee  who  is  incapable,  by  reason  of  mental  disorder 
within  the  meaning  of  the  Mental  Health  Act  1959,  of  exercising  his  functions 
as  trustee,  or  is  a  bankrupt,  or  is  a  corporation  which  is  in  liquidation  or  has 
been  dissolved".  It  should  be  noted  that  the  particularity  of  section  41(1)  of 
the  English  Act  is  expressed  to  be  without  prejudice  to  the  generality  of  the 
judicial  appointment  and  removal  power  authorized  by  the  section.  The  reason 
that  bankruptcy,  liquidation,  and  dissolution  are  enumerated  in  the  English 
section  may  be  that  these  circumstances  are  not  listed  specifically  in  section 
36(1)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925,155  which  contains  the  non-judicial 
power  to  appoint  substitute  trustees.  On  the  other  hand,  the  Ontario  non- 
judicial statutory  appointment  power  that  we  recommend  authorizes  removal 
in  these  circumstances. 156  Section  5  of  the  present  Ontario  Act  does  not  specify 
the  circumstances  in  which  the  judicial  power  may  be  exercised,  and,  on 
balance,  we  see  no  useful  purpose  in  the  adoption  of  a  particularized  approach 
in  the  revised  Act. 

Another  matter  that  we  have  considered  concerns  the  scope  of  the  judicial 
power.  Section  4 1  ( 1 )  of  the  English  Act  provides  that  the  court  has  jurisdiction 
only  when  "it  is  expedient  to  appoint  a  new  trustee  or  new  trustees,  and  it  is 
found  inexpedient  difficult  or  impracticable  so  to  do  without  the  assistance 
of  the  court".  The  purpose  of  these  words,  which  do  not  appear  in  section  5 
of  the  Ontario  Act,157  is  not  merely  to  encourage,  but  rather  to  compel,  the 


154 
155 


156 
157 


Draft  Bill,  s.  56(1  )(b). 

However,  it  has  been  held  that  a  trustee  who  is  bankrupt  is  unfit  to  act  within  the  meaning 
of  s.  36(1)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  5:  see,  In  re  Hopkins  (1881),  19 
Ch.  D.  61  (C.A.). 

Draft  Bill,  s.  19(1). 

The  Ontario  section  once  contained  this  phrase,  but  it  was  dropped  in  the  1926  consol- 
idation of  The  Trustee  Act,  1926,  16  Geo.  5,  c.  40,  s.  6.  In  England,  these  words  are  to 
be  found  in  the  original  enactment  of  the  statutory  judicial  power:  see  The  Trustee  Act, 
1850,  supra,  note  5,  s.  32.  See,  also,  The  Trustee  Act,  1852,  supra,  note  5,  s.  9.  These 
Acts  preceded  the  introduction  of  the  statutory  non-judicial  power  in  1860. 


119 

exercise  of  the  non-judicial  power  by  withholding  jurisdiction  from  the  court 
where  inexpedience,  difficulty,  or  impracticability  do  not  exist.158  The  Com- 
mission has  considered  whether  such  an  approach  should  be  taken  in  Ontario. 
Of  the  other  eleven  common  law  jurisdictions  in  Canada,  only  Prince  Edward 
Island  and  New  Brunswick  do  not  include  in  their  trustee  legislation  the  words 
of  the  English  section.1'9  These  words  also  find  their  place  in  the  legislation 
of  Northern  Ireland160  and  New  Zealand,161  and  in  the  legislation  of  four  of 
the  six  Australian  states,  including  Victoria  and  Western  Australia. 


162 


It  can,  however,  be  contended  that  the  Ontario  section  should  remain 
unchanged,  and  that  the  courts  could  discourage  unnecessary  applications  by 
awarding  costs,  other  than  as  against  the  trust  estate.  On  the  other  hand,  if, 
as  we  have  earlier  recommended,  there  is  to  be  a  non-judicial  power  in  the 
revised  Act  and  it  is  to  be  made  adequate  for  contemporary  needs,  application 
to  the  court  should  be  unnecessary  unless  there  exist  exceptional  circum- 
stances. We  have  concluded  that  resort  should  be  had  to  the  judicial  power 
only  in  exceptional  circumstances,  and  we  are  of  the  view  that  this  could  be 
achieved  if  the  revised  Act  were  to  provide  that  a  judicial  removal  or  appoint- 
ment of  a  trustee  should  be  made  only  where  it  appears  to  the  court  to  be  in 
the  best  interests  of  a  trust  and  where  appointment  or  removal  would  be 
inexpedient,  difficult  or  impracticable  without  the  assistance  of  the  court.  We 
so  recommend.163 

A  third  matter  that  we  have  considered  is  whether  the  power  to  remove 
a  trustee  under  section  5  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  should  be  capable  of 
exercise  in  the  absence  of  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee.  It  will  be 
recalled  that,  at  present,  there  is  no  statutory  power  in  the  Ontario  Act 
authorizing  either  the  judicial  or  non-judicial  removal  of  a  trustee  without  the 
appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee.  Although  the  court  has  an  inherent  juris- 
diction to  so  remove  a  trustee,164  we  are  of  the  view  that  this  power  should 
be  placed  in  statutory  form  and  incorporated  in  the  revised  Act.  Such  a 
provision  would  be  complementary  to  the  recommended  non-judicial  power 
of  removal  without  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee.165  As  with  the 


l5s  An  English  court  invited  to  remove  or  appoint  under  the  inherent  jurisdiction,  the 
statutory  jurisdiction  not  being  invocable,  would  probably  refuse  to  order  a  removal  or 
make  an  appointment  on  the  ground  that  Parliament  had  made  its  intention  clear. 

159  Trustee  Act,  R.S.B.C.  1979,  c.  414,  s.  31;  Trustee  Act,  R.S.  A.  1980,  c.  T-10,  s.  16(1); 
The  Trustee  Act,  R.S.S.  1978,  c.  T-23,  s.  14;  Manitoba  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  6,  s. 
U(l)(a);  Trustee  Act,  R.S.N.S.  1967.  c.  317,  s.  30;  The  Trustee  Act,  R.S.N.  1970. 
c.  380,  s.  34(1);  Trustee  Ordinance,  R.O.Y.T.  1978,  c.  T-5,  s.  10(1);  and  Trustee 
Ordinance,  R.O.N. W.T.  1974,  c.  T-8,  s.  7(1). 

160  Trustee  Act  (Northern  Ireland),  1958,  supra,  note  30,  s.  40. 

161  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  6,  s.  51. 

162  Trustee  Act  1958,  Vict.  Stat.  Vol.  8.  No.  6401,  s.  48;  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note 
6,  s.  77;  Trustee  Act,  1936-1974.  S.  Austl.  Stat.  1936-1974,  s.  36;  and  Trustee  Act 
1898,  Tasm.  Stat.  1826-1974,  s.  32. 

163  Draft  Bill.  s.  56(1). 

164  See  Letterstedt  v.  Broers,  supra,  note  124. 

165  Draft  Bill.  s.  25(3).  See.  also,  supra,  this  ch..  sec.  1(c). 


120 

appointment  of  new  trustees,  we  would  seek  to  encourage  the  use  of  the  non- 
judicial power  in  the  circumstances  recommended,  and  resort  to  judicial 
proceedings  only  in  exceptional  cases.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the 
revised  Act  should  provide  that,  where  it  appears  to  the  court  to  be  in  the  best 
interests  of  a  trust,  the  court  should  be  able  to  remove  one  or  more  trustees, 
with  or  without  the  appointment  of  substitute  trustees.166 

With  respect  to  the  exercise  of  the  statutory  judicial  power,  we  later 
recommend  that  this  power  should  be  a  power  to  appoint  one  or  more  trustees, 
and  that  there  should  be  no  restriction  on  the  number  so  appointed.167  Also, 
we  shall  recommend  that,  in  exercising  the  power  to  remove  a  trustee,  the 
court  should  be  given  a  broad  power  to  determine  the  permissible  minimum 
number  of  trustees  that  may  remain  in  office  after  a  trustee  is  removed,  having 
regard  to  the  best  interests  of  the  trust.168 

Finally,  we  support  the  incorporation  in  the  revised  Act  of  the  principles 
contained  in  subsection  (2)  of  section  5  of  the  present  Act,  namely,  that  the 
judicial  appointment  of  a  new  trustee  does  not  operate  as  a  discharge  from 
liability  for  the  acts  or  omissions  of  the  former  or  continuing  trustees.  Indeed, 
we  have  earlier  recommended  that  this  subsection,  which  in  the  present  Act 
is  applicable  only  to  the  judicial  appointment  of  new  trustees,  be  expanded 
in  the  revised  Act  to  apply  also  to  the  non-judicial  retirement,  removal,  or 
replacement  of  a  trustee.169  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  in  the  revised 
Act  this  provision  should  apply  in  the  event  of  the  court  exercising  its  power 
of  removal  and  appointment  of  trustees. 


170 


(g)  The  Number  of  Trustees 

Any  reform  of  the  law  of  trusts  must  seek  to  promote  efficient  manage- 
ment of  the  trust.  This  goal  raises  the  issue  of  the  number  of  trustees  who 
should  be  permitted  to  hold  office  at  any  one  time.  First,  we  shall  discuss 
whether  there  should  be  a  limitation  on  the  number  of  trustees  who  may  act 
at  any  one  time,  and  then  we  shall  turn  to  consider  the  issue  of  the  permissible 
minimum  number  of  trustees. 


(i)     Maximum  Number  of  Trustees 

The  Ontario  Trustee  Act  places  no  restriction  on  the  number  of  trustees 
who  may  be  originally  appointed  by  the  creator  of  the  trust.  There  is  similarly 
no  limitation  on  the  number  of  new  trustees  who  may  be  appointed,  either 
non-judicially  under  section  3(1)  to  replace  a  trustee  who  has  died,  retired, 
or  has  been  removed  for  cause,  or  judicially  under  section  5  of  the  Act,  either 


166  Draft  Bill,  s.  56(1  )(a). 

167  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  l(g)(i). 

168  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  l(g)(ii). 

169  Draft  Bill,  s.  26.  See,  also,  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(d). 

170  Draft  Bill,  s.  56(2). 


121 

in  substitution  for  or  in  addition  to  any  existing  trustee.171  Indeed,  seetion 
6(a)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  provides  as  follows: 

6.  On  the  appointment  of  a  new  trustee  for  the  whole  or  any  part  of  trust 
property, 

(a)    the  number  of  trustees  may  be  increased;  .  .  . 

This  is  not  the  case,  however,  in  certain  other  Commonwealth  jurisdic- 
tions, where  the  number  of  trustees  is  limited  to  four,172  although  the  rationale 
for  such  a  restriction  differs  among  jurisdictions.  For  example,  the  English 
Trustee  Act,  1925  provides,  as  a  general  rule,  that  there  can  be  no  more  than 
four  trustees  whether  by  original,173  substitute,174  or  additional175  appointment, 
and  whether  the  additional  appointment  is  made  judicially  or  non-judicially. 
However,  in  the  case  of  an  original  appointment,  the  limitation  is,  with  certain 
exceptions,  only  applicable  to  "settlements  and  dispositions  of  land",17'1  and 
does  not  apply  to  trusts  involving  personalty. 


177 


This  limitation  on  the  number  of  trustees  was  part  of  the  English  move- 
ment in  1925  to  simplify  conveyancing;  in  England,  co-ownership  of  land 
can  exist  only  by  way  of  a  trust  for  sale,  and  legal  title,  which  can  be  held 
only  in  joint  tenancy,  would  be  concentrated  in  a  few  hands  if  only  four 
trustees  were  permitted.178  As  we  have  noted,  the  reform  of  land  law  that  took 
place  in  England  has  not  necessarily  been  followed  in  other  Commonwealth 
jurisdictions,  and  this  is  particularly  true  of  Ontario  and  common  law  Canada, 
although  in  this  respect  there  has  been  recent  legislation  of  interest  in  Manitoba1 


,179 


171  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  3,  ss.  3(1),  5,  and  6(a). 

172  See,  for  example,  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  5,  ss.  34  and  36(6);  New 
South  Wales  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  6,  s.  6(5);  Western  Australia  Trustees  Act, 
1962,  supra,  note  6,  s.7(2)(a);  Queensland  Trusts  Act  1973,  Queensl.  Stat.  1973,  No. 
24,  s.  11;  and  Victoria  Trustee  Act  1958,  supra,  note  162,  s.  40. 

173  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  5,  s.  34. 

174  Ibid.,s.  36(1). 

175  Ibid.,*.  36(6). 

176  Ibid. ,  s.  34(3).  Subsection  34(3)  further  provides  for  three  exceptions  to  the  limitation 
imposed  on  the  number  of  trustees,  stating  that  the  limitation  does  not  apply: 

(a)  in  the  case  of  land  vested  in  trustees  for  charitable,  ecclesiastical,  or  public 
purposes;  or 

(b)  where  the  net  proceeds  of  the  sale  of  the  land  are  held  for  like  purposes;  or 

(c)  to  the  trustees  of  a  term  of  years  absolute  limited  by  a  settlement  on  trusts  for 
raising  money,  or  of  a  like  term  created  under  the  statutory  remedies  relating 
to  annual  sums  charged  on  land. 

See,  also,  Victoria  Trustee  Act  1958,  supra,  note  162,  s.  40. 

177  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  in  the  case  of  the  appointment  of  additional  trustees 
under  s.  36(6)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  5,  the  restriction  imposed 
upon  the  number  of  trustees  applies  equally  to  trusts  of  mixed  personalty  and  realty. 

178  See  Law  of  Property  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  100,  ss.  34-36. 

179  See  The  Perpetuities  and  Accumulations  Act,  Bill  46  (32d  Leg.  2d  Sess.),  which,  in 
addition  to  repealing  the  rules  against  accumulations  and  perpetuities,  provides,  in 
section  4,  that  successive  legal  interests  will  take  effect  as  interests  behind  a  trust.  The 
Act  (S.M.  1982-83,  c.  43)  received  Royal  Assent  on  August  18,  1983  and  was  declared 
in  force  October  1,  1983.  The  Act  follows  the  recommendations  of  the  Manitoba  Law 
Reform  Commission  in  its  Report  on  the  Rules  Against  Accumulations  and  Perpetuities 
(Report  No.  49,  February  12,  1982). 


122 

For  example,  in  Queensland,  the  limitation  with  respect  to  the  maximum 
number  of  trustees  is  applicable  to  all  trusts,  and  not  just  those  composed  of 
realty.  In  that  jurisdiction  it  is  provided  that  trusts  made  or  coming  into 
operation  after  the  commencement  of  the  Act  shall  not  have  more  than  four 
trustees,  and  where  more  than  four  persons  are  named  as  trustees,  the  four 
first  named  shall  alone  act  as  the  trustees.180 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  English  Law  Reform  Committee,  in  its 
recent  Report  on  the  Powers  and  Duties  of  Trustees,  has  recommended  that, 
"where  the  settlor  makes  no  specific  provision  about  the  number  of  trustees, 
they  should  be  limited  to  four  regardless  of  the  nature  of  the  trust  property, 
subject  to  the  existing  restrictions  in  the  case  of  trusts  for  sale  of  land  and 
settled  land  and  to  the  exceptions  presently  contained  in  section  34(3)(#)  of 
the  Trustee  Act  1925" .  However,  unlike  the  approach  adopted  in  Queensland, 
the  English  Law  Reform  Committee  was  of  the  view  that  it  should  be  open 
to  the  settlor  to  provide  expressly  for  as  many  trustees  as  he  wished  subject 
to  the  existing  restrictions  in  the  case  of  trusts  for  sale  of  land  and  settled 
land.181 

The  Commission  has  considered  this  matter,  and,  with  regard  to  the  non- 
judicial appointment  of  trustees,  is  of  the  view  that,  except  with  the  consent 
of  the  court,  it  would  be  desirable  for  several  reasons  to  limit  the  number  of 
trustees  who  may  be  appointed.  We  are  of  the  opinion  that  a  trustee  has  a 
distinct  function  to  perform  in  the  active  management  of  a  trust  -  that  is,  to 
carry  out  efficient,  objective  administration.  Accordingly,  he  should  not  be 
perceived  as  representing  particular  interests.  To  permit  an  unlimited  number 
of  trustees  might  be  to  encourage  the  appointment  of  persons  who  have  no 
interest  in  the  day  to  day  management  of  the  trust,  but  whose  sole  function 
would  be  to  represent,  for  example,  numerous  beneficial  interests  with  per- 
ceived different  concerns.  In  our  view,  such  a  situation  misconstrues  the 
function  of  trusteeship.  Moreover,  in  addition  to  participating  in  the  active 
administration  of  the  trust,  trustees  are  required  to  consent  to  all  proposals 
relating  to  the  management  of  the  trust  and  its  property.  An  inordinate  number 
of  trustees  could  make  such  a  task  difficult  and  render  the  administration  of 
the  trust  unnecessarily  slow,  complex,  and  expensive. I82  This  reasoning  seems 
equally  applicable  whether  trusts  of  realty  or  personalty  are  involved,  and 
whether  the  trustees  are  original,  substitute,  or  additional. 

The  Commission  is  also  of  the  view  that  the  proposed  limitation  on  the 
number  of  trustees  should  be  mandatory;  that  is,  it  should  apply  notwithstand- 
ing the  expression  of  a  contrary  intent  in  the  instrument.  We  recognize, 


180 
181 
182 


Queensland  Trusts  Act  1973 ,  supra,  note  172,  s.  1 1 . 

English  Law  Reform  Committee  Report,  supra,  note  144,  at  62  and  3. 

The  Queensland  Law  Reform  Commission,  in  its  Report  on  the  Law  Relating  to  Trusts, 
Trustees,  Settled  Land  and  Charities  (No.  8,  1971),  at  13,  stated,  as  the  reason  for 
recommending  a  limitation  upon  the  number  of  trustees,  that  "in  practice  a  multiplicity 
of  trustees  is  productive  of  considerable  expense,  delay  and  inconvenience,  particularly 
where  conveyancing  is  involved  and  where  re-vesting  of  trust  property  is  necessitated 
by  successive  deaths  of  trustees".  See,  also,  the  English  Law  Reform  Committee  Report, 
supra,  note  144,  at  3,  where  the  Committee,  in  recommending  that  the  number  of 
trustees  should  be  limited  to  four  regardless  of  the  nature  of  the  trust  property,  stated 
that  "when  the  number  of  trustees  exceeds  four,  costs,  administrative  inconvenience  and 
delays  are  increased". 


123 

however,  that  circumstances  may  vary  greatly.  For  this  reason,  we  are  of  the 
opinion  that  any  interested  party  should  be  able  to  apply  to  the  court  for 
consent  to  appoint  more  than  four  trustees  under  the  non-judicial  appointment 
power.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  contain  a 
provision  to  the  effect  that,  except  with  the  consent  of  the  court,  and  not- 
withstanding an  expression  of  a  contrary  intent  in  the  trust  instrument,  no 
trust  shall  have  more  than  four  trustees  at  any  one  time.183  We  further  rec- 
ommend that,  if  more  than  four  persons  are  originally  named  as  trustees,  the 
first  four  named  who  are  able  and  willing  to  act  should  alone  be  the  trustees, 
and  the  other  persons  named  should  not  be  trustees  unless  appointed  on  the 
occurrence  of  a  vacancy  or  with  the  consent  of  the  court.184  Finally,  as  these 
recommendations  represent  a  substantial  departure  from  present  Ontario  law, 
we  are  of  the  view  that,  if  they  are  accepted,  they  should  only  apply  to  trusts 
that  take  effect  after  any  revised  Act  containing  these  recommendations  comes 
into  force,  and  we  so  recommend.185 

It  is  apparent  that  section  6(a)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  is  inconsistent 
with  the  above  recommendations,  and,  in  relation  to  the  non-judicial  appoint- 
ment of  trustees,  we  recommend  that  the  provision  should  not  be  carried  over 
to  the  revised  Act. 

With  respect  to  the  judicial  appointment  of  new  trustees,  whether  by  way 
of  substitution  or  addition,  we  are  of  the  view  that  the  number  of  trustees  so 
appointed  should  be  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  court,  and  we  so  recom- 
mend.186 This  recommendation  is  consistent  with  our  previous  recommenda- 
tion relating  to  the  court's  power  to  consent  to  an  increase  beyond  the  proposed 
statutory  limit  in  the  number  of  trustees  appointed  non-judicially.  We  would 
also  note  that  this  recommendation  incorporates  the  principle  of  section  6(a) 
in  relation  to  the  judicial  appointment  of  trustees  and,  therefore,  renders  this 
provision  unnecessary  in  the  revised  Act.  Accordingly,  as  with  non-judicial 
appointments,  but  for  these  different  reasons,  we  recommend  that  section 
6(a)  not  be  carried  over  to  the  revised  Act. 

(ii)     Minimum  Number  of  Trustees 

We  now  turn  to  consider  the  issue  of  the  minimum  number  of  trustees 
that  should  be  permitted  under  the  revised  Trustee  Act.  Where  judicial  inter- 
vention is  not  sought,  this  issue  could  arise  in  two  situations:  first,  where  a 
trustee  is  non-judicially  discharged  and  a  substitute  trustee  appointed  under 
section  3(1)  of  the  present  Act;  and  secondly,  where  a  trustee  dies  or  proposes 
to  retire  non-judicially  under  section  2(1)  of  the  present  Act  or,  pursuant  to 
our  previous  recommendation,187  is  removed  without  the  appointment  of  a 
substitute  trustee. 


183  Draft  Bill,  ss.  18(1)  and  17(2). 

184  Ibid.,s.  18(2). 

185  Ibid.,  s.  17(3). 

186  Ibid.,  s.  56(1 )(/?).  Section  56(  1 )(/?)  provides  that  the  court  may  appoint  "one  or  more 
trustees",  and  does  not  limit  this  judicial  power. 

187 


See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(c),  and  Draft  Bill,  s.  25(3). 


124 

At  present,  section  6(c)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  addresses  the  issue  of 
the  minimum  number  of  trustees  where  a  trustee  is  to  be  non-judicially 
discharged  and  a  substitute  trustee  appointed.  The  section  provides  as  follows: 

6.  On  the  appointment  of  a  new  trustee  for  the  whole  or  any  part  of  trust 
property, 


(c)  it  is  not  obligatory  to  appoint  more  than  one  new  trustee  where  only 
one  trustee  was  originally  appointed  or  to  fill  up  the  original  number  of 
trustees  where  more  than  two  trustees  were  originally  appointed;  but, 
except  where  only  one  trustee  was  originally  appointed,  a  trustee  shall 
not  be  discharged  under  section  3  from  his  trust  unless  there  will  be  a 
trust  company  or  at  least  two  individuals  as  trustees  to  perform  the 
trust; 

The  first  portion  of  this  subsection  contains  general  provisions  that  are  ap- 
plicable to  both  judicial  and  non-judicial  appointments.  It  authorizes  the 
appointment  of  only  one  substitute  trustee,  where  there  was  only  one  trustee 
originally  appointed.  The  court  or  the  appointor  may  appoint  more,  but  it  is 
not  necessary  to  do  so.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  there  were  originally  more  than 
two  trustees,  the  court  or  the  appointor  need  not  appoint  the  number  previ- 
ously holding  office.  The  second  part  of  the  subsection  is  more  particular  in 
nature,  and  only  applies  where  a  trustee  is  to  be  discharged  and  a  substitute 
trustee  appointed  non-judicially  under  section  3  of  the  Act.  In  that  case, 
unless  there  was  only  one  trustee  originally  appointed,  no  discharge  may  be 
granted  without  there  being  a  trust  corporation  or  at  least  two  individual 
trustees  to  perform  the  trust. 

We  agree  in  general  with  the  principles  contained  in  section  6(c)  so  far 
as  they  relate  to  the  non-judicial  discharge  and  appointment  of  substitute 
trustees,  and  believe  they  should  be  retained  in  the  revised  Act.188 

It  should  be  noted  that  section  6(c)  of  the  present  Trustee  Act  does  not 
deal  with  the  issue  of  the  minimum  number  of  trustees  where  a  trustee  dies, 
proposes  to  retire  non-judicially,  or  where  it  is  proposed  to  remove  a  trustee 
non-judicially,  without  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee.  In  previous 
discussions,  we  have  endorsed,  in  general,  the  principle  that,  subject  to  a 
contrary  intention  in  the  trust  instrument,  there  should  always  be  not  less  than 
two  individual  trustees  or  a  trust  company  to  perform  the  trust.189  We  are  of 
the  view  that  this  principle  should  apply  in  all  cases  where  two  or  more 
trustees  are  originally  appointed  by  a  trust  instrument;  that  is,  we  consider 
that  two  individuals  or  a  trust  company  should  be  the  minimum  number  of 
trustees  permitted  to  administer  the  trust,  unless  a  contrary  intention  is  ex- 
pressed in  the  trust  instrument.190  If  the  number  of  individual  trustees  falls  to 


188  Draft  Bill,  s.  23. 

189  Concerning  the  situation  where  a  trustee  retires  non-judicially  without  being  replaced, 
see  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(a);  where  a  trustee  is  non-judicially  removed  without  the 
appointment  of  a  replacement,  see  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(c);  and  where  a  trustee  is  non- 
judicially  discharged  and  a  substitute  trustee  appointed,  see  supra,  this  ch.,  this  sec. 

190  See  discussion  supra,  this  ch. 


125 

one,  for  example,  upon  the  death  of  a  co-trustee,  the  one  individual  trustee 
should  be  prohibited  from  acting  alone,  unless  he  receives  the  consent  of  the 
court  to  continue  as  a  sole  trustee. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that  it 
is  not  necessary  for  more  than  one  trustee  to  be  appointed  by  way  of  substi- 
tution where  only  one  trustee  was  originally  appointed,  but,  except  where 
only  one  trustee  was  originally  appointed,  a  non-corporate  trustee  shall  not 
act  alone,  and  a  trustee  is  not  to  be  discharged  unless  there  will  be  either  a 
trust  company  or  two  or  more  individuals  to  act  as  trustees.191  However,  we 
consider  that  it  should  be  possible  to  apply  to  the  court  for  consent  to  continue 
to  act  as  a  sole  trustee,  and  we  so  recommend.192 

It  will  be  noted  that  we  have  not  incorporated  in  our  draft  section  that 
part  of  section  6(c)  that  provides  that  "it  is  not  obligatory  ...  to  fill  up  the 
original  number  of  trustees  where  more  than  two  trustees  were  originally 
appointed,\  We  are  of  the  view  that  this  provision  is  not  directly  related  to 
the  issue  of  the  minimum  number  of  trustees  but,  rather,  may  be  readily 
deduced  from  the  application  of  the  proposed  provisions  governing  the  per- 
missible maximum  and  minimum  number  of  trustees. 

So  far  as  concerns  the  judicial  removal  of  trustees,  we  recommend  that 
no  statutory  restrictions  should  be  imposed.  Rather,  the  court  in  its  discretion 
should  determine  the  permissible  minimum  number  of  trustees  that  may 
remain  in  office,  having  regard  to  the  best  interests  of  the  trust. 


193 


(h)  Supplementary  Provisions  Applicable  to  Non-Judicial  and 
Judicial  Appointment  of  Trustees 

Sections  6  and  7  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  contain  provisions  that  are 
applicable  to  both  the  non-judicial  and  the  judicial  appointment  of  new  trust- 
ees under  section  3(1)  and  section  5  of  the  Act,  respectively.  Sections  6(a) 
and  (c)  have  been  commented  upon  previously  in  the  context  of  other  rec- 
ommendations,194 and  they  need  not  concern  us  here.  The  remaining  provi- 
sions require  consideration  at  this  time. 

First,  sections  6(b)  and  (d)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  provide  as  follows: 

6.  On  the  appointment  of  a  new  trustee  for  the  whole  or  any  part  of  trust 
property, 

(b)  a  separate  set  of  trustees  may  be  appointed  for  any  part  of  the  trust 


191 


Draft  Bill.  s.  23.  This  section  is  subject  to  the  general  provision,  contained  in  s.  Kb)  of 
the  Draft  Bill,  that  it  applies  if  and  so  far  only  as  a  contrary  intention  is  not  expressed 
in  the  trust  instrument. 


192 
193 


Draft  Bill,  s.  57(1). 

Ibid.,  s.  56(1).  Section  56(1  )(a)  places  no  restriction  upon  the  number  of  trustees  that 
may  be  removed  by  the  court. 

194  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  l(g)(i)  and  (ii). 


26 


property  held  on  trusts  distinet  from  those  relating  to  any  other  part  or 
parts  of  the  trust  property,  notwithstanding  that  no  new  trustees  or 
trustee  are  or  is  to  be  appointed  for  other  parts  of  the  trust  property, 
and  any  existing  trustee  may  be  appointed  or  remain  one  of  such 
separate  set  of  trustees;  or,  if  only  one  trustee  was  originally  appointed, 
then  one  separate  trustee  may  be  so  appointed  for  the  first-mentioned 
part;  and 


(d)  any  assurance  or  thing  requisite  for  vesting  the  trust  property,  or  any 
part  thereof,  in  the  person  who  is  the  trustee,  or  jointly  in  the  persons 
who  are  the  trustees,  shall  be  executed  or  done. 

Although  subsection  {d)  has  not  been  discussed  previously,  the  principle  it 
espouses  finds  its  place  in  the  effect  that  we  propose  should  be  afforded  a 
vesting  declaration. 


195 


Subsection  (b)  of  section  6  concerns  the  appointment  of  a  separate  set  of 
trustees  for  any  part  of  the  trust  property  held  on  trusts  distinct  from  those 
relating  to  any  other  part  of  the  trust  property.  Although  this  subsection  has 
not  been  the  subject  of  previous  discussion,  the  principle  it  embraces  was 
considered  in  the  context  of  the  retirement  of  a  trustee.  We  there  stated  that 
the  principle  of  separate  trustees  for  distinct  trust  assets  was  a  sound  one  and, 
accordingly,  recommended  that  a  trustee  should  be  permitted  to  retire  from  a 
part  of  the  trust,  and  remain  as  trustee  of  the  other  part  or  of  other  parts, 
provided  that  the  parts  of  the  trust  reflect  separate  property  held  on  distinct 
trust  terms.196  The  principle  contained  in  section  6(b)  now  applies  to  the 
appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee.  We  would  retain  the  principle  and,  in  the 
revised  Act,  would  apply  it  to  the  appointment  of  both  substitute  and  addi- 
tional trustees.  We  would,  however,  except  with  the  consent  of  the  court, 
restrict  the  number  of  trustees  appointed  for  each  separate  part  of  the  trust  to 
our  previously  recommended  limit  of  four.197  Accordingly,  we  recommend 
that  the  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  where  it 
would  assist  in  the  administration  of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  a  trust  or  where 
it  would  benefit  beneficiaries  of  a  trust,  one  or  more  separate  trustees  may  be 
appointed,  whether  any  such  person  or  persons  be  an  original,  substitute  or 
additional  trustee  or  trustees,  for  any  part  of  the  trust  property  held  on  trusts 
distinct  from  those  relating  to  any  other  part,  but  a  separate  sole  trustee  should 
be  appointed  in  those  circumstances  only  where  a  sole  trustee  was  originally 
appointed,  and  for  each  separately  administered  part  the  limitation  upon  the 
number  of  trustees,  earlier  recommended,  should  apply. 


198 


The  second  provision  that  we  wish  to  consider  is  section  7  of  the  Ontario 
Trustee  Act,  which  concerns  the  powers  of  new  trustees,  and  provides  as 
follows: 


195  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(a). 

196  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(a). 

197  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  l(g)(i). 

198  Draft  Bill,  s.  22. 


127 

7.  Every  new  trustee  so  appointed,  as  well  before  as  after  all  the  trust  property 
beeomes  by  law  or  by  assurance  or  otherwise  vested  in  him,  has  the  same  powers, 
authorities  and  discretions,  and  may  in  all  respects  act  as  if  he  had  been  originally 
appointed  a  trustee  by  the  instrument,  if  any,  creating  the  trust. 

The  utility  of  this  type  of  provision  is  obvious.  In  the  English  Trustee  Act, 
1925,  this  section  appears  twice,  once  for  non-judicial  appointments  and  a 
second  time  for  judicial  appointments.199  We  see  no  particular  need  for  this 
duplication,  provided  that  it  is  clear  that  section  7  applies  to  both  modes  of 
appointment.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  contain 
a  provision  to  the  effect  that  every  substitute  or  additional  trustee  appointed 
under  the  Act,  both  before  and  after  the  trust  property  becomes  vested  in 
him,  has  the  same  powers,  authorities,  and  discretions  and  may  in  all  respects 
act  as  if  he  had  been  originally  appointed  a  trustee  by  the  trust  instrument.2 


200 


2.     EVIDENCE  OF  CHANGE  OF  TRUSTEES 

If,  as  we  propose,  use  of  the  non-judicial  appointment  and  discharge 
power  is  to  be  encouraged,  third  parties  must  be  afforded  protection  against 
improperly  appointed  trustees.  In  the  exercise  of  their  powers,  in  particular 
the  power  of  investment,  trustees  have  frequent  dealings  with  third  parties 
involving,  for  instance,  the  purchase  and  sale  of  securities.  A  third  party 
participating  in  any  such  transaction  will  wish  to  know  whether  the  persons 
who  purport  to  convey  title,  or  to  give  a  discharge  for  the  receipt  of  purchase 
money,  have  been  properly  appointed  trustees.  In  the  case  of  original  trustees, 
the  trust  instrument  is  available  to  a  third  party  for  this  purpose.  Further, 
where  trustees  have  been  judicially  appointed  under  section  5  of  the  Ontario 
Trustee  Act,  the  order  of  the  court  can  be  shown  to  a  third  party,  and  he  is 
entitled  to  rely  upon  the  order  absolutely.201  The  Ontario  Act,  however, 
provides  no  evidentiary  protection  to  a  third  party  dealing  with  substitute 
trustees  appointed  under  section  3(1),  and  the  third  party  must  satisfy  himself 
that  each  of  the  trustees  was  properly  appointed.  The  absence  of  such  a 
protective  provision  seems  to  explain,  in  part,  the  apparently  modest  use  that 
is  made  in  Ontario  of  the  non-judicial  appointment  power.  No  matter  how 
efficient  the  procedure  is  for  the  replacement,  removal,  and  addition  of 
trustees,  this  situation  will,  no  doubt,  continue  unless  a  protective  provision 
is  included  in  the  revised  Act. 

Section  38  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925  is  a  response  to  the  problem, 
and  provides  as  follows: 


199 

200 


201 


Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  5,  ss.  36(7)  and  43. 

In  the  Draft  Bill  this  recommendation  appears  in  Part  III.  Appointment  and  Discharge 
of  Trustees  by  Act  of  the  Parties,  as  s.  24.  In  the  event  of  the  court  exercising  its  powers 
to  remove  or  appoint  new  trustees  in  Part  VII  of  the  Draft  Bill,  s.  24  is  rendered  applicable 
by  s.  56(2)  of  the  Draft  Bill. 

Any  order  or  judgment  of  the  court  will  protect  and  indemnify  any  person  acting  thereon, 
provided  that  the  person  is  so  relying  in  good  faith:  see  the  Judicature  Act,  R.S.O.  1980, 
c.  223,  s.  142.  See,  also,  the  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act,  R.S.O.  19X0, 
c.  90.  s.  60. 


128 

38. — ( 1 )  A  statement,  contained  in  any  instrument  coming  into  operation  after 
the  commencement  of  this  Act  by  which  a  new  trustee  is  appointed  for  any 
purpose  connected  with  land,  to  the  effect  that  a  trustee  has  remained  out  of  the 
United  Kingdom  for  more  than  twelve  months  or  refuses  or  is  unfit  to  act,  or  is 
incapable  of  acting,  or  that  he  is  not  entitled  to  a  beneficial  interest  in  the  trust 
property  in  possession,  shall,  in  favour  of  a  purchaser  of  a  legal  estate,  be 
conclusive  evidence  of  the  matter  stated. 

(2)  In  favour  of  such  purchaser  any  appointment  of  a  new  trustee  depending 
on  that  statement,  and  any  vesting  declaration,  express  or  implied,  consequent 
on  the  appointment,  shall  be  valid. 

The  section  makes  a  deliberate  choice  in  favour  of  a  purchaser,  and  passes  to 
the  trust  beneficiaries  the  risk  that  unauthorized  persons  are  acting  as  trustees. 
In  favour  of  a  purchaser,  a  statement  of  the  occurrence  of  a  circumstance 
rendering  exercisable  the  replacement  power  is  conclusive  evidence  of  the 
matter  stated,  and  any  appointment  depending  on  the  statement  is  declared 
valid  by  the  section.  If,  for  instance,  a  trustee  has  not  been  absent  from  the 
United  Kingdom  for  twelve  months,  or  if  his  alleged  refusal  to  act  was  merely 
his  unwillingness  to  agree  with  a  course  of  action  proposed  by  his  co-trustees, 
a  purchaser  may,  nonetheless,  accept  at  face  value  the  written  statement  in 
the  instrument  appointing  the  new  trustee,  and  the  trust  beneficiaries  cannot 
trace  the  trust  property  into  the  purchaser's  hands.  This  protection  no  doubt 
contributes  to  the  use  of  the  non-judicial  power  as  the  usual  method  of 
appointment  of  trustees  in  England. 

After  careful  consideration,  the  Commission  has  concluded  that,  having 
recommended  the  retention  of  a  non-judicial  appointment  power,  some  pro- 
tection must  be  provided  to  a  purchaser  of  trust  property  if  the  non-judicial 
power  is  to  be  effective.  While  section  38  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925 
has  been  in  operation  in  England  for  over  fifty  years,  and  while  a  similar 
provision  has  been  adopted  in  a  large  number  of  Commonwealth  jurisdic- 
tions,202 the  section,  in  the  view  of  the  Commission,  does  suffer  from  certain 
shortcomings.  Accordingly,  we  consider  that  a  provision  designed  to  protect 
a  purchaser  against  improperly  appointed  trustees  should  be  made  more 
comprehensive  and,  therefore,  more  effective. 

The  first  deficiency  of  section  38  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925,  in 
our  view,  is  that  it  applies  only  where  a  trustee  is  appointed  for  any  purpose 
connected  with  "land",  and  only  in  favour  of  a  purchaser  of  a  "legal  estate". 
The  probable  explanation  for  these  restrictions,  as  we  have  remarked  previ- 
ously, is  that  the  major  objective  of  the  English  property  legislation  in  1925 
was  to  remove  all  beneficial  interests  from  the  concern  of  a  purchaser  of  the 
legal  estate  and  so  simplify  and  reduce  the  cost  of  conveyancing.  The  policy 
of  the  legislation,  at  least  in  this  context,  did  not  extend  either  to  equitable 
interests  in  land  or  to  personalty.  In  the  case  of  each  of  these  two  property 
interests,  we  consider  the  section  to  be  deficient  for  Ontario  purposes  today. 


202  See,  for  example,  the  Manitoba  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  6,  s.  14;  the  New  Zealand 
Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  6,  s.  44;  the  New  South  Wales  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra, 
note  6,  s.  13;  and  the  Victoria  Trustee  Act  1958,  supra,  note  162,  s.  43. 


129 

As  to  the  first  point,  the  Manitoba  Trustee  Act202  and  the  Trustee  Act 
(Northern  Ireland),  1958204  make  the  section  applicable  to  both  legal  and 
equitable  interests  in  land,  and  we  agree  with  this  approach.  The  object  of 
the  section  is  to  protect  a  bona  fide  purchaser  and,  since  the  revised  Act  is 
not  concerned  with  the  policy  of  conveyancing  simplification  that  was  the 
object  of  the  1925  English  reformers,  we  have  concluded  that  the  section  in 
the  revised  Act  should  apply  to  both  legal  and  equitable  interests  in  property. 

We  also  consider  the  non-application  of  section  38  to  personalty  to  be 
unsatisfactory.205  Today,  by  far  the  most  familiar  form  of  trust  property  in 
Canada  is  personalty  and,  in  particular,  securities.  It  is,  therefore,  important 
to  establish  whether  the  difficulties  that  section  38  of  the  English  legislation 
was  designed  to  overcome  also  exist  in  relation  to  this  kind  of  property. 

By  way  of  illustration,  assume  that  A,  B,  and  C  are  trustees  and  the 
registered  owners  of  shares  of  a  corporation.  Assume  also  that  C  is  removed 
as  trustee  for  one  of  the  reasons  set  out  in  section  3(1)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee 
Act,  and  that  D  is  appointed  in  his  place.  At  present,  A  and  B  would  endorse 
the  share  certificates  standing  in  the  names  of  A,  B,  and  C  and  present  them, 
together  with  a  copy  of  the  appointment  instrument,  to  the  transfer  agent  of 
the  corporation  for  registration  in  the  names  of  A,  B,  and  D. 

For  its  part,  the  corporation  is  under  a  duty  to  register  the  transfer  if  a 
security  is  presented  to  it  and,  inter  alia,  it  is  "endorsed  by  the  appropriate 
person"  and  "reasonable  assurance  is  given  that  that  endorsement  is  genuine 
and  effective".206  The  Ontario  Business  Corporations  Act,  1982  defines  "ap- 
propriate person",  in  the  case  of  a  trustee,  to  mean  either  the  original  sole 
trustee  or  his  successor  or,  where  there  is  more  than  one  original  trustee,  then 
the  trustees  remaining  after  the  discharge  of  a  trustee.207  The  corporation  is 
not  obliged  to  proceed  on  the  signatures  of  the  endorsing  trustees  unless  it 
receives  "reasonable  assurance"  that  their  endorsements  are  "genuine  and 
effective".208  "Reasonable  assurance"  is  defined  in  the  Act  and  includes  "ap- 
propriate evidence  of  appointment  or  incumbency"  or  "assurance  appropriate 
to  the  case  equivalent  as  nearly  as  may  be  to  those  required  by  this  section".209 
In  the  case  of  a  fiduciary,  the  expression  "appropriate  evidence  of  appointment 
or  incumbency"  is  further  defined  and  involves  the  production  and  deposit  of 
proof  of  the  transmission  of  office  and  vesting  of  trust  property  in  the  new 


203  Manitoba  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  6,  s.  14. 

204  Supra,  note  30,  s.  37. 

205  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  English  Law  of  Property  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  100, 
converted  all  joint  tenancies  and  tenancies  in  common  of  legal  interests  in  land  (freehold 
or  leasehold)  into  "statutory  trusts"  for  the  tenants,  but,  except  in  the  case  of  the  legal 
tenancy  in  common  of  a  chose  in  action  where  a  common  law  rule  intervened,  the  statute 
did  not  extend  the  same  provision  to  joint  tenancies  and  tenancies  in  common  of  pure 
personalty.  See  Tyler  and  Palmer  (eds.),  Crosslex  Vaines'  Personal  Property  (5th  ed., 
1973),  at  56-57. 

206  Business  Corporations  Act,  1982.  supra,  note  110,  s.  86(1). 

207  Ibid.,s.  53(l)(fc)(ii). 

208  Ibid.,%.  86(l)(fc). 

209  Ibid.,s.  87(l)(fc)and(</). 


130 

trustees  together  with  a  sworn  statement  of  the  facts  alleged.210  The  requisite 
degree  of  proof  of  appointment  is  in  the  discretion  of  the  corporation  and,  in 
essence,  amounts  to  a  reasonable  assurance  that  the  appropriate  persons  have 
presented  it  with  a  transfer  for  registration.  Once  the  corporation  is  satisfied, 
the  duty  to  register  the  transfer  arises  and,  indeed,  the  corporation  is  subject 
to  liability  for  failure  to  register  or  undue  delay  in  registration.2" 

It  should  be  noted  that  these  provisions  in  the  Act  do  not  protect  the 
corporation  if,  after  taking  these  precautions  prior  to  registration,  the  infor- 
mation proffered  turns  out  to  be  incorrect;  that  is,  if  it  becomes  apparent  that 
a  trustee  was  wrongfully  removed,  thereby  negating  the  validity  of  the  en- 
dorsements on  the  share  certificates.  In  our  example,  if  the  corporation  reg- 
istered the  shares  in  the  names  of  A,  B,  and  D,  who  now  purport  to  transfer 
the  shares  to  a  purchaser,  and  if  C  has  been  wrongfully  removed  as  trustee, 
C  may  challenge  his  removal  and  the  purported  disposition  of  the  shares.  He 
could  then  demand  that  the  share  register  be  rectified  by  placing  A,  B,  and  C 
as  the  registered  owners.  C  would  appear  to  have  a  good  case  since,  unless 
the  trust  instrument  otherwise  provided,  A  and  B,  as  a  majority  of  trustees, 
could  not  bind  the  minority  trustee,  C,  or  the  trust  estate  in  the  disposition  of 
the  shares  to  the  purchaser.212  The  corporation,  in  this  situation,  might  argue 
that  the  securities  were  "wrongfully  taken"  from  C  within  the  meaning  of 
section  90  of  the  Act  and  that,  as  a  consequence,  unless  the  corporation  had 
received  notice  of  any  adverse  claim,  C  has  lost  his  claim  against  the  corpo- 
ration for  registering  the  transfer.211  However,  the  application  of  this  provision 
in  this  context  is  not  clear,  and,  in  the  view  of  the  Commission,  the  proposed 
protective  provision  in  the  revised  Act  should  extend  to  this  common  form 
of  trust  property,  in  order  to  provide  the  conclusive  assurance  a  corporation 
seeks.  Indeed,  we  consider  that  this  provision  should  apply  to  personal  prop- 
erty of  any  description. 

Another  concern  is  that  section  38  of  the  English  legislation  extends 
protection  to  a  "purchaser"  only.  There  are,  however,  other  persons  who, 
while  not  purchasers,  must  deal  with  trustees  and  the  instruments  by  which 
they  are  appointed  and  discharged.  The  Director  of  Titles  and  land  registrars 
under  the  Land  Titles  Act2U  and  corporations  maintaining  share  registers  are 
obvious  examples  of  persons  who  have  to  rely  upon  statements  in  instruments 
appointing  or  discharging  trustees.  In  the  view  of  the  Commission,  persons 
who  have  an  obligation  to  register  interests  should  be  protected  in  the  revised 
Act  in  the  same  manner  as  a  purchaser. 


215 


210  Ibid.,s.  87(3). 

211  Ibid.,  s.  86(2). 

212  See  Luke  v.  South  Kensington  Hotel  Co.  (1879),  11  Ch.D.  121  (C.A.),  at  125,  and 
Nuspel  v.  Lem  Foo,  [1949]  O.W.N.  476  (H.C.J. ).  See,  also,  Stuart  v.  Hamilton  Jockex 
Club  (1910),  2  O.W.N.  673  (H.C.J. ). 

213  Business  Corporations  Act,  1 982,  supra,  note  110. 

214  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  230,  ss.  5  and  9. 

"'  The  Queensland  Law  Reform  Commission  also  recommended  this  position,  which  was 
adopted  by  their  trustee  legislation:  see  Report  on  the  Law  Relating  to  Trusts,  Trustees, 
Settled  Land  and  Charities,  supra,  note  182,  draft  s.  13(3).  and  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra, 
note  172,  s.  13(3). 


131 

A  further  deficiency  is  that  section  38  does  not  cover  all  the  circumstances 
that  justify  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee  under  section  36(1):  it 
extends  only  to  those  circumstances  whereby  a  trustee  may  be  removed  from 
office,  but  does  not  apply  to  the  circumstances  of  death  or  retirement  of  a 
trustee.  Moreover,  even  within  the  context  of  removal  the  section  is  not 
comprehensive,  as  it  does  not  include  infancy,  which  is  a  ground  for  the 
removal  of  a  trustee  under  section  36(  1 )  of  the  English  Act.  The  view  appears 
to  have  been  taken  that  documentation  to  establish  death,  retirement,  or 
infancy  can  be  readily  obtained.  While  this  may  be  true,  a  purchaser  must 
assure  himself  that  the  document  proffered  relates  to  the  trustee  who  is  being 
replaced,  and  documentation  concerning  death,  retirement,  or  infancy  may 
be  in  a  form  that  is  inadmissible  in  judicial  proceedings  concerning  title. 
Further,  section  38  has  no  application  to  a  statement  appointing  or  discharging 
a  trustee  based  upon  a  circumstance  contained  in  a  trust  instrument.  In  the 
opinion  of  the  Commission,  the  proposed  section  of  the  revised  Act  that  deals 
with  the  protection  of  a  purchaser  should  be  comprehensive  in  its  coverage. 

There  also  seems  to  be  uncertainty  about  the  scope  of  the  protection 
contained  in  section  38(2)  of  the  English  Act.  It  is  clear  that,  if  a  statement 
as  to  one  of  the  circumstances  authorizing  the  removal  of  a  trustee  is  in  fact 
false,  section  38(2)  will  nevertheless  deem  the  appointment  of  a  new  trustee 
"depending  on  that  statement"  to  be  valid  in  favour  of  a  purchaser.  In  the 
absence  of  authority,  it  is,  however,  possible  to  suggest  that  the  protection 
offered  by  subsection  (2)  may  be  even  broader;  that  is,  as  long  as  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  new  trustee  depends  upon  a  statement  of  circumstance  contained 
in  the  statute,  not  only  will  the  aspect  of  the  appointment  related  to  the 
circumstance  be  valid,  but  all  other  aspects  of  the  appointment  will  be  valid 
in  favour  of  a  purchaser.  Under  the  first  interpretation,  if  a  purchaser  sees  an 
instrument  of  appointment  of  a  new  trustee,  he  may  assume  the  validity  of 
the  appointment  only  in  so  far  as  the  circumstances  authorizing  the  appoint- 
ment are  concerned,  and  he  will  be  at  risk  if  other  aspects  of  the  appointment 
procedure  were  not  properly  exercised.  The  latter  interpretation,  however, 
would  allow  a  purchaser,  on  seeing  an  instrument  of  appointment  that  con- 
tained a  statement  of  circumstance  authorizing  the  appointment,  to  rely  upon 
the  validity  of  the  appointment  in  all  respects. 

However  this  may  be,  in  our  opinion  purchasers  would  be  reluctant,  in 
all  probability,  to  rely  upon  a  non-judicial  instrument  of  appointment  or 
discharge  if  only  certain  aspects  of  the  instrument  could  be  relied  upon 
conclusively  while  other  aspects  of  the  appointment  procedure  required  veri- 
fication by  the  purchaser.  As  a  result,  the  utility  of  our  proposed  non-judicial 
appointment  and  discharge  power  would  be  lessened  considerably.  Appoint- 
ment and  discharge  by  the  court  would  still  be  sought  so  that  trustees  could 
produce  the  court  order  to  purchasers  as  conclusive  evidence  of  their  appoint- 
ment. We  have  concluded,  therefore,  that  the  latter  possible  interpretation  of 
the  protection  offered  by  section  38(2)  of  the  English  Act  is  preferable.  Such 
an  approach  best  achieves  our  objective  of  encouraging  the  use  of  the  non- 
judicial appointment  and  discharge  power.  Finally,  in  our  view,  this  approach 
should  not  be  restricted  to  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee,  but  should 
be  of  general  application. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that, 
subject  to  our  recommendation  concerning  the  effect  of  actual  notice,  a  deed 


132 

of  appointment  or  a  deed  of  discharge  of  a  trustee,  whether  pursuant  to  the 
Act  or  the  trust  instrument,  should  be  conclusive  evidence  of  the  validity  of 
the  appointment  or  discharge  in  favour  of  a  purchaser  of  trust  property. 2I('  It 
should  be  noted  that  our  recommendation,  unlike  section  38  of  the  English 
Act,  discussed  previously,  places  no  restriction  on  the  type  of  trust  property 
included  within  the  protection.  Our  proposed  protection  for  purchasers  applies 
to  legal  and  equitable  interests  in  land217  and  personal  property  of  any  descrip- 
tion.218 

In  relation  to  the  scope  of  the  protection  recommended  above,  a  question 
arises  concerning  the  effect  of  notice  to  a  purchaser  of  any  impropriety  in  the 
appointment  or  discharge  of  a  trustee.  Should  such  notice  affect  a  transaction 
between  a  purchaser  and  an  improperly  appointed  trustee  and,  if  so,  what 
type  of  notice  should  be  sufficient?  It  could  be  contended  that,  as  the  intention 
of  such  a  protective  provision  is  to  favour  the  safety  of  commercial  dealings 
by  protecting  subsequent  purchasers  of  trust  property,  even  actual  knowledge 
by  the  purchaser  ought  to  be  irrelevant.  On  the  other  hand,  the  interests  of 
the  trust  beneficiaries  would  seem  to  demand  that  if  a  purchaser  actually 
knows  that  any  improper  act  or  omission  has  occurred  in  an  appointment  or 
discharge,  including  the  falsity  of  a  statement  contained  in  an  appointment 
instrument,  no  protection  should  be  provided  that  purchaser  against  claims 
of  the  beneficiaries.  We  have  concluded,  therefore,  that  actual  notice  should 
prevent  a  purchaser  from  relying  upon  the  validity  of  an  instrument  of  ap- 
pointment or  discharge.  We  are  not  of  the  same  view  with  respect  to  construc- 
tive or  implied  notice,  however,  in  view  of  the  inherent  problems  attendant 
upon  proof  of  such  knowledge. 

We  are  also  of  the  view  that  the  issue  of  actual  notice  of  impropriety 
concerning  the  appointment  and  discharge  of  trustees  should  be  examined  in 
relation  to  persons  who  purchase  trust  property  subsequent  to  the  original 
purchaser.  First,  in  order  to  protect  subsequent  innocent  purchasers  of  the 
property  in  later  transactions,  we  are  of  the  view  that  an  innocent  party  who 
purchases  from  a  non-innocent  purchaser  should  obtain  good  title  to  the 
property;  that  is,  an  innocent  purchaser,  whether  he  be  an  original  or  subse- 
quent purchaser  of  the  trust  property,  should  not  be  concerned  with  the  status 
of  his  predecessor  in  title.  Secondly,  we  have  concluded  that,  where  an 
innocent  purchaser  subsequently  transfers  the  property  to  a  purchaser  with 
actual  notice  of  any  impropriety,  the  latter  should  also  take  clear  title;  to 
provide  otherwise  would  be  to  render,  in  practice,  the  property  of  the  innocent 
purchaser  inalienable.  In  other  words,  unless  the  title  to  the  trust  property  is 
transferred  to,  or  has  been  held  by,  a  purchaser  without  actual  notice  of  an 
improper  act  or  omission  in  relation  to  the  appointment  or  discharge  of 
trustees,  the  property  is  held  subject  to  the  terms  of  the  trust.  However,  in 
order  to  ensure  that  a  trustee  who  has  been  improperly  appointed  cannot 
subsequently  take  the  trust  property  in  a  later  transaction,  we  are  of  the 
opinion  that  such  a  person  should  not  be  able  to  take  valid  title  from  a 
purchaser  without  actual  notice  of  any  impropriety.  Finally,  we  have  decided, 


216  Draft  Bill,  s.  27(1). 

217  See  supra,  this  sec.,  and  Draft  Bill,  s.27(l). 

218 


Ibid. 


133 

on  analogous  reasoning,  that  protection  should  be  afforded  to  a  donee  of 
property  which,  though  originally  trust  property,  has  passed  through  the  hands 
of  a  purchaser  without  actual  notice  of  any  impropriety. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide 
that  a  purchaser  of  trust  property  who  at  the  time  of  the  purchase  has  actual 
notice  that  an  improper  act  or  omission  has  occurred  in  the  appointment  or 
discharge  of  a  trustee  is  not  entitled  to  rely  upon  the  validity  of  the  deed  of 
appointment  or  the  deed  of  discharge  unless  title  to  the  trust  property  has 
been  held  by  a  purchaser  without  actual  notice  of  the  improper  act  or  omis- 
sion.219 However,  a  subsequent  purchaser  who  purported  to  act  as  a  trustee 
in  the  original  transfer  of  any  trust  property  and  who  had  actual  notice  of  the 
impropriety  should  not  be  able  to  take  valid  title  from  a  purchaser  without 
actual  notice  of  any  impropriety.220  In  addition,  we  recommend  that  a  donee 
of  property  that  was  once  trust  property  should  be  able  to  take  valid  title  if 
the  title  to  the  property  has  been  held  by  a  purchaser  without  actual  notice  of 
any  impropriety.221 

Finally,  in  view  of  the  Commission's  earlier  conclusion  that  the  proposed 
protection  for  purchasers  against  improperly  appointed  trustees  should  apply 
to  persons  who  have  an  obligation  to  register  interests,  we  recommend  that 
the  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  any  official, 
including  the  Director  of  Titles,  a  land  registrar,  and  any  other  person  regis- 
tering or  certifying  instruments  or  titles,  who  makes  an  entry  in  a  book  or 
other  record  in  reliance  upon  an  instrument  of  appointment  or  of  discharge 
of  a  trustee  or  upon  any  vesting  declaration,  express  or  implied,222  consequent 
upon  an  appointment  or  discharge  of  a  trustee,  should  be  afforded  protection 
equivalent  to  the  protection  afforded  a  third  party  against  improperly  ap- 
pointed trustees.223  As  discussed  previously,  this  protection  would  not  apply 
where  the  registering  authority  has  actual  notice  that  any  improper  act  or 
omission  has  occurred  in  the  appointment  or  discharge.224  However,  actual 
notice  should  not  be  deemed  to  be  obtained  by  the  abovementioned  persons 
merely  because  the  trust  instrument  or  part  thereof  or  a  copy  thereof  is 
attached  to  or  otherwise  accompanies  the  deed  of  appointment  or  the  deed  of 
discharge,  or  because  an  express  vesting  declaration225  is  contained  in  the 
deed  of  appointment  or  discharge,  and  we  so  recommend.- 


226 


3.     VESTING  OF  TRUST  PROPERTY  IN  NEW  TRUSTEES 

While  the  mechanism  for  the  non-judicial  or  judicial  appointment  or 
discharge  of  a  trustee  may  be  efficient  and  while  a  purchaser  may  have 


219  Ibid.,  s.  27(2). 

220  Ibid.,s.  210)(b). 

221  Ibid.,  s.  27(3)(a). 

222  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3. 

223  Draft  Bill,  s.  27(4). 

224  Ibid.,  s.  27(2). 

225  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3. 

226  Draft  Bill,  s.  27(5). 


134 

obtained  evidence  of  the  proper  appointment  or  discharge  of  a  trustee,  either 
from  production  of  the  deed  of  appointment  or  discharge  or  the  court  order, 
he  must  also  be  assured  that  the  trustees  have  been  vested  with  the  trust 
property.  However  proper  their  appointment,  trustees  cannot  convey  title  to 
any  asset  that  is  still  outstanding  in  the  names  of  their  predecessors. 

When  a  new  trustee  is  appointed,  either  as  the  sole  replacement  for  a 
former  trustee,  or  as  a  substitute  or  an  additional  trustee  who  is  joining  an 
existing  team  of  trustees  who  are  continuing  to  act,  it  is  obvious  that  the 
trustees  have  changed.  The  sole  replacement  trustee  will  need  to  have  title  to 
the  trust  property  vested  in  his  name;  likewise,  a  new  team  of  trustees, 
whether  composed  entirely  or  in  part  of  new  appointees,  must  also  have  title 
vested  in  the  names  of  the  new  team.  Similarly,  if  a  trustee  is  discharged 
without  the  appointment  of  a  new  trustee,  title  must  be  vested  in  the  names 
of  the  continuing  trustees.  A  purchaser  taking  title  from  trustees  must  be  able 
to  determine  quickly  and  easily  that  title  to  the  trust  assets  has  been  vested  in 
the  trustees  with  whom  he  is  dealing.  We  shall  discuss  first  the  situation 
where  a  change  in  the  composition  of  the  trustees  occurs  non-judicially,  and 
the  trust  property  is  vested  in  the  new  trustees  by  means  of  either  an  express 
or  implied  vesting  declaration.  Secondly,  we  shall  consider  the  position  where 
trustees  are  appointed  and  discharged  by  the  court,  and  the  trust  property  is 
vested  in  the  new  trustees  by  a  vesting  order. 

(a)  Non- Judicial  Vesting  Declarations 

(i)     Express  Vesting  Declarations 

When  the  court  appoints  or  discharges  a  trustee,  an  order  vesting  the 
property  in  the  new  trustees  or  team  of  trustees  will  be  made,  and  this  provides 
the  assurance  that  a  purchaser  seeks.227  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the  appointment 
or  discharge  of  a  trustee  is  effected  non-judicially,  a  purchaser  will  wish  a 
similar  assurance  that  the  new  trustees  have  been  vested  with  the  trust  prop- 
erty. Section  9  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  attempts  to  meet  this  problem,  and 
provides  as  follows: 

9. — (1)  Where  an  instrument,  executed  after  the  1st  day  of  July,  1886,  by 
which  a  new  trustee  is  appointed  to  perform  any  trust,  contains  a  declaration  by 
the  appointor  to  the  effect  that  any  estate  or  interest  in  any  land  subject  to  the 
trust,  or  in  any  personal  estate  so  subject,  shall  vest  in  the  person  or  persons 
who,  by  virtue  of  such  instrument,  shall  become  and  be  the  trustee  or  trustees 
for  performing  the  trust,  that  declaration  shall,  without  any  conveyance  or  as- 
signment, operate  to  vest  in  him,  or  in  them  as  joint  tenants,  and  for  the  purposes 
of  the  trust,  that  estate,  interest  or  right. 

(2)  Where  such  an  instrument,  by  which  a  retiring  trustee  is  discharged  under 
this  Act,  contains  such  a  declaration  as  is  in  this  section  mentioned  by  the  retiring 
and  continuing  trustees,  and  by  the  other  person,  if  any,  empowered  to  appoint 
trustees,  that  declaration  shall,  without  any  conveyance  or  assignment,  operate 


227 


Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  3,  ss.  10-13.  See,  also,  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(b), 


135 

to  vest  in  the  continuing  trustees  alone  as  joint  tenants,  and  for  the  purposes  of 
the  trust,  the  estate,  interest  or  right  to  which  the  declaration  relates. 

(3)  This  section  does  not  extend  to  land  conveyed  by  way  of  mortgage  for 
securing  money  subject  to  the  trust,  or  to  any  share,  stock,  annuity,  or  property 
transferable  only  in  books  kept  by  a  company  or  other  body,  or  in  manner 
prescribed  by  or  under  an  Act  of  the  Parliament  of  Canada  or  of  the  Legislature. 

(4)  For  the  purpose  of  registration  the  person  or  persons  making  the  declaration 
shall  be  deemed  the  conveying  party  or  parties,  and  the  conveyance  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  made  by  him  or  them  under  a  power  conferred  by  this  Act. 

This  section,  adopted  in  Ontario  in  1886,228  and  modelled  on  section  34  of 
the  English  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act,  1881,229  deals  with 
express  vesting  declarations.  It  provides  that  a  declaration  contained  in  an 
instrument  of  appointment  or  an  instrument  of  discharge  without  appointment 
to  the  effect  that  the  trust  property,  whether  real  or  personal,  vests  in  the  new 
trustee  or  team  of  trustees,  shall,  without  conveyance  or  assignment,  operate 
to  carry  out  the  necessary  vesting.  Provisions  based  upon  section  34  of  the 
English  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act,  1881,  which  now  appears 
as  section  40  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925  2M)  have  been  incorporated  in 
the  legislation  of  other  Commonwealth  jurisdictions.231 

The  purpose  of  an  express  vesting  declaration  is  to  place  the  new  trustees 
in  the  same  position  they  would  have  occupied  had  they  received  a  convey- 
ance, transfer,  or  assignment  from  the  former  trustees.  In  this  way,  difficulties 
of  conveyancing  or  other  modes  of  transfer,  and  of  omissions,  are  overcome. 
We  think  that  a  provision  of  this  kind  serves  a  critical  function,  and  that  an 
improved  form  of  express  vesting  declaration  based  upon  section  9(  1 )  of  the 
present  Act  should  be  contained  in  the  revised  Act.  Accordingly,  we  recom- 
mend that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that  a  deed  by  which  one  or  more 
substitute  or  additional  trustees  are  appointed,  or  by  which  a  trustee  is  dis- 
charged without  another  trustee  being  appointed,  may  contain  an  express 
declaration  that  the  trust  property  vests  in  the  one  or  more  trustees  who  shall 
perform  the  trust  as  of  the  date  of  the  instrument  or  such  other  date  as  is 
stated  in  the  instrument  for  that  purpose.  Our  Draft  Bill  so  provides.232 

The  present  section  9  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  however,  does  suffer 
from  a  possible  weakness.  As  drafted,  it  is  open  to  the  interpretation  that 
each  trust  asset,  in  order  to  be  the  subject  of  an  express  declaration,  must  be 
listed  seriatim.  If  this  interpretation  were  to  govern,  the  section  would  lose 
its  potential  power  to  convey  to  the  new  trustees  assets  that  might  be  over- 
looked in  the  declaration.  To  guard  against  this  eventuality,  section  40(3)  of 


228  The  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act,  1886,  49  Vict.,  c.  20,  s.  17. 

229  Supra,  note  8. 

230  Supra,  note  5. 

231  Manitoba  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  6,  s.  15;  Trustee  Act  (Northern  Ireland),  1958,  supra, 
note  30,  s.  39;  New  Zealand  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  6,  s.  56;  Western  Australia 
Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  6,  s.  10;  New  South  Wales  Trustee  Act,  1925.  supra, 
note  6,  s.  9;  and  Victoria  Trustee  Act  1958,  supra,  note  162.  s.  45. 

232  Draft  Bill,  s.  28(1). 


136 

the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925  provides  that  an  express  vesting  declaration, 
whether  created  before  or  after  1925,  should  be  deemed  to  vest  in  the  new 
trustee  or  trustees  "such  estates,  interests  and  rights  as  are  capable  of  being 
and  ought  to  be  vested  in  those  persons",  notwithstanding  the  lack  of  an 
express  reference  in  the  instrument.  We  are  of  the  opinion  that  a  similar 
provision  should  be  contained  in  the  revised  Act  and,  accordingly,  recom- 
mend that,  subject  to  certain  qualifications  dealt  with  below,  an  express 
vesting  declaration  should  take  effect  as  to  all  trust  property,  notwithstanding 
that  any  estate,  interest,  or  right  forming  the  whole  or  part  of  the  trust  property 
is  not  expressly  referred  to  in  the  instrument.233 

(ii)     Implied  Vesting  Declarations 

It  should  be  noted  that  section  9  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  applies  only 
where  a  trust  instrument  "contains"  an  express  vesting  declaration.  It  follows, 
therefore,  that  if,  through  error  or  omission,  a  declaration  does  not  appear  in 
the  instrument,  there  is  no  statutory  conveyance  of  trust  assets  to  the  new 
trustees.  Section  40  of  the  English  Act  makes  provision  for  an  implied  vesting 
declaration  to  guard  against  errors  or  omissions  that  might  cause  an  express 
declaration  not  to  appear  in  the  instrument.  This  section  provides  that,  where 
an  instrument  of  appointment  or  retirement  without  replacement  does  not 
contain  a  vesting  declaration,  it  shall,  subject  to  any  express  provision  to  the 
contrary  therein  contained,  operate  as  if  it  had  contained  such  a  declaration 
extending  to  all  the  estates,  interests,  and  rights  with  respect  to  which  a 
declaration  could  have  been  made.  A  similar  provision  has  been  introduced 
into  the  Manitoba  Trustee  Act  and  a  significant  number  of  other  Common- 
wealth Trustee  Acts.234 

The  Commission  is  of  the  view  that  such  an  enabling  provision  would  be 
useful  and  should  be  introduced  in  the  revised  Act.  Accordingly,  we  recom- 
mend that  where  a  deed  by  which  one  or  more  substitute  or  additional  trustees 
are  appointed,  or  by  which  a  trustee  is  discharged  without  another  trustee 
being  appointed,  does  not  contain  an  express  vesting  declaration,  a  declara- 
tion that  the  trust  property  vests  in  the  one  or  more  trustees  who  shall  perform 
the  trust  should  be  implied  as  of  the  date  of  the  instrument.235  As  with  the 
express  vesting  declaration,  the  implied  vesting  declaration  should  -  again 
subject  to  certain  qualifications  dealt  with  below  -  take  effect  as  to  all  trust 
property.236 


(iii)     Matters  Common  to  Both  Express  and  Implied  Vesting 
Declarations 

We  now  turn  to  consider  matters  that  are  common  to  both  express  and 
implied  vesting  declarations. 


233  Ibid.,s.  29(1  )(a). 

234  Supra,  note  231. 

235  Draft  Bill,  s.  28(2). 

236  Ibid.,s.  29(1  )(a). 


37 


a.     Effect  of  Vesting  Declaration 

A  preliminary  issue  concerns  the  general  effect  of  an  express  or  implied 
statutory  vesting  declaration.  The  purpose  of  a  vesting  declaration  is  to  place 
the  new  trustees  in  the  same  position  as  if  they  had  received  a  conveyance, 
transfer,  or  assignment  from  the  former  trustees.  The  various  Acts  that  have 
introduced  the  vesting  declaration  have  assumed  that  the  term  is  self-explan- 
atory and  have  not  attempted  to  specify  how  it  is  to  operate.  At  present, 
section  9  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  provides,  without  further  elaboration, 
that  an  express  declaration  "shall,  without  conveyance  or  assignment,  operate 
to  vest"  the  estate,  interest,  or  right  in  the  new  trustees.  Section  49  of  the 
English  Trustee  Act,  1925,  on  the  other  hand,  sets  forth,  in  greater  specificity, 
the  effect  of  the  vesting  concept  with  respect  to  judicial  vesting  orders,  and 
provides  as  follows: 

49.  A  vesting  order  under  any  of  the  foregoing  provisions  shall  in  the  case  of 
a  vesting  order  consequential  on  the  appointment  of  a  trustee,  have  the  same 
effect  - 

(a)  as  if  the  persons  who  before  the  appointment  were  the  trustees,  if  any, 
had  duly  executed  all  proper  conveyances  of  the  land  for  such  estate  or 
interest  as  the  court  directs;  or 

(b)  if  there  is  no  such  person,  or  no  such  person  in  full  capacity,  as  if  such 
person  had  existed  and  been  of  full  capacity  and  had  duly  executed  all 
proper  conveyances  of  the  land  for  such  estate  or  interest  as  the  court 
directs; 

and  shall  in  every  other  case  have  the  same  effect  as  if  the  trustee  or  other  person 
or  description  or  class  of  persons  to  whose  rights  or  supposed  rights  the  said 
provisions  respectively  relate  had  been  an  ascertained  and  existing  person  of  full 
capacity,  and  had  executed  a  conveyance  or  release  to  the  effect  intended  by  the 
order. 

We  are  of  the  view  that,  for  greater  clarity,  it  would  be  desirable  to  set 
forth  in  the  revised  Act  a  provision,  modelled  on  section  49  of  the  English 
Act  but  expanded  to  cover  all  types  of  property,  specifying  the  effect  of  an 
express  or  implied  vesting  declaration.  The  section  should  provide  that  the 
vesting  declaration  is  a  substitute  for  a  properly  executed  or  endorsed  con- 
veyance, transfer,  or  assignment  that  would  otherwise  have  been  appropriate 
and  required  to  transfer  the  former  trustees'  title  to  the  new  trustees.  Further- 
more, consistent  with  our  previous  recommendation  that  an  instrument  of 
appointment  or  discharge  of  a  trustee  should  be  valid  in  favour  of  a  pur- 
chaser,237 we  are  of  the  opinion  that  any  vesting  declaration,  whether  ex- 
pressed in  the  instrument,  or,  as  recommended,  otherwise  implied  therein, 
consequent  upon  any  such  appointment  or  discharge  should  be  valid  and 
conclusive  evidence  in  favour  of  a  purchaser,  subject  to  actual  notice  to  the 
contrary,  that  the  trust  property  has  vested  in  the  new  trustees. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  contain  a  pro- 
vision to  the  effect  that,  subject  to  certain  qualifications  discussed  below,  a 


237 


See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  2. 


138 

vesting  declaration,  express  or  implied,  should  take  effect  as  if  the  estate, 
interest  or  right  in  the  property  had  been  actually  conveyed  or  transferred  by 
deed  or  otherwise  to  the  one  or  more  persons  in  whom  the  trust  property  is 
declared,  expressly  or  impliedly,  to  be  vested,  or,  in  the  case  of  a  chose  in 
action,  as  if  it  had  been  actually  assigned  to  the  last-mentioned  person  or 
persons. 2™  As  this  provision  would  incorporate  the  principle  of  section  6(d) 
of  the  Trustee  Act  set  out  previously,239  section  6(d)  need  not  be  carried  over 
to  the  revised  Act. 

In  order  to  protect  third  parties  concerned  with  the  proper  vesting  of  trust 
property  in  the  trustees,  we  recommend  that  a  vesting  declaration,  express  or 
implied,  consequent  upon  any  appointment  or  discharge  of  a  trustee,  should 
be  conclusive  evidence  of  the  validity  of  vesting  of  trust  property  in  favour 
of  a  purchaser  of  trust  property;240  however,  a  purchaser  of  trust  property  who 
at  the  time  of  the  purchase  has  actual  notice  that  an  improper  act  or  omission 
has  occurred  in  the  vesting  of  the  trust  property  should  not  be  entitled  to  rely 
upon  the  validity  of  the  vesting  declaration  unless  title  to  the  trust  property 
has  been  held  by  a  purchaser  without  actual  notice  of  the  improper  act  or 
omission.241  In  addition,  we  recommend  that  the  proposals  made  previously 
in  the  context  of  the  appointment  and  discharge  of  trustees  concerning  the 
protection  that  should  be  afforded  to  donees  of  trust  property,242  persons  who 
have  an  obligation  to  register  interests,243  and  subsequent  purchasers  who 
purported  to  act  as  trustees  in  the  original  transfer  of  trust  property,244  should 
apply  with  respect  to  the  conclusive  evidence  of  a  vesting  declaration,  express 
or  implied.245 

There  are  several  specific  matters  that  require  further  clarification  in  the 
revised  Act  in  relation  to  the  operation  of  an  express  or  implied  vesting 
declaration,  and  it  is  to  these  that  we  now  turn. 


b.     The  Scope  of  the  Declaration 

There  would  appear  to  be  some  ambiguity  concerning  the  scope  of  the 
term  "vest"  as  this  word  appears  both  in  section  9  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act 
and  in  section  40  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925.  As  previously  stated,  the 
purpose  of  a  vesting  declaration  seems  to  be  to  place  new  trustees  in  the 
position  they  would  have  occupied  had  they  received  a  conveyance  from  the 
former  trustees.  It  could  be  argued,  however,  that  the  statutes  vest  in  the  new 
trustees  not  only  the  title  to  assets  held  by  the  former  trustees,  but  also  titles 
outstanding  in  third  parties  to  or  in  which  the  former  trustees  had  a  right  or 


238  Draft  Bill,  s.  29(\)(b).  See,  further,  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(a)(iii)c  and  d. 

239  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(h). 

240  Draft  Bill,  s.  29(2). 

241  lbid.,s.  29(3). 

242  See  supra,  note  221  and  accompanying  text. 

243  See  supra,  notes  223-26  and  accompanying  text. 

244  See  supra,  note  220  and  accompanying  text. 

245  Draft  Bill,  s.  29(4). 


139 

interest.  Indeed,  the  statutory  language  has  been  held  in  Ontario  to  take  a 
legal  estate  from  a  third  party  and  place  it  in  the  new  trustees,  even  where 
the  former  trustees  had  only  an  equitable  right  to  call  for  the  legal  estate.246 

A  good  case  may  be  made  for  conferring  upon  the  courts  power  to  gather 
in  such  outstanding  titles;  a  court  can  ensure  that  all  the  equities  of  the 
situation,  and  in  particular  the  position  of  a  third  party,  are  taken  into  account. 
Nonetheless,  as  convenient  as  such  a  sweeping  up  may  be  for  the  new  trustees 
and  any  subsequent  purchaser  or  mortgagee,  we  are  concerned  that  the  posi- 
tion of  a  third  party  might  be  detrimentally  affected  if  an  automatic  vesting 
of  all  outstanding  titles  followed  from  a  non-judicial  appointment  or  discharge 
of  a  trustee:  for  example,  a  third  party  might  have  a  right  of  lien  or  charge 
over  the  property  in  question.  To  take  title  in  the  property  from  such  a  third 
party  and  vest  it  in  the  new  trustees  might  unfairly  prejudice  the  third  party 
by  depriving  him  of  his  security.  We  have  decided,  therefore,  that  an  express 
or  implied  vesting  declaration  should  vest  in  the  new  trustees  only  such  rights, 
titles,  and  interests  as  the  former  trustees  might  have  conveyed,  transferred, 
or  assigned.  This  would  mean,  for  example,  in  the  case  of  an  outstanding 
legal  title,  that  the  new  trustees  would  be  vested  not  with  the  legal  title  itself, 
but  with  the  equitable  right  that  the  former  trustees  had  to  call  for  the  legal 
estate.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  make  it  clear 
that  a  vesting  declaration,  express  or  implied,  should  convey,  transfer,  or 
assign  to  the  new  trustees  the  same  estate  or  interest  in  the  property  as  held 
by  the  former  trustees.247 

c.     Assignment  ofChoses  in  Action 

The  meaning  of  the  word  "vest"  as  it  appears  in  section  9(1)  of  the 
Ontario  Trustee  Act  and  section  40  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925  is  also 
ambiguous  with  respect  to  both  express  and  implied  vesting  declarations 
relating  to  choses  in  action.  We  preface  our  comments  by  a  short  statement 
on  this  area  of  the  law. 

Briefly  stated,  the  assignment  of  a  chose  in  action  may  be  either  legal  or 
equitable.  The  legal  assignment  of  either  a  legal  or  equitable  chose  in  action 
is  only  permissible  pursuant  to  statutory  authority.  In  Ontario,  section  53  of 
the  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act™  governs  legal  assignments  and 
provides,  as  a  constituent  element  of  the  assignment,  that  written  notice  must 
be  given  to  the  debtor;  that  is,  if  there  is  no  notice  there  is  no  legal  assignment, 
and  the  assignment  will  be  at  most  equitable.  An  equitable  assignment  is 
valid  without  notice  to  the  debtor  and,  as  with  legal  assignments,  both  legal 
and  equitable  choses  may  be  assigned  in  this  manner.  However,  the  conse- 
quences of  failing  to  give  notice  in  the  case  of  an  equitable  assignment  are 
twofold:  first,  a  later  assignee  of  the  chose  will  have  priority  if  he  is  the  first 
to  give  notice;  and  secondly,  the  debtor  may  acquire  further  equities  against 


246  Re  Hunter  and  Patterson  (1892),  22  O.R.  571  (H.C.J.).  See,  also,  Pettit,  supra,  note 
80,  at  254,  n.  11. 

247  See  Draft  Bill,  s.  29(  ])(&). 

248 


Supra,  note  201 


140 

the  assignor  and  have  them  attach  to  the  chose  in  action,  until  he  receives 
notice  of  the  assignment.  In  the  case  of  a  legal  assignment,  whether  of  a  legal 
or  an  equitable  chose,  the  assignee  may  sue  the  debtor  without  joining  the 
assignor,  and  the  same  is  true  for  the  equitable  assignee  of  an  equitable  chose. 
However,  an  equitable  assignee  of  a  legal  chose  has  to  join  the  assignor,  and 
it  must  be  remembered  that  a  would-be  legal  assignment  is  at  most  equitable 
until  written  notice  has  been  given  to  the  debtor  and  there  has  been  compliance 
with  the  other  requirements  of  section  53  of  the  Conveyancing  and  Law  of 
Property  Act. 

It  will  be  noted  that  section  9  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  applies  to  any 
''personal  estate".  These  words  are  defined  in  the  Act  to  include  choses  in 
action.249  Accordingly,  an  express  declaration  in  a  trust  instrument  pursuant 
to  the  section  would  constitute  an  assignment  of  choses  in  action  that  are 
included  in  the  trust  assets.  Two  questions  arise,  however:  first,  does  this 
mode  of  assignment,  like  an  assignment  under  section  53  of  the  Conveyancing 
and  Law  of  Property  Act,  enable  the  successor  trustees  to  sue  the  debtor  in 
their  own  names  without  joining  the  assignors,  the  former  trustees;  and, 
secondly,  does  this  mode  of  assignment  dispense  with  the  need  to  give  notice 
to  the  debtor? 

Prior  to  the  introduction  into  Ontario  of  the  express  vesting  declaration, 
assignments  of  choses  in  action  between  former  and  successor  trustees  had 
to  take  the  form  of  either  a  legal  or  equitable  assignment,250  and  whether  the 
assignor  had  to  be  joined  and  notice  given  to  the  debtor  depended  upon  the 
form  of  assignment  and  the  nature  of  the  chose.  In  Ontario,  the  effect  on  this 
position  of  the  introduction  into  the  trustee  legislation  of  an  express  vesting 
declaration  cannot  be  stated  with  any  certainty.  In  relation  to  a  differently 
worded  Trustee  Act,  and  at  a  time  when  there  was  no  legal,  or  statutory, 
assignment  in  New  South  Wales,  the  Australian  High  Court  decided  that  the 
trustee  assignees  were  enabled  to  sue  without  joining  the  assignor  trustees.251 
But  that  decision  clearly  says  nothing  about  whether  a  vesting  declaration 
dispenses  with  the  need  to  join  the  assignors  where  there  is  also  a  statutory 
legal  assignment  procedure  in  existence. 

It  will  be  recalled  that  we  have  recommended  that  the  revised  Act  should 
contain  provisions  for  an  improved  form  of  express  vesting  declaration,  as 
well  as  introduce  into  Ontario  the  concept  of  the  implied  vesting  declaration. 
As  is  apparent  from  the  foregoing  discussion,  when  new  trustees  are  appointed 
or  discharged  under  the  revised  Act,  two  types  of  statutory  assignment  pro- 
cedure would  be  available  with  respect  to  any  chose  in  action  subject  to  the 


249  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  3,  s.  !(/). 


250 


In  England,  prior  to  the  introduction  of  the  express  vesting  declaration  in  1881 ,  the  only 
statutory  provision  relevant  to  this  issue  was  contained  in  Lord  Cranworth's  Act,  supra, 
note  7,  s.  27,  which  merely  required  assignments  to  be  carried  out  following  private 
appointment.  This  presumably  referred  to  the  assignment  procedures  applicable  for  all 
assignments  by  any  person.  In  Ontario,  see,  also,  in  this  regard  An  Act  to  provide  for 
certain  amendments  of  the  Law,  supra,  note  9,  s.  30,  subsequently  incorporated  into  An 
Act  respecting  Trustees  and  Executors  and  the  Administration  of  Estates,  supra,  note 
44,  s.  3. 


251 


Loxton  v.  Moir  (1914),  18  C.L.R.  360,  at  373. 


141 

trust:  first,  an  assignment  effected  by  the  express  or  implied  vesting  declara- 
tion of  the  revised  Act;  and  secondly,  an  assignment  pursuant  to  section  53 
of  the  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act.  Therefore,  it  is  important  to 
determine  whether  an  assignment  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  the  revised 
Act  relating  to  express  or  implied  vesting  declarations  should  have  the  same 
effect  as  an  assignment  pursuant  to  the  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property 
Act. 

It  would  set  aside  all  doubts  and  avoid  confusion  if  the  revised  Act  were 
to  provide  that  the  vesting  declaration,  whether  express  or  implied,  operates 
as  an  assignment  in  writing  under  the  hand  of  the  assignor  within  the  meaning 
of  section  53  of  the  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act.252  As  a  conse- 
quence of  such  a  provision,  the  successor  trustees  would  be  entitled  to  sue 
the  debtor  in  their  own  names  without  joining  the  assignors,  the  former 
trustees.  The  incorporation  of  such  a  provision  would  necessitate,  however, 
the  giving  of  notice  to  the  debtor  of  the  vesting  declaration  as  prescribed  by 
section  53.  We  are  of  the  view  that  this  should  be  the  case,  as  assignment 
materially  affects  the  debtor's  rights  in  relation  to  the  assignors,  and  imposes 
upon  him  transferred  debt  obligations  to  the  assignees,  of  whose  existence  he 
may  only  become  aware  when  he  has  paid  the  assignors.  From  an  abundance 
of  caution,  therefore,  we  are  of  the  opinion  that  the  notice  requirement  should 
be  expressly  stated  in  the  revised  Act. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  a  provision  should  be  included  in  the 
revised  Act  to  the  effect  that  where  the  estate,  interest  or  right  takes  the  form 
of  a  chose  in  action,  a  vesting  declaration,  express  or  implied,  should  be 
deemed  an  absolute  assignment  within  the  meaning  of  section  53  of  the 
Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act,  and  until  express  notice  in  writing 
is  given  by  the  newly  vested  persons  to  the  debtor  or  other  person  obligated 
under  the  chose  in  action,  the  vesting  declaration  should  have  effect  only  as 
an  assignment  in  equity  from  the  formerly  vested  persons  to  the  newly  vested 
persons.253 

d.     Exceptions  to  Vesting  Declarations 

By  section  9(3)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  two  types  of  trust  asset  are 
excluded  from  the  operation  of  the  express  vesting  declaration:  first,  land 
conveyed  by  way  of  mortgage  for  securing  money  subject  to  the  trust;  and 
secondly  "any  share,  stock,  annuity,  or  property  transferable  only  in  books 
kept  by  a  company  or  other  body,  or  in  manner  prescribed  by  or  under  an 
Act  of  the  Parliament  of  Canada  or  of  the  Legislature".  These  two  exceptions 
were  adopted  from  the  English  legislation  that  introduced  the  express  vesting 
declaration  in  1881, 254  and  their  basis  may  be  shortly  stated.  With  respect  to 
mortgages,  where  land  was  conveyed  by  way  of  mortgage  to  trustees,  Parlia- 
ment wished  to  recognize  the  practice  among  conveyancers  of  not  mentioning 


252 


253 
254 


Such  a  provision  would  also  solve  difficulties  that  could  arise  where  a  person  nominated 
in  the  instrument  appoints  and  expressly  or  impliedly  makes  a  vesting  declaration, 
whereby  the  choses  in  action,  together  with  all  trust  assets,  arc  taken  from  the  outgoing 
trustees  and  vested  in  the  new  trustees.  In  these  circumstances,  who  are  the  assignors? 

Draft  Bill,  s.  29(6). 

Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act,  IHH1 .  supra,  note  8.  s.  34(3). 


142 

the  trust  in  the  deed  of  conveyance,  so  that  subsequent  purchasers  of  the 
mortgage  or  of  the  land  after  a  foreclosure  or  discharge  of  the  mortgage,  and 
their  successors,  would  have  no  reason  to  investigate  the  trust  document  in 
order  to  verify  the  validity  of  the  proffered  title.  Concerning  stocks  and  shares, 
English  company  legislation  permitted  title  to  pass  to  new  owners  by  one 
means  only:  namely,  the  recording  of  a  change  of  ownership  in  the  particular 
company's  register  after  completion  of  an  appropriate  transfer  document,  a 
system  not  to  be  disturbed  by  the  introduction  of  express  vesting  declarations. 
In  1925,  a  further  exception  was  introduced  into  English  trust  law  concerning 
leasehold  land,  an  exception  that  was  not  carried  over  to  the  Ontario  Act.255 

For  reasons  that  will  be  mentioned,  we  leave  discussion  of  the  mortgage 
exception  to  the  final  section  of  this  chapter.  We  turn  at  this  point  to  discuss 
exceptions  that  relate  to  property  transferred  in  a  manner  prescribed  by  leg- 
islation, including  registration,  and  to  leasehold  land. 

(1)   Property  Transferred  in  a  Manner  Prescribed  by 
Legislation,  Including  Registration 

As  stated,  section  9(3)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  expressly  excludes 
from  the  statutory  effect  of  an  express  vesting  declaration  "any  share,  stock, 
annuity,  or  property  transferable  only  in  books  kept  by  a  company  or  other 
body,  or  in  manner  prescribed  by  or  under  an  Act  of  Parliament  of  Canada 
or  of  the  Legislature". 

The  original  purpose  of  this  exception  was  to  prevent  the  vesting  decla- 
ration from  interfering  with  any  statutorily  established  system  for  the  transfer 
of  title  to  property.  When  this  exception  was  adopted  in  Ontario  in  1886,256 
the  most  notable  trust  property  in  this  regard  was  corporate  securities,  the 
title  to  which  could  only  be  transferred  by  registration  in  the  company's 
books.257  Unlike  the  present  English  companies  scheme,258  the  rule  governing 
the  passage  of  title  has  been  changed  in  both  the  Canada  Business  Corpora- 
tions Act259  and  the  Ontario  Business  Corporations  Act,  1982.2M  Under  these 


256 
257 
258 


259 
260 


Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  5,  s.40(4)(b).  Prior  to  1925,  the  English  Parliament 
excepted  from  the  statutorily  declared  effect  of  the  express  vesting  declaration  any  legal 
estate  or  interest  in  copyhold  or  customary  land  for  the  reason  that  manorial  records 
were  the  basis  of  the  title  to  these  types  of  interest,  and  this  system  was  not  to  be 
disturbed.  In  1925,  as  the  major  land  law  reforms  abolished  these  interests,  reference  to 
them  was  deleted  from  the  trustee  legislation. 

The  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act,  1886,  supra,  note  228,  s.  17(3). 

The  Ontario  Joint  Stock  Companies'  Letters  Patent  Act,  R.S.O.  1877,  c.  150,  s.  44. 

Under  the  present  English  companies  scheme,  there  are  at  least  two  separate  transactions 
required  in  a  transfer  of  shares:  first,  a  contract  for  the  sale  of  the  shares  between  the 
transferor  and  transferee  and  pursuant  thereto  the  delivery  to  the  buyer  of  the  document 
of  title  and  the  share  certificate;  and  secondly,  the  agreement  between  the  transferee  and 
the  company  to  register  the  buyer  on  the  books  of  the  company  in  order  for  the  transferee 
to  become  a  member  and  shareholder  and  be  recognized  as  such  by  the  company.  See, 
further,  Gower,  Cronin,  Easson,  and  Wedderburn  (eds.),  Gower's  Principles  of  Modern 
Company  Law  (4th  ed.,  1979),  at  448-55. 

S.C.  1974-75-76,  c.  33,  s.  56.  See,  also,  s.57(2). 

Supra,  note  1 10,  s.  69.  See,  also,  s.  70(  1 )(/?).  However,  under  the  Ontario  Corporations 
Act,  supra,  note  1 10,  s.  50,  a  transfer  of  shares  is  valid  only  after  registration  in  the 
books  of  the  company. 


143 

Acts,  registration  in  the  books  of  the  corporation  is  no  longer  required  to 
transfer  title.  It  follows,  therefore,  that  corporate  securities  are  no  longer 
interests  "transferable  only  in  books  kept  by  a  company"  within  the  meaning 
of  section  9(3)  of  the  Trustee  Act.  However,  the  corporations  Acts  continue 
to  specify  the  method  by  which  title  to  securities  is  to  pass;  namely,  the 
delivery  of  a  duly  endorsed  share  or  bond  certificate  from  the  transferor  to 
the  transferee.261  It  would  seem,  therefore,  that  corporate  securities  are  still 
probably  excepted  from  the  effect  of  a  vesting  declaration  under  section  9(3) 
of  the  Trustee  Act  as  "property  transferable  ...  in  manner  prescribed  by" 
legislation.  The  question  that  arises,  therefore,  is  whether,  in  the  revised  Act, 
corporate  securities  should  continue  to  be  exempt  from  the  operation  of  a 
vesting  declaration.  Indeed,  this  question  applies  equally  to  all  property,  the 
title  to  which  passes  by  a  statutory  scheme  that  does  not  entail  registration. 

We  are  concerned  about  the  fact  that,  if  the  exception  contained  in  section 
9(3)  were  retained,  the  whole  system  of  express  and  implied  vesting  decla- 
rations might  be  reduced  considerably  in  value,  as  by  far  the  most  significant 
type  of  modern  trust  property  is  corporate  securities.  On  the  other  hand, 
would  repeal  of  the  exception  damage  the  integrity  of  the  statutory  schemes 
set  up  by  the  federal  and  provincial  business  corporations  Acts?  If  the  vesting 
declaration  were  itself  to  transfer  title,  then  delivery  of  a  duly  endorsed  share 
or  bond  certificate  would  not  be  the  act  that  would  cause  the  transfer  as 
between  the  transferor  and  the  transferee.  The  issuing  corporation  or  the 
transfer  agent  would  be  required  to  register  the  transfer  on  the  production  of 
the  discharge  or  appointment  instrument,  whether  or  not  the  new  body  of 
trustees  had  taken  delivery  of  the  share  or  bond  certificate  and  produced  it  to 
the  registering  authority. 

We  have  concluded  that  the  transfer  of  title  to  securities  by  a  vesting 
declaration  would  not  undermine  the  present  statutory  scheme.  Rather,  the 
appointment  or  discharge  instrument,  either  containing  an  express  vesting 
declaration,  or  with  a  declaration  implied  therein,  would  merely  be  a  substi- 
tute for  the  usual  endorsements  and  physical  delivery  of  share  certificates. 
The  registering  authority  would  be  able  to  rely  upon  the  declaration,  whether 
express  or  implied,  as  conclusive  evidence  that  the  trust  property  has  vested 
in  the  new  trustees.  In  these  circumstances,  the  vesting  declaration  would  not 
replace  the  requirement  for  registration  in  the  books  of  the  corporation. 
Registration  would  continue  to  be  necessary  for  the  transferee  to  claim  the 
fruits  of  title  as  a  security  holder;  namely,  the  right  to  notice,  voting  rights, 
the  payment  of  dividends,  and  other  benefits  of  shareholding  and  bond- 
holding.262  Indeed,  in  any  case  where  registration  is  not  required  to  transfer 
title,  although  it  may  be  a  supplemental  requirement  for  the  protection  of  title 
or  for  the  beneficial  enjoyment  of  title,  we  are  of  the  view  that  the  vesting 
declaration  should  effect  the  transfer  of  the  property  to  the  new  trustees. 
Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  exception  in  section  9(3)  of  the  Trustee 
Act  with  respect  to  any  property  transferable  in  manner  prescribed  by  legis- 
lation, but  where  registration  is  not  required  to  transfer  title,  should  not  be 


261  Canada  Business  Corporations  Act,  supra,  note  259,  ss.  62,  66(1),  and  67,  and  Busi- 
ness Corporations  Act,  1982,  supra,  note  1 10,  ss.  73,  74,  78,  and  79. 

262  Business  Corporations  Act,  1982,  supra,  note  110,  s.  67(1). 


144 

carried  over  to  the  revised  Act.  Rather,  title  to  such  property  should  be 
transferred  by  the  operation  of  our  recommended  express  or  implied  vesting 
declaration.263 

It  should  be  noted,  in  particular,  that  the  effect  of  this  recommendation 
would  be  to  substitute  an  express  or  implied  vesting  declaration  for  the 
physical  act  of  delivery,  where  delivery  of  some  tangible  thing,  such  as  a 
duly  endorsed  share  certificate  or  bar  of  gold,  would  be  required  to  pass  legal 
title.  In  this  regard,  two  separate  points  should  be  considered.  First,  it  is 
obvious  that  the  new  trustees  should  be  placed  in  possession  of  the  tangible 
thing  where  title  has  so  vested;  for  example,  certain  registering  authorities 
may  require  production  of  the  tangible  thing  for  inspection,  cancellation,  or 
endorsement.  We  are  of  the  view  that  the  revised  Act  should  impose  a  duty 
upon  both  the  former  and  the  new  trustees  to  ensure  that  the  new  trustees  are 
put  in  possession  of  that  thing,  if  it  is  within  their  power  to  do  so.  We  are 
also  of  the  opinion  that  if  for  some  reason  possession  cannot  be  vested  in  the 
new  trustees,  the  registering  authority,  when  shown  the  instrument  that  con- 
stitutes the  vesting  declaration,  should  proceed  to  register  the  new  trustees' 
interest  on  the  same  basis  as  if  the  tangible  thing  had  been  lost.  Accordingly, 
we  recommend  that  it  should  be  the  duty  of  both  the  formerly  vested  persons 
and  the  newly  vested  persons  to  ensure  that  the  trust  property  is  actually 
delivered  to  the  newly  vested  persons,  but  where  inspection,  cancellation,  or 
endorsement  is  required  by  any  registering  authority  and  the  property  cannot 
be  produced,  the  newly  vested  persons  should  be  able  to  apply  for  registration 
or  recording  in  the  same  manner  and  subject  to  the  same  terms  and  conditions 
as  if  the  property  had  been  lost.264 

The  second  point  concerns  the  position  of  a  third  party  in  lawful  posses- 
sion of  the  tangible  thing  at  the  time  a  vesting  declaration  is  made.  We  are 
of  the  view  that  no  such  third  party  should  be  prejudiced  by  the  effect  that 
we  have  recommended  be  afforded  a  vesting  declaration.  While  the  require- 
ments of  any  registering  authority  with  respect  to  the  tangible  thing  should 
not  be  compromised,  any  rights  of  a  third  party  in  the  tangible  thing,  or  in 
property  represented  or  evidenced  by  it,  must  also  be  protected.  Accordingly, 
we  recommend  that  where  actual  delivery  of  trust  property  has  not  taken 
place  but  transfer  has  occurred  by  operation  of  a  vesting  declaration,  express 
or  implied,  no  right  of  security  or  other  personal  interest  of  any  person  in  that 
property  should  be  destroyed  by  reason  only  of  the  operation  of  a  vesting 
declaration.265 


263  Draft  Bill,  s.  29(1).  We  acknowledge  that  an  issue  might  be  raised  concerning  the 
constitutionality  of  our  proposed  vesting  declaration  to  effect  a  transfer  of  shares  of  a 
federally  incorporated  company  to  new  trustees.  However,  in  light  of  the  Supreme  Court 
of  Canada's  decision  in  Canadian  Indemnity  Co.  v.  A.G.B.C.  (1976),  73  D.L.R.  (3d) 
111,  where  the  Court  held  that  provincial  legislation  could  validly  apply  to  federal 
companies  as  long  as  it  does  not  impair  their  status  and  essential  powers,  we  are  of  the 
view  that  our  recommended  vesting  provisions,  in  so  far  as  they  are  in  relation  to  trusts, 
a  matter  within  provincial  jurisdiction,  and  in  no  way  discriminate  against  or  substantially 
impair  the  operation  of  any  federally  incorporated  company,  would  be  upheld  as  valid. 

Draft  Bill,  s.  29(7). 

Draft  Bill,  s.  29(8). 


264 
265 


145 

Our  discussion  to  this  point  has  related  only  to  property  the  title  to  which 
is  not  transferable  by  registration.  Where,  by  legislation,  registration  is  es- 
sential for  the  acquisition  of  title,  as  in  the  case  of  property  held  under  the 
Land  Titles  Act,266  the  issue  arises  whether  property  of  this  kind  should  be 
excluded  entirely  from  the  statutory  effect  of  a  vesting  declaration,  express 
or  implied.  We  are  of  the  opinion  that  a  vesting  declaration  could  have  a 
useful,  if  limited,  operation  in  these  circumstances.  A  vesting  declaration, 
while  not  transferring  legal  title,  could  operate  as  a  substitute  for  the  usual 
documentation  necessary  for  registration  purposes,  and  could,  prior  to  reg- 
istration, confer  such  rights  upon  the  new  trustees  as  they  would  have  in 
equity.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that,  where  an  estate,  interest  or  right 
in  property  can  only  be  transferred  by  a  registration  or  recording  in  a  book  or 
similar  record,  the  vesting  declaration,  express  or  implied,  prior  to  the  reg- 
istration or  recording,  should  confer  such  rights  upon  the  person  so  vested  as 
he  would  have  in  equity,  and  it  should  be  the  duty  of  such  person  to  apply 
for  the  required  registration  or  recording. 2( 


267 


(2)  Leasehold  Land  and  Covenants  Against  Assignment 

As  will  be  recalled,  in  1925  a  further  exception  to  the  operation  of  a 
vesting  declaration  was  introduced  into  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925. ,268  This 
exception,  contained  in  section  40(4)(b),  provides  that  section  40,  which  is 
the  section  that  makes  provision  for  express  and  implied  vesting  declarations, 
does  not  extend  to  certain  kinds  of  lease.  The  section  provides  as  follows: 

40. — (4)  This  section  does  not  extend  - 


(b)  to  land  held  under  a  lease  which  contains  any  covenant,  condition  or 
agreement  against  assignment  or  disposing  of  the  land  without  licence 
or  consent,  unless,  prior  to  the  execution  of  the  deed  containing  ex- 
pressly or  impliedly  the  vesting  declaration,  the  requisite  licence  or 
consent  has  been  obtained,  or  unless,  by  virtue  of  any  statute  or  rule  of 
law,  the  vesting  declaration,  express  or  implied,  would  not  operate  as 
a  breach  of  covenant  or  give  rise  to  a  forfeiture; 

It  may  be  that  the  trust  assets  include  a  lease  that  contains  a  covenant  not 
to  assign  without  consent.  The  purpose  of  section  40(4)(Z?)  is  to  avoid  a 
vesting  declaration  operating  as  a  statutory  assignment  of  such  a  lease  without 
the  required  consent,  thereby  exposing  the  lease  to  the  possibility  of  forfei- 
ture. Section  40(4)(b)  of  the  English  Act  has  no  counterpart  in  the  Ontario 
Trustee  Act  and,  therefore,  a  lease  containing  a  covenant  against  assignment 
is  not  excepted  from  the  operation  of  section  9(  1 )  of  the  Ontario  Act. 


266 


267 
268 


Supra,  note  214.  This  would  also  be  the  case  for  those  corporations  governed  by  the 
Corporations  Act,  supra,  note  1  10,  where,  by  s.  50,  a  transfer  of  shares  is  valid  only 
after  registration  in  the  books  of  the  company. 

Draft  Bill,  s.  29(5). 

Supra,  note  5,  s.  40(4)(/?). 


146 


While  it  seems  clear  that  an  assignment  by  operation  of  law  does  not 
constitute  a  breach  of  a  covenant  against  assignment,269  we  do  not  think  that 
the  application  of  this  principle  to  an  express  -  or,  indeed,  an  implied  - 
vesting  declaration  under  the  revised  Act  can  be  predicted  with  complete 
certainty.  In  the  view  of  the  Commission,  this  issue  should  be  addressed 
expressly  in  the  revised  Act.  There  would  appear  to  be  two  alternative  ap- 
proaches: first,  as  with  the  English  Act,  the  revised  Act  could  make  an 
exception  for  leases  that  contain  a  covenant  against  assignment;  or  secondly, 
the  revised  Act  could  provide  that  a  vesting  declaration,  express  or  implied, 
should  extend  to  such  leases,  but  that  the  vesting  in  the  new  trustees  should 
not  constitute  a  breach  of  covenant. 

Under  the  law  of  Ontario,  the  right  of  a  landlord  to  control  an  assignment 
of  a  lease  depends  on  whether  the  premises  are  residential  or  non-residential. 
In  the  case  of  residential  premises,  there  is  a  statutory  right  to  assign  under 
the  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act,  and,  although  a  tenancy  agreement  may  provide 
that  the  right  to  assign  is  subject  to  the  consent  of  the  landlord,  such  consent 
may  not  be  arbitrarily  or  unreasonably  withheld.270  Where  the  premises  are 
non-residential,  a  covenant  against  assignment  without  consent  is  deemed, 
unless  the  lease  contains  an  express  provision  to  the  contrary,  to  be  subject 
to  a  proviso  that  such  consent  is  not  to  be  unreasonably  withheld.271 

In  favour  of  the  first  alternative,  it  can  be  argued  that  the  rights  of  a 
landlord  should  not  be  abrogated  by  an  automatic  assignment,  which  would 
occur  if  the  leased  premises  were  subject  to  a  vesting  declaration,  express  or 
implied.  However,  as  a  practical  matter,  it  is  not  easy  to  see  how  an  assign- 
ment resulting  from  a  vesting  declaration  would  be  prejudicial  to  the  interests 
of  a  landlord:  such  an  assignment  would  probably  not  cause  a  change  in  the 
actual  occupation  of  the  leased  premises,  but  rather  in  the  management  of  the 
premises  by  a  new  team  of  trustees,  a  consequence  that  would  not  be  as  vital 
a  concern  to  a  landlord  as  an  actual  change  of  tenancy  resulting  from  an 
ordinary  assignment  of  a  lease  to  a  new  tenant.  It  is  true,  however,  that, 
unless  there  exists  privity  of  contract  between  the  landlord  and  the  former 
trustees,  the  latter  will  not  be  liable  for  breaches  that  occur  after  the  assign- 
ment. In  turn,  the  new  trustees  would  be  entitled  to  be  indemnified  out  of  the 
trust  fund  for  successful  claims  brought  against  them  if  they  have  acted 
properly. 

After  careful  consideration,  the  Commission  has  concluded  that  leasehold 
property  should  not  be  excepted  from  the  operation  of  a  vesting  declaration 
under  the  revised  Act.  However,  in  order  to  avoid  the  possibility  that  an 
assignment  might  constitute  a  breach  of  covenant,  the  revised  Act  should 
provide  that  no  vesting  declaration  should  operate  as  a  breach  of  covenant 


269  Doe  d.  Goodbehere  v.  Bevan{\%\5),  3  M.  &  S.  353,  105  E.R.  644. 

270  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  232,  s.  91.  Although  not  as  yet  proclaimed, 
s.  16  of  the  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  452,  is  to  the  same  effect. 

271  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act,  supra,  note  270,  s.  23. 


147 

not  to  assign;  nor  should  such  an  assignment  cause  a  forfeiture  of  a  lease.272 
Accordingly,  we  recommend  that,  where  leasehold  property  is  subject  to  a 
trust,  the  vesting  of  the  property  in  one  or  more  substitute  or  additional 
trustees  pursuant  to  a  vesting  declaration,  express  or  implied,  should  not 
constitute  a  breach  of  any  covenant  or  condition  against  assignment,  sub- 
letting, or  parting  with  possession  of  the  property,  whether  absolute  or  with 
consent,  made  by  one  or  more  former  trustees  and,  notwithstanding  any  term 
in  the  lease  to  the  contrary,  should  not  give  rise  to  any  forfeiture,  right  of  re- 
entry, or  other  claim  for  breach  of  such  covenant  or  condition.273 

(b)  Judicial  Vesting  Orders 

In  the  previous  sections  of  this  chapter,  we  have  discussed  and  recom- 
mended procedures  for  the  retirement,  removal,  replacement,  and  appoint- 
ment of  trustees,  either  by  non-judicial  means  or,  where  it  appears  to  be  in 
the  best  interest  of  the  trust,  by  the  court.  We  have  noted  that,  where  trustees 
are  appointed  or  discharged  non-judicially,  third  parties  who  deal  with  the 
new  trustees  must  be  assured  that  the  appointment  or  discharge  of  the  trustee 
or  trustees  was  proper  and  that  the  present  trustees  have  been  vested  with  the 
trust  property.  Accordingly,  we  have  made  recommendations  concerning  the 
evidence  required  to  verify  the  proper  appointment  or  discharge  of  a  trustee 
and  the  procedures  for  the  vesting  of  trust  property  in  the  new  trustees  by 
means  of  either  an  express  or  implied  vesting  declaration. 

Where  trustees  are  appointed  and  discharged  judicially  it  is  similarly  vital 
that  third  parties  who  deal  with  the  new  composition  of  trustees  are  assured 
of  the  proper  appointment  and  discharge  of  the  trustees  and  that  the  title  to 
the  trust  assets  is  vested  in  the  present  trustees,  so  that  the  assets  may  be 
conveyed  from  the  trustees  to  third  parties.  With  respect  to  evidence  of  the 
proper  appointment  and  discharge  of  trustees,  the  order  of  the  court  that 
removes  and/or  appoints  the  new  trustees  will  be  conclusive  evidence  that  the 
trustees  with  whom  a  third  party  deals  are  properly  appointed.  As  to  the  title 
to  the  trust  assets,  the  court  must  also  possess  the  means  to  vest  the  trust 
property  in  the  new  trustee  or  the  new  group  of  trustees.  This  is  the  function 
of  the  jurisdiction  of  the  court  to  make  vesting  orders,274  which  we  now  turn 
to  consider. 

By  order,  the  court,  having  appointed  a  new  trustee,  or  removed  or 
accepted  the  retirement  of  a  trustee  without  making  further  appointment, 
vests  the  trust  property  in  the  new  trustee  or  trustees.  There  may  also  be 
occasions  where  the  court  is  asked  to  vest  the  trust  property  in  a  person  who 
has  not  been  appointed  by  the  court,  because,  under  an  express  or  statutory 


272 


273 
274 


This  was  also  the  recommendation  of  the  Queensland  Law  Reform  Commission  in  its 
Report  on  the  Law  Relating  to  Trusts,  Trustees,  Settled  Land  and  Charities,  supra,  note 
182,  draft  s.  15(4)(b).  Such  a  provision  is  contained  in  the  Queensland  Trusts  Act  1973, 
supra,  note  172,  s.  15(6). 

Draft  Bill,  s.  29(9). 

For  a  full  account  of  vesting  orders,  see  Lewin  on  Trusts,  supra,  note  18,  ch.  27; 
Underhili s  Law  relating  to  Trusts  and  Trustees,  supra,  note  38,  at  638-48;  and  Waters, 
supra,  note  94,  at  761  and  Appendix  C. 


148 

power  to  appoint  or  discharge  trustees,  doubt  may  have  existed  whether  title 
was  transferred  to  the  new  trustee  or  trustees. 

The  history  of  the  judicial  vesting  order  is,  of  course,  older  than  that  of 
the  non-judicial  vesting  declaration.  Under  its  inherent  jurisdiction,  the  Court 
of  Chancery  had  the  power  to  vest  title  in  trustees,  and  in  the  nineteenth 
century  this  authority  was  made  statutory  before  Parliament  moved  on  to  the 
next  step,  which  was  to  enable  the  parties  to  appoint  and  discharge  trustees 
and  vest  trust  property  by  their  own  act  without  the  need  to  invoke  the  aid  of 
the  court. 

Vesting  orders  are  currently  provided  for  in  sections  10  to  16  of  the 
Ontario  Trustee  Act.  They  have  been  in  the  Act  for  many  years,  amended 
only  in  small  particulars  from  time  to  time,  and  they  bear  the  familiar  marks 
of  their  nineteenth  century  origin  in  English  trustee  legislation.275  They  not 
only  deal  with  the  vesting  of  realty  and  personalty  in  new  trustees  or  new 
bodies  of  trustees,  but  they  also  enable  the  court  to  make  vesting  orders  where 
for  any  reason  one  or  more  trustees  cannot  act,  or  where  a  trustee  is  refusing 
to  act  in  accordance  with  his  obligations.  In  addition,  they  empower  the  court 
to  vest  land  in  third  parties  where  the  would-be  transferors  cannot  transfer 
the  land  because  minors  or  unborn  persons  have  interests  in  the  land.  The 
court  is  enabled  to  vest  land  or  otherwise  deal  with  land  on  behalf  of  minors 
and  charitable  bodies.  In  other  words,  the  court  has  vesting  authority  to 
complement  its  powers  to  appoint  trustees,  pursuant  to  both  the  inherent 
jurisdiction  and  the  Trustee  Acr,276  and  also  to  come  to  the  parties'  rescue 
where  non-judicial  powers  of  conveyance  and  vesting  fail. 

We  have  asked  ourselves  whether  these  sections  of  the  Trustee  Act  should 
now  be  revised.  Again,  it  is  not  our  purpose  to  change  anything  that  is  working 
effectively,  even  if  we  might  ourselves  have  chosen  other  language  to  express 
the  same  intent.  The  issue  concerning  vesting  orders  is  whether  the  statutory 
jurisdiction  is  comprehensive  of  all  those  situations  where  the  courts  could 
be  called  upon  to  facilitate  the  sound  administration  of  a  trust,  and  whether, 
at  present,  vesting  orders  protect  adequately  the  interests  of  third  parties  who 
acquire  title  from  parties  who  themselves  acquired  title  to  the  property  by 
way  of  a  vesting  order. 

(i)     Present  Law 

The  general  power  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  to  make  vesting 
orders  is  to  be  found  in  the  Judicature  Act.211  Section  79  of  that  Act  enables 


>75 


276 


277 


The  origin  of  sections  10  to  16  of  the  present  Ontario  Trustee  Act  lies  in  The  Trustee 
Act,  1850,  supra,  note  5,  and  The  Trustee  Act,  1852,  supra,  note  5.  They  were  developed 
through  later  English  Trustee  Acts,  and,  when  enacted  as  part  of  the  Trustee  Act,  1893, 
supra,  note  41 ,  they  were  introduced  in  Ontario  in  The  Trustee  Relief  Act,  R.S.O.  1897, 
c.  336,  ss.  5  et  seq. 

Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  3,  s.  5,  provides  for  the  appointment  of  trustees  by  the  court. 
See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(0.  for  a  discussion,  of  judicial  replacement,  removal,  and 
appointment  of  trustees. 

Supra,  note  201.  See,  also,  the  Ontario  Courts  of  Justice  Act,  1983,  Bill  100  (32d  Leg. 
3d  Sess.),  s.  1 12,  which  would  take  the  place  of  s.  79  of  the  Judicature  Act. 


149 

the  Court  to  vest  real  or  personal  property  in  any  person,  thus  effecting  a 
transfer  of  the  title  from  another  person  in  whom  it  has  previously  been 
vested.  Section  79  of  the  Judicature  Act  provides  as  follows: 

79.  Where  the  court  has  authority  to  direct  the  sale  of  any  real  or  personal 
property  or  to  order  the  execution  of  a  deed,  conveyance,  transfer  or  assignment 
of  any  real  or  personal  property,  the  court  may  by  order  vest  the  property  in  such 
person  and  in  such  manner  and  for  such  estates  as  would  be  done  by  any  such 
deed,  conveyance,  assignment  or  transfer  if  executed;  and  the  order  has  the  same 
effect  as  if  the  legal  or  other  estate  or  interest  in  the  property  had  been  actually 
conveyed  by  deed  or  otherwise,  for  the  same  estate  or  interest,  to  the  person  in 
whom  the  property  is  so  ordered  to  be  vested  or,  in  the  case  of  a  chose  in  action, 
as  if  it  had  been  actually  assigned  to  the  last-mentioned  person. 

The  section  confers  the  power  to  vest  property  in  two  cases:  first,  where  the 
Court  has  authority  to  direct  a  sale  of  property;  and  secondly,  where  the  Court 
is  authorized  to  order  the  execution  of  a  deed  or  other  appropriate  mode  of 
transfer  of  real  or  personal  property.  The  section  then  provides  for  the  effect 
of  such  a  vesting  order,  namely,  that  it  places  the  property  as  fully  in  the 
transferee's  hands  as  if  there  had  been  a  conveyance  or  transfer  in  the  usual 
manner. 

There  are  also  two  sections  in  the  Trustee  Act  that  give  power  to  make 
vesting  orders,  and  these  provisions  provide  for  circumstances  outside  the 
scope  of  section  79  of  the  Judicature  Act.  Sections  10  and  13  of  the  Trustee 
Act  provide  as  follows: 

10. — (1)  In  any  of  the  following  cases: 

(a)  where  the  Supreme  Court  appoints  or  has  appointed  a  new  trustee;  or 

(b)  where  a  trustee  entitled  to  or  possessed  of  any  land,  or  entitled  to  a 
contingent  right  therein,  either  solely  or  jointly  with  any  other  person 
is  a  minor,  or  is  out  of  Ontario,  or  cannot  be  found;  or 

(c)  where  it  is  uncertain  who  was  the  survivor  of  two  or  more  trustees 
jointly  entitled  to  or  possessed  of  any  land;  or 

(d)  where  it  is  uncertain  whether  the  last  trustee  known  to  have  been  entitled 
to  or  possessed  of  any  land  is  living  or  dead;  or 

(e)  where  there  is  no  heir  or  personal  representative  of  a  trustee  who  was 
entitled  to  or  possessed  of  land  and  has  died  intestate  as  to  that  land, 
or  where  it  is  uncertain  who  is  the  heir  or  personal  representative  or 
devisee  of  a  trustee  who  was  entitled  to  or  possessed  of  land  and  is 
dead;  or 

if)  where  a  trustee  jointly  or  solely  entitled  to  or  possessed  of  any  land,  or 
entitled  to  a  contingent  right  therein,  has  been  required  by  or  on  behalf 
of  a  person  entitled  to  require  a  conveyance  of  the  land  or  a  release  of 
the  right,  to  convey  the  land  or  to  release  the  right,  and  has  wilfully 
refused  or  neglected  to  convey  the  land  or  release  the  right  for  fourteen 
days  after  the  date  of  the  requirement, 


50 


the  Supreme  Court  may  make  an  order,  vesting  the  land  in  any  such  person  in 
any  such  manner,  and  for  any  such  estate,  as  the  court  may  direct,  or  releasing, 
or  disposing  of  the  contingent  right  to  such  person  as  the  court  may  direct. 

(2)  Where  the  order  is  consequential  on  the  appointment  of  a  new  trustee  the 
land  shall  be  vested  for  such  estate  as  the  court  may  direct  in  the  persons  who, 
on  the  appointment,  are  the  trustees. 

(3)  Where  the  order  relates  to  a  trustee  entitled  jointly  with  another  person, 
and  such  trustee  is  out  of  Ontario  or  cannot  be  found,  the  land  or  right  shall  be 
vested  in  such  other  person,  either  alone  or  with  some  other  person. 

13. — (1)  In  any  of  the  following  cases: 

(a)  where  the  Supreme  Court  appoints,  or  has  appointed,  a  new  trustee;  or 

(b)  where  a  trustee  entitled  alone,  or  jointly  with  another  person,  to  stock 
or  to  a  chose  in  action, 

(i)  is  a  minor,  or 

(ii)  is  out  of  Ontario,  or 

(iii)  cannot  be  found,  or 

(iv)  neglects  or  refuses  to  transfer  stock,  or  receive  the  dividends  or 
income  thereof,  or  to  sue  for  or  recover  a  chose  in  action,  according 
to  the  direction  of  the  person  absolutely  entitled  thereto,  for  four- 
teen days  next  after  a  request  in  writing  has  been  made  to  him  by 
the  person  so  entitled,  or 

(v)  neglects  or  refuses  to  transfer  stock,  or  receive  the  dividends  or 
income  thereof,  or  to  sue  for  or  recover  a  chose  in  action  for 
fourteen  days  next  after  an  order  of  the  Supreme  Court  for  that 
purpose  has  been  served  on  him;  or 

(c)  where  it  is  uncertain  whether  a  trustee  entitled,  alone  or  jointly  with 
another  person,  to  stock  or  to  a  chose  in  action  is  alive  or  dead, 

the  Supreme  Court  may  make  an  order  vesting  the  right  to  transfer,  or  call  for  a 
transfer  of  stock,  or  to  receive  the  dividends  or  income  thereof,  or  to  sue  for  or 
recover  a  chose  in  action,  in  any  such  person  as  the  court  may  appoint. 

(2)  Where  the  order  is  consequential  on  the  appointment  by  the  court  of  a  new 
trustee,  the  right  shall  be  vested  in  the  persons  who,  on  the  appointment,  are  the 
trustees. 

(3)  Where  the  person  whose  right  is  dealt  with  by  the  order  was  entitled  jointly 
with  another  person,  the  right  shall  be  vested  in  that  last-mentioned  person  either 
alone,  or  jointly  with  any  other  person  whom  the  court  may  appoint. 

(4)  Where  a  vesting  order  may  be  made  under  this  section  the  court  may,  if  it 
is  more  convenient,  appoint  some  proper  person  to  make,  or  join  in  making,  the 
transfer. 

(5)  The  person  in  whom  the  right  to  transfer  or  call  for  the  transfer  of  any 
stock  is  vested  by  an  order  of  the  court  under  this  Act  may  transfer  the  stock  to 


151 

himself,  or  any  other  person,  according  to  the  order,  and  all  incorporated  banks 
and  all  companies  shall  obey  every  order  made  under  this  section. 

(6)  After  notice  in  writing  of  an  order  under  this  section,  it  is  not  lawful  for 
any  incorporated  bank  or  any  company  to  transfer  any  stock  to  which  the  order 
relates,  or  to  pay  any  dividends  thereon  except  in  accordance  with  the  order. 

(7)  The  Supreme  Court  may  make  declarations  and  give  directions  concerning 
the  manner  in  which  the  right  to  any  stock  or  chose  in  action,  vested  under  this 
Act,  is  to  be  exercised. 

(8)  The  provisions  of  this  Act  as  to  vesting  orders  apply  to  shares  in  ships 
registered  under  the  Acts  relating  to  merchant  shipping  as  if  they  were  stock. 

These  sections  of  the  Trustee  Act  particularize  circumstances  arising  in 
the  course  of  the  administration  of  a  trust  where  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario 
can  usefully  assist  in  the  discharge  of  that  administration.  Both  sections  are 
concerned  with  three  kinds  of  situation:  first,  where  there  is  a  change  in  the 
composition  of  the  trustees;  secondly,  where  circumstances  exist  that  disable 
a  trustee  from  acting  or  acting  effectively;  and  thirdly,  where  a  trustee  is 
refusing  to  deal  with  the  trust  property  as  his  duties  require.  Section  10 
authorizes  the  court  to  make  a  vesting  order  where  the  trust  property  in 
question  is  land,  and  section  1 3  authorizes  such  orders  where  the  trust  property 
is  stock,  the  right  to  receive  dividends,  or  choses  in  action.  The  two  sections 
are  not  otherwise  identical,  however,  although  one  might  expect  this  to  be 
so.  For  instance,  under  section  10  a  vesting  order  may  be  made  where  it  is 
uncertain  who  is  the  survivor  of  two  or  more  trustees,278  while  under  section 
13  there  is  no  such  jurisdiction.  Again,  under  section  10  an  order  can  be 
made  where  there  is  no  personal  representative  of  a  sole  trustee  or  it  is 
uncertain  who  such  person  is,279  but  under  section  13  the  Court  is  given  no 
such  authority. 

We  now  turn  to  consider  three  aspects  of  the  power  of  the  Court  to  make 
vesting  orders  pursuant  to  these  statutory  provisions:  first,  the  types  of  trust 
property  that  should  be  comprehended  by  a  statutory  authority  to  make  vesting 
orders;  secondly,  the  circumstances  in  which  vesting  orders  should  be  made; 
and  thirdly,  the  persons  in  favour  of  whom  vesting  orders  should  be  made. 


(ii)     Types  of  Trust  Property  Comprehended  by  Vesting  Orders 

The  jurisdiction  to  make  vesting  orders  concerning  land,  and  also  con- 
cerning stock  and  choses  in  action,  is  contained  in  separate  sections  in  the 
Trustee  Act,  1925, 28n  in  England.  Although  we  can  understand  that,  histori- 
cally, these  sections  came  into  existence  in  England  at  different  times,  and 
that  each  in  its  time  was  drafted  to  take  account  of  the  particular  property 
with  which  there  was  then  concern,  we  can  see  no  reason  for  the  non- 
consolidation  of  these  sections  today.  Accordingly,  we  are  of  the  view  that 


278  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  3,  s.  10(1  )(r). 

279  Ibid.,s.  10(l)(e) 


280 


Supra,  note  5,  s.  44  (land)  and  s.  51  (stock  and  choses  in  action). 


152 

the  amalgamation  of  sections  10  and  13  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  would  be 
logical. 

We  have  noted  that  four  of  the  Australian  states  have  amalgamated  the 
sections  in  their  current  trustee  legislation,  and  have  made  the  new  section 
applicable  to  any  property.281  Manitoba282  and  Prince  Edward  Island283  have 
also  brought  the  sections  together,  but  the  trustee  legislation  of  these  prov- 
inces refers  expressly  to  land,  and  to  stock  and  choses  in  action,  instead  of 
to  all  property. 

While  there  may  be  few  trusts  for  which  land,  stock  and  choses  in  action 
is  not  an  adequate  description  of  the  trust  property,  the  revised  Trustee  Act 
should  not  be  found  inadequate  if  the  trust  property  includes  such  items  as 
jewellery,  paintings,  gold  and  silverware,  musical  instruments,  or  antique 
furniture.  We  therefore  recommend  that  sections  10  and  13  of  the  present 
Ontario  Trustee  Act  should  be  amalgamated,  and  that  the  new  section  should 
empower  the  court  to  make  vesting  orders  in  relation  to  any  kind  of  trust 
property  or  interest  in  trust  property.284 

(Hi)     Circumstances  in  Which  Vesting  Orders  May  Be  Made 

We  are  also  of  the  view,  that,  as  in  the  Australian  states  we  mentioned 
previously,283  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  empower  the  court  to  make 
vesting  orders  in  similar  circumstances  whatever  the  nature  of  the  trust  prop- 
erty. Not  only  are  sections  10  and  13  of  the  present  Ontario  Trustee  Act  not 
identical  as  to  the  circumstances  in  which  vesting  orders  may  be  made,  but 
there  are  some  obvious  lacunae.  The  1925  Act  in  England,  and  the  subsequent 
Australian  legislation,  provide  for  these  gaps  arising  from  the  nineteenth 
century  language  contained  in  Ontario's  Trustee  Act. 

Generally  speaking,  vesting  orders  are  required  in  three  situations.  First, 
where  a  change  in  the  composition  of  the  trustees  has  occurred,  the  trust 
property  must  be  vested  in  the  new  trustee  or  trustees.  Secondly,  where  there 
is  uncertainty  concerning  the  existence  or  identity  of  a  trustee,  or  where  a 
trustee  is  incapable  of  acting,  or  refuses  to  act,  the  property  must  be  vested 
in  the  capable  trustees  or  other  persons.  Thirdly,  where  a  trustee  is  unable  to 
act,  but  only  for  a  temporary  period  of  time,  the  property  must  be  vested, 
temporarily,  in  the  capable  trustees  or  other  persons.  We  turn  now  to  discuss 
these  three  situations. 

As  to  the  first  situation,  sections  10(l)(a)  and  13(l)(a)  of  the  Trustee  Act 
empower  the  Court  to  make  a  vesting  order  only  where  it  has  appointed  a 


281  New  South  Wales  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  6,  s.  71;  Victoria  Trustee  Act  1958, 
supra,  note  162,  s.  51 ;  Queensland  Trusts  Act  J 973,  supra,  note  172,  s.  82;  and  Western 
Australia  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  6,  s.  78. 

282  The  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  6,  s.  16. 

283  Trustee  Act,  R.S.P.E.I.  1974,  c.  T-9,  s.  4. 

284  Draft  Bill,  s.  58(1). 

285  Supra,  note  281. 


153 

new  trustee.  However,  a  change  in  the  composition  of  the  trustees  may  occur 
not  only  where  a  trustee  is  appointed  by  the  court,  but  also  where  an  appoint- 
ment is  made  under  any  express  or  statutory  power.286  We  have  recommended 
previously  that  vesting  declarations  should  be  implied  in  these  circumstances 
if  the  declaration  is  not  express,287  and  we  are  of  the  view  that  the  court 
should  be  equipped  to  deal  with  any  anomalous  situations  for  which  our 
recommendations  concerning  vesting  declarations  are  found  not  to  provide. 
Sections  10  and  13  of  the  present  Act  also  fail  to  take  into  account  the  occasion 
where  a  trustee  has  retired  or  has  been  removed  from  the  trust  without  a  new 
trustee  being  appointed.288  In  our  opinion,  the  revised  Act  should  provide  the 
court  with  authority  to  make  vesting  orders  in  these  circumstances. 

With  respect  to  the  second  situation,  that  is,  where  there  is  uncertainty 
concerning  the  existence  or  identity  of  a  trustee,  or  where  the  trustees  are 
incapable  of  acting,  or  refuse  to  act,  sections  10(l)(b)  and  13(1)(/?)  of  the 
present  Trustee  Act  provide  for  judicial  vesting  orders  where  a  trustee  is  a 
minor,  or  is  out  of  Ontario,  or  cannot  be  found.  Section  10(1  )(c)  also  covers 
the  situation  where  it  is  uncertain  who  is  the  survivor  of  two  or  more  trustees 
jointly  entitled  to  or  possessed  of  any  land,  a  provision  not  duplicated  in 
section  13,  or  whether  the  last  trustee  known  to  have  been  entitled  to  or 
possessed  of  land  is  living  or  dead,  which  appears  in  section  13(l)(c)  as  well. 
The  court  is  empowered  under  section  10(  1  ){e)  to  make  a  vesting  order  where 
there  is  no  heir  or  personal  representative  or  devisee  of  a  deceased  trustee,  or 
it  is  uncertain  who  that  person  is,  a  power  that  is  not  found  in  section  13. 
Finally,  the  sections  contemplate  instances  where  a  trustee  is  refusing  to 
convey  land289  or  transfer  stock,  to  receive  dividends  or  income,  or  to  sue  for 
or  recover  a  chose  in  action  fourteen  days  after  a  request  or  demand  has  been 
made  of  him  by  an  entitled  person  or  the  court.2- 


290 


Two  approaches  to  reform  are  available  to  deal  with  the  above-noted, 
and  any  other,  circumstances  in  which  vesting  orders  may  be  required.  First, 
we  could  adopt  a  comprehensive  list  of  the  factual  situations  that  may  occur 
and  that  call  for  vesting.  This  was  the  approach  adopted  in  1962  and  1973 
respectively  by  the  Western  Australia  Trustees  Act,  1962  and  the  Queensland 
Trusts  Act  J973.291  Alternatively,  we  could  remove  the  existing  enumerations, 
and  replace  them  with  a  provision  conferring  a  general  jurisdiction  upon  the 


286 


There  is.  at  present,  no  jurisdiction  in  the  court  in  these  circumstances:  see  ///  re  Vicat 
(1886),  33  Ch.  D.  103  (C.A.),  and  In  re  Dewhirst's  Trusts  (1886).  33  Ch.  D.  416 
(C.  A.),  concerning  earlier  similar  legislative  language  in  England.  The  matter  is  referred 
to  in  Lewin  on  Trusts,  supra,  note  18,  at  437.  /*.  4. 


287 
288 


See  supra,  this  ch..  sec.  3(a)(ii). 

Section  37  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  3,  provides  for  the  vesting  of  the 
deceased  person's  estate  in  the  surviving  personal  representatives  when  one  of  their 
number  is  removed  by  the  court,  but  the  section  is  silent  as  to  vesting  when  the  court 
does  replace,  as  well  as  remove,  a  personal  representative.  Although  a  personal  repre- 
sentative is  included  within  the  statutory  meaning  of  "trustee",  the  competence  of  the 
court  to  make  a  vesting  order  in  these  circumstances  should  be  put  beyond  doubt. 

Trustee  Act.  supra,  note  3.  s.  I()(  1 )(/). 

290  Ibid.,  s.  13(1  )(/>)( iv)  and  (v). 

291  Supra,  note  281. 


28M 


154 

court  to  make  vesting  orders  with  respect  to  any  trust  property  in  favour  of 
such  persons  and  on  such  terms  as  the  court  thinks  fit  with  a  view  to  the  more 
efficient  administration  of  the  trust  in  question. 

It  may  be  argued  that  the  court  should  be  able  to  discover  from  the  revised 
Trustee  Act  precisely  those  circumstances  in  which  the  legislature  intends  that 
vesting  orders  should  be  available  in  lieu  of  the  normal  mode  of  transfer  by 
means  of  the  express  or  implied  vesting  declaration.  In  this  way,  vesting 
orders  would  be  regarded  as  an  exceptional  mode  of  transfer.  However,  a 
legislative  approach  along  these  lines  inevitably  involves  a  listing  of  the 
circumstances  in  which  vesting  orders  may  be  made,  and  in  the  Western 
Australia  Trustees  Act,  1962,  for  instance,  no  less  than  thirteen  situations  are 
listed.  Nor  is  this  by  any  means  an  exceptional  Act.  It  reflects  the  general 
pattern  of  Australian  vesting  order  sections  that  have  been  revised  since  1924. 

For  our  part,  we  prefer  the  second  approach,  namely,  a  general  judicial 
authority  to  make  vesting  orders.292  Since  the  object  of  this  judicial  jurisdiction 
is  to  enable  the  court  to  further  the  proper  administration  of  trusts  where  the 
trustees  or  the  beneficiaries  cannot  help  themselves,  we  are  not  persuaded 
that  the  revised  Act  need  list  the  circumstances  in  which  the  court  may  provide 
that  assistance.  As  we  have  said,  we  consider  that  the  powers  of  the  court  to 
appoint  or  remove  trustees  should  be  resorted  to  only  where  the  non-judicial 
powers  of  appointment,  removal,  or  retirement  prove  inadequate.293  In  the 
same  way,  vesting  orders  should  be  available  where  non-judicial  conveyance 
or  transfer  by  the  parties  is  not  possible,  and  the  provisions  of  the  revised 
Trustee  Act  concerning  express  and  implied  vesting  declarations  prove  inade- 
quate. We  would  therefore  prefer  to  leave  the  choice  of  occasions  for  the 
making  of  vesting  orders  to  the  discretion  and  judgment  of  the  courts.  Ac- 
cordingly, we  recommend  that,  rather  than  provide  a  specific  list  of  circum- 
stances in  which  the  court  is  empowered  to  make  vesting  orders,  the  revised 
Trustee  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that,  where  it  appears  to 
the  court  to  be  in  the  best  interests  of  the  trust,  the  court  may  vest  the  trust 
property  or  an  interest  therein  in  one  or  more  persons  in  such  manner,  for 
such  estate  or  interest  and  on  such  terms  as  the  court  orders.294 

While  our  recommendation  concerning  vesting  orders  would  confer  a 
broad  discretionary  power  upon  the  court,  we  wish  to  discuss  one  aspect  of 
the  present  use  of  vesting  orders  that,  in  our  view,  should  be  discontinued. 


292 


293 
294 


A  general  jurisdiction  of  the  type  we  have  in  mind,  namely,  "where  property  is  vested 
in  a  trustee  and  it  appears  to  the  Court  to  be  expedient  to  make  a  vesting  order1'  appears 
as  the  fourteenth  entry,  as  s.  78(h),  in  the  Western  Australia  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra, 
note  6.  This  subsection  is  an  amalgamation  of  s.  44(vii)  and  s.  51(l)(v)  of  the  English 
Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  5. 

See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(f). 

Draft  Bill,  s.  58(1).  Another  circumstance  that  we  have  not  dealt  with  expressly,  but 
where  the  court  may  be  required  to  make  a  vesting  order,  is  where  trust  property  has 
been  forfeited  to  the  Crown  either  because  the  trustee  has  died  intestate  and  with  no  next 
of  kin,  or  because,  with  trust  property  undisposed  of,  a  corporate  trustee  is  in  liquidation 
or  is  dissolved.  Although  it  appears  that  this  situation  will  rarely  arise,  it  should  be  noted 
that  our  Draft  Bill  provides  in  s.  89  that  the  Crown  should  be  bound  by  the  revised  Act, 
which  would  permit  the  court  to  exercise  its  powers  to  make  vesting  orders  against  the 
Crown  if  necessary. 


155 

In  particular,  those  provisions  of  sections  10  and  13  that  provide  for  vesting 
orders  where  a  trustee  is  incapacitated,  unascertained,  or  refuses  to  act  appear 
to  give  the  court  the  power  to  make  a  vesting  order  that  would  divest  a  trustee 
of  trust  property  or  an  interest  therein  without  removing  him  from  office. 
Under  the  equivalent  provision  in  section  44  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925, 
it  has  been  held  that  exactly  this  position  can  occur.295  The  Western  Australia 
Trustees  Act,  1962  lists  such  trustee  neglect  or  refusal  as  one  of  the  enumer- 
ated thirteen  situations  in  which  the  court  may  make  a  vesting  order.296  As 
we  noted  earlier,  these  statutory  provisions  of  Commonwealth  Trustee  Acts 
have  a  long  history,  dating  from  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1850  and  The 
Trustee  Act,  1852.291  Although  they  have  mostly  been  employed  to  vest 
property  in  new  trustees,298  occasionally  they  have  been  used  to  give  benefi- 
ciaries title  where  trustees  have  delayed  in  winding  up  a  trust.299 

As  a  general  proposition,  and  subject  to  our  later  recommendations  con- 
cerning the  situation  where  a  trustee  is  temporarily  unavailable  and  it  is  not 
desired  to  remove  him,  we  do  not  consider  that  the  revised  Act  should 
encourage  the  courts  to  solve  the  problem  of  non-existent,  unidentifiable, 
absent,  incapable,  or  refusing  trustees  by  vesting  the  trust  property  in  one 
trustee,  who  can  then  convey  it,  while  another  apparently  continues  to  act  as 
trustee.  Judicial  vesting  orders,  like  non-judicial  vesting  declarations,  should 
go  hand  in  hand  with  the  appointment  or  recomposition  of  the  body  of 
trustees.  If  persons  can  be  left  holding  the  office  of  trustee,  but  not  be  vested 
with  the  trust  property,  vesting  orders  may  create  uncertainty  for  third  parties 
dealing  with  trustees  concerning  who  has  the  authority  to  deal  with  the  trust 
property  -  the  very  difficulty  that  vesting  orders  are  designed  to  avoid. 

We  are  therefore  of  the  view  that  problems  of  uncertainty  concerning  the 
existence  or  identity  of  a  trustee  should  not  be  dealt  with  by  vesting  the  trust 
property  in  known  and  identified  persons,  but  by  the  removal  of  the  prob- 
lematic trustee,  and  the  appointment  of  a  new  trustee,  where  necessary,  which 
itself  would  be  followed  by  the  vesting  of  the  trust  property  in  the  newly 
constituted  trustees.  To  facilitate  this,  we  have  recommended  previously  that 
the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  expressly  authorize  the  court  to  remove  trustees 
and  to  make  substitutional  or  additional  appointments  of  trustees  "where  there 


295  See  In  re  Harrison's  Settlement  Trusts,  [1965]  1  W.L.R.  1492,  [1965]  3  All  E.R.  795 
(Ch.D.),  where  the  earlier  authorities  on  this  point  are  also  discussed.  In  that  case,  the 
trustee  sought  to  be  displaced  by  a  vesting  order  in  favour  of  the  three  other  trustees  was 
a  mental  patient  whose  affairs  were  being  administered  on  her  behalf.  Cross  J.  refused 
to  make  the  order  precisely  because  it  would  have  left  the  mental  patient  still  a  trustee, 
and  he  was  of  the  view  that  only  exceptional  circumstances  justified  this.  See,  also, 
Underhili s  Law  relating  to  Trusts  and  Trustees,  supra,  note  38,  at  644,  n.  4. 

296  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  6,  s.78(2)(h).  However,  s.  78(2)(h)  requires  the  neglect 
or  refusal  to  have  continued  for  28  days,  which  is  the  period  adopted  by  the  English 
Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  5,  ss.  44(vi)  and  5\(\)(d)  and  (e),  rather  than  the  14  days 
that  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  adopts. 

297  Supra,  note  275. 

298  See,  for  example.  Re  Cane's  Trusts,  [1895]  1  I.R.  172,  and  Re  Ellis'  Settlement  ( 1857), 
24  Beav.  426,  53  E.R.  422. 

299  In  re  Knox's  Trusts,  [1895]  2  Ch.  483  (C.A.).  In  this  case,  the  refusal  was  wholly 
unjustifiable. 


156 

is  no  existing  trustee  or  uncertainty  as  to  the  existence  or  identity  of  any 
trustee".100  Similarly,  where  a  trustee  is  incapable  of  acting  or  where  he 
refuses  to  act,  we  are  of  the  view  that  the  trustee  should  be  removed  and  the 
trust  property  vested  in  the  capable  and  willing  trustees.  Our  recommenda- 
tions made  previously  concerning  the  power  of  the  court  to  remove  trustees 
would  permit  this  to  be  done.301  On  the  other  hand,  neglect  aside,  it  is  likely 
today  that  a  trustee  who  refuses  to  act  is  in  doubt  concerning  the  entitlement 
of  the  claimant  to  receive  the  property  he  seeks.  Such  a  trustee  is  not  "wilfully 
refusing"  within  the  meaning  of  the  Act,302  and,  therefore,  the  appropriateness 
of  a  vesting  order  to  deal  with  this  situation  would  not  arise. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  authority  contained  in  sections  10 
and  13  of  the  present  Trustee  Act  to  vest  trust  property  where  there  is  uncer- 
tainty concerning  the  existence  or  identity  of  a  trustee,  or  where  a  trustee  is 
incapable  of  acting  or  refuses  to  act,  should  not  be  carried  over  to  the  revised 
Trustee  Act.  Rather,  these  matters  should  be  dealt  with  by  the  court  pursuant 
to  its  authority  to  remove  and  appoint  substitute  or  additional  trustees. 

Where,  however,  the  absence  or  incapacity  of  the  trustee  is  only  for  a 
temporary  period  of  time,  we  are  of  the  view  that  different  considerations 
should  apply.  We  have  attempted  to  emphasize  in  our  proposed  reforms  our 
view  that,  generally  speaking,  where  a  trustee  is  unascertained,  absent,  in- 
capacitated, or  otherwise  not  available  to  act,  a  vesting  order  should  be  made 
only  after  the  trustee  has  been  removed  and  other  persons,  able  and  willing 
to  act,  have  been  constituted  as  the  trustees.  Vesting  of  the  trust  property 
would  then  take  place  in  the  names  of  those  persons. 

However,  circumstances  may  arise  where,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that 
a  trustee  is  temporarily  not  available  to  act,  one  does  not  wish  to  remove  him 
from  office.  Assume,  for  example,  that  one  of  the  trustees  is  not  available  to 
act,  or  is  under  a  disability,  and  he  has  not  appointed  the  other  trustees  as  his 
agent  or  given  a  power  of  attorney.  Assume  also  that  the  trustees  must  act 
jointly,  and  not  by  majority,  and  the  necessity  arises  for  the  trustees  to  act  at 
once  with  regard  to  the  trust  property,  for  instance,  because  a  market  oppor- 
tunity should  be  exploited.  Under  the  general  vesting  power  that  we  have 
proposed  in  lieu  of  a  seriatim  listing  of  permitted  vesting  situations,  it  would 
admittedly  still  be  possible  for  the  court  to  make  a  vesting  order  in  favour  of 
someone  who  is  not  a  trustee,  or  in  favour  of  those  persons  who  constitute 
only  a  part  of  the  body  of  trustees,  but  we  are  of  the  view  that  the  use  of  the 
proposed  general  power  in  this  manner  should  be  discouraged. 

Instead,  we  would  make  express  provision  for  the  emergency  situation 
where  a  trustee  is  temporarily  unable  or  unavailable  to  act.  The  statutory 
provision  that  we  propose  would  confer  jurisdiction  upon  the  court  to  make 
a  vesting  order  where  there  is  a  temporarily  unavailable  trustee,  a  desire  not 
to  remove  him  from  office,  and  a  need  for  the  remaining  trustees  to  deal  with 


300  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(f),  and  Draft  Bill,  s.  56(1)0). 

301  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  1(f),  and  Draft  Bill  s.  56(1)0). 

302  In  re  Mills'  Trusts  (1888),  40  Ch.  D.  14  (C.A.).  See,  also,  Lewin  on  Trusts,  supra,  note 
18,  at  437,/?.  12. 


157 

the  trust  property.  The  court's  order  would  provide  full  vesting  of  the  trust 
property  in  the  remaining  trustees  as  though  they  were  all  the  trustees,  so  that 
a  third  party  transferee  would  acquire  an  unchallengeable  title.  It  would  also 
be  expressly  provided  that  a  dealing  with  the  trust  property  by  the  remaining 
trustees,  further  to  the  order,  would  not  constitute  a  breach  of  trust.  Finally, 
the  revised  Act  would  authorize  the  court  to  make  a  further  order  vesting  the 
trust  property,  if  any  remains,  in  the  names  of  all  the  trustees  when  the 
unavailable  or  disabled  trustee  is  again  available  to  act. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that, 
where  a  trustee  is  under  a  disability  that  temporarily  precludes  his  participa- 
tion in  the  administration  of  the  trust,  or  where  a  trustee  is,  by  reason  of 
temporary  absence,  unable  to  participate  in  the  administration  of  the  trust, 
and  it  appears  to  the  one  or  more  other  trustees  that  it  would  be  desirable  to 
proceed  immediately  to  deal  with  the  whole  or  a  part  of  the  trust  property, 
and  the  circumstances,  in  the  opinion  of  the  court,  do  not  justify  the  removal 
of  the  trustee  who  is  under  the  disability  or  who  is  absent,  the  court  may  vest 
the  whole  or  such  part  of  the  trust  property  in  the  trustee  or  trustees,  other 
than  the  trustee  who  is  under  the  disability  or  is  absent,  in  such  manner,  for 
such  estate  or  interest,  and  on  such  terms  as  the  court  orders.303  We  further 
recommend  that,  where  an  order  has  been  made  vesting  trust  property  in  the 
able  and  remaining  trustees,  persons  acquiring  any  trust  property  vested  in 
the  remaining  trustees  by  such  order  should  acquire  the  title  thereto  that  they 
would  have  acquired  if  the  trustee  under  disability  or  absent  had  been  sui 
juris  and  had  executed  and  joined  in  the  delivery  to  them  of  the  conveyance, 
transfer,  or  assignment  of  the  trust  property,  or  had  joined  in  the  delivery  to 
them  of  the  trust  property  itself,  as  the  case  may  be. 


304 


In  addition,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that  a 
dealing  with  trust  property  vested  temporarily  in  remaining  trustees  by  a 
vesting  order  should  not  be  a  breach  of  trust  merely  because  the  trustee  under 
disability  or  absent  did  not  join  or  concur  in  the  dealing.305  Finally,  we 
recommend  that,  on  the  cessation  of  the  disability  or  absence  of  a  trustee,  the 
court  should  be  able  to  make  an  order  revesting  the  trust  property,  or  such  of 
it  as  remains  subject  to  the  trust,  and  any  property  received  in  exchange  for 
it,  in  all  of  the  trustees.306 

(iv)     Persons  in  Favour  of  Whom  Vesting  Orders  May  Be  Made 

In  every  Commonwealth  common  law  jurisdiction,  it  is  usual  for  the 
trustee  legislation  to  enable  the  court  to  vest  the  trust  property  in  any  person 
the  court  thinks  fit,307  and  sections  10  and  13  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  are 
no  exception,  although  differing  language  is  employed  in  each  section.  Vest- 
ing orders  are  normally  used  to  vest  trust  property  on  a  change  of  the  trustee 


303  Draft  Bill,  s.  59(1). 

304  lbid.,s.  59(2). 

305  lbid.,s.  59(3). 

306  Ibid.,  s.  59(4). 

307  See  supra,  note  281 . 


158 

or  trustees,  or  of  the  composition  of  the  body  of  trustees.  Existing  trustees, 
if  any,  are  divested,  and  title  is  then  vested  in  the  new  trustee  or  body  of 
trustees. 

Generally  speaking,  we  are  of  the  view  that  a  separation  of  those  persons 
who  are  trustees  and  those  who  are  vested  with  title  to  trust  property  is 
undesirable.  However,  circumstances  may  arise  where  the  court  may  find  it 
a  more  effective  or  direct  procedure  to  vest  the  trust  property  in  question  in 
a  person  other  than  the  trustees,  such  as  a  trust  beneficiary30*  or  a  third  party 
purchaser.309  This  would  seem  to  happen  rarely,  but,  realizing  the  value  of 
the  court's  jurisdiction  being  wide  with  respect  to  vesting  orders,  we  are  of 
the  opinion  that  it  would  be  useful  to  retain  this  feature  in  the  revised  Act. 
We  have  also  observed  that  the  four  Australian  states  that  have  amended  and 
updated  the  power  with  respect  to  vesting  orders  permit  the  court  to  vest  the 
trust  property  in  persons  other  than  the  trustees.310  The  general  vesting  pro- 
vision that  we  have  recommended  for  inclusion  in  the  revised  Trustee  Act 
would  enable  the  court  to  continue  to  make  orders  vesting  trust  property  in 
such  persons  as  it  thinks  fit. 


311 


We  would,  however,  retain  one  restriction  on  the  power  of  the  court  to 
vest  trust  property  in  any  person.  This  restriction  is  contained  at  present  in 
sections  10(3)  and  13(2)  of  the  Trustee  Act,  and  applies  where  there  is  a 
change  in  the  composition  of  the  trustees  either  because  of  the  removal  or 
retirement  of  a  trustee  from  office  or  the  appointment  of  a  new  trustee.  We 
are  of  the  view,  and  recommend,  that  where  a  vesting  order  is  consequential 
on  the  appointment  of  one  or  more  new  trustees,  or  on  the  retirement  or 
removal  of  a  trustee  without  the  appointment  of  a  new  trustee  in  place  of  the 
trustee  retiring  or  removed,  the  court  should  vest  the  trust  property  in  the 
person  or  persons  who,  on  the  appointment,  retirement,  or  removal,  are  the 
trustees.312 


(v)     Effect  of  Vesting  Orders 

It  is  essential  that  a  vesting  order  transfer  property  as  effectively  as  if  the 
appropriate  mode  of  transfer  had  been  carried  out.  We  are  dealing  here  with 
a  problem  that  we  earlier  considered  in  connection  with  vesting  declarations. 


308 


309 


310 
311 
312 


See  In  re  Grayson,  [1879]  W.N.  52  (Ch.  D.).  In  this  case,  a  life  tenant  was  vested  with 
title  where  he  had  become  entitled  to  the  fee  simple  remainder  and  the  trustees  refused 
to  concur  in  a  sale  of  the  property. 

See  In  re  New  Zealand  Trust  and  Loan  Co.,  [1893]  1  Ch.  403  (C.A.),  explained  in  In 
re  Gregson,  [1893]  3  Ch.  233  (C.A.),  where  a  third  party  had  acquired  shares  by  way 
of  an  order  vesting  in  trustees  the  right  to  call  for  a  transfer  of  the  shares  into  the  third 
party  purchasers'  names.  The  reason  for  such  a  vesting  order  was  that  the  trustees 
themselves  did  not  wish  to  become  the  registered  owners;  the  shares  were  subject  to  a 
call.  But  see//?  re  Deans,  [1954]  1  W.L.R.  332  (Ch.  D.),  where  the  Trustee  Act,  1925, 
supra,  note  5,  s.  51(1),  was  held  not  to  apply. 

Supra,  note  281. 

Draft  Bill,  s.  58(1). 

Draft  Bill,  s.  58(2). 


159 

In  relation  to  the  vesting  order,  we  have  considered  section  79  of  the  Judi- 
cature Act,  the  text  of  which  we  set  out  previously.313 

After  close  examination  of  the  alternatives,  and  in  particular  the  possi- 
bility of  introducing  in  the  revised  Act  a  number  of  provisions  setting  out  the 
effect  of  vesting  orders  in  a  series  of  situations,  we  have  concluded  not  only 
that  the  language  of  section  79  of  the  Judicature  Act  continues  to  be  effective 
and  adequate  for  the  purposes  of  vesting  orders,  but  also  that  it  should  apply 
to  all  vesting  orders  under  the  revised  Trustee  Act.  In  our  view,  a  provision 
akin  to  section  79  should  be  contained  in  the  revised  Act.  Accordingly,  we 
recommend  that  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the 
effect  that  a  vesting  order  under  the  Act  has  the  same  effect  as  if  the  legal  or 
other  estate  or  interest  in  the  property  had  been  actually  conveyed  by  deed  or 
otherwise  for  the  same  estate  or  interest  to  the  person  in  whom  the  property 
is  ordered  to  be  vested  or,  in  the  case  of  a  chose  in  action,  as  if  it  had  been 
actually  assigned  to  the  last-mentioned  person.314 

It  will  also  be  recalled  that,  in  relation  to  the  effect  of  a  vesting  declara- 
tion, we  recommended  that  any  vesting  declaration,  whether  express  or  im- 
plied, consequent  upon  the  appointment  or  discharge  of  a  trustee  should  be 
valid  and  conclusive  evidence  in  favour  of  a  purchaser,  subject  to  actual 
notice  to  the  contrary,  that  the  trust  property  has  vested  in  the  new  trustees.315 
In  the  context  of  the  appointment  and  discharge  of  trustees  and  the  vesting  of 
trust  property  by  the  court,  we  would  merely  state  the  obvious  -  that  the 
judicial  vesting  order  is  sufficient  and  conclusive  evidence  in  favour  of  third 
parties  that  the  trust  property  is  properly  vested  in  the  trustees.  We  would 
also  note  that  section  142  of  the  Judicature  Act  provides  that  any  order  of  the 
court  made  under  any  statute  effectually  protects  and  indemnifies  any  person 
acting  thereon  in  good  faith.  Accordingly,  any  third  party  relying  upon  a 
vesting  order  made  by  the  court  pursuant  to  the  revised  Trustee  Act  would  be 
protected. 

We  wish  to  note  one  proposed  provision,  recommended  in  relation  to 
non-judicial  vesting  declarations,  that  we  think  should  be  applicable  in  the 
context  of  vesting  orders.  Specifically,  it  should  be  provided  that  any  vesting 
of  trust  property  in  new  trustees  further  to  a  vesting  order  does  not  constitute 
a  breach  of  any  covenant  in  a  lease  held  by  the  trust,  or  of  any  condition 
against  assignment,  subletting  or  parting  with  possession  of  the  property.  The 
reasoning  for  such  a  provision  was  discussed  previously,316  and  is  equally 
applicable  to  the  vesting  of  trust  property  by  the  court.  Accordingly,  we 
recommend  that,  where  leasehold  property  is  subject  to  a  trust,  the  vesting 
of  the  property  in  one  or  more  new  trustees  pursuant  to  a  vesting  order  should 
not  constitute  a  breach  of  any  convenant  or  condition  against  assignment, 
subletting  or  parting  with  possession  of  the  property,  whether  absolute  or 
with  consent,  made  by  one  or  more  former  trustees  and,  notwithstanding  any 


313  Supra,  this  ch.  sec,  3(b)(i). 

314  Draft  Bill,  s.  60. 
See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(a)(iii),  and  Draft  Bill.  s.  29(2). 
See  supra,  this  ch..  sec.  3(a)(iii)d(2). 


315 
316 


160 

term  in  the  lease  to  the  contrary,  should  not  give  rise  to  any  forfeiture,  right 
of  re-entry  or  other  claim  for  breach  of  such  covenant  or  condition. 


317 


(vi)     Appointment  of  Persons  to  Convey  in  Lieu  of  a  Vesting 
Order 

Section  1 3(4)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  enables  the  court,  if  it  is  thought 
more  convenient,  to  appoint  a  person  to  transfer,  or  to  join  in  transferring, 
the  stock  or  chose  in  action  in  question,  rather  than  vesting  the  property  in 
that  person  for  the  purpose.  In  effect,  deeds  of  conveyance  or  other  appro- 
priate means  of  transfer  are  employed  in  the  usual  manner,  and  no  vesting 
order  is  made.  Strangely  enough,  no  similar  jurisdiction  to  appoint  a  person 
to  convey,  rather  than  vesting  the  property,  is  conferred  upon  the  court  by 
section  10  of  the  Act,  which  authorizes  vesting  orders  in  relation  to  land. 

The  English  trustee  legislation,318  the  Australian  and  New  Zealand  leg- 
islation,319 and  other  contemporary  Acts  of  the  Commonwealth,  each  contain 
a  general  power  to  appoint  a  person  to  convey  in  lieu  of  a  vesting  order 
authorized  by  the  legislation  concerned.  There  can  be  little  doubt  that  the 
court  in  Ontario  today  should  have  the  benefit  of  such  a  general  power. 
Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  section  13(4)  of  the  present  Act  should  be 
carried  over,  in  an  expanded  form,  to  the  revised  Trustee  Act.  The  revised 
Act  should  state  that,  where  the  revised  Act  provides  for  the  making  of  a 
vesting  order,  the  court  may,  in  lieu  thereof,  appoint  a  person  to  make  or  to 
join  in  making  the  transfer  of  the  trust  property. 


320 


(vii)     Special  Classes  of  Vesting  Order 

At  present,  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  contains  three  sections  that  provide 
for  vesting  orders  in  special  circumstances.  The  first  of  these  provisions  is 
section  1 1 ,  which  states  as  follows: 

1 1 .  Where  any  land  is  subject  to  a  contingent  right  in  an  unborn  person,  or  a 
class  of  unborn  persons,  who,  on  coming  into  existence,  would,  in  respect 
thereof,  become  entitled  to  or  possessed  of  the  land  on  any  trust,  the  Supreme 
Court  may  make  an  order  releasing  the  land  from  the  contingent  right,  or  may 
make  an  order  vesting  in  any  person  the  estate  to  or  of  which  the  unborn  person, 
or  class  of  unborn  persons,  would,  on  coming  into  existence,  be  entitled  or 
possessed  in  the  land. 

Section  11,  like  section  45  of  the  English  Act,  is  concerned  with  the 
contingent  rights  of  unborn  persons  in  land  "who,  on  coming  into  existence, 
would,  in  respect  thereof,  become  entitled  to  or  possessed  of  the  land  on  any 
trust".  In  particular,  the  purpose  of  the  section  is  to  facilitate  dealing  with 


317  Draft  Bill,  s.  62. 

318  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  5,  s.  50.  This  statutory  authority  also  has  a  nineteenth 
century  origin. 

319  Supra,  note  281 . 

320  Draft  Bill,  s.  58(3). 


land  where  contingent  rights  of  unborn  persons  in  that  land  would  make  it 
impossible  for  purchasers  to  get  a  conveyance  from  living  persons  of  the 
whole  interest,  including  that  of  the  unborn.  The  court  is  authorized,  by 
order,  to  release  those  rights,  or  to  vest  them  in  others  on  behalf  of  the 
unborn.  However,  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  does  not  contain  a  provision 
equivalent  to  section  47  of  the  English  Act,  which,  in  effect,  deems  all  persons 
having  an  interest  in  the  land,  including  the  unborn,  to  be  trustees  for  the 
purposes  of  the  Act,  in  order  that  a  vesting  order  giving  clear  title  may  be 
made  as  to  any  land  in  which  there  is  any  interest  or  contingent  right  belonging 
to  such  persons. 

These  sections  have  their  origin  in  the  English  Trustee  Acts  of  1850  and 
1852,321  and  have  been  retained  and  broadened  in  subsequent  revisions  of  the 
Trustee  Act  in  England.  The  technique  of  declaring  persons,  including  unborn 
persons,  who  have  an  interest  in  land  directed  by  a  court  to  be  conveyed,  to 
be  trustees,  or  to  be  persons  who  on  coming  into  existence  would  be  trustees, 
is  continued,  as  we  have  said,  in  section  47  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925. 
This  technique  was  also  introduced  into  Ontario  legislation  in  1897  by  The 
Trustee  Relief  Act, n2  but  disappeared  in  the  1926  statutory  revision.  As  a 
result,  section  1 1  of  the  present  Ontario  Act  is  deprived  of  its  explanatory 
underpinnings. 

In  the  absence  of  its  former  statutory  context,  the  utility  and  purpose  of 
section  1 1  are  not  readily  apparent,  and  it  is  difficult  to  see  much  value  in 
section  11  today.  Although  the  language  of  the  section  applies  whenever 
interests  of  the  unborn  are  held  on  trust,323  the  section  was  originated  to  deal 
with  the  problem  of  the  legal  future  interest  of  the  unborn.  Today,  most  if 
not  all,  contingent  interests  will  be  equitable  interests  behind  a  trust,  and  the 
problem  therefore  disappears,  because  the  trustees  will  be  able  to  overreach 
such  interests  in  the  exercise  of  their  powers  of  sale  and  transfer. 

It  is  also  worthy  of  note  that  any  land  in  which  an  unborn  person  holds  a 
contingent  interest  would  inevitably  be  a  "settlement"  within  the  meaning  of 
the  Settled  Estates  Act,  and  the  court  would  have  the  power  under  that  Act  to 
authorize  a  sale  of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  settled  estate.324  We  shall 
recommend  in  a  subsequent  chapter  of  this  Report  the  repeal  of  that  part  of 
the  Settled  Estates  Act  that  deals  with  settled  land  held  on  trust,  and  that  the 
powers  of  administration  over  such  land  should  be  contained  in  the  revised 
Trustee  Act  and  exercisable  by  the  trustees.325  However,  because  it  remains 
possible  to  create  successive  legal  interests  in  Ontario  without  the  imposition 
of  a  trust,  we  also  recommend  that,  insofar  as  the  Settled  Estates  Act  deals 
with  this  type  of  interest,  that  Act  should  remain  in  force.  Accordingly,  there 
would  appear  to  be  little  need  for  section  1 1  of  the  Trustee  Act,  given  the 


321  Supra,  note  275. 

322  Supra,  note  275,  ss.  1 1  and  12. 


323  The  section  expressly  applies  to  unborn  persons  "who  .  .  .  would  .  .  .  become  entitled 
to  or  possessed  of  that  interest  on  any  trust".  Originally,  the  section  was  intended  to 
mean  a  deemed  trust  for  the  purposes  of  the  statute.  See  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1H50, 
supra,  note  5,  ss.  29  and  30. 

324  Settled  Estates  Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  468,  s.  13(1  )(b). 

325  See  infra,  ch.  4,  sec.  3(c). 


162 

jurisdiction  of  the  court  to  deal  with  successive  contingent  legal  interests  of 
unborn  persons  under  the  Settled  Estates  Act.  Nonetheless,  as  with  that  aspect 
of  the  Settled  Estates  Act  that  we  recommend  should  remain  in  force,  we  are 
of  the  view  that,  pending  a  review  of  this  area  of  the  law  in  the  context  of  a 
general  study  of  land  law,  section  1 1  of  the  Trustee  Act  should  be  retained. 

The  connection  of  section  1 1  with  the  law  of  trusts  is,  however,  remote. 
The  provisions  of  section  1 1  are  more  naturally  associated  with,  and  might 
be  expected  to  be  found  in,  either  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Actnft  or  the 
Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act321  We  have  concluded  that  it  should 
be  relocated  in  the  latter  Act;  it  essentially  ensures  that  conveyances  of  land 
can  be  made  with  clear  title. 

In  transferring  section  1 1  to  the  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act, 
we  are  of  the  view  that  the  meaning  of  the  words  "entitled  to  or  possessed  of 
the  land"  should  be  clarified  so  that  all  conditions  precedent  are  provided  for. 
We  would  also  broaden  the  usual  meaning  of  "unborn  persons"  to  include 
other  classes  whose  identity  has  not  yet  been  ascertained.  Finally,  we  would 
insert  a  subsection  stating  specifically  that,  where  the  right  of  any  unborn 
person  is  an  equitable  interest,  an  application  to  the  court  to  release  or 
otherwise  deal  with  such  an  interest  shall  take  the  form  of  an  "arrangement", 
approval  for  which  must  be  sought  under  the  terms  of  the  Variation  of  Trusts 
Act.32*  It  would  there  be  expressly  stated  that  the  section  of  the  revised 
Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act  now  proposed  shall  not  otherwise 
apply  to  such  an  interest.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  section  1 1  of  the 
present  Trustee  Act  should  be  retained,  but  placed  in  the  Conveyancing  and 
Law  of  Property  Act  with  the  above-noted  amendments. 

The  second  provision  of  the  Trustee  Act  that  deals  with  specialized 
vesting  orders  is  section  12,  which  provides  as  follows: 

12.  Where  any  person  entitled  to  or  possessed  of  land,  or  entitled  to  any 
contingent  right  in  land,  by  way  of  security  for  money,  is  an  infant,  the  Supreme 
Court  may  make  an  order  vesting  or  releasing  or  disposing  of  the  land  or  right 
in  like  manner  as  in  the  case  of  a  minor  trustee. 

Section  12  has  a  similar  history  to  that  of  section  1 1.  Like  its  counterpart  in 
the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925,  section  46,  section  12  utilizes  the  same 
technique  as  section  1 1  in  order  that  land  that  is  subject  to  a  court  order  for 
sale  or  mortgaging  may  be  transferred  to  the  purchaser  or  mortgagee  free  of 
the  interests  of  others;  namely,  that  the  minor  mortgagee  is  deemed  a  trustee 
so  that  the  mortgaged  land  can  be  vested  in  another  person  free  of  the 
mortgage.  Although  the  purpose  of  section  12  of  the  present  Trustee  Act 
continues  to  be  of  value,  it  is  also  to  be  found  in  the  Trustee  Act  solely 
because  of  the  deemed  trust.  We  would  associate  this  provision  with  the 


326  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  68,  as  am.  by  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Amendment  Act,  1982,  S.O. 
1982,  c.  20. 

327  Supra,  note  201. 

8  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  519.  See  infra,  ch.  7,  concerning  the  Commission's  recommendations 
on  the  Variation  of  Trusts  Act. 


163 

Children's  Law  Reform  Act,  where  we  would  expect  a  practitioner  to  look 
for  it. 

We  would,  however,  amend  the  section  so  as  to  provide  expressly  that 
the  court  should  have  jurisdiction  to  order  the  minor,  or  another  person  named 
by  the  court,  to  execute  a  discharge  or  assignment  of  the  mortgage.  Where 
the  court  has  ordered  the  minor,  or  another  person,  to  execute  the  relevant 
documents,  section  60(7)  of  the  Children  s  Law  Reform  Act  (which  was  added 
by  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Amendment  Act,  1982*29),  to  the  effect  that 
"[e]very  document  executed  [by  the  minor]  is  as  effectual  as  if  the  child  by 
whom  it  was  executed  was  eighteen  years  of  age  or,  if  executed  by  another 
person  in  accordance  with  the  order,  as  if  the  child  had  executed  it  and  had 
been  eighteen  years  of  age  at  the  time",  should  apply  in  these  circumstances 
as  well.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  section  12  of  the  present  Trustee 
Act  should  be  retained,  and  should  appear  in  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Act, 
subject  to  the  above-noted  amendments. 

The  final  special  class  of  vesting  orders  that  we  would  mention  deals 
with  the  vesting  of  property  in  trustees  of  any  charity  or  society  over  which 
the  court  has  jurisdiction.  This  matter  is  provided  for,  at  present,  by  section 
14  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  the  counterpart  of  which  is  section  52  of  the 
English  Trustee  Act,  7925.330  Section  14  of  the  Ontario  Act  provides  as 
follows: 

14.  The  Supreme  Court  may  exercise  the  powers  herein  conferred  for  the 
purpose  of  vesting  any  land  or  personal  estate  in  the  trustee  of  any  charity  or 
society  over  which  the  court  would  have  jurisdiction  upon  action  duly  instituted. 

Provisions  are  made  in  the  Religious  Organizations'  Lands  Act,  for 
example,  for  the  vesting  of  land  in  successor  trustees  of  a  religious  organi- 
zation, which  must  be  charitable  according  to  the  law  of  Ontario.331  Nonethe- 
less, apart  from  religious  organizations,  a  charitable  trust  may  exist  where 
there  is  no  one  who  is  able  to  accept  title  to  property  donated  to  the  charity, 
or  who  has  the  necessary  authority  to  sell  assets  belonging  to  the  charity.332 
Accordingly,  the  court  should  possess  a  general  power  to  vest  property  in 
trustees  of  any  charity,  and  we  would  retain  section  14  in  the  revised  Act  for 
this  purpose.  We  therefore  recommend  that,  for  the  purpose  of  vesting  any 
property  in  the  trustees  of  any  charity,  the  court  should  be  empowered  to 
exercise  any  of  the  powers  recommended  previously  for  the  making  of  vesting 
orders.333 

4.     THE  EXERCISE  OF  POWER  BY  TRUSTEES 

Even  if  we  assume  that  the  revised  Act  will  facilitate  the  appointment 
and  discharge  of  trustees,  and  provide  evidence  of  both  the  proper  appoint- 
ment and  discharge  of  trustees  and  the  vesting  of  the  trust  property  in  the  new 


329  Supra,  note  326,  s.  8. 

330  Supra,  note  5. 

331  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  448,  ss.  3(5)  and  (6).  and  \(b)(i). 

332  Waters,  supra,  note  94,  at  761 . 

333  Draft  Bill,  s.  78. 


164 

trustees,  either  by  means  of  produetion  of  the  deed  of  appointment  or  dis- 
charge or  a  court  order,  a  purchaser  will  nevertheless  need  to  be  assured  that 
the  trustees,  whether  appointed  judicially  or  non-judicially,  have  the  parti- 
cular power  that  they  purport  to  exercise  and  that  they  are  properly  acting 
within  the  scope  of  that  power.  This  issue  raises  several  difficulties. 

At  present,  a  purchaser  may  deal  with  persons  who  are  properly  appointed 
trustees  and  vested  with  the  trust  property.  Nonetheless,  if  the  purchaser  has 
actual,  constructive,  or  imputed  notice  that  the  parties  are  trustees,  rather 
than  owners  in  their  own  right,  he  is  obliged  to  satisfy  himself  that  the  trustees 
have  the  power  to  act  and  that  they  are  acting  within  the  scope  of  that  power 
in  order  to  avoid  the  consequences  of  an  ultra  vires  act  by  trustees."4  A 
purchaser  is  expected  to  protect  himself  to  this  extent,  and  the  risk  of  loss  in 
these  circumstances  is  allocated  to  the  purchaser  rather  than  to  the  benefi- 
ciaries.335 However,  if  trustees,  acting  within  the  scope  of  their  powers, 
convey  property  to  a  purchaser  for  a  fraudulent  purpose  of  their  own  and 
receive  purchase  money,  the  purchaser  is  secure  in  all  respects  if,  having 
given  value,  he  neither  knew  nor  reasonably  could  have  known  of  the  trustees' 
fraudulent  intent.  Should  the  trustees  prove  unable  to  compensate  the  trust 
for  any  loss  incurred  by  their  fraudulent  act,  it  will  be  the  trust  beneficiaries 
who  suffer  the  loss.336  At  this  point,  the  policy  of  existing  case  law  is  to  prefer 
the  interests  of  a  purchaser  for  value  acting  without  actual  or  constructive 
notice  of  the  trustees'  intended  wrongdoing  to  those  of  the  beneficiaries.  In 
other  words,  the  law  prefers  to  support  commercial  dealings  in  the  ordinary 
and,  so  far  as  the  purchaser  is  concerned,  honest  course  of  business.  Indeed, 
equity's  introduction  of  the  concept  of  the  bona  fide  purchaser  for  value 
without  notice,  and  its  rejection  of  the  common  law  doctrine  of  nemo  dat 
quod  non  habet,  was  intended  to  facilitate  the  ordinary  and  honest  course  of 
business,  even  though  this  caused  loss  to  the  beneficiaries. 

If  the  instrument  by  which  trustees  are  non-judicially  appointed  and 
vested  with  trust  property,  or  the  court  order  that  appoints  or  discharges  and 
vests  property  in  the  trustees,  were  viewed  as  giving  notice  of  the  trust  to  a 
purchaser,  the  purchaser  would  have  no  alternative  but  to  investigate  the 
terms  of  the  trust  in  order  to  ensure  that  the  trustees  were  acting  within  their 
powers.  This  is  certainly  a  laborious  and  often  hazardous  task  for  a  purchaser; 
his  construction  of  the  trust  instrument  may  later  prove  to  have  been  incorrect. 
Various  approaches  have  been  taken  to  the  solution  of  this  problem.  For 


334 
335 
336 


See  Waters,  supra,  note  94,  at  880-97. 

Underbill s  Law  relating  to  Trusts  and  Trustees,  supra,  note  38,  at  762  et  seq. 

If  the  tracing  of  the  trust  property  by  beneficiaries  is  in  equity  (which  will  most  likely 
be  the  case,  as  their  title  under  an  express  trust  is  purely  equitable,  and  common  law 
does  not  recognize  or  enforce  equitable  rights),  they  cannot  claim  the  property  from  a 
bona  fide  purchaser  for  value:  see  Harrison  v.  Matbieson  (1916),  36  O.L.R.  347,  30 
D.L.R.  150  (App.  Div.).  If,  however,  a  legal  remedy  is  available  to  the  beneficiaries 
for  the  recovery  of  the  trust  property  (which  may  be  the  case  if  the  trust  is  imposed  by 
operation  of  law),  a  bona  fide  purchaser  for  value  will  not  gain  title  unless  he  comes 
within  an  exception  to  the  rule  of  nemo  dat  quod  non  habet.  In  either  case,  if  a  purchaser 
for  value  knew  of  the  true  facts  surrounding  the  disposition  of  the  trust  property,  the 
property  would  be  subject  to  recovery:  see  Chandler  &  Massex  Ltd.  v.  Irish  (1911),  24 
O.L.R.  513,  aff'd  (191 1),  25  O.L.R.  211  (Div.  Ct.),  affd(1913),  29  O.L.R.  112,  13 
D.L.R.  829  (App.  Div.).  See,  generally.  Waters,  supra,  note  94,  at  880-97. 


165 

example,  certain  American  jurisdictions  declare  that  trustees,  properly  ap- 
pointed and  vested  with  title  to  trust  property,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  acting 
properly  in  furtherance  of  their  powers  so  far  as  a  third  party  who  enters  into 
a  contract  with  the  trustees  is  concerned."7  Actual  notice  alone  deprives  the 
third  party  of  this  protection.  The  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  however,  like  legis- 
lation in  other  jurisdictions  that  have  followed  the  English  Trustee  Act  tra- 
dition, is  silent  on  this  issue. 

Generally,  the  English  property  law  reformers  of  1925  wished  to  ensure 
that  a  purchaser  dealing  for  value  with  trustees  was  afforded  the  same  protec- 
tion when  a  non-judicial  change  of  trustees  occurred  as  when  there  had  been 
a  judicial  appointment  of  trustees  and  a  court  order  vesting  trust  property  in 
the  new  team  of  trustees.  A  purchaser,  therefore,  was  granted  the  right  to 
rely  upon  the  non-judicial  instrument  of  appointment  as  a  valid  appoint- 
ment.338 In  the  absence  of  an  express  vesting  declaration,  a  purchaser  was 
also  granted  the  right  to  rely  upon  the  validity  of  a  vesting  declaration  implied 
in  the  non-judicial  instrument  of  appointment.339  As  a  general  principle,  the 
reformers  did  not  intend  to  go  beyond  this  point.  That  is  to  say,  if  a  purchaser 
had  actual,  constructive,  or  imputed  notice  of  the  trust,  he  would  continue, 
as  before  the  1925  reforms,  to  proceed  at  his  peril  if  he  did  not  assure  himself 
that  the  trustees  had  the  power  they  were  purporting  to  exercise  and  that  they 
were  acting  within  the  scope  of  that  power.  It  is  evident  that  a  court  order,340 
or  a  non-judicial  instrument  appointing  trustees  and  vesting  trust  property, 
might  have  the  effect  of  giving  notice  to  a  purchaser  that  trustees  were 
involved  with  the  property  in  question.  But  having  equated  the  effect  of  a 
judicial  and  non-judicial  change  of  trustees,  the  reformers  decided  to  leave 
the  matter  there. 

However,  in  one  specific  instance,  the  1925  English  legislation  did  ad- 
dress this  problem.  As  previously  stated,  in  1881 ,  Parliament  at  Westminster 
expressly  omitted  from  the  statutorily  declared  effect  of  an  express  vesting 
declaration,  among  other  types  of  property,  land  conveyed  to  trustees  by  way 
of  mortgage  to  secure  money  loaned  by  the  trust.341  This  exception  resulted 
from  the  practice  among  conveyancers  of  not  mentioning  any  trust  in  the 
conveyance  of  land  as  mortgage  security,  so  that  subsequent  purchasers  of 


337  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act,  National  Conference  of  Commissioners  on  Uniform 
State  Laws  (73d  Annual  Conference,  1964),  Uniform  Laws  Ann.  (1978),  Vol.  7A,  at 
761,  and  Cum.  Supp.  1982,  at  365,  §7  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  "American  Uniform 
Act").  The  Uniform  Act  was  approved  by  the  National  Conference  of  Commissioners 
on  Uniform  State  Laws,  together  with  the  American  Bar  Association,  in  1964,  and  has 
been  adopted  to  date  by  eleven  states:  namely,  Florida  (1974),  Idaho  (1965),  Kansas 
(1968),  Kentucky  (1976),  Maine  (1979),  Mississippi  (1966),  Montana  (1974),  New 
Hampshire  (1969),  Oregon  (1977),  Utah  (1975),  and  Wyoming  (1965). 

Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  5,  s.  38. 

Ibid.,  ss.  40(1  )(£)  and  40(2)(fc). 

As  to  a  court  vesting  order  giving  notice  of  the  trust  to  subsequent  purchasers  dealing 
with  the  trustees,  s.  142  of  the  Judicature  Act,  supra,  note  201,  would  not  appear  to 
give  protection  against  such  notice.  This  is  consistent  with  the  position  in  England:  see 
Lewin  on  Trusts,  supra,  note  18,  ch.  27. 

341  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act,  1HHI ,  supra,  note  8.  s.  34.  See,  now.  Trustee 
Act,  1925,  supra,  note  5,  s.  40(4)(a).  See,  also,  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(a)(iii). 


338 
339 
340 


166 

the  mortgage,  or  of  the  land  after  a  foreclosure  or  discharge  of  the  mortgage, 
and  their  successors,  would  not  have  to  investigate  the  trust  document  in 
order  to  verify  the  validity  of  the  proffered  title,  or  the  powers  of  the  trustees 
to  give  receipts  for  purchase  moneys. 

During  the  latter  decades  of  the  nineteenth  century,  however,  and  con- 
tinuing until  1925,  conveyancers  in  England  had  great  difficulty  in  keeping 
the  trust  deed  off  title,  should  a  change  of  trustees  occur.  Methods  of  con- 
cealing the  trust  were  condoned  by  the  courts,  but  should  any  purchaser  of 
formerly  mortgaged  land  receive  notice  of  the  trust  by  an  inadvertent  disclo- 
sure, the  purchaser,  for  his  own  protection,  had  to  examine  the  terms  of  the 
trust.342  Section  1 13  of  the  Law  of  Property  Act,  1925M*  was  a  response  to 
this  problem,  and  provides  as  follows: 

113. — (1)  A  person  dealing  in  good  faith  with  a  mortgagee,  or  with  the 
mortgagor  if  the  mortgage  has  been  discharged  released  or  postponed  as  to  the 
whole  or  any  part  of  the  mortgaged  property,  shall  not  be  concerned  with  any 
trust  at  any  time  affecting  the  mortgage  money  or  the  income  thereof,  whether 
or  not  he  has  notice  of  the  trust,  and  may  assume  unless  the  contrary  is  expressly 
stated  in  the  instruments  relating  to  the  mortgage  - 

{a)  that  the  mortgagees  (if  more  than  one)  are  or  were  entitled  to  the 
mortgage  money  on  a  joint  account;  and 

(b)  that  the  mortgagee  has  or  had  power  to  give  valid  receipts  for  the 
purchase  money  or  mortgage  money  and  the  income  thereof  (including 
any  arrears  of  interest)  and  to  release  or  postpone  the  priority  of  the 
mortgage  debt  or  any  part  thereof  or  to  deal  with  the  same  or  the 
mortgaged  property  or  any  part  thereof; 

without  investigating  the  equitable  title  to  the  mortgage  debt  or  the  appointment 
or  discharge  of  trustees  in  reference  thereto. 

(2)  This  section  applies  to  mortgages  made  before  or  after  the  commencement 
of  this  Act,  but  only  as  respects  dealings  effected  after  such  commencement. 

(3)  This  section  does  not  affect  the  liability  of  any  person  in  whom  the 
mortgage  debt  is  vested  for  the  purposes  of  any  trust  to  give  effect  to  that  trust. 

By  this  section,  the  trustees  for  the  time  being  are  authorized  to  act  as  if  they 
are  absolute  owners  of  the  moneys  that  they,  or  their  predecessors  in  title, 
have  lent  on  the  security  of  mortgaged  land.344 


342 


343 
344 


See,  generally,  Lewin  on  Trusts,  supra,  note  18,  at  374-75.  See,  also,  Underbill s  Law 
relating  to  Trusts  and  Trustees,  supra,  note  38,  at  640.  Case  law  has  extended  to 
conveyances  and  sales  the  principle  of  no  notice:  see  Underhill's  Law  relating  to  Trusts 
and  Trustees,  ibid.,  at  770 

Supra,  note  100. 

See,  generally,  Megarry  and  Wade,  The  Law  of  Real  Property  (4th  ed.,  1975),  at  953- 
54.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  debt  as  a  chose  in  action,  apart  from  the 
mortgage  aspect,  does  vest  in  the  new  trustees  as  a  result  of  a  vesting  declaration:  see 
Webb  v.  Crosse,  [1912]  1  Ch.  323,  at  329. 


67 


Although  section  9(3)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  incorporates  the  excep- 
tion to  an  express  vesting  declaration  for  land  subject  to  a  mortgage,  no 
provision  similar  to  section  1 13  of  the  English  Law  of  Property  Act,  1925 
exists  in  Ontario.  However,  it  is  clear  that  section  113  is  of  much  wider 
import  than  the  exception  in  section  9(3)  of  the  Ontario  Act.  Section  113 
provides  a  conveyancing  shield  against  notice  of  the  trust  in  relation  to 
subsequent  transactions  involving  the  mortgage  loan,  or  the  land  after  a 
foreclosure  or  discharge  of  a  mortgage,  and  it  applies  not  only  where  the 
mortgage  has  been  transferred  to  new  trustees,  but  also  in  every  case  where 
trustees  are  dealing  with  a  mortgage.  It  also  protects  third  parties  entering 
into  transactions  concerning  land  that  was  once  subject  to  a  mortgage  security 
held  by  trustees.  The  issue  that  now  arises  is  whether  the  Ontario  mortgage 
exception  should  be  legislatively  expanded  in  the  manner  adopted  in  England 
by  section  113,  or  whether  the  revised  Act  should  utilize  the  approach  of 
section  1 13  not  merely  for  all  those  concerned  with  mortgages  held,  or  to  be 
held,  by  the  trust,  but  for  all  third  parties  involved  in  any  dealings  with 
trustees. 

The  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act,  proposed  by  the  National  Conference 
of  Commissioners  on  Uniform  State  Laws  in  the  United  States,345  does, 
indeed,  generalize  this  no  notice  concept.  Section  7  provides  as  follows: 

7.  With  respect  to  a  third  person  dealing  with  a  trustee  or  assisting  a  trustee 
in  the  conduct  of  a  transaction,  the  existence  of  trust  powers  and  their  proper 
exercise  by  the  trustee  may  be  assumed  without  inquiry.  The  third  person  is  not 
bound  to  inquire  whether  the  trustee  has  power  to  act  or  is  properly  exercising 
the  power;  and  a  third  person,  without  actual  knowledge  that  the  trustee  is 
exceeding  his  powers  or  improperly  exercising  them,  is  fully  protected  in  dealing 
with  the  trustee  as  if  the  trustee  possessed  and  properly  exercised  the  powers  he 
purports  to  exercise.  A  third  person  is  not  bound  to  assure  the  proper  application 
of  trust  assets  paid  or  delivered  to  the  trustee. 

The  protection  afforded  a  purchaser  by  this  provision  is  very  broad.  A  third 
party  is  not  bound  to  inquire  whether  the  trustees  have  the  power  to  act  or 
are  properly  exercising  that  power,  and  a  third  party  without  actual  knowledge 
to  the  contrary  is  fully  protected. 

We  are  impressed  with  the  argument  that,  if  practitioners  are  to  be 
encouraged  to  use  the  non-judicial  appointment  and  discharge  power,  they 
should  not  be  exposed  to  the  risk  of  inadvertently  making  the  trust  part  of  the 
title  of  the  investment  assets,  a  result  that  could  occur  by  the  use  of  a  vesting 
declaration,  express  or  implied.  Similarly,  even  where  trustees  are  appointed 
and  vested  with  the  trust  property  by  a  court  order,  production  of  the  order 
to  a  third  party  would  be  notice  that  he  is  acquiring  trust  property  and, 
therefore,  would  require  him  to  investigate  the  terms  of  the  trust  to  ensure 
that  the  trustees  have  the  power  they  are  purporting  to  exercise  and  that  they 
are  exercising  the  power  properly,  a  task  that  may  well  prove  a  hindrance  to 
sales,  leases,  mortgages,  and  other  transactions  entered  into  by  the  trustees. 


345  American  Uniform  Act.  supra,  note  337. 


168 

In  other  words,  we  have  asked  ourselves  whether  a  "sheltering  provision" 
should  be  introduced  in  the  revised  Act  whereby  a  bona  fide  purchaser  would 
not  be  deemed  to  have  notice  of  the  trust  by  reason  only  of  the  production  or 
registration  of  a  vesting  declaration,  express  or  implied,  or  a  court  order 
appointing,  discharging,  or  vesting  trust  property  in  trustees.  This  provision 
would  apply  whenever  a  purchaser  deals  with  trustees  in  relation  to  any  asset 
held,  or  to  be  acquired,  by  the  trust.  If  such  a  sheltering  provision  were 
introduced,  it  would  be  of  no  concern  to  a  bona  fide  purchaser  who  has  no 
other  notice  of  the  trust  whether  or  not  the  trustees  have  the  particular  power 
they  are  purporting  to  exercise  or  whether  they  are  properly  exercising  that 
power.  The  effect  of  this  approach  would  be  that,  if  the  purchaser  knew  of 
the  trust  solely  through  the  production  or  registration  of  an  instrument  of 
appointment  of  trustees  (or  an  express  vesting  declaration,  if  one  exists),  or 
a  court  order,  he  would  be  taken  to  have  no  actual,  constructive,  or  imputed 
notice  of  the  terms  of  the  trust. 

The  shortcoming  of  a  sheltering  provision  of  this  scope,  however,  is  that 
a  purchaser  who  acts  in  good  faith  throughout,  but  who  learns  of  the  existence 
of  a  trust  other  than  through  the  production  or  registration  of  an  appointment 
or  vesting  instrument,  even  if  he  otherwise  knows  of  the  trust  by  reason  of 
such  a  production  or  registration,  would  not  be  within  the  protection  of  the 
provision.  He  would  be  bound  to  inquire  into  the  trustees1  powers,  because 
he  would  be  bound  by  constructive  and  imputed  notice  of  the  terms  of  the 
trust.  Given  the  ease  with  which,  through  oral  and  documentary  reference 
during  the  making  of  an  agreement,  a  purchaser  may  become  aware  of  the 
existence  of  a  trust,  it  is  highly  questionable  whether  a  sheltering  provision 
of  this  limited  scope  is  either  practicable  or  justifiable.  Moreover,  it  will  have 
been  seen  from  the  previous  discussion  that  neither  section  1 13  of  the  English 
legislation,  nor  section  7  of  the  American  Uniform  Act,  takes  this  approach. 
Section  113  confers  protection  upon  the  purchaser  "whether  or  not  he  has 
notice  of  the  trust",  and  section  7  protects  the  purchaser  unless  he  has  actual 
notice  that  the  trustees  lack  the  power  they  are  purporting  to  exercise.  Both 
section  1 13  of  the  English  legislation  and  section  7  of  the  American  Uniform 
Act,  therefore,  relieve  a  purchaser  of  liability  for  constructive  or  imputed 
knowledge. 


346 


The  purpose  of  a  sheltering  provision,  in  our  view,  should  be  to  prevent 
an  innocent  purchaser,  who  at  the  time  of  entering  into  a  transaction  with 
trustees  does  not  know  of  trustee  wrongdoing  or  improper  action,  from  having 
to  inquire  about  the  provisions  of  the  trust  instrument,  so  that  it  cannot  be 
said  afterwards  that  had  he  inquired  he  would  have  obtained  information  from 
which  a  reasonable  man  would  have  known  that  wrongdoing  or  impropriety 
had  occurred  or  was  occurring. 

After  careful  consideration,  the  Commission  has  concluded  that  a  pro- 
vision dealing  with  the  protection  of  third  parties  should  be  introduced  in  the 


346  It  is  not  clear  whether  section  113  of  the  English  Act  also  protects  a  purchaser  who 
actually  knows  that  the  trustees  do  not  have  the  power  they  represent  themselves  as 
having;  whereas  section  7  of  the  American  Uniform  Act  specifically  withdraws  protection 
from  such  a  purchaser. 


169 

revised  Act,  and  that  the  approach  of  the  American  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers 
Act  is  the  correct  one.  The  elimination  of  constructive  or  imputed  notice  in 
relation  to  trustees'  powers  would  complete  the  elimination  of  such  notice 
with  respect  to  all  aspects  of  third  party  interaction  with  trustees.  It  will  be 
recalled  that  we  have  previously  recommended  that  a  purchaser  should  be 
able  to  rely  upon  the  validity  of  both  the  appointment  and  discharge  of  trustees 
and  the  vesting  of  trust  property,  unless  the  purchaser  has  actual  knowledge 
of  any  impropriety  relating  to  the  appointment,  discharge,  or  vesting.  Actual 
notice  by  a  third  party  of  trustees'  wrongful  or  otherwise  improper  acts  or 
omissions  would  prevent  him  obtaining  good  title  from  the  trustees,  as  the 
third  party  would  be  obliged  to  investigate  the  terms  of  the  trust.  Such  a 
provision,  in  our  view,  properly  balances  the  need  to  protect  the  interests  of 
the  beneficiaries  and  the  administrative  desirability  of  an  effective  and  real- 
istic non-judicial  appointment  and  discharge  procedure. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  a  purchaser  of  trust  property  who  relies 
upon  the  production  or  registration  of  a  deed  of  appointment  or  a  deed  of 
discharge  that  contains  a  vesting  declaration,  express  or  implied,347  whether 
or  not  he  otherwise  has  notice  of  the  trust,  should  be  able  to  assume  without 
inquiry  that  the  former  trustees  and  the  substitute  or  additional  trustees  pos- 
sessed or  possess  and  properly  exercised  or  are  properly  exercising  every 
power  which  they  purported  or  purport  to  exercise  over  the  property.348 
However,  this  recommendation  should  only  apply  where  the  purchaser  does 
not  have  actual  notice  that  the  trustees  lack  the  power  to  act  or  are  acting 
improperly.  We,  therefore,  recommend  that  a  purchaser  of  trust  property  who 
at  the  time  of  the  purchase  has  actual  notice  that  the  trustees  do  not  possess 
the  power  they  purport  to  exercise,  or  that  they  are  exercising  a  power 
improperly,  should  take  the  property  subject  to  the  trust  unless  title  to  the 
trust  property  has  been  held  by  a  purchaser  without  actual  notice  that  the 
trustees  do  not  possess  the  power  or  that  they  are  exercising  the  power 
improperly.349  We  also  recommend  that  the  provisions  proposed  previously 
in  the  context  of  the  appointment  and  discharge  of  trustees  concerning  the 
protection  that  should  be  afforded  to  donees  of  trust  property,350  persons  who 
have  an  obligation  to  register  interests,351  and  subsequent  purchasers  who 
purported  to  act  as  trustees  in  the  original  transfer  of  trust  property352  should 
apply  in  this  area  as  well.353  In  addition,  we  are  of  the  view  that  these 
recommendations  should  apply  equally  where  a  purchaser  of  trust  property 
relies  upon  the  production  or  registration  of  a  court  order  appointing  or 
discharging  a  trustee  or  vesting  trust  property  in  the  trustees 


354 


347 


See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3,  for  a  discussion  of  vesting  declarations,  and  Draft  Bill,  s. 
28. 


348  Draft  Bill,  s.  30(1). 

349  lbid.,s.  30(2). 
See  supra,  note  221  and  accompanying  text. 
See  supra,  notes  223-26  and  accompanying  text. 
See  supra,  note  220  and  accompanying  text. 


350 
351 
352 

353  Draft  Bill,  s.  30(3). 

354  Ibid.,  s.  61(1),  (2),  and  (3) 


170 

If  these  recommendations  are  accepted,  it  will  no  longer  be  necessary  to 
except  "land  conveyed  by  mortgage  for  securing  money  subject  to  the  trust" 
from  the  operation  of  a  vesting  declaration.  We,  therefore,  further  recommend 
that  this  exception,  now  contained  in  section  9(3)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act, 
should  not  be  carried  over  to  the  revised  Act. 

It  should  be  recalled  that  we  have  recommended  that  a  vesting  declaration 
should  either  be  express  or  implied  in  a  deed  of  appointment  or  discharge  of 
trustees.  It  follows,  therefore,  that  our  recommendations  to  this  point  have 
been  confined  to  adoption  of  the  sheltering  provision  in  those  circumstances 
only  where  transactions  are  entered  into  by  trustees  who  are  different,  in 
whole  or  in  part,  from  the  former  or  the  original  trustees.  Original  trustees 
would  still  be  required  to  produce  the  trust  instrument,  and  third  parties,  as 
at  present,  would  carry  out  their  self-protecting  inquiries  as  to  trustees' 
powers,  because  such  parties  would  remain  subject  to  the  effects  of  construc- 
tive and  imputed  as  well  as  actual  notice. 

We  have  given  serious  thought  to  whether  this  distinction  between  the 
position  of  original  trustees  and  any  subsequent  trustee  or  different  set  of 
trustees  can  be  justified,  and  we  have  concluded  that  it  cannot.  The  reasons 
for  our  conclusion  are  as  follows.  Because  of  the  relatively  short  duration  of 
many  trusts  created  today,  or  because  a  sole  trustee  may  be  corporate,  there 
will  often  be  no  change  of  trustees  during  the  lifetime  of  the  trust.  Many 
other  trusts  will  be  in  effect  for  a  substantial  period  of  time  before  there  will 
be  any  change.  Although  no  problem  concerning  the  change  of  trustees  arises 
in  these  cases,  we  nevertheless  are  of  the  opinion  that,  if  dispensing  with  the 
need  for  trustees  to  establish  their  powers  is  justifiable  in  some  instances, 
there  has  to  be  a  convincing  argument  for  not  dispensing  with  the  need  in  all 
instances  where  trustees  are  engaged  with  third  parties  in  transactions  involv- 
ing trust  property.  We  do  not  think  that  such  an  argument  exists  given  the 
character  of  section  1 13  of  the  Law  of  Property  Act,  1925,  in  England,  and 
section  7  of  the  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act  now  in  effect  in  a  number  of 
American  states  -  legislation  that  applies  to  all  trustees'  transactions. 

Moreover,  we  do  not  consider  that  parties  who  deal  with  trustees  should 
be  subject  to  actual  notice  only  in  some  instances,  but  actual,  constructive, 
and  imputed  notice  in  other  instances  involving  similar  transactions.  The 
result  might  well  be  confusion,  and  not  a  little  irritation,  among  those  who 
deal  regularly  with  trustees.  In  short,  we  have  concluded  that  either  the 
sheltering  provision  should  be  adopted  in  toto,  or  should  be  rejected  totally. 

We  are,  therefore,  of  the  view  that  the  principle  of  sheltering,  as  rec- 
ommended, should  apply  equally  where  there  has  been  no  change  of  trustees. 
We  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that,  where  a  sole  trustee 
or  one  or  more  trustees  have  been  appointed  by  a  trust  instrument  to  act  on 
the  initial  taking  effect  of  the  trust,  and  all  or  some  of  them  have  continued 
to  act  in  the  absence  of  an  appointment  of  a  substitute  or  additional  trustee, 
they  may  by  deed  declare  that  they  were  appointed  by  the  trust  instrument, 
and  the  deed  should  have  effect  as  if  it  were  a  deed  of  appointment  containing 
a  vesting  declaration  for  the  purposes  of  the  application  of  the  sheltering 
provisions.355 


355 


Draft  Bill,  s.  31 


171 

Finally,  we  wish  to  address  the  difficulties  that  may  arise  where  trustees 
assert  to  a  purchaser  that  the  trust  instrument  permits  a  majority  to  bind  all 
the  trustees  and  that  they  constitute  a  majority.  Verification  of  this  assertion 
by  the  purchaser  with  the  minority  trustees,  who  may  not  understand  the 
implications  of  a  majority  clause  in  the  trust  instrument,  may  produce  vague 
or  unreliable  responses.  To  insist  that  a  purchaser  in  these  circumstances 
inspect  the  trust  instrument  would  defeat  the  purpose  of  providing  that  he 
may  rely  conclusively  upon  the  vesting  declaration.  On  the  other  hand,  a 
purchaser  would  be  proceeding  at  his  peril  if  he  relied  solely  upon  the  oral 
representations  of  the  majority  trustees  concerning  their  ability  to  bind  the 
trust,  in  the  absence  of  a  statement  to  this  effect  contained  in  the  vesting 
declaration.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide 
that,  if  original,  substitute,  or  additional  trustees  assert  to  a  purchaser  that  the 
trust  instrument  permits  a  majority  to  bind  all  the  trustees  and  that  they 
constitute  a  majority,  the  deed  of  appointment  or  the  deed  of  discharge,  or  a 
deed  executed  by  the  original  trustees,  or,  in  either  case,  a  supplemental 
deed,  should  contain  a  recital  quoting  the  provision  of  the  trust  instrument  to 
that  effect,  and  that  the  recital  is  conclusive  evidence  of  the  facts  so  stated 
and  shall  operate  to  bind  the  trust  in  favour  of  a  purchaser  of  trust  property. 
However,  the  recital  should  not  have  the  abovementioned  effect  in  favour  of 
a  purchaser  who  at  the  time  of  the  transaction  has  actual  notice  to  the  contrary, 
unless  title  to  the  trust  property  has  been  held  by  a  purchaser  without  such 
acutal  notice.356 


5.     PROTECTION  OF  THIRD  PARTIES:  SHOULD  THE  PROPOSED 
PROVISIONS  BE  MANDATORY? 

Another  matter  that  requires  attention  is  whether  the  proposed  provisions 
designed  to  protect  third  parties  against  improperly  appointed  trustees,  the 
improper  vesting  of  trust  property,  or  trustees  who  lack  the  power  to  act  or 
who  are  acting  improperly  should  apply  notwithstanding  the  expression  of  an 
intent  to  the  contrary  contained  in  the  trust  instrument.  The  Commission  has 
considered  this  question  and  has  concluded,  for  reasons  set  out  below,  that 
the  proposed  provisions  should  be  mandatory. 

It  has  been  a  fundamental  premise  of  our  recommendations  relating  to 
the  non-judicial  appointment  and  discharge  power  that,  if  use  of  this  power 
is  to  be  encouraged,  third  parties  must  be  able  to  rely  upon  the  mechanism 
as  to  the  validity  of  appointment  and  discharge  of  trustees,  the  vesting  of  trust 
property,  and  the  proper  exercise  of  powers  conferred  upon  trustees.  This 
would  be  accomplished  under  our  recommendations  through  the  production 
of  an  instrument  of  appointment  or  discharge  containing  a  vesting  declaration, 
either  express  or  implied;  the  instrument  would  assure  the  third  party  doing 
business  with  the  trustees  that  the  trustees  are  effectively  appointed,  vested 
with  the  trust  property,  and  authorized  to  act  in  the  way  they  are  so  doing.  If 
our  proposals  were  enacted  as  legislation,  we  believe  that  it  would  become 
the  regular  mode  of  business  for  trustees  to  employ  the  non-judicial  power, 
and  for  persons  doing  business  with  trustees,  other  than  the  beneficiaries,  to 


356 


Ibid.,  s.  32(3)  and  (4). 


172 

rely  solely  upon  the  appointment  or  discharge  instrument.  Such  persons  would 
seek  to  know  no  more  of  the  trust,  because  they  would  need  to  know  no 
more.  Moreover,  such  an  instrument  would  mean  that  trustees  would  not 
have  to  produce  the  trust  instrument,  something  that  would  eliminate  much 
paper  work,  and  afford  privacy  to  trust  beneficiaries  concerning  their  property 
interests. 

It  is  obvious  that  the  concept  of  an  instrument  of  appointment  and  dis- 
charge containing  a  vesting  declaration,  express  or  implied,  upon  which  third 
parties  can  rely  absolutely  is  fundamental  to  our  recommendations.  If  our 
proposed  provisions  designed  to  protect  third  parties  were  subject  to  a  contrary 
intent  contained  in  the  trust  instrument,  the  purchaser  of  trust  property, 
notwithstanding  these  provisions,  would  not  be  able  to  rely  upon  a  proffered 
appointment  or  discharge  instrument.  Rather,  upon  seeing  the  instrument,  or 
becoming  aware  of  the  registration  of  such  an  instrument,  he  would  have  to 
examine  the  trust  instrument  in  order  to  assure  himself  that  the  protection 
offered  by  the  statutory  provisions  had  not  been  excluded.  Accordingly,  we 
recommend  that  our  proposed  provisions  that  deal  with  the  protection  of  third 
parties  against  improperly  appointed  trustees,357  or  trustees  who  do  not  have 
the  power  to  act  or  are  acting  improperly,358  and  the  provisions  that  deal  with 
the  vesting  of  trust  property359  should  be  mandatory,  and  our  Draft  Bill 
contains  provisions  to  this  effect. 


360 


Finally,  having  regard  to  the  significant  scope  of  the  proposed  provisions 
that  deal  with  the  protection  of  third  parties  in  their  dealings  with  trustees, 
we  are  of  the  view  that,  except  for  an  express  vesting  declaration  having 
effect  only  as  set  out  in  section  9  of  the  present  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  the 
proposed  sheltering  provisions  should  only  apply  to  deeds  of  appointment 
and  of  discharge  and  to  vesting  orders  executed  or  made  after  the  revised  Act 
has  come  into  force.361 


Recommendations 

The  Commission  makes  the  following  recommendations: 

Non-judicial  appointment  and  discharge  of  trustees  should  be  encouraged 
in  Ontario  and  appointment  and  discharge  by  means  of  court  application 
discouraged.  Accordingly,  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  retain  the  sta- 
tutory non-judicial  powers  of  retirement  without  replacement  and  replace- 
ment or  removal  by  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee,  but  in  an 
amended  and  improved  form,  so  that  they  may  be  easily  invoked  and 
relied  upon  as  to  the  validity  of  appointment,  the  vesting  of  trust  property, 
and  the  proper  exercise  of  powers  conferred  upon  trustees. 


357  Supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  2,  and  Draft  Bill,  s.27. 

358  Supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  4,  and  Draft  Bill,  ss.30,  31,  32,  and  61 

359  Supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3,  and  Draft  Bill,  ss.28  and  29. 

360  Draft  Bill,  ss.  17(2)  and  61(5). 

361 


Ibid.,  ss.  17(4)  and  61(4). 


173 

2.  The  right  of  a  trustee  to  retire  non-judicially  without  replacement  should 
continue  to  be  subject  to  such  consents  as  are  now  required  under  section 
2  of  the  present  Trustee  Act. 

3.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  permit  non-judicial  retirement  without 
replacement  where,  after  such  retirement,  there  would  remain  a  trust 
company  or  at  least  two  individual  trustees  to  act  as  trustees. 

4.  A  trustee  should  be  able  to  retire  non-judicially,  without  the  appointment 
of  a  substitute  trustee,  from  a  part  of  the  trust  and  remain  as  trustee  of 
the  other  part  or  of  other  parts,  provided  that  the  parts  of  the  trust  reflect 
separate  property  held  on  distinct  trust  terms. 

5.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  nothing  in  a  trust  instrument  should 
withhold  from  a  trustee  the  right  to  retire  from  the  trust  or  a  part  thereof 
or  make  the  requirements  for  retirement  more  onerous  than  otherwise 
provided  by  statute,  and  that  any  such  provisions  should  be  invalid  for 
all  purposes. 

6.  The  statutory  power  to  remove  a  trustee  non-judicially  by  the  appointment 
of  a  substitute  trustee  should  continue  to  be  subject  to  a  contrary  intent 
of  the  creator  of  the  trust  expressed  in  the  trust  instrument. 

7.  Notwithstanding  the  expression  of  a  contrary  intention  by  the  creator  of 
a  trust,  all  instruments  of  appointment  and  of  discharge  of  trustees, 
whether  pursuant  to  a  statutory  authority  or  the  trust  instrument,  should 
be  by  deed. 

:8.  For  the  purposes  of  the  revised  Act,  a  deed  of  appointment  or  of  discharge 
of  trustees  should  be  an  instrument  signed  by  those  persons  who  have  the 
power  to  appoint  or  discharge  the  trustees,  attested  by  one  witness  and 
accompanied  by  an  affidavit  of  execution,  but  should  not  require  a  seal. 
In  addition,  a  deed  of  appointment  or  of  discharge  should  contain  the 
following  two  recitals.  First,  where  the  appointment  or  discharge  of  a 
trustee  is  pursuant  to  a  power  contained  in  the  trust  instrument,  the  deed 
should  set  out  the  terms  of  the  trust  instrument  that  authorize  the  act. 
Secondly,  where  the  trust  instrument  permits  a  majority  of  the  trustees 
to  bind  all,  this  authority  should  be  set  out  in  the  deed  of  appointment  or 
of  discharge  (see,  further,  infra,  Recommendation  84). 

9.  Where  the  appointment  or  discharge  of  a  trustee  does  not  comply  with 
the  provisions  contained  in  Recommendations  7  and  8,  the  appointment 
or  discharge  should  be  invalid  for  all  purposes. 

10.  With  respect  to  the  exercise  of  the  non-judicial  appointment  power,  the 
revised  Act  should  provide  that  where  a  person  is  nominated  in  a  trust 
instrument  for  the  purpose  of  appointing  substitute  or  additional  trustees, 
he  should  be  deemed  to  be  nominated  for  the  purpose  of  appointing 


*  See,  however,  the  comments  of  Dr.  Derek  Mendes  da  Costa,  Q.C.,  Chairman  of  the 
Commission,  supra,  note  54. 


174 

substitute  trustees  in  any  of  the  circumstances  set  forth  in  the  statute.  The 
fact  that  the  circumstances,  if  any,  set  forth  in  the  trust  instrument  that 
empower  the  person  therein  nominated  to  act  in  the  appointment  of 
substitute  trustees  do  not  include  all  or  any  of  the  circumstances  set  forth 
in  the  statute  should  not  itself  constitute  a  contrary  intent  on  the  part  of 
the  person  creating  the  trust  that  the  statute  is  not  to  apply. 

1 1.  The  section  in  the  revised  Act  analogous  to  section  3(1)  of  the  Trustee 
Act  should  retain  the  word  "willing"  with  respect  to  the  qualifications  of 
a  person  nominated  to  appoint  a  substitute  trustee. 

12.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that,  where 
jointly  nominated  persons  are  unable  to  agree  in  naming  an  appointee, 
they  should  be  deemed  to  be  unable  to  act  within  the  terms  of  the  section 
authorizing  the  non-judicial  appointment  of  trustees. 

13.  For  the  purpose  of  exercising  the  non-judicial  statutory  power  to  appoint 
a  substitute  trustee,  a  surviving  or  continuing  trustee  should  include: 

(a)  a  trustee  who  expresses  in  writing  a  desire  to  be  discharged  from  all 
or  any  of  the  trusts  or  powers  reposed  in  or  conferred  upon  him;  and 

(b)  a  sole  trustee  who  expresses  in  writing  a  desire  to  be  discharged  from 
all  or  any  of  the  trusts  or  powers  reposed  in  or  conferred  upon  him. 

14.  For  the  purpose  of  exercising  the  non-judicial  statutory  power  to  appoint 
a  substitute  trustee,  a  surviving  or  continuing  trustee  should  not  include: 

(a)  a  trustee  who  in  writing  disclaims  the  trust,  or  who,  having  neither 
disclaimed  nor  resigned,  refuses  to  act  as  trustee,  unless  the  trust 
instrument  expressly  authorizes  such  a  person  to  make  an  appoint- 
ment; or, 

(b)  a  trustee  who  is  to  be  involuntarily  removed. 

15.  Section  4  of  the  present  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  which  empowers  a  sole 
trustee  or  the  last  surviving  or  continuing  trustee  to  appoint  by  will  a 
trustee  to  succeed  him,  should  be  retained  in  the  revised  Act. 

16.  The  power  to  appoint  a  substitute  trustee  non-judicially  should  continue 
to  be  exercisable  under  the  revised  Act  by  the  personal  representatives 
of  the  last  surviving  or  continuing  trustee. 

17.  For  the  purpose  of  exercising  the  non-judicial  statutory  power  to  appoint 
a  substitute  trustee,  the  power  conferred  upon  the  personal  representatives 
of  a  last  surviving  or  continuing  trustee  should  be  exercisable  by  the 
executors  for  the  time  being  of  the  last  surviving  or  continuing  trustee 
who  have  proved  the  will  of  the  testator,  or  by  the  administrators  for  the 
time  being  of  such  trustee,  without  the  concurrence  of  an  executor  who 
has  renounced  or  has  not  proved. 


175 

18.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  not  contain  a  provision  similar  to  section 
36(5)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925 ,  permitting  a  sole  or  last  surviving 
executor  intending  to  renounce  probate,  or  all  the  executors  where  all 
intend  to  renounce,  at  any  time  before  renouncing,  to  exercise  the  non- 
judicial power  to  appoint  a  substitute  trustee  conferred  by  statute  upon 
the  personal  representatives  of  a  last  surviving  or  continuing  trustee. 

19.  To  ensure  that  a  personal  representative  of  a  person  who  is  appointed  a 
trustee,  but  who  predeceases  the  taking  effect  of  the  trust,  cannot  exercise 
the  non-judicial  power  to  appoint  substitute  trustees,  the  revised  Act 
should  expressly  state  that  a  surviving  or  continuing  trustee  does  not 
include  a  person  appointed  a  trustee  who  predeceases  the  taking  effect  of 
the  trust  for  the  purpose  of  exercising  the  non-judicial  statutory  power  to 
appoint  substitute  trustees. 

20.  Subject  to  Recommendations  22  to  25,  the  circumstances,  contained  in 
section  3(1)  of  the  present  Trustee  Act,  in  which  the  non-judicial  power 
of  removal  and  appointment  of  substitute  trustees  may  be  exercised 
should  be  carried  over  to  the  revised  Trustee  Act. 

21.  In  the  revised  Act,  as  in  section  3(1)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  A ct  at  present, 
minority  should  not  be  a  circumstance  justifying  non-judicial  removal  by 
the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee. 

22.  The  non-judicial  removal  of  a  trustee  and  the  appointment  of  a  substitute 
trustee  should  be  permitted  only  in  objectively  ascertainable  circum- 
stances. In  particular,  incapacity  and  unfitness  to  act  as  trustee  should  no 
longer  be  circumstances  that  justify  the  non-judicial  removal  of  a  trustee, 
and  they  should  not  be  included  in  the  revised  Trustee  Act.  Rather, 
removal  for  these  reasons  should  be  effected  judicially,  either  under  the 
proposed  judicial  statutory  power  of  removal  contained  in  Recommen- 
dation 35  or  pursuant  to  the  inherent  jurisdiction  of  the  court,  with  the 
non-judicial  removal  power  in  this  regard  limited  to  instances  of  mentally 
incompetent  persons  so  found  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction. 

23.  Insolvency  should  not  be  a  ground  permitting  the  non-judicial  removal 
of  a  trustee  and  the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee.  Rather,  the  non- 
judicial power  to  remove  a  trustee  should  be  exercisable  in  cases  of 
bankruptcy  alone.  The  term  "bankrupt"  should  be  defined  to  mean  a 
person  against  whom  a  receiving  order  is  in  force,  or  who  has  made  an 
assignment  or  a  proposal  under  the  Bankruptcy  Act  (Canada). 

24.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  where  a  corporate  trustee  is  dissolved 
or  is  in  liquidation,  it  may  be  subject  to  non-judicial  removal  under  the 
statutory  power. 

25.  Unlike  the  situation  under  section  3(1)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  the 
fact  that  a  trustee  remains  out  of  Ontario  for  more  than  twelve  months 
should  not  in  itself  be  a  circumstance  justifying  non-judicial  removal 
under  the  revised  Act. 

26.  If,  as  proposed  in  Recommendation  33,  a  non-judicial  power  to  appoint 
additional  trustees  is  incorporated  in  the  revised  Act,  it  should  no  longer 


176 

be  possible  to  appoint  a  substitute  trustee  under  the  non-judicial  appoint- 
ment power  in  circumstances  where  a  person  nominated  trustee  in  a 
testamentary  trust  instrument  predeceases  the  testator  of  the  trust.  Ac- 
cordingly, a  provision  equivalent  to  section  8  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act 
should  not  be  included  in  the  revised  Act. 

27.  To  ensure  that  the  non-judicial  statutory  power  of  removal  is  sufficiently 
comprehensive  to  include  an  original,  substitute,  or  additional  trustee, 
the  revised  Act  should  provide  that  it  applies  to  all  trustees  however  and 
whenever  appointed. 

28.  The  non-judicial  statutory  power  of  removal  should  apply  equally  to  a 
person  who  is  named  a  trustee  but  who  has  disclaimed  in  writing  the 
office  of  trustee  and  never  acted  in  that  capacity  (disclaiming  trustee), 
and  to  a  person  who  has  accepted  the  office  but  who  is  unwilling  to  act 
or  to  act  further  as  a  trustee  (refusing  trustee). 

29.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that,  where  a  trustee  has  been  removed 
under  a  power  conferred  by  a  trust  instrument,  then,  subject  to  the  terms 
of  a  power  of  replacement  in  the  trust  instrument  and  subject  also  to 
Recommendation  37  concerning  the  maximum  number  of  trustees,  one 
or  more  substitute  trustees  may  be  appointed  in  the  place  of  the  removed 
trustee  as  if  he  had  died  or,  in  the  case  of  a  corporate  trustee,  as  if  it  had 
expressed  in  writing  a  desire  to  be  discharged  from  the  trust. 

30.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  where  a  trustee  refuses  to  act  as 
trustee,  is  a  mentally  incompetent  person,  is  convicted  of  an  indictable 
offence,  is  bankrupt,  or  where  a  person  appointed  a  trustee  disclaims  the 
trust  in  writing,  or  where  a  corporate  trustee  is  dissolved  or  is  in  liqui- 
dation, and  he  does  not  voluntarily  retire  from  the  trust,  his  co-trustees 
may  by  deed  declare  him  to  be  removed  from  the  trust,  if  a  trust  company 
or  at  least  two  individuals  to  act  as  trustees  to  perform  the  trust  will  then 
remain,  and  he  should  be  thereby  discharged  without  any  new  trustee 
being  appointed  in  his  place. 

31 .  With  respect  to  the  non-judicial  statutory  power,  unless  the  court  orders 
otherwise,  the  retirement,  removal  or  replacement  of  a  trustee  and  any 
consequential  vesting  order,  declaration  or  conveyance,  should  not  dis- 
charge any  person  from  liability  for  his  own  acts  or  omissions  or  the  acts 
or  omissions  of  any  former  or  continuing  trustee. 

32.  Where  a  trustee  establishes  before  the  court  that  the  alleged  circumstances 
on  the  basis  of  which  he  was  removed  as  trustee  did  not  in  fact  exist,  he 
should  be  able  to  claim  an  appropriate  award  of  damages  for  wrongful 
removal  against  those  persons  who  caused  his  removal. 

33.  As  is  the  case  under  section  36(6)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925: 

(a)  the  revised  Act  should  contain  a  non-judicial  power  to  appoint  ad- 
ditional trustees; 


177 

(b)  the  persons  entitled  to  appoint  additional  trustees  should  be  the  one 
or  more  persons  nominated  by  the  trust  instrument  for  the  purpose 
of  appointing  new  trustees,  or,  if  there  is  no  such  person  or  if  there 
is  no  such  person  able  and  willing  to  act,  then  the  trustee  or  trustees, 
other  than  a  person  appointed  a  trustee  who  in  writing  disclaims  the 
trust  or  who,  having  neither  disclaimed  nor  resigned,  refuses  to  act 
as  trustee;  and 

(c)  the  non-judicial  power  to  appoint  additional  trustees  should  be  sub- 
ject to  Recommendation  37  concerning  the  maximum  permissible 
number  of  trustees. 

34.  Unlike  the  position  under  section  36(6)  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925: 

(a)  it  should  be  possible  under  the  revised  Act  to  appoint  a  trustee  who 
would  be  additional  to  a  corporate  trustee;  and 

(b)  the  revised  Act  should  permit  the  persons  nominated  by  the  trust 
instrument  for  the  purpose  of  appointing  additional  trustees  to  appoint 
themselves  as  additional  trustees. 

35.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  judicial  power  of  removal  and  appoint- 
ment based  on  section  5  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  which  would  enable 
the  court  to  appoint  one  or  more  trustees  where  there  is  no  existing  trustee 
or  uncertainty  as  to  the  existence  or  identity  of  any  trustee  or  in  substi- 
tution for  or  in  addition  to  one  or  more  existing  trustees.  In  addition,  the 
court  should  be  able  to  remove  one  or  more  of  the  trustees,  with  or 
without  the  appointment  of  substitute  trustees.  However,  in  order  to 
encourage  use  of  the  non-judicial  power  of  appointment  and  discharge, 
the  judicial  power  should  be  exercisable  only  in  exceptional  circum- 
stances; that  is,  where  it  appears  to  the  court  to  be  in  the  best  interests  of 
a  trust,  and  where  appointment  or  removal  would  be  inexpedient,  difficult 
or  impracticable  without  the  assistance  of  the  court. 

36.  The  principles  contained  in  section  5(2)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  should 
be  retained,  and  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that  the  judicial  removal 
or  replacement  of  a  trustee,  and  any  consequential  vesting  order,  decla- 
ration, or  conveyance  should  not  discharge  any  person  from  liability  for 
his  own  acts  or  for  the  acts  or  omissions  of  any  former  or  continuing 
trustee. 

37.  (1)  With  regard  to  the  non-judicial  appointment  of  trustees,  the  revised 

Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that,  except  with  the 
consent  of  the  court  and  notwithstanding  an  expression  of  a  contrary 
intent  in  the  trust  instrument,  no  trust  shall  have  more  than  four 
trustees  at  any  one  time.  If  more  than  four  persons  are  originally 
named  as  trustees,  the  first  four  named  who  are  able  and  willing  to 
act  should  alone  be  the  trustees,  and  the  other  persons  named  should 
not  be  trustees  unless  appointed  on  the  occurrence  of  a  vacancy  or 
with  the  consent  of  the  court. 

(2)  This  recommendation  should  apply  only  to  trusts  that  take  effect  after 
the  revised  Act  has  come  into  force. 


78 


38.  With  respect  to  the  judicial  appointment  of  new  trustees,  whether  substi- 
tute or  additional,  the  number  of  trustees  so  appointed  should  be  left  to 
the  discretion  of  the  court. 

39.  Section  6(a)  of  the  present  Ontario  Trustee  Act  should  not  be  carried  over 
to  the  revised  Act. 

40.  The  principles  contained  in  section  6(c)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  relating 
to  the  non-judicial  discharge  and  appointment  of  substitute  trustees  should 
be  retained  and  expanded  in  the  revised  Act  to  apply  to  all  cases  where 
two  or  more  trustees  are  originally  appointed  by  the  trust  instrument;  that 
is,  two  individuals  or  a  trust  company  should  be  the  minimum  number 
of  trustees  permitted  to  administer  the  trust.  Accordingly,  the  revised  Act 
should  provide  that  it  is  not  necessary  for  more  than  one  trustee  to  be 
appointed  by  way  of  substitution  where  only  one  trustee  was  originally 
appointed,  but,  except  where  only  one  trustee  was  originally  appointed, 
a  non-corporate  trustee  shall  not  act  alone,  and  a  trustee  is  not  to  be 
discharged  unless  there  will  be  either  a  trust  company  or  two  or  more 
individuals  to  act  as  trustees.  However,  the  revised  Act  should  provide 
that  a  person  may  apply  to  the  court  for  consent  to  continue  to  act  as  a 
sole  trustee. 

41.  In  relation  to  the  judicial  discharge  of  a  trustee,  the  court  should  be 
empowered  to  determine  the  permissible  minimum  number  of  trustees 
that  may  remain  in  office  having  regard  to  the  best  interests  of  the  trust. 

42.  Section  6(b)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  should  be  retained  in  relation  to 
the  appointment  of  a  substitute  trustee,  but  should  be  extended  in  the 
revised  Act  to  apply  to  the  appointment  of  an  additional  trustee.  The 
revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that,  where  it  would 
assist  in  the  administration  of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  a  trust  or  where  it 
would  benefit  beneficiaries  of  a  trust,  one  or  more  separate  trustees  may 
be  appointed,  whether  any  such  person  or  persons  be  an  original,  substi- 
tute or  additional  trustee  or  trustees,  for  any  part  of  the  trust  property 
held  on  trusts  distinct  from  those  relating  to  any  other  part,  but  a  separate 
sole  trustee  should  be  appointed  in  those  circumstances  only  where  a  sole 
trustee  was  originally  appointed,  and  for  each  separately  administered 
part  the  limitation  upon  the  number  of  trustees  to  four,  except  with  the 
consent  of  the  court,  should  apply. 

43.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  every 
substitute  or  additional  trustee  appointed  under  the  Act,  before  and  after 
all  trust  property  becomes  vested  in  him,  has  the  same  powers,  authori- 
ties, and  discretions  and  may  in  all  respects  act  as  if  he  had  been  originally 
appointed  a  trustee  by  the  trust  instrument. 

44.  A  comprehensive  provision  designed  to  protect  a  purchaser  of  trust  prop- 
erty against  improperly  appointed  or  discharged  trustees  should  be  intro- 
duced. Accordingly,  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that,  subject  to  the 
provisions  of  Recommendation  45,  a  deed  of  appointment  or  a  deed  of 
discharge  of  a  trustee,  whether  pursuant  to  the  Act  or  the  trust  instrument, 


179 

should  be  conclusive  evidence  of  the  validity  of  the  appointment  or 
discharge  in  favour  of  a  purchaser  of  trust  property. 

45.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  a  purchaser  of  trust  property 
who  at  the  time  of  the  purchase  has  actual  notice  that  an  improper  act  or 
omission  has  occurred  in  the  appointment  or  discharge  of  a  trustee  is  not 
entitled  to  rely  upon  the  validity  of  the  deed  of  appointment  or  the  deed 
of  discharge  unless  title  to  the  trust  property  has  been  held  by  a  purchaser 
without  actual  notice  of  the  improper  act  or  omission. 

46.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  the  provisions 
of  Recommendation  44  apply  to 

(a)  a  subsequent  purchaser  who  purported  to  act  as  a  trustee  in  the 
original  transfer  of  trust  property,  except  that  such  a  purchaser  does 
not  take  valid  title  from  a  purchaser  without  actual  notice  of  any 
impropriety  referred  to  in  Recommendation  45;  and 

(b)  a  donee  of  property  that  was  originally  trust  property,  if  the  title  has 
been  held  by  a  purchaser  without  actual  notice  of  any  impropriety 
referred  to  in  Recommendation  45 . 

47.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  any  official, 
including  the  Director  of  Titles,  a  land  registrar,  and  any  other  person 
registering  or  certifying  instruments  or  titles,  who  makes  an  entry  in  a 
book  or  other  record  in  reliance  upon  an  instrument  of  appointment  or  of 
discharge  of  a  trustee  or  upon  any  vesting  declaration,  express  or  implied, 
consequent  upon  an  appointment  or  discharge  of  a  trustee,  shall  be 
afforded  protection  equivalent  to  the  protection  afforded  a  third  party 
against  improperly  appointed  trustees  as  proposed  in  Recommendation 
44. 

48.  Actual  notice  should  not  be  deemed  to  have  been  obtained  by  a  person 
referred  to  in  Recommendation  47  merely  because  the  trust  instrument 
or  a  part  thereof  or  a  copy  thereof  is  attached  to  or  otherwise  accompanies 
the  deed  of  appointment  or  the  deed  of  discharge,  or  because  an  express 
vesting  declaration  is  contained  in  the  deed  of  appointment  or  discharge. 

49.  There  should  be  introduced  into  the  revised  Act  an  improved  form  of 
express  vesting  declaration  based  upon  section  9(  1 )  of  the  Ontario  Trustee 
Act  to  the  effect  that  a  deed,  by  which  one  or  more  substitute  or  additional 
trustees  are  appointed,  or  by  which  a  trustee  is  discharged  without  another 
trustee  being  appointed,  may  contain  an  express  declaration  that  the  trust 
property  vests  in  the  one  or  more  trustees  who  shall  perform  the  trust  as 
of  the  date  of  the  instrument  or  such  other  date  as  is  stated  in  the 
instrument  for  that  purpose. 

50.  The  concept  of  an  implied  vesting  declaration  should  be  introduced  into 
Ontario.  Accordingly,  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that  where  a  deed 
by  which  one  or  more  substitute  or  additional  trustees  are  appointed,  or 
by  which  a  trustee  is  discharged  without  a  new  trustee  being  appointed, 
does  not  contain  an  express  vesting  declaration,  a  declaration  that  the 


180 

trust  property  vests  in  the  one  or  more  trustees  who  shall  perform  the 
trust  should  be  implied  as  of  the  date  of  the  instrument. 

51.  Subject  to  Recommendations  57,  59,  60  and  61,  a  vesting  declaration, 
express  or  implied,  should  take  effect  as  to  all  trust  property,  notwith- 
standing that  any  estate,  interest  or  right  forming  the  whole  or  part  of  the 
trust  property  is  not  expressly  referred  to  in  the  instrument. 

52.  A  provision,  modelled  on  section  49  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925, 
but  expanded  to  cover  all  types  of  property,  specifying  the  effect  of  an 
express  or  implied  vesting  declaration  should  be  introduced  in  the  revised 
Act.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that,  subject  to  Recommendations 
57,  59,  60  and  61 ,  a  vesting  declaration,  express  or  implied,  should  take 
effect  as  if  the  estate,  interest  or  right  in  the  property  had  been  actually 
conveyed  or  transferred  by  deed  or  otherwise  to  the  one  or  more  persons 
in  whom  the  trust  property  is  declared,  expressly  or  impliedly,  to  be 
vested,  or,  in  the  case  of  a  chose  in  action,  as  if  it  had  been  actually 
assigned  to  the  last-mentioned  person  or  persons.  As  this  recommenda- 
tion incorporates  the  principle  of  section  6(d)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act, 
section  6(d)  should  not  be  carried  over  to  the  revised  Act. 

53.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that,  subject  to 
the  provisions  of  Recommendation  54,  a  vesting  declaration,  express  or 
implied,  consequent  upon  any  appointment  or  discharge  of  a  trustee,  is 
conclusive  evidence  of  the  validity  of  vesting  of  trust  property  in  favour 
of  a  purchaser  of  trust  property. 

54.  A  purchaser  of  trust  property  who  at  the  time  of  the  purchase  has  actual 
notice  that  an  improper  act  or  omission  has  occurred  in  the  vesting  of  the 
trust  property  should  not  be  entitled  to  rely  upon  the  validity  of  the  vesting 
declaration  unless  title  to  the  trust  property  has  been  held  by  a  purchaser 
without  actual  notice  of  the  improper  act  or  omission. 

55.  For  the  purpose  of  Recommendation  53,  the  proposals  contained  in 
Recommendations  46,  47,  and  48  should  apply,  mutatis  mutandis. 

56.  The  revised  Act  should  make  it  clear  that  a  vesting  declaration,  express 
or  implied,  should  convey,  transfer,  or  assign  to  the  new  trustees  the 
same  estate,  interest  or  right  in  the  property  as  held  by  the  former  trustees. 

57.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  where  the  estate,  interest  or  right 
takes  the  form  of  a  chose  in  action,  a  vesting  declaration,  express  or 
implied,  should  be  deemed  an  absolute  assignment  within  the  meaning 
of  section  53  of  the  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act,  and  until 
express  notice  in  writing  is  given  by  the  newly  vested  persons  to  the 
debtor  or  other  person  obligated  under  the  chose  in  action,  the  vesting 
declaration  should  have  effect  only  as  an  assignment  in  equity  from  the 
formerly  vested  persons  to  the  newly  vested  persons. 

58.  The  exception  from  the  operation  of  an  express  vesting  declaration  con- 
tained in  section  9(3)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  with  respect  to  any 
property  transferable  in  a  manner  prescribed  by  legislation,  but  where 


181 

registration  is  not  required  to  transfer  title,  should  not  be  carried  over  to 
the  revised  Act.  Rather,  title  to  such  property  should  be  transferred  by 
the  operation  of  the  proposed  express  or  implied  vesting  declaration  as 
provided  in  Recommendations  49  and  50. 

59.  It  should  be  the  duty  of  both  the  formerly  vested  persons  and  the  newly 
vested  persons  to  ensure  that  the  trust  property  is  actually  delivered  to 
the  newly  vested  persons,  but  where  inspection,  cancellation,  or  endorse- 
ment is  required  by  any  registering  authority  and  the  property  cannot  be 
produced,  the  newly  vested  persons  should  be  able  to  apply  for  registra- 
tion or  recording  in  the  same  manner  and  subject  to  the  same  terms  and 
conditions  as  if  the  property  had  been  lost. 

60.  Where  actual  delivery  of  trust  property  has  not  taken  place  but  transfer 
has  occurred  by  operation  of  a  vesting  declaration,  express  or  implied, 
no  right  of  security  or  other  personal  interest  of  any  person  in  that  property 
should  be  destroyed  by  reason  only  of  the  operation  of  a  vesting  decla- 
ration. 

61.  Where  an  estate,  interest  or  right  in  property  can  be  transferred  only  by 
a  registration  or  recording  in  a  book  or  similar  record,  the  vesting  dec- 
laration, prior  to  the  registration  or  recording,  should  confer  such  rights 
upon  the  person  so  vested  as  he  would  have  in  equity,  and  it  should  be 
the  duty  of  such  person  to  apply  for  the  required  registration  or  recording. 

62.  Leasehold  property  should  not  be  excepted  from  the  operation  of  a  vesting 
declaration,  express  or  implied,  under  the  revised  Act.  However,  in  order 
to  avoid  the  possibility  that  an  assignment  might  constitute  a  breach  of 
covenant,  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that,  where  leasehold  property 
is  subject  to  a  trust,  the  vesting  of  the  property  in  one  or  more  substitute 
or  additional  trustees  pursuant  to  a  vesting  declaration,  express  or  im- 
plied, should  not  constitute  a  breach  of  any  covenant  or  condition  against 
assignment,  subletting,  or  parting  with  possession  of  the  property,  whether 
absolute  or  with  consent,  made  by  one  or  more  former  trustees  and, 
notwithstanding  any  term  in  the  lease  to  the  contrary,  should  not  give 
rise  to  any  forfeiture,  right  of  re-entry,  or  other  claim  for  breach  of  such 
covenant  or  condition. 

63.  Sections  10  and  13  of  the  present  Ontario  Trustee  Act  should  be  amal- 
gamated, and  the  new  section  in  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  empower 
the  court  to  make  vesting  orders  in  relation  to  any  kind  of  trust  property 
or  interest  in  trust  property. 

64.  Rather  than  provide  a  specific  list  of  circumstances  in  which  the  court  is 
empowered  to  make  vesting  orders,  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  pro- 
vide that,  where  it  appears  to  the  court  to  be  in  the  best  interests  of  the 
trust,  the  court  may  vest  the  trust  property  or  an  interest  therein  in  one 
or  more  persons  in  such  manner,  for  such  estate  or  interest,  and  on  such 
terms  as  the  court  orders. 

65.  The  authority  contained  in  sections  10  and  13  of  the  present  Trustee  Act 
to  vest  trust  property  where  there  is  uncertainty  concerning  the  existence 


182 

or  identity  of  a  trustee,  or  where  a  trustee  is  incapable  of  acting,  or 
refuses  to  act  should  not  be  carried  over  to  the  revised  Act.  Rather,  these 
matters  should  be  dealt  with  by  the  court  pursuant  to  its  authority  to 
remove  and  appoint  substitute  and  additional  trustees  contained  in  Rec- 
ommendation 35. 

66.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  where  a  trustee  is  under  a 
disability  that  temporarily  precludes  his  participation  in  the  administra- 
tion of  the  trust,  or  where  a  trustee  is,  by  reason  of  temporary  absence, 
unable  to  participate  in  the  administration  of  the  trust,  and  it  appears  to 
the  one  or  more  other  trustees  that  it  is  desirable  to  proceed  immediately 
to  deal  with  the  whole  or  a  part  of  the  trust  property,  and  the  circum- 
stances, in  the  opinion  of  the  court,  do  not  justify  the  removal  of  the 
trustee  who  is  under  the  disability  or  who  is  absent,  the  court  may  vest 
the  whole  or  such  part  of  the  trust  property  in  the  trustee  or  trustees, 
other  than  the  trustee  who  is  under  the  disability  or  is  absent,  in  such 
manner,  for  such  estate  or  interest,  and  on  such  terms  as  the  court  orders. 

67.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  where  an  order  has  been 
made  vesting  trust  property  in  the  able  and  remaining  trustees,  persons 
acquiring  any  trust  property  vested  in  the  remaining  trustees  by  such 
order  acquire  the  title  thereto  that  they  would  have  acquired  if  the  trustee 
under  disability  or  absent  had  been  sui  juris  and  had  executed  and  joined 
in  the  delivery  to  them  of  the  conveyance,  transfer,  or  assignment  of  the 
trust  property,  or  had  joined  in  the  delivery  to  them  of  the  trust  property 
itself,  as  the  case  may  be. 

68.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  a  dealing  with  trust  property 
vested  temporarily  in  remaining  trustees  by  a  vesting  order  is  not  a  breach 
of  trust  merely  because  the  trustee  under  disability  or  absent  did  not  join 
or  concur  in  the  dealing. 

69.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  on  the  cessation  of  the 
disability  or  absence  of  a  trustee,  the  court  may  make  an  order  revesting 
the  trust  property,  or  such  of  it  as  remains  subject  to  the  trust,  and  any 
property  received  in  exchange  for  it,  in  all  of  the  trustees. 

70.  Subject  to  Recommendation  71 ,  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  empower 
the  court  to  make  orders  vesting  trust  property  in  such  persons  as  it  thinks 
fit. 

71 .  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that,  where  a  vesting  order  is  consequen- 
tial on  the  appointment  of  one  or  more  new  trustees,  or  on  the  retirement 
or  removal  of  a  trustee  without  the  appointment  of  a  new  trustee  in  place 
of  the  trustee  retiring  or  removed,  the  court  should  vest  the  trust  property 
in  the  person  or  persons  who,  on  the  appointment,  retirement,  or  removal, 
are  the  trustees. 

72.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  contain  a  provision,  similar  to  section  79 
of  the  Judicature  Act,  to  the  effect  that  a  vesting  order  under  the  Act  has 
the  same  effect  as  if  the  legal  or  other  estate  or  interest  in  the  property 
had  been  actually  conveyed  by  deed  or  otherwise  for  the  same  estate  or 


183 

interest  to  the  person  in  whom  the  property  is  ordered  to  be  vested  or,  in 
the  case  of  a  chose  in  action,  as  if  it  had  been  actually  assigned  to  the 
last-mentioned  person. 

73.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  where  leasehold  property  is 
subject  to  a  trust,  the  vesting  of  the  property  in  one  or  more  new  trustees 
pursuant  to  a  vesting  order  does  not  constitute  a  breach  of  any  covenant 
or  condition  against  assignment,  subletting,  or  parting  with  possession 
of  the  property,  whether  absolute  or  with  consent,  made  by  one  or  more 
former  trustees  and,  notwithstanding  any  term  in  the  lease  to  the  contrary, 
does  not  give  rise  to  any  forfeiture,  right  of  re-entry,  or  other  claim  for 
breach  of  such  covenant  or  condition. 

74.  Section  13(4)  of  the  present  Trustee  Act  should  be  carried  over,  in  an 
expanded  form,  to  the  revised  Trustee  Act.  The  revised  Act  should  state 
that,  where  the  revised  Act  provides  for  the  making  of  a  vesting  order, 
the  court  may,  in  lieu  thereof,  appoint  a  person  to  make  or  to  join  in 
making  the  transfer  of  trust  property. 

75.  Section  1 1  of  the  present  Trustee  Act  should  be  retained,  but  should  be 
relocated  in  amended  form  in  the  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property 
Act. 

76.  Section  12  of  the  present  Trustee  Act  should  be  retained,  but  should  be 
relocated  in  amended  form  in  the  Children's  Law  Reform  Act. 

77.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  for  the  purpose  of  vesting 
any  property  in  the  trustees  of  any  charity,  the  court  may  exercise  any  of 
the  powers  proposed  in  Recommendations  63  to  73. 

78.  A  sheltering  provision  based  on  section  7  of  the  American  Uniform 
Trustees'  Powers  Act  should  be  introduced  in  Ontario.  The  revised  Act 
should  provide  that,  subject  to  Recommendation  79,  a  purchaser  of  trust 
property  who  relies  upon  the  production  or  registration  of  a  deed  of 
appointment  or  a  deed  of  discharge  that  contains  a  vesting  declaration, 
express  or  implied,  whether  or  not  he  otherwise  has  notice  of  the  trust, 
should  be  able  to  assume  without  inquiry  that  the  former  trustees  and  the 
substitute  or  additional  trustees  possessed  or  possess  and  properly  exer- 
cised or  are  properly  exercising  every  power  which  they  purported  or 
purport  to  exercise  over  the  property. 

79.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  a  purchaser  of  trust  property 
who  at  the  time  of  the  purchase  has  actual  notice  that  the  trustees  do  not 
possess  the  power  they  purport  to  exercise,  or  that  they  are  exercising  a 
power  improperly,  takes  the  trust  property  subject  to  the  terms  of  the 
trust  unless  title  to  the  trust  property  has  been  held  by  a  purchaser  without 
actual  notice  that  the  trustees  do  not  possess  the  power  or  that  they  are 
exercising  the  power  improperly. 

80.  For  the  purposes  of  Recommendation  78,  the  proposals  contained  in 
Recommendations  46,  47,  and  48  should  apply. 


84 


81.  Recommendations  78,  79,  and  80  should  apply  where  a  purchaser 
of  trust  property  relies  upon  the  production  or  registration  of  a  court 
order  appointing  or  discharging  a  trustee  or  vesting  trust  property  in  the 
trustees. 

82.  The  exception,  now  contained  in  section  9(3)  of  the  Trustee  Act,  relating 
to  "land  conveyed  by  mortgage  for  securing  money  subject  to  the  trust" 
should  not  be  carried  over  to  the  revised  Act. 

83.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that,  where  a  sole  trustee  or  one  or  more 
trustees  have  been  appointed  by  a  trust  instrument  to  act  on  the  initial 
taking  effect  of  the  trust,  and  all  or  some  of  them  have  continued  to  act 
in  the  absence  of  an  appointment  of  a  substitute  or  additional  trustee, 
they  may  by  deed  declare  that  they  were  appointed  by  the  trust  instrument, 
and  the  deed  should  have  effect  as  if  it  were  a  deed  of  appointment 
containing  a  vesting  declaration  for  the  purposes  of  the  application  of  the 
proposed  sheltering  provisions. 

84.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that,  if  original, 
substitute  or  additional  trustees  assert  to  a  purchaser  that  the  trust  instru- 
ment permits  a  majority  to  bind  all  the  trustees  and  that  they  constitute  a 
majority,  the  deed  of  appointment  or  the  deed  of  discharge,  or  a  deed 
executed  by  the  original  trustees,  or,  in  either  case,  a  supplemental  deed, 
should  contain  a  recital  quoting  the  provision  of  the  trust  instrument  to 
that  effect,  and  that  the  recital  is  conclusive  evidence  of  the  facts  so 
stated  and  shall  operate  to  bind  the  trust  in  favour  of  a  purchaser  of  trust 
property.  However,  where,  at  the  time  of  the  transaction,  the  purchaser 
has  actual  notice  to  the  contrary,  the  recital  should  not  have  the  recom- 
mended effect  unless  title  to  the  trust  property  has  been  held  by  a  pur- 
chaser without  such  actual  notice. 

85.  The  recommendations  that  deal  with  the  protection  of  third  parties  against 
improperly  appointed  trustees  and  against  trustees  who  lack  the  power  to 
act  or  who  are  acting  improperly,  and  the  recommendations  that  deal 
with  the  vesting  of  trust  property  should  be  mandatory  and  therefore  not 
subject  to  exclusion  by  a  contrary  intent  expressed  in  the  trust  instrument. 

86.  Except  for  an  express  vesting  declaration  having  effect  only  as  set  out  in 
section  9  of  the  present  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  the  proposed  sheltering 
provisions  should  only  apply  to  deeds  of  appointment  and  of  discharge 
and  to  vesting  orders  executed  or  made  after  the  revised  Act  has  come 
into  force. 


CHAPTER  4 


ADMINISTRATIVE 
POWERS  OF  TRUSTEES 


1.     INTRODUCTION 

A  trustee,  although  vested  with  title  to  trust  assets,  is  denied  the  powers 
of  disposition  and  management  that  are  enjoyed  by  an  absolute  owner.  The 
trustee  must  manage  the  trust  assets  on  behalf  of  others  according  to  the 
authority  conferred  upon  him  by  the  trust  instrument  or  by  statute,  and  must 
act  with  "vigilance,  prudence  and  sagacity".1  Generally,  the  administrative 
powers  conferred  upon  a  trustee  by  the  trust  instrument  will  complement  the 
intended  object  of  the  trust.  However,  over  the  years,  the  purposes  for  which 
trusts  are  created  have  undergone  significant  change. 

In  England  in  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries,  the  usual  object  of 
a  trust  was  the  preservation  of  an  estate  of  land,  including  a  "mansion  house", 
for  successive  generations  of  the  family  of  the  creator  of  the  trust.  Trustees 
needed  the  power  to  manage  the  property  as  would  an  estate  holder.  In  a 
well-drawn  instrument,  trustees  would  have  been  empowered  to  mortgage, 
lease,  carry  out  repairs  to  the  buildings,  erect  buildings,  enter  into  agreements 
concerning  easements  and  covenants,  and  engage  in  a  number  of  similar  acts. 
However,  it  is  unlikely  that  the  trustees  would  have  been  empowered  to  sell 
the  land  or,  indeed,  any  part  of  it,  since  the  whole  purpose  of  the  trust  was 
to  preserve  that  particular  land  and  house  for  the  family. 

With  the  growth  of  mercantilism  in  the  eighteenth  century,  the  so-called 
"traders'  trust"  became  familiar.  As  with  the  settlement  of  land,  the  creator 
of  this  trust  would  usually  have  had  in  mind  the  welfare  of  his  family,  but, 
unlike  the  strict  settlement,  the  assets  conveyed  to  trustees  would  have  been 
mixed  in  kind,  comprising  both  land  and  securities.  The  task  of  the  trustees 
would  have  been  to  invest  those  assets  in  such  a  way  that  they  would  be  as 
productive  as  possible  for  the  beneficiaries,  within  the  criteria  of  sound 
investment.  Such  trustees  would  have  needed  powers  not  only  to  ensure  that 
land  and  other  assets  held  by  the  trust  were  properly  managed,  but  also  to 
sell  the  trust  assets  when  this  would  have  been  a  wise  course  of  action. 
Trustees  would  also  have  needed  the  power  to  deal  with  securities  as  an 
investment;  that  is,  to  buy  and  sell,  to  exchange,  to  agree  to  the  reorganization 


1  Fates,  Wohlleben  v.  Canada  Permanent  Trust  Co. ,  [1977]  2  S.C.R.  302,  at  3 1 8.  ( 1977), 
70  D.L.R.  (3d)  257,  at  270,  [  1976]  6  W.W.R.  10,  at  22  (S.C.C.). 


85] 


186 

of  companies  and  to  amalgamations,  and,  generally,  to  handle  a  portfolio  of 
securities  as  would  any  investor. 

Today,  trust  instruments  have  different  objects  in  many  respects  from 
those  drawn  in  the  nineteenth  and  early  part  of  the  twentieth  century.  In 
particular,  tax-saving  has  become  an  increasingly  significant  object  of  inter 
vivos  trusts.  Such  trusts,  and  testamentary  trusts  faced  with  the  same  incidence 
of  high  taxation,  often  confer  upon  trustees  extensive  discretionary  powers 
in  relation  to  the  administration  of  trust  property,  powers  that  would  possibly 
have  been  unknown  and,  indeed,  unacceptable  in  earlier  times.  Even  if  tax- 
saving  is  not  a  primary  reason  for  the  creation  of  a  trust,  changed  economic 
circumstances  and  new  taxation  provisions  have  rendered  largely  obsolete 
certain  administrative  powers  that  were  widely  employed  only  a  few  years 
ago.2 

Legislation  did  not  intervene  in  the  area  of  trustee  administrative  powers 
until  almost  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century.3  At  that  time,  legislators 
began  to  confer  upon  trustees  certain  administrative  powers  that  well  advised 
settlors  and  testators  typically  gave  to  their  trustees.  These  powers  applied  to 
the  management  of  both  land  and  securities,  but  they  were  not  imposed  upon 
those  creating  trusts.  The  object  of  the  legislation  was  to  ensure  that  powers 
normally  contained  in  trust  instruments  would  not  be  denied  trustees  if,  by 
inadvertence,  they  had  been  omitted  from  the  trust  instrument.  The  legislators 
foresaw  that  some  settlors  and  testators  might  not  wish  to  have  any  of  these 
statutory  powers  apply  to  their  trusts,  and  the  legislation  provided,  therefore, 
that  the  powers  would  be  read  into  each  trust  instrument  only  so  far  as  they 
were  not  expressly  or  impliedly  excluded. 

This  practice,  initiated  by  the  trustee  legislation  of  England,  was  adopted 
in  most  Commonwealth  jurisdictions.  Today,  for  example,  the  trustee  legis- 
lation of  the  common  law  provinces  and  the  territories  of  Canada,  the  states 
of  Australia,  and  New  Zealand  incorporates,  in  some  form,  an  extensive  set 
of  administrative  powers,  which  the  creator  of  a  trust  is  free  to  amend  or 
reject,  expressly  or  impliedly,  as  he  desires.  However,  with  the  development 
of  the  trust  from  an  instrument  concerned  with  the  preservation  of  an  estate 
in  land  to  a  complex  device  of  tax-saving  and  investment  management,  the 
administrative  powers  that  are  widely  employed  today  are  conferred,  for  the 
most  part,  by  the  trust  instrument  and  bear  little  resemblance  to  many  of  the 
powers  contained  in  trustee  legislation. 

The  questions  that  arise,  therefore,  are  whether  the  revised  Act  should 
continue  the  tradition  of  enumerating  specific  administrative  powers  and,  if 
so,  the  powers  that  should  be  specified,  and  the  form  that  they  should  take. 
In  addressing  these  questions,  this  chapter  will  examine  the  following  topics: 


For  example,  in  light  of  the  taxation  provisions  concerning  spousal  trusts,  the  insertion 
in  the  trust  instrument  of  a  power  of  advancement  in  favour  of  the  remainderman  with 
the  consent  of  the  life  tenant,  where  the  latter  is  the  surviving  spouse,  would  now  taint 
the  spousal  trust. 

Trustee  administrative  powers  first  became  the  subject  matter  of  legislation  in  England 
in  An  Act  for  better  securing  Trust  Funds,  and  for  the  Relief  of  Trustees  (1847),  10  & 
11  Vict.,c.  96  (U.K.). 


187 

(1)  the  power  of  investment;  (2)  ancillary  powers  of  property  management; 
and  (3)  the  power  to  allocate  receipts  and  disbursements  between  income  and 
capital  beneficiaries. 

2.     THE  POWER  OF  INVESTMENT 

(a)  Introduction 

The  investment  policy  of  modern  trustees,  whether  the  trust  owns  one 
asset,  such  as  a  mortgage  debt,  or  a  portfolio  of  securities,  can  have  a 
profound  effect  on  the  degree  of  real  benefit  obtained  from  the  trust  by  its 
beneficiaries.  Generally,  every  trustee  has  the  duty  to  conduct  all  trust  affairs 
with  "vigilance,  prudence  and  sagacity".4  In  relation  to  trust  property,  unless 
the  trust  instrument  provides  to  the  contrary,  trustees  must  ensure  that  all 
trust  assets  are  productive  to  the  maximum  degree  that  the  market  permits, 
short  of  speculation.  As  a  result,  trustees  are  required  to  sell,  purchase,  and 
invest  assets  in  the  same  manner  as  would  a  prudent  man  of  business  in  the 
circumstances.  Trustees  must  be  aware  both  of  income  return  and  of  capital 
appreciation,  a  factor  that  will  be  of  particular  significance  if  the  trust  is  in 
favour  of  both  income  and  capital  beneficiaries.  They  must  have  in  mind  not 
only  the  objects  that  the  trust  seeks  to  achieve,  but  also  that  they  are  investing 
the  assets  of  others  for  their  benefit.  These  considerations  require  conserva- 
tism and  forbid  speculation. 

In  Ontario,  the  statutory  power  of  investment  has,  since  its  inception 
over  one  hundred  years  ago,  permitted  investment  by  trustees  only  in  certain 
kinds  of  securities,  commonly  referred  to  as  the  legal  list.5  The  statutory  legal 
list  of  authorized  investments  applies  to  all  trustees,  unless  the  trust  instrument 
provides  otherwise,  that  is,  unless  the  settlor  or  testator  chooses  either  to 
confer  upon  his  trustees  broader  powers  of  investment  or  to  restrict  the 
application  of  the  statutory  powers.6  In  this  portion  of  the  chapter,  we  shall 
examine  the  utility  of  retaining  the  statutory  legal  list  in  the  revised  Act,  and, 
in  this  regard,  the  following  topics  will  be  discussed:  (1)  the  statutory  legal 
list  investment  power,  its  history  and  status  today;  (2)  the  "prudent  man"  rule 
of  investment;  (3)  the  objectives  and  problems  of  contemporary  trustee  in- 
vestment; and  (4)  the  alternative  approaches  to,  and  recommendations  for, 
reform. 

(b)  The  Legal  List 

(i)     The  Ontario  Trustee  Act 

The  legal  list  of  authorized  investments  is  contained  in  sections  26  and 
27  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act.  These  sections  prescribe  a  range  of  securities 


4  Supra,  note  1 . 

1  The  legal  list  of  authorized  investments  was  first  introduced  in  Ontario  by  An  Act  to 


6 


Confer  certain  Powers  on  Trustees  and  Executors  ( 1 868-69),  32  Vict. ,  c.  37,  s.  1 
Trustee  Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  512,  ss.  26,  27,  67,  and  68. 


188 

in  which  trust  assets  may  be  invested,  and  provide  that  a  trustee  may  invest 
trust  money  in  his  hands  in  these  classes  of  securities,  but  only  if  the  invest- 
ment is  "in  other  respects  reasonable  and  proper".7  In  this  way  the  sections 
incorporate  the  common  law  rule  of  prudence.8 

The  investments  contained  in  section  26  include  the  securities  of  the 
Canadian  federal  government,  any  provincial  government,  the  United  King- 
dom government,  and  any  Canadian  municipal  corporation,  including  taxa- 
tion secured  bonds  within  Canada.  Section  26  also  lists  as  authorized  investments 
first  mortgages  on  real  estate  in  Canada,  Government  of  Canada  subsidy 
bonds,  loan  company  debentures,  trust  company  guaranteed  investments, 
securities  of  the  International  Bank  for  Reconstruction  and  Development,  and 
finally  deposit  documentation  issued  or  endorsed  by  any  Canadian  chartered 
bank. 

Section  27  provides  that,  in  addition  to  the  investments  authorized  by 
section  26,  a  trustee  holding  trust  money  for  investment  may  invest  such 
money  in  the  classes  of  investment  authorized  by  the  section.  These  invest- 
ments include  bonds  or  similar  securities  issued  by  any  corporation  incorpo- 
rated in  Canada,  provided  that  the  issue  is  secured  by  a  trust  deed  on  specified 
assets  of  the  corporation  or  by  a  federal  or  provincial  guarantee  of  payment. 
Debt  securities  or  preferred  shares  of  any  corporation  are  also  authorized  by 
this  section,  provided  that  in  either  case  the  interest  set  has  been  paid  for  each 
year  of  the  five  years  preceding  any  investment  by  the  trustee,  and  a  dividend 
of  at  least  four  percent  has  been  paid  on  the  corporation's  common  shares  for 
each  year  of  the  previous  five  years.  Common  shares  may  be  the  subject 
matter  of  investment,  but  only  on  the  condition  that  the  corporation  in  question 
has  paid  a  dividend  of  at  least  four  percent  on  those  shares  in  each  year  of 
the  previous  seven  years. 

While  each  section  lists  authorized  investments,  the  greater  part  of  the 
trust  assets  must  be  invested  in  section  26  securities.  This  is  required  by 
section  27(2)  of  the  Act,  which  prescribes  that  no  more  than  thirty-five  percent 
of  the  trust  assets  may  be  invested  in  section  27  securities.  However,  section 
27(3)  adds  that  no  sale  or  liquidation  of  investments  is  called  for  by  reason 
only  of  any  change  in  the  ratio  between  the  market  value  of  section  27 
investments  and  the  market  value  of  the  whole  of  the  trust  estate.  Aside  from 
this  restriction,  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  does  not  specify  further  how  the 
investment  of  trust  assets  should  be  distributed  between  section  26  and  27 
securities:  that  is,  the  Act  imposes  no  express  duty  to  diversify  investments, 
and  it  is  not  clear  whether  case  law  insists  upon  diversification  as  a  measure 
of  prudence.9  It  may  be  argued  therefore  that,  whether  trustees  are  limited  to 


Trustee  Act,  ibid.,  ss.  26-27 

See  Waters,  Law  of  Trusts  in  Canada  (1974),  at  685-87,  for  an  analysis  of  the  common 
law  standard  of  care  required  of  trustees  in  relation  to  their  investment  powers. 

See  Re  Smith,  [1971]  1  O.R.  584,  16  D.L.R.  (3d)  130,  affd  [1971]  2  O.R.  541,  18 
D.L.R.  (3d)  405  (C.A.).  Although  the  case  was  decided  and  upheld  on  the  ground  that 
the  trustee  had  failed  to  hold  an  even  hand  between  the  income  and  capital  beneficiaries, 
Keith  J.  noted  that  the  trustee  had  not  failed  to  exercise  prudence  and  reasonable  care 
when  he  had  failed  to  diversify  the  investment  of  the  fund.  In  the  case,  however,  while 
the  single  investment  had  a  low  income  return,  there  was  a  significant  capital  gain  for 
the  trust.  As  Waters  points  out,  one  wonders  whether  a  trustee  would  be  liable  for, 
among  other  things,  a  failure  to  diversify,  if  both  the  income  and  capital  return  of  the 
investment  had  declined  substantially:  see  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  688. 


189 

statutorily  authorized  investments,  or  are  given  a  wider  power  of  investment 
under  the  trust  instrument,  if  the  investment  is  held  to  be  "in  other  respects 
reasonable  and  proper"  within  the  meaning  of  the  Act,  trustees  will  not  have 
acted  improperly  even  if  they  invest  the  whole  of  the  trust  assets  in  section 
26  bonds. 

Sections  28  to  32  contain  supplementary  provisions  on  the  subject  of 
trustee  investment.  Section  28  designates  the  institutions  in  which  trustees 
may  deposit  trust  money  prior  to  investment.  Section  29  empowers  trustees 
to  vary  or  transpose  any  trust  investment  into  or  for  any  other  security 
authorized  by  the  statutory  legal  list.  Section  30,  in  effect,  prohibits  trustees 
from  investing  in  mortgages  or  other  secured  loans  until  they  are  advised  on 
each  occasion  by  a  valuator;  in  this  event,  they  may  advance  no  more  than 
three-quarters  of  the  valuation  given.  If  they  do  advance  more,  and  the 
investment  is  otherwise  proper,  section  31  provides  that  they  are  only  liable 
for  breach  to  the  extent  by  which  the  amount  advanced  is  in  excess  of  the 
authorized  amount.  Lastly,  section  32  provides  that  trustees  shall  not  be  liable 
for  breach  by  reason  only  of  continuing  to  hold  an  asset  that  has  ceased  to  be 
an  investment  authorized  by  the  instrument  or  by  the  statute. 

Before  considering  what  types  of  change,  if  any,  should  be  made  to  the 
Ontario  Trustee  Act  investment  powers,  it  will  be  useful  to  examine  the 
historical  background  of  the  legal  list  in  both  England  and  the  Common- 
wealth. 


(ii)     The  History  of  the  Legal  List 

a.     England 

The  investment  role  of  trustees  developed  in  England  during  the  late 
seventeenth  and  early  eighteenth  centuries.  The  overseas  territories  that  Eng- 
land began  to  acquire  in  the  early  seventeenth  century,  and  the  growth  in  that 
century  of  the  chartered  trading  companies,10  were  both  factors  in  the  expan- 
sion of  trade.  These  companies  brought  with  them  the  concept  of  stock  and, 
as  the  seventeenth  century  came  to  a  close,  the  English  government  -  the 
government  of  Great  Britain,  as  it  was  to  become  in  1707  -  also  issued 
securities  against  the  indebtedness  that  it  had  incurred  for  national  expenditure 
purposes.  The  existence  of  government,  Bank  of  England,  and  trading  com- 
pany securities  encouraged  investment  by  residents  of  Britain  in  assets  other 
than  land. 

In  the  first  decade  of  the  eighteenth  century,  those  with  funds  to  invest 
took  advantage  of  the  new  and  exciting  prospects  of  rapidly  acquired  wealth 
that  the  novel  investments  appeared  to  offer.  Indeed,  there  is  evidence  from 
the  law  reports  that  the  courts  saw  no  reason  why  trust  funds  should  not  also 


10  The  East  India  Company  was  founded  in  1600,  and  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  in  1670. 
The  Bank  of  England  was  established  in  1694,  and  1693  marked  the  beginning  of  the 
National  Debt. 


190 

be  invested  in  the  same  manner."  To  modern  eyes  the  stock  organization  of 
these  early  companies  was  unsophisticated.  Security  existed  only  so  long  as 
successful  trading  continued.  If  a  company  were  to  falter,  the  outcome  was 
usually  irrecoverable  loss  to  the  investors.  At  that  time  there  was  a  lack  of 
reasonable  caution  concerning  investment  of  funds  in  these  trading  ventures. 

A  sketch  of  the  history  of  this  period,  however  brief,  would  not  be 
complete  without  mention  of  the  South  Sea  Company,  founded  in  1710,  and 
the  governmental  sanction  that  was  given  to  the  company's  plan  to  buy  out 
the  holders  of  the  National  Debt  through  the  issue  of  its  stock. I2  The  Company 
was  formed  to  trade  in  the  Pacific  Ocean  area  and  in  the  Americas,  an 
attractive  market.  However,  speculation  was  so  intense  and  the  issue  of  stock 
so  considerable  that,  although  Parliament  at  Westminster  attempted  to  curb 
the  early  flood  of  speculative  buying,13  the  "Bubble"  burst.  The  ruin  for  many 
investors  was  complete,  and  investments  that  were  lost  included  the  funds  of 
many  trust  beneficiaries.  The  ultimate  collapse,  ending  the  boom,  left  a  tide 
of  apprehension  regarding  any  trustee  investment  in  trading  companies,  which 
was  to  last  until  well  into  the  nineteenth  century. 

The  liberal  approach  of  the  courts  to  the  investment  of  trust  funds  was 
dramatically  reversed  as  soon  as  the  South  Sea  Bubble  collapsed.14  This 
reaction  resulted  in  the  "court-made  list"  of  authorized  investments  for  trust- 
ees, which  was  the  forerunner  of  the  statutory  "legal  list".  Unless  expressly 
permitted  by  the  trust  instrument,15  or  authorized  by  Parliament,  the  English 
courts  thereafter  did  not  allow  trustees  to  invest  in  the  stocks  of  private 
enterprises.  After  the  collapse,  the  courts  allowed  investment  only  in  Bank 
of  England  three  percent  Consolidated  Annuities.16  The  stock  of  the  Bank 
itself  was  excluded,  even  though  it  was  a  perfectly  safe  security.17  Also 


11  See,  for  example,  Trenchard  v.  Wanlex  (1723),  2  P.  Wms.  166,  at  168,  24  E.R.  685, 
at  685-86  (Ch.),  and  Jackson  v.  Jackson  (1737),  1  Atk.  513,  at  514,  26  E.R.  324,  at 
325  (Ch.). 

12  South  Sea  Company  Act  (1710),  9  Anne,  c.  21  (U.K.).  The  South  Sea  Company  was 
thereafter  incorporated  as  "The  Governors  and  Company  of  Merchants  of  Great  Britain 
trading  to  the  South  Seas  and  other  Parts  of  America  and  for  encouraging  the  Fishery". 
That  the  government  encouraged  fiduciaries  to  invest  in  the  stock  of  the  South  Sea 
Company  is  evidenced  by  An  act  for  enabling  the  South-Sea  Company  to  encrease  their 
present  capital  stock  and  fund  etc.  (1719),  6  Geo.  1,  c.  4,  s.  23  (U.K.). 

13  Royal  Exchange  and  London  Assurance  Corporations  Act  (1719),  6  Geo.  1,  c.  18 
(U.K.).  The  so-called  "Bubble  Act"  was  designed  to  end  the  problem,  but  it  caused  such 
a  panic  that  the  company  was  saved  from  oblivion  only  by  further  governmental  inter- 
vention: see,  generally,  Gower,  Cronin,  Easson,  and  Wedderburn  (eds.),  Gower's  Prin- 
ciples of  Modern  Company  Law  (4th  ed.,  1979),  at  28-32. 

14  See,  for  example,  Trafford  v.  Boehm  (1746),  3  Atk.  440,  at  444,  26  E.R.  1054,  at  1056 
(Ch.),  and  Adye  v.  Feuilleteau  (1783),  1  Cox  24,  at  26,  29  E.R.  1045,  at  1046  (Ch.), 
where  Baron  Hotham  called  investment  in  private  securities  "a  species  of  gambling". 

15  Even  where  the  trust  instrument  permitted  investment  in  private  securities,  the  courts 
construed  the  enabling  power  strictly:  see  Trafford  v.  Boehm,  supra,  note  14,  at  444 
(Atk.),  1056  (E.R. ). 

16  This  was  the  investment  traditionally  employed  by  the  courts  for  the  investment  of  funds 
in  court:  see  Peat  v.  Crane,  cited  in  Hancom  v.  Allen  (1774),  Dick.  498,  at  499,  21 
E.R.  363  (Ch.). 

17  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth  (1802),  7  Ves.  Jun.  138,  at  150,  32  E.R.  56,  at  61  (Ch.),  per 
Lord  Eldon  (subsequent  references  are  to  32  E.R.). 


excluded  were  all  public  annuities  that  were  not  government  annuities  and, 
indeed,  government  or  bank  annuities  other  than  the  Bank  of  England  three 
percent  Consolidated  Annuities.18  Even  first  mortgages,  although  favoured 
by  some  Chancery  courts,19  did  not  receive  general  judicial  approval.20  How- 
ever, if  loss  ensued  by  reason  of  investment  in  Bank  of  England  three  percent 
Consolidated  Annuities,  trustees  might  effectively  defend  themselves  on  the 
ground  that  they  had  invested  in  the  "court-made  list".21 

As  late  as  the  mid-nineteenth  century,  when  confidence  in  investments 
other  than  Bank  of  England  three  percent  Consolidated  Annuities  began  to 
return,  the  courts  condoned,  but  did  not  encourage,  mortgage  investment.22 
The  fear  was  still  that  the  security,  the  land,  might  diminish  in  value.  Grad- 
ually, government  securities  began  to  earn  judicial  consent.  Nonetheless, 
Parliament  was  consistently  looked  to  as  the  only  body  that  should  authorize 
change  in  permissible  trustee  investment  practice,  unless,  of  course,  the 
settlor  or  testator  had  seen  fit  to  confer  additional  investment  powers  upon 
his  trustees. 

In  1859,  Parliament  intervened  to  broaden  the  investment  power  of  trust- 
ees by  the  introduction  of  the  "legal  list"  of  trustee  investments.  An  Act  of 
that  year,  commonly  known  as  Lord  St.  Leonard' s  Act ,23  authorized  as  trustee 
investments  the  stock  of  the  Bank  of  England  and  Ireland,  thereby  reversing 
the  judicial  prohibition  against  investment  in  bank  stock.  Further,  the  Act 
settled  the  difference  of  judicial  opinion  concerning  mortgage  investment  in 
that  it  permitted  trustees  to  invest  in  mortgages  of  real  property  in  England, 
Wales,  and  Ireland.  In  addition,  the  Act  approved  as  an  authorized  investment 
the  stock  of  the  highly  successful  East  India  Company.  Parliamentary  action 
continued  and,  in  I860,24  the  Court  of  Chancery  was  empowered  to  authorize 
investment  "in  three  percent  Consolidated  or  Reduced,  or  New  Bank  Annu- 
ities, or  in  such  other  stocks,  funds  or  securities"  as  it  thought  fit.25  However, 
in  1888,  the  interest  on  Consolidated  Annuities  was  statutorily  reduced  to 
two  and  one-half  percent,26  an  event  that  prompted  the  demand  for  real  change 
in  the  range  of  trustee  investments.  Trustees  and  their  advisers  looked  to 
Parliament  to  authorize  investment  in  the  new  commercial  wealth  of  the 
country.  As  a  result,  in  1889,  the  debentures  and  preference  shares  of  railway 


18  Bank  of  England  three  percent  Consolidated  Annuities  were  presumably  preferred  be- 
cause their  low  rate  of  interest  made  them  least  likely  to  be  redeemed.  As  a  result,  even 
four  and  five  percent  annuities  would  be  ordered  to  be  sold  and  reinvested  in  the  three 
percent  annuities:  see  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth,  ibid.,  at  61-62. 

19  See,  for  example.  Brown  v.  Litton  (1711),  1  P.  Wms.  140,  24  E.R.  329  (Ch.);  Knight 
v.  Earl  of  Plymouth  (1747),  Dick.  120,  21  E.R.  214  (Ch.);  and  Pocock  v.  Reddington 
(1801),  5  Ves.  Jun.  794,  31  E.R.  862  (Ch.). 

20  Exp.  Cathorpe(\185),  1  Cox  182,  29  E.R.  1 1 19  (Ch.). 

21  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth,  supra,  note  17,  at  61. 

22  Rahy  v.  Ridehalgh  (1855),  7  De  G.M.  &  G.  104,  44  E.R.  41  (Ch.  D.);  Howe  v.  Lord 
Dartmouth,  supra,  note  17,  at  61 . 

23  Law  of  Property  Amendment  Act,  1859,  22  &  23  Vict.,  c.  35,  s.  32  (U.K.). 

24  Law  of  Property  Amendment  Act,  1X60,  23  &  24  Vict.,  c.  38,  s.  1  1  (U.K.). 

25  See,  generally,  Mowbray  (ed.).  Lewin  on  Trusts  ( 16th  cd..  1964),  at  322. 

26  National  Debt  (Conversion)  Act,  1888.  51  &  52  Vict.,  c.  2  (U.K.). 


192 

• 

companies,  provided  those  companies  had  paid  at  least  a  three  percent  divi- 
dend on  their  common  stock  in  each  of  the  two  previous  years,  were  added 
to  the  legal  list.27  In  1893,  the  two  year  dividend  requirement  was  extended 
to  ten,  due  to  the  heavy  post- 1889  investment  in  railways.28  Also  in  1893, 
the  legal  list  was  increased  by  the  addition  of  securities  of  large  municipalities, 
certain  utilities,  and  Indian  government  and  railway  securities.29  By  this  latter 
addition,  trustees  could  invest  for  the  first  time  in  the  wealth  generated  by 
the  Empire,  a  process  that  gathered  momentum  in  1900,  when  trustees  were 
allowed  to  invest  in  a  large  number  of  colonial  stocks,  as  long  as  the  stocks 
were  registered  in  England. 


30 


These  authorized  investments  were  consolidated  in  the  English  Trustee 
Act,  1925, n  and  the  character  of  the  legal  list  remained  substantially  in  this 
form  until  the  Trustee  Investments  Act,  1961 .32  During  the  intervening  years, 
the  securities  of  new  public  authorities  were  added  on  an  ad  hoc  basis.33 
Although  the  inclusion  of  private  company  securities  in  the  English  Trustee 
Act,  1925  was  considered,  it  was  rejected  in  favour  of  the  established  policy 
of  permitting  only  fixed-interest  securities 


}4 


The  weakness  of  this  policy  began  to  emerge  in  the  1930's.  As  full 
independence  came  to  Dominion  and  former  Colonial  territories,  their  secu- 
rities no  longer  qualified  under  the  legal  list,  and,  as  a  result,  the  number  of 
authorized  overseas  securities  lessened  significantly.35  The  economic  conse- 
quences of  the  Depression  also  resulted  in  the  disqualification  of  many  other 
investments  within  the  United  Kingdom.  After  1945,  the  pace  of  conferment 
of  independence  upon  dependent  territories  quickened.  Moreover,  other  fac- 
tors appeared  at  this  time  that  were  deleterious  to  the  legal  list  philosophy, 
namely,  a  sinking  pound  sterling,  high  inflation,  and  the  conversion  of  com- 
mercial stock  into  government  securities  as  a  consequence  of  the  nationali- 
zation of  major  industries,  which  thereafter  rapidly  declined  in  value.36 

The  economic  ravages  wrought  by  two  successive  world  wars  further 
beggared  nations  and  their  citizens  alike.  In  the  significant  commercial  re- 
covery of  the  1950's,  it  was  common  stock  that  provided  the  best  hedge 


27  Trust  Investment  Act,  1889,  52  &  53  Vict.,  c.  2  (U.K.). 

28  Trustee  Act,  1893,  56  &  57  Vict.,  c.  53  (U.K.). 

29  Ibid.,s.  1. 

30  Colonial  Stock  Act,  1900,  63  &  64  Vict.,  c.  62  (U.K.). 

31  Trustee  Act,  1925,  15  &  16  Geo.  5,  c.  19,  s.  1  (U.K.). 

32  Trustee  Investments  Act,  1961,  9  &  10  Eliz.  2,  c.  62  (U.K.). 

3  See,  generally,  Keeton,  The  Law  of  Trusts  (9th  ed.,  1968),  at  247  et  seq.,  and  Lewin  on 
Trusts,  supra,  note  25,  at  322  et  seq.,  for  a  review  of  the  historical  development  of  trust 
investment  powers  in  England. 

34  See  Keeton,  supra,  note  33,  at  250. 

35  Ibid. 

36  See  Keeton,  The  Investment  and  Taxation  of  Trust  Funds  (1964),  at  1 1 .  Shareholders 
were  compelled  by  the  government  to  convert  their  holdings  into  government  stock  at 
low  interest  rates.  The  stock  was  usually  irredeemable,  and  it  declined  to  about  forty 
percent  of  its  nominal  value. 


193 

against  inflation,  and  most  well  advised  testators  and  settlors  conferred  upon 
their  trustees  considerably  greater  investment  freedom  than  that  authorized 
by  the  Trustee  Act,  1925.  Those  trusts  that  were  restricted  to  the  legal  list, 
especially  charitable  trusts,  suffered  greatly. 

In  1952,  the  Nathan  Committee37  recommended  to  Parliament  that  the 
concept  of  a  legal  list  be  retained.  The  Committee  gave  no  reason  for  this 
view,  beyond  saying  that  trustee  investments  were  outside  its  mandate,  which 
was  solely  to  inquire  into  the  law  concerning  charitable  trusts.  However,  it 
did  recommend  that  common  stock  should  be  included  in  the  legal  list,  subject 
to  certain  qualifications.  The  Committee  considered  that  not  more  than  fifty 
percent  of  a  total  trust  fund  should  be  capable  of  investment  in  other  than 
listed  gilt-edged  stocks,38  and  that  before  the  debentures,  stocks,  and  shares 
of  a  financial,  industrial,  or  commercial  company  could  qualify,  the  company 
must  have  paid  at  least  four  percent  on  its  common  shares  in  each  year  over 
the  period  of  the  previous  ten  years,  and  issued  shares,  quoted  on  the  London 
Stock  Exchange,  to  the  value  of  at  least  one  million  pounds  sterling.  More- 
over, the  company's  qualifying  debentures  and  preference  shares  had  to  be 
first  priority  securities. 

This  recommendation  did  not  receive  statutory  implementation,  and  hard- 
pressed  trustees  tied  to  the  legal  list  continued  to  look  to  Parliament  to  add 
further  investments  to  the  restricted  list  contained  in  the  Trustee  Act,  1925. 
A  partial  solution  to  this  unsatisfactory  situation  was  provided  by  the  Varia- 
tion of  Trusts  Act,  1958™  which  facilitates  the  amendment  of  trustees'  in- 
vestment powers  under  the  trust  instrument,  but  only  if  there  are  minor  or 
incapacitated  beneficiaries  and  all  adult  and  capacitated  beneficiaries  consent. 
Otherwise,  trustees  had  to  rely  on  the  court  to  confer  upon  them,  in  particular 
situations,  an  investment  power  found  to  be  desirable,  but  not  included  in  the 
trust  instrument.40  It  was  not  until  the  introduction  of  the  Trustee  Investments 
Act,  196141  that  the  statutory  investment  power  was  recast. 

As  a  result  of  several  studies,  debates,  and  requests  for  reform,42  Parlia- 
ment passed  the  Trustee  Investments  Act,  1961 .  Briefly  stated,  its  first  object 
was  to  increase  the  categories  of  investment  available  to  trustees  who  had  not 
been  given  a  wider  power  of  investment  by  the  trust  instrument,  and  its 
second  object  was  to  ensure  that  trustees  would  take  advice  from  qualified 
persons  before  making  investment  decisions.  We  shall  examine  the  specific 
contents  of  the  Act  in  a  later  section  of  this  chapter. 


43 


37  The  Committee  on  the  Law  and  Practice  relating  to  Charitable  Trusts  (Cmd.  8710, 
1952). 

38  Ibid.,  para.  289,  at  67. 

39  6&7Eliz.  2,  c.  53  (U.K.). 

40  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  31,  s.  57(1).  See,  also,  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(b)(i)a. 

41  Supra,  note  32. 

42  See,  for  example,  the  Committee  on  the  Law  and  Practice  relating  to  Charitable  Trusts. 
supra,  note  37,  and  Latham,  "Trustee  Investments  and  American  Practice"  (1954),  7 
Curr.  Legal  Prob.  139,  153. 

43  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  2(b)(iii)b. 


194 

b.     Canada 

The  development  of  trust  investment  in  Canada  began  at  a  time  later  than 
the  South  Sea  Bubble  disaster  in  England.  As  a  consequence,  the  Canadian 
provinces  and  territories  adopted  from  the  beginning  the  concept  of  the  court- 
made  list  and  later  the  legal  list. 

With  only  minor  differences,  the  Canadian  provinces  and  territories  fol- 
lowed English  developments  in  this  area,  gradually  liberalizing  the  legal  list. 
In  Ontario,  legislation  was  first  enacted  in  1868,44  when  Canadian  federal  and 
Ontario  provincial  securities  were  approved  for  trustee  investment.  In  1879,45 
the  debentures  of  certain  trust  and  loan  companies  were  added  as  authorized 
investments,  and,  in  1886,  a  Statute  Amendment  Act46  permitted  trustees  to 
invest  in  first  mortgages,  thus  recognizing  a  long-time  practice  among  Ontario 
trustees.  From  this  time  forward  a  series  of  Acts  expanded  the  legal  list.47  In 
general,  the  character  of  investments  authorized  by  the  legislation  of  the 
Canadian  provinces  and  territories  was  similar  to  that  of  the  investments 
contained  in  the  legal  list  in  England:  fixed-interest  securities  issued  or  guar- 
anteed by  federal,  provincial,  or  municipal  governments;  first  mortgages  on 
land,  in  a  gradually  increasing  list  of  provinces;  and  securities  issued  or 
guaranteed  by  the  United  Kingdom  government.  As  previously  noted,  these 
investments  are  now  contained  in  section  26  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act. 

It  was  not  until  1960  that  Ontario  added  a  new  provision  to  the  Trustee 
Act,  now  section  27,  to  permit  trustees  restricted  to  the  legal  list  to  invest  in 
corporate  debt  obligations  and  preference  and  common  shares.48  In  adding 
corporate  securities  to  the  legal  list,  the  legislature  was,  it  seems,  influenced 
by  the  Uniform  Trustee  Act  adopted  in  1957  by  the  Conference  of  Commis- 
sioners on  Uniformity  of  Legislation  in  Canada.49  Responding  in  1951  to 
criticism  of  the  restrictive  legal  lists  that  prevailed  in  Canadian  jurisdictions 
at  that  time,  the  Commissioners  commenced  work  on  a  Uniform  Act.  Al- 
though their  first  draft  made  no  reference  to  corporate  preferred  or  common 
shares,  two  later  drafts  included  such  securities,  with  the  qualification  that  a 
four  percent  dividend  on  preferred  shares  of  qualified  corporations  must  have 


An  Act  to  Confer  certain  Powers  on  Trustees  and  Executors,  supra,  note  5. 

An  Act  respecting  Investment  of  Trust  Funds  ( 1 879),  42  Vict. ,  c.  2 1 ,  s.  1 . 

The  Statute  Amendment  Act ,  1886,  49  Vict.,  c.  16,  s.  24. 

47  An  Act  amending  The  Trustee  Investment  Act  (1900),  63  Vict.,  c.  18,  s.  1;  The  Statute 
Law  Amendment  Act,  1907,  7  Edw.  7,  c.  23,  s.  2;  The  Trustee  Acr  (1911),  1  Geo.  5, 
c.  26, s.  21;The  Trustee  Act,  1919,  S.O.  1919,  c.  31,  s.  2;  The  Statute  Law  Amendment 
Act,  1933,  S.O.  1933,  c.  59,  s.  17;  The  Trustee  Act,  1934,  S.O.  1934,  c.  60,  s.  3;  The 
Trustee  Amendment  Act,  1952,  S.O.  1952,  c.  109,  s.  1;  The  Trustee  Amendment  Act, 
I960,  S.O.  1960,  c.  126,  s.  1;  The  Trustee  Amendment  Act,  1965,  S.O.  1965,  c.  134, 
s.l;  and  The  Trustee  Amendment  Act,  1970,  S.O.  1970,  c.  39,  s.  1. 

The  Trustee  Amendment  Act,  1960,  supra,  note  47,  s.  1 .  At  that  time,  the  consent  of  the 
Supreme  Court  was  required  for  investment  in  the  securities  listed  in  s.  27,  a  requirement 
that  was  dropped  in  1969:  see  The  Trustee  Amendment  Act,  1968-69,  S.O.  1968-69, 
c.  134,  s.  1. 

Proceedings  of  the  Thirty-Ninth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Conference  of  Commissioners 
on  Uniformity  of  Legislation  in  Canada  (1957),  at  24  and  82-86.  It  should  be  noted  that 
in  1974  the  Conference  changed  its  name  to  the  Uniform  Law  Conference  of  Canada. 


48 


49 


195 

been  paid  in  each  year  of  the  five  preceding  years,  and  that  a  similar  dividend 
for  each  year  of  the  previous  seven  years  must  have  been  paid  on  common 
shares.  However,  the  Commissioners  were  unable  to  agree  upon  this  matter, 
and  the  final  draft  Act  in  1957  included  only  the  debt  securities  of  qualifying 
corporations. 

In  the  very  year  of  the  approval  of  the  Act,  1957,  Nova  Scotia  enacted 
the  Uniform  Act,30  with  one  important  difference.  The  difference  was  that 
the  Nova  Scotia  legislation  followed  the  earlier  drafts  of  the  Commissioners 
and  permitted  trustees  to  invest  in  preferred  and  common  shares.  This  statu- 
tory initiative  started  a  trend  that  spread  across  Canada.  In  1960,  as  we  have 
seen,  Ontario  enacted  section  27  of  the  Trustee  Act  to  allow  investment  in 
corporate  debentures,  preferred  and  common  shares,51  provided  that  the  con- 
sent of  the  Supreme  Court  had  been  obtained  on  application  by  trustees 
wishing  to  invest  in  this  manner.  During  the  period  between  1957  and  1970, 
one  Canadian  jurisdiction  after  another  amended  its  trustee  legislation  to 
permit  investment  in  corporate  securities.52  In  1969,  Ontario  dropped  the 
requirement  of  judicial  consent.53 

In  1965,  the  Conference  of  Commissioners  on  Uniformity  of  Legislation 
in  Canada  returned  to  the  subject  of  trustee  investment  in  view  of  the  fact 
that  most  provincial  trustee  legislation  had  gone  beyond  the  1957  Uniform 
Act.54  In  1970,  a  new  Uniform  Act  was  adopted  that  departed  entirely  from 
the  concept  of  the  legal  list.55  This  Act  proposed  a  new  investment  power, 
namely,  the  prudent  man  concept,  an  approach  that  will  be  discussed  in 
greater  detail  in  a  later  section  of  this  chapter. - 


56 


51 


52 


55 


56 


Trustee  Amendment  Act ,  S.N.S.  1957,  c.  54. 

Ontario  adopted  a  varied  form  of  the  drafts  of  the  Uniformity  Commissioners  that  had 
specified  the  dividends  and  the  length  of  time  prior  to  an  investment  that  the  dividend 
must  have  been  paid.  For  investment  in  preference  shares,  Ontario  required  only  a 
dividend  at  the  set  rate  on  all  the  issued  preference  shares  and  adopted  the  period  of  five 
previous  years;  it  required  as  an  alternative  a  four  percent  dividend  on  all  the  company's 
issued  common  shares,  but  required  only  a  previous  five  years  of  such  payment.  For 
investment  in  common  shares,  Ontario  adopted  the  Commissioners'  earlier  drafts  -  four 
percent  on  all  its  common  shares  over  the  preceding  seven  years. 

It  is  also  a  possible  explanation  of  its  actions  that  in  1960  Ontario  simply  followed 
the  then  formulae  for  authorized  investments  contained  in  Part  III  of  the  Canadian  and 
British  Insurance  Companies  Act,  S.C.  1932,  c.  46,  s.  63(b)(ii),  (iii),  and  (v),  then 
enacted  as  R.S.C.  1952,  c.  31,  s.  63(1 )(/),  (k),  and(/).  The  latter  Act  was  later  amended 
(S.C.  1964-65,  c.  40,  s.  5(5))  to  permit  investment  in  common  shares,  if  the  qualifying 
company  had  paid  a  four  percent  dividend  in  each  of  the  preceding  five  years,  or  had 
earnings  in  each  such  year  available  to  pay  such  a  dividend. 

For  a  comprehensive  summary  of  those  Canadian  jurisdictions  that  permit  trustee  in- 
vestment in  corporate  securities,  see  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  987-95. 

The  Trustee  Amendment  Act,  196H-69,  supra,  note  48,  s.  1. 

Proceedings  of  the  Forty-Seventh  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Conference  of  Commissioners 
on  Uniformity  of  Legislation  in  Canada  ( 1965),  at  31 . 

Uniform  Trustee  Act,  Proceedings  of  the  Fifty-Second  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Confer- 
ence of  Commissioners  on  Uniformity  of  Legislation  in  Canada  (1970),  at  35  and 
115-17. 

See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  2(c)(ii)b. 


196 
(iii)     The  Legal  List  Today 

a.     Canada 

Today,  eight  provinces  possess  in  their  trustee  legislation  a  list  of  per- 
mitted investments.57  New  Brunswick  and  Manitoba,58  the  Northwest  Terri- 
tories,59 and  the  Yukon60  are  the  exceptions,  and  instead  have  adopted  the 
investment  power  proposed  in  1970  by  the  Conference  of  Commissioners  on 
Uniformity  of  Legislation  in  Canada,  namely,  the  prudent  man  concept.  Of 
the  jurisdictions  that  retain  a  legal  list  approach  to  trustee  investments,  we 
have  already  examined  in  detail  the  provisions  that  are  contained  in  the  present 
Ontario  Trustee  Act.61  The  remaining  jurisdictions  follow,  in  substance,  the 
Ontario  pattern.  However,  they  differ  from  Ontario  in  that  there  is  no  com- 
plete matching  of  authorized  investments,  nor  of  qualifying  conditions.  For 
example,  Newfoundland  does  not  permit  investment  in  corporate  preferred 
shares,  and,  together  with  Saskatchewan,  does  not  permit  investment  in 
common  shares.  All  of  the  legal  list  jurisdictions  place  restrictions  upon  the 
percentage  of  trust  funds  that  may  be  invested  in  a  particular  range  of  invest- 
ment, but  differ  both  as  to  the  securities  that  are  included  within  the  percent- 
age and  as  to  the  level  of  percentage  prescribed.' 


62 


Finally,  it  should  be  noted  that  legislation,  other  than  trustee  legislation, 
employs  a  legal  list  concept  for  investment  purposes.  An  example  of  such  a 
list  is  contained  in  the  federal  Canadian  and  British  Insurance  Companies 
Act,63  designed  for  the  investment  of  the  funds  of  life  and  other  insurance 
companies.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  in  private  trusts  the  investment  power 
of  trustees  is  frequently  expressed  by  reference  to  this  Act.  However,  in  such 
cases  of  incorporation  by  reference,  the  Act's  percentage  limitation,  which 
brings  about  diversification  within  the  authorized  list,  is  usually  made  ex- 
pressly inapplicable  by  the  trust  instrument. 

b.     England 

It  will  be  recalled  that  in  1961  England  recast  the  statutory  investment 
power  with  the  enactment  of  the  Trustee  Investments  Act,  1961 ,64  The  Act, 
which  constitutes  the  statutory  investment  power  for  trustees  in  England 


7  See  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  987-95,  for  a  comparative  survey  of  the  investment  powers 
under  the  investment  sections  of  the  provincial  Trustee  Acts. 

58  See,  respectively,  the  Trustees  Act,  R.S.N.B.  1973,  c.  T-15,  s.  2,  and  An  Act  to  Amend 
The  Trustee  Act,  infra,  note  182.  For  a  discussion  of  the  recent  Manitoba  legislation, 
see  infra,  sec.  2(c)(ii)b. 

59  Trustee  Ordinance,  R.O.N.W.T.  1974,  c.  T-8,  s.3. 

60  Trustee  Ordinance,  R.O.Y.T.  1978,  c.  T-5,  ss.3  and  4,  as  am.  by  O.Y.T.  1980  (1st), 
c.  33,  s.  1(1). 

61  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  2(b)(i). 
See  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  993-95. 
R.S.C.  1970,  c.  1-15,  s.  63. 
Trustee  Investments  Act,  1961,  supra,  note  32. 


197 

today,  was  intended  to  confer  upon  trustees  a  wider  power  of  investment  than 
had  previously  existed  and  to  ensure  that  trustees  sought  advice  from  invest- 
ment experts  before  investing  in  a  particular  security. 

To  secure  the  first  objective,  the  Act  classifies  investments  into  narrower- 
range  and  wider-range  investments.65  Narrower-range  investments  are  divided 
into  two  lists.  The  first,  Part  I  investments,  consists  of  various  kinds  of 
savings  bonds  and  savings  accounts.66  The  second,  Part  II  investments,  con- 
tains the  investments  that  were  authorized  by  the  Trustee  Act,  1925,  with 
some  additions  of  a  similar  nature.67  The  wider-range  investments,  Part  III 
investments,  consist  of  debentures,  stocks,  and  shares  issued  in  the  United 
Kingdom,  including  the  common  stock  and  shares  of  financial,  industrial, 
and  commercial  companies  registered  in  the  United  Kingdom.68  A  qualifying 
company  must  have  at  least  one  million  pounds  sterling  of  issued  and  paid- 
up  capital  and  have  paid  a  dividend  on  all  its  shares  in  each  of  the  five  years 
previous  to  the  investment,69  although  the  Act  does  not  state  that  the  dividends 
must  satisfy  any  particular  percentage  requirement.  Also  included  in  Part  III, 
the  wider-range  investments,  are  unit  trusts  and  shares  in  designated  building 
societies. 

A  trustee  may  invest  up  to  fifty  percent  of  the  trust  assets  in  Part  III, 
wider-range,  investments.  Specifically,  section  2(1)  of  the  Act  provides  that 
a  trustee  who  wishes  to  invest  in  wider-range  securities  must  first  divide  the 
total  fund  into  two  equal  parts.  Thereafter,  for  investment  purposes,  the  two 
halves  must  be  kept  completely  distinct,  one  half  being  invested  in  the 
narrower-range  investments  and  the  other  half  being  invested  in  the  wider- 
range  investments.  Although  subsequent  accruals  to  either  portion  may  re- 
main in  that  half,  any  transfer  of  investments  from  one  half  to  the  other  must 
be  accompanied  by  an  equivalent  value  transfer  in  the  reverse  direction.  New 
funds  coming  to  trustees  may  always  be  invested  entirely  in  the  narrower- 
range  investments,  but  only  one  half  of  such  funds  may  be  invested  in  the 
wider-range  investments.  The  powers  contained  in  the  Act  are  in  addition  to 
and  not  in  derogation  from  any  other  investment  powers  conferred  upon 
trustees  by  the  trust  instrument,  or  otherwise  by  statute,  or  by  a  court  order.70 
The  Act  contains  complex  provisions  to  deal  with  these  other  investment 
powers  that  trustees  might  possess.  These  powers  are  known  under  the  Act 
as  "special  powers",  and  property  acquired  pursuant  to  such  powers  is  desig- 
nated "special-range  property".71 

The  second  objective  of  the  Trustee  Investments  Act,  1961 ,  namely,  to 
ensure  that  trustees  act  only  upon  proper  advice,  is  secured  by  prescribing 


65  Ibid.,  s.  1(4).  See,  also,  Pettit,  Equity  and  the  Law  of  Trusts  (4th  ed.,  1979),  at  277-90, 
for  a  detailed  examination  of  the  English  trustee  investment  powers. 

66  Trustee  Investments  Act,  1 961 ,  supra,  note  32,  Schedule  1,  Part  I'- 

67  Ibid.,  Schedule  I,  Part  II. 

68  Ibid. ,  Schedule  1,  Part  III. 

69  Ibid.,  Schedule  1,  Part  IV. 

70  Ibid.,s.  3(1). 

71  Ibid.,  s.  3(3).  Schedule  II,  para.  1.  See,  also,  Pettit.  supra,  note  65,  at  279-80. 


198 

the  investment  considerations  that  trustees  are  to  entertain,  and  when  they 
must  seek  advice.72  Trustees  are  to  consider  the  types  of  investment  they 
should  acquire  and  the  suitability  of  the  proposed  investment  to  the  needs  of 
their  particular  trust.73  The  relevant  provisions  seem  to  do  no  more  than 
specify  the  common  law  duty  of  care.  Quite  new  to  English  trustee  legislation, 
however,  is  the  requirement  that  trustees  shall  have  regard  to  the  need  for 
diversification  of  investments  of  the  trust,  "in  so  far  as  is  appropriate  to  the 
circumstances  of  the  trust".74  As  a  result,  it  would  appear  that  trustees  oper- 
ating under  the  Act  can  no  longer  invest  heavily  in  one  or  two  authorized 
investments,  such  as  narrower-range  investments,  and,  to  a  charge  that  they 
have  permitted  the  value  of  the  portfolio  to  fall  substantially,  later  raise  the 
defence  that  the  investments  are  statutorily  authorized. 

The  Act  further  stipulates  that  trustees  who  plan  to  invest  in  Part  II  and 
Part  III  investments  must  first  seek  advice  in  writing  from  a  person  they 
reasonably  believe  "to  be  qualified  by  his  ability  in  and  practical  experience 
of  financial  matters".75  Moreover,  after  the  initial  investment,  before  any 
selling  or  further  purchase  may  take  place,  trustees  must  again  seek  advice. 
In  either  case,  advice  is  not  required  by  the  Act  if  one  of  the  trustees  is 
qualified  in  investment  matters.76  The  loan  of  trust  money  on  the  security  of 
real  estate  requires  the  additional  advice  of  a  valuator  or  appraiser,77  so  that 
a  trustee  who  contemplates  such  an  investment  needs  preliminary  advice  from 
two  quarters,  an  investment  adviser  and  a  valuator  or  appraiser. 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  Trustee  Investments  Act,  1961  permits  the 
addition  of  new  investments  to  the  legal  list  by  Order-in-Council,  instead  of 
by  statutory  amendment,78  and  that  by  a  statutory  order  of  the  Treasury  the 
fifty  percent  maximum  investment  in  the  wider-range  investments  can  be 
adjusted  as  prevailing  circumstances  require. 


79 


In  1982,  the  English  Law  Reform  Committee  published  its  Report  on  the 
Powers  and  Duties  of  Trustees. m  One  of  the  matters  that  was  examined  was 
the  Trustee  Investments  Act,  1961 .  The  Law  Reform  Committee  concluded 
that  the  statutory  powers  contained  in  the  Act  were  out  of  date  and  should  be 
revised.81  In  arriving  at  this  conclusion,  the  Committee  noted  that,  in  the 
"vast  majority  of  cases  the  Act  is  either  modified  or  wholly  excluded  in  the 
trust  instrument",  as  it  has  "proved  to  be  tiresome,  cumbrous  and  expensive 


72  Trustee  Investments  Act,  J 961,  supra,  note  32,  s.  6. 

73  Ibid.,s.  6(l)(b). 

74  Ibid.,s.  6(l)(a). 

75  Ibid.,  s.  6(2)  and  (4).  However,  having  sought  expert  advice,  trustees  are  not  obliged  to 
follow  it.  They  must  only  "obtain  and  consider  proper  advice". 

76  Ibid.,  s.  6(3)  and  (6). 

77  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  31,  s.  8  (U.K.). 

78  Supra,  note  32,  s.  12. 

79  Ibid.,s.  13. 

0  Law  Reform  Committee,  Twenty-third  Report:  The  Powers  and  Duties  of  Trustees 
(October,  1982)  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  "English  Law  Reform  Committee  Report"). 

81  Ibid.,  at  16. 


199 

in  operation".82  The  English  Law  Reform  Committee  considered  several 
approaches  to  reform. 

The  Committee  considered,  but  rejected,  making  minor  alterations  to  the 
proportions  of  trust  assets  that  could  be  invested  in  narrower-range  and  wider- 
range  investments,  on  the  basis  that  such  changes  would  not  protect  the  trust 
assets  from  inflation  in  the  long  term.83  The  Committee  also  reviewed  the 
possibility  of  removing  all  restrictions  on  the  power  of  investment,  or,  at  a 
minimum,  limiting  the  power  to  invest  only  by  broad  discretionary  principles 
such  as  the  duty  to  maintain  a  proper  balance  between  income  and  capital 
and  the  duty  to  ensure  that  the  risk  involved  in  investment  is  sufficiently 
diversified.84  While  the  Committee  acknowledged  that  "a  general  freedom  to 
invest  within  the  framework  of  ...  a  duty  of  care  has  its  attractions  and 
might  reflect  current  practice",85  it  was  of  the  view  that  "such  a  solution  would 
create  considerable  difficulties  particularly  for  smaller  trust  funds".86  Gener- 
ally speaking,  the  Committee  favoured  an  approach  whereby  the  law  would 
provide  guidance  and  protection  for  trustees.  The  Committee  was  of  the 
opinion  that  trustees  should  be  required  "to  exercise  all  due  care  and  skill  and 
that  this  duty  would  be  fulfilled  either  by  investment  in  a  scheduled  list  of 
'safe'  investments  or  by  taking  professional  advice". 


87 


The  English  Law  Reform  Committee  therefore  recommended  the  repeal 
of  the  Trustee  Investments  Act,  1961  and  set  forth  ten  new  powers  that  should 
govern  the  power  of  investment  by  trustees.  In  particular,  the  Committee 
recommended  that  investments  should  be  divided  into  those  that  could  be 
made  without  advice  and  those  that  could  be  made  only  with  advice;  the 
former  category  would  be  the  present  narrower-range  investments  and  the 
latter  category  would  consist  of  any  other  investments.88  In  the  Committee's 
view,  trustees  should  be  free  to  invest  in  such  proportions  as  they  choose, 
subject  to  an  express  statutory  duty  to  maintain  a  balance  between  income 
and  capital  and  the  need  for  diversification.89  The  Committee  recommended 
that  the  provisions  contained  in  the  present  Act  concerning  advice  should  be 
retained.90  In  addition,  the  Committee  was  of  the  view  that  trustees  should 
continue  to  be  able  to  apply  to  the  court  under  section  57  of  the  Trustee  Act, 
1925  to  make  otherwise  unauthorized  investments,  and  that  trustees  should 
be  entitled  to  make  an  application  under  the  Variation  of  Trusts  Act,  1958  for 
a  widening  of  their  investment  powers  generally  under  the  trust  instrument.91 


82  Ibid. 

83  Ibid. 

84  Ibid. 

85  Ibid. 

86  Ibid.,  at  17. 

87  Ibid. 

88  Ibid.,  at  63. 

89  Ibid. 

90  Ibid. 

91  Ibid.,  at  63-64. 


200 

c.     Australia  and  New  Zealand 

Like  Canadian  common  law  jurisdictions,  the  Australian  states  and  New 
Zealand  have  traditionally  followed  English  trustee  legislation,  and  have 
generally  adopted  English  case  law  in  the  area  of  trustee  investment  powers. 
As  a  consequence,  each  of  the  Australian  jurisdictions  introduced  at  the 
inception  of  its  trustee  legislation  a  legal  list  of  fixed-interest  securities  that, 
for  the  most  part,  took  the  form  of  the  debt  securities  of  public  authorities. 
To  a  greater  or. lesser  extent,  this  policy  has  prevailed  to  the  present  day. 
Indeed,  as  late"  as  1976,  Tasmania  adopted  a  newly  composed  list  of  trustee 
investments  that  makes  no  mention  of  securities  of  corporate  business  enter- 
prises.92 

The  effect  of  inflation  has  been  as  relentless  in  Australia  and  New  Zealand 
as  elsewhere.  Consequently,  trustees  of  family  and  charitable  trusts,  restricted 
to  statutory  legal  lists,  have  sought  to  escape  from  inflationary  pressures  by 
applying  to  the  courts  for  authorization  to  invest  in  common  shares  of  cor- 
porations.93 Although  these  applications  have  met  with  some  success,94  there 
is  no  reason  to  suggest  that  the  Australian  jurisdictions  or  New  Zealand  are 
thinking  in  terms  of  abandoning  the  legal  list  policy  of  investment.  Recent 
legislation  in  Western  Australia95  and  in  New  Zealand96  has  done  no  more 
than  follow  the  pattern,  familiar  in  both  Canada  and  England,  of  adding  to 
the  legal  list  debentures  and  preferred  and  common  shares. 

In  1962  Western  Australia  enacted  the  Trustees  Act,  1962. 91  The  invest- 
ment power  contained  in  this  legislation  is  modelled  upon  several  principal 
features  of  the  English  Trustee  Investments  Act,  1961 .  The  concept  of  the 
legal  list  is  retained  in  the  Act,  and  the  categories  of  authorized  investments 
include  preferred  shares,  debentures,  stocks  and  bonds,  corporate  deposit 
arrangements  or  notes,  as  well  as  common  shares  of  corporations.98  In  order 
for  the  securities  of  a  corporation  to  qualify  as  investments  under  the  Act, 
the  company  must  be  incorporated  in  Australia,  its  shares  must  have  been 
issued  and  registered  in  Australia,  the  prices  of  qualifying  shares  and  deben- 
tures must  be  quoted  on  an  Australian  stock  exchange,  and  all  shares  must 


92  Trustee  Act  1976,  Tasm.  Stat.  1976,  No.  55. 


93 


M4 


See  Meagher  and  Gummow,  Jacobs'  Law  of  Trusts  in  Australia  (4th  ed.,  1977),  at  306- 
08. 

Commenting  upon  one  such  successful  application  in  National  Trustees  Executors  & 
Agency  Co.  of  Australasia  Ltd.  v.  A.G.  of  Victoria,  [1973]  V.R.  610  (S.C.),  Griffith, 
in  "Trusts  and  Trustees  -  Enlargement  of  Investment  Powers  -  Guarding  Against  Infla- 
tion" (1973),  47  A.L.J.  610,  at  61 1 ,  concluded: 

■» 

The  law  which  defines  the  investment  powers  of  trustees  is  long  overdue  for  reform; 
and  it  is  something  of  a  scandal  that  steps  have  not  been  taken  to  amend  the  Trustee 
Act  in  Victoria  (as  there  have  been,  for  example,  in  Western  Australia)  so  as  to 
avoid  the  very  substantial  expense  of  making  applications  for  enlargement  of 
powers- in  cases  where  no  special  or  unusual  powers  are  sought. 

Trustees  Act,  J 962,  W.  Austl.  Acts  1962,  No.  78. 

Trustee  Amendment  Act,  1974,  Stat.  N.Z.  1974,  No.  15. 

Supra,  note  95. 

Ibid.,  s.  16(1).  Unit  trusts  are  also  included  as  authorized  investments  by  s.  16(l)(n). 


201 

be  fully  paid  up,  or,  under  the  terms  of  the  issue,  t>6  fully  paifl  up  within  nine 
months  of  issue.99  Further,  no  corporation  qualifies  unless  if  has  a  share 
capital  of  not  less  than  one  million  pounds,  and  has  paid  a  dividend  on  all  its 
common  stock  and  shares  in  each  year  of  the  fifteen  years  immediately 
preceding  the  investment.100  It  will  be  observed  that,  while  the  number  of 
years  of  dividend  payment  is  much  longer  than  the  five  years  prescribed  by 
the  English  Trustee  Investments  Act,  1961 ,  both  the  English  Act  and  the 
Western  Australia  Act  follow  the  policy  of  abandoning  the  percentage  divi- 
dend requirement.101 

The  Western  Australia  Act  adopts  the  approach  taken  in  the  English  Act 
of  setting  out  the  duties  of  trustees  in  selecting  investments.102  As  in  the 
English  Act,  trustees  must  consider  diversification  and  the  suitability  of  each 
investment  that  they  contemplate. l03  Accordingly,  they  must  seek  advice  from 
qualified  persons,  unless  one  of  their  number  possesses  the  required  skills.104 
Moreover,  certain  matters  that  would  otherwise  be  within  the  trustees'  dis- 
cretion and  the  general  case  law  duty  of  care  are  translated  into  specific  duties 
in  the  Western  Australia  Act.  For  example,  there  are  provisions  concerning 
the  purchase  of  stocks  redeemable  at  a  premium  or  discount,  investment  in 
bearer  securities,  the  loan  of  trust  funds  on  the  security  of  real  estate,  and  the 
release  of  part  of  that  security. 


105 


A  substantial  difference  exists,  however,  between  the  structure  of  the 
investment  power  in  the  Western  Australia  Act  and  in  the  English  Act,  which 
marks  a  significant  development  in  legal  list  philosophy.  Unlike  the  English 
Act,  the  Western  Australia  Act  does  not  classify  the  permitted  investments 
into  narrower-range  and  wider- range  investments.  In  fact,  the  Act  makes  no 
division  of  legal  list  investments,  and  imposes  no  percentage  maximum  on 
the  amount  of  the  fund  that  may  be  invested  in  corporate  securities.  The 
thinking  of  the  Western  Australia  Parliament  appears  to  be  that  the  diversifi- 
cation and  choice  requirements,  together  with  the  advice  requirement,  are 
sufficient  safeguards  to  secure  wise  investment.  To  prevent  speculative  in- 
vestment in  corporate  securities,  the  Act  relies  upon  the  qualifications,  re- 
ferred to  previously,  that  corporations  must  satisfy  before  their  securities  may 
become  authorized  investments. 


99  Ibid.,  s.  16(3).  In  1968,  the  problems  of  the  small  trust  fund  were  met  when  amending 
legislation  permitted  trustees  to  invest  in  the  common  trust  funds  of  trust  companies:  see 
Trustees  Act  Amendment  Act,  1968,  W.  Austl.  Acts  1968,  No.  18,  s.  2(c). 

100  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  16(4).  This  figure  is  now  expressed  in  Australian 
dollars. 

101  It  will  be  recalled  that  under  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  6,  s.  27(  l)U/)(ii),  a 
dividend  of  at  least  four  percent  must  have  been  paid  for  each  year  of  the  five  years 
preceding  any  investment  by  the  trustees. 

Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  16(5),  and  Trustee  Investments  Act,  J 961 ,  supra, 
note  32,  s.  6. 

03  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  16(5). 

Ibid. 

Ibid.,  ss.  18,  21,  and  24. 


102 


104 
105 


202 

The  Law  Reform  Commission  of  Western  Australia  has  recently  pub- 
lished a  Working  Paper  on  Trustees'  Powers  of  Investment. ,06  The  Commis- 
sion had  been  asked  to  consider  whether  the  range  of  authorized  trustee 
investments  should  be  expanded,  in  view  of  comments  that  these  investments 
were  "inadequate  in  the  prevailing  economic  circumstances"  and  that  "trustees 
[should]  be  given  further  powers  of  investment  to  enable  them  to  take  advan- 
tage of  certain  new  forms  of  investment  now  available".107  In  the  Working 
Paper,  the  Commission  canvassed  the  arguments  for  and  against  the  list 
approach  and  the  prudent  man  rule.  On  the  one  hand,  the  Commission  noted 
that  the  prudent  man  rule  would  allow  "trustees  far  greater  flexibility  to 
respond  to  changing  economic  circumstances  which  would  assist  in  protecting 
the  trust  estate",108  and  would  mean  that  an  "honest  and  diligent  trustee  who 
made  prudent  investments  in  good  faith  would  be  less  likely  to  commit 
technical  breaches  of  the  trust  by  accident".109  On  the  other  hand,  the  Com- 
mission was  concerned  that  wide  powers  of  investment  "may  not  provide 
sufficient  guidance  to  inexperienced  trustees".110  The  Commission  also  noted 
that  no  other  jurisdiction  in  Australia  has  conferred  a  general  power  of 
investment  on  trustees.  Accordingly,  the  Commission  has  invited  comment 
on  this  issue."1  While  emphasizing  that  it  has  not  formulated  a  final  conclu- 
sion, the  Commission  states  that  "it  is  tentatively  of  the  view  that  the  present 
list  approach  to  authorized  investments  should  be  preserved  although  perhaps 
in  an  expanded  form".112 

In  New  Zealand,  the  Property  Law  and  Equity  Reform  Committee  re- 
ported on  Trustees'  Statutory  Powers  of  Investment  in  1 970. ' ,3  The  Committee 
was  unanimously  of  the  view  that,  as  between  the  American  "prudent  man 
rule","4  the  English  Trustee  Investments  Act,  1 96 1 ,  and  the  Western  Austra- 
lian Trustees  Act,  1962,  the  last  was  the  approach  that  New  Zealand  should 
adopt  in  reforming  its  legal  list.  The  Committee  was  of  the  opinion  that  the 
prudent  man  rule  "offered  too  little  guidance  to  trustees  who  [are]  not  expe- 
rienced in  investing  money","5  and  that  the  English  Act  was  too  restrictive 


106 


Law  Reform  Commission  of  Western  Australia,  Working  Paper  on  Trustees'  Powers  of 
Investment  (Project  No.  34  -  Part  V,  1981)  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  "Western  Australia 
Working  Paper"). 

107  Ibid.,  at  5. 


108 
109 
110 
111 


Ibid.,  at  4\ 

Ibid. 

Ibid. 


In  this  regard,  the  Law  Reform  Commission  of  Western  Australia  also  published  a 
Questionnaire  on  Trustees'  Powers  of  Investment  to  accompany  the  Working  Paper.  The 
questionnaire,  consisting  of  19  multi-part  questions,  relates  to  the  tentative  proposals 
that  are  set  out  in  the  Working  Paper. 

12  Western  Australia  Working  Paper,  supra,  note  106,  at  42. 

New  Zealand  Property  Law  and  Equity  Reform  Committee,  Trustees'  Statutory  Powers 
of  Investment  (1970)  hereinafter  referred  to  as  "New  Zealand  Report").  For  a  comment 
on  the  Report,  see  Burgess,  "Trustee  Investments  and  Inflation',  [1971]  N. Z.L.J.  497. 

See  infra,  this  ch.,  sees.  2(c)(i)  and  2(c)(ii)a. 

New  Zealand  Report,  supra,  note  113,  at  5,  para.  1 1 . 


113 


114 
115 


203 


and  unnecessarily  complicated.1"1  On  the  other  hand,  the  Committee  felt  that 
the  Western  Australia  approach  "provided  flexibility  while  at  the  same  time 
laying  down  guidelines  which,  if  followed,  would  exempt  a  trustee  from 
liability  for  any  loss"."7 

The  Committee's  reasoning  is  worth  noting.118  Although  the  Committee 
members  realized  that  the  common  practice  was  for  trust  instruments  to  give 
trustees  wide  powers  of  investment,  often  accompanied  by  an  exoneration 
clause  absolving  trustees  from  liability  for  loss  occasioned  by  the  use  of  these 
powers,  they  considered  that  the  statutory  adoption  of  such  a  policy  would 
provide  an  insufficient  safeguard  against  abuse.  However,  the  Committee 
pointed  out  that  wide  powers,  whether  conferred  by  the  instrument  or  by 
statute,  do  not  affect  trustees'  overall  duties:  trustees  remain  subject  to  the 
duties  to  keep  an  even  hand  between  successive  beneficiaries  and  to  act  with 
care  and  diligence.  The  inference  that  may  be  drawn  from  the  Report  is  that 
the  Committee  believed  that  the  Western  Australia  approach  imposes  a  useful 
measure  of  protection  by  listing  authorized  investments  and  by  specifying  the 
rules  of  conduct  trustees  should  follow."9  It  is  interesting  to  note  that,  al- 
though the  Committee  recommended  the  adoption  of  the  requirements  that 
trustees  obtain  advice  and  consider  the  suitability  of  investments,  l2°  it  rejected 
placing  in  statutory  form  a  requirement  of  diversification  of  investments.121 
The  reason  advanced  was  that  "in  some  cases  diversification  might  be  un- 
warranted and  even  unsuitable",  and  that  a  trustee  "is,  in  any  event,  under  a 
general  duty  to  act  prudently".122 

The  New  Zealand  Parliament  enacted  the  Committee's  recommendations 
in  the  Trustee  Amendment  Act,  1974,in  with  certain  variations.  The  Com- 
mittee, for  example,  had  recommended  that  the  securities  of  a  company, 
whether  or  not  incorporated  in  New  Zealand,  should  qualify  if  the  company 
possessed  a  paid-up  share  capital  of  at  least  one  million  New  Zealand  dol- 
lars. 124  It  had  originally  favoured  confining  investment  to  companies  that  were 
incorporated  in  New  Zealand  and  that  had  a  paid-up  capital  of  two  million 


116  Ibid.  The  reason  given  for  this  conclusion  was  that  the  trust  fund  has  to  be  divided  into 
two  equal  halves.  It  is  not  clear  from  the  New  Zealand  Report  whether  this  is  an  objection 
to  a  percentage  rule,  or  also  an  objection  to  the  devices  of  the  1961  Act,  such  as 
equalizing  cross-transfers,  aimed  at  maintaining  the  division.  It  seems  to  be  the  former. 

117  Ibid. 

118  Ibid.,  at  6,  para.  13. 

119  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  16(5). 

120  New  Zealand  Report,  supra,  note  113,  at  9,  para.  21,  and  Draft  of  Proposed  Trustee 
Amendment  Bill,  s.  3(1D). 

121  New  Zealand  Report,  supra,  note  1 13,  at  10,  para.  22.  This  recommendation  is  contrary 
to  the  English  and  Western  Australia  approach,  which  requires  trustees  to  have  regard 
to  the  need  for  diversification  of  investments  of  the  trust,  where  appropriate:  see  Trustee 
Investments  Act,  1961 ,  supra,  note  32,  s.  6(1  )(a),  and  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note 
95,  s.  16(5). 

122  New  Zealand  Report,  supra,  note  1 13,  at  10,  para.  22. 

123  Trustee  Amendment  Act,  1974,  supra,  note  96. 

124  New  Zealand  Report,  supra,  note  1  13,  at  6-7,  para.  14,  and  Draft  of  Proposed  Trustee 
Amendment  Bill,  s.  3(lA)(a)  and  (lC)(a). 


204 

dollars,  but  rejected  this  proposal  as  there  were,  at  that  time,  only  fifty-eight 
companies  that  would  have  qualified.^5  Parliament,  however,  increased  the 
paid-up  share  capital  requirement  to  two  and  a  half  million  dollars,  and  further 
stipulated  that  the  capital  must  have  been  paid  up  in  the  three  years  preceding 
the  investment.126  Moreover,  the  Act  requires  incorporation  in  New  Zealand 
in  order  for  a  company's  securities  to  qualify  as  authorized  investments.127 

Although  the  New  Zealand  Act  is  in  many  respects  similar  to  the  Western 
Australia  Act,  certain  significant  differences  do  exist.  Like  the  Western  Aus- 
tralia Act,  the  New  Zealand  Act  places  no  explicit  restriction  on  the  percent- 
age of  the  trust  fund  that  may  be  invested  in  common  shares  or  other  corporate 
securities.  Rather,  the  Act  relies  upon  the  imposition  on  companies  of  the 
above-noted  qualifications  that  must  be  satisfied  before  their  securities  may 
be  authorized  as  investments,  and  upon  the  general  common  law  duties  and 
specific  statutory  duties  imposed  upon  trustees.  However,  unlike  the  Western 
Australia  Act,  the  New  Zealand  Act  adopted  the  Committee's  proposal  not 
to  make  diversification  a  statutory  rule  of  law.128  Further,  unlike  the  English 
and  Western  Australia  Acts,  the  New  Zealand  Act  retains  a  percentage  re- 
quirement for  dividends:  a  company  must  have  paid  a  dividend  of  at  least 
five  percent  on  all  its  issued  shares  in  each  of  the  five  years  immediately 
preceding  the  investment. 


129 


d.     United  States 

As  will  be  discussed  in  greater  detail  later  in  this  chapter,130  certain 
American  jurisdictions  adopted,  at  the  beginning  of  the  twentieth  century, 
statutory  legal  lists  of  authorized  investments.  Some  of  the  jurisdictions  still 
retain  the  legal  list  approach  to  trustee  investment,  and,  at  this  point,  it  may 
be  useful  to  outline  the  form  of  the  legal  list  that  exists  today  in  the  United 
States. 

In  respect  of  legal  lists,  there  is  no  uniformity  in  the  American  scene.  In 
the  Canadian  and  Commonwealth  tradition,  some  American  jurisdictions 
adhere  to  a  mandatory  legal  list  that  permits  investment  outside  the  list  only 
if  the  trust  instrument  so  authorizes.131  However,  other  American  jurisdictions 


125  New  Zealand  Report,  supra,  note  1 13,  at  7,  para.  14. 

126  Trustee  Amendment  Act,  1974,  supra,  note  96,  s.  3. 


127  Ibid 

128 


New  Zealand  Report,  supra,  note  113,  at  10,  para.  22. 

129  Ibid.,  at  7,  para.  16,  and  Trustee  Amendment  Act,  1974,  supra,  note  96,  s.  3.  Other 
differences  include  the  exclusion  of  unit  trusts  by  the  New  Zealand  Act,  adopting  the 
position  of  the  New  Zealand  Report  that  such  trusts  are  not  necessarily  limited  to 
authorized  investments:  see  New  Zealand  Report,  supra,  note  1 13,  at  9,  para.  20.  Also, 
if  shares  are  not  already  paid  up,  the  New  Zealand  Act  specifies  that  corporate  shares 
must,  by  the  terms  of  the  issue,  be  fully  paid  up  within  12  months,  rather  than  the  9 
month  requirement  in  the  Western  Australia  Act:  see  New  Zealand  Report,  supra,  note 
113,  at  7,  para.  16;  Trustee  Amendment  Act,  1974,  supra,  note  96,  s.  3;  and  Trustees 
Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  16(3)(b). 

130  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  2(c)(i). 

131  See,  for  example,  Alabama  Code  1940,  tit.  58,  §  47. 


205 

have  adopted  a  permissive  legal  list  philosophy,  which,  by  statute,  allows 
trustees  to  invest  outside  the  list.  Virginia132  and  New  Jersey,133  among  others,134 
are  examples  of  jurisdictions  that  utilize  a  permissive  legal  list  for  trustee 
investment.  These  jurisdictions  retain  the  legal  list,  but  statutorily  permit 
investment  of  a  certain  percentage  of  the  trust  fund  in  corporate  stocks  on  the 
basis  of  the  prudent  man  rule.135  Such  an  approach  recognizes  that  the  case 
law  duty  of  care,  skill,  and  caution  requires  trustees  to  consider  the  suitability 
of  each  investment  and  probably  the  need  to  diversify  investment. I36  Trustees, 
in  exercising  the  investment  power,  are  thus  given  a  measure  of  discretionary 
authority,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  a  measure  of  control  is  imposed  by  the 
limitation  on  the  extent  to  which  the  prudent  man  approach  may  be  employed. 

(c)   The  Prudent  Man  Rule 

The  prudent  man  rule  is,  in  essence,  a  statement  of  the  common  law 
general  duty  of  care  and  skill  required  of  trustees  in  the  discharge  of  all  their 
tasks  on  behalf  of  the  trust  and  its  beneficiaries.  In  the  absence  of  the  legal 
list,  the  general  duty  of  care  remains.137 

(i)     History  of  the  Rule 

In  England,  the  investment  duty  of  a  trustee  prior  to  the  collapse  of  the 
South  Sea  Company  was  to  act  as  a  prudent  man.  However,  the  South  Sea 
Bubble  and  the  resultant  court-made  list  occurred  early  in  the  history  of  the 
trust,  and  it  is  probably  the  case  that  the  general  duty  of  care  was  not  as 
clearly  formulated  then  as  it  is  today.  Therefore,  it  may  be  said  that  from 
early  days  the  legal  list  effectively  constituted  the  investment  duty  of  trustees. 
Indeed,  it  may  be  for  this  reason  that  in  many  legal  list  jurisdictions  it  is 
presumed,  even  today,  that  trustees  will  be  protected  automatically  from 
liability  for  negligence  if  the  trust  funds  are  placed  in  authorized  legal  list 
investments.138 


132 
133 

134 

135 
136 

137 

138 


Va.  Code  1950,  §§  26-40  to  26-45,  as  am.  L.  1956,  c.  83. 

N.J.  Stats.  Ann.,  §  3A:  15-18  to  15-29. 

See,  also,  Georgia  Code  Ann.,  §§  108-417  to  108-421;  Kentucky  Rev.  Stats.  1962, 
§  386.020;  Ohio  Rev.  Code,  tit.  21,  §  2109.37;  and  Tennessee  Code  Ann.,  §§  35-302 
to  35-318,  as  am.  Tenn.  L.  1951,  c.  125. 

See  infra,  this  ch..  sec.  2(c)(ii)a. 

See,  for  example,  Appeal  of  Dickinson,  25  N.E.  99  (Mass.  Sup.  Jud.  Ct.  1890),  and  In 
re  Mueller's  Trust,  135  N.W.2d  854  (Wis.  Sup.  Ct.  1965). 

See  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  685-90,  for  an  analysis  of  the  common  law  standard  of 
care  required  of  trustees  in  relation  to  the  investment  of  trust  funds. 

The  relevance  of  the  general  duty  of  care  to  a  legal  list  investment  power  has  always 
confused  trustees  and  their  advisers.  The  English  and  Western  Australia  Acts  attempt  to 
deal  with  the  problem  by  setting  out  the  more  specific  duties  of  trustees  to  seek  advice 
concerning  the  suitability  of  investments  and  the  need  for  diversification  of  investment, 
while  the  New  Zealand  Act  only  sets  out  the  advice  and  suitability  requirements.  There 
would  seem  to  be  something  more  that  the  investing  trustee  has  to  do  than  choose  at 
random  a  legal  list  investment.  However,  there  appears  to  be  a  lack  of  consensus  on  this 
important  point.  See,  also,  Pettit,  supra,  note  65,  at  280-81 . 


206 

After  the  collapse  of  the  South  Sea  Company,  an  adequate  supply  of  non- 
commercial investments  made  a  legal  list  viable  in  England.  But  the  same 
situation  did  not  exist  in  Massachusetts  in  the  early  part  of  the  nineteenth 
century.  Moreover,  a  thriving  economy  made  commercial  investments  doubly 
attractive.  Largely  for  these  reasons,  the  Massachusetts  rule,  or  "prudent 
man"  rule,  was  first  formulated  by  Justice  Putnam  in  1830  in  Harvard  College 
v.  Amory.139  His  words,  which  in  one  form  or  another  were  ultimately  to 
become  the  investment  duty  throughout  many  jurisdictions  of  the  United 
States,  were  as  follows:140 

All  that  can  be  required  of  a  trustee  to  invest,  is,  that  he  shall  conduct  himself 
faithfully  and  exercise  a  sound  discretion.  He  is  to  observe  how  men  of  prudence, 
discretion  and  intelligence  manage  their  own  affairs,  not  in  regard  to  speculation, 
but  in  regard  to  the  permanent  disposition  of  their  funds,  considering  the  probable 
income,  as  well  as  the  probable  safety  of  the  capital  to  be  invested. 

The  prudent  man  rule,  as  formulated  by  the  Amory  case,  contemplated  that 
if  trustees  invested  trust  assets  with  the  prudence,  discretion,  and  intelligence 
that  ordinary  businessmen  would  employ  in  the  management  of  their  own 
affairs,  the  exercise  of  the  investment  power  by  the  trustees  would  be  consid- 
ered proper.  The  prudent  man,  as  defined  by  Justice  Putnam,  would  not 
speculate,  but  would  have  regard  to  the  permanent  disposition  of  the  trust 
funds  considering  both  the  probable  income  and  the  probable  safety  of  the 
capital. 

In  subsequent  decisions,  however,  it  occurred  to  some  courts  that  there 
was  a  manner  in  which  a  trustee  ought  to  invest,  as  opposed  to  how  an 
ordinary  businessman  would  invest.  One  of  the  earliest  formulations  of  this 
principle  is  to  be  found  in  King  v.  Talbot141  in  1869,  where  Justice  Woodruff, 
after  referring  to  the  Amory  case,  announced  the  so-called  "New  York"  rule, 
or  "prudent  trustee"  rule.142  The  judicial  decisions  that  thereafter  propounded 
this  "prudent  trustee"  rule  appeared  to  draw  a  distinction  between  the  pru- 
dence expected  in  investment  matters  of  a  trustee,  as  opposed  to  that  expected 
of  an  ordinary  businessman,  based  upon  the  assumption  that  an  ordinary 
prudent  man  might  sometimes  take  chances  in  making  an  investment  that  a 
prudent  trustee  would  not  take.143  A  classic  statement  of  this  rule  is  set  forth 
in  In  re  Buhl's  Estate,  where  Sharp  J.  stated  as  follows:1 


144 


139  Harvard  College  v.  Amory.  9  Pick.  446  (Mass.  Sup.  Jud.  Ct.  1830). 

140  Ibid.,  at  461.  See,  further,  Scott,  The  Law  of  Trusts  (3d  ed.,  1967),  §§  227-31,  at  1805- 
85. 

141  40N.Y.  76  (Ct.  App.  1869). 

142  Woodruff  J.,  ibid.,  at  85-86,  stated  the  "prudent  trustee"  rule  as  follows: 

[T]he  just  and  true  rule  is,  that  the  trustee  is  bound  to  employ  such  diligence  and 
prudence  in  the  care  and  management,  as  in  general,  prudent  men  of  discretion  and 
intelligence  in  such  matters,  employ  in  their  own  like  affairs. 

As  Scott,  supra,  note  140,  §  227.5,  at  1814.  points  out,  while  "[a]t  first  blush  it 
would  appear  that  the  rule  applied  [in  Massachusetts  and  New  York]  is  the  same,  [a]s  a 
matter  of  fact,  ...  the  New  York  courts  have  been  far  more  strict  in  the  application  of 
the  rule  than  have  the  Massachusetts  courts". 

143  See,  further,  Scott,  supra,  note  140,  §  227.5,  at  1813-15. 

144  In  re  Buhl's  Estate.  178  N.W.  651  (Mich.  Sup.  Ct.  1920),  at  654. 


207 

A  trustee  has  not  unlimited  authority  to  invest  as  an  ordinary  prudent  man  would 
invest  his  own;  he  must  take  such  risks  only  as  an  ordinary  prudent  man  would 
take  who  is  a  trustee  of  the  money  of  others. 

The  "prudent  trustee"  formulation  emerged  at  a  time  when  there  was 
available  to  trustees  an  adequate  supply  of  public  authority  securities  and 
sound  mortgages.  Further,  failures  in  private  ventures,  such  as  railroads  and 
banks,  and  the  destruction  of  many  private  enterprise  securities  during  the 
Civil  War,  encouraged  the  view  that  the  securities  of  private  companies  were 
not  suitable  investments  for  trustees.  Moreover,  as  trustees  were  often  mem- 
bers of  the  family  of  the  creator  of  the  trust,  it  was  the  view  that  these  persons 
should  be  guided  by  a  conservative  investment  position.  Consequently,  in  the 
second  half  of  the  nineteenth  century,  a  number  of  American  jurisdictions145 
followed  the  example  of  New  York  and  adopted  a  more  cautious  and  con- 
servative approach  in  the  area  of  trustee  investment  powers.  These  jurisdic- 
tions exhibited  a  tendency  to  rely  upon  precedent  concerning  the  appropriateness 
of  a  security  for  trustee  investment,  a  process  that  resulted  in  the  formulation 
of  court-made  lists. 

As  the  above  discussion  indicates,  until  the  beginning  of  the  twentieth 
century,  except  for  those  few  states  that  had  judicially  adopted  the  prudent 
man  rule,146  investments  were  defined  and  gradually  collected  in  court-made 
lists.  However,  due  to  the  often  inflexible  and  restrictive  nature  of  court- 
made  lists,  legislation  intervened  and  statutory  legal  lists  began  to  appear.147 
These  statutory  legal  lists  usually  permitted  investment  in  sound  corporate 
bonds,  in  addition  to  federal  and  state  issues,  but  investment  in  corporate 
equities,  except  for  specified  bank  and  utility  stock,  was  prohibited.  The 
fiduciary  investment  statutes  were  subject  to  frequent  amendment  in  order  to 
accommodate  specific  businesses,  such  as  railways  and  utilities,  or  to  promote 
a  particular  industry  for  economic  reasons.  The  result  was  a  national  patch- 
work quilt  of  trustee  investment  lists  intended  to  provide  trustees  with  safe 
investments. 

The  stock  market  crash  of  1929  revealed  that  many  of  the  safe  investments 
on  these  statutory  lists  were  clearly  unsafe.  There  followed  a  realization  that 
the  statutory  lists  no  longer  provided  an  appropriate  guide  for  trustee  invest- 
ments and  were,  in  addition,  unjustifiably  restrictive.  With  the  emergence  of 
a  new  financial  scene  after  1933,  pressure  mounted,  not  for  wider  lists,  but 
for  trustees  to  have  the  right  to  choose  the  best  investments  for  their  particular 


145  Several  state  constitutions  prohibited  the  legislature  from  passing  laws  to  authorize 
fiduciaries  to  invest  in  the  securities  of  private  corporations:  see,  for  example,  Pennsyl- 
vania, Pa.  Constit.  (1873),  Art.  Ill,  §  22,  as  am.  in  1933.  The  Alabama  and  Montana 
constitutions  still  retain  this  prohibition:  see  Ala.  Constit.  (1901),  Art.  IV,  §  74,  as  am. 
in  1939;  Mont.  Constit.  Art.  V,  §  37. 

146  Massachusetts  formulated  the  prudent  man  rule  in  1830  in  Harvard  College  v.  Amorx, 
supra,  note  139,  and  the  rule  was  adopted  by  Maryland  in  1884  in  McCoy  v.  Horwitz, 
62  Md.  183  (Ct.  App.  1884);  in  Rhode  Island  in  1886  in  Peckham  v.  Newton.  4  A.  758 
(R.I.  Sup.  Ct.  1886);  and  in  Vermont  in  1908  in  Scoville  v.  Brock,  70  A.  1014  (Vt. 
Sup.  Ct.  1908). 

147  For  a  commentary  on  the  inception  of  the  statutory  legal  list,  sec  Friedman,  'The 
Dynastic  Trust"  (1963-64),  73  Yale  L.J.  547,  at  563  et  seq. 


208 

trust. I4X  Up  to  this  time,  only  five  states  had  adopted  the  prudent  man  rule  as 
formulated  in  the  Amory  case.149  However,  as  a  result  of  the  economic 
upheaval  and  the  fact  that  high  grade  common  stocks  were  yielding  at  least 
twice  as  much  as  good  bonds,  various  states  enacted  by  statute  the  prudent 
man  concept  of  investment  in  one  form  or  another.  Michigan,  for  example, 
chose  to  codify  the  "prudent  trustee"  formulation  of  the  concept  in  1937,l5,) 
and  was  followed  by  Minnesota  in  1943.151  On  the  other  hand,  Missouri 
judicially  adopted  the  "prudent  man"  statement  in  1940. 


152 


Meanwhile,  the  Trust  Division  of  the  American  Bankers  Association 
adopted,  in  1942,  a  Model  Prudent  Man  Investment  Act,151  which  reflects  the 
"prudent  man"  formulation.  Section  1  of  the  Model  Act  provides,  in  part,  as 
follows: 

Section  1 .  In  acquiring,  investing,  reinvesting,  exchanging,  retaining,  selling 
and  managing  property  for  the  benefit  of  another,  a  fiduciary  shall  exercise  the 
judgment  and  care  under  the  circumstances  then  prevailing,  which  men  of  prud- 
ence, discretion  and  intelligence  exercise  in  the  management  of  their  own  affairs, 
not  in  regard  to  speculation  but  in  regard  to  the  permanent  disposition  of  their 
funds,  considering  the  probable  income  as  well  as  the  probable  safety  of  their 
capital. 

From  1943,  when  California154  and  Delaware155  enacted  the  Model  Act,  to 
the  present,  twenty-eight  jurisdictions  have  passed  legislation  based  in  whole 
or  in  part  upon  this  model. 


(ii)     The  Prudent  Man  Rule  Today 

a.     United  States 

Today,  the  total  number  of  jurisdictions  in  the  United  States  that  have 
adopted  some  form  of  a  prudent  man  concept  for  the  trustee  investment  power 
is  forty-two.156  It  is  true  that  not  all  states  have  adopted  the  rule  in  the  same 


148  See  Jennett,  "Changing  Concepts  of  Trust  Investments"  (1955),  94  Trusts  &  Es.  843,  at 
844. 

149  Supra,  note  139.  North  Carolina  judicially  adopted  the  prudent  man  rule  in  1928  in 
Sheets  v.  J. G.  Flynt  Tobacco  Co.,  141  S.E.  355  (N.C.  Sup.  Ct.  1928). 

150  Michigan  codified  the  rule  as  enunciated  In  re  Buhl's  Estate,  supra,  note  144.  See,  now, 
Mich.  Comp.  L.  1967,  §  555.201. 

151  Minn.  L.  1943,  c.  635. 

152  Rand  v.  McKittrick,  142  S.W.2d  29  (Mo.  Sup.  Ct.  1940). 

153  Prudent  Man  Investment  Act,  Trust  and  Estate  Legislation,  published  by  the  Division, 
and  reproduced  in  Proceedings  of  the  Forty-Ninth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Conference  of 
Commissioners  on  Uniformity  of  Legislation  in  Canada  (1967),  at  223-24. 

154  Cal.  Civ.  Code,  §  2261  (West),  as  am.  by  1943  Cal.  Stat.,  c.  811. 

155  Del.  Code  Ann.,  tit.  12,  §  3302,  added  by  Del.  Laws  1943,  §  171,  as  am.  by  Del.  Laws 
1947, c. 268. 

156  See  Scott,  supra,  note  140,  §  227.13,  at  1841-42,  n.  1,  for  a  list  of  the  state  statutes 
governing  trust  investments. 


209 

form;  some  have  preferred  the  prudent  trustee  formulation  to  the  prudent  man 
statement,  while  others  have  limited  the  full  effect  of  the  rule  in  one  way  or 
another. 157  Nevertheless,  the  fact  that  more  than  four-fifths  of  the  jurisdictions 
in  the  United  States  have  moved  toward  a  prudent  man  concept  is  a  definite 
indication  that  the  legal  list  philosophy  has  failed  to  meet  the  requirements 
of  the  constantly  changing  field  of  possible  trustee  investments,  in  which 
flexibility  is  essential  to  proper  management  of  a  trust  portfolio.  Because  of 
inflation  and  high  tax,  it  was  felt  that  trustees  needed  the  power  to  adjust  the 
balance  between  their  fixed-interest  securities  and  their  growth  stock  as  cir- 
cumstances required,  without  waiting  for  legislative  amendments  or  regula- 
tory permission.  The  stability  of  markets  dealing  in  modern  securities,  the 
sounder  structures  of  contemporary  corporate  management  and  financing, 
and  the  development  of  mutual  funds  and  common  trust  funds  all  played  their 
part  in  producing  overwhelming  support  for  the  adoption  of  the  prudent  man 
concept  in  the  various  jurisdictions  of  the  United  States. 

Over  the  past  forty  years,  considerable  literature  has  been  published  in 
the  United  States  on  the  operation  of  the  prudent  man  concept  in  a  wide  range 
of  investment  situations,  especially  in  terms  of  the  obligations  that  the  various 
formulations  of  the  concept  impose  upon  trustees.158  Without  analyzing  the 
finer  distinctions  and  limitations  upon  the  concept  that  have  been  adopted  by 
certain  jurisdictions,  in  general  terms,  it  may  be  said  that  the  standard  of 
care,  skill,  and  caution  required  by  a  trustee  is  that  of  the  ordinary  man  of 
business.159  Insofar  as  this  rule  is  a  statement  of  a  trustee's  overall  duty  of 
care,  couched  in  an  investment  context,  it  is  sufficient  at  this  point  if  we 
merely  allude  to  the  investment  duties  that  the  rule  involves. 

Trustees'  investment  duties  cover  a  wide  range  of  activities.  As  previ- 
ously noted,  the  Model  Prudent  Man  Investment  Act  specifies  these  activities 
as  "acquiring,  investing,  reinvesting,  exchanging,  retaining,  selling  and  man- 
aging".160 A  trustee  must  ensure  that  in  his  investment  selections  there  is  no 
conflict  between  his  duty  to  the  trust  and  his  own  personal  interests.  He  may 


157 


158 


159 


160 


For  example,  Hawaii  applies  the  concept  to  trust  companies  only.  New  Jersey  and 
Virginia  retain  the  legal  list  but,  on  the  basis  of  the  prudent  man  rule,  permit  investment 
in  corporate  stocks  up  to  specified  limits.  New  Hampshire  allows  investment  in  stocks 
under  a  modified  rule.  Wisconsin  has  adopted  the  rule  for  all  trust  investments,  but  limits 
the  proportion  of  the  trust  assets  that  may  be  invested  in  stocks.  North  Dakota  has  also 
adopted  the  rule  for  all  trust  investments,  but  requires  a  proportion  of  the  trust  funds  to 
be  invested  in  United  States  bonds. 

A  list  of  articles  is  given  by  Scott,  supra,  note  140,  Vol.  3,  §  227.13,  n.  1.  See,  also, 
Wilcox,  "Trusts  -  Trustee  Investments  -  The  Return  of  the  Prudent  Investor  Rule" 
(1973),  24  Mercer  L.  Rev.  513. 

Reasonable  care  and  caution  remain  the  requirement,  although  some  American  jurisdic- 
tions require  a  higher  standard  of  care  of  the  professional  trustee.  The  higher  standard 
means  that  a  professional  will  be  required  to  show  that  he  adhered  to  the  office  procedures 
and  standards  of  proficiency  that  would  be  followed  by  members  of  that  profession.  To 
compensate  for  the  higher  standard  of  care,  it  is  argued  that,  even  if  non-professional 
trustees  are  restricted  to  the  legal  list,  professional  trustees  should  have  the  prudent  man 
power  of  investment:  see  Buek,  "  'Qualified'  Trustee  Performance  Calls  for  Full  In- 
vestment Freedom"  (1960),  99  Trusts  &  Es.  194.  The  subject  of  the  professional  trustee 
was  discussed  in  greater  detail  supra,  ch.  2,  sec.  2(c). 

Supra,  note  153,  at  223,  §  1. 


210 

employ  advisers,  but  the  ultimate  investment  decisions  cannot  be  delegated. 
So  far  as  one  can  generalize,  a  trustee  investing  as  a  prudent  man  would  avoid 
unproductive  property,  real  estate  outside  the  jurisdiction,  unsecured  loans, 
and  investment  in  unincorporated  businesses,  as  well  as  in  temporary,  high- 
risk,  and  wasting  assets.  Although  the  security  may  be  sound,  second  mort- 
gages would  commonly  be  avoided,  because  the  trustee  loses  control  of  the 
investment:  the  first  mortgagee  may  foreclose,  and  the  trustee  may  not  have 
the  funds  to  redeem.  Moreover,  under  the  prudent  man  rule,  loss  of  control, 
improper  delegation,  commingling  of  funds,  and  questionable  marketability 
account  for  the  avoidance  of  shared  investments  by  trustees.  The  same  objec- 
tions can  be  made  with  respect  to  investments  in  mutual  funds,  common  trust 
funds,  life  insurance  annuities  left  with  insurance  companies,  and  similar 
commingled  investments.  However,  recent  legislation,  by  permitting  invest- 
ment in  mutual  funds  and  common  trust  funds,  has  overridden  these  objec- 
tions with  respect  to  some  modern  securities.161  Diversification  of  investment 
is  a  factor  that  the  prudent  man  would  always  consider,  and  most  often  judge 
to  be  wise,  but  the  prudent  man  rule  itself  does  not  make  diversification 
mandatory.162  Finally,  if  there  are  successive  beneficiaries,  the  prudent  man 
rule  requires  that  the  trustee  maintain  an  even  hand  between  the  interests  of 
income  beneficiaries  and  those  of  capital  beneficiaries.163 

b.     Canada 

As  previously  mentioned  in  our  discussion  of  the  historical  development 
of  trustee  investment  powers  in  Canada,164  the  Conference  of  Commissioners 
on  Uniformity  of  Legislation  in  Canada  adopted,  in  1970,  a  new  Uniform 
Trustee  Act165  that  departed  entirely  from  the  concept  of  the  legal  list.  This 
Uniform  Act,  creating  a  new  investment  power,  has  only  three  short  sections. 
The  first  and  most  important  section  provides  as  follows: 

1 .  Unless  a  trustee  is  otherwise  authorized  or  directed  by  an  express  provision 
of  the  law  or  of  the  will  or  other  instrument  creating  the  trust  or  defining  his 
powers  and  duties,  he  may  invest  trust  money  in  any  kind  of  property,  real, 
personal  or  mixed,  but  in  so  doing,  he  shall  exercise  the  judgment  and  care  that 
a  man  of  prudence,  discretion  and  intelligence  would  exercise  as  a  trustee  of  the 
property  of  others. 

This  section  places  in  statutory  form  the  prudent  man  concept,166  and  is 
based  in  part  on  the  American  Model  Act.167  However,  the  section  is  couched 


161  See  statutes  collected  in  Scott,  supra,  note  140,  §  227.9,  at  1830-32,  n.  26. 

162  See,  generally,  In  re  Buhl's  Estate,  supra,  note  144.  Some  courts  have  decided  that 
there  is  a  duty  to  diversify  (for  example.  In  re  Muellers'  Trust,  supra,  note  136)  whereas 
even  those  jurisdictions  that  are  more  inclined  to  investment  list  thinking  have  not  thought 
diversification  should  be  mandatory:  see  In  re  Mendleson s  Will,  261  N.Y.S.2d  525 
(Sur.  Ct.  Alb.  Ct.  1965). 

163  Harvard  College  v.  Amory,  supra,  note  139. 

164 


165 
166 
167 


See  supra,  this  ch..  sec.  2(b)(ii)b. 

Uniform  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  55,  at  35  and  1 15-17. 

See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  2(c). 

Supra,  note  153. 


211 

in  the  language  of  the  prudent  trustee  and,  to  this  extent,  it  adopts  the  prudent 
trustee  formulation  of  the  Michigan108  and  Minnesota169  statutes.  The  Quebec 
Commissioners  were  of  the  opinion  that  this  standard,  namely,  the  prudence 
that  would  be  shown  by  a  person  who  is  handling  someone  else's  property, 
was  to  be  preferred  to  the  prudence  that  would  be  shown  by  a  person  in  the 
handling  of  his  own  affairs,  since  the  latter  "might  speculate  with  some  of 
his  own  funds  in  a  way  that  he  would  not  with  funds  he  was  administering 
for  others".170  The  formulation  of  the  prudent  man  concept  in  this  way, 
therefore,  recognizes  the  existence  of  a  trust  and  beneficiaries  as  a  constant 
in  the  varying  circumstances  that  confront  the  prudent  man  in  the  office  of 
trustee.171  In  the  year  of  adoption  by  the  Commissioners,  the  Uniform  Act 
was  adopted  by  New  Brunswick172  in  place  of  its  legal  list,  and  the  Northwest 
Territories  and  the  Yukon173  followed  suit. 

In  1982,  the  Manitoba  Law  Reform  Commission  issued  its  Report  on 
Investment  Provisions  under  "The  Trustee  Act"  .l74  Until  recently,  the  Mani- 
toba Trustee  Act,  like  the  Ontario  Act,  adhered  to  the  legal  list  approach  to 
trustee  investments. 175  In  its  Report,  the  Commission  canvassed  the  arguments 
in  favour  of  the  retention  of  the  legal  list  and  those  supporting  the  prudent 
man  approach  to  trustee  investments.  The  Commission  concluded  that  the 
legal  list  does  not  accomplish  the  two  major  objectives  of  most  trustees, 
namely,  preserving  the  capital  and  generating  income.  Today,  as  the  Com- 
mission noted,  "[i]nvestors  who  wish  to  strike  a  fair  balance  between  pres- 
ervation of  capital  and  suitable  income  must  be  flexible,  sophisticated  and 
aggressive".176  As  to  the  proponents  of  the  legal  list,  the  Manitoba  Commis- 
sion was  of  the  view  that  support  for  the  legal  list  is  based  primarily  on  two 
misconceptions:  first,  "that  if  a  trustee  follows  the  legal  list  he  will  be  immune 
from  being  sued";177  and  secondly,  "that  if  there  is  a  prudent  man  rule,  every 
time  the  trustee  makes  a  bad  investment,  he  will  have  to  make  good  the 


168 


Mich.  Comp.  L.  1967,  §  555.201 


169  Minn.  Stats.  Ann.,  §501.125. 


170 


171 
172 
173 

174 

175 
176 


Report  of  Pigeon  &  Durnford,  "Trustee  Investments",  in  Proceedings  of  the  Forty-Ninth 
Annual  Meeting  of  the  Conference  of  Commissioners  on  Uniformity  of  Legislation  in 
Canada  (1967),  at  222.  The  grounds  for  the  original  recommendation  of  the  prudent  man 
rule  by  the  Quebec  Commissioners  in  1966  are  set  out  in  Proceedings  of  the  Forty- 
Eighth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Conference  of  Commissioners  on  Uniformity  of  Legisla- 
tion in  Canada  (1966),  at  106-13.  The  recommendation  was  adopted  at  the  1966  Con- 
ference. For  the  subsequent  reports  concerning  the  form  of  the  Uniform  Act,  see  1967 
Proceedings,  at  222-40;  1968  Proceedings,  at  169-71;  and  1969  Proceedings,  at  181-84. 

Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  687. 

An  Act  to  Amend  The  Trustee  Act ,  S.N.B.  1971,  c.  73. 

See  the  Northwest  Territories  Trustee  Ordinance,  supra,  note  59,  and  the  Yukon  Trustee 
Ordinance,  supra,  note  60. 

Manitoba  Law  Reform  Commission,  Report  on  Investment  Provisions  under  "The  Trustee 
Act"  (Report  No.  50,  February  12,  1982)  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  "Manitoba  Report"). 

The  Trustee  Act,  R.S.M.  1970,  c.  T160,  s.  70(2). 

Manitoba  Report,  supra,  note  174,  at  7. 

I  hid.,  at  8. 


212 

loss".178  After  an  examination  of  the  relevant  law,  the  Commission  was  of 
the  opinion  that  neither  of  these  positions  could  be  supported. I7y 

Accordingly,  the  Manitoba  Law  Reform  Commission  recommended  that 
the  legal  list  contained  in  The  Trustee  Act  should  be  repealed  and  replaced 
by  the  prudent  man  rule.  The  Commission  favoured  the  formulation  of  the 
rule  contained  in  the  Uniform  Trustee  Act,  subject  to  eliminating  the  tautology 
of  defining  a  trustee  as  a  trustee.180  In  addition,  rather  than  listing  general 
guidelines  in  the  Act  that  would  assist  trustees  in  making  investment  decisions 
under  the  prudent  man  rule,  the  Manitoba  Commission  recommended  that  a 
Trustee's  Handbook  and  Guide  should  be  prepared  and  made  available  to  the 
general  public  to  assist  and  instruct  trustees  in  this  area.  Finally,  the  Manitoba 
Commission  recommended  that  an  additional  section  should  be  enacted  stat- 
ing that,  "if  a  trustee  is  sued  for  imprudence,  it  shall  be  a  defence  for  that 
trustee  to  show  that  while  a  particular  investment  viewed  in  isolation  may 
have  been  speculative  or  imprudent,  the  trustee  nonetheless  followed  a  pru- 
dent investment  policy  and  that  this  total  policy  was  not  speculative  and  not 
imprudent".181  In  1982,  the  Manitoba  Legislature  enacted  legislation,  amend- 
ing The  Trustee  Act,  which  replaces  the  existing  investment  provisions  with 
new  provisions  that  implement  the  recommendations  of  the  Manitoba  Law 
Reform  Commission.182 


(d)  Objects  and  Problems  of  Contemporary  Trust  Investment 

The  overview  of  the  historical  development  of  trustee  investment  powers 
in  England,  Canada,  other  Commonwealth  countries,  and  the  United  States 
reveals  that  the  permissible  scope  of  trustees'  investment  powers  has  often 
been  a  function  of  the  economic  and  financial  conditions  of  the  time.  As  we 
have  seen,  at  the  beginning  of  the  twentieth  century,  in  both  England  and 
Canada,  and  in  some  jurisdictions  of  the  United  States,  statutory  legal  lists 
set  forth  the  securities  thought  to  be  appropriate  for  the  purpose  of  investment 
by  trustees.  These  legal  lists  tended  to  reflect  the  philosophy  that  a  trustee 
should  be  a  conservator  of  the  trust  fund  and,  as  such,  investment  was  limited 


178  ibid. 

179  Ibid.,  at  9-14. 

180  Ibid. ,  at  14-15.  The  formulation  of  the  Manitoba  Law  Reform  Commission  is  as  follows, 
at  37: 

Unless  otherwise  authorized  or  directed  by  an  express  provision  of  the  law  or  of 
the  will  or  other  instrument  creating  the  trust  or  defining  the  duties  and  power  of 
the  trustee, 

(a)  subject  to  paragraph  (b),  a  trustee  is  authorized  to  invest  in  every  kind  of 
property,  real,  personal  or  mixed;  and 

(b)  in  investing  money  for  the  benefit  of  another  person,  a  trustee  shall  exercise 
the  judgment  and  care  that  a  man  of  prudence,  discretion  and  intelligence 
would  exercise  if  he  were  administering  the  property  of  others. 

181  Ibid.,  2X21. 


is: 


An  Act  to  Amend  The  Trustee  Act,  Bill  35,  1982  (33d  Leg.  2d  Sess.),  ss.  5  and  6, 
repealing  ss.  70  to  77  and  substituting  new  ss.  70  to  77  and  79. 1 .  The  Act  (S.M.  1982- 
83,  c.  38)  received  Royal  Assent  on  August  18,  1983  and  was  declared  in  force  October 
1,  1983. 


213 

to  those  securities  that  were  considered  "safe",  namely,  fixed-interest  gov- 
ernment and  public  authority  bonds  and  debentures.  A  trustee  was  not  viewed 
as  a  creator  of  wealth,  so  that  any  form  of  speculative  investment  that  would 
place  the  capital  at  risk,  such  as  investment  in  common  shares,  was  considered 
at  that  time  to  be  imprudent.  This  policy  of  investment  served  trusts  well  for 
a  time,  as  fixed  interest  securities  produced  not  only  a  steady  annual  income, 
but  also  guaranteed  the  return  of  the  dollar  value  at  par  on  maturity,  thereby 
enabling  a  trustee  to  preserve  the  dollar  amount  of  the  corpus.  However,  the 
attractiveness  of  the  policy  was  largely  dependent  upon  the  exceedingly  low 
or  non-existent  inflationary  factor  and  the  stability  of  currency  values  of  that 
period.  These  conditions  are  now  historic. 

Today,  the  problem  of  inflation,  the  erosion  of  the  real  value  of  currency, 
that  has  developed  especially  since  the  Second  World  War  shows  every  sign 
of  being  a  constant  factor  in  our  economy.  The  impact  of  inflation  upon  the 
policy  that  trustees  should  invest  in  "safe"  fixed-income  securities  has  been 
devastating.  Practically  speaking,  where  trust  assets  are  invested  in  fixed- 
income  securities,  the  trust  beneficiary's  income  will  not  rise  in  proportion 
to  the  increase  in  the  cost  of  living.  In  fact,  a  beneficiary's  real  income  will 
probably  decline,  especially  if  he  is  tied  to  long-term,  low-yield  bonds.  The 
remainderman  may  suffer  as  well,  because,  at  the  time  of  distribution,  the 
real  value  of  the  trust  fund  may  have  decreased  to  only  a  fraction  of  its 
purchasing  power  at  the  time  of  investment.  Consequently,  as  a  result  of 
inflation,  any  policy  that  limits  trust  investments  to  fixed-income  securities, 
or  at  best  requires  that  a  major  portion  of  the  trust  fund  be  invested  in  such 
securities,  no  longer  serves  to  protect  the  interests  of  the  trust  beneficiaries. 

The  problem  of  inflation  and  its  impact  on  trustee  investment  policy  was 
one  of  the  more  important  reasons  for  the  rapid  ascendancy  of  the  prudent 
man  concept  in  the  United  States.  The  adoption  of  this  approach  to  trustee 
investments,  permitting  as  it  does  flexibility  in  choice  of  investments  to  meet 
changing  economic  conditions,  reflects  the  realization  that  there  is  no  longer 
any  single  investment  upon  which  even  the  most  conservatively  inclined 
investor  can  rely.  This  approach  recognizes  that  every  investor  must  take 
account  of  the  economic  cycles  and  market  movements  and  be  in  a  position 
to  adjust  his  portfolio  to  meet  not  only  periods  of  rapid  growth  in  the  economy, 
but  also  static  and  slow  growth  periods.  As  various  types  of  investment 
perform  differently  during  each  cycle  in  the  economy,  experience  shows  that, 
today,  flexibility  and  a  diversified  portfolio  are  the  best  weapons  in  an  inves- 
tor's hands. 

For  example,  during  an  inflationary  period,  trustees  of  a  testamentary 
trust  in  favour  of  a  surviving  spouse  and  children  may  be  well  advised  to 
include  in  their  portfolio  both  high  grade,  short  term  bonds  and  well  seasoned 
and  well  diversified  common  shares:  the  bonds  will  ensure  a  regular  and 
adequate  income  for  the  life  beneficiary,  while  the  common  shares  will 
preserve  the  purchasing  power  of  the  fund  for  the  benefit  of  the  remainder- 
men. Even  if  the  trust  is  solely  in  favour  of  infant  children,  for  example, 
liquidity  will  be  needed  for  such  purposes  as  tax  payments  and  powers  of 
maintenance.  Further,  assets  must  be  chosen  with  marketability  in  mind  for 
the  expected  date  of  trust  termination,  and  trust  objects  will  exist  where 
capital  growth,  rather  than  a  high  income  yield,  is  the  desirable  policy  to 


214 

pursue.  Moreover,  a  trustee  of  a  family  trust  needs  to  be  in  a  position  to 
acquire  sound  stocks  when  the  occasion  arises  to  make  the  investment.  The 
existence  today  of  so  many  large  pension  trusts,  constantly  in  search  of  such 
stocks,  necessitates  that  trustees  of  the  family  trust  at  least  have  that  flexibil- 
ity. 

(e)  The  Future:  Legal  List  or  Prudent  Man 

In  determining  the  investment  powers  that  should  be  included  in  the 
revised  Act,  it  is  evident  that  the  essential  choice  for  reform  is  between  a 
legal  list  philosophy  and  the  prudent  man  approach.  We  now  turn  to  consider 
the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  each  approach. 

(i)     Legal  List  Approach 

It  will  be  recalled  that  Ontario  is  a  legal  list  jurisdiction;  indeed,  a  "pure" 
legal  list  philosophy  may  be  said  to  be  reflected  in  the  present  Ontario  Trustee 
Act.  Under  the  Act,  additions  to  the  legal  list  may  only  be  made  by  statutory 
amendment,  which  is  also  required  to  vary  the  percentage  of  trust  funds  that 
trustees  are  permitted  to  invest  in  corporate  securities,  including  common 
shares  -  a  percentage  fixed,  at  present,  at  thirty-five  percent,183  which  may 
be  inappropriate  in  periods  of  high  inflation.  Moreover,  having  adopted  a 
legal  list  as  the  Ontario  Act  has  done,  it  is  difficult  to  know  what  other  criteria 
a  trustee  should  take  into  account  in  the  exercise  of  his  investment  powers. 
For  example,  diversification  of  investment  is  not  required  expressly  by  the 
Ontario  Trustee  Act,  and  it  is  not  clear  whether  case  law  insists  upon  it  as  a 
measure  of  prudence. 


184 


As  the  previous  discussion  illustrates,  there  is  no  single  concept  known 
as  the  legal  list,  and  there  are  a  number  of  variations  that  could  be  introduced 
in  the  revised  Act. 

First,  the  revised  Act  could  adopt  the  scheme  of  the  English  Trustee 
Investments  Act,  1961 . I85  This  Act,  however,  has  been  criticized  on  the 
grounds  of  complexity.186  The  provisions  of  the  Act  concerning  narrower, 
wider,  and  special  property  ranges,  combined  with  the  compensating  cross- 
transfer  requirement,  do,  indeed,  appear  complex.  Further,  the  Act  seems 
unduly  suspicious  of  the  efficiency  of  the  case  law  duty  of  care,  skill,  and 
caution.  While  the  Act  does  require  trustees  to  consider  the  need  for  diver- 
sification of  investment,  it  continues  to  impose  a  restriction  on  the  percentage 
of  assets  that  may  be  invested  in  corporate  securities.  The  Act  has  also  been 


183 

184 
185 
186 


Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  6,  s.  27(2). 

Supra,  note  9. 

Supra,  note  32.  See,  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  2(b)(iii)b. 

See  English  Law  Reform  Committee  Report,  supra,  note  80,  at  16.  See,  also,  Samuels, 
"Trustee  Investments  Act,  1961"  (1961),  25  Conveyancer  (N.S.)  372,  and  (1962),  26 
Conveyancer  (N.S.)  351;  Keeton,  supra,  note  36,  at  19  et  seq.;  Trew,  "The  Trustee 
Investments  Act,  1961  -Three  Years  After",  [1965]  J.  Bus.  L.  22;  and  Oerton,  'Trustee 
Investments  Act  Problems"  (1970),  120  New  L.J.  240. 


215 

criticized  for  the  ease  with  which  companies  who  wish  their  shares  to  qualify 
as  authorized  investments  may  by-pass  the  Act's  provisions  intended  to  give 
security  to  beneficiaries  in  relation  to  equity  investments.  For  example,  the 
shares  of  a  corporation  that  pays  dividends  out  of  reserves  rather  than  profits 
may  qualify  as  an  authorized  investment,  while  the  shares  of  a  more  profitable 
corporation,  which  for  good  business  reasons  chooses  not  to  pay  a  dividend 
in  one  particular  year,  would  not  so  qualify. 

An  attractive  aspect  of  the  present  English  Act  is  that  new  investments 
may  be  added  to  the  legal  list  by  Order-in-Council,187  and  the  percentage  of 
assets  to  be  invested  in  particular  securities  may  be  varied  by  an  Order  of  the 
Treasury.188  The  advantage  of  these  provisions  is  that  they  do  not  compete 
for  legislative  time.  Accordingly,  in  this  fashion,  the  legal  list  and  the  per- 
mitted percentage  can  more  readily  respond  to  a  significant  change  in  eco- 
nomic and  hence  market  conditions.  However,  the  provisions  do  no  more 
than  provide  an  alternative  procedure  -  they  are  not  directed  to  policy  con- 
siderations. For  example,  the  task  of  selecting  additions  to  the  legal  list  is 
made  no  easier,  whether  the  additions  are  made  by  Order-in-Council  or  by 
statutory  amendment.  Moreover,  it  may  be  questionable  whether  a  change  in 
the  legal  list  or  a  variation  of  the  permitted  percentage,  by  whatever  means, 
would  assist  trustees  to  respond  satisfactorily  to  economic  conditions  that 
have  already  occurred. 

The  proposals  for  reform  made  by  the  English  Law  Reform  Committee189 
would  modernize  and  simplify  considerably  the  statutory  power  of  investment 
in  England.  Nevertheless,  the  insistence  upon  advice  for  certain  types  of 
investment,  while  perhaps  beneficial  to  the  inexperienced  trustee,  may,  none- 
theless, involve  more  than  a  nominal  cost.  Moreover,  the  suitability  of  the 
investment  often  will  depend  upon  the  quality  of  the  advice;  for  his  part  a 
trustee  must  be  able  to  discern  between  good  and  bad  advice,  while  the 
adviser  must  understand  the  difference  between  advising  a  person  investing 
his  own  assets  and  advising  a  fiduciary. 

Secondly,  the  revised  Act  could  adopt  a  variation  of  the  legal  list  similar 
to  that  contained  in  both  the  Western  Australia190  and  New  Zealand191  Acts. 
As  we  have  seen,192  although  these  Acts  retain  a  list  of  authorized  investments, 
they  impose  no  ceiling  percentage  upon  the  amount  of  the  trust  fund  that  may 
be  invested  in  corporate  securities,  including  common  stock.  Rather,  the  Acts 
rely  upon  the  imposition  of  qualifications  that  companies  must  satisfy  before 
their  securities  may  be  authorized  as  investments,  and  upon  specific  statutory 
duties  imposed  upon  trustees,  namely,  a  duty  to  consider  the  suitability  of 
each  investment,  to  seek  advice,  and,  in  the  case  of  Western  Australia,  to 
diversify  investments.  Beyond  these  statutory  requirements,  a  trustee  is  left 


187  Trustee  Investments  Act,  1961 ,  supra,  note  32,  s.  12. 

188  lbid.,s.  13 

189 
190 
19 
192 


English  Law  Reform  Committee  Report,  supra,  note  80,  and  accompanying  text. 
Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95. 
1  Trustee  Amendment  Act,  1974,  supra,  note  96. 
See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  2(b)(iii)c. 


216 

to  invest  on  the  basis  of  the  case  law  duty  of  care,  a  duty  that  may  be  of  great 
significance  since,  as  we  noted  in  relation  to  the  English  Act,  the  notion  of 
"qualified  company",  with  the  inference  of  profitability  and  stability,  may  be 
illusory:  a  company  can  satisfy  the  statutory  requirements  by  issuing  paid-up 
shares  to  existing  shareholders,  and  by  declaring  dividends  out  of  reserves 
where  profits  are  inadequate.  However,  the  deletion  of  a  percentage  ceiling 
for  investment  in  corporate  debentures  and  preferred  and  common  stock  may 
not  be  an  effective  improvement,  if  it  serves  to  restrict  trustees  to  investment 
in  companies  that  merely  have  to  satisfy  nominal  rules. 

A  further  variation  of  the  legal  list  philosophy  that  could  be  adopted  in 
the  revised  Act  would  be  to  provide  a  broader  and  more  liberal  list  than  that 
contained  at  present  in  sections  26  and  27  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act.  An 
example  of  such  a  list,  designed  for  the  investment  of  the  funds  of  life  and 
other  insurance  companies,  is  contained  in  the  federal  Canadian  and  British 
Insurance  Companies  Act. I93  In  private  trusts,  the  investment  power  of  trust- 
ees is  not  infrequently  expressed  with  reference  to  this  list.  However,  the 
Act's  percentage  limitations,  which  bring  about  diversification  within  the 
authorized  list,  are  usually  made  expressly  inapplicable  by  the  trust  instru- 
ment. The  advantage  of  this  practice  is  that  the  creator  of  the  trust  can  impose 
his  own  restraints  upon  possible  future  speculation,  and  yet  bring  a  broader 
class  of  investments  within  the  trustee's  power.  The  disadvantage  is  that  this 
list  was  designed  for  the  considerable  funds  of  insurance  companies,  and  may 
not  be  appropriate  for  adoption  by  smaller  sized  funds  of  private  trusts. 

Finally,  the  revised  Act  could  adopt  the  approach  found  in  the  American 
jurisdictions  that  employ  a  permissive  legal  list.  This  approach,  as  previously 
discussed,194  offers  a  legal  list,  but  statutorily  permits  investment  of  a  certain 
portion  of  the  trust  fund  according  to  the  prudent  man  rule.  Accordingly,  it 
imposes  a  measure  of  control  on  trustees  by  limiting  the  extent  to  which  they 
may  invest  outside  the  legal  list.  However,  the  other  side  of  the  coin  is  that 
this  restriction  may  work  to  the  disadvantage  of  trustees  by  denying  them  the 
flexibility  to  invest,  as  would  a  prudent  man,  more  than  the  stipulated  portion. 

The  fundamental  rationale  of  a  legal  list  approach,  whatever  be  its  vari- 
ations, is  constant.  In  general  terms,  the  argument  for  a  legal  list  is  essentially 
that  private  trustees,  as  opposed  to  professional  trustees,  are  often  chosen  for 
their  personal  character  and  knowledge  of  the  family  of  the  creator  of  the 
trust,  whose  members  would  usually  be  selected  as  beneficiaries.  Such  per- 
sons may  tend  to  have  limited  investment  knowledge.  For  these  trustees  the 
legal  list  offers  a  range  of  investments  that  have  received  the  sanction  of  the 
legislature,  and  provides  statutory  guidelines  regarding  the  permitted  per- 
centage of  trust  assets  that  may  be  invested  in  particular  securities.  Further, 
non-professional  trustees  may  take  comfort  in  the  knowledge  that,  in  all 
probability,  they  will  not  incur  liability  for  breach  of  trust  on  the  grounds  of 
improper  investment,  if  they  keep  to  the  legal  list  and  give  thought  to  the 
choice  of  investments  that  they  make.  Moreover,  testators  and  settlors  may 


193  Supra,  note  63. 

194  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  2(b)(iii)d. 


217 

well  desire  a  restricted  investment  power  to  protect  their  trusts  from  specu- 
lation; once  significant  loss  has  occurred,  there  may  be  no  quarter  from  which 
it  can  be  recouped.  In  addition,  some  personal  trustees  may  find  that  the  list 
provides  protection  against  a  beneficiary  who  is  anxious  to  see  the  trust  funds 
invested  in  an  asset  that  the  trustees  consider  unwise  in  the  circumstances. 

Balanced  against  these  considerations  it  may  be  contended  that  the  adop- 
tion of  a  legal  list  encourages  trustees,  even  if  they  have  a  wider  power  of 
investment  under  the  instrument,  to  "play  safe"  by  keeping  to  the  legal  list. 
As  a  result,  unless  there  exists  a  statutory  duty  to  diversify,  trustees  may 
decide  to  invest  the  whole  portfolio  of  trusts  assets  in  legal  list  bonds.  In 
economic  conditions  of  low  inflation,  such  an  investment  would  produce  a 
reasonable  income  as  well  as  secure  the  dollar  value  of  the  capital  invested, 
so  that  trustees  administering  a  trust  with  successive  beneficiaries  would  have 
met  their  duty  to  act  impartially  as  between  income  and  capital  beneficiaries. 
However,  during  periods  of  high  rates  of  inflation  such  an  investment  would 
not  sufficiently  compensate  for  the  erosion  of  purchasing  power  of  the  dollar 
and  would  result  in  considerable  loss  to  the  capital  beneficiaries.  At  such 
times,  a  more  substantial  investment  in  common  shares,  for  example,  may 
be  called  for  in  order  to  overcome  the  effects  of  inflation.  The  essential 
problem,  therefore,  with  the  legal  list  is  that  it  is  "a  list  for  all  seasons",  and, 
as  diversification  of  investment  seems  to  be  an  optional  policy  for  trustees, 
trust  beneficiaries  may  be  exposed  to  a  real  risk  of  nonrecoverable  loss  when 
the  statutorily  authorized  investments  are  employed  in  unsuitable  economic 
times. 


(ii)     Prudent  Man  Approach 

The  final  approach  to  reform  of  trustee  investment  powers  is  the  prudent 
man  concept.  As  we  have  discussed  at  length  in  an  earlier  section  of  this 
chapter,195  this  concept,  expressed  in  various  forms,  requires  a  trustee  in 
making  or  otherwise  dealing  with  trustee  investments  to  act  with  the  care  and 
discretion  of  a  prudent  man.  Further,  we  pointed  out  that  the  growth  of  this 
investment  concept,  especially  in  the  United  States,  was  largely  a  result  of 
the  economic  factors  of  inflation  and  instability  of  currency  values,  and  the 
realization  that  the  legal  list  approach  to  investment  was  not  capable  of 
adapting  to  these  ever-changing  economic  forces.  Consequently,  jurisdictions 
turned  towards  the  prudent  man  concept  of  investment,  a  concept  that  enables 
trustees  to  respond  quickly  to  changed  economic  and  financial  conditions. 
Further,  it  is  argued  that  the  even  hand  rule  may  be  more  easily  applied  by 
trustees  if  they  possess  an  investment  power  restricted  only  by  the  requirement 
of  prudence. 

However,  the  prudent  man  rule  has  been  criticized.  A  number  of  com- 
mentators have  taken  the  position  that  the  concept  places  too  much  emphasis 
on  the  preservation  of  the  dollar  value  of  the  principal,  whereas  inflation  is  a 


195 


See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  2(c). 


218 

phenomenon  that  hurts  the  life  tenant  as  much  as  the  eventual  capital  remain- 
derman.I96  This  factor  may  be  particularly  significant  where  the  primary  object 
of  a  trust  is  to  maintain  a  sufficient  income  for  the  life  tenant,  and  where  it  is 
the  maintenance  of  income  rather  than  of  capital  that  is  the  real  investment 
problem.  In  response,  it  may  be  said  that  the  intention  of  the  prudent  man 
concept  is  not  only  to  permit  investment  in  equities  at  times  of  high  inflation 
in  order  to  protect  capital,  but  also  to  permit  diversification  of  investment  to 
meet  the  various  needs  of  a  trust  during  all  kinds  of  changing  economic  and 
financial  conditions. 

It  has  also  been  pointed  out  that  advice  may  be  needed  by  those  who 
formerly  could  have  relied  upon  the  legal  list  for  guidance.  Investment  advice 
can  be  said  to  be  costly  to  obtain  and  may  not  be  readily  available  to  trustees 
outside  large  urban  centres.  However,  it  is  arguable  that  this  state  of  affairs 
only  reveals  the  true  situation  that  fiduciaries  face  in  modern  investment 
conditions,  namely,  that  there  is  a  need  for  guidance  and  specific  advice,  and 
even  legal  list  jurisdictions  recognize  that  expert  advice  is  now  essential.197 
As  to  the  availability  and  cost  of  advice,  it  may  be  contended  that  in  present 
day  investment  circumstances  these  are  factors  that  the  creator  of  a  trust 
should  consider  when  he  is  initially  selecting  his  trustees.  For  example,  it 
might  be  wise  for  the  creator  of  a  trust  to  select  a  trustee,  possibly  a  profes- 
sional trustee,  who  has  access  to  investment  advice. I98  If  the  creator  of  a  trust 
also  desires  to  appoint  a  member  of  his  family  or  a  friend  as  trustee,  the 
trustee  with  access  to  investment  advice  could  be  given  exclusive  responsi- 
bility and  liability  for  investment  decisions. 

Finally,  it  has  been  suggested  that  the  prudent  man  concept  requires  a 
trustee  to  guess  in  advance  the  kind  of  investments  that  the  courts  may  later 
determine  to  be  suitable  for  the  investment  of  trust  assets  if  an  action  for 
breach  of  duty  is  commenced.199  However,  if  this  argument  had  any  validity 
in  practice,  it  would  surely  have  surfaced  by  now  in  those  many  American 
jurisdictions  that  employ  the  prudent  man  concept.  Further,  experience  has 
shown  that,  in  the  early  1930's  in  the  United  States,  when  there  was  a  national 
patchwork  quilt  of  investment  lists  and  when  trustees  were  frequently  sued 
for  having  made  unwise  investments,  the  courts  were  scrupulous  in  examining 
each  case  from  the  vantage  point  of  the  trustees  vis-a-vis  the  particular 
investment  decision,  and  in  considering  the  trustee's  position  when  the  chal- 
lenged investment  was  made.200  There  is  no  reason  why  this  judicial  approach 


196 


197 


198 


[99 


200 


See,  for  example,  Blair  and  Heggestad,  "The  Prudent  Man  Rule  and  Preservation  of 
Trust  Principal",  [1978]  U.  111.  L.  F.  79;  McSwain,  "A  Modern  Analysis  of  The  Prudent 
Man  Rule"  (1967),  106  Trusts  &  Es.  742;  and  Langbein  and  Posner,  "Market  Funds  and 
Trust-Investment  Law",  [1976]  ABF  Res.  J.  1. 

See  English  Trustee  Investments  Act,  1961 ,  supra,  note  32,  s.  6(2)  and  (4);  Western 
Australia  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  16(5);  and  New  Zealand  Trustee 
Amendment  Act,  1974,  supra,  note  96,  s.  3. 

It  should  be  remembered  that  all  trustees  are  statutorily  entitled  to  remuneration  by  order 
of  the  court,  unless  the  trust  instrument  specifies  otherwise:  see  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act, 
supra,  note  6,  s.  61. 

Aspects  of  this  issue  are  examined  in  a  useful  discussion  by  Professor  J.F.  Burrows, 
"Statutes  and  Judicial  Discretion"  (1976),  7  N.Z.  U.  L.  Rev.  1. 

See  Scott,  supra,  note  140,  §  227,  at  1808-09. 


219 

should  not  continue.  Moreover,  it  is  arguable  that,  as  most  legal  lists  are 
subject  to  a  duty  of  care,  a  trustee  may  not  be  completely  relieved  from  the 
need  to  speculate  in  advance  what  a  court's  response  will  be  to  a  concentration 
of  trust  assets  in  a  particular  investment  contained  in  the  legal  list.  The  listed 
investments  were  not  intended  to  give  automatic  protection  to  trustees.201  The 
utilization  of  the  prudent  man  concept,  it  is  said,  reveals  the  true  position, 
namely,  that  every  trustee  must  exercise  individually  his  duty  of  care  in 
making  investment  decisions. 


(iii)     Conclusion 

Having  reviewed  the  various  formulations  of  the  legal  list  philosophy 
and  the  prudent  man  approach  to  trustee  investment  powers,  and  having 
regard  to  the  objectives  and  problems  of  modern  trust  investment,  is  there  a 
sufficient  case  for  change  from  the  present  Ontario  position?  The  Commission 
is  of  the  opinion  that  there  is  such  a  case,  and,  although  there  is  much  force 
in  both  arguments  -  for  legal  list  and  prudent  man  -  we  have  concluded  that 
there  is  greater  force  in  the  combined  disadvantages  of  a  legal  list  and  the 
advantages  of  the  prudent  man  approach  to  trustee  investment  powers.  We 
are,  therefore,  in  general  agreement  with  the  views,  previously  set  forth,  that 
advocate  the  prudent  man  concept. 

It  is  clear  to  the  Commission  that  the  flexibility  and  diversification  that 
the  prudent  man  concept  brings  to  investment  choices  are  characteristics  that 
are  vital  to  the  well-being  of  any  trust  in  today's  economy.  Essentially,  given 
modern  economic  conditions,  we  have  concluded  that  the  safeguards  of  the 
legal  list  are  illusory.  We  also  agree  with  the  Western  Australia  and  New 
Zealand  position  that  any  explicit  restriction  on  the  percentage  of  trust  funds 
that  may  be  invested  in  corporate  securities  is  unsatisfactory  because  market 
conditions  change.  We  are  further  impressed  with  the  fact  that  express  in- 
vestment clauses,  conferring  upon  trustees  a  discretionary  investment  power, 
are  so  widely  employed  by  trust  instruments  that  the  present  legal  list  is 
effectively  ignored.  Furthermore,  we  note  that  the  duty  to  maintain  an  even 
hand  between  income  and  capital  beneficiaries,  so  far  as  it  is  not  excluded  by 
the  trust  instrument,  is  an  obligation  imposed  upon  trustees  quite  apart  from 
the  nature  of  their  power  of  investment.  A  legal  list  can  be  viewed  merely  as 
an  extra  hurdle  for  trustees,  who  must  ensure  in  any  event  that  income 
beneficiaries  and  capital  beneficiaries  are  equitably  treated  by  their  investment 
policy. 

We  are  also  influenced  by  the  fact  that  both  what  is  now  the  Uniform 
Law  Conference  in  Canada,  and  the  American  Bankers  Association  have 
endorsed  the  prudent  man  concept.  Operating  as  Ontario  does  in  the  North 
American  economic  structure,  we  are  impressed  with  the  fact  that  over  four- 
fifths  of  the  United  States  jurisdictions,  not  to  mention  four  jurisdictions  in 
Canada,  have  adopted  the  prudent  man  concept  in  one  form  or  another.  The 
American  jurisdictions  have  had  long  practical  experience  with  this  concept, 
and  we  have  been  unable  to  find  any  appreciable  comment  to  the  effect  that 
it  has  significant  defects  in  practice. 


See  Pettit.  supra,  note  65,  at  280-81 


220 

We  have  considered  closely  the  various  legal  list  approaches,  but  we 
have  concluded  that  the  logical  end  result  is  the  position  of  the  prudent  man, 
a  result  at  which  the  majority  of  American  jurisdictions  have  already  arrived. 
It  is  evident  that  among  legal  list  jurisdictions  no  two  jurisdictions  can  agree 
entirely  upon  the  nature  and  structure  of  the  statutory  requirements,  and  that 
each  such  jurisdiction  is  compelled  within  a  period  of  time  to  review  the 
matter  yet  again. 

Given  the  fact  that  any  revision  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  will,  if  past 
experience  is  any  indication,  endure  for  a  considerable  number  of  years,  we 
have  concluded  that  the  time  is  proper  for  a  change  to  the  prudent  man 
concept  of  investment.  Accordingly,  the  Commission  recommends  that  sec- 
tions 26  and  27  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  should  be  deleted,  and  that  in  their 
place  the  revised  Act  should  adopt  a  version  of  the  prudent  man  concept  for 
trustee  investment  powers. 

The  secondary  issue  that  arises  is  the  formal  expression  that  should  be 
given  to  this  concept.  The  Commission  finds  itself  in  agreement  with  the 
formulation  adopted  by  the  Uniformity  Commissioners  of  Canada  in  1970, 
and  now  in  force  in  New  Brunswick,  Manitoba,  the  Yukon,  and  Northwest 
Territories,202  as  well  as  in  several  jurisdictions  in  the  United  States.203  We 
are  persuaded  by  the  argument  that  the  courts  may  take  the  view  that  the 
prudent  man  formulation,  to  some  uncertain  degree,  may  reduce  a  trustee's 
fiduciary  obligations.  We  do  not  intend  this  result,  and  we  wish  to  emphasize 
that  trustees  must  at  all  times  realize  that  they  are  investing  funds  belonging 
not  to  themselves,  but  to  the  beneficiaries. 

We  are  aware  of  the  criticism  that  has  been  made  of  the  prudent  trustee 
formulation,  namely,  that  since  a  trustee  is  a  fiduciary,  "prudent  trustee"  is  a 
tautologous  expression.204  We  have  also  taken  note  of  the  argument  that  the 
prudent  trustee  rule  may  encourage  innate  conservatism  and  adherence  to 
previously  approved  investments,  whereas  trustees  should  examine  their  own 
trust  situations  when  they  make  investment  decisions.  However,  the  Com- 
mission is  of  the  opinion  that  a  statutory  expression  of  a  discretionary  invest- 
ment rule  should  place  stress  on  the  caution,  as  well  as  the  care  and  skill, 
that  trustees  should  employ.  The  Commission  recommends  therefore  that  the 
duty  of  care  previously  recommended205  should  govern  the  power  of  invest- 
ment.206 It  will  be  recalled  that  the  basic  duty  of  care  proposed  by  the 
Commission  would  require  that  trustees  exercise  that  degree  of  care,  dili- 
gence, and  skill  that  a  person  of  ordinary  prudence  would  exercise  in  dealing 
with  the  property  of  another  person. 

With  respect  to  the  investment  power  that  should  be  contained  in  the 
revised  Trustee  Act,  we  are  of  the  view,  and  accordingly  recommend,  that, 


202  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  2(c)(ii)b. 

203  See,  for  example,  Michigan  Comp.  L.  1948,  §  555.201,  and  Minnesota  Stats.  Ann., 
§  501.125. 

204  See  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  687. 

5  Draft  Bill,  s.  4.  See,  also,  this  Report,  ch.  2,  sec.  2,  for  a  more  detailed  discussion  of  a 
trustee's  general  duty  of  care  and  recommendations  concerning  the  professional  trustee. 

206  Draft  Bill,  s.  34(1). 


221 

subject  to  the  basic  duty  of  care  and  the  terms  of  the  trust  instrument,  trustees 
should  be  able  to  invest  trust  money  in  any  kind  of  property. :n7  We  would 
note  that  we  have  provided  in  our  Draft  Bill  a  broad  definition  of  the  term 
"property"  to  mean  real  property,  personal  property  or  any  estate,  share  or 
interest  in  property,  and  to  include  any  debt,  chose  in  action,  and  any  other 
right  or  interest  in  property,  whether  in  possession  or  not.2' 


208 


The  final  point  that  the  Commission  wishes  to  discuss  is  whether  the 
above-recommended  general  duty  imposed  upon  trustees  should  be  bolstered 
by  a  list  of  criteria  that  trustees  may  consult  when  making  investment  deci- 
sions. The  list  that  appears  in  the  Restatement  on  Trusts,  Second209  provides 
a  ready  example  of  the  approach  we  have  in  mind. 

Against  this  approach,  it  may  be  contended  that  criteria  intended  to  be 
guidelines  may  in  effect  become  mandatory.  A  trustee  who,  in  an  action  for 
breach  of  investment  duty,  admits  that  he  did  not  consider  any  particular 
criterion  may,  in  practice,  be  admitting  negligence.  We  do  not  think  that  this 
outcome  would  be  desirable.  However,  we  have  concluded  that  the  presence 
of  statutory  criteria  would  be  helpful  to  trustees.  It  would  provide  basic 
investment  guidelines  that  may  be  useful,  particularly  where  expert  advice  is 
not  readily  available,  or  where  the  size  of  the  trust  fund  does  not  justify  the 
cost  of  such  advice.  Further,  we  are  of  the  opinion  that  clear  legislative 
language  can  preclude  our  intended  statutory  guidelines  from  achieving  the 


207  Ibid.  In  order  to  avoid  confusion  concerning  the  applicability  of  our  proposed  investment 
power  to  trust  instruments  that  direct  trustees  by  various  general  terms  regarding  the 
nature  of  their  investment  power,  s.  34(4)  of  the  Draft  Bill  provides  that  the  expressions 
"legal  investment",  "authorized  investment",  "investment  authorized  by  law",  or  words 
of  similar  import  as  used  in  a  trust  instrument  should  be  taken  to  mean  any  investment 
that  is  authorized  by  the  revised  Act. 

208  Draft  Bill,  s.  \{m). 

209  American  Law  Institute,  Restatement  of  the  Law,  Second,  -  Trusts,  2d  (1959),  §  227, 
comment  o,  lists  the  following  criteria  as  matters  that  should  be  considered  by  trustees 
in  determining  whether  or  not  a  particular  investment  is  prudent: 

(1)  the  marketability  of  the  particular  investment; 

(2)  the  length  of  the  term  of  the  investment,  for  example,  the  maturity  date,  if 
any,  the  callability  or  redeemability,  if  any; 

(3)  the  probable  duration  of  the  trust; 

(4)  the  probable  condition  of  the  market  with  respect  to  the  value  of  the  particular 
investment  at  the  termination  of  the  trust  especially  if  at  the  termination  of 
the  trust  the  investment  must  be  converted  into  money  for  the  purpose  of 
distribution; 

(5)  the  probable  condition  of  the  market  with  respect  to  reinvestment  at  the  time 
when  the  particular  investment  matures; 

(6)  the  aggregate  value  of  the  trust  estate  and  the  nature  of  the  other  investments; 

(7)  the  requirements  of  the  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries,  particularly  with  respect 
to  the  amount  of  the  income; 

(8)  the  other  assets  of  the  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  including  earning  capacity; 

(9)  the  effect  of  the  investment  in  increasing  or  diminishing  liability  for  taxes; 
( 10)  the  likelihood  of  inflation. 


222 

character  of  mandatory  directives.  Accordingly,  the  Commission  recom- 
mends that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that  in  investing  trust  money  under 
the  statutory  power  of  investment,  among  the  matters  that  it  is  appropriate 
tor  trustees  to  consider  are, 

(a)    the  marketability  of  the  investment; 

(/;)  the  length  of  the  term  of  the  investment,  including  its  maturity  date,  calla- 
bility  and  redeemability; 

(c)  the  probable  duration  of  the  trust; 

(d)  the  probable  condition  of  the  market  with  respect  to  the  value  of  the  invest- 
ment at  the  termination  of  the  trust,  especially  if  at  the  termination  of  the 
trust  the  investment  must  be  converted  into  money  for  the  purpose  of 
distribution; 

(e)  the  probable  condition  of  the  market  with  respect  to  reinvestment  at  the  time 
when  the  investment  matures; 

(/)     the  aggregate  value  of  the  trust  estate  and  the  nature  of  the  other  investments; 

(g)  the  effect  of  the  investment  in  increasing  and  diminishing  liability  for  taxes; 
and 

(/?)    the  likelihood  of  inflation.210 

To  ensure  that  the  guidelines  do  not  obtain  the  character  of  mandatory 
directives,  we  further  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  expressly  stipu- 
late that  the  trustees  are  not  obliged  to  consider  each  of  the  abovementioned 
criteria  before  deciding  upon  any  investment.211 


3.     OTHER  POWERS  OF  PROPERTY  MANAGEMENT 


(a)  Introduction 

Trustees  must  regard  all  trust  assets  as  investments  unless  otherwise 
instructed  by  the  trust  instrument.  Their  duty  is  to  preserve  the  fund,  rather 
than  the  assets  that  constitute  the  trust  fund  at  any  particular  moment.  In  order 
to  accomplish  this  purpose,  a  trust  instrument  should  confer  upon  trustees 
powers  of  sale,  purchase,  and  exchange.  In  addition,  trustees  must  manage 
the  assets.  In  the  case  of  land,  they  require  authority  to  maintain  and  repair 
buildings,  to  insure,  to  mortgage,  and  to  lease.  With  respect  to  securities, 
trustees  should  be  able,  for  instance,  to  take  up  bonus  issues  and  options,  to 
vote  at  company  meetings,  and  to  agree  or  otherwise  respond  to  proposals 
for  reorganizations  and  mergers.  If  trust  property  constitutes  or  includes  a 


"10  Draft  Bill,  s.  34(2).  It  will  be  noted  that  we  have  not  recommended  the  adoption  of 
criteria  7  and  8  of  the  American  Restatement.  We  are  of  the  opinion  that  these  criteria, 
which  focus  upon  the  requirements  of  beneficiaries,  are  more  applicable  to  considerations 
of  even-handedness  than  of  investment. 

211  Draft  Bill,  s.  34(3). 


223 

business,  trustees  should  have  the  authority  to  carry  on  the  business,  if  that 
is  what  the  creator  of  the  trust  intended.  For  their  efforts  in  administering  the 
trust  property,  trustees  should  usually  be  entitled  to  compensation  from  the 
trust.  These  are,  of  course,  only  the  basic  authorities  that  trustees  require;  the 
purpose  of  the  trust  and  the  nature  of  the  initial  trust  assets  will  differ  from 
instrument  to  instrument  and,  to  a  degree,  each  trust  will  require  its  own  set 
of  authorities  or  powers.  If,  for  example,  land  or  securities  initially  transferred 
to  trustees  are  to  be  retained,  this  position  will  be  reflected  by  the  trust 
instrument;  the  power  of  sale  will  be  withheld,  even  if  an  express  duty  to 
retain  is  not  otherwise  apparent  in  the  instrument. 

In  other  words,  the  powers  conferred  by  a  well-drawn  trust  instrument 
will  reflect  the  individuality  of  the  trust,  its  purpose  and  character.  However, 
not  all  instruments  are  so  designed,  and  the  question  that  arises  is  whether 
there  is  a  set  of  standard  powers  that  should  be  incorporated  in  the  revised 
Act.  The  object  of  such  an  incorporation  would  be  to  ensure  that  trustees  are 
not  deprived  of  a  vital  power,  and  that  no  trust  is  put  to  the  expense  and 
inconvenience  of  an  application  to  the  court  because,  through  inadvertence 
in  drafting,  a  necessary  power  has  been  omitted.  We  are  of  the  view  that, 
consistent  with  our  proposal  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  supportive 
and  facultative  powers  for  trustees,212  there  should  be  included  in  the  revised 
Act  of  a  list  of  ancillary  trustee  administrative  powers  that  could  be  amended 
or  denied  by  the  creator  of  the  trust. 

Before  considering  proposals  for  reform,  we  think  it  desirable  to  review 
briefly  the  existing  statutory  provisions  in  Ontario  and  other  jurisdictions. 
We  shall  refer  first  to  the  position  under  trustee  legislation,  and  thereafter  the 
provisions  of  settled  estates  legislation  will  be  discussed. 


(b)  Existing  Statutory  Position  in  Ontario  and  Other 
Jurisdictions 


(i)     Trustee  Acts 


a.     Ontario 

At  present,  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act213  confers  a  variety  of  administrative 
powers  upon  trustees.  Some  of  these  powers  deal  with  matters  that  are 
discussed  elsewhere  in  this  Report.214  Of  the  other  powers,  the  following  may 
be  briefly  mentioned.  Section  17  confers  upon  trustees  who  already  have  a 
duty  or  power  of  sale  under  the  terms  of  the  trust  instrument  a  wide  discretion 
concerning  the  mode  of  sale.  Section  19  empowers  trustees,  with  the  approval 
of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  or  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court,  to  dedicate 


212  Sec  supra,  ch.  1 . 
21  ^  Supra,  note  6. 

214 


The  power  of  investment  is  dealt  with  supra,  this  ch.,  see.  2.  and  the  power  to  allocate 
receipts  and  disbursements  between  income  and  capital  beneliciarics  is  dealt  with  infra, 
this  ch..  sec.  4. 


224 

or  sell  land  for  highway  purposes.  Section  21  authorizes  trustees  to  insure 
trust  property  against  loss  or  damage  by  fire,  tempest,  or  other  casualty  to  an 
amount  not  exceeding  three-fourths  of  the  value  of  the  property.  Section  22 
extends  to  trustees  who  hold  renewable  leasehold  property  the  power  to  renew 
the  lease  or  leases  in  question.  Section  24  makes  a  receipt  issued  by  trustees 
an  effective  discharge  to  the  payor. 

The  Act  also  contains  two  further  powers,  which  relate  to  the  investment 
provisions.  First,  section  28  empowers  trustees  to  deposit  funds  with  a  bank 
or  trust  company  pending  investment  of  any  trust  money.  Secondly,  section 
29  authorizes  a  trustee  to  "vary  or  transpose  any  securities  in  which  money 
in  his  hands  is  invested  .  .  .  into  or  for  any  other  securities  of  any  nature 
authorized  by  this  Act".  The  remaining  administrative  powers  contained  in 
the  Act  cover  diverse  matters:  section  33  empowers  trustees  to  reimburse 
themselves  for  expenses  incurred  in  the  administration  of  the  trust;  section 
36  confers  upon  trustees  the  power,  under  court  order,  to  pay  money  into 
court;  and  section  48  authorizes  trustees  to  compromise  claims  by  or  against 
the  trust. 

Finally,  regarding  the  implementation  of  these  various  powers,  section 
60  provides  that  trustees  may  apply  to  the  court  for  directions  "on  any  question 
respecting  the  management  or  administration  of  the  trust  property".  It  has 
been  held  that,  while  this  section  enables  trustees  to  secure  a  ruling  concerning 
the  legal  nature  and  extent  of  their  duties  and  powers  under  the  instrument, 
it  does  not  entitle  trustees  to  obtain  directions  from  the  court  concerning  how 
they  should  exercise  the  discretion  that  arises  from  the  employment  of  their 
powers.215  Nor  does  the  section  enable  trustees  to  obtain  a  judicial  extension 
or  enlargement  of  their  powers  under  the  instrument. 

If  trustees  require  a  power  that  is  not  contained  in  either  the  trust  instru- 
ment or  the  Act,  they  may  seek  relief  in  one  of  two  ways.  First,  the  court, 
pursuant  to  its  inherent  jurisdiction,  may  confer  upon  trustees  enlarged  pow- 
ers. However,  this  is  only  an  emergency,  or  salvage,  authority  and  is  limited 
to  situations  where  it  can  be  demonstrated  that  the  lack  of  a  particular  power 
will  place  the  trust  in  severe  jeopardy.216  Secondly,  applications  for  a  grant 
of  additional  powers  may  be  brought  under  the  Variation  of  Trusts  Act,211  a 
statute  designed  primarily  for  the  variation  of  the  beneficial  interests  created 
by  the  instrument.  This  Act  requires  that  all  beneficiaries  who  are  sui  juris 
consent  to  a  proposed  variation  of  the  trust  instrument,  and  that  the  court 
determine  that  the  variation  is  for  the  benefit  of  infant,  unborn,  and  unascer- 
tained beneficiaries. 

All  the  statutory  administrative  powers  contained  in  the  Ontario  Trustee 
Act  are  subject  to  the  expression  of  a  contrary  intention  in  the  instrument  by 


215 


216 


See  Re  Collins  (1927).  61  O.L.R.  225,  [1927]  4  D.L.R.  770  (App.  Div.).  See.  also. 
Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  753-59. 

See  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  905  and  906-07. 

Variation  of  Trusts  Act,  R.S.O.   1980.  c.  519.  See,  infra,  ch.  7.  for  a  more  detailed 
discussion  and  recommendations  concerning  the  Variation  of  Trusts  Act. 


225 

the  creator  of  the  trust;218  that  is,  the  trust  instrument  may  extend,  add  to, 
limit,  or  abrogate  the  powers  created  by  the  Act. 

b.  Other  Canadian  Jurisdictions 

The  Trustee  Acts  of  other  provinces,  and  the  Ordinances  of  the  two 
territories,  contain  many  of  the  same  administrative  powers  as  those  existing 
in  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act.219  However,  the  Acts  of  other  Canadian  jurisdic- 
tions have  been  more  extensively  revised  than  the  Ontario  Act  and,  therefore, 
contain  some  powers  that  do  not  appear  in  the  Ontario  legislation.  For  ex- 
ample, the  Manitoba  Trustee  Act220  contains  a  power  to  lease  trust  property,221 
and  a  power  to  take  back  a  mortgage  on  the  sale  of  trust  property.222  The 
British  Columbia  Trustee  Act22*  provides  for  the  repair  or  improvement  of 
land,  or  for  the  erection  or  improvement  of  buildings.224 

To  respond  to  circumstances  where  additional  administrative  powers  are 
sought,  four  provinces  and  the  two  territories  have  adopted  a  provision, 
modelled  upon  section  57  of  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925.225  This  section 
confers  upon  the  court  much  wider  power  than  it  possesses  pursuant  to  its 
inherent  jurisdiction,226  and  authorizes  the  court  to  confer  upon  trustees, 
applying  for  the  same,  power  to  sell,  lease,  mortgage,  surrender,  release, 
dispose,  purchase,  invest,  acquire,  or  otherwise  deal  with  the  trust  property 
where  "in  the  opinion  of  the  court"  such  a  power  is  "expedient"  for  the 
"management  or  administration"  of  the  property.  Trustees  in  the  remaining 
Canadian  common  law  jurisdictions  must  either  rely  upon  the  inherent  juris- 
diction of  the  court  or  apply  under  variation  of  trusts  legislation,  which  is  in 
force  in  all  common  law  provinces  but  Newfoundland,  for  conferment  of 
additional  administrative  powers. 

c.  Other  Commonwealth  Jurisdictions 

For  the  most  part,  Commonwealth  Trustee  Acts,  like  those  of  Ontario 
and  other  Canadian  jurisdictions,  have  been  influenced  by  the  successive 


218  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  6,  ss.  67-68. 

2|y  These  jurisdictions  also  follow  the  same  policy  as  Ontario  of  permitting  the  creator  of 
the  trust  to  exclude  or  amend  the  statutory  provisions.  However,  only  Ontario  and 
Manitoba  subordinate  the  provisions  of  their  Acts  in  a  general  manner.  The  other 
jurisdictions  subordinate  the  Act  to  the  trust  instrument  on  a  section  by  section  basis. 

220  Supra,  note  175. 

221  Ibid.,  s.  29. 

222  lbid.,s.  27(4). 

223  R.S.B.C.  1979,  c.  414. 

224  Ibid.,  s.  1 1 .  The  section  requires  a  petition  to  be  made  to  the  Supreme  Court  of  British 
Columbia. 

225  Supra,  note  31.  The  six  Canadian  jurisdictions  that  have  adopted  the  English  provision 
are  as  follows:  Alberta  (The  Trustee  Act,  R.S.A.  1980.  c.T-10,  s.  21);  Manitoba  (The 
Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  175.  s.  60);  New  Brunswick  (Trustees  Act,  supra,  note  58.  s. 
25);  Nova  Scotia  (Trustee  Act,  R.S.N.S.  1967.  c.  317.  s.  50);  Northwest  Territories 
(Trustee  Ordinance,  supra,  note  59.  s.  20);  and  Yukon  Territory  (Trustee  Ordinance, 
supra,  note  60.  s.  23).  See.  further,  infra,  this  ch..  sec.  3(e). 

226  See  Waters,  supra,  note  8.  at  905  and  906-07. 


226 

trustee  statutes  of  England.  With  respeet  to  trustee  administrative  powers,  the 
legislation  o(  the  Australian  jurisdictions  and  of  New  Zealand  has  followed  a 
similar  pattern,  that  is,  the  legislation  has  provided  a  limited  number  of 
powers  that  may  be  excluded  or  modified  by  the  trust  instrument. 

However,  in  1956,  New  Zealand227  extended  considerably  its  statutory 
list  o(  powers.  Western  Australia22*  modelled  this  aspect  of  its  revised  legis- 
lation upon  the  New  Zealand  changes,  and,  in  the  Trusts  Act  1973, 229  Queens- 
land based  its  revised  provisions  largely  upon  those  of  Western  Australia. 
These  jurisdictions  confer  upon  trustees  a  number  of  powers  that  are  absent 
from  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  including,  in  general  terms,  the  following 
powers:  to  sell  trust  property;  to  exchange  trust  property;  to  concur  in  the 
partition  of,  and  to  lease,  or  sublease,  trust  property;  to  purchase  or  rent  a 
house  or  apartment  as  a  home  for  a  life  tenant  and  family,  and  to  build  a 
house  for  that  purpose.230  The  recent  legislation  of  New  Zealand,  Western 
Australia,  and  Queensland  contains,  as  well,  powers  of  a  management  nature. 
Without  attempting  at  this  stage  to  be  specific,  these  powers  may  be  sum- 
marized as  follows:  to  maintain  the  trust  property;  to  improve  or  develop  the 
trust  property;  to  renew  or  vary  any  mortgage  that  is  part  of  the  trust  property, 
or  to  which  the  trust  property  is  subject;  to  give  a  new  mortgage,  or  otherwise 
raise  money  on  the  security  of  trust  property;  to  carry  on  the  testator's  business 
for  a  period  after  his  death;  to  convert  the  business  into  a  corporation;  and  to 
concur  in  a  plan  for  the  reorganization,  amalgamation  or  sale  of  the  under- 
taking of  a  corporation  whose  shares  are  part  of  the  trust  property.231  In  line 
with  existing  policy,  all  these  powers  may  be  added  to,  excluded,  or  modified 
by  the  trust  instrument.232 

d.     United  States 

In  the  United  States,  the  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act233  has  departed 
somewhat  from  the  Commonwealth  tradition.  The  Uniform  Act  was  approved 


227  Trustee  Act  1956,  Repr.  Stat.  N.Z.  1977.  No.  61. 

228  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95. 

229  Trusts  Act  1973,  Queensl.  Stat.  1973,  No.  24. 

230  See  New  Zealand  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  14(  1 )  and  (2);  Western  Australia 
Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  ss.  27(1)  and  17;  and  Queensland  Trusts  Act  1973, 
supra,  note  229,  ss.  22  and  32. 

231  See  New  Zealand  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  ss.  15,21,  32,  33,  and  12;  Western 
Australia  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  ss.  30,  43,  55,  and  56;  and  Queensland 
Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229,  ss.  30  and  33. 

232  See  New  Zealand  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  2(5),  and  Western  Australia 
Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  5(2).  However,  the  Queensland  Trusts  Act  1973, 
supra,  note  229,  states  in  s.  31(1)  that  Part  IV  of  the  Act,  which  contains  general 
administrative  powers,  except  when  otherwise  provided,  "shall  apply  whether  or  not  a 
contrary  intention  is  expressed  in  the  instrument  (if  any)  creating  the  trust".  A  testator 
or  settlor  may,  however,  confer  additional  or  larger  powers  upon  trustees. 

National  Conference  of  Commissioners  on  Uniform  State  Laws  (73d  Annual  Conference, 
1964),  Uniform  Laws  Annotated  (1978),  Vol.  7A,  at  761  (hereinafter  referred  to  as 
"American  Uniform  Act"). 


227 

by  the  National  Conference  of  Commissioners  on  Uniform  State  Laws,  to- 
gether with  the  American  Bar  Association,  in  1964,  and  has  been  adopted  to 
date  by  eleven  states.234  As  with  the  Commonwealth  legislation,  the  Uniform 
Act  provides  a  long  list  of  administrative  powers,  capable  of  exclusion  or 
modification  by  the  trust  instrument.235  However,  one  of  the  novel  features 
of  the  Uniform  Act  is  the  addition  of  two  provisions  relating  to  a  trustee's 
general  duty  and  discretion.  The  first  provision  states  that  "a  trustee  has  the 
power  to  perform,  without  court  authorization,  every  act  which  a  prudent 
man  would  perform  for  the  purposes  of  the  trust  including  but  not  limited  to 
the  powers  specified  .  .  .".236  It  follows,  therefore,  that  the  "prudent  man" 
standard  of  behaviour  not  only  governs  the  employment  by  trustees  of  the 
specific  powers  that  are  enumerated  in  the  Uniform  Act,  but  also  defines  a 
broad  administrative  power  to  perform  "every  act  which  a  prudent  man  would 
perform  for  the  purposes  of  the  trust".  The  second  provision  states  that,  in 
the  exercise  of  his  powers,  "a  trustee  has  a  duty  to  act  with  due  regard  to  his 
obligation  as  a  fiduciary". 


237 


A  further  unique  feature  of  the  Uniform  Act  is  that  it  deals  with  cases  of 
conflict  of  interest.  As  a  general  rule,  the  Uniform  Act  allows  a  trustee  to 
apply  to  the  court  for  consent  to  act  whenever  a  conflict  of  interest  and  duty 
could  arise  in  the  exercise  of  a  trust  power.238  By  the  terms  of  the  Act,  conflict 
occurs  not  only  when  a  trustee's  personal  interests  are  involved,  but  also 
when  the  potentially  opposing  interest  is  that  of  another  trust  of  which  he  is 
trustee.239  However,  the  Uniform  Act  does  specify  five  situations  that  may 
potentially  involve  technical  conflicts  of  interest,  but  that  are  viewed  as 
necessary  for  securing  good  estate  management.  In  these  situations,  trustees 
need  not  obtain  the  prior  consent  of  the  court.240  By  way  of  illustration,  the 
Act  provides  that  a  trustee  may  retain  assets  received  from  the  creator  of  the 
trust  until,  in  the  judgment  of  the  trustee,  disposition  of  the  assets  should  be 
made,  even  though  they  include  an  asset  in  which  the  trustee  is  personally 
interested.241  Further,  a  trust  company  as  trustee  may,  without  the  prior 


234  Florida  (1974),  Idaho  (1965),  Kansas  (1968),  Kentucky  (1976),  Maine  (1979),  Missis- 
sippi (1966),  Montana  (1974),  New  Hampshire  (1969),  Oregon  (1977),  Utah  (1975), 
and  Wyoming  (1965).  See,  also,  Scott,  supra,  note  140,  §  186,  at  1496-1500,  and  N.Y. 
Est.,  Powers  &Trusts  Law,  §§  1 1-1. 1  to  1 1-4.7  (McKinney).  See,  also,  for  commentary 
on  the  American  Uniform  Act,  Fratcher,  'Trustees'  Powers  Legislation"  (1962).  37 
N.Y.U.  L.  Rev.  627;  Horowitz,  "Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act"  (1966),  41  Wash.  L. 
Rev.  1;  Hallgring,  "The  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act  and  the  Basic  Principles  of 
Fiduciary  Responsibility"  (1966),  41  Wash.  L.  Rev.  801;  Haskell,  "Some  Problems 
with  the  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act"  (1967).  32  Law  &  Contemp.  Prob.  168;  and 
Report  of  Subcommittee  of  Committee  on  Estate  and  Tax  Planning  on  "Administrative 
Clauses:  Incorporation  by  Reference"  (1967),  2  Real  Prop.  Prob.  &  Tr.  J.  524. 

235  American  Uniform  Act.  supra,  note  233,  §§  2  and  3. 

236  Ibid.,  §3(a). 

237  Ibid.,  §  3(b). 
23K  Ibid.,  §  5(b). 

239  Ibid. 

240  Ibid.  Trustees  may  exercise  the  powers  in  §  3(c)(  1 ).  (4).  (6).  (18).  and  (24)  without  the 
consent  of  the  court,  although  they  may  involve  a  conflict  of  interest  situation. 

241  Ibid.,  §  3(c)(1). 


228 

consent  of  the  court,  determine  bona  fide  that  a  sound  course  would  be  to 
deposit  trust  funds  in  "a  bank  operated  by  the  trustee1'.242 

Finally,  the  Uniform  Act  introduces  other  novel  features:  it  enables  the 
court  "to  relieve  a  trustee  from  any  restrictions  on  his  power  that  would 
otherwise  be  placed  upon  him  by  the  trust  or  by  this  Act";243  it  permits  a 
majority  of  the  trustees,  when  there  are  three  or  more,  to  exercise  any  of  the 
listed  administrative  powers;244  and  there  is  a  broad  provision  for  the  protec- 
tion of  third  parties  dealing  with  trustees.245 

( ii )     The  Settled  Estates  A ct 

a.     Ontario 

The  Ontario  Settled  Estates  Act246  governs  "all  estates  or  interests  in  land 
that  are  the  subject  of  a  settlement".247  Under  the  Act,  a  "settlement"  occurs 
where  land  stands  "limited  to  or  in  trust  for  any  persons  by  way  of  succes- 
sion".248 

Accordingly,  the  Act  applies  in  two  situations.  First,  where  land  is  limited 
"to"  persons  in  succession,  for  example,  where  X  grants  land  to  A  for  life, 
remainder  to  B  in  fee  simple.  The  Act  also  applies  where  land  stands  limited 
"in  trust"  for  persons  in  succession.  This  would  occur  where  land  is  conveyed 
unto  and  to  the  use  of  T,  and  T2  to  hold  in  trust  for  A  for  life,  remainder  in 
trust  for  B  in  fee  simple.  In  the  first  situation,  A  and  B  acquire  legal  interests; 
the  settlement  takes  effect  at  common  law  and  no  trust  of  land  is  created.  The 
second  situation  to  which  the  Act  applies  involves  a  settlement  of  land  by 
way  of  trust.  The  latter  interests  of  A  and  B  sound  only  in  equity,  legal  title 
being  vested  in  the  trustees,  T,  and  T2. 

The  purpose  of  the  Settled  Estates  Act  is  to  empower  the  Supreme  Court 
of  Ontario,  upon  application,  to  authorize  more  extensive  powers  of  dispo- 
sition than  would  otherwise  exist.  To  refer  to  our  first  example,  the  example 
of  a  common  law  settlement,  A  can,  at  common  law,  alienate  his  interest, 
the  life  estate,  but  no  more;  all  the  grantee  would  acquire  would  be  an  estate 
piir  autre  vie,  an  estate  for  the  life  of  A.  Likewise,  in  our  second  example,  a 
settlement  of  land  by  way  of  trust,  the  only  interest  that  A  can  alienate,  absent 
statute,  is  his  equitable  life  estate.  The  Act  empowers  the  court  to  confer 
upon  those  persons  authorized  by  the  Act  to  apply  for  such  relief249  -  generally 


242  Ibid. ,  §  3(c)(6).  The  issues  raised  by  these  provisions  that  deal  with  conflict  of  interest 
situations  have  been  discussed  in  greater  detail  supra,  ch.  2,  sec.  4. 

243  American  Uniform  Act.  supra,  note  233,  §  5(a). 

244  Ibid.,  §  6(a). 

5  Ibid.,  §  7.  This  section  has  been  discussed  previously  supra,  ch.  3,  sec.  4. 

246  Settled  Estates  Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  468. 

247  Ibid.,s.  \{e). 

248  Ibid.,s.  \{f). 

249  Ibid.,s.  18. 


229 

the  life  tenant  or  other  limited  owner  entitled  to  possession  of  the  land:MI  - 
certain  powers,  including  the  power  to  lease,  to  sell,  and  to  mortgage,  in  the 
exercise  of  which  all  interests  will  be  bound.  Thus,  in  our  earlier  examples, 
A,  as  the  holder  of  either  a  legal  or  equitable  life  estate,  can  apply  to  the 
court  for  power  to  alienate  the  estate  in  fee  simple  and  bind  successors  in 
title.  The  point  we  wish  to  stress  is  that,  even  where  there  is  a  settlement  of 
land  by  way  of  trust,  although  there  is  judicial  authority  that  would  permit  an 
application  by  trustees  for  a  grant  of  an  administrative  power  in  appropriate 
circumstances,251  for  the  most  part,  it  is  the  life  tenant  or  limited  owner  in 
possession  who  may  be  the  recipient  of  powers  of  administration  and  man- 
agement. 

The  life  tenant  or  other  limited  owner  in  possession  is  also  given  the 
power  "without  any  application  to  the  courf'  to  lease  the  settled  estate  for 
any  term  not  exceeding  twenty-one  years,  unless  the  settlement  expressly 
denies  the  power.252  The  Act  further  provides  that  the  court  shall  not  make 
an  order  "beyond  the  extent  to  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  court,  the  same 
might  have  been  authorized  in  and  by  the  settlement  by  the  settlor".253  This 
provision  appears  to  imply  that  a  court  should  not  act  contrary  to  the  likely 
wishes  of  the  settlor,  although  it  is  not  clear254  whether  the  provision  is  to  the 
same  effect  as  sections  68  and  69  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  which  specifi- 
cally subordinate  the  provisions  of  that  Act  to  a  contrary  intent  expressed  in 
the  trust  instrument. 

Settled  estates  legislation  was  introduced  in  Ontario  by  The  Settled  Es- 
tates Act,  7#95,255  which  was  taken,  in  the  main,  from  the  English  Settled 


250  Section  18(1)  of  the  Ontario  Settled  Estates  Act  permits  "any  person  entitled  to  .  .  .  the 
receipt  of  the  rents  and  profits  of  a  settled  estate"  to  apply  to  the  court.  It  appears, 
therefore,  that  an  application  under  the  Act  may,  in  appropriate  circumstances,  be  made 
by  a  person  who  is  not  a  life  tenant  or  other  limited  owner.  For  example,  in  Vine  v. 
Raleigh  (1883),  24  Ch.  D.  238,  the  Court,  in  interpreting  the  equivalent  provision 
contained  in  the  English  Settled  Estates  Act,  1877,  40  &  41  Vict.,  c.  18  (U.K.),  held 
that,  where  an  estate  was  vested  in  trustees  and  there  was  no  beneficial  owner  of  the 
rents  and  profits  for  the  time  being,  the  trustees,  as  persons  entitled  to  collect  the  rents 
and  profits,  were  persons  who  might  apply  to  the  court  for  a  grant  of  a  power  conferred 
by  the  Act. 

251  See  Vine  v.  Raleigh,  supra,  note  250. 

252  Settled  Estates  Act,  supra,  note  246,  s.  32. 

253  Ihid.,s.  28. 

254  See,  for  example.  In  re  Currie  and  Watson's  Trusts  (1904),  7  O.L.R.  701  (H.C.J. ). 

255  58  Vict.,  c.  20.  Earlier  Imperial  legislation  was  in  force  in  Ontario  pursuant  to  The 
Judicature  Act,  R.S.O.  1887,  c.  44,  s.  32(1),  which  provided  that  the  High  Court  should 
have  the  same  jurisdiction  as  the  Court  of  Chancery  in  England  had  on  the  18th  March, 
1865,  inter  alia,  "in  regard  to  leases  and  sales  of  settled  estates";  s.  32(2)  and  (5)  also 
contained  provisions  regarding  settled  estates.  Further,  An  Act  to  amend  the  law  respect- 
ing the  Lease  and  Sale  of  Settled  Estates  ( 1890).  53  Vict.,  c.  14.  contained  provisions 
regarding  renewal  clauses  in  leases  of  settled  estates.  Section  50  of  the  Act  of  1895 
amended  s.  32  of  The  Judicature  Act,  R.S.O. ,  1887,  by  striking  out  the  words  of  s.  32(1) 
just  quoted,  and  by  striking  out  s.  32(2)  and  (5).  Section  50  also  repealed  (1890),  53 
Vict.,  c.  14.  See.  generally.  Re  Bishoprick  (1874),  21  Gr.  589.  and  Re  Watson's  Trusts 
(1892),  21  O.R.  528  (H.C.J. ).  The  Imperial  Settled  Estates  Act.  1856,  19  &  20  Vict., 
c.  120,  has  been  held  to  be  in  force  in  Saskatchewan:  sec  Re  Moffat  Estate  ( 1955),  16 
W.W.R.  314(Sask.  Q.B.). 


230 

Estates  Act,  1877.2S6  The  Ontario  legislation  was  intended  to  enable  the  court 
to  authorize  such  powers  to  be  exercised  "as  were  ordinarily  inserted  in  a 
well-drawn  settlement".257  It  is  of  interest  to  note  that,  while  the  English  Act 
of  1877  was  superseded  five  years  later  by  the  Settled  Land  Act,  7##2,25H  and 
was  further  refined  by  the  Settled  Land  Act,  1925, 259  the  present  English 
legislation,  these  developments  were  never  adopted  in  Ontario.  As  the  Ontario 
Settled  Estates  Act  originated  from  English  legislation,  it  may  be  instructive, 
in  order  to  understand  the  purpose  of  the  Act,  to  consider  briefly  the  history 
of  the  legislation  in  England. 

b.     England 

In  England,  by  the  nineteenth  century,  nearly  all  large  landholdings  of 
the  upper  classes  were  held  in  "strict  settlement".  This  form  of  settlement 
was  designed  to  keep  the  ancestral  home  and  property  intact  and  within  the 
family  for  succeeding  generations,  and  while  this  purpose  was  achieved, 
other,  often  adverse,  consequences  were  created.  Specifically,  as  we  have 
mentioned,260  at  common  law  a  life  tenant  in  possession  could  alienate  his 
own  life  estate,  but  no  more.  He  could  not  sell  or  mortgage  the  fee  simple 
estate  in  even  a  part  of  the  land,  no  matter  how  financially  advantageous  that 
might  have  been.  Moreover,  traditionally,  settlors  either  conferred  inadequate 
management  powers  upon  the  life  tenant,  or  withheld  such  powers  entirely. 
Although  this  was  sometimes  the  result  of  inadvertence  or  poor  drafting, 
more  often  it  was  due  to  the  settlor's  apprehension  that,  if  extensive  powers 
were  conferred,  the  land,  the  subject  matter  of  the  settlement,  might  be  sold 
or  partitioned,  thereby  destroying  the  purpose  of  the  settlement.  By  the  mid- 
nineteenth  century,  it  was  becoming  apparent  that  many  life  tenants  had 
neither  the  funds  nor  the  powers  to  manage  their  estates  adequately. 

As  a  result  of  this  position,  legislation  intervened.261  Between  1840  and 
1 877  a  series  of  statutes  empowered  the  Court  of  Chancery  to  confer  upon 
the  life  tenant  or  other  limited  owner  in  possession  various  powers  to  improve 
settled  land,  involving  such  matters  as  drainage,  fencing,  building,  and  road- 
making.262  The  Settled  Estates  Act,  187726*  granted  to  the  Court  of  Chancery 


256  Supra,  note  250. 

257  Re  Hooper  (\S96),2S  O.K.  179  (H.C.J. ),  at  181 ,  per  Meredith  C. J.,  citing  Macnaghten 
L.J.  in  Lord  Henry  Bruce  v.  Marquess  ofAilesbury,  [1892]  A.C.  356  (H.L.). 

258  Settled  Land  Act,  1882,  45  &  46  Vict.,  c.  38  (U.K.). 

259  Settled  Land  Act,  1925,  15  &  16  Geo.  5,  c.  18  (U.K.). 

See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(b)(ii)a. 

For  an  account  of  the  history  of  the  strict  settlement  legislation,  see  Underhill,  "Changes 
in  the  Law  of  Real  Property",  in  A  Century  of  Law  Reform  (1901),  at  280-97;  Megarry 
and  Wade,  The  Law  of  Real  Property  (4th  ed..  1975),  ch.  6;  and  Burn  (ed.),  Cheshire's 
Modern  Law  of  Real  Property  (12th  ed.,  1976),  at  166-69. 

Settled  Estates  Drainage  Act,  1840,  3  &4  Vict.,  c.  55  (U.K.);  The  Land  Drainage  Act, 
1845,  8  &  9  Vict.,  c.  56  (U.K.);  Settled  Estates  Act,  1856,  19  &  20  Vict.,  c.  120; 
Settled  Estates  Act,  1858,  21  &  22  Vict.,  c.  77  (U.K.);  and  Settled  Estates  Act,  1864, 
27  &  28  Vict.,  c.  45  (U.K.). 

Supra,  note  250. 


260 
261 


262 


263 


231 

more  extensive  powers  with  respect  to  both  common  law  settlements  and 
settlements  of  land  by  way  of  trust  and,  as  we  have  noted,  this  statute  provided 
the  model  for  Ontario's  current  Settled  Estates  Act.  The  English  1877  Act 
was  superseded  in  1882  by  the  Settled  Land  Act,  1882, 2M  which  departed 
significantly  from  past  practice  by  conferring  directly  upon  the  life  tenant, 
without  leave  of  the  court,  extensive  powers  of  sale,  exchange,  partition,  and 
leasing.  The  life  tenant  of  settled  land  thus  acquired  a  freedom  of  disposition 
that  was  comparable  to  that  of  an  absolute  owner.  As  part  of  the  general 
reform  of  property  law  in  England  in  1925,  the  1882  Act  was  replaced  by  the 
Settled  Land  Act,  1925, 265  which  continues  the  policy  of  the  1882  Act  in  a 
more  direct  form,  by  vesting  the  legal  estate  in  fee  simple  absolute  in  posses- 
sion in  the  tenant  for  life  or  other  limited  owner.  In  the  result,  as  the  legal 
estate  and  the  statutory  powers  are  vested  in  the  person  entitled  in  equity  to 
a  life  or  other  limited  interest,  the  Act  does  not  apply  to  settlements  of  land 
where  the  legal  estate  is  vested  in  trustees.266 

c.     Other  Canadian  Jurisdictions 

The  experience  of  other  Canadian  provinces  and  territories  with  the 
English  settlement  legislation  may  be  briefly  mentioned.  British  Columbia 
adopted  settled  estates  legislation  similar  to  the  1877  English  Act,  and  this 
legislation  remains  in  force  today.267  New  Brunswick's  Trustees  Act2™  confers 
upon  the  trustees  of  settled  land,  with  the  concurrence  of  the  life  tenant,  the 
power  to  sell,  exchange,  or  join  in  the  partition  of  the  land.  Apart  from  these 
jurisdictions,  none  of  the  other  provinces,  other  than  Ontario,  whose  legis- 
lation we  discussed  earlier,269  has  a  Settled  Estates  Act  or  equivalent  provi- 
sion. However,  it  has  been  held  in  Nova  Scotia  that  the  wording  of  the 
Judicature  Act  confers  upon  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  Province  the  powers 
granted  to  the  English  Court  of  Chancery  by  the  Settled  Estates  Act,  1877 '.27<) 
It  is  possible  that  a  similar  argument,  or  an  argument  based  upon  the  reception 


264  Supra,  note  258. 

265  Supra,  note  259. 

266  In  1884,  Parliament  partially  excluded  the  "trader's  trust",  the  popular  trust  for  sale. 
from  the  provisions  of  the  Settled  Land  Act,  1882.  The  Settled  Land  Act,  1884,  47  &  48 
Vict.,  c.  18.  s.  6(1)  (U.K.),  provided  that,  in  the  case  of  a  trust  for  sale,  the  tenant  for 
life  could  not  exercise  the  powers  of  the  Settled  Land  Act,  1882,  unless  an  order  of  the 
court  had  been  obtained,  and  pending  such  order,  the  Act  further  provided,  trustees 
could  sell  the  land  without  the  consent  of  the  tenant  for  life.  However,  the  1884 
legislation  only  conferred  the  power  of  sale  on  trustees,  and  did  not  grant  to  trustees 
other  powers  of  management  in  respect  of  land  held  on  a  trust  for  sale.  These  powers 
remained  with  the  tenant  for  life.  The  process  of  excluding  land  held  on  a  trust  for  sale 
from  settled  land  legislation  was  completed  in  1925.  The  Settled  Land  Act,  1925.  supra. 
note  259.  s.  1(7),  provides  that  a  settlement  does  not  include  land  held  upon  trust  for 
sale,  and.  under  English  law,  land  held  upon  a  trust  for  sale  is  governed  not  by  the 
Settled  Land  Act,  1925,  but  rather  by  the  Law  of  Property  Act,  1925.  15  &  16  Geo.  5, 
c.  20  (U.K.)  and  by  the  Trustee  Act,  1925.  supra,  note  31. 

267  Land  (Settled  Estate)  Act.  R.S.B.C.  1979.  c.  215. 
Supra,  note  58,  ss.  44-48. 
See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(b)(ii)a. 
ReBauxild.  1 1954]  3  D.L.R.  586  (N.S.S.C. ). 


26K 

269 

270 


232 

of  English  law,  could  be  made  also  with  respect  to  other  provinces  that  have 
not  enacted  settled  estates  legislation.271 


d.     Other  Commonwealth  Jurisdictions 

The  English  settled  estates  legislation  was  adopted  in  all  the  states  of 
Australia  and  in  New  Zealand.  As  in  Ontario,  the  present  legislation  in  New 
South  Wales272  and  South  Australia273  is  essentially  the  same  as  the  1877 
English  Act.  The  present  Tasmanian  Act274  is  closer  to  the  English  Settled 
Land  Act,  18X2,  and  Victoria's  Settled  Land  Act,  795#27<s  is  more  akin  to  the 
English  Settled  Land  Act,  1925.  The  revision  of  the  New  Zealand  Trustee 
Acf1("  in  1956  was  accompanied  by  the  repeal  of  its  settled  land  legislation, 
and  Western  Australia  followed  a  similar  course  when  it  enacted  the  Trustees 
Act,  1962.211  Similarly,  when  Queensland  enacted  the  Trusts  Act  197 311*  it 
repealed  its  Settled  Land  Act  of  1886.  Although  the  trustee  legislation  of  New 
Zealand,  Western  Australia,  and  Queensland  differs  somewhat,  these  juris- 
dictions confer  upon  trustees  in  respect  of  any  trust  property  vested  in  them, 
including  land,  the  powers  of  sale,  exchange,  partition,  and  lease. 

Despite  the  repeal  of  the  settled  land  legislation  in  Western  Australia, 
Queensland,  and  New  Zealand,  their  Trustee  Acts  contain  two  provisions  that 
reflect  settled  land  concepts.  The  first,  which  occurs  only  in  the  Western 
Australia  legislation,  requires  trustees  to  sell  land  subject  to  a  trust,  if  the 
person  or  all  the  persons  beneficially  entitled  to  an  interest  in  possession 
express  the  desire  in  writing  that  they  do  so.279  This  means  that,  in  this  context, 
trustees  can  be  directed  as  to  the  exercise  of  their  powers.  The  second 
provision,  to  be  found  in  the  Acts  of  all  three  jurisdictions,  is  to  the  effect 
that,  where  there  is  no  trustee  of  any  land,  but  there  is  a  life  tenant,  or  other 
person  with  an  interest  less  than  an  estate  in  fee  simple  in  possession,  that 
person  may  exercise  all  the  powers  conferred  by  the  trustee  legislation  upon 
trustees.280  This  provision  is  intended  to  deal  with  the  rare  situation  where 
successive  interests  in  land  are  created  without  the  imposition  of  a  trust. 


271  Re  Moffat  Estate,  supra,  note  255. 

272  Conveyancing  and  Law  of  Property  Act,  1898,  Pub.  Acts  N.S.W.  1824-1957,  Vol.  2. 
No.  17,  Part  IV. 

273  The  Settled  Estates  Act.  1880,  Stat.  S.  Austl.  1837-1936,  No.  182. 

274  Settled  Land  Act  1884,  Stat.  Tasm.  1826-1959,  No.  10. 
273  Acts  Vict.  1958,  Vol.  7,  No.  6367. 

276  Supra,  note  227,  s.  89(1).  This  Act  repealed  the  Settled  Land  Act  1908,  Repr.  Stat. 
N.Z.  1931,  Vol.  8,  No.  175. 

277  Supra,  note  95.  s.  4(1).  This  Act  repealed  the  Settled  Land  Act,  1892,  55  Vict.,  No.  10. 

278  Supra,  note  229,  s.  3(1).  This  Act  repealed  the  Settled  Land  Act  1886,  50  Vict.,  No. 
13. 

279  Trustees  Act,  1962.  supra,  note  95,  s.  27(4). 

280  Ibid.,  s.  109;  New  Zealand  Trustee  Act  1956.  supra,  note  227,  s.  88;  and  Queensland 
Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229,  s.  6(a). 


233 


(c)   General  Proposals  for  Reform 

Having  reviewed  briefly  the  present  position  in  Ontario  and  elsewhere, 
two  questions  arise  for  consideration.  The  first  is  whether  trustee  administra- 
tive powers  should  continue  to  be  the  subject  matter  of  legislation.  If  an 
affirmative  answer  is  given  to  this  question,  the  second  question  that  must  be 
answered  is  whether,  in  settlements  of  land  by  way  of  trust,  administrative 
powers  should  continue  to  be  located  in  the  Ontario  Settled  Estates  Act  and 
should  continue  to  be  conferred  upon  the  tenant  for  life  or  other  limited 
owner,  as  now  occurs  under  this  Act. 

As  to  the  first  question,  the  Commission  is  aware  that  it  is  standard 
practice  in  Ontario  for  practitioners  to  include  in  trust  instruments  all  the 
powers  that  trustees  will  need,  or  seem  likely  to  need,  during  the  lifetime  of 
the  trust.  Such  a  practice  permits  the  powers  in  question  to  be  tailored  to  the 
particular  objects  of  the  trust.  Also,  it  may  be  said  that  it  is  convenient, 
especially  for  non-professional  trustees,  to  have  an  exhaustive  list  of  admin- 
istrative powers  contained  in  the  trust  instrument  to  which  they  have  ready 
access.  Further,  it  may  be  argued  that  certain  types  of  power  may  relate  to  a 
subject  matter  that  is  inappropriate  for  legislation.  This  is  especially  true  of 
the  important  powers  that  relate  to  the  operation  of  the  federal  Income  Tax 
Acf,281  and  that  are  usually  tailor-made  for  particular  tax  situations.  It  is 
doubtful  whether  there  are  standard  powers  across  the  Province  in  this  area 
of  the  law,  and  experience  has  shown  that  such  powers  have  to  be  revised 
frequently  due  to  changes  in  the  tax  laws.  As  taxation  considerations  affect 
many  other  powers  conferred  upon  trustees,282  it  is  contended  that  these  other 
powers  would  also  be  subject  to  constant  review  and  amendment.  Moreover, 
dealing  with  situations  where  powers  conferred  by  the  trust  instrument  prove 
to  be  inadequate,  those  who  do  not  favour  the  inclusion  in  the  revised  Act  of 
administrative  powers  point  to  the  growing  tendency  to  supplement  the  in- 
herent jurisdiction  of  the  court  by  legislation  that  authorizes  the  court  to 
confer  upon  trustees  any  power  thought  to  be  necessary.283 

On  the  other  hand,  the  inclusion  of  administrative  powers  in  trustee 
legislation  was  intended,  from  the  beginning,  to  benefit  trustees  and  their 
beneficiaries  whose  trust  instruments  did  not  contain  a  power  commonly 
inserted.  If  a  settlor  or  testator  omitted  a  power  later  found  to  be  essential, 
no  recourse  was  available,  unless  it  could  be  demonstrated  that  an  emergency 
situation  existed  that  justified  invoking  the  inherent  jurisdiction  of  the  court. 
To  meet  this  situation,  it  became  the  legislative  practice  to  provide  that 
familiar  powers  should  be  read  into  trust  instruments,  unless  the  settlor  or 
testator  had  expressly  or  impliedly  excluded  or  modified  their  operation. 


282 


283 


Income  Tax  Act,  S.C.  1970-71-72,  c.  63. 

For  example,  the  power  of  trustees  to  make  a  joint  election  with  any  preferred  beneficiar) 
as  to  the  tax  treatment  of  that  beneficiary's  interest. 

See.  for  example,  the  English  Trustee  Act,  1925.  supra,  note  31 ,  s.  57;  Alberta  Trustee 
Act.  supra,  note  225,  s.  21;  Manitoba  Trustee  Act.  supra,  note  175,  s.  60:  New 
Brunswiek  Trustees  Act,  supra,  note  58,  s.  25:  Nova  Scotia  Trustee  Act.  supra,  note 
225,  s.  50;  Northwest  Territories  Trustee  Ordinance,  supra,  note  59.  s.  20;  and  Yukon 
Trustee  Ordinance,  supra,  note  60,  s.  23. 


234 

Furthermore,  although  the  jurisdiction  of  the  court  to  confer  additional  ad- 
ministrative powers  upon  trustees  has  been  expanded  by  statute  in  some 
jurisdictions,284  it  is  questionable  whether  judicial  intervention  should  be  the 
only  means  by  which  trustees  can  seek  assistance.  Court  application  involves 
cost,  time  loss,  and  inconvenience  to  the  trust,  and  it  may  be  argued  that  in 
many  instances  statutory  powers  could  obviate  the  necessity  of  court  appli- 
cation when  usual  administrative  powers  have  been  omitted  from  the  trust 
instrument. 

In  considering  these  competing  arguments,  the  Commission  notes  that 
trusts  drafted  today  are  very  different  from  those  that  were  drawn  when  the 
powers  contained  in  the  present  Ontario  Trustee  Act  were  first  included  in  the 
Act,  and  that  as  a  result  some  of  the  powers  now  contained  in  the  Act  have 
little  relevance  to  contemporary  circumstances.  Moreover,  the  fact  that  these 
statutory  powers  have  not  been  revised  for  so  long,  without  apparent  com- 
plaint from  the  profession,  suggests  that  this  area  is  not  one  that  is  urgently 
in  need  of  attention.  Nevertheless,  although  these  arguments  have  merit,  the 
Commission  has  had  little  difficulty  in  concluding  that  it  would  be  useful  for 
the  revised  Act  to  contain  a  set  of  administrative  powers  that  are  customary 
in  well-drawn  contemporary  trust  instruments,  and  we  so  recommend.  We 
further  recommend  that  the  settlor  or  testator  should  be  able  to  exclude  or 
modify  any  of  the  statutory  administrative  powers  conferred  upon  trustees.285 
It  will  also  be  noted  that  the  administrative  powers  contained  in  the  Ontario 
Trustee  Act  are  scattered  throughout  the  Act,  and  we  recommend  that  the 
current  arbitrary  placement  of  powers  should  be  replaced  by  a  thematic  list 
in  the  revised  Act. 

The  second  question  that  arises  concerns  the  position  where  there  is  a 
settlement  of  land  by  way  of  trust.  It  will  be  recalled  that,  where  land  stands 
limited  in  trust  for  any  persons  by  way  of  succession,  administrative  powers 
are  located  in  the  Ontario  Settled  Estates  Act,  and  the  court  is  authorized  to 
confer  these  powers  upon  the  life  tenant  or  other  limited  owner  in  posses- 
sion.286 The  question  that  the  Commission  has  considered  is  whether  a  settle- 
ment of  land  by  way  of  trust  should  continue  to  be  subject  to  this  distinct 
treatment.  There  are,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Commission,  two  possible  ap- 
proaches: first,  to  continue  the  present  scheme  of  the  Settled  Estates  Act  with 
a  modernized  list  of  powers;  or  secondly,  to  repeal  the  Act  so  far  as  it  relates 
to  settlements  of  land  by  way  of  trust,  and  to  render  the  administrative  powers 
in  the  revised  Act  applicable  to  all  trusts,  including  trusts  of  this  nature. 


284 
285 


286 


Ibid. 

Draft  Bill,  ss.  35  and  2{b).  Consistent  with  our  view  expressed  in  Chapter  1  that  the 
revised  Act  should  contain  supportive  and  facultative  powers,  we  have  not  been  per- 
suaded that  any  statutory  administrative  power  should  be  exercisable  by  trustees  whether 
or  not  a  contrary  intent  is  expressed  in  the  trust  instrument.  This  is  the  policy  of  the 
Queensland  Trusts  Act  1973.  supra,  note  229,  which  provides  in  s.  31(1)  that,  except 
when  otherwise  provided,  the  statutory  administrative  powers  contained  in  Part  IV  of 
the  Act  shall  apply  whether  or  not  a  contrary  intention  is  expressed  in  the  instrument 
creating  the  trust.  In  only  a  few  instances  is  the  instrument  allowed  to  exclude  the 
statutory  powers. 

See  supra,  sec.  3(b)(ii)a. 


235 

The  Commission  has  had  little  difficulty  in  concluding  that  the  latter  of 
these  options  is  the  more  appropriate  policy  to  adopt.  From  a  practical  aspect, 
we  are  of  the  view  that  the  continued  distinction  between  settlements  of  land 
by  way  of  trust  and  all  other  trusts  cannot  be  justified  in  Ontario  today.  Our 
primary  reason,  however,  for  concluding  that  administrative  powers  for  all 
trusts,  including  settlements  of  land  by  way  of  trust,  should  be  subject  to  the 
revised  Trustee  Act  is  that  we  are  of  the  opinion  that  the  policy  of  conferring 
powers  of  management  and  administration  upon  a  life  tenant  or  other  limited 
owner  in  possession  is  no  longer  appropriate.  Rather,  we  consider  that  ad- 
ministrative powers  in  relation  to  all  trusts  should  be  conferred  directly  upon 
trustees.  Indeed,  where  there  is  a  trust  of  mixed  assets,  the  conferment  of 
administrative  powers  in  relation  to  land  upon  the  life  tenant,  rather  than 
upon  the  trustees,  only  serves  to  complicate  the  task  of  administering  the  trust 
as  a  whole.  In  such  a  case,  it  is  also  probably  fair  to  say  that  separation  of 
administrative  powers  would  not  normally  be  desired  by  a  testator  or  settlor, 
who  would  have  selected  as  trustees  persons  whom  he  believed  to  be  the 
most  competent  to  manage  his  entire  estate. 

Accordingly,  the  Commission  recommends  that,  where  land  is  settled  on 
trust  for  successive  beneficiaries,  the  powers  of  management  and  administra- 
tion should  not  be  conferred  upon  the  life  tenant  or  other  limited  owner  in 
possession.  Rather,  the  revised  Act  should  confer  such  powers  directly  upon 
the  trustees,  in  order  that  they  may  exercise  necessary  administrative  powers 
for  all  trust  assets.287 

We  would  point  out  that  this  recommendation  does  not  necessarily  ex- 
clude the  life  tenant  or  other  limited  owner  in  possession  from  participating 
in  the  administration  of  the  trust.  If  any  settlor  or  testator  wishes  such  a  person 
to  exercise  certain  administrative  powers,  this  could,  in  accordance  with  our 
earlier  recommendation,288  be  stated  in  the  trust  instrument.  Further,  the 
creator  of  the  trust  could  appoint  the  life  tenant  to  be  the  sole  trustee,  or  one 
of  two  or  more  trustees.  In  the  latter  case,  the  retention  of  the  unanimity  rule, 
which  we  have  recommended,289  would  mean  that  the  life  tenant,  by  with- 
holding his  consent  from  the  proposed  exercise  of  an  administrative  power 
with  which  he  did  not  agree,  could  preclude  the  exercise  of  the  power. 

As  we  have  mentioned,  the  Ontario  Settled  Estates  Act  applies  where 
land  stands  limited  "to"  or  "in  trust  for"  persons  by  way  of  succession;  that 
is,  it  applies  both  to  common  law  settlements  of  land  and  to  settlements  of 
land  by  way  of  trust.  The  implementation  of  the  above  recommendation  could 
be  accomplished  by  amending  the  Ontario  Settled  Estates  Act  so  as  to  restrict 
its  application  to  common  law  settlements  and  by  rendering  the  revised  Act 
applicable  to  all  trusts,  including  settlements  of  land  by  way  of  trust.  Unlike 
the  position  in  England,290  it  is  still  possible  in  Ontario,  although  rare,  to 


7  Draft  Bill,  s.  35,  and  s.  2(a),  which  makes  the  provisions  of  the  revised  Act  applicable 
to  all  trusts,  unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  Act. 

288  See  supra,  this  sec,  and  Draft  Bill,  s.  2(b). 

289  See  supra,  ch.  2,  sec.  5. 

290  Since  the  Law  of  Property  Act,  1925 .  supra,  note  266,  it  has  no  longer  been  possible  to 
create  successive  legal  interests  in  land  in  England. 


236 

create  successive  legal  interests  without  the  imposition  of  a  trust,  and,  in  such 
circumstances,  the  provisions  of  the  Ontario  Settled  Estates  Act  are  necessary 
to  confer  administrative  powers  upon  the  life  tenant  or  other  limited  owner 
in  possession.291  Therefore,  the  complete  repeal  of  the  Settled  Estates  Act 
would  leave  a  void  that  would  not  be  filled  by  our  earlier  recommendation. 

We  are  aware  that,  as  noted  previously,  Western  Australia,292  Queens- 
land,2'M  and  New  Zealand294  have  addressed  this  issue  by  inserting  in  their 
trustee  legislation  a  provision  that  enables  a  life  tenant,  or  other  person  with 
an  interest  less  than  a  fee  simple,  to  exercise  all  the  powers  conferred  upon 
trustees  by  that  legislation.  The  Commission  has  concluded,  however,  that 
the  revised  Act  should  not  contain  such  a  provision.  Rather,  we  are  of  the 
view  that  it  would  be  more  appropriate  to  deal  with  the  common  law  settle- 
ment of  land  in  the  context  of  a  comprehensive  review  of  land  law.  Accord- 
ingly, we  recommend  that  the  Settled  Estates  Act  should  be  amended  so  as 
to  exclude  from  its  operation  settlements  of  land  by  way  of  trust.  We  further 
recommend  that  that  Act,  insofar  as  it  confers  administrative  powers  in 
relation  to  common  law  settlements  of  land,  should  remain  in  force,  pending 
a  review  of  the  basic  principles  of  land  law.295 

(d)  Specific  Administrative  Powers 

Having  recommended  that  the  revised  Act  should  continue  to  contain 
trustee  administrative  powers,  we  now  turn  our  attention  to  the  specific 
powers  that  should  be  included.  In  making  this  determination,  we  have 
followed  two  basic  principles.  First,  we  believe  that  the  statutory  list  should 
comprehend  those  administrative  powers  that  are  likely  to  be  useful  in  the 
execution  of  common  trusts.  Secondly,  we  consider  that  each  power  should 
be  relatively  simple  in  concept  and  briefly  expressed.  As  we  have  recom- 
mended that  the  creator  of  the  trust  should  be  free  to  exclude,  modify,  or  add 
to  any  of  the  proposed  statutory  powers,  draftsmen  who  prefer  to  use  their 
own  administrative  powers  need  not  be  concerned  with  the  revised  Act. 

To  ensure  that  the  proposed  list  of  statutory  powers  is  comprehensive, 
we  have  considered  powers  that  are  commonly  contained  in  trust  instruments 
in  Ontario.  In  addition,  we  have  reviewed  the  trustee  legislation  of  other 
Canadian  jurisdictions,  of  New  Zealand,  Western  Australia,  and  Queensland, 
and  we  have  considered  the  American  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act.  The 
model  that  we  have  found  most  useful  for  our  purposes  is  that  contained  in 


291  As  has  been  pointed  out  in  Chupryk  v.  Haykowski,  [1980]  4  W.W.R.  534  (Man.  C.A.), 
in  the  absence  of  settled  estates  legislation,  the  courts  have  no  jurisdiction  to  authorize 
the  exercise  of  an  administrative  power  by  the  life  tenant  when  settlements  of  land 
otherwise  than  by  way  of  trust  are  involved,  that  is,  unless  the  inherent  jurisdiction  of 
the  court,  which  is  limited  to  affording  relief  in  situations  of  emergencies,  can  be 
invoked. 

292  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  109. 

293  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229,  s.  6(a). 

Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  88. 

The  Commission  has  on  its  agenda  a  project  on  Basic  Principles  of  Land  Law,  which 
will  deal  with  this  topic  in  greater  detail. 


294 

295 


237 

the  American  Uniform  Act,  and  our  proposed  statutory  list  bears  the  influence 
of  this  Act. 

However,  it  will  be  noted  that  we  have  omitted  certain  administrative 
powers  from  our  statutory  list.  First,  the  powers  to  allocate  or  apportion 
receipts  and  expenses  between  capital  and  income  beneficiaries, 29('  and  to 
employ  agents,297  are  not  discussed  in  this  part  of  the  Report.  We  are  of  the 
view  that  these  complex  topics  should  be  dealt  with  separately  and,  accord- 
ingly, have  afforded  them  distinct  treatment  in  this  Report  and  our  Draft  Bill. 
Further,  we  have  decided  to  exclude  from  our  statutory  list  other  administra- 
tive powers  which,  although  often  found  in  trust  instruments,  contemplate 
action  somewhat  removed  from  the  traditional  functions  of  trustees.  Provi- 
sions of  this  nature  include  the  following  powers:  to  lend  money,  except  as 
authorized  for  the  purposes  of  investment;  to  give  guarantees;  to  take  out  life 
insurance;  and,  as  a  general  power,  to  incorporate  companies.  We  have  also 
omitted  from  our  proposed  statutory  list  powers  that  would  authorize  acts 
pursuant  to  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada);  for  example,  the  familiar  and 
important  power  of  trustees  to  make  a  joint  election  with  any  "preferred 
beneficiary"  as  to  the  tax  treatment  of  that  beneficiary's  interest.  It  is  evident 
to  us  that  such  powers  require  that  the  creator  of  the  trust  should  have  given 
thought  to  their  appropriateness  and  scope. 

As  indicated,  in  formulating  our  list  of  statutory  powers,  the  second  basic 
principle  that  we  have  followed  is  that  each  power  should  be  relatively  simple 
in  concept  and  briefly  expressed.  In  our  opinion,  complex  and  verbose  ad- 
ministrative powers  would  invite  literal  judicial  interpretation.  Courts  would 
be  encouraged  not  infrequently  to  read  statutory  language  strictly,  and  to  hold 
that  any  act  not  expressly  specified  as  included  in  the  power  would  necessarily 
be  excluded.  Very  detailed  statutory  powers  would  also  invite  amendments 
by  the  legislature  should  gaps  in  language  be  exposed,  and,  should  amend- 
ment not  be  forthcoming,  draftsmen  might  conclude  that  the  statutory  power 
should  be  modified  by  the  instrument,  if  indeed  it  was  to  be  employed  at  all. 

As  we  have  stated,  our  proposed  statutory  list  reflects  the  influence  of 
the  American  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act.  We  have  been  impressed  by 
the  Act's  simplicity  and  brevity  of  expression,  although  we  have  been  careful 
to  avoid  the  mechanical  adoption  of  terminology  and  concepts  not  familiar  to 
Ontario.  Although  we  are  aware  that  it  might  be  thought  desirable,  we  do  not 
consider  it  necessary  to  detail  exhaustively  every  aspect  of  what  trustees  may 
properly  do  in  the  exercise  of  each  power.  In  our  view,  the  general  duty  of 
care  imposed  upon  trustees  can  be  relied  upon  to  curtail  the  extravagant 
exercise  of  administrative  powers  by  trustees.  Accordingly,  we  recommend 
that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  expressly  that  the  exercise  of  the  listed 
statutory  administrative  powers  should  be  subject  to  the  duty  of  care,  dili- 
gence, and  skill  that  a  person  of  ordinary  prudence  would  exercise  in  dealing 
with  the  property  of  another  person, 29X  a  duty  that  we  have  recommended 


296  See  infra,  this  eh.,  see.  4. 

297  See  supra,  eh.  2,  sec.  3. 
29K  Draft  Bill,  ss.  35  and  4. 


238 

should  be  placed  in  statutory  form  and  made  applicable  to  the  discharge  and 
exercise  of  all  a  trustee's  duties  and  powers. 2W 

We  now  turn  to  discuss  the  specific  powers  that  we  recommend  should 
be  included  in  the  revised  Act. 


(i)     Deposit  of  Trust  Funds 

Section  28  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  enables  trustees  to  deposit  trust 
money  in  banking  institutions,  and  provides  as  follows: 

28.  A  trustee  may,  pending  the  investment  of  any  trust  money,  deposit  it 
during  such  time  as  is  reasonable  in  the  circumstances  in  any  chartered  bank  of 
Canada,  or  in  the  Province  of  Ontario  Savings  Office,  or  in  any  trust  company 
or  loan  corporation  that  is  registered  under  the  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act, 
or  in  any  credit  union  as  defined  in  the  Credit  Unions  and  Caisses  Populaires 
Act. 

It  will  be  noted  that  section  28  applies  only  to  the  deposit  of  trust  funds 
pending  investment  of  those  funds.  We  are  of  the  opinion  that  trustees  should 
be  able  to  deposit  funds  so  far  as  is  necessary  for  the  purpose  of  operating  a 
current  account.  This  would  be  a  temporary  deposit,  and  would  assist  trustees 
with  their  cash-flow.  We  would  rely  upon  the  general  duty  of  care  to  prevent 
trustees  from  holding  large  sums  in  a  current  account  unnecessarily  or  from 
keeping  funds  on  deposit  for  an  unreasonable  period  of  time.  Accordingly, 
we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may,  pending 
investment,  or  for  the  purposes  of  paying  the  ongoing  expenses  of  the  trust, 
deposit  trust  money  in  a  chartered  bank,  trust  company,  or  any  other  depo- 
sitory empowered  by  law  to  accept  moneys  for  deposit. 


300 


(ii)     Power  of  Sale 

At  present,  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  does  not  confer  upon  trustees  a  power 
of  sale,  although  the  Act  does  contain  a  provision  respecting  the  mode  of 
sale,  if  a  power  of  sale  otherwise  exists.  Section  17  of  the  Act  provides  as 
follows: 

17.  Subject  to  the  Estates  Administration  Act,  where  a  trust  for  sale  or  a  power 
of  sale  of  land  or  personal  estate  is  vested  in  a  trustee  he  may  sell  or  concur  with 
any  other  person  in  selling  all  or  any  part  of  the  property,  either  subject  to  prior 
charges  or  not,  and  either  together  or  in  lots,  by  public  auction  or  by  private 
contract  subject  to  such  conditions  respecting  title  or  evidence  of  title  or  other 
matter  as  the  trustee  thinks  fit,  with  power  to  vary  any  contract  for  sale,  and  to 


299 

300 


See  supra,  ch.  2,  sec.  2. 

Draft  Bill.  s.  35(a).  Regarding  the  institutions  in  which  trust  funds  may  be  deposited,  it 
will  be  recalled  that  the  American  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act  permits  a  trustee, 
without  the  consent  of  the  court,  to  deposit  trust  funds  in  a  bank,  including  a  bank 
operated  by  the  trustee:  see  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(b)(i)d.  At  this  juncture,  we  would 
point  out  that  we  agree  in  principle  with  this  provision.  The  range  of  issues  involved 
where  a  trustee's  interest  may  conflict  with  his  duty,  including  this  situation  in  particular, 
has  been  canvassed  in  greater  detail  supra,  ch.  2,  sec.  4. 


239 

buy  in  at  any  auction,  or  to  rescind  any  contract  for  sale  and  to  resell,  without 
being  answerable  for  any  loss. 

A  power  of  sale  may  arise  either  expressly  or  by  implication.  An  express 
power  of  sale  arises  where  the  creator  of  the  trust  vests  certain  assets  in  his 
trustees  and,  in  relation  to  these  assets,  confers  upon  trustees  a  power  of  sale, 
or  a  power  to  sell  or  retain  at  their  discretion.™1  Secondly,  where  the  trust 
instrument  is  silent,  trustees  have  an  implied  power  of  sale,  established  by 
case  law,  in  those  circumstances  where  their  duty  to  maintain  an  even  hand 
between  income  and  capital  beneficiaries  necessitates  that  they  sell  wasting, 
hazardous,  or  speculative  assets,  or  assets  that  unduly  favour  capital  benefi- 
ciaries.302 In  addition,  a  power  of  sale  may  be  implied  to  enable  trustees  to 
carry  out  the  powers  conferred  upon  them  by  the  trust  instrument  or  by  trustee 
legislation,  for  example,  the  power  of  investment.  It  seems  to  be  only  in 
those  instances  where  the  trust  instrument  expressly  or  by  construction  im- 
poses upon  trustees  a  duty  to  retain  assets  that  a  power  of  sale  is  precluded. 

The  Commission  is  of  the  view  that  the  effective  management  of  a  trust 
requires  that  trustees  should  possess  the  power  to  sell  trust  assets,  unless  such 
a  power  is  excluded  or  modified  by  the  trust  instrument.  Indeed,  the  trustee 
legislation  of  Queensland,303  Western  Australia,304  and  New  Zealand,305  as 
well  as  the  American  Uniform  Trustees'  Powers  Act,306  contain  a  provision 
empowering  trustees  to  sell  trust  property.  Further,  while  we  would  carry 
over  to  the  revised  Act  the  mode  of  sale  by  private  contract  or  public  auction, 
we  would  include  a  feature  that  is  not  present  in  section  17  of  the  Ontario 
Act.  We  would  permit  trustees  to  sell  trust  property  for  credit  on  appropriate 
security,  an  authority  that  we  understand  to  be  commonly  inserted  in  trust 
instruments  in  this  Province.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised 
Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may  sell  trust  property  by  public  auction  or 
private  contract  for  cash  or  credit  on  appropriate  security. 


307 


Before  leaving  this  topic,  we  wish  to  note  one  other  section  of  the  present 
Trustee  Act  that  deals  with  the  power  of  sale,  namely,  the  power  of  the  court 
to  order  a  sale  of  land  held  by  trustees  for  charitable  purposes.  Section  15  of 
the  Act  provides  as  follows: 

15. — (1)  Where  land  is  held  by  trustees  for  a  charitable  purpose  and  it  is  made 
to  appear  that  the  land  can  be  no  longer  advantageously  used  for  such  charitable 
purpose  or  that  for  any  other  reason  the  land  ought  to  be  sold,  a  judge  of  the 
Supreme  Court  may  make  an  order  authorizing  the  sale  thereof  and  may  give 


301  An  express  statutory  power  of  sale  also  arises  under  the  Estates  Administration  Act, 
R.S.O.  1980,  c.  143,  s.  2,  whereby  executors,  as  trustees,  may  sell  property  for  the 
purpose  of  paying  the  debts  of  the  deceased  testator. 

302  See  Re  Smith,  supra,  note  9.  See,  generally,  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  745-49. 

303  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229,  ss.  32(1  )(a),  34,  35,  36.  and  37. 

304  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95.  ss.  27(1  )(a).  31,  32,  33.  and  34. 

305  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  ss.  14(1  )(a),  16,  17,  and  18. 

306  American  Uniform  Act,  supra,  note  233.  §  3(c)(7). 

307  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(b). 


240 

such  directions  in  relation  thereto  and  for  securing  the  due  investment  and 
application  of  the  money  arising  from  the  sale  as  may  be  considered  proper. 

(2)  No  such  order  shall  be  made  unless  notice  of  the  application  has  been 
given  to  the  Public  Trustee. 

Although,  as  stated  in  chapter  1 ,  we  are  of  the  view  that  the  revised  Act 
should  not  apply  generally  to  charitable  trusts,  except  insofar  as  concerns  the 
matters  that  we  shall  discuss  in  chapter  8,  nevertheless  section  15  of  the 
present  Act  appears  to  be  a  useful  provision.  Because  the  land  is  held  by  the 
trustees  for  charitable  purposes,  and  therefore  involves  the  public  interest, 
there  is  justification  for  requiring  the  court  to  authorize  any  sale  of  the  land 
and  for  the  requirement  that  the  Public  Trustee  be  notified.  Accordingly,  we 
would  retain  section  15  in  the  revised  Act,  and  recommend  that,  where  land 
is  held  by  trustees  for  a  charitable  purpose  and  it  appears  that  the  land  can  be 
no  longer  advantageously  used  for  such  charitable  purpose  or  that  for  any 
other  reason  the  land  ought  to  be  sold,  the  court  should  be  empowered  to 
authorize  its  sale  and  give  such  directions  in  relation  to  the  sale  and  for 
securing  the  due  investment  and  application  of  the  money  arising  from  the 
sale  as  are  appropriate.308  In  addition,  we  recommend  that  no  order  should  be 
made  by  the  court  under  the  above  recommendation  unless  notice  has  been 
given  to  the  Public  Trustee.309 

(iii)     Exchange  and  Partition 

The  Ontario  Trustee  Act  contains  no  provision  that  would  allow  trustees 
to  dispose  of  trust  property  by  way  of  exchange,  or  to  concur  in  the  partition 
of  the  trust  property.  Such  powers  are  to  be  found,  for  example,  in  the  trustee 
legislation  of  New  Zealand,310  Western  Australia,3"  and  Queensland,312  and 
in  the  American  Uniform  Act.313  We  are  of  the  view  that  the  ability  to  dispose 
of  trust  property  by  way  of  exchange  is  a  useful  alternative  to  the  power  of 
sale,  and  that  a  trustee  should  also  be  entitled  to  consent  to  a  partition  of 
property  in  which  the  trust  holds  an  undivided  share.  The  New  Zealand, 
Queensland,  and  Western  Australia  Acts  also  stipulate  that  the  property 
received  in  exchange  must  be  of  a  "like  nature  and  a  like  or  better  tenure". 
However,  we  are  of  the  opinion  that  the  nature  of  property  received  in 
exchange  need  not  be  so  stipulated;  in  our  view,  the  trustee's  general  duty  of 
prudence  is  adequate  to  safeguard  the  interests  of  the  trust.  Accordingly,  we 
recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that 
trustees  may  dispose  of  trust  property  by  way  of  exchange  for  other  property, 


8  Ibid. ,  s.  79.  For  an  additional  power  in  the  Public  Trustee  to  sell  land  held  for  a  charitable 
purpose  in  specified  circumstances,  see  the  Charities  Accounting  Amendment  Act,  1982, 
SO.  1982,  c.  11,  s.  1. 

309  Ibid.,s.  80. 

310  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  14(l)(b). 

311  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  27(1  )(b). 

312  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229,  s.  32(1  )(b). 

313  American  Uniform  Act,  supra,  note  233,  §  3(c)(7). 


241 

or,  where  the  trust  property  consists  of  an  undivided  share,  concur  in  the 
partition  of  the  property  in  which  the  share  is  held.314 

(iv)     Power  to  Lease 

The  Ontario  Trustee  Act  authorizes  trustees,  where  trust  assets  include 
leasehold  property,  to  renew  the  lease  and,  for  that  purpose,  to  raise  money 
by  way  of  a  mortgage  of  the  lease.315  We  are  of  the  view  that  a  general  power 
to  renew  leases  held  by  the  trust  should  be  carried  over  to  the  revised  Act. 
Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  trustees,  as  lessees,  should  be  able  to  renew 
a  lease  held  by  the  trust.316 

The  present  Act,  however,  contains  no  provision  authorizing  trustees  to 
grant  a  lease  of  trust  property.  If  the  trust  property  in  question  comprises  a 
"settled  estate"  within  the  meaning  of  the  Ontario  Settled  Estates  Act,  the 
Act,  as  we  have  noted,  confers  upon  the  life  tenant  or  other  limited  owner  in 
possession  the  power  to  apply  to  the  court  for  a  grant  of  administrative 
powers,  including  the  power  to  lease.  The  Act  further  confers  on  these  parties 
the  power,  without  any  such  application,  to  lease  the  settled  estate,  or  any 
part  thereof,  for  any  term  not  exceeding  twenty-one  years.317  In  our  earlier 
discussion  of  the  Settled  Estates  Act,  we  recommended  that,  where  land  is 
settled  by  way  of  trust,  the  powers  of  administration  and  management  should 
be  conferred  directly  upon  the  trustees. 

We  are  of  the  view  that  the  revised  Act  should  empower  trustees  to  grant 
or  renew  a  lease  of  any  trust  property.318  However,  we  do  not  consider  that 
trustees  should  be  granted  complete  discretion  in  this  regard,  as  beneficiaries 
might  be  seriously  affected  if,  for  example,  trustees  were  to  grant  a  lease  of 
ninety-nine  years,  or  if,  for  example,  a  lease  granted  by  trustees  was  to 
contain  an  option  to  renew  the  lease  or  to  purchase  the  reversion.  Accordingly, 
we  would  limit  the  scope  of  the  statutory  power  to  leases  that  do  not  contain 
an  option  to  renew  or  purchase,  and  to  leases  that  provide  for  the  grant  of  a 
term  not  exceeding  three  years  in  the  case  of  a  residential  lease,  and  seven 
years  in  the  case  of  any  other  lease.  If  a  longer  term  is  thought  to  be  desirable, 
or  if  it  is  wished  to  include  in  the  lease  an  option  to  renew  or  to  purchase  the 
reversion,  the  trustees  should  seek  the  consent  of  the  court.  We  recommend, 
therefore,  that  the  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that 
trustees  may,  as  lessors,  grant  or  renew  a  lease  or  sublease  of  trust  property 
for  a  term  not  exceeding,  in  the  case  of  residential  property,  three  years,  or, 
in  the  case  of  any  other  type  of  property,  seven  years,  or  with  the  consent  of 


314  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(c). 

315  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  6.  s.  22. 

316  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(J). 

317  Settled  Estates  Act,  supra,  note  246.  s.  32.  See,  also,  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(b)(ii)a. 

A  power  to  lease  is  also  contained  in  the  Western  Australia  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra, 
note  95,  s.  27(1  )(d).  (e).  (f),  (2),  and  (3);  the  New  Zealand  Trustee  Act  1956.  supra, 
note  227,  s.  14(1  )(d),  (e),  and  (f);  the  Queensland  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229, 
s.  32(1  )(d),  (e).  (f),  (2),  and  (3);  and  the  American  Uniform  Act,  supra,  note  233, 
§  3(c)(10). 


mx 


242 

the  court,  grant  or  renew  a  lease  or  sublease  of  trust  property  for  longer 
periods  or  grant  an  option  to  renew  the  lease  or  sublease  or  to  purchase  the 


reversion.319 


(v)     Power  to  Maintain  and  Repair 

The  Ontario  Trustee  Act  contains  no  provision  that  authorizes  trustees, 
in  a  general  manner,  to  maintain,  repair,  improve,  or  develop  trust  property, 
although  section  19  of  the  Act  does  contain  a  specific  power  enabling  trustees 
to  dedicate  or  sell  land  for  municipal  highway  purposes.  The  American 
Uniform  Act,320  and  the  New  Zealand/21  Western  Australia,322  and  Queensland323 
Acts,  on  the  other  hand,  do  contain  such  powers.  The  Commission  is  of  the 
view  that  a  general  power  permitting  trustees  to  manage,  maintain,  repair, 
renovate,  improve,  or  develop  trust  property  is  useful,  if  not  essential.  How- 
ever, unlike  the  situation  under  the  New  Zealand,  Western  Australia,  and 
Queensland  legislation,  we  do  not  propose  the  imposition  of  pecuniary  limits 
upon  the  cost  of  any  such  repairs  or  improvements;  rather,  we  prefer  to  leave 
this  matter  to  be  controlled  by  the  trustee's  duty  of  prudence.  Accordingly, 
we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may  manage, 
maintain,  repair,  renovate,  improve,  or  develop  trust  property,  including  in 
the  case  of  land  subdividing,  erecting  buildings,  dedicating  for  any  public 
purpose,  granting  easements,  profits  a  pendre,  or  licences,  and  entering  into 
agreements  with  respect  to  boundaries,  party  walls,  fencing,  or  other  matters 
in  connection  with  trust  property. 


124 


(vi)     Power  to  Insure 

Section  21  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  confers  upon  trustees  a  power  to 
insure  trust  property,  and  provides,  in  part,325  as  follows: 

21 . — (1)  A  trustee  may  insure  against  loss  or  damage  by  fire,  tempest  or  other 
casualty,  any  building  or  other  insurable  property  to  any  amount,  including  the 
amount  of  any  insurance  already  on  foot,  not  exceeding  three-fourths  of  the  value 
of  such  building  or  property,  .  .  . 

(2)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  any  building  or  property  that  a  trustee  is 
bound  forthwith  to  convey  absolutely  to  any  beneficiary  upon  being  requested  to 
do  so. 

It  will  be  noted  that  the  section  is  limited  to  insurance  in  respect  of  "loss  or 
damage"  to  the  trust  property,  and  that  the  property  may  be  insured  to  any 
amount  not  exceeding  three-fourths  of  the  value  of  the  property. 


3,9  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(f). 

320  American  Uniform  Act.  supra,  note  233,  §  3(c)(8)  and  (9). 

321  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  15(1  )(a),  (b),  (c),  and  (e). 

322  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  30(1  )(a),  (b).  (c).  and  (f). 

3  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229,  s.  33(1  )(a),  (b),  (c),  (e),  (f),  and  (h). 

Draft  Bill,  s.  35(f). 

The  section  further  authorizes  the  payment  of  premiums  out  of  the  income  of  trust 
property,  a  power  that  we  will  examine  in  greater  detail,  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  4(b). 


324 
325 


243 


In  general,  it  may  be  argued  that  there  is  no  need  to  include  in  the  revised 
Act  a  specific  power  to  insure,  as  the  duty  to  insure  in  appropriate  cases  forms 
part  of  the  general  duty  of  trustees  to  preserve  the  trust  assets.326  However, 
this  duty  is  not  incontrovertibly  established,  and,  in  view  of  the  customary 
inclusion  of  this  power  in  trust  instruments,  it  seems  wise  to  include  it  in  the 
statutory  list.  As  with  all  the  statutory  powers,  the  exercise  of  the  power  to 
insure  would  be  subject  to  the  general  duty  of  care  and  prudence,  which 
would  govern  when,  and  the  manner  in  which,  trust  property  is  insured. 
While  we  consider  that  section  21  provides  a  useful  model,  in  our  view  the 
provision  should  be  altered  in  two  respects.  First,  in  accordance  with  equiv- 
alent provisions  in  the  legislation  of  New  Zealand,327  Western  Australia,328 
Queensland,329  and  in  the  American  Uniform  Act,330  we  are  of  the  view  that 
the  proposed  power  to  insure  should  permit  trustees  to  obtain  liability  insur- 
ance, as  well  as  insurance  for  "loss  or  damage"  to  the  trust  property.  Sec- 
ondly, again  in  accordance  with  these  four  Acts,  we  have  concluded  that  the 
limitation  of  insurance  coverage  to  three-quarters  of  the  value  of  the  property 
should  not  be  carried  over  to  the  revised  Act.  Rather,  this  power  of  trustees 
should  be  stated  in  unqualified  form.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the 
revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may  insure  against  loss  or  damage  to 
trust  property  and  against  any  other  risk  or  liability.331 


(vii)     Power  to  Carry  on  a  Business 

Assume  that,  when  a  trust  takes  effect,  the  trust  assets  include  a  business. 
At  present,  there  is  no  express  provision  in  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  that 
enables  the  trustees  to  carry  on  the  business.  Moreover,  unless  it  can  be  said 
that  a  business  constitutes  an  investment,  so  that  trustees  can  carry  it  on  under 
the  power  of  investment,  there  is  doubt  whether  a  general  power  in  the 
instrument  to  postpone  sale  authorizes  trustees  so  to  act.332  Since  an  express 
power  to  carry  on  a  business  is  very  familiar  in  contemporary  trust  instru- 
ments, and  is  also  contained  in  the  trustee  legislation  of  several  jurisdic- 
tions,333 we  are  of  the  view  that  the  revised  Act  should  similarly  include  such 
a  useful  provision.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should 
contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  trustees  may  carry  on  any  business, 
whether  as  sole  proprietor,  partner,  limited  partner  or  otherwise,  and  may 


326  See  Re  Gamble  i\925),  51  O.L.R.  504,  [  1925]  4  D.L.R.  768  (Ont.  H.C.  Div.). 

327  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  24. 

328  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  46. 

329  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229,  s.  47. 

330  American  Uniform  Act,  supra,  note  233,  §  3(c)(17). 

331  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(g). 

332  See  Meagher  and  Gummow,  supra,  note  93,  at  455-56. 

3  See,  for  example,  the  American  Uniform  Act,  supra,  note  233,  §  3(c)(3);  New  Zealand 
Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227.  ss.  32  and  33;  Western  Australia  'Trustees  Act,  1962. 
supra,  note  95,  ss.  55  and  56;  and  Queensland  Trusts  Act  1973.  supra,  note  229.  ss.  57 
and  58. 


244 

incorporate  or  otherwise  ehange  the  form  of  the  business,  and  dispose  of  or 
wind  up  the  business. 


J34 


(viii)     Shareholding  Obligations 

The  Ontario  Trustee  Act  does  not  directly  confer  upon  trustees  the  ability 
to  exercise  the  rights  and  powers  attendant  upon  the  ownership  of  shares  of 
a  corporation.  It  may  be  argued  that  as  trustees  are  vested  with  the  legal  title 
to  shares  and  are  registered  as  owners  of  the  shares,  they  should,  by  virtue 
of  applicable  company  legislation,  be  entitled  to  exercise  the  powers  of  a 
shareholder.  However,  it  is  not  clear  whether  this  is  the  case  in  the  absence 
of  an  express  provision  in  the  trust  instrument  or  statute  to  that  effect. 

In  the  opinion  of  the  Commission,  trustees  should  be  able  to  exercise  all 
the  rights  and  powers  attendant  upon  shareholding;  trustees  should  not  be  in 
a  position  where  they  cannot  vote  on  matters  that  vitally  affect  the  trust.  The 
New  Zealand,335  Western  Australia,336  and  Queensland337  trustee  legislation, 
as  well  as  the  American  Uniform  Act,338  confer  upon  trustees  the  necessary 
powers  to  administer  corporate  securities  properly.  We  agree  with  this  ap- 
proach and,  accordingly,  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  contain  a 
provision  to  the  effect  that  trustees  may  exercise  all  rights  and  powers  and 
satisfy  all  liabilities  incidental  to  the  ownership  of  shares  or  obligations  of  a 
corporation,  including  power  to  sell  or  exercise  subscription  rights,  to  ex- 
change the  shares  or  obligations  for  other  shares  or  obligations,  to  join  in 
plans  for  reconstruction,  reorganization  or  amalgamation,  to  enter  into  pool- 
ing or  other  agreements,  and  to  authorize  the  sale  of  the  assets  or  undertaking 
of  the  corporation. 3- 


(39 


(ix)     Surrender  of  Property 

Although,  pursuant  to  their  duty  to  hold  an  even  hand  between  benefici- 
aries, trustees  are  obliged  to  sell  a  wasting  or  hazardous  asset,  it  is  question- 
able whether  this  duty  enables  trustees  to  surrender  trust  property,  even  where 
the  property  is  of  such  a  nature  that  its  retention  would  not  be  in  the  interests 
of  the  beneficiaries,  for  example,  insurance  policies  for  which  there  is  insuf- 
ficient money  available  for  the  payment  of  premiums,  or  leasehold  property 
that  is  subject  to  onerous  covenants.  Certainly,  no  express  power  of  surrender 
is  to  be  found  in  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act.  We  are  of  the  view  that  an 
appropriately  drafted  power  of  surrender  should  find  its  place  in  our  proposed 
list  of  specific  statutory  powers.  We  find  support  for  this  view  in  the  fact  that 


334  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(/?). 

335  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  ss.  12  and  13. 

336  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  ss.  25(3),  (4)  and  26. 

337  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229,  ss.  30(3),  (4)  and  33(1  )(c). 

338  American  Uniform  Act,  supra,  note  233,  §  3(c)(13),  (14)  and  (15). 

339  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(/). 


245 


MO 


such  a  power  is  contained  in  the  trustee  legislation  of  other  jurisdictions. 
Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees 
may  surrender  insurance  policies,  leases  or  other  property  subject  to  onerous 
obligations  of  such  a  nature  that  it  would  not  be  in  the  interests  of  the 
beneficiaries  to  retain  the  trust  property.341 

(x)     Acquisition  of  Dwelling  Home 

At  present,  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  does  not  permit  trustees  to  rent, 
purchase,  or  build  a  house  for  the  use  of  a  beneficiary,  and  we  are  also 
informed  that  this  power  is  not  commonly  found  in  trust  instruments.  The 
trustee  legislation  of  New  Zealand,342  Queensland,343  and  Western  Australia344 
permits  trustees  to  purchase  a  dwelling  house  for  the  use  of  a  beneficiary, 
and  the  New  Zealand  Act  further  allows  trustees  to  erect  a  dwelling  house  or 
to  lease  accommodation  for  this  purpose. 

It  may  be  contended  that,  in  light  of  the  power  of  investment  that  we 
have  earlier  recommended,  it  is  unnecessary  to  include  in  our  proposed  list 
of  statutory  powers  the  power  to  acquire  a  dwelling  house  for  a  beneficiary. 
However,  English  case  law  has  held  that  a  power  to  invest  in  land  does  not 
authorize  the  purchase  of  land  for  use  as  a  beneficiary's  home,  as  the  land 
would  not  produce  income.345  While  this  may  be  a  correct  interpretation  of 
the  investment  power,  we  consider  that  circumstances  may  arise  where  trust- 
ees may  reasonably  desire  to  acquire  property  as  a  dwelling  for  a  beneficiary. 
Indeed,  the  English  Law  Reform  Committee  has  recently  recommended  that 
the  case  law  position  should  be  reversed  and  that  a  new  statutory  power 
should  be  introduced  enabling  trustees  to  purchase  a  residence  for  occupation 
by  the  person  entitled  to  the  income  used  for  the  purchase. 


346 


We  would  confer  upon  trustees  considerable  latitude  in  this  regard,  and, 
as  in  the  case  of  the  New  Zealand  provision,  we  would  authorize  trustees  not 
only  to  purchase  land,  but  also  to  rent  or  erect  accommodation  for  this 
purpose.  However,  we  consider  that  before  so  acting  trustees  should  obtain 
the  consent  of  the  income  beneficiary.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the 
revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may  purchase  or  rent  living  accom- 
modation, or  construct  a  house  on  land  held  by  them,  for  the  purpose  of 


340  See,  for  example,  the  Western  Australia  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  ss.  30(  1  )(i) 
and  (j),  and  35;  the  New  Zealand  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  ss.  15(l)(i)  and  (j) 
and  20(f);  the  Queensland  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229,  ss.  33(1  )(k)  and  38;  and 
the  American  Uniform  Act,  supra,  note  233,  §  3(c)(7). 

341  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(j). 

342  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  14(2)(b),  (2A),  and  (2B). 

343  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229,  s.  22. 

344  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  17. 

345  In  re  Power,  [1947]  1  Ch.  572.  In  that  case  it  was  held  that  the  investment  power  could 
not  be  used  to  purchase  a  home  for  the  testator's  widow  and  children,  on  the  basis  that, 
as  the  house  did  not  produce  income,  it  was  not  an  investment.  This  reasoning  is 
surprising  since  the  rental  of  the  property  would  otherwise  have  been  payable  to  the 
widow  as  life  tenant. 

34f'  English  Law  Reform  Committee  Report,  supra,  note  SO,  at  63. 


246 

providing  a  home  for  the  person  entitled  to  the  income  of  the  money  expended 
in  respect  of  the  purchase,  or  to  the  income  to  be  expended  in  respect  of  the 
rent,  or  to  the  income  of  either  the  land  or  the  money  expended  in  respect  of 
the  purchase  or  construction,  if  the  person  for  whom  the  living  accommoda- 
tion is  provided  consents  thereto.347 

(xi)     Power  to  Borrow  Money 

There  is  no  provision,  at  present,  in  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  that  author- 
izes trustees,  in  a  general  manner,  to  borrow  money  in  relation  to  the  man- 
agement and  operation  of  the  trust.  Section  44  of  the  Act  does  provide  a 
limited  power  in  this  regard,  and  deals  with  the  position  where  a  testator 
devises  to  his  executors  or  trustees  land  that  he  charges  with  the  payment  of 
his  debts  or  with  the  payment  of  a  legacy,  without  any  express  provision  for 
the  raising  of  such  money  to  pay  debts  or  a  legacy.  In  such  a  case,  the  section 
empowers  the  executors  or  trustees  to  raise  money  to  pay  such  debts  or  legacy 
by  sale  or  by  mortgage  of  the  land. 

Unlike  the  position  under  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  the  legislation  of  New 
Zealand,348  Western  Australia,349  and  Queensland,350  and  the  American  Uni- 
form Act351  do  contain  a  borrowing  provision  of  general  scope.  We  appreciate 
that  it  may  be  argued  that  trustees'  borrowing  powers  should  be  limited  by 
specifying  the  purpose  for  which  borrowing  is  permissible,  since  it  is  a  power 
that  should  not  be  exercised  lightly  by  trustees.  However,  it  seems  to  the 
Commission  that,  as  there  are  numerous  purposes  for  which  trustees  should 
be  entitled  to  borrow  funds,  any  attempt  to  list  them  all  might  well  result  in 
the  omission  of  one  or  more.  We  are  of  the  view  that  the  revised  Act  should 
contain  a  borrowing  power,  and  that  the  power  should  be  in  general  terms, 
with  the  trustee's  duty  of  care  acting  as  a  discipline  in  the  employment  of  the 
power.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that 
trustees  may  borrow  money  and,  as  security,  may  mortgage,  pledge,  or 
otherwise  charge  any  of  the  trust  property.352 

(xii)     Settlement  and  Contestation  of  Claims 

Section  48  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act,  a  provision  that  deals  with  the 
administration  of  estates,  empowers  a  personal  representative  to  pay  debts 
and  to  compromise,  compound,  abandon,  submit  to  arbitration  or  otherwise 
settle  any  debt.  We  are  of  the  view  that  this  is  a  useful  provision  and  that  it 
should  be  available  to  trustees.  However,  we  would  expand  the  provision  in 
a  manner  similar  to  the  American  Uniform  Act353  and  permit  trustees  to  contest 


347  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(A). 

348  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  21. 

349  Trustees  Act,  J 962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  43. 

350  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229,  s.  45. 

351  American  Uniform  Act,  supra,  note  233.  §  3(c)(18). 

352  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(/). 

353  American  Uniform  Act,  supra,  note  233,  §  3(c)(19). 


247 

any  claim,  as  well  as  to  settle  any  claim.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that 
the  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may  pay  or  assert  or  contest  any 
claim,  and  compromise,  compound,  abandon,  submit  to  arbitration  or  oth- 
erwise settle  any  debt,  account,  claim  or  thing  relating  to  the  trust  or  the  trust 
property.354 

(xiii)     Power  to  Give  a  Receipt 

The  Ontario  Trustee  Act  provides  in  section  24  that  trustees  may  give 
receipts  for  the  payment  of  money,  thereby  effectually  discharging  the  person 
paying  the  money.  The  section  provides  as  follows: 

24.  The  payment  of  any  money  to  and  the  receipt  thereof  by  any  person  to 
whom  the  same  is  payable  upon  any  trust,  or  for  any  limited  purpose,  and  such 
payment  to  and  receipt  by  the  survivor  or  survivors  of  two  or  more  mortgagees 
or  holders  or  the  executors  or  administrators  of  such  survivor  or  their  or  his 
assigns,  effectually  discharges  the  person  paying  the  same  from  seeing  to  the 
application  or  being  answerable  for  the  misapplication  thereof. 

We  are  of  the  view  that  this  provision  should  be  carried  over  to  the  revised 
Act,  but  we  prefer  a  less  complex  formulation.  Accordingly,  we  recommend 
that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may  give  a  receipt  in  writing 
for  any  money  or  other  property  received.355  We  further  recommend  that  a 
receipt  in  writing  for  any  money  or  other  property  received  by  trustees  should 
be  a  sufficient  discharge  to  the  person  paying  or  transferring  the  money  or 
other  property  and  should  exonerate  him  from  seeing  to  its  application  or 
being  answerable  for  its  misapplication. 


356 


(xiv)     Power  to  Pay  Outgoings 

Although  we  have  earlier  recommended  that  trustees  should  be  able  to 
pay  any  debt  outstanding  against  the  trust,357  it  is  doubtful  whether  such  a 
provision  would  comprehend  the  payment  of  taxes,  premiums,  assessments 
and  other  outgoings  in  relation  to  the  trust  property.  We  are  of  the  view  that, 
like  the  legislation  of  New  Zealand,358  Western  Australia,359  and  Queens- 
land,360 and  the  American  Uniform  Act,361  the  revised  Act  should  expressly 
provide  this  power  for  trustees.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised 
Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  trustees  may  pay  out  of  trust 
money  any  taxes,  assessments,  charges,  premiums  or  other  outgoings  in 


354  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(w). 

355  Ibid.,  s.  35(«). 

356  Ibid.,s.  38. 

7  Supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(d)(xii). 

358  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227.  s.  15(  1  )(f). 

359  Trustees  Act,  1962.  supra,  note  95.  s.  30(1  )(g). 

360  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229.  s.  33(  I  )(d). 

361  American  Uniform  Act,  supra,  note  233,  §  3(c)(20). 


248 

respect  of  trust  property.362  The  secondary  issue  of  which  beneficial  interest 
should  bear  the  burden  of  these  expenses  is  discussed  in  greater  detail  in  a 
later  part  of  this  chapter. 


563 


(xv)     Reimbursement  of  Expenses 

Section  33  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  provides,  in  part,364  that  a  trustee 
"may  reimburse  himself  or  pay  or  discharge  out  of  the  trust  property  all 
expenses  incurred  in  or  about  the  execution  of  his  trust  or  powers".  The  power 
of  reimbursement  is,  of  course,  a  necessary  administrative  power  that  should 
be  included  in  our  proposed  statutory  list.  Generally  speaking,  trustees  in 
Ontario  reimburse  themselves  for  expenses  before  passing  their  accounts.365 
As  a  result,  if  any  expense  is  later  held  to  be  improper,  and  if  the  trustees  are 
unable  to  reimburse  the  trust,  the  trust  will  suffer  a  loss.  However,  if  trustees 
could  not  reimburse  themselves  at  the  time  the  expense  is  incurred,  they 
would  have  to  have  access  to  considerable  sums  of  working  capital  in  order 
to  pay  the  current  expenses  of  the  trust,  a  requirement  that,  in  our  opinion, 
would  be  impracticable  and,  indeed,  would  impose  a  financial  burden  upon 
some  private  trustees.  We  do  not  consider  that  such  an  approach  is  desirable, 
and  support  the  continuation  of  the  present  Ontario  practice.  Accordingly, 
we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect 
that  trustees  may  reimburse  themselves  or  pay  or  discharge  out  of  trust 
property  all  expenses  incurred  in  or  about  the  administration  of  the  trust.366 
The  issue  of  which  beneficial  interest  should  bear  the  cost  of  these  reimburse- 
ments is  canvassed  at  a  subsequent  point  in  this  chapter. 


367 


(xvi)     Appropriation  and  Valuation  of  Property  in  Specie 

As  the  law  now  stands  in  Ontario,  trustees  may  only  distribute  property 
in  specie  to  beneficiaries  if  the  trust  instrument  so  permits,  or  if  all  the 
beneficiaries  are  capacitated  and  agree  to  the  appropriation  and  valuation.368 
The  trustee  legislation  of  New  Zealand,369  Western  Australia,370  and 
Queensland371  confers  upon  trustees  a  power  to  value  and  appropriate  property 
in  specie  in  or  towards  satisfaction  of  the  interest  of  a  beneficiary.  We  consider 


362  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(c). 

363  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  4(b). 

364  The  remainder  of  section  33  excludes  liability  for  certain  acts  or  omissions  unless  they 
occur  through  "wilful  default",  a  subject  that  will  be  discussed  in  greater  detail  in  ch.  6 
of  this  Report. 

365  The  reimbursement  of  actual  expenses  incurred  by  the  trustees  must  be  distinguished 
from  the  payment  to  trustees  of  general  compensation.  For  a  discussion  of  the  latter 
topic,  see  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(f)- 

366  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(p). 

367  See  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  4(b). 

368  See  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  694-700. 

369  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  15(1  )(j). 

370  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  30(1  )(k). 

371  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229,  s.  33(1)(1)  and  (m). 


249 

that  a  provision  of  this  kind  is  desirable  for  the  efficient  administration  of  a 
trust  and  should  be  incorporated  in  the  proposed  list  of  statutory  powers. 

Unlike  the  position  under  the  present  law,  we  do  not  consider  it  necessary 
for  all  beneficiaries  to  consent  to  an  appropriation  of  trust  property  in  specie. 
We  are,  nonetheless,  of  the  view  that  trustees  should  be  able  to  exercise  the 
power  only  if  the  beneficiary  in  question  consents  to  take  the  property  in 
specie.  If  such  consent  is  not  forthcoming,  there  should  be  no  appropriation 
of  trust  property  to  satisfy  that  beneficiary's  share.  If  the  beneficiary  does 
consent  to  take  the  property,  we  agree  with  the  Commonwealth  legislation  to 
which  we  have  referred,  which  enables  a  beneficiary  to  apply  to  the  court  to 
vary  the  appropriation  or  valuation.  The  Commission  is  of  the  view  that  these 
qualifications  provide  a  useful  safeguard  and  strike  a  balance  between  pos- 
sibly competing  interests. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that 
trustees  may  appropriate  property  in  specie  in  or  towards  satisfaction  of  the 
share  or  interest  of  any  beneficiary,  with  the  consent  of  that  beneficiary.  For 
the  purpose  of  the  appropriation,  following  consultation  with  a  qualified 
person  where  the  trustees  are  not  personally  qualified,  trustees  should  place 
a  valuation  on  the  property.  However,  no  specific  gift  made  by  the  trust 
instrument  should  be  adversely  affected  by  an  appropriation  of  property  in 
specie.  In  addition,  within  one  month  of  the  valuation,  or  such  longer  time 
as  the  court  authorizes,  the  trustees,  beneficiaries  or  any  other  interested 
person  should  be  able  to  apply  to  the  court  for  a  review  of  the  appropriation 
or  the  valuation,  and,  following  such  notice  as  the  court  may  order,  the  court 
should  confirm  or  make  such  variation  as  it  considers  proper.372 

(xvii)     Execution  of  Administrative  Powers 

Although  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  is  silent  on  the  point,  it  would  appear 
that  trustees  are  entitled  to  execute  all  acts  or  instruments  that  are  necessary 
to  implement  any  of  their  powers.  We  consider  that  it  would  be  desirable  to 
include  expressly  such  a  provision  in  our  list  of  statutory  powers,  and  we 
note  that  this  approach  has  been  followed  in  New  Zealand,373  Western  Aus- 
tralia,374 and  Queensland,375  and  in  the  American  Uniform  Act.376  Accord- 
ingly, we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may 
do  all  supplementary  or  ancillary  acts  or  things  and  execute  all  instruments 
necessary  or  desirable  to  enable  them  to  carry  out  effectively  the  intent  and 
purpose  of  the  powers  vested  in  them. 


377 


We  would  emphasize,  however,  that  such  a  power  is  not  designed  to 
permit  trustees  to  exercise  additional  substantive  administrative  powers  that 


372  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(g)- 

373  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  15(1)(1). 

374  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  30(1  )(m). 

375  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229,  s.  33(1  )(n). 

376  American  Uniform  Act,  supra,  note  233,  §  3(c)(26). 

377  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(r). 


250 

are  not  contained  in  their  trust  instrument  or  in  the  revised  Act.  Rather,  only 
procedural  or  administrative  acts  ancillary  to  the  exercise  of  powers  otherwise 
conferred  should  be  performed  under  this  proposed  provision.  If  trustees  wish 
to  enlarge  their  administrative  powers  beyond  those  expressly  provided  by 
statute  or  the  trust  instrument,  the  assistance  of  the  court  should  be  sought,  a 
topic  that  we  turn  to  consider  next. 


(e)   Enlargement  of  Administrative  Powers 

The  scheme  that  we  have  so  far  proposed  envisages  that  the  revised  Act 
will  contain  a  list  of  specific  administrative  powers,  which  the  creator  of  the 
trust  will  be  free  to  exclude,  modify,  or  add  to  as  he  wishes.  However,  we 
do  recognize  that  situations  may  arise  where  the  interests  of  the  trust  would 
be  served  if  trustees  could  exercise  a  power  not  authorized  by  the  trust 
instrument  or  contained  in  our  proposed  statutory  list.  In  such  circumstance, 
we  are  of  the  view  that  there  should  be  a  mechanism  available  to  permit  an 
enlargement  of  trustee  powers. 

In  selecting  this  mechanism  the  Commission  has  examined  two  possible 
approaches.  The  first  is  that  contained  in  section  3(a)  of  the  American  Uniform 
Trustees'  Powers  Act,378  which  provides  as  follows: 

3.  (a)  From  time  of  creation  of  the  trust  until  final  distribution  of  the  assets  of 
the  trust,  a  trustee  has  the  power  to  perform,  without  court  authorization,  every 
act  which  a  prudent  man  would  perform  for  the  purposes  of  the  trust  including 
but  not  limited  to  the  powers  specified  in  subsection  (c). 

The  Uniform  Act  not  only  enables  trustees  to  exercise  specifically  enumerated 
administrative  powers,  but  also  empowers  trustees  to  perform  any  other  act 
that  a  prudent  man  would  perform  for  the  proper  administration  of  the  trust. 
In  this  fashion,  trustees  who  wish  to  act  in  a  particular  manner  need  not  be 
concerned  whether,  at  the  crucial  moment,  they  possess  the  necessary  power. 
We  appreciate  that  the  purpose  of  this  provision  in  the  Uniform  Act  is  to 
encourage  efficient  and  resourceful  trusteeship.  However,  we  have  concluded 
that  the  revised  Act  should  not  adopt  this  approach. 

In  arriving  at  this  conclusion,  we  have  derived  support  from  the  fact  that 
the  trustee  legislation  of  the  Commonwealth,  including  the  recent  Acts  of 
New  Zealand,  Western  Australia,  and  Queensland,  place  in  statutory  form 
only  specific  administrative  powers.  The  apprehension  seems  to  be  that  a 
general  authorization  to  trustees  to  carry  out  any  act  that  a  prudent  man  would 
perform  might  well  encourage  trustees  to  exercise  powers  that  the  creator  of 
the  trust  did  not  desire  should  be  exercised  by  his  trustees.  We  are  persuaded 
that  it  should  remain  primarily  the  domain  of  the  testator  or  settlor  to  confer 
expressly  upon  trustees  the  powers  that  he  wishes  to  be  exercised  in  relation 
to  the  trust. 


8  American  Uniform  Act.  supra,  note  233. 


251 

In  the  selection  of  an  appropriate  mechanism  for  the  enlargement  of 
administrative  powers,  the  second  approach  that  the  Commission  has  exam- 
ined is  the  judicial  power  that  is  contained  in  section  57  of  the  English  Trustee 
Act,  1925. 379  This  section  states,  in  part,380  as  follows: 

57. — (1)  Where  in  the  management  or  administration  of  any  property  vested 
in  trustees,  any  sale,  lease,  mortgage,  surrender,  release,  or  other  disposition, 
or  any  purchase,  investment,  acquisition,  expenditure,  or  other  transaction,  is  in 
the  opinion  of  the  court  expedient,  but  the  same  cannot  be  effected  by  reason  of 
the  absence  of  any  power  for  that  purpose  vested  in  the  trustees  by  the  trust 
instrument,  if  any,  or  by  law,  the  court  may  by  order  confer  upon  the  trustees, 
either  generally  or  in  any  particular  instance,  the  necessary  power  for  the  purpose, 
on  such  terms,  and  subject  to  such  provisions  and  conditions,  if  any,  as  the  court 
may  think  fit  .  .  . 

(2)  The  court  may,  from  time  to  time,  rescind  or  vary  any  order  made  under 
this  section,  or  may  make  any  new  or  further  order. 

(3)  An  application  to  the  court  under  this  section  may  be  made  by  the  trustees, 
or  by  any  of  them,  or  by  any  person  beneficially  interested  under  the  trust. 

(4)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  trustees  of  a  settlement  for  the  purposes  of 
the  Settled  Land  Act,  1925. 

Unlike  the  position  under  the  inherent  jurisdiction  of  the  court,  this  authority 
is  not  limited  to  emergency  situations,  where  it  must  be  demonstrated  that 
the  lack  of  a  particular  power  will  place  the  trust  in  danger  of  severe  prejudice. 
Rather,  this  provision,  which  finds  its  place  in  the  trustee  legislation  of 
Alberta,381  Manitoba,382  New  Brunswick,383  Nova  Scotia,384  and  the  Ordi- 
nances of  the  two  territories,385  enables  the  court  to  enlarge  a  trustee's  admin- 
istrative powers  where,  in  the  management  of  the  trust,  the  transaction  in 
question  is  "in  the  opinion  of  the  court"  expedient. 

We  are  of  the  opinion  that  a  power  modelled  upon  section  57  of  the 
English  Trustee  Act,  1925  should  be  included  in  the  revised  Act.  Such  a 
power  would  complement  our  proposed  statutory  list  of  powers,  and  would 
also  provide  a  necessary  measure  of  control  over  the  granting  of  powers  to 
trustees  that  are  beyond  those  usually  contained  in  trust  instruments.  Further, 
should  such  a  provision  be  included,  trustees  would  no  longer  be  required  to 


379 

380 


381 

382 
383 
384 

385 


Supra,  note  31,  s.  57. 

It  should  be  noted  that  section  57  also  empowers  the  court  to  "direct  in  what  manner  any 
money  authorized  to  be  expended,  and  the  costs  of  any  transaction,  are  to  be  paid  or 
borne  as  between  capital  and  income",  an  aspect  that  will  be  discussed  in  greater  detail 
infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  4(b). 

Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  225,  s.  21. 

The  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  175,  s.  60. 

Trustees  Act,  supra,  note  58,  s.  25. 

Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  225.  s.  50. 

Trustee  Ordinance  (N.W.T.),  supra,  note  59,  s.  20,  and  Trustee  Ordinance  (Yukon), 
supra,  note  60,  s.  23. 


252 

seek  an  enlargement  of  their  powers  under  the  Variation  of  Trusts  Act,3*6  a 
use  for  which  that  Act  was  not  primarily  designed.  Accordingly,  we  recom- 
mend that,  where  in  the  administration  of  trust  property  any  sale,  lease, 
mortgage,  surrender,  release,  or  other  disposition,  or  any  purchase,  invest- 
ment, acquisition,  expenditure,  or  other  transaction  is  in  the  opinion  of  the 
court  expedient,  but  it  cannot  be  effected  because  of  the  absence  of  a  power 
for  that  purpose  vested  in  the  trustees  by  the  trust  instrument  or  by  law,  the 
court  should  be  able  by  order  to  confer  upon  the  trustees,  either  generally  or 
in  any  particular  instance,  the  necessary  power  for  the  purpose  on  such  terms 
and  subject  to  such  provisions  and  conditions  as  the  court  thinks  fit.387  We 
further  recommend  that  the  court  should  be  able  to  rescind,  vary,  or  replace 
any  such  order,  but  that  such  a  rescission,  variation,  or  replacement  should 
not  affect  any  act  or  thing  done  in  reliance  upon  the  order  before  the  person 
doing  the  act  or  thing  became  aware  of  the  application  to  the  court  to  rescind, 
vary,  or  replace  the  order. 


388 


(f)    Passing  of  Accounts  and  Compensation  of  Trustees 

In  the  previous  sections  of  this  chapter,  we  have  discussed  the  various 
powers  that  trustees  should  possess  in  order  to  carry  out  effectively  the 
administration  of  the  trust.  The  time  and  care  that  a  trustee  expends  on  trust 
affairs  may  be  considerable,  and  trustees  usually  anticipate  that  they  will  be 
compensated  for  their  efforts.  In  return,  the  trust,  in  the  form  of  the  benefi- 
ciaries, expect  that  the  trustees  will  give  a  full  account  of  their  activities 
concerning  the  administration  of  the  trust.  We  shall  turn  to  examine  first  the 
passing  of  the  accounts  of  the  trust  by  the  trustees  and,  secondly,  the  general 
compensation  of  trustees. 


(i)     Passing  of  Accounts 

Trustees  have  a  duty  to  keep  ongoing  records  concerning  their  activities 
with  respect  to  the  trust  property,389  and  may  from  time  to  time,  either 
voluntarily  or  as  required  by  law,  render  a  "true  and  just  account"  of  the  trust 
administration  to  the  court.190  This  latter  process  is  called  "passing  the  ac- 
counts" of  the  trust.  The  trust  instrument  may  contain  an  express  provision 
that  relates  to  the  frequency  and  manner  of  passing  of  accounts.  In  the  absence 
of  such  a  direction,  section  23(1)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  sets  forth  the 
procedure  for  trustees  who  wish  to  file  their  accounts  with  the  court,  and 
provides  as  follows: 


386 
387 
388 
389 


390 


Supra,  note  217. 

Draft  Bill,  s.  63(1). 

Ibid.,  s.  63(2). 

See  Sanford  v.  Porter  (1889),  16  O.A.R.  565,  at  571,  where,  in  this  leading  Canadian 
case,  MacLennan  J.  A.  stated  that  "[t]he  duty  of  a  trustee  ...  is  to  have  his  accounts 
always  ready,  to  afford  all  reasonable  facilities  for  inspection  and  examination,  and  to 
give  full  information  whenever  required". 

See,  generally.  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  729-34,  and  Baker  (ed.),  Widdifield  on  Exec- 
utors' Accounts  (5th  ed.,  1967),  ch.  14. 


253 

23. — (1)  A  trustee  desiring  to  pass  the  accounts  of  his  dealings  with  the  trust 
estate  may  file  his  accounts  in  the  office  of  the  surrogate  court  of  a  county  or 
district  in  which  he  or  a  co-trustee  is  resident  or  in  which  any  part  of  the  trust 
estate  is  situate,  and  the  proceedings  and  practice  upon  the  passing  of  such 
accounts  shall  be  the  same  and  have  the  like  effect  as  the  passing  of  executors' 
or  administrators'  accounts  in  the  surrogate  court;  but  in  the  case  of  trustees 
under  a  will  the  accounts  shall  be  filed  and  passed  in  the  office  of  the  surrogate 
court  by  which  probate  of  the  will  was  granted. 

Pursuant  to  section  23(1),  the  procedure  applicable  to  trustees  for  the 
passing  of  the  accounts  of  a  trust  is  the  same  as  that  for  the  passing  of 
executors'  or  administrators'  accounts  in  the  surrogate  court.391  The  procedure 
for  the  passing  of  executors'  and  administrators'  accounts  is  prescribed  by 
the  Surrogate  Courts  Act  392  and  Rules.393  Briefly  stated,  the  Rules  provide 
that  the  accounts  shall  "contain  a  true  and  perfect  inventory  of  the  whole 
property",394  and  shall  include  the  following:  (a)  an  account  snowing  of  what 
the  original  estate  consisted;  (b)  an  account  of  all  money  received;  (c)  an 
account  of  all  money  disbursed;  (d)  an  account  of  all  property  remaining  on 
hand;  (e)  a  statement  of  compensation  claimed  by  the  executor  or  administra- 
tor; and  (f)  such  other  accounts  as  the  judge  requires.395 

It  is  not  our  intention  to  review  here  the  present  practice,  or  to  make 
recommendations  for  reform,  concerning  the  passing  of  accounts  generally. 
This  topic  is  being  considered  in  detail  in  our  Project  dealing  with  the  Ad- 
ministration of  Estates  of  Deceased  Persons,396  and  we  anticipate  that  reform 
proposals  made  with  respect  to  the  passing  of  accounts  for  executors  and 
administrators  will  apply  equally,  as  under  the  present  law,  to  ordinary 
trustees.  Accordingly,  pending  a  review  of  this  area  of  the  law  at  a  later  date 
by  the  Commission,  we  recommend  that  section  23(1)  of  the  present  Trustee 
Act  should  be  carried  over  to  the  revised  Trustee  Act.  The  revised  Act  should 
provide  that  trustees  desiring  to  pass  the  accounts  of  their  dealings  with  the 
trust  property  may  file  their  accounts  in  the  office  of  any  court  having  juris- 
diction, and  that  the  proceedings  and  practice  upon  the  passing  of  such 
accounts  shall  be  the  same  and  have  the  like  effect  as  the  passing  of  the 
accounts  of  executors  or  administrators,  except  that,  in  the  case  of  trustees 
under  a  will,  the  accounts  shall  be  filed  and  passed  in  the  office  of  the  court 
by  which  probate  of  the  will  was  granted.397 


J91 


392 
393 
394 
395 
396 


397 


For  an  explanation  of  the  procedure  involved  in  the  passing  of  accounts  by  executors 
and  administrators,  see  Hull  and  Cullity,  Macdonell,  Sheard  and  Hull  on  Probate 
Practice  (3d  ed.,  1981),  ch.  23,  and  Widdifield  on  Executors'  Accounts,  supra,  note 
390,  ch.  14. 

Surrogate  Courts  Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  491,  ss.  64,  73,  74,  and  75. 

Surrogate  Court  Rules,  R.R.O.  1980,  Reg.  925,  rr.  59-63. 

Ibid.,r.  61(1). 

Ibid. 

The  objective  of  the  Commission's  current  Project  on  the  Administration  of  Estates  of 
Deceased  Persons  is  a  new  Administration  of  Estates  Act.  The  new  Act  would  bring 
together  in  revised  form  relevant  portions  of  the  Trustee  Act,  the  Estates  Administration 
Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  143,  the  Surrogate  Courts  Act,  supra,  note  392,  and  Rules,  supra, 
note  393,  as  well  as  a  number  of  the  common  law  doctrines  that  now  govern  estate 
administration. 

Draft  Bill.  s.  36(2). 


254 

There  is  one  matter,  however,  that  we  wish  to  address  at  this  juncture, 
which  concerns  the  passing  of  accounts  by  a  trustee  of  an  inter  vivos  trust. 
At  present,  trustees  of  a  testamentary  trust  may  pass  their  accounts  voluntarily 
or,  by  rule  59  of  the  Surrogate  Court  Rules,  they  "may  be  called  upon  by 
citation  to  do  so  on  the  application  of  any  person  interested  therein".398 
Trustees  of  an  inter  vivos  trust,  however,  cannot  be  compelled  under  the 
present  law  to  pass  their  accounts,  unless,  of  course,  the  trust  instrument  so 
provides;  they  need  only  do  so  voluntarily  pursuant  to  the  power  to  pass 
accounts  conferred  by  section  23(1)  of  the  Trustee  Act. 

We  are  concerned  about  the  trustee  of  an  inter  vivos  trust  who  declines 
to  exercise  his  statutory  (or  express)  power  to  pass  his  accounts.  At  present, 
a  beneficiary  who  wishes  to  have  an  accounting  of  the  trustee's  activities 
must  allege  breach  of  trust  by  the  trustee  in  connection  with  the  trust's 
accounts  in  order  to  have  the  accounts  brought  before  the  court.399  The 
beneficiary  who  is  confronted  by  a  recalcitrant  trustee  will  usually  wish  to 
have  the  trustee  demonstrate  to  the  court  that  all  is  in  order  with  respect  to 
the  trust,  either  because  he  suspects  a  breach  of  trust  but  has  insufficient  or 
no  evidence  upon  which  to  base  an  action  for  breach,  or  because  a  limited 
interest,  or  indeed  the  trust  itself,  is  about  to  terminate  and  the  capital  is  about 
to  be  distributed. 

We  are  of  the  view  that  a  beneficiary  should  not  have  to  commence  an 
action  for  breach  of  trust  in  order  to  compel  an  accounting,  especially  in  the 
circumstances  where  an  interest  or  the  trust  itself  is  about  to  terminate.  Like 
trustees  of  a  testamentary  trust,  trustees  of  an  inter  vivos  trust  should  be 
required  to  pass  their  accounts  if  required  to  do  so;  we  can  see  no  reason  to 
distinguish  the  practice  for  testamentary  trusts  from  that  of  inter  vivos  trusts 
in  this  regard.  We  would  note  that  both  Manitoba400  and  British  Columbia40' 
provide  that  trustees  of  testamentary  and  inter  vivos  trusts  may  be  compelled 
to  pass  their  accounts. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  Rule  59  of  the  Surrogate  Court  Rules 
should  be  amended  and  incorporated  in  the  revised  Trustee  Act  to  provide 
that  trustees,  whether  of  an  inter  vivos  or  testamentary  trust,  may  pass  their 
accounts  voluntarily  or  may  be  called  upon  by  citation  to  do  so  on  the 
application  of  any  person  interested  therein.402 


398  Supra,  note  393,  r.  59. 

399  Rule  607  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  Rules  of  Practice,  R.R.O.  1980,  Reg.  540, 
provides  that  a  cestui  que  trust  may  apply  by  originating  notice  for  the  determination 
without  an  administration  of  the  trust  of  a  number  of  enumerated  questions  or  matters, 
including  k'[t]he  furnishing  of  any  particular  accounts  by  the  executors  or  administrators 
or  trustees  and  the  vouching  (where  necessary)  of  such  accounts".  However,  Re  Smith, 
[1952]  O.W.N.  170  (H.C.J. ),  has  held  that  this  rule  does  not  enable  the  court  to  make 
an  order  directing  the  trustee  to  make  available  to  the  beneficiary  the  accounts  or  other 
documents  of  the  trust.  Moreover,  rule  607  does  not  address  directly  the  situation  where 
the  beneficiary  seeks  to  compel  an  accounting  generally  by  the  trustees,  in  the  form  of 
passing  the  accounts  of  the  trust  in  court. 

400  Manitoba  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  175,  s.  87(2). 

401  British  Columbia  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  223,  s.  101(2). 

402  Draft  Bill,  s.  36(1). 


255 

(ii)     Compensation  of  Trustees 

In  a  previous  section  of  this  chapter,  we  discussed  the  power  that  trustees 
should  possess  to  reimburse  themselves  out  of  the  trust  property  for  all 
expenses  incurred  in  or  about  the  administration  of  the  trust.403  The  reim- 
bursement of  all  actual  expenses  incurred  by  trustees  during  the  course  of 
administering  the  trust  is  distinct  from  the  payment  of  general  compensation 
to  the  trustees.  General  compensation  is  a  sum  that  is  paid  to  a  trustee  for  his 
time,  efforts,  and  care  expended  on  the  activities  of  the  trust.404  The  issue 
that  the  Commission  has  considered  is  whether  the  present  provisions  per- 
mitting general  compensation  are  adequate  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  modern 
trustee  in  administering  a  trust. 

As  we  discussed  in  chapter  2  of  this  Report,  equity  requires  that  a  trustee 
must  "do  nothing  to  place  his  own  interest  above  his  duties  or  even  put 
himself  in  a  position  where  he  would  be  tempted  to  do  so".405  Two  manifes- 
tations of  this  rule  are  that  a  trustee  must  not  profit  from  the  trust  and  that  a 
trustee  must  act  gratuitously.406  Accordingly,  while  a  trustee  is  clearly  entitled 
to  out-of-pocket  expenses,  he  is  not  entitled  to  compensation  from  the  trust 
fund,  although  several  exceptions  to  this  latter  general  rule  have  been  rec- 
ognized. 

The  first  exception  is  where  the  settlor  or  testator  expressly  provides  for 
remuneration  in  the  trust  instrument.  The  court  will  give  effect  to  the  intention 
of  the  trust  creator  to  provide  remuneration  for  the  trustees,  but  only  as  to  the 
amount  stipulated  in  the  trust  instrument.407  The  second  situation  in  which 
trustees  may  be  remunerated  is  where  there  is  an  agreement  between  all  the 
beneficiaries  that  the  trustees  shall  be  paid.408  In  such  a  case,  the  court  will 
scrutinize  the  agreement  carefully  and  will  not  enforce  anything  that  appears 
to  be  unconscionable.  Thirdly,  the  court  may  award  compensation  pursuant 
to  its  inherent  jurisdiction  where  a  solicitor,  as  trustee,  has  performed  func- 
tions apart  from  those  of  the  ordinary  trustee,  and,  more  rarely,  where  the 
work  of  the  trust  has  taken  up  a  great  deal  of  the  trustee's  time.409  This,  in 


403 
404 


See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(d)(xv),  and  Draft  Bill,  s.  35{p). 

The  court  determines  the  amount  of  compensation  based  upon  the  size  and  complexity 
of  the  trust,  the  care,  ability,  and  skill  required,  and  the  time  occupied  in  the  adminis- 
tration: see  Re  Anderson  (1923),  55  O.R.  527  (H.C.  Div.);  French  v.  Toronto  General 
Trusts  Co.  (1923),  53  O.L.R.  336,  [1924]  1  D.L.R.  288  (H.C.  Div.);  and  Re  Hughes 
(1918),  43  O.L.R.  594  (H.C.  Div.).  See,  also,  Hull  and  Cullity,  supra,  note  391,  at 
590. 


405 
4()f. 


See  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  804-05.  See  supra,  ch.  2,  sec.  4(a). 
See  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  805. 

407  See  Heron  v.  Moffatt  (1879),  7  P.R.  438  (Ont.  H.C.J. );  Williams  v.  Roy  (1885),  9  O.R. 
534  (H.C.J. );  and  Re  Cooke  (1975),  5  O.R.  (2d)  388  (Surr.  Ct.).  In  Re  Taylor,  [1967] 
2  O.R.  557  (Surr.  Ct.),  the  Court  held  that  the  only  agreement  that  would  be  binding 
would  be  the  one  located  in  the  instrument  creating  the  trust.  See,  also.  Waters,  supra. 
note  8,  at  623. 

408  See  French  v.  Toronto  General  Trusts  Co.,  supra,  note  404.  See.  also.  Dart  v.  Drury 
(1915),  8  W.W.R.  173,  23  D.L.R.  399  (Man.  C.A.).  See.  also.  Waters,  supra,  note  8. 
at  806. 


409 


See  Cradock  v.  Piper  ( 1850).  1  Mac.  &  G.  664,  and  Lewin  on  Trusts,  supra,  note  25, 
at  195-205. 


256 

brief,  is  the  law,  at  present,  in  England  and  in  the  majority  of  states  in 
Australia.410 

The  trustee  legislation  in  common  law  Canada,  however,  has  adopted  a 
different  approach  to  the  compensation  of  trustees  than  has  legislation  in 
England  and  the  majority  of  the  Australian  states.4"  Since  1858,  Ontario 
legislation  has  expressly  authorized  the  court  to  allow  a  fair  and  reasonable 
compensation  to  trustees  for  their  care,  pain  and  trouble  in  the  administration 
of  a  trust.412  Today,  the  statutory  authority  permitting  the  court  to  award 
general  compensation  to  trustees  is  contained  in  section  61  of  the  Trustee 
Act,  which  provides  as  follows: 

61 . — (1)  A  trustee,  guardian  or  personal  representative  is  entitled  to  such  fair 
and  reasonable  allowance  for  his  care,  pains  and  trouble,  and  his  time  expended 
in  and  about  the  estate,  as  may  be  allowed  by  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  or 
by  any  master  or  referee  to  whom  the  matter  may  be  referred. 

(2)  The  amount  of  such  compensation  may  be  settled  although  the  estate  is 
not  before  the  court  in  an  action. 

(3)  The  judge  of  a  surrogate  court,  in  passing  the  accounts  of  a  trustee  or  of  a 
personal  representative  or  guardian,  may  from  time  to  time  allow  to  him  a  fair 
and  reasonable  allowance  for  his  care,  pains  and  trouble,  and  his  time  expended 
in  or  about  the  estate. 

(4)  Where  a  barrister  or  solicitor  is  a  trustee,  guardian  or  personal  represent- 
ative, and  has  rendered  necessary  professional  services  to  the  estate,  regard  may 
be  had  in  making  the  allowance  to  such  circumstance,  and  the  allowance  shall 
be  increased  by  such  amount  as  may  be  considered  fair  and  reasonable  in  respect 
of  such  services. 

(5)  Nothing  in  this  section  applies  where  the  allowance  is  fixed  by  the  instru- 
ment creating  the  trust. 

As  is  clear  from  section  61(5),  if  the  settlor  or  testator  wishes  to  make 
provision  for  the  remuneration  of  his  trustees  in  the  trust  instrument,  he  may 
do  so,  and  this  provision  will  govern.413  Where,  however,  no  such  provision 
is  made,  the  trustees  may  apply  to  the  court  under  section  61(1)  for  a  deter- 
mination of  a  fair  and  reasonable  allowance,  or  may,  on  a  passing  of  the 
accounts  of  the  trust,  have  the  allowance  set  by  the  court  under  section  61(3). 
In  this  latter  regard,  section  23(2)  of  the  Trustee  Act  is  relevant,  and  provides 
as  follows: 

23. — (2)  Where  the  compensation  payable  to  a  trustee  has  not  been  fixed  by 
the  instrument  creating  the  trust  or  otherwise,  the  judge  of  the  surrogate  court 


410  See  Pettit,  supra,  note  65,  at  317-21,  and  Meagher  and  Gummow,  supra,  note  93,  at 

335-37. 

411  See,  generally,  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  805-08. 

412  The  Surrogate  Courts  Act,  1858,  22  Vict.,  c.  93,  s.  47. 

413  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  624,  states  that  "when  the  trust  or  will  itself  provides  for 
remuneration,  the  trustee  has  no  access  to  the  courts  for  more.  The  statute  expressly 
withholds  the  statutory  jurisdiction  from  the  courts  in  those  circumstances".  See,  also, 
Re  Edy  (1983),  13  E.T.R.  44  (B.C.). 


257 

upon  the  passing  of  the  accounts  of  the  trustee  has  power  to  fix  the  amount  of 
compensation  payable  to  the  trustee  and  the  trustee  is  thereupon  entitled  to  retain 
out  of  any  moneys  in  his  hands  the  amount  so  determined. 

The  seeming  duplication  of  provision  contained  in  sections  23(2)  and  61(3) 
of  the  Trustee  Act  may  be  explained  by  the  fact  that  these  sections  were 
introduced  in  the  Act  at  different  times.414  In  any  event,  in  the  majority  of 
cases,  especially  in  relation  to  testamentary  trusts,  trustees  apply  for  compen- 
sation, and  the  court  fixes  the  relevant  amount,  on  a  passing  of  the  accounts 
of  the  trust,  at  which  time  all  of  the  information  relevant  to  the  activities  of 
the  trustees  for  the  period  during  which  compensation  is  claimed  is  before 
the  court.415  Nonetheless,  if  trustees  wish  to  apply  to  the  court  for  compen- 
sation other  than  on  a  passing  of  accounts,  and  tender  the  necessary  infor- 
mation to  enable  the  court  to  fix  the  compensation,  they  may  do  so  pursuant 
to  section  61(1). 416 

We  agree  with  the  present  procedures,  as  reflected  in  section  61(1)  and 
(3)  and  section  23(2)  of  the  Trustee  Act,  by  which  trustees,  in  the  absence  of 
a  provision  dealing  with  compensation  in  the  trust  instrument,  may  apply  to 
the  court  for  an  award  of  a  fair  and  reasonable  compensation.  We  would, 
however,  consolidate  these  three  provisions  of  the  present  Act  in  the  revised 
Trustee  Act.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide 
that  trustees  are  entitled  to  such  fair  and  reasonable  compensation  for  their 
work  and  time  spent  on  the  trust  as  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  on 
application  or  on  the  passing  of  accounts  may  award.417  This  provision  would 
be  subject  to  the  expression  of  a  contrary  intention  concerning  compensation 
contained  in  the  trust  instrument.418 

Section  61  of  the  Trustee  Act  also  deals  with  the  trustee  who  is  a  barrister 
or  solicitor  and  who  renders  professional  services  to  the  trust  apart  from  his 
duties  as  a  trustee.  Subsection  (4)  provides  that  a  solicitor-trustee's  general 
allowance  may  be  increased  to  reflect  professional  services  rendered  to  the 
trust.  We  agree  with  the  principle  contained  in  section  61(4),  but  are  of  the 
view  that  it  should  be  extended  to  all  trustees  who  render  professional  or 
special  services  to  the  trust  apart  from  their  functions  as  a  trustee;  they  should 
be  compensated  according  to  the  additional  services  rendered.  Therefore,  we 
recommend  that  section  61(4)  of  the  present  Act  should  be  retained,  but 
expanded  in  the  revised  Act  to  provide  that  trustees  who  possess  or  who 
because  of  their  profession,  business  or  calling  have  professional  skills  and 
who  have  rendered  necessary  professional  services  to  the  trust,  apart  from 
their  duties  and  powers  as  trustees,  are  entitled  to  such  additional  compen- 
sation for  such  services  as  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  may  award. 


419 


414  Section  61(3)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  was  first  enacted  in  The  Surrogate  Courts  Act, 
1858,  supra,  note  412.  Section  23(2)  of  the  Trustee  Act  was  first  introduced  as  s.  2  of 
The  Trustee  Act,  1925 ,  S.O.  1925,  c.  38.  These  sections  first  appeared  together  in  The 
Trustee  Act,  1926,  S.O.  1926,  c.  40,  ss.  24  and  61(3). 

415  See  Widdifield  on  Executors'  Accounts,  supra,  note  390,  ch.  14,  and  Hull  and  Cullity, 
supra,  note  391,  ch.  23. 

416  See  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  806-07. 

417  Draft  Bill,  s.  71(1). 
41S  Ibid.,  s.  2(h). 

419  lbid.,s.  71(2). 


258 


Having  reviewed  the  present  statutory  provisions  governing  compensa- 
tion for  trustees,  and  having  recommended  that  these  provisions  should  be 
carried  over,  in  an  amended  form,  to  the  revised  Act,  we  also  considered 
whether  the  revised  Act  should  do  more  in  the  area  of  trustee  compensation. 
As  with  the  passing  of  accounts,  the  area  of  compensation  is  being  reviewed 
in  detail  in  our  Project  on  Administration  of  Estates  of  Deceased  Persons. 
We  expect  that  recommendations  made  in  that  Project  with  respect  to  the 
compensation  of  executors  and  administrators  will  be  equally  applicable  to 
the  ordinary  trustee.  Accordingly,  at  the  present  time,  we  have  chosen  not  to 
propose  extensive  general  reforms  in  the  area  of  trustee  compensation,  pend- 
ing completion  of  the  Project  on  Administration  of  Estates  of  Deceased 
Persons.  We  are  of  the  opinion,  however,  that  there  is  one  aspect  of  this  area 
of  the  law  that  should  be  addressed  at  this  juncture,  namely,  the  practice 
whereby  trustees  pay  to  themselves,  from  time  to  time  and  without  court 
approval,  sums  from  the  trust  fund  as  compensation,  for  which  judicial 
approval  is  sought  after  the  fact  on  a  passing  of  acounts.  This  practice  has 
been  described  as  the  "pre-taking"  of  compensation  by  trustees. 

The  pre-taking  of  compensation  by  trustees  has  been  the  subject  of  recent 
litigation.  The  central  issue  is  whether  statutory  authority  exists  for  trustees 
to  take  sums  by  way  of  compensation  from  the  trust  without  the  prior  approval 
of  the  court  and  in  the  absence  of  an  express  provision  in  the  trust  instrument 
or  an  agreement  between  all  the  beneficiaries  and  the  trustees  authorizing 
such  a  method  of  taking  compensation.  Widdifield  on  Executors'  Accounts 
contains  the  following  statement,  which  predates  the  recent  litigation,  con- 
cerning the  pre-taking  of  compensation  by  trustees:420 

It  is  a  practice  accepted  in  most  jurisdictions  for  the  executor  to  estimate  and 
take  some  compensation  as  the  receipts  and  disbursements  occur  rather  than  wait 
for  a  passing  of  accounts. 

In  support  of  this  statement,  two  early  Ontario  cases,  Re  Davis421  and  Heron 
v.  Moffatt,422  are  cited. 

These  two  cases,  however,  have  been  criticized  recently  on  the  basis  that 
they  are  not  a  strong  and  unambiguous  authority  for  the  pre-taking  of  com- 
pensation.423 And,  since  1979,  courts  in  three  cases  -  two  in  Western  Canada, 
Re  Welbourn424  and  Re  Prelutsky,425  and  one  in  Ontario,  Re  Knoch426  -  have 
denied  the  authority  of  trustees  to  withdraw  funds  from  the  trust  as  compen- 
sation prior  to  court  approval  in  the  absence  of  an  express  authorization  to 
this  effect  in  the  trust  instrument.  Each  of  the  cases  did,  however,  endorse 


420  Widdifield  on  Executors'  Accounts,  supra,  note  390,  at  339. 

421  [1936]  O.W.N.  146  (H.C.J. ). 

422  Heron  v.  Moffatt,  supra,  note  407. 


423 

424 
425 
426 


See,  for  example,  Youdan,  "Pre-taking  of  Remuneration  by  Trustee  or  Personal  Repre- 
sentative" (1983),  13  E.T.R.  59,  at  62-63. 

(1979),  96  D.L.R.  (3d)  76,  4  E.T.R.  122  (Alta.  Surr.  Ct.). 

[1982]  4  W.W.R.  309.  1 1  E.T.R.  233  (B.C.S.C). 

(1982),  12  E.T.R.  162  (Ont.  Surr.  Ct.). 


259 

the  authority  of  trustees  to  reserve  a  portion  of  the  trust  assets  in  a  separate 
fund  to  be  used  ultimately  for  the  payment  of  court  approved  compensation. 

Because  of  the  unsettled  state  of  the  present  position,  the  Commission 
has  decided  that  the  revised  Act  should  deal  with  the  question  whether  trustees 
should  be  able  to  take  sums  by  way  of  compensation  from  the  trust  without 
the  prior  approval  of  the  court  where  there  is  no  express  provision  in  the  trust 
instrument  or  no  agreement  with  the  beneficiaries  authorizing  this  method  of 
compensation. 

In  favour  of  pre-taking,  it  is  argued  that,  if  trustees  are  not  permitted  to 
pre-take  compensation,  they  may  have  to  wait  a  substantial  period  of  time 
before  receiving  judicially  approved  compensation  on  a  passing  of  accounts. 
As  we  noted  previously,  the  usual  method  by  which  trustees  obtain  compen- 
sation is  pursuant  to  sections  23(2)  or  61(3)  of  the  Trustee  Act  on  a  passing 
of  accounts.427  On  a  passing  of  accounts,  all  relevant  information  concerning 
the  trust  administration  is  before  the  court,  and  on  the  basis  of  this  information 
the  court  can  determine  a  fair  and  reasonable  compensation  for  the  trustees. 
The  accounts  of  a  trust,  however,  are  not  usually  passed  on  a  regular  or 
frequent  basis,  due  largely  to  the  extensive  procedure  involved  and  the  cost 
to  the  trust  that  a  passing  of  accounts  entails.  Generally  speaking,  accounts 
are  rendered  every  two  or  three  years  in  routine  cases  and  every  three  to  four 
years  in  the  case  of  professional  trustees.428 

Accordingly,  the  notion  of  taking  compensation  prior  to  the  passing  of 
accounts  becomes  important  if  trustees  are  not  to  remain  unpaid  for  long 
periods  of  time,  which,  in  addition  to  personal  inconvenience,  may  create 
serious  cash  flow  problems  for  a  trustee  that  may  affect  his  ability  to  admin- 
ister the  trust.  Proponents  of  pre-taking  argue  that  it  is  fairer  to  the  trustee  to 
be  paid  as  tasks  are  completed,  rather  than  being  required  to  wait  for  the 
passing  of  accounts  of  the  trust.  In  addition,  if  trustees  must  wait  until  a 
passing  of  accounts  to  be  remunerated,  the  compensation  will  be  eroded  by 
the  effect  of  inflation.  Inability  to  draw  compensation  at  periodic  intervals 
prior  to  court  approval  may  also  result  in  trustees  being  forced  to  pass  the 
accounts  of  the  trust  -  a  costly  procedure  -  on  a  more  frequent  basis  than  is 
necessary. 

Opponents  of  the  taking  of  compensation  prior  to  judicial  consent  argue 
that,  until  the  court  awards  a  fair  and  reasonable  amount  to  the  trustees,  they 
have  no  claim  to  trust  funds.  Accordingly,  trustees  should  not  be  able  to 
withdraw  funds  from  the  trust  prematurely,  and  thereby  deny  the  trust  the 
benefit  of  these  funds.  While  it  is  true  that  inflation  will  erode  the  true  value 
of  the  trustee's  remuneration,  there  is  no  reason,  it  is  argued,  why  the  amount 
of  compensation  ultimately  allowed  should  not  reflect  this  factor.  It  is  also 
argued  that  the  inability  to  pre-take  compensation  will  not,  in  most  cases, 
adversely  affect  the  cash  flow  of  trustees,  especially  professional  trustees, 
given  the  fact  that  trustees  can  recover  all  out-of-pocket  expenses  as  they  are 
incurred.  Lastly,  and  perhaps  most  important,  arc  the  concerns  expressed 


427 
428 


See  supra,  note  415  and  accompanying  text. 

See  Widdifield on  Executors'  Accounts,  supra,  note  390.  at  352. 


260 

about  the  trustee  who  takes  an  amount  in  excess  of  that  to  which  he  is  entitled. 
When  the  propriety  o\'  the  sum  taken  by  the  trustee  is  reviewed  by  the  court 
and  judged  to  be  excessive,  and  if  the  trustee  is  insolvent  or  otherwise  unable 
to  repay  the  excess  sum  taken,  a  loss  to  the  trust  occurs.  Given  that,  under 
the  present  law,  the  beneficiaries  have  a  personal  claim  only  against  the 
trustee,  it  is  likely  that  the  full  amount  owed  to  the  trust  would  not  be 
recoverable. 4:'; 

We  have  considered  these  arguments  carefully,  and,  on  balance,  have 
concluded  that,  in  the  absence  of  a  contrary  intent  expressed  in  the  trust 
instrument,  trustees  should  be  entitled  to  general  compensation  on  a  regular 
basis  during  the  administration  of  the  trust.  In  our  view,  trustees  should  not 
be  forced  to  initiate  costly  accounting  procedures  before  the  court  on  a 
frequent  basis  for  the  sole  purpose  of  obtaining  compensation.  Rather,  they 
should  be  entitled  to  take  sums  periodically  from  the  trust  fund  as  compen- 
sation, without  the  approval  of  the  court.  We  believe  that  the  concerns 
expressed  about  the  possible  abuses  that  might  result  from  such  an  authori- 
zation can  be  met  by  the  imposition  of  appropriate  controls  upon  the  pre- 
taking  of  compensation  and  by  the  use  of  sanctions  where  the  taking  is  judged 
by  the  court  to  be  improper.43 


1-30 


We  are  strengthened  in  our  view  by  the  fact  that,  until  the  case  of  Re 
Knock,  the  ability  of  trustees  in  Ontario  to  take  interim  compensation  prior 
to  a  passing  of  accounts  had  not  been  in  doubt  and,  we  understand,  occurred 
frequently  without  major  difficulties.  We  therefore  recommend  that,  in  the 
absence  of  a  contrary  intent  contained  in  the  trust  instrument431  and  subject 
to  several  specific  controls  that  we  shall  propose,  the  revised  Trustee  Act 
should  provide  that  trustees  may,  from  time  to  time  during  the  administration 
of  the  trust,  pay  to  themselves  or  any  of  them  from  the  assets  of  the  trust  such 
sum  as  in  their  opinion  is  fair  and  reasonable  compensation  for  their  work 
and  time  spent  on  the  trust  during  the  period  of  time  to  which  the  payment 
relates.432 

In  order  to  ensure  that  the  interim  compensation  taken  by  the  trustees  is 
reasonable  and  proper,  we  are  of  the  view  that  several  requirements  should 
be  imposed  upon  the  trustees.  First,  the  trustees  should  be  obliged  to  inform 
the  beneficiaries,  at  the  time  they  take  the  compensation,  of  the  sum  taken 
and  should  provide  to  them  an  account  of  the  services  rendered  for  such 
compensation.  If  the  beneficiaries  are  of  the  view  that  the  interim  compen- 
sation is  inappropriate,  they  may,  under  the  present  law  governing  trustees 
of  a  testamentary  trust  and  under  our  proposals  for  trustees  of  a  inter  vivos 


429 
430 


431 
432 


See  Youdan,  supra,  note  423,  at  68. 

The  Uniform  Probate  Code,  Uniform  Laws  Ann.,  Estates,  Probate  and  Related  Laws 
(1972),  Vol.  8,  §  3-721,  at  453,  and  the  New  York  Civil  Practice  Act,  N.Y.  Civ.  Prac. 
Law,  §  8005  (McKinney),  authorize  trustees  to  pre-take  compensation,  and  the  trustees 
must  give  notice  to  the  beneficiaries  of  the  sum  taken  and  the  basis  upon  which  it  was 
taken.  In  the  case  of  New  York,  the  amount  that  trustees  may  pre-take  is  governed  by  a 
detailed  tariff. 

Draft  Bill,  s.  2(b). 

Ibid.,  s.  72(1). 


261 

trust,  compel  the  trustees  to  pass  the  accounts  of  the  trust.433  Upon  the  passing 
of  accounts,  the  court  would  be  able  to  scrutinize  the  compensation  taken  by 
the  trustees.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide 
that,  where  trustees  take  interim  compensation,  they  must,  at  the  time  of  the 
taking,  give  notice  to  the  beneficiaries  of  the  sum  taken  and  an  account  of 
the  services  rendered.434 

Secondly,  where  the  trustees  have  taken  interim  compensation,  and  they 
have  not  been  compelled  to  pass  the  accounts  of  the  trust,  they  should  be 
required,  on  an  application  or  when  the  accounts  are  eventually  passed,  to 
satisfy  the  court  that  the  sum  taken  was  fair  and  reasonable,  and  we  so 
recommend.435  While  we  do  not  favour  prescribing  by  statute  specific  sums 
or  percentages  that  may  be  taken  by  trustees  as  interim  compensation,  we  are 
of  the  view  that  guidelines  respecting  the  sums  payable  as  compensation,  as 
well  as  other  matters  respecting  the  taking  of  interim  compensation,  might 
be  usefully  provided  by  regulation.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  should  be  empowered  to  make  such  regula- 
tions.436 

Finally,  we  wish  to  address  the  situation  where  a  trustee  has  taken 
excessive  interim  compensation  or  otherwise  wrongly  appropriated  funds 
from  the  trust  as  compensation.  We  recommend  that,  where  the  court  deter- 
mines that  the  interim  compensation  was  not  fair  and  reasonable,  it  should 
determine  what  is  fair  and  reasonable,  and  should  order  the  difference  be- 
tween the  sum  taken  and  the  sum  fixed  by  the  court  returned  with  interest  to 
the  trust.437  In  addition,  we  are  of  the  view  that,  where  the  conduct  of  the 
trustee  constitutes  fraud,  the  court  should  be  empowered  to  order  the  return 
to  the  trust  of  sums  taken  by  the  trustee  in  excess  of  a  fair  and  reasonable 
compensation,  and  to  deny  compensation  entirely.  Accordingly,  we  recom- 
mend that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that,  where  a  court  determines  that 
the  sum  taken  as  interim  compensation  was  fraudulently  taken,  the  court  shall 
order  it  to  be  returned  to  the  trust,  and  may  deny  any  compensation  to  the 
trustees.438 


4.     ALLOCATION  OF  RECEIPTS  AND  OUTGOINGS  BETWEEN 
INCOME  AND  CAPITAL  BENEFICIARIES 

(a)  Introduction 

Unless  required  to  retain  a  particular  asset  by  directions,  either  express 
or  implied,  in  the  trust  instrument,  trustees  have  a  duty  to  invest.  The  object 
of  investment  is  to  produce  gain,  which,  although  it  can  arise  in  many  forms, 


433  See  supra,  note  402  and  accompanying  text. 

434  Draft  Bill,  s.  12(2)(a). 

435  Ibid.,s.  12(2)(b). 

436  Ibid.,  s.  73. 

437  Ibid.,  s.  72(3)(fc). 

438  Ibid.,  s.  72(3)(a). 


262 

may  be  viewed  as  falling  into  one  or  other  of  two  categories.  First,  gain  may 
constitute  income  or  revenue  return,  such  as  rentals  on  residential  or  com- 
mercial buildings,  interest  on  mortgages  and  bonds,  or  cash  dividends  on 
preference  shares  or  common  shares.  Secondly,  gain  may  take  the  form  of 
capital  growth  or  appreciation,  as  where  the  value  of  real  estate  or  a  business 
inventory  increases,  or  where  stock  or  stock  options  are  issued  in  lieu  of  cash 
dividends. 

The  distinction  between  income  and  capital  is  not  crucial  where  there  is 
only  one  trust  beneficiary;  for  instance,  it  will  be  a  matter  of  indifference, 
tax  implications  aside,  to  a  minor  who  will  receive  the  property  from  trustees 
upon  the  attainment  of  majority  whether  gain  accrues  as  income  or  capital, 
because  he  will  take  both.  Similarly,  if  there  is  a  class  of  beneficiaries,  each 
of  whom  is  to  share  in  both  income  and  capital  when  given  circumstances 
occur,  they  will  not  be  concerned  with  the  form  of  the  gain.  Where  the 
distinction  is  important,  however,  is  where  the  trust  is  in  favour  of  two  or 
more  persons  with  successive  interests,  one  interest  being  to  enjoy  the  trust 
property  for  a  period  of  time,  and  the  other  to  have  the  property  absolutely  at 
the  conclusion  of  that  period  of  time.  Traditionally,  a  beneficiary  with  a 
limited  interest  in  the  trust  property  is  described  as  being  entitled  to  income, 
while  a  beneficiary  with  an  interest  in  remainder  is  said  to  be  entitled  to 
capital.  The  income  beneficiary  would  like  to  see  the  highest  return  of  income 
that  is  compatible  with  non-hazardous  investment,  while  the  capital  benefi- 
ciary wishes  to  ensure  the  maximum  possible  capital  appreciation. 

The  problem  that  faces  trustees  is  how  to  balance  fairly  the  potentially 
conflicting  interests  of  income  and  capital  beneficiaries.  In  this  regard,  unless 
instructed  otherwise  by  the  trust  instrument,  trustees  must  buy  and  sell  in  the 
course  of  investment  always  having  in  mind  these  two  interests.  However, 
from  an  investment  point  of  view,  high  income  return  may  often  be  achieved 
at  the  expense  of  capital  appreciation,  and  vice  versa.  Moreover,  practically 
speaking,  the  receipt  of  gain  does  not  always  arise  in  the  conceptually  distinct 
forms  of  income  and  capital,  and  trustees  may  have  to  make  difficult  deter- 
minations concerning  how  a  particular  receipt  should  be  treated. 

So  far,  we  have  been  concerned  with  the  distribution  of  benefits  that 
accrue  either  as  income  or  as  capital  to  the  trust  assets.  However,  the  need  to 
strike  a  balance  between  income  and  capital  beneficiaries  also  arises  in  the 
context  of  expenses  and  losses.  Most  trust  property,  whether  it  is  to  be 
retained  or  converted  for  investment  purposes,  involves  expenses,  from  re- 
pairing buildings  to  meeting  calls  on  shares.  So  too,  losses  may  be  incurred 
in  the  administration  of  a  trust.  The  question  for  trustees  is  whether  the 
expenses  or  losses,  which  we  shall  refer  to  collectively  as  "outgoings",  should 
be  a  charge  on  the  income  or  the  capital.  Although  trustees  are  primarily 
responsible  to  creditors,  the  interest  of  either  the  income  or  capital  beneficiary 
must  ultimately  bear  the  burden. 

The  short  answer  to  the  problem  of  allocating  both  receipts  and  outgoings 
is  that  the  trust  instrument  should  specify  the  beneficiaries  who  are  entitled 
to  the  several  receipts  and  who  are  to  bear  the  several  outgoings.  Provided 
that  a  testator  or  settlor  creates  interests  or  estates  that  are  certain  in  quantum 
and  permitted  by  law,  he  may  allocate  all  receipts  between  successive  bene- 
ficiaries as  he  wishes.  Likewise,  there  are  no  restraints  upon  a  creator  of  the 


263 

trust  in  the  distribution  of  outgoings;  he  may  provide  that  they  all  shall  be 
borne  by  the  trust  capital,  be  shared  between  income  and  capital,  or  be  borne 
exclusively  by  income.  However,  when  the  settlor  or  testator  does  not  ex- 
pressly state  his  intention  on  these  matters,  it  must  be  determined  whether 
the  instrument  impliedly  reveals  his  intention,  an  exercise  that  may  result  in 
difficult  problems  of  construction.  If  the  intention  of  the  creator  of  the  trust 
cannot  be  garnered  from  the  trust  instrument,  the  case  law  provides  rules  that 
reflect  what  the  reasonable  man  creating  competing  interests  must  have  con- 
templated. In  other  words,  the  law  attempts  to  be  fair  and  equitable  as  between 
the  competing  claims,  assuming  that  this  is  what  the  creator  of  the  trust  would 
have  desired.  The  case  law  is  extensive  in  this  area,  and  is  fully  examined  in 
the  available  texts.439 

Our  purpose  in  this  section  of  the  chapter  is  to  ask  whether  the  revised 
Act  could  assist  trustees,  in  the  absence  of  express  directions  in  the  trust 
instrument,  in  allocating  receipts  and  outgoings  between  income  and  capital 
beneficiaries.  We  first  turn  to  consider  the  allocation  of  outgoings.  Thereafter, 
we  shall  discuss  the  allocation  of  receipts  between  income  and  capital  bene- 
ficiaries. 


(b)  Allocation  of  Outgoings 


(i)     Ontario 

Section  21(1)  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act440  authorizes  trustees  to  insure 
property  against  loss  or  damage.  This  section  provides,  in  part,441  as  follows: 

A  trustee  may  .  .  .  pay  the  premiums  for  such  insurance  out  of  the  income  thereof 
or  out  of  the  income  of  any  other  property  subject  to  the  same  trusts,  without 
obtaining  the  consent  of  any  person  who  may  be  entitled  wholly  or  partly  to  such 
income. 

Aside  from  this  provision,  the  Act  is  silent  regarding  the  allocation  of  out- 
goings by  trustees.442  To  determine  which  beneficial  interest  should  bear  the 
burden  of  a  particular  outgoing,  trustees  must  rely  either  upon  directions 
expressed  or  implied  in  the  trust  instrument,  or  upon  the  case  law. 


w 


442 


See.  for  example.  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  690-728;  Widdifield on  Executors'  Accounts, 
supra,  note  390,  ch.  7;  Lewin  on  Trusts,  supra,  note  25,  at  228-49;  Hayton  (ed.), 
Underhill's  Law  relating  to  Trusts  and  Trustees  (13th  ed.,  1979),  chs.  1  1  and  12;  and 
Meagher  and  Gummow,  supra,  note  93,  at  376-90. 

Supra,  note  6. 

For  a  discussion  of  the  power  to  insure  trust  property,  see  supra,  this  ch..  sec.  3(d)(vi). 

It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  section  49(  1 )  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  abolishes  the 
rule  in  Allhusen  v.  Whittell  (  1867),  L.R.  4  Eq.  295.  This  section,  found  in  the  admin- 
istration of  estates  part  of  the  Act,  provides  that,  unless  a  contrary  intent  appears  in  the 
will,  the  debts,  funeral  and  testamentary  expenses,  estate,  legacy,  succession  and  inher- 
itance taxes  or  duties,  or  other  similar  disbursements,  are  to  be  paid  out  of  capital,  unless 
the  capital  is  insufficient.  This  provision,  among  others,  will  be  examined  by  the 
Commission  in  the  course  of  its  current  Project  on  the  Administration  of  Estates  of 
Deceased  Persons. 


264 

In  allocating  the  burden  of  outgoings  between  income  and  capital  bene- 
ficiaries, the  principle  followed  by  the  case  law  is  that  the  nature  of  the  burden 
will  determine  upon  whom  it  falls;  that  is,  outgoings  of  an  income  nature  are 
borne  by  the  income  beneficiaries,  while  those  of  a  capital  nature  are  the 
responsibility  of  the  capital  beneficiaries.443  For  example,  recurring  annual 
expenses  such  as  property  taxes,  insurance  premiums,  and  ongoing  repairs 
and  maintenance  are  usually  attributed  to  income,444  while  major  improve- 
ments or  expenditures,  such  as  substantial  repairs,  are  normally  associated 
with  capital.  Similarly,  the  costs  of  the  administration  of  the  trust,  including 
investment  and  solicitors'  fees,  as  well  as  trustees'  remuneration,  have  been 
regarded  by  the  courts  as  sufficiently  basic  to  the  trust  that  they  should  be 
borne  by  capital.  However,  this  is  only  a  prima  facie  determination;  if  in  any 
particular  case  costs  are  incurred  that  relate  exclusively  to  the  administration 
of  the  life  tenant's  interest,  they  will,  in  all  probability,  be  assessed  against 
income.445 

Sometimes  courts  have  been  prepared  to  attribute  an  expense  to  both 
income  and  capital  beneficiaries  although,  generally  speaking,  acts  done  for 
the  benefit  of  the  trust  as  a  whole  are  treated  as  a  burden  on  the  capital.  This 
result  is  based  upon  the  premise  that,  if  capital  meets  these  costs,  the  life 
tenant,  who  loses  the  income  that  would  have  been  produced  by  the  capital 
expended,  thereby  indirectly  shares  the  burden.  In  relation  to  losses  occurring 
from  the  sale  of  an  investment,  such  as  a  mortgage  security,  the  law  is  less 
clear  concerning  how  the  loss  should  be  borne:  although  the  courts  agree  that 
the  loss  must  be  apportioned,  there  is  disagreement  concerning  the  method 
of  apportionment.446  However,  if  a  business  is  carried  on  by  trustees,  one 
year's  losses  must  be  made  good  out  of  another  year's  profits.  Should  the 
business  be  sold,  losses  that  occur  pending  the  sale  will  be  apportioned 
between  income  and  capital. 


(ii)     Other  Canadian  Jurisdictions 

For  the  most  part,  the  trustee  legislation  of  the  common  law  jurisdictions 
of  Canada  does  not  contain  general  provisions  relating  to  the  allocation  of 
outgoings.  Rather,  like  Ontario,  they  contain  one,  or  perhaps  several,  sections 
that  deal  with  the  allocation  of  outgoings  in  particular  instances. 

All  the  provincial  Trustee  Acts,  except  the  Prince  Edward  Island  Act, 
authorize  trustees  to  insure  the  trust  property  and  to  pay  the  premiums  out  of 


443 
444 
445 
446 


See,  generally,  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  712-28. 

SeeReCaulfield,  [19331  O.W.N.  233  (H.CJ.). 

See  Re  Vair  (1923),  54  O.L.R.  497  (H.C.Div.). 

See  In  re  Plumb  (1896).  27  O.R.  601  (H.C.J.),  foll'g  In  re  Foster  (1890),  45  Ch.  D. 
629,  where  it  was  determined  that  income  and  capital  beneficiaries  should  share  the  loss 
in  the  proportion  that  each  would  have  benefited  had  the  loan  been  fully  repaid  with 
interest.  However,  in  In  re  Moore  (1885),  54  L.  J.  Ch.  432,  it  was  thought  that  the 
division  of  the  price  received  on  the  market  should  be  on  the  basis  of  the  relative  amounts 
owed  when  foreclosure  took  place;  that  is,  arrears  of  interest  and  capital. 


265 

income.447  In  addition,  the  Manitoba  Trustee  Act*4*  contains  a  provision  con- 
cerning audits,  and  confers  upon  trustees  a  discretion  to  determine  whether 
the  costs  should  be  borne  by  capital  or  income.  Both  the  Manitoba449  and 
British  Columbia450  Acts  permit  trustees  to  borrow  money  by  way  of  mortgage 
or  charge  upon  all  or  any  part  of  the  trust  property  for  the  purpose  of  carrying 
out  repairs  and  improvements  -  a  power  similar  to  that  which  we  have 
previously  recommended  should  be  included  in  the  revised  Act451  -  but  the 
Acts  are  silent  regarding  which  trust  interest  should  bear  the  burden  of 
repayment.  Presumably,  case  law  would  attribute  the  interest  payments  on 
such  loans  to  income  and  capital  repayments  to  capital. 

As  we  noted  earlier,  the  Trustee  Acts  of  Alberta,452  Manitoba,453  New 
Brunswick,454  Nova  Scotia,455  and  the  Ordinances  of  the  Yukon456  and  North- 
west Territories457  empower  the  court  to  confer  additional  administrative 
powers  upon  trustees,  and  we  have  recommended  that  the  revised  Act  should 
contain  a  similar  power.458  These  Acts  further  enable  the  court  to  direct  how 
the  costs  involved  in  the  exercise  of  the  powers  granted  are  to  be  borne  as 
between  capital  and  income;  that  is,  the  court  may  direct  the  manner  in  which 
any  money  authorized  to  be  expended,  and  the  costs  of  any  transaction 
authorized  to  be  undertaken,  are  to  be  paid  or  borne  as  between  capital  and 
income. 

In  one  respect,  the  Prince  Edward  Island  Trustee  Act459  departs  somewhat 
from  the  typical  Canadian  approach  by  providing  for  the  allocation  of  losses 
through  the  establishment  of  a  depreciation  or  obsolescence  fund.  Section 
3(1)  and  (2)  of  the  Act  provides  as  follows: 

3. — (1)  Unless  expressly  forbidden  by  the  instrument  or  order  appointing  him 
or  creating  the  trust,  a  trustee,  who  has  power  to  hold  real  estate  as  an  investment 
or  to  invest  the  trust  property  under  his  control,  or  any  part  thereof,  in  real  estate, 
may  and  if  ordered  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  shall,  from  time  to  time, 


447  British  Columbia  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  223,  s.  8;  Alberta  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note 
225,  s.  24;  Saskatchewan  Trustee  Act,  R.S.S.  1978,  c.  T-23,  s.  45;  Manitoba  Trustee 
Act,  supra,  note  175,  s.  39;  New  Brunswick  Trustees  Act,  supra,  note  58,  s.  5;  Nova 
Scotia  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  225,  s.  23;  Newfoundland  Trustee  Act,  R.S.N.  1970,  c. 
380,  s.  19;  Yukon  Trustee  Ordinance,  supra,  note  60,  s.  26;  and  Northwest  Territories 
Trustee  Ordinance,  supra,  note  59,  s.  23. 

448  Manitoba  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  175,  s.  85. 

449  Ibid.,  s.  32(4). 

450  British  Columbia  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  223,  s.  1 1 . 

451  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(d)(xi). 

452  Alberta  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  225,  s.  21 . 

453  Manitoba  Trustee  Act,  supra,  note  175,  s.  60. 

454  New  Brunswick  Trustees  Act,  supra,  note  58,  s.  25. 

455  Nova  Scotia  Trustee  Act ,  supra,  note  225,  s.  50. 

456  Yukon  Trustee  Ordinance,  supra,  note  60,  s.  23. 

457  Northwest  Territories  Trustee  Ordinance,  supra,  note  59,  s.  20. 

458  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(e). 

459  Trustee  Act,  R.S.P.E.I.  1974,  c.  T-9,  s.  3. 


266 

in  respect  of  any  such  real  estate,  whether  situated  within  or  outside  this  province 
held  or  acquired  by  him  as  such  trustee,  deduct  from  and  set  aside  out  of  the 
income  whenever  received  from  the  real  estate  such  fair  and  reasonable  amounts 
as  he  may  deem  proper,  having  regard  to  recognized  accounting  practice  and 
reasonable  business  prudence,  to  protect  the  capital  of  the  trust  from  loss  due  to 
depreciation  in  value  or  obsolescence  of  any  improvements  upon  or  of  any 
property  used  in  connection  with  any  such  real  estate,  and  any  amounts  so 
deducted  and  set  aside  shall  be  added  to  the  capital  of  the  trust. 

(2)  Any  exercise  of  discretion  by  the  trustee  pursuant  to  subsection  (1)  shall 
be  final  and  conclusive  as  to  all  other  persons  interested  in  the  trust. 

Accordingly,  unless  expressly  forbidden  by  the  trust  instrument,  where  trust- 
ees are  authorized  to  hold  or  invest  in  real  estate,  they  may  make  deductions 
from  income  received  from  the  real  estate  to  protect  the  capital  of  the  trust 
from  loss  due  to  depreciation  in  value  of,  or  obsolescence  of  any  improve- 
ments upon,  any  property  used  in  connection  with  the  real  estate.  The  word 
"improvements"  is  not  defined  in  the  Act,  but  would  presumably  include 
buildings  and  essential  facilities.  Moreover,  a  trustee  may  be  "ordered  by  a 
court  of  competent  jurisdiction,,  to  act  in  this  fashion. 

The  section  provides  that  all  deductions  from  income  are  to  be  set  aside 
and  added  to  capital,  but  the  section  is  silent  concerning  the  disposition  of 
money  deducted  from  income  that,  as  events  turn  out,  is  not  required  to  meet 
losses  arising  from  depreciation  or  obsolescence.  Probably,  such  money 
would  not  be  recoverable  by  income  beneficiaries,460  although,  if  the  income 
deductions  are  to  be  added  to  capital,  the  fund  so  established  should  be 
appropriately  invested,  and  the  income  beneficiaries  would  be  entitled  to  the 
interest  on  that  investment.  However,  trustees  may  only  make  "fair  and 
reasonable"  deductions,  and  they  are  required  to  have  regard  to  "recognized 
accounting  practice  and  reasonable  business  prudence". 

Finally,  it  will  be  noted  that  by  section  3(2)  of  the  Prince  Edward  Island 
Act,  trustees'  decisions  are  final  and  conclusive  upon  all  the  trust  benefici- 
aries; in  the  result,  therefore,  the  decisions  of  trustees  who  prima  facie  comply 
with  the  requirements  of  the  section  may  only  be  challenged  on  the  grounds 
of  bad  faith. 


(iii)     Other  Commonwealth  Jurisdictions 

The  trustee  legislation  of  Western  Australia,461  Queensland,462  and  New 
Zealand463  contains  various  provisions  regarding  the  allocation  of  outgoings 


460  In  Chartered  Trust  Co.  v.  Robertson  Estate,  [1953]  2  S.C.R.  1,  trustees,  pursuant  to 
their  authority  under  a  will  to  carry  on  a  business,  set  up  a  reserve  for  depreciation  with 
respect  to  certain  assets,  a  plant  and  a  building,  in  which  the  business  was  conducted. 
The  Court  held  that  the  unused  reserve  was  not  an  accumulation  within  the  meaning  of 
the  Ontario  Accumulations  Act  (now  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  5),  as,  if  depreciation  deductions 
from  income  were  fair  and  reasonable  when  made,  the  reserve  nevertheless  became  part 
of  capital. 

461  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95. 

462  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229. 

463  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227. 


267 

between  income  and  capital  beneficiaries.  For  present  purposes,  we  consider 
it  sufficient  to  do  no  more  than  mention  that,  as  with  the  Canadian  position, 
this  legislation  deals  with  the  allocation  of  outgoings  in  particular  instances. 
For  example,  the  Queensland  Act464  authorizes  trustees  to  attribute  insurance 
premiums  to  either  capital  or  income,  or  both,  as  they  think  equitable  in  the 
circumstances,  subject  to  any  direction  to  the  contrary  in  the  trust  terms  or  of 
the  court.  The  Queensland  Act,465  together  with  the  Western  Australia  Act,466 
provides  that  the  costs  of  audits  may  be  charged  to  capital  or  income,  or  in 
an  appropriate  division  to  each,  as  the  trustees  shall  in  their  discretion  think 
fit.  However,  the  trustee  legislation  of  these  Commonwealth  jurisdictions 
contains  two  features  that  we  consider  merit  more  detailed  comment. 

The  first  feature  of  this  legislation  that  we  wish  to  discuss  is  the  depre- 
ciation or  replacement  fund  authorized  by  the  New  Zealand467  and  Western 
Australia468  trustee  legislation.  This  fund  is  not,  in  principle,  unlike  the 
obsolescence  fund  contained  in  the  Prince  Edward  Island  Trustee  Act.  How- 
ever, unlike  the  Prince  Edward  Island  fund,  which,  it  will  be  recalled,  is  only 
authorized  where  trustees  hold  or  invest  in  real  estate,  the  Western  Australia 
and  New  Zealand  fund  may  be  set  up  in  relation  to  "any  property  employed 
in  the  production  of  income  or  from  which  income  is  derived,\  Moreover,  it 
is  not  obligatory  for  trustees  to  establish  such  a  fund,  but,  if  so  established, 
the  income  deducted  may  be  used  as  trustees  think  fit  for  repair,  maintenance, 
or  acquisition  of  property  of  a  like  or  advantageous  nature.  Further,  the  fund, 
presumably  including  any  excess  income  that  is  not  required  to  meet  actual 
depreciation  or  replacement  costs,  shall  "follow  the  destination  of  the  capital 
of  the  property". 

The  second  feature  of  the  legislation  that  we  find  of  interest  is  the 
discretionary  apportionment  and  recouping  provision.  This  provision  appears 
in  the  statutes  of  Western  Australia,469  New  Zealand,470  and  Queensland,471 
although  its  scope  is  not  the  same  in  each  Act.  However,  all  three  Acts 
provide,  in  part,  as  follows: 

.  .  .  every  trustee,  in  respect  of  any  property,  may  .  .  .  apportion  [a  payment  or 
expenditure]  between  capital  and  income  or  otherwise  among  the  persons  entitled 
thereto  in  such  manner  as  he  considers  equitable,  with  power,  where  the  whole 
or  part  of  the  payment  or  expenditure  is  made  out  of  capital  moneys,  to  recoup 
capital  from  subsequent  income,  if  that  course  would  be  equitable  in  all  the 
circumstances. 

Accordingly,  trustees  are  vested  with  a  discretion  to  determine  whether  a 
particular  expenditure  should  be  met  by  either  income  or  capital,  or  appor- 
tioned according  to  the  circumstances  of  the  case.  Moreover,  the  provision 


464  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229,  s.  47(3). 

465  Ibid.,  s.  52(2). 

466  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  51(2). 

467  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  15(2). 
46X  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  30(2). 

469  Ibid.,  s.  30(l)(b). 

470  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  15(  1  }(a). 

471  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229.  s.  33(l)(g). 


268 

permits  trustees  to  make  immediate  necessary  expenditures  out  of  capital,  but 
to  allocate  a  fair  share  of  any  such  cost  to  income  and  recoup  the  capital  from 
subsequent  income. 

The  provisions  in  each  of  the  above-noted  Commonwealth  Acts  differ, 
however,  in  two  respects.  First,  the  New  Zealand  and  Western  Australia 
provisions  limit  the  discretionary  power  of  apportionment  and  recoupment  to 
expenditures  effected  on  repair,  maintenance,  upkeep  or  renovation  of  trust 
property,  while  the  Queensland  Trusts  Act  1973  extends  the  power  to  ex- 
penditures made  in  respect  of  improvement  or  development  costs,  calls  on 
shares,  property  taxes,  assessments  and  similar  outgoings,  subdivision  pay- 
ments, and  costs  associated  with  the  construction  and  maintenance  of  roads, 
streets,  and  other  rights  of  way,  of  sewage,  water,  electricity,  drainage,  and 
similar  works.472  Secondly,  the  application  of  the  Queensland  section  is 
subject  only  to  the  Act  and  any  direction  of  the  court,  but  it  is  not  subject  to 
a  contrary  intention  expressed  in  the  trust  instrument.473  The  New  Zealand 
and  Western  Australia  provisions,  on  the  other  hand,  are  subject  not  only  to 
a  contrary  direction  of  the  court  and  to  a  contrary  intention  contained  in  the 
trust  instrument,  but  also  to  "the  rules  of  law  applicable  in  such  cases1'.  This 
latter  exception  appears  to  subordinate  the  trustee's  discretion  to  discernible 
common  law  rules. 


(iv)     Conclusions 

From  our  review  of  relevant  statutory  provisions  in  other  jurisdictions, 
we  find  ourselves  attracted  to  the  principle  contained  in  the  provisions  of  the 
Queensland,  Western  Australia,  and  New  Zealand  Acts:  namely,  the  confer- 
ring upon  trustees  of  a  power  to  determine,  in  their  discretion,  an  equitable 
allocation  of  outgoings  between  income  and  capital  beneficiaries.  Our  reasons 
for  this  view  are  several. 

First,  there  appears  to  be  uncertainty  in  the  law  concerning  the  allocation 
of  outgoings  between  successive  beneficiaries.  As  a  result,  trustees  may,  in 
the  administration  of  their  trust,  be  required  to  distribute  the  burden  of 
outgoings  in  situations  where  the  law  provides  little  guidance.  Perhaps,  for 
this  reason,  it  is  the  rule  rather  than  the  exception  that  extensive  discretionary 
powers  of  allocation  are  conferred  upon  trustees  by  the  trust  instrument. 
However,  even  where  discretionary  powers  are  so  conferred,  the  duty  to  hold 
an  even  hand  among  beneficiaries  requires  trustees  to  select  a  mode  of  ap- 
portionment that  is  reasonable  and  fair  in  the  circumstances.  Accordingly,  it 
may  be  said  that  the  New  Zealand,  Western  Australia,  and  Queensland  Acts 
more  accurately  reflect  the  practice  in  this  area. 

Secondly,  where  clear  rules  have  been  formulated,  either  by  case  law  or 
by  statutory  provisions,  they  are  often  inflexible  and,  therefore,  not  appro- 
priate for  all  situations.  There  may  be  a  number  of  instances  in  the  conduct 


2  See  Queensland  Law  Reform  Commission,  A  Report  of  the  Law  Reform  Commission  on 
the  Law  Relating  to  Trusts,  Trustees,  Settled  Land  and  Charities  (1971),  No.  8,  at  34- 
35  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  "Queensland  Report"),  for  an  explanation  of  s.  33(l)(g). 

473  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229,  s.  31. 


269 

of  every  trust  where,  although  the  case  law  would  classify  the  expense  or  loss 
as  an  income  or  a  capital  responsibility,  nevertheless,  it  would  seem  to  be 
more  equitable  if  it  were  apportioned  between  both  classes  of  beneficiary. 
For  example,  major  renovations  will  increase  rentals,  although  expenditures 
of  this  kind  are  normally  regarded  as  permanent  and,  therefore,  as  a  capital 
investment.  Also,  it  is  not  entirely  clear  why  the  premiums  on  property 
insurance  should  be  solely  the  responsibility  of  the  life  tenant.  If  the  property 
is  destroyed  and  the  insured  value  of  the  property  is  recovered  from  the 
insurer,  the  capital  beneficiary  will  gain  either  through  the  investment  by  the 
trustees  of  the  sum  so  acquired,  or  by  its  expenditure  on  reinstatement. 
Moreover,  as  the  nature  of  outgoings  is  so  diverse,  the  formulation  of  specific 
rules  of  allocation  in  the  revised  Act  might  well  result  in  a  situation  where 
not  all  instances  in  which  trustees  might  require  guidance  are  addressed. 

Accordingly,  the  Commission  is  of  the  opinion  that  a  discretionary  power 
to  allocate  outgoings  between  income  and  capital  as  trustees  see  fit  would 
better  equip  trustees  to  make  determinations  that  would  be  appropriate  in 
each  individual  case.  Further,  we  would  not  limit  this  power  of  discretionary 
allocation  to  particular  expenditures,  as  have  the  Acts  of  New  Zealand  and 
Western  Australia,  and  as  does,  to  a  lesser  extent,  the  Queensland  statute. 
Rather,  we  have  concluded  that  this  policy  is  equally  applicable  to  all  types 
of  expense  and  loss,  and  that  a  comprehensive  discretionary  power  of  allo- 
cation should  be  conferred  upon  trustees.  In  so  concluding,  we  place  reliance 
upon  the  trustee's  duty  of  even-handedness  to  ensure  the  exercise  of  the 
discretion  in  a  manner  that  is  equitable  between  all  those  concerned,  and 
upon  the  trustee's  general  duty  of  care,  which  we  have  recommended  be 
placed  in  the  revised  Act  to  govern  the  exercise  of  all  administrative  powers 
by  trustees.474 

The  Commission,  therefore,  recommends  that  the  revised  Act  should 
contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  trustees  may  apportion  any  payment  or 
expenditure  for  any  outgoing  between  the  income  and  capital  accounts,  or 
may  charge  the  payment  or  expenditure  exclusively  to  either  income  or  capital 
as  they  consider  just  and  equitable  in  all  the  circumstances.475  Regarding  the 
scope  of  the  term  "outgoings",  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should 
define  this  term  to  mean  payments  and  expenditures,  whether  discharged  by 
the  trustees  or  a  beneficiary,  resulting  from  and  necessitated  by  the  existence 
of  the  trust  property,  and  that  the  term  should  include  expenses  of  adminis- 
tration, repairs,  maintenance,  insurance,  taxes,  payments  on  account  of  mort- 
gages and  debts,  calls  on  shares,  annuities,  and  business  and  other  losses.476 
If  the  above  recommendations  are  accepted,  the  Commission  further  recom- 
mends that  the  portion  of  section  21  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  that  deals 
with  the  payment  of  insurance  premiums  out  of  income  should  not  be  carried 
over  to  the  revised  Act. 

Apart  from  the  allocation  of  outgoings  between  the  income  and  capital 
account,  trustees  are  often  confronted  with  difficult  decisions  concerning  the 


474  See  supra,  ch.  2,  sec.  2,  and  Draft  Bill,  s.  4. 

475  Draft  Bill.  s.  40(1). 

476 


/hid.,  s.  !(/). 


270 

actual  payment  of  these  burdens.  At  present,  trustees  would  surely  be  in 
breach  of  trust  if  they  initially  met  costs,  chargeable  to  income,  out  of  capital, 
or  vice  versa.  Moreover,  if  payments  were  made  out  of  capital,  trustees 
would  be  personally  liable  if  loss  to  the  capital  account  took  place  because 
the  money  so  expended  was  not  later  recoverable  from  the  income  beneficiary. 
However,  situations  may  arise  where  it  would  be  more  advantageous  for  the 
trust  to  meet  expenditures  either  wholly  or  partly  out  of  a  beneficial  interest 
that  might  not  ultimately  bear  the  entire  cost.  For  example,  it  might  be 
financially  more  appropriate,  having  regard  to  sound  business  practice,  for  a 
certain  expense  to  be  met  initially  out  of  income,  although  it  be  an  expense 
that  would  later  require  allocation  either  in  whole  or  in  part  to  capital.  On  the 
other  hand,  although  a  particularly  heavy  burden  might  ultimately  be  allocated 
to  income,  there  might  not  be  sufficient  income  to  meet  the  burden,  as  well 
as  the  financial  requirements  of  the  income  beneficiary,  in  a  given  year.  In 
such  a  case,  it  might  be  desirable  to  pay  the  expenditure  out  of  capital  and  to 
allocate  an  appropriate  portion  of  the  burden  to  income  over  a  number  of 
years. 

To  meet  these  situations,  we  have  concluded  that  trustees  should  be 
permitted  to  pay  for  any  outgoing  from  either  income  or  capital,  in  whole  or 
in  part,  in  a  manner  that  they  determine  to  be  in  the  best  interests  of  the  trust 
beneficiaries.  Moreover,  for  reasons  that  we  have  stated,  this  matter  should 
be  expressly  addressed  in  the  revised  Act.477  Accordingly,  we  recommend 
that  the  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  trustees  may 
pay  for  any  outgoing  from  income  or  capital,  or  wholly  or  partly  from  each, 
as  appears  to  them  to  be  in  accord  with  sound  business  practice  and  in  the 
best  interests  of  the  trust  beneficiaries  as  a  whole.478 

Further,  to  enable  trustees,  after  payment  has  been  rendered,  to  allocate 
the  burden  to  those  beneficial  interests  that  should  bear  it,  we  have  concluded 
that  the  revised  Act  should  incorporate  a  provision  akin  to  the  recouping 
provision  that  is  contained  in  the  New  Zealand,  Western  Australia,  and 
Queensland  trustee  legislation.  However,  to  complement  the  previous  rec- 
ommendation concerning  payment  of  outgoings,  we  are  of  the  view  that  the 
provision  should  be  expanded  to  allow  not  only  the  recouping  of  capital  from 
income,  where  the  whole  or  part  of  the  payment  or  expenditure  has  been 
made  out  of  or  charged  to  capital,  but  also  the  recouping  of  income  from 
capital,  where  the  whole  or  part  of  the  payment  has  been  made  out  of  or 
charged  to  income,  if,  in  either  case,  trustees  consider  that  course  to  be  just 
and  equitable  in  all  the  circumstances,  and  we  so  recommend.479 

We  are  also  of  the  view  that  the  establishment  of  a  depreciation  or 
obsolescence  fund,  similar  to  the  fund  authorized  by  the  Prince  Edward 


477  The  power  to  recoup  capital  from  subsequent  income  contained  in  the  Western  Australia, 
Queensland,  and  New  Zealand  Acts  presumes  that  an  actual  payment  was  made  out  of 
capital  that  should  ultimately  be  borne  by  income. 

478  Draft  Bills.  40(2). 

479  Ibid. 


271 

Island,  Western  Australia,  and  New  Zealand  Acts  would  be  useful. 4m  We 
have  concluded  that  trustees  should  be  empowered  to  deduct  from  the  income 
of  property  that  is  subject  to  depreciation  or  obsolescence  such  amounts  as 
they  deem  reasonable  to  protect  the  capital  of  the  trust  from  loss,  and  that  the 
amounts  so  deducted  should  be  set  aside  and  added  to  capital.  The  fund  would 
be  employed  to  finance  such  tasks  as  repair,  maintenance,  or  renovation,  and 
would  be  particularly  appropriate  in  those  instances  where  the  income  bene- 
ficiary is  receiving  the  entire  income  of  the  trust,  but  is  not  maintaining  the 
trust  property;  for  example,  a  house  that  will  eventually  fall  into  the  posses- 
sion of  the  capital  beneficiary. 


4SI 


As  in  the  case  of  the  New  Zealand  and  Western  Australia  provisions,  we 
believe  that  the  fund  should  be  authorized  for  any  property  that  produces 
income  and  is  subject  to  depreciation  or  obsolescence.  Also,  we  agree  in 
principle  with  the  Prince  Edward  Island  provision  that  compels  trustees  to  set 
up  a  fund  if  so  ordered  by  a  court.  However,  we  would  depart  from  the  Prince 
Edward  Island  provision  that  renders  all  such  decisions  final  and  conclusive, 
as  we  prefer  to  leave  the  exercise  of  this  discretion  to  the  scrutiny  of  the 
present  law.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide 
that  trustees  may,  and  if  ordered  by  the  court  upon  application  shall,  deduct 
from  the  income  derived  from  trust  property  that  is  subject  to  depreciation  or 
obsolescence  such  amounts  as  are  fair  and  reasonable  having  regard  to  sound 
business  practice  in  order  to  protect  the  capital  of  the  trust  from  loss,  and  that 
any  sums  so  deducted  should  be  set  aside  and  added  to  the  capital  of  the  trust 
so  as  to  become  capital  for  all  purposes. 


482 


We  would,  however,  make  two  exceptions  to  the  above  recommendations 
concerning  the  powers  of  trustees  to  pay  and  to  allocate  outgoings,  to  recoup 
payments  made,  and  to  establish  a  depreciation  fund.  First,  in  view  of  the 
terms  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),483  we  are  compelled  to  except  spousal 


480 


We  are  aware  that  the  Queensland  Report,  supra,  note  472,  at  76,  did  not  recommend 
the  adoption  of  a  depreciation  or  replacement  fund.  The  Commission  was  of  the  view 
that  such  a  fund  was  inconsistent  with  subsequent  provisions  contained  in  both  the 
Western  Australia  Trustees  Act,  J 962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  105,  and  the  New  Zealand 
Trustee  Act  J 956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  85.  These  sections  provide  that  the  whole  of  the 
net  income  of  property  settled  as  a  residuary  gift  shall,  pending  sale,  be  applied  as 
income,  notwithstanding  that  the  property  may  be  of  a  wasting,  speculative,  or  rever- 
sionary nature.  This  recommendation  was  accepted  by  the  Queensland  Parliament,  and, 
accordingly,  the  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note  229,  does  not  contain  a  provision  author- 
izing a  depreciation  or  obsolescence  fund.  It  should  be  noted  that,  as  we  do  not  recom- 
mend the  adoption  of  a  provision  similar  to  ss.  105  and  85  of  the  Western  Australia  and 
New  Zealand  Acts,  respectively,  we  are  of  the  view  that  the  inconsistency  mentioned 
by  the  Queensland  Report  will  not  arise  in  the  revised  Act:  see  infra,  this  ch.,  sec. 
4(c)(ii). 


48 


We  have  considered  the  provisions  of  the  American  Uniform  Principal  and  Income  Act, 
Uniform  Laws  Annotated  (1978),  Vol.  7A,  at  429,  §§  9-11  (hereinafter  referred  to  as 
"American  Uniform  Principal  and  Income  Act"),  which  deal  with  the  depletion  of  capital 
that  occurs  with  the  working  of  minerals  and  of  timber  lands,  as  well  as  with  leaseholds, 
patents,  copyrights  and  royalty  rights.  However,  we  observe  that  these  sections  have 
often  been  amended  by  states  adopting  the  Act,  and  take  note  that  clauses  concerning 
depletion  reserves  are  evidently  best  drawn  without  particular  circumstances  in  mind. 

482  Draft  Bill,  s.  40(3). 


483 


Supra,  note  281,  ss.  70(6).  70(7).  73,  74,  and  I04(4)(a). 


272 

trusts  from  the  above  recommendations.  Where  there  is  a  testamentary  or 
inter  vivos  transfer  of  capital  property  to  a  spouse,  the  advantageous  rollover 
provisions  of  the  Act  will  only  apply  if  the  provisions  of  the  trust  satisfy 
certain  requirements,  including  the  following:  the  spouse  must  be  entitled  to 
receive  the  entire  income  of  the  trust  that  arises  during  his  or  her  lifetime; 
and  no  other  person  may  receive  or  otherwise  obtain  the  use  of  the  income 
or  capital  of  the  trust  during  that  period.  Our  recommendations  to  allow 
income  deductions  for  depreciation  to  be  added  to  capital  and  to  permit 
trustees  to  use,  albeit  on  a  temporary  basis,  income  to  pay  for  an  expense 
that  will  be  met  ultimately  by  capital  would  "taint"  the  spousal  trust,  thereby 
disqualifying  the  assets  from  the  preferential  taxation  treatment  afforded  by 
the  federal  Act.  We  consider  that  this  interplay  between  the  recommended 
provisions  of  the  revised  Act  and  the  terms  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) 
should  be  a  matter  for  decision  by  the  creator  of  the  trust.  Accordingly,  we 
recommend  that  where  a  trust  is  a  trust  for  the  exclusive  benefit  of  the  spouse 
of  the  testator  or  settlor  within  the  meaning  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 
the  above  recommendations  should  not  apply  to  the  trust  unless  the  trust 
instrument  expressly  provides  that  the  provisions  contemplated  or  a  specified 
part  thereof  should  apply.484 

Secondly,  because  these  recommendations  effect  a  significant  change  in 
relation  to  the  allocation  of  outgoings,  we  recommend  that  they  should  only 
apply  to  trusts  that  take  effect  after  the  revised  Act  comes  into  force,  and  that 
the  revised  Act  should  state  expressly  that  they  are  subject  to  the  duty  to 
maintain  an  even  hand  between  income  and  capital  beneficiaries.485 

Finally,  it  will  be  recalled  that  we  previously  recommended  that  the  court 
should  be  authorized  to  confer  upon  trustees  additional  powers  of  administra- 
tion if,  in  the  opinion  of  the  court,  it  is  thought  necessary  and  expedient  to 
do  so.486  We  have  referred  to  the  fact  that  other  jurisdictions  that  have  enacted 
such  a  provision  also  confer  upon  the  court  the  authority  to  determine  how 
the  cost  of  the  exercise  of  the  power  should  be  borne.487  We  are  of  the  view 
that  a  provision  of  this  kind  would  be  of  assistance  to  trustees,  and,  accord- 
ingly, recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that,  where  the  court 
confers  upon  trustees  an  additional  administrative  power,  the  court  should  be 
able  to  direct  in  what  manner  any  money  authorized  to  be  expended  and  the 
costs  of  any  transaction  are  to  be  paid  or  borne  as  between  capital  and 
income.488 


(c)   Allocation  of  Receipts 

An  important  function  of  trustees  is  to  allocate  gain  received  by  the  trust. 
As  we  discussed  briefly  in  the  introduction  to  this  section,  where  a  trust  is  in 
favour  of  two  or  more  persons  entitled  in  succession,  potentially  conflicting 


484  Draft  Bill,  s.  40(4). 

485  Ibid.,  s.  40(5).  See,  also,  Draft  Bill,  s.  39(1),  and  infra,  this  ch.,  sec.  4(c)(ii). 

486  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(e),  and  Draft  Bill,  s.  63. 

487  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  4(b)(ii). 

488 


Draft  Bill,  s.  63(1). 


273 

interests  arise  regarding  the  enjoyment  of  the  trust  property.  Primarily,  it  is 
a  matter  of  determining  what  the  settlor  or  the  testator  intended  in  this  regard, 
as  he  is  free  to  distribute  his  property  among  his  beneficiaries  as  he  desires. 
However,  if  the  intention  of  the  creator  of  the  trust  has  not  been  clearly 
expressed,  or  is  not  implicit  in  the  language  of  the  instrument  and  the  nature 
of  the  disposition,  the  law  infers  what  the  reasonable  man  creating  competing 
interests  must  have  contemplated.  Although  in  the  distribution  of  particular 
receipts  rules  formulated  by  the  case  law  are,  for  the  most  part,  well  settled,489 
the  following  areas  of  the  law,  in  our  opinion,  merit  further  comment:  first, 
where  a  change  occurs  in  the  ownership  of,  or  the  entitlement  to,  an  author- 
ized investment;  secondly,  where  assets  that  are  unauthorized  as  trustee 
investments,  either  by  the  instrument  or  by  statute,  fall  into  a  trust  and  income 
must  be  allocated  pending  conversion  of  these  assets;  and  thirdly,  where 
proceeds  from  an  insurance  policy  are  received  by  trustees. 

(i)     Competing  Claims  on  Change  of  Ownership 

Competing  claims  to  the  income  of  authorized  trustee  investments  may 
arise  when  a  change  occurs  in  the  ownership  of,  or  entitlement  to,  assets 
during  the  time  when  interest,  dividends,  rent,  or  other  periodic  revenue  is 
accruing,  and  where,  therefore,  the  accrued  sum  does  not  fall  due  until  after 
the  change  of  ownership  or  entitlement  has  taken  place.  This  situation  may 
arise  at  several  points  during  the  life  of  a  trust:  first,  at  the  inception  of  the 
trust,  when  the  beneficial  enjoyment  of  the  assets  passes  from  the  creator  of 
the  trust  to  the  life  beneficiary;  secondly,  at  the  termination  of  the  life  estate, 
when  the  entitlement  to  the  assets  passes  from  a  life  beneficiary  to  a  remain- 
derman; and  thirdly,  when  trustees  buy  or  sell  assets  during  the  term  of  the 
beneficial  life  interest.  If,  at  any  of  these  transitional  points,  an  asset  has 
accrued  or  continues  to  accrue  revenue,  but  the  whole  of  the  accrued  amount 
does  not  fall  due  and  is  not  payable  until  after  the  change  of  ownership  or 
entitlement  has  occurred,  trustees  must  determine,  upon  receipt  of  the  pay- 
ment, which  beneficial  interest  is  entitled  to  the  amount  that  has  so  accrued. 

a.     Ontario 

In  Ontario,  the  Apportionment  Act490  assists  trustees  with  the  allocation 
of  certain  types  of  periodic  payment.  Sections  2  and  3  of  the  Act  provide  as 
follows: 

2.  Dividends  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  be  deemed  to  have  accrued 
by  equal  daily  increment  during  and  within  the  period  for  or  in  respect  of  which 
the  payment  of  the  dividends  is  declared  or  expressed  to  be  made. 

3.  All  rents,  annuities,  dividends,  and  other  periodical  payments  in  the  nature 
of  income,  whether  reserved  or  made  payable  under  an  instrument  in  writing  or 
otherwise,  shall,  like  interest  on  money  lent,  be  considered  as  accruing  from  day 
to  day,  and  are  apportionable  in  respect  of  time  accordingly. 


489 
490 


See,  generally,  Widdifield  on  Executors'  Accounts,  supra,  note  390,  at  236-52. 
Apportionment  Act,  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  23. 


274 


As  a  result  of  the  Apportionment  Act,  therefore,  dividends,  rent,  interest,  or 
other  periodic  payments  are  considered  "as  accruing  from  day  to  day"  and 
are  "apportionable  in  respect  of  time  accordingly".491  For  example,  where  a 
testamentary  trust  is  created,  that  portion  of  the  receipts  deemed  to  accrue 
daily  before  the  date  of  death  is  treated  as  property  to  which  the  testator  was 
entitled  and,  therefore,  as  part  of  his  estate,  while  the  balance  that  was  deemed 
to  accrue  on  a  daily  basis  after  the  testator's  death  is  viewed  as  income  for 
the  life  beneficiary. 

This  apportionment  formulation  of  the  Act  does  not,  however,  apply  to 
all  forms  of  accruing  revenue.  It  has  been  held  that  the  income  payment  must 
be  a  periodic  one  and  must  have  been  declared  or  expressed  for,  or  in  respect 
of,  a  stated  period  of  time.492  Therefore,  even  if  the  income  payment  is 
rendered  on  a  regular  basis,  if  it  does  not  represent  a  particular  time  period, 
such  as  a  specific  year  or  quarter,  that  payment  is  not  apportionable  under 
the  Act.493 

Apart  from  revenue  payments  that  are  made  in  respect  of  a  specific  period 
of  time  and  that  are,  accordingly,  apportionable  under  the  provisions  of  the 
Apportionment  Act,  the  distribution  of  income  receipts  is  governed  by  rules 
formulated  by  the  case  law.494  Generally  speaking,  the  "non-apportionment" 
rule  applies;  that  is,  the  case  law  imposes  no  duty  to  apportion  receipts,  even 
where  it  might  be  said  that  a  receipt  represents  a  combination  of  beneficial 
interests,  unless  the  non-apportionment  would  produce  a  glaring  injustice,  in 
which  case  the  court  may  make  an  equitable  apportionment.495  For  example, 
trustees  may  sell  shares  cum  dividend,  that  is,  after  a  dividend  has  been 
declared,  but  before  the  record  date,496  so  that  a  portion  of  the  proceeds  of 
sale  received  by  trustees  would  represent  a  dividend  or  interest  that  would 
have  been  paid  to  the  income  beneficiary  had  the  trustees  remained  as  share- 
holders of  record  on  the  record  date.497  Normally,  the  entire  proceeds  of  such 
a  sale  would  be  allocated  to  the  capital  account.498  Further,  apportionment 


492 

493 
494 
495 
496 


497 


498 


Ibid.,  ss.  2  and  3. 

Ibid.  See,  also,  Re  Thomson,  [1947]  O.R.  469,  [1947]  3  D.L.R.  466  (H.C.J.),  affd 
[1947]  O.W.N.  907,  [1948]  1  D.L.R.  304  (C.A.). 

ReCoulson,  [1960]  O.R.  1  (C.A.). 

See  Widdifield  on  Executors'  Accounts,  supra,  note  390,  at  236-52. 

See  Re  Maclaren's  Settlement  Trusts,  [1951]  2  All  E.R.  414  (Ch.  D.),  at  420. 

The  "declaration  date"  is  the  date  of  the  formal  announcement  or  approval  of  the  dividend 
by  the  directors  of  the  corporation.  The  "record  date"  is  the  date  at  which  the  sharehold- 
ers' list  is  "frozen"  for  the  purpose  of  identifying  those  shareholders  who  qualify  for  the 
payment.  The  "payment  date"  is  the  date  when  the  dividend  cheques  are  actually  mailed: 
see  Widdifield  on  Executors'  Accounts,  supra,  note  390,  at  242. 

See  Lewin  on  Trusts,  supra,  note  25,  at  359-61 ,  for  a  detailed  discussion  of  the  common 
law  rules  of  allocation  of  accruing  dividends. 

The  critical  date  for  determining  the  allocation  of  dividends  appears  to  be  the  record 
date;  that  is,  whoever  was  beneficially  entitled  to  the  shares  on  the  record  date  will 
receive  the  dividend.  For  example,  if  the  life  interest  terminates  after  the  declaration 
date,  but  before  the  record  date,  the  dividend  subsequently  paid  would  be  allocated  to 
the  capital  account,  as  it  would  be  the  remainderman  and  not  the  life  tenant  who  would 
be  beneficially  entitled  to  the  shares  on  the  record  date:  see  Widdifield  on  Executors' 
Accounts,  supra,  note  390,  at  242. 


275 

does  not  take  place  when  a  payment  totally  accrues,  and  is  therefore  due, 
within  the  period  of  one  person's  beneficial  interest,  but  is  paid  during  his 
successor's  time.499 

b.     Other  Jurisdictions 

Legislation  in  terms  similar  to  the  Ontario  Apportionment  Act  exists  in 
all  the  Australian  states,  except  Tasmania.  This  legislation  deals  with  the 
allocation  of  periodic  payments  made  with  respect  to  a  specific  period  of 
time.500  Moreover,  several  of  the  Australian  jurisdictions  have  introduced 
statutory  provisions  to  minimize  the  possibility  of  inequity  caused  by  the 
common  law  "non-apportionmenf  rule.  The  trustee  legislation  of  New  South 
Wales,501  Victoria,502  South  Australia,503  and  Western  Australia504  contains  a 
statutory  provision  that  permits  trustees  to  make  an  apportionment  between 
capital  and  income  where  the  payment  is  not  declared  in  respect  of  a  particular 
period  of  time.  In  particular,  these  Acts  provide  that,  where  any  payment 
received  or  made  by  trustees  includes  payment  for  the  right  to  receive  any 
interest  accrued  from  securities  at  the  time  of  the  sale  or  purchase,  as  the  case 
may  be,  though  the  interest  may  not  then  be  due,  it  shall  be  "deemed  to  have 
been  received  by  the  trustee  as  interest  in  respect  of  the  period  during  which 
the  interest  so  accrued".505  In  all  the  states,  except  Victoria,  whose  legislation 


500 
50! 


505 


499  For  example,  assume  that  A  is  entitled  to  a  life  interest  in  trust  assets  and  that  B  is 
entitled  to  the  assets  on  A's  death.  Assume  also  that  the  trust  assets  include  a  leasehold 
property  and  that  the  rent  reserved  by  the  lease  is  due  and  payable  in  advance.  Assume 
further  that  rent  to  the  value  of  $500.00  becomes  due  and  payable  during  A's  life,  but 
is  actually  paid  after  A's  death.  In  this  situation,  the  $500.00  would  be  allocated 
exclusively  to  A's  interest. 

See,  generally,  Meagher  and  Gummow.  supra,  note  93,  at  390-95. 

Trustee  Act,  1925,  Stat.  N.S.W.  1824-1957,  Vol  11,  No.  14,  s.  24. 

502  Trustee  Act  1958,  Vict.  Stat.  1958,  No.  6401,  s.  25  (3)  and  (4). 

503  Trustee  Act,  1936-1974,  S.  Austl.  Stat.  1837-1975,  s.  13. 

504  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  103. 

Ibid.,  s.  103(1)  and  (2).  Section  103  effectively  reverses  the  common  law  rule  expressed 
in  Re  Maclaren's  Settlement  Trusts,  supra,  note  495,  and  provides,  in  full,  as  follows: 

103. — (1)  Whenever  any  payment  received  by  a  trustee  in  respect  of  a  sale  of 
trust  property,  being  securities  bearing  interest  at  a  fixed  rate,  is,  or  includes, 
payment  for  the  right  to  receive  any  interest  accrued  from  those  securities  at  the 
time  of  the  sale,  though  that  interest  may  not  then  be  due,  the  amount  of  that 
accrued  interest  shall  for  the  purposes  of  the  trust  be  deemed  to  have  been  received 
by  the  trustee  as  interest  in  respect  of  the  period  during  which  the  interest  so 
accrued. 

(2)  Whenever  any  payment  made  by  a  trustee  out  of  trust  money  in  respect  of  a 
purchase  of  any  securities  bearing  interest  at  a  fixed  rate  is,  or  includes,  payment 
for  the  right  to  receive  any  interest  accrued  from  those  securities  at  the  time  of  the 
purchase,  though  that  interest  may  not  then  be  due,  the  amount  of  that  accrued 
interest  when  received  on  account  of  the  trust  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  the  trust, 
be  deemed  to  have  been  so  received  as  purchase  money  repaid. 

(3)  Anything  done  by  a  trustee  before  the  passing  of  this  Act  that  would  have 
been  authorised  by  this  section,  if  this  section  had  then  been  in  force,  shall  be 
deemed  to  have  been  authorised  by  this  section. 

(4)  The  provisions  of  this  section  apply  if  and  so  far  only  as  a  contrary  intention 
is  not  expressed  in  the  instrument  (if  any)  creating  the  trust,  and  have  effect  subject 
to  the  terms  of  that  instrument. 


276 

is  silent,  the  section  may  be  ousted  by  a  contrary  intent  expressed  in  the  trust 
instrument. 

In  the  United  States,  the  Uniform  Principal  and  Income  Act506  sets  forth 
provisions  that  deal  with  the  manner  in  which  trustees  should  handle  receipts 
and  expenditures  in  a  variety  of  circumstances.  Regarding  the  apportionment 
of  income,  section  4  of  the  Act  contains  directions  not  unlike,  in  effect,  the 
rules,  both  statutory  and  common  law,  in  force  in  Ontario  and  referred  to 
previously.507  For  example,  receipts  due,  but  not  paid  at  a  point  when  the 


506 


507 


American  Uniform  Principal  and  Income  Act,  supra,  note  481,  at  429.  The  original 
Uniform  Principal  and  Income  Act  was  approved  by  the  Conference  of  Commissioners 
on  Uniform  State  Laws  and  the  American  Bar  Association  in  1931  and  is  in  force,  in 
some  cases  with  modifications,  in  thirteen  states:  namely,  Alabama  (1939);  Arizona 
(1951);  Colorado  (1955);  Connecticut  (1939);  Kentucky  (1956);  Montana  (1959);  Okla- 
homa (1941);  Pennsylvania  (1972);  Tennessee  (1955);  Texas  (1943);  Vermont  (1957); 
Virginia  (1936);  and  West  Virginia  (1953).  A  revised  version  of  the  Act  was  approved 
by  the  Commissioners  and  the  Bar  Association  in  1962,  and  is  in  force,  in  some  cases 
in  modified  form,  in  twenty-three  states:  namely,  Arkansas  (1971);  California  (1968); 
Florida  (1975);  Hawaii  (1973);  Idaho  (1963);  Illinois  (1982);  Indiana  (1969);  Kansas 
(1965);  Maryland  (1965);  Michigan  (1966);  Minnesota  (1970);  Mississippi  (1967);  Ne- 
vada (1969);  New  Mexico  (1969);  New  York  (1967);  North  Carolina  (1974);  North 
Dakota  (1969);  Oregon  (1975);  South  Carolina  (1963);  Utah  (1980);  Washington  (1972); 
Wisconsin  (1957);  and  Wyoming  (1963). 

Section  4  of  the  American  Uniform  Principal  and  Income  Act,  supra,  note  481 ,  provides 
as  follows: 

4.   [When  Right  to  Income  Arises;  Apportionment  of  Income] 

(a)  An  income  beneficiary  is  entitled  to  income  from  the  date  specified  in  the 
trust  instrument,  or,  if  none  is  specified,  from  the  date  an  asset  becomes  subject  to 
the  trust.  In  the  case  of  an  asset  becoming  subject  to  a  trust  by  reason  of  a  will,  it 
becomes  subject  to  the  trust  as  of  the  date  of  the  death  of  the  testator  even  though 
there  is  an  intervening  period  of  administration  of  the  testator's  estate. 

(b)  In  the  administration  of  a  decedent's  estate  or  an  asset  becoming  subject  to  a 
trust  by  reason  of  a  will 

(1)  receipts  due  but  not  paid  at  the  date  of  death  of  the  testator  are  principal; 

(2)  receipts  in  the  form  of  periodic  payments  (other  than  corporate  distri- 
butions to  stockholders),  including  rent,  interest,  or  annuities,  not  due  at  the 
date  of  the  death  of  the  testator  shall  be  treated  as  accruing  from  day  to  day. 
That  portion  of  the  receipt  accruing  before  the  date  of  death  is  principal,  and 
the  balance  is  income. 

(c)  In  all  other  cases,  any  receipt  from  an  income  producing  asset  is  income  even 
though  the  receipt  was  earned  or  accrued  in  whole  or  in  part  before  the  date  when 
the  asset  became  subject  to  the  trust. 

(d)  On  termination  of  an  income  interest,  the  income  beneficiary  whose  interest 
is  terminated,  or  his  estate,  is  entitled  to 

(1)  income  undistributed  on  the  date  of  termination; 

(2)  income  due  but  not  paid  to  the  trustee  on  the  date  of  termination; 

(3)  income  in  the  form  of  periodic  payments  (other  than  corporate  distri- 
butions to  stockholders),  including  rent,  interest,  or  annuities,  not  due  on  the 
date  of  termination,  accrued  from  day  to  day. 

(e)  Corporate  distributions  to  stockholders  shall  be  treated  as  due  on  the  day 
fixed  by  the  corporation  for  determination  of  stockholders  of  record  entitled  to 
distribution  or,  if  no  date  is  fixed,  on  the  date  of  declaration  of  the  distribution  by 
the  corporation. 


277 

entitlement  to  an  asset  changes,  are  payable  to  the  person  who  was  entitled 
to  the  enjoyment  of  the  asset  when  the  payment  became  due.508  Corporate 
distributions  to  stockholders  are  treated  as  due  on  the  "day  fixed  by  the 
corporation  for  determination  of  stockholders  of  record  entitled  to  distribu- 
tion",509 and,  accordingly,  whoever  was  the  beneficial  owner  on  the  record 
date  is  entitled  to  the  dividend  payment.  Moreover,  other  than  corporate 
distributions,  the  Uniform  Act,  like  the  aforementioned  Ontario  apportion- 
ment legislation,  treats  receipts  in  the  form  of  periodic  payments  that  are  not 
due  at  a  particular  transitional  point  as  accruing  from  day  to  day  and  appor- 
tionable  among  the  relevant  interests  accordingly.510 

c.     Conclusions 

We  have  considered  whether  a  case  can  be  made  for  amending  the  Ontario 
Apportionment  Act  or  altering,  by  statutory  provision,  aspects  of  the  case  law 
rules  that  govern  the  apportionment  of  income  when  a  change  of  ownership 
or  entitlement  occurs.  However,  on  balance  we  are  of  the  opinion  that  no 
change  should  be  made  to  this  area  of  the  law. 

We  appreciate  that  the  specific  time  period  stipulated  in  the  Apportion- 
ment Act  may  produce  arbitrary  results,  but  we  are  also  convinced  that  it 
would  be  equally  arbitrary  if,  for  example,  the  Act  were  to  require  apportion- 
ment of  a  dividend  where  there  is  no  evidence  of  the  date  when  the  profit  was 
made.  Accordingly,  we  have  concluded  that  the  common  law  "non-appor- 
tionment" rule  should  continue  to  apply  to  income  receipts  that  are  not  made 
in  respect  of  a  specific  period  of  time.  Indeed,  in  relation  to  such  payments, 
it  seems  to  us  that  when  trustees  buy  and  sell  assets  over  a  period  of  time  a 
working  equity  is  done  between  the  parties.  Further,  whenever  a  change 
occurs  in  the  ownership  of,  or  entitlement  to,  assets,  the  court,  as  mentioned, 
may  always  order  apportionment  when  the  non-apportionment  rule  would 
produce  a  glaring  injustice.  Therefore,  we  do  not  think  it  desirable  to  intro- 
duce provisions  akin  to  those  in  force  in  the  Australian  States.  We  are 
strengthened  in  our  opinion  by  the  fact  that  the  provisions  of  the  American 
Uniform  Act  closely  parallel  the  statutory  and  common  law  rules  followed  in 
this  Province.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  the  continuation  of  the  Ontario 
Apportionment  Act,  without  modification.  Further,  we  recommend  that  in- 
come receipts  not  apportionable  under  the  Act  should  continue  to  be  allocated 
by  the  common  law  rules  that  are  well  established  in  this  Province. 

(ii)     Duty  to  Convert  Assets  and  Allocation  of  Income  Pending 
Conversion 

The  second  situation  where  difficulties  appear  to  have  arisen  in  connec- 
tion with  allocation  of  receipts  occurs  where  trust  assets  comprise  investments 
that  are  unauthorized  by  the  trust  instrument  or  by  statute.  Trustees  are 


5(,x  Ibid.,  §  4(b)(1)  and  (d)(2). 

509  Ibid.,  8  4(e). 

5,0  Ibid.,  §  4(b)(2)  and  (d)(3). 


278 

required  to  convert  these  assets  into  authorized  investments,  and  difficulties 
occur  concerning  the  allocation  of  gain  from  the  unauthorized  investments 
pending  the  conversion.  This  issue  is  addressed  by  what  may  be  compen- 
diously described  as  the  rule  in  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth. 


51 


a.     Ontario 

At  present,  in  Ontario,  there  are  no  statutory  provisions  that  govern  the 
conversion  of  trust  assets  or  the  allocation  of  income  pending  their  conver- 
sion. Rather,  trustees  must  look  either  to  the  trust  instrument  or  to  the  common 
law512  for  guidance  in  these  matters. 

A  duty  to  convert  trust  assets  may  arise  in  several  ways.  First,  a  settlor 
or  testator  may  expressly  provide  in  the  trust  instrument  that  the  assets  are  to 
be  sold  and  that  the  proceeds  of  sale  are  to  be  invested.  Alternatively,  the 
terms  of  the  trust  instrument  and  the  nature  of  the  dispositions  may  require 
this  intention  to  be  implied.  In  the  absence  of  any  such  express  or  implied 
direction,  the  common  law  presumes  a  duty  to  convert  trust  assets  in  certain 
circumstances.  This  duty,  known  as  the  first  branch  of  the  rule  in  Howe  v. 
Lord  Dartmouth,  provides  that,  where  a  testator  bequeaths  his  residuary 
personal  estate  in  trust  for  persons  in  succession,  and  the  estate  comprises 
assets  that  are  wasting  or  unauthorized  as  investments,  they  must  be  sold  and 
the  proceeds  of  sale  invested  in  authorized  investments.  The  same  rule  applies 
where  in  such  circumstances  trust  assets  comprise  reversionary  interests. 

The  basis  for  this  rule  is  that  the  law  presumes  that  the  testator  intended 
to  treat  the  income  and  capital  beneficiaries  equitably,  and  as  wasting  or 
hazardous513  assets  or  reversionary  interests  cannot,  by  their  nature,  do  so, 
the  duty  to  convert  into  authorized  investments  arises.514  Accordingly,  it 
seems  that  the  duty  is  not  imposed  where  the  assets  are  authorized  as  trustee 
investments.515  The  duty  to  convert  may  also  be  ousted  where  it  can  be 
demonstrated  that  the  testator  intended  assets  to  be  enjoyed  in  specie.516 
Moreover,  the  law  implies  in  specie  enjoyment  with  respect  to  certain  types 
of  asset,  and,  for  this  reason,  the  common  law  duty  to  convert  does  not  apply 


511 
512 


513 


514 


515 
516 


Supra,  note  17. 

See,  generally,  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  690-712;  Pettit,  supra,  note  65,  at  290-302; 
Lewin  on  Trusts,  supra,  note  25,  at  228-42;  and  Meagher  and  Gummow,  supra,  note 
93,  at  376-90. 

In  Re  Lloyd,  [1949]  O.R.  473,  at  475,  [1949]  4  D.L.R.  99,  at  102  (H.C.J. ),  Wells  J. 
stated  that  "all  residuary  personalty  is  deemed  to  be  hazardous  if  it  is  not  a  trustee 
investment  authorized  by  law  or  by  the  terms  of  the  will". 

For  example,  some  assets  may  be  shares  in  a  mining  company  whose  mines  will  soon 
be  exhausted,  others  may  be  shares  in  companies  that  compensate  for  their  high  risk  by 
the  payment  of  exceptionally  high  dividends,  while  others,  like  reversionary  interests, 
have  yet  to  fall  into  possession.  The  first  two  unfairly  favour  the  income  beneficiary, 
the  last  favours  the  remainderman. 

Re  Bentham  (1906),  94  L.T.  307. 

See  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  694-97. 


279 

to  any  asset  settled  by  deed,517  to  any  bequest  of  a  specific  asset,518  or  to  any 
devise  of  land.5|i; 

Where  a  duty  to  convert  trust  assets  arises,  whether  by  express  or  implied 
intent,  or  as  a  result  of  the  operation  of  the  first  branch  of  the  rule  in  Howe 
v.  Lord  Dartmouth,  the  assets  will,  in  all  likelihood,  not  be  sold  immediately. 
Pending  the  conversion  of  the  assets,  trustees  must  ascertain  the  amount  of 
income  to  which  the  life  beneficiary  is  entitled.  Ideally,  where  the  assets  are 
subject  to  an  express  duty  to  convert,  the  creator  of  the  trust  should  stipulate 
whether,  pending  conversion,  the  life  beneficiary  is  to  receive  the  whole  or 
any  part  of  the  income  from  the  trust  assets.  The  trust  instrument  might 
provide  that  the  life  beneficiary  is  entitled  to  the  income  that  actually  arises 
or  to  only  a  fair  portion  thereof,  with  any  surplus  to  be  capitalized. 

If,  however,  the  instrument  is  silent  on  this  matter,  or  in  cases  where  the 
duty  to  convert  has  been  implied  or  imposed  by  law,  the  common  law  will 
infer,  in  the  absence  of  a  contrary  intent,  that  pending  conversion  the  income 
beneficiary  is  only  entitled  to  a  fair  and  reasonable  income,  even  though  the 
assets  are  actually  producing  a  greater  return:520  this  is  known  as  the  second 
branch  of  the  rule  in  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth.521  Any  part  of  the  actual 
income  that  remains  after  a  fair  and  reasonable  income  has  been  paid  to  the 
income  beneficiary  is  added  to  capital.522  Alternatively,  if  there  is  a  shortfall 
of  income,  the  life  beneficiary  is  entitled  to  have  his  fair  and  reasonable 
income  recouped  out  of  the  proceeds  of  sale.523  So  too,  with  reversionary 
interests  that  produce  no  income,  the  law,  as  stated  in  Re  Earl  of  Chesterfield's 
Trusts,524  infers  what  a  fair  and  reasonable  income  would  have  been,  retro- 
active to  the  testator's  death. 


517  In  re  Van  Straubenzee,  [1901]  2  Ch.  779. 

518  Hubbard  v.  Young  (1847).  10  Beav.  203,  50  E.R.  560. 

519  Lottman  v.Stanford A 1980]  1  S.C.R.  1065,  107  D.L.R.  (3d)  28,  rev'g  (1978),  2  E.T.R. 
1  (Ont.  C.A.).  This  case  reverses  a  contrary  line  of  cases  in  Ontario.  See,  for  example. 
Re  Rutherford,  [1933]  4  D.L.R.  222  (Ont.  C.A.).  See,  also,  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at 
700. 

520  Traditionally,  since  Victorian  times  in  England,  the  rate  has  been  3%  or  4%.  In  Re 
Wood,  [1961]  O.R.  573  (H.C.J. ),  the  figure  was  put  at  4%,  but  in  Re  Smith,  supra,  note 
9,  at  588,  between  8%  and  9  1/2%  was  being  mentioned  by  the  trial  court  as  the  return 
on  "good  quality  bonds".  In  Re  Lauer  and  Stekl,  [1974]  6  W.VV.R.  490,  at  497.  47 
D.L.R.  (3d)  286,  at  292  (B.C.C.A.),  the  Court  directed  a  reference  to  hear  evidence 
and  recommend  a  percentage  rate  that  would  give  a  fair  return  to  a  life  tenant,  a  decision 
that  was  affirmed:  see  54  D.L.R.  (3d)  159  (S.C.C.). 

521  The  amount  of  fair  income  is  calculated  on  the  value  of  the  assets  as  of  one  year  after 
the  testator's  death,  unless  the  assets  are  sold  prior  to  that  time,  in  which  case  the  interest 
is  based  on  the  actual  amount  received  by  the  trustees.  If  there  is  a  power  to  postpone 
sale,  the  assets  are  valued  at  the  date  of  the  testator's  death.  The  interest,  whenever 
calculated,  commences  from  the  testator's  death  to  the  date  on  which  the  assets  are  sold: 
see  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  700-05. 

522  In  re  Woods,  [1904]  2  Ch.  4. 

523  In  re  Fawcett,  [1940]  Ch.  402. 

524  (1883),  24  Ch.D.  643.  The  courts  ascertain  "the  sum  which,  put  out  at  interest  at  a 
certain  rate  per  annum  on  the  day  of  the  testator's  death,  and  accumulating  at  compound 
interest  at  that  rate,  with  yearly  rests  would,  together  with  such  interest  and  accumula- 
tions, after  deducting  income  tax,  amount  on  the  day  when  the  reversion  falls  in  or  is 


280 

With  respect  to  the  duty  to  convert,  there  is  an  issue  concerning  whether 
the  duty  applies  (because  of  the  even  hand  principle)  in  circumstances  other 
than  the  narrow  circumstances  associated  with  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth,  or 
whether  the  even  hand  principle  will  require  conversion  in  other  circum- 
stances as  well.  Over  time,  and  as  a  result  of  multiple  applications  of  these 
rules,  the  principle  of  maintaining  an  even  hand  among  successive  benefici- 
aries has  frequently  been  associated  exclusively  with  Howe  v.  Lord  Dart- 
mouth and  its  corollaries.525  In  England,  for  example,  the  development  of  the 
even  hand  rule  beyond  the  nineteenth  century  jurisprudence  has  been  almost 
non-existent.526  This  has  not,  however,  been  the  experience  in  Ontario,  where 
the  even  hand  rule  has  received  more  attention.527  In  particular,  the  decision 
of  the  Ontario  Supreme  Court  in  Re  Smith52*  marked  a  change  in  the  courts' 
attitude  to  the  impartiality  doctrine.529 


In  Re  Smith,  the  corporate  trustee  refused  the  request  of  the  life  benefi- 
ciary to  sell  low  yielding  investments.  The  investments  had  been  settled  in 
an  inter  vivos  trust.  In  response  to  the  intransigence  of  the  trustee,  the  life 
beneficiary  instituted  an  action  to  remove  the  trustee.  Although  the  trustee 
was  empowered  by  the  trust  document  to  retain  the  low  yielding  investments 
and  it  was  uncertain  if  it  even  had  the  power  to  sell  them,  the  Court  ordered 
the  trustee  removed,  stating  that,  "[u]nless  there  is  some  provision  in  the  trust 
agreement  which  prevents  the  trustee  from  [maintaining  an  even  hand],  it 
seems  .  .  .  inescapable  that  the  trustee  is  in  breach  of  his  well-recognized 
duty.  .  .  ."53°  The  trustee  was  removed  because  it  was  "impossible  to  restore 
confidence  in  the  trustee  with  respect  to  the  future  administration  of  [the] 
trust".531  Specifically,  the  trustee  had  been  unduly  influenced  by  a  consultation 
it  made  with  the  settlor  subsequent  to  the  life  beneficiary's  request. 

The  general  view  is  that  Re  Smith  articulated  the  even  hand  rule  and 
applied  it  in  a  novel  fashion.532  The  doctrine  of  impartiality  was  elevated  to 
a  dominant  position  in  the  court's  analysis,  and  the  discretion  of  the  trustee 
was  successfully  challenged  on  this  broad  principle.  Moreover,  the  duty  to 
convert  was  extended  well  beyond  the  constraints  of  Howe  v.  Lord  Dart- 
mouth. Nonetheless,  the  current  status  of  Re  Smith  is  debatable. 


525 


realised  to  the  sum  actually  received;  the  sum  so  ascertained  is  treated  as  representing 
the  corpus,  and  the  difference  between  that  sum  and  the  sum  actually  received,  the 
income":  see  Lewin  on  Trusts,  supra,  note  25,  at  240-41 . 

Cullity,  "Trustees'  Duties,  Powers  and  Discretions  -  Exercise  of  Discretionary  Powers", 
in  Law  Society  of  Upper  Canada  -  Special  Lectures  1980  ( 1 980)  1 3,  at  27.  The  corollaries 
referred  to  involve  apportioning  or  otherwise  adjusting  receipts  between  capital  and 
income  beneficiaries. 

526  Ibid.,  at  29. 

527  Scane,  "Comment  on  Re  Katz"  (1981),  5  Estates  277,  at  294. 

Re  Smith,  supra,  note  9. 

Hogg,  "Comment  on  Lottman  v.  Stanford"  (1981),  5  Estates  181,  at  187.  See,  also, 
Oosterhoff,  "The  Application  of  the  Rule  in  Howe  v.  Earl  of  Dartmouth  to  Residuary 
Real  Property"  (1981),  5  Estates  127. 

Supra,  note  9,  at  589  ([1971]  1  O.R.). 

Ibid. 


528 
529 


530 
531 
532 


Hogg,  supra,  note  529;  Cullity,  supra,  note  525,  at  29;  and  Smith,  "Does  the  Trustee's 
"Duty  of  Impartiality'  Extend  to  Real  Property?"  (1981),  59  Can.  B.  Rev.  687,  at  700. 


281 

In  Lottman  v.  Stanford,532  the  Supreme  Court  of  Canada  reversed  a 
decision  of  the  Ontario  Court  of  Appeal,  which  had  asserted  that  Howe  v. 
Lord  Dartmouth  was  applicable  to  underproductive  realty  on  the  basis  of  the 
general  principle  of  impartiality.  On  the  one  hand,  the  Court  of  Appeal  was 
of  the  view  that,  as  the  social  and  economic  environment  that  spawned  the 
restrictions  of  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth  no  longer  existed,  the  fair  treatment 
of  beneficiaries  could  only  be  achieved  by  a  more  dynamic  judicial  attitude.534 
The  Supreme  Court  of  Canada,  on  the  other  hand,  was  of  the  opinion  that 
the  lower  Court's  decision  was  tantamount  to  judicial  legislation.  While  the 
unwillingness  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Canada  to  follow  and  apply  the 
reasoning  of  Re  Smith  has  indicated  to  some  that  it  has  been  overruled,535  Re 
Smith  continues  to  be  cited  as  authority  for  a  broader  principle  of  impartiality 
than  that  enunciated  in  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth.5™ 


b.     Other  Commonwealth  Jurisdictions 

For  the  most  part,  other  Commonwealth  jurisdictions,  like  Ontario,  ad- 
here to  the  above-stated  common  law  rules.  However,  the  trustee  legislation 
of  New  Zealand537  and  Western  Australia538  contains  a  provision  that  modifies 
the  second  branch  of  the  rule  in  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth,  which  rule  is  to 
the  effect  that  a  life  beneficiary  is  entitled  only  to  a  fair  and  reasonable  income 
pending  conversion  of  a  trust  asset.  Section  105  of  the  Western  Australia 
Act,  which  is  in  terms  similar  to  the  New  Zealand  provision,  provides  as 
follows: 

105. — (1)  Where,  under  the  will  of  any  person  any  real  or  personal  property, 
included  (either  by  specific  or  general  description)  in  a  residuary  gift  is  settled 
by  way  of  succession,  then,  notwithstanding  that  the  property  may  be  of  a 
wasting,  speculative  or  reversionary  nature,  - 

(a)    pending  any  sale,  calling  in,  or  conversion  of  the  settled  property,  the 
whole  of  the  net  income  of  the  property  actually  producing  income 


533  Supra,  note  519.  In  Lottman  v.  Stanford,  an  income  beneficiary  who  was  dissatisfied 
with  her  income  applied  to  the  court  seeking  the  conversion  of  underproductive  realty. 
At  the  trial  level,  the  question  of  the  application  of  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth  to  realty 
was  left  open.  The  Ontario  Court  of  Appeal  held  that  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth  was 
applicable  to  underproductive  realty,  but  was  reversed  on  this  point  by  the  Supreme 
Court  of  Canada. 

534  Lottman  v.  Stanford,  supra,  note  519,  at  14  (2  E.T.R.).  See,  also,  Scane,  supra,  note 
527,  at  284,  and  Smith,  supra,  note  532,  at  693. 

See  Hogg,  supra,  note  529,  at  194. 

See,  for  example,  ReHopkins{  1982),  132D.L.R.  (3d)671  (Ont.  H.C.J. ),  aff'd  (1982), 
17  A.C.W.S.  (2d)  299  (Ont.  C.A.).  Rutherford  J.,  at  682,  while  acknowledging  that 
the  decision  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Canada  in  Lottman  v.  Stanford  put  beyond  doubt 
that  the  rule  in  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth  does  not  apply  to  real  property,  stated  that  "that 
does  not  settle  the  issue  before  me",  and  cited  Re  Smith  with  approval  for  the  general 
proposition  that  the  duty  upon  trustees  to  maintain  an  even  hand  must  still  be  considered. 

537  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  85. 

538  Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  105. 


535 
536 


282 

shall  be  applied  as  income  and  no  part  thereof  shall  be  apportioned  to 
capital;  and 

(b)  on  any  sale,  calling  in,  or  conversion  of  the  settled  property,  or  on  the 
falling  in  of  any  reversionary  property,  no  part  of  the  proceeds  of  the 
sale,  calling  in,  conversion  or  falling  in  shall  be  applied  as  past  income. 

(2)  This  section  applies  only  in  respect  of  the  wills  of  persons  who  die  after 
the  commencement  of  this  Act. 

(3)  The  provisions  of  this  section  apply  if  and  so  far  only  as  a  contrary  intention 
is  not  expressed  in  the  will  of  the  deceased,  and  have  effect  subject  to  the  terms 
of  that  will. 

In  effect,  this  provision  prescribes  that,  unless  a  contrary  intention  is  ex- 
pressed in  the  will,  pending  conversion  of  any  asset,  whether  of  a  wasting, 
speculative,  or  reversionary  nature,  the  life  beneficiary  shall  receive  the  actual 
income  thereof  and  no  part  shall  be  apportioned  to  capital.  Further,  upon 
conversion  no  part  of  the  proceeds  shall  be  applied  as  past  income  by  way  of 
adjustment. 


c.     Conclusions 

As  we  have  stated,  the  duty  to  convert  unauthorized  assets  may  arise  by 
the  express  or  implied  direction  of  the  creator  of  the  trust,  or  be  imposed  by 
law  under  the  first  part  of  the  rule  in  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth.  Where  a  duty 
to  convert  does  arise,  the  income  beneficiary,  pending  conversion,  is  entitled 
to  a  fair  and  reasonable  income,  a  result  that  follows  from  the  second  branch 
of  the  rule  in  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth  and,  where  the  trust  assets  comprise 
a  reversionary  interest,  the  rule  in  Re  Earl  of  Chesterfield's  Trusts. 

After  much  debate,  we  have  concluded  that  we  are  in  basic  agreement 
with  the  second  branch  of  the  rule  in  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth,  that  is,  with 
the  present  approach  for  determining  the  mode  of  apportionment  of  the 
income  of  assets  pending  conversion,  including  the  time  of  notional  conver- 
sion. We  are  of  the  view,  however,  that  the  first  part  of  the  rule  in  Howe  v. 
Lord  Dartmouth,  dealing  with  the  circumstances  in  which  a  duty  to  convert 
arises,  is  too  restrictive  in  its  application.  We  prefer  a  broader  statement  than 
that  expressed  by  the  present  case  law  of  the  duty  to  convert  trust  assets  in 
order  to  maintain  an  even  hand  among  beneficiaries. 

In  arriving  at  our  conclusion  concerning  the  second  branch  of  the  rule, 
we  considered,  but  rejected,  the  approach  of  vesting  trustees  with  a  general 
discretion  to  make  such  apportionments  as  seem  to  them  to  be  fit  in  all  the 
circumstances.  In  this  respect,  we  share  the  view  of  the  Queensland  Law 
Reform  Commission,  which  also  rejected  this  approach  on  the  basis  that  "it 
is  hard  to  see  how  a  trustee  could  ever  justify  exercising  such  a  discretion  in 
a  manner  substantially  different  from  the  manner  settled  in  Howe  v.  Lord 
Dartmouth".5*9 


539 


Queensland  Report,  supra,  note  472,  at  77. 


283 

We  prefer  that,  pending  conversion  of  unauthorized  assets,  the  income 
beneficiary  should  be  entitled  to  a  fair  and  reasonable  income,  rather  than  the 
actual  income  as  is  provided  in  the  New  Zealand  and  Western  Australia 
provisions  cited  previously.540  In  this  regard,  we  again  concur  with  the  re- 
marks made  by  the  Queensland  Law  Reform  Commission  that  "it  is  difficult 
to  accept  that  the  tenant  for  life  should  be  allowed  to  take  the  entire  income 
of  wasting  assets".541  Since,  as  that  Commission  pointed  out,  the  provisions 
of  the  New  Zealand  and  Western  Australia  Acts  do  not  abrogate  or  abridge 
the  general  duty  of  the  trustee  to  maintain  an  even  hand  between  life  tenants 
and  remaindermen,  "the  effect  of  [these]  provisions  would  appear  to  be  that 
a  greater  compulsion  to  sell  wasting  assets  is  placed  on  the  trustees  than 
formerly".542  Further,  in  our  opinion,  the  "fair  income"  for  the  life  beneficiary 
should  be  commensurate  with  the  current  rate  of  interest  being  paid  on  court 
funds.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  there  should  be  no  change  in  the 
law  relating  to  rules  associated  with  the  second  branch  of  the  rule  in  Howe  v. 
Lord  Dartmouth,  that  is,  the  law  with  respect  to  the  mode  of  apportionment, 
including,  in  those  circumstances  where  the  issue  arises,  the  time  of  notional 
conversion  of  assets,  and  the  allocation  of  a  fair  and  reasonable  income 
pending  conversion  of  assets  to  the  income  beneficiaries. 

Turning  to  the  role  of  intention  as  it  affects  both  branches  of  the  rule  in 
Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth,  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  common  law  rules  in  this 
area  of  the  law  have  not  been  popular  with  Canadian  practitioners.  Indeed, 
the  response  of  most  draftsmen  today  is  to  exclude  their  operation  in  the  trust 
instrument,  on  the  basis  that  the  average  testator  creating  a  testamentary  trust 
intends  to  favour  his  life  beneficiary,  and  that  in  many  instances  the  amount 
of  income  involved  does  not  justify  the  application  of  the  rules.  Nonetheless, 
the  difficulty  that  practitioners  seem  to  have  experienced  does  not,  for  the 
most  part,  concern  the  mode  of  apportionment  established  by  the  rules  in 
Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth  and  Re  Earl  of  Chesterfield's  Trusts,  but  rather 
relates  to  the  ascertainment  of  intention.  In  this  respect,  it  will  be  recalled 
that  both  the  duty  to  convert  and  the  entitlement  of  the  life  beneficiary  to  a 
fair  and  reasonable  income  will  only  arise  in  the  absence  of  a  contrary 
intention. 

When  a  testator  has  not  expressly  directed  a  sale  of  his  residuary  estate, 
the  question  arises  whether  he  has  intimated,  so  far  as  evidence  is  adducible, 
that  he  does  indeed  intend  the  assets  to  be  enjoyed  in  specie,  or  the  income 
beneficiary  to  have  the  actual  income  produced  by  assets  that  are  wasting  or 
hazardous  and  to  assume  the  risk  that  reversionary  interests  may  never  fall 
into  possession.  The  testator  may  have  intended  in  specie  enjoyment,  for 
example,  in  a  case  where  he  had  an  attachment  to  the  assets  in  question  and 
intended  them  to  be  retained  as  trust  property,  or  where  he  intended  to  prefer 
his  widow  as  income  beneficiary.  However,  the  task  of  adducing  satisfactory 
evidence  may  be  formidable.  The  language  of  the  entire  will  must  be  con- 
strued, each  clause  read  independently  and  as  part  of  the  whole,  and  it  has 
more  than  once  been  the  case  that  courts  of  appeal  have  been  divided  on  the 


540  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  4(c)(ii)b. 

541  Queensland  Report,  supra,  note  472,  at  76. 


542  Ibid.,  at  76-77. 


284 

issue  of  proper  construction.543  Moreover,  even  in  those  cases  where  a  power 
to  retain  the  original  assets  is  contained  in  the  trust  instrument,  this  power 
may  not  necessarily  enable  trustees  to  retain  these  assets  indefinitely  and  to 
pay  to  the  income  beneficiary  the  actual  income  that  arises:  the  courts  have 
interpreted  the  power,  not  as  one  of  retention,  but  merely  as  a  device  to  assist 
in  the  process  of  investment.544 

Alternatively,  the  testator  or  settlor  may  have  directed  a  sale  of  the  assets 
transferred  to  trustees.  Although  the  issue  of  in  specie  enjoyment  is  settled, 
the  question  that  remains  is  whether  evidence  can  be  adduced  to  persuade  a 
court  that  the  income  beneficiary  was  intended  to  have  the  actual  income 
generated  by  the  assets  prior  to  conversion,  or  whether,  in  the  absence  of 
such  evidence,  a  notional  conversion  to  authorized  investments  was  intended 
from  the  inception  of  the  trust.545 

The  testator  or  settlor,  while  having  directed  a  sale  of  trust  assets,  may 
also  have  authorized  trustees  to  postpone  the  conversion  at  their  discretion. 
Does  such  a  postponement  power  reveal  an  intention  that  the  income  benefi- 
ciary is  to  have  the  actual  benefit  of  wasting  and  hazardous  assets,  or  merely 
that  trustees  should  be  free  to  choose  the  best  market  timing  for  sale,  without 
fear  of  incurring  liability  for  breach  of  trust  for  not  having  sold  at  an  earlier 
date?  This  latter  interpretation  appears  favoured  by  at  least  those  Common- 
wealth jurisdictions  that  have  conferred  statutory  powers  of  postponement 
upon  trustees  for  sale.546  It  has  also  been  held  that  a  power  to  postpone 
conversion,  accompanying  a  direction  to  convert,  does  not  demonstrate  an 
intention  that  the  income  beneficiary  is  to  have  the  entire  income  that  arises 
prior  to  sale,  whereas  a  power  to  retain  existing  investments  does  carry  this 
implication,  whether  or  not  there  is  a  direction  to  convert.547  Yet  the  Supreme 
Court  of  Canada  has  held  that  a  direction  to  convert,  accompanied  by  a  power 
to  postpone  and  a  power  to  retain  existing  investments,  establishes  only  an 
intention  that  trustees  should  be  free  to  choose  the  best  market  moment  for 
sale.  Such  a  clause  says  nothing  about  beneficial  entitlement  to  income  prior 
to  sale.548 

This  discussion  highlights  the  difficulties  that  trustees  face  in  determining 
the  intention  of  the  creator  of  a  trust  regarding  the  conversion  and  the  allo- 
cation of  income  of  unauthorized  investments.  It  may  be  contended  that  the 


543 


544 


545 


546 
547 


548 


See,  for  example,  Royal  Trust  Co.  and  McMurray  v.  Crawford,  [1955]  S.C.R.  184, 
[1955]  2  D.L.R.  225.  See,  also,  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  695-97. 

See  Fales,  Wohlleben  v.  Canada  Permanent  Trust  Co.,  supra,  note  1,  and  Re  Wright 
(1977),  14  O.R.  (2d)  698,  74  D.L.R.  (3d)  504  (H.C.J. ). 

The  same  issue  arises  with  respect  to  reversionary  interests;  when  they  eventually  fall 
into  the  trust,  was  it  the  intention  of  the  creator  of  the  trust  that  the  income  beneficiary 
should  be  entitled  to  a  portion  of  the  capital  as  accumulated  past  income,  or  merely  to 
the  interest  arising  from  the  investment  of  the  capital? 

See  Meagher  and  Gummow,  supra,  note  93,  at  378. 

See  Royal  Trust  Company  and  McMurray  v.  Crawford,  supra,  note  543,  and  In  re 
Nicholson,  [1909]  2  Ch.  111. 

See  Fales,  Wohlleben  v.  Canada  Permanent  Trust  Co.,  supra,  note  1,  and  Re  Wright, 
supra,  note  544.  See,  also,  Re  Billes  (1983),  42  O.R.  (2d)  110,  148  D.L.R.  (3d)  512. 


285 

construction  of  an  instrument  that  leaves  these  matters  open  or  ambiguous 
should  be  continued  to  be  determined  by  the  common  law.  However,  after 
much  thought  we  have  concluded  that  legislative  intervention  in  this  area  of 
the  law  would  be  advantageous.  At  the  very  least,  a  statutory  provision  could 
alleviate  the  present  unsatisfactory  situation  by  clearly  stipulating  that,  unless 
the  instrument  expressly  provides  to  the  contrary,  if  a  trust  for  successive 
beneficiaries  contains  unauthorized  investments,  whether  or  not  a  direction 
to  convert  is  contained  in  the  instrument,  trustees  are  required  to  convert  the 
unauthorized  into  authorized  investments  at  the  first  advantageous  moment, 
and  pending  the  conversion  pay  to  the  income  beneficiary  a  fair  income  out 
of  any  greater  actual  income  arising.  Such  a  provision  would  remove  doubts 
concerning  the  testator's  or  settlor's  intention  that  are  attendant  upon  the 
construction  of  particular  directions  in  the  instrument;  testators  or  settlors 
would  have  to  state  expressly  whether  the  original  assets  are  to  be  enjoyed  in 
specie  and  whether  it  is  intended  to  favour  the  life  beneficiary.  In  this  regard, 
we  are  of  the  view  that  the  nature  of  the  asset  should  not  in  itself  dictate 
whether  it  is  to  be  held  in  specie;  that  is,  unless  the  instrument  expressly 
provides  otherwise,  land,  as  with  personalty,  should  be  subject  to  conversion. 
Similarly,  a  direction  in  the  trust  instrument  to  retain  or  postpone  or  otherwise 
delay  the  sale  of  an  asset  should  not  of  itself  constitute  an  express  provision 
to  the  contrary. 

However,  while  this  approach  to  reform  of  the  rule  in  Howe  v.  Lord 
Dartmouth  would  clarify  the  position  of  trustees  with  respect  to  the  retention 
of  unauthorized  investments,  we  are  of  the  view  that,  with  respect  to  the  first 
branch  of  the  rule,  it  does  not  go  far  enough.  It  is  a  basic  principle  of  trust 
law  that  beneficiaries  of  the  trust  are  to  be  treated  equally  by  trustees,  unless 
the  settlor  or  testator  has  indicated  to  the  contrary.549  Today,  the  impartial 
treatment  of  successive  beneficiaries  poses  difficulties  for  many  trustees, 
because  individual  investments  tend  to  favour  either  an  income  beneficiary 
or  a  capital  beneficiary,  aside  from  whether  the  investment  is  authorized  or 
unauthorized.  As  recent  cases  have  indicated,  trustees  have  had  to  grapple 
with  this  dilemma  and,  while  courts  in  Ontario  have  been  willing  to  apply  a 
general  duty  of  impartiality,  subject,  of  course,  to  the  wishes  of  the  settlor  or 
testator,  to  assist  trustees  in  their  task  of  maintaining  an  even  hand  among 
beneficiaries  (even  where  the  assets  consist  of  otherwise  authorized  invest- 
ments),550 other  courts  continue  to  adhere  to  the  nineteenth  century  jurispru- 
dence of  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth.551  We  are  of  the  view  that  the  approach 
adopted  by  the  Ontario  courts,  and,  in  particular,  the  general  principle  enun- 
ciated in  Re  Smith,552  should  be  the  primary  focus  of  trustees  when  deciding 
whether  successive  beneficiaries  are  being  treated  equitably;  the  test  should 
not  be  whether  the  particular  asset  is  realty  or  personalty,  specific  bequest  or 


549  Waters,  supra,  note  8,  at  690-91 . 

550  See  Re  Smith,  supra,  note  9,  and  discussion  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  4(a). 

551  See  Lottman  v.  Stanford,  supra,  note  519  and  accompanying  text. 

552  Supra,  note  9.  Arnup  J. A.,  at  542  ([1971]  2  O.R.)  speaking  for  the  Court,  stated  that 
"the  trustee  under  this  document  was  obliged  to  follow  the  well-recognized  principle 
applicable  to  a  trust  fund  where  there  are  interests  for  life  and  interests  in  remainder, 
namely,  that  he  must  maintain  an  even  hand  between  the  respective  interests  of  both 
classes  of  beneficiaries". 


286 

residuary,  unless  the  creator  of  the  trust  has  expressly  indicated  that  one 
beneficiary  is  to  be  favoured  over  another. 

Releasing  the  general  principle  of  impartiality  from  the  confines  of  the 
rule  in  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth  has  both  judicial  and  academic  support,553 
and  we  are  of  the  opinion  that  a  concise  statement  of  the  expanded  principle 
would  be  welcomed.  In  effect,  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth  applied  the  even 
hand  rule  in  respect  of  a  limited  type  of  property  -  unauthorized  residuary 
personalty  that  was  an  original  trust  asset  -  and  for  limited  circumstances  - 
testamentary  dispositions.  The  contemporary  view  is  that  the  even  hand 
principle  should  be  applicable  to  all  types  of  property  -  personalty  and  realty 
and  whether  it  be  an  original  or  subsequently  acquired  trust  asset  -  and  to  all 
types  of  disposition  -  testamentary  and  inter  vivos  -  and  should  apply  whether 
the  property  is  authorized  or  unauthorized  as  a  trustee  investment,  unless,  of 
course,  the  creator  of  the  trust  expressly  states  to  the  contrary. 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that 
trustees  shall  act  impartially  as  between  income  and  capital  beneficiaries, 
having  regard  to  each  item  of  trust  property,  whatever  the  nature  of  the 
property,  and  whether  it  is  an  original  asset  or  an  asset  that  is  acquired 
subsequently,  further  to  an  authorization  in  the  trust  instrument  or  conferred 
by  statute.554  In  addition,  we  recommend  that  this  recommendation  should 
apply  to  all  trusts,  unless  the  trust  instrument  expressly  provides  otherwise 


555 


(iii)     Disposition  of  Insurance  Proceeds 

We  have  recommended  previously  that  trustees  should  be  able  to  insure 
trust  property  against  loss  or  damage  and  any  other  risk  or  liability.556  We 
also  have  discussed  the  payment  of  insurance  premiums,  and  recommended 
that  trustees  should  be  able  to  pay  for  any  outgoing,  which  would  include 
insurance  premiums,  from  income  or  capital,  or  wholly  or  partly  from  each, 
as  appears  to  them  to  be  in  accordance  with  sound  business  practice  and  in 
the  best  interests  of  the  trust  beneficiaries.557  In  addition,  we  recommended 
that  trustees  should  be  given  a  discretion  to  apportion  any  payment  or  ex- 
penditure for  any  outgoing,  such  as  insurance  premiums,  between  the  income 
and  capital  accounts,  as  they  consider  just  and  equitable  in  all  the  circum- 
stances and  having  in  mind  the  need  to  maintain  an  even  hand  among  the 


553 


554 
555 
556 
557 


See,  for  example,  Re  Welsh;  Re  Thompson  and  Morrisson  (1980),  6  E.T.R.  257  (Ont. 
H.C.J.),  at  274  where  Holland  J.  stated  that  Re  Smith  represented  "a  forward  advance 
...  in  which  the  intention  of  the  testator  and  the  obligation  of  the  trustees  to  treat  fairly 
between  successive  interests  are  the  paramount  considerations".  See,  also,  Re  Hopkins, 
supra,  note  536.  See,  further,  Smith,  supra,  note  532,  at  700-11;  Scane,  supra,  note 
527,  at  291;  and  Hogg,  supra,  note  529,  at  187-90. 

Draft  Bill,  s.  39(1). 

Ibid.,s.  39(2). 

See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  3(d)(vi),  and  Draft  Bill,  s.  35(g). 

See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  4(b)(iv),  and  Draft  Bill,  ss.  40(2)  and  1(/). 


287 

beneficiaries.558  We  now  turn  to  consider  the  matter  of  the  allocation  of  the 
proceeds  received  by  trustees  under  a  policy  of  insurance. 

At  present,  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  does  not  address  the  issue  of  the 
disposition  of  proceeds  received  from  insurance  policies.  Rather,  the  alloca- 
tion of  insurance  proceeds  to  either  the  income  or  capital  accounts,  or  to 
reinstate,  rebuild  or  repair  the  lost  or  damaged  trust  property  will  be  governed 
by  specific  provisions  in  the  trust  instrument  or,  in  the  absence  of  such 
provisions,  by  the  common  law. 

Generally  speaking,  unless  it  is  clear  from  the  language  of  the  trust 
instrument  that  the  creator  of  the  trust  intended  the  insurance  proceeds  to  be 
applied  to  the  reinstatement  or  repair  of  the  lost  or  damaged  trust  property, 
or  to  any  other  purpose,  the  proceeds  are  treated  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
asset  on  behalf  of  which  they  are  payable,  that  is,  as  capital  of  the  trust  to  be 
invested  by  the  trustees  in  order  to  earn  income  for  the  income  beneficiary.559 
There  is  a  suggestion  in  early  case  law  that  insurance  proceeds  may  be  paid 
to  the  life  tenant,560  but  this  position  has  been  the  subject  of  criticism. 


561 


The  trustee  legislation  of  England,562  the  Australian  states,563  and  New 
Zealand564  contains  provisions  that  deal  with  the  disposition  of  proceeds 
received  from  insurance  policies.  Although  there  are  differences  in  legislative 
expression,  these  jurisdictions  provide  that  money  received  under  a  policy  of 
insurance  is  capital  for  the  purposes  of  the  trust.565  In  addition,  subject  to 
obtaining  the  consents  of  any  person  whose  consent  is  required  by  the  trust 
instrument  for  the  investment  of  money,  the  trustees  may  apply  the  insurance 
proceeds  to  rebuild,  reinstate,  replace,  or  repair  the  lost  or  damaged  trust 
property.566  If  the  insurance  money  has  been  paid  into  court,  the  Acts  provide 
that  any  application  of  the  money  for  rebuilding,  etc.,  shall  be  under  the 
direction  of  the  court.567 

We  agree  with  the  position  taken  by  the  legislation  in  these  Common- 
wealth jurisdictions  that  insurance  proceeds  should  be  treated  as  capital  for 
the  purposes  of  the  trust.  In  effect,  the  insurance  moneys  are  intended  to 


558  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  4(b)(iv),  and  Draft  Bill,  ss.  40(1)  and  \{j). 

559  Widdifield  on  Executors'  Accounts,  supra,  note  390,  at  134-35. 

560  In  re  Quicke's  Trusts,  [1908]  1  Ch.  887. 

561  Widdifield  on  Executors'  Accounts,  supra,  note  390,  at  135. 

562  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  31,  s.  20. 

3  See  Meagher  and  Gummow,  supra,  note  93,  at  450-54,  for  a  summary  of  the  legislative 
provisions  in  the  various  states  of  Australia. 

564  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  25. 

565  See,  for  example,  English  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  31 .  s.  20(  1 );  Western  Australia 
Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  47(1);  Queensland  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note 
229,  s.  48(1);  and  New  Zealand  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  25(1). 

566  See,  for  example,  English  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  31 ,  s.  20(4);  Western  Australia 
Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  47(4);  Queensland  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note 
229,  s.  48(3);  and  New  Zealand  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  25(4). 

567  Ibid. 


288 

replace,  as  far  as  possible,  a  lost  or  damaged  capital  asset  of  the  trust.  Subject 
to  the  terms  of  the  trust  and,  in  particular,  the  power  of  investment,  trustees 
should  utilize  the  insurance  proceeds  in  the  same  manner  as  they  would  any 
capital  asset,  namely,  to  generate  income.  In  this  way,  the  capital  beneficiary 
will  receive,  in  time,  the  insurance  proceeds,  while  the  income  beneficiary 
will  have  the  benefit  of  the  income  produced  from  the  proceeds.  We  cannot 
contemplate  any  general  situation  where  insurance  proceeds  should  be  treated 
as  income  of  the  trust,  but  it  is  always  open  for  a  testator  or  settlor  to  make 
such  a  provision  in  the  trust  instrument.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that 
the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  where  a  contract  of  insurance 
has  been  entered  into  and  any  premiums  have  been  paid  by  the  trustees,  the 
money  receivable  by  the  trustees  under  the  policy  shall  be  held  by  them  as 
capital  money  of  the  trust,  subject  to  the  terms  of  the  trust,  including  the 
power  of  investment. 


568 


We  are  also  of  the  view  that,  like  the  position  under  the  legislation  of 
England,  Australia,  and  New  Zealand,  trustees  should  be  able  to  apply  the 
insurance  proceeds  to  rebuild,  reinstate,  replace,  or  repair  the  lost  or  damaged 
trust  property.  However,  unlike  the  Commonwealth  legislation,  we  have 
concluded  that  the  consent  of  the  court  should  be  obtained  before  insurance 
proceeds  are  so  applied,  except  in  the  case  of  minor  repairs  to  the  trust 
property.  The  rebuilding,  reinstating,  replacing  or  major  repair  of  trust  prop- 
erty will,  in  most  cases,  involve  the  application  of  substantial  sums  of  money. 
In  the  interest  of  harmony  among  the  successive  beneficiaries,  the  consent  of 
the  court  should  be  obtained  to  ensure  that  the  insurance  proceeds  are  applied 
in  the  most  appropriate  manner.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised 
Act  should  provide  that  all  or  part  of  the  money  held  by  the  trustees  as  capital 
money  of  the  trust,  and  representing  insurance  proceeds,  may  be  applied  by 
them,  with  the  consent  of  the  court,  for  rebuilding,  reinstating,  replacing  or 
the  major  repair  of  trust  property  that  has  been  lost  or  damaged. 


569 


One  matter  that  is  not  addressed  specifically  by  the  legislation  of  other 
Commonwealth  jurisdictions  is  what  is  to  happen  when,  for  whatever  reason, 
a  life  tenant  or  remainderman  takes  out  his  own  policy  of  insurance  on  trust 
property  and  asserts  that  moneys  payable  under  the  policy  belong  to  him  and 
not  to  the  trust.  Under  the  case  law,  if  a  life  tenant  does  insure  a  trust  asset, 
he  does  so  voluntarily,  and  therefore  for  his  own  benefit.570  However,  section 
127  of  the  Insurance  Act51x  makes  it  clear  that,  if  there  is  more  than  one 
contract  of  insurance  covering  the  same  interest,  each  of  the  insurers  is  liable 
to  the  insured  for  its  rateable  proportion  of  the  loss,  unless  otherwise  expressly 
agreed  in  writing  between  the  insurers.  Therefore,  if  both  the  trustees  and  the 
beneficiary  insure  the  same  trust  asset,  the  trustees,  upon  the  occurrence  of 
any  loss  or  damage  to  the  asset,  would  only  be  entitled  to  collect  a  pro  rata 
proportion  of  the  proceeds  under  their  policy.  If  the  beneficiary  asserted  that 
the  pro  rata  share  of  proceeds  that  he  received  from  his  insurer  belonged  to 


568  Draft  Bill,  s.  37(1). 

569  Ibid.,  s.37(2). 


570  Gaussen  v.  Whatman  ( 1905-06),  93  L.T.  101  (Ch.  D.),  at  103. 

571  R.S.O.  1980,  c.  218. 


289 

him,  the  trust  would  be  inadequately  eompensated  for  the  loss  or  damage 
occurring  to  the  trust  asset. 

We  are  of  the  opinion  that  all  insurance  policies  covering  risks  attaching 
to  the  trust  property  should  be  the  sole  concern  of  the  trustees.  Moreover,  if 
loss  or  damage  does  occur  to  the  property,  the  trust  should  receive  the  full 
benefit  of  available  insurance  proceeds.  If  a  beneficiary  takes  out  his  own 
insurance,  the  advantage  of  all  insurance  on  trust  property  should  accrue  to 
the  trust.  Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  provide 
that,  where  a  beneficiary  of  a  trust  enters  into  a  contract  of  insurance  against 
loss  of,  or  damage  to,  any  trust  property,  or  any  other  risk  or  liability  to 
which  the  trustees  are  or  might  be  exposed,  whether  or  not  the  beneficiary  is 
required  by  the  trust  instrument  or  by  a  third  party  so  to  do,  the  money 
received  under  the  policy  should  be  held  as  capital  money  and  assigned  by 
the  insured  to  the  trustees.572 

We  recognize,  however,  that,  had  the  trustees,  rather  than  the  benefici- 
ary, been  the  insured  they  would,  under  our  previous  recommendations,  have 
charged  the  premiums  proportionately  to  the  income  or  capital  accounts  as 
they  saw  fit.  Therefore,  when  the  proceeds  of  insurance  on  trust  property 
received  by  a  beneficiary  are  assigned  to  the  trustees,  the  trustees  should 
ensure  that  the  beneficiary  is  put  in  the  same  position  he  would  have  occupied, 
vis-a-vis  the  allocation  of  insurance  premiums,  had  the  trustees  been  insured. 
Accordingly,  we  recommend  that,  in  the  event  that  money  is  received  under 
a  contract  of  insurance  entered  into  by  a  beneficiary,  the  insured  beneficiary 
should  be  reimbursed  by  the  trustees  for  the  amount  of  such  premium  payment 
or  payments  as  the  trustees  in  their  discretion  consider  reflects  the  interests 
of  beneficiaries  other  than  the  insured  in  the  trust  property. 


573 


Finally,  we  wish  to  mention  two  other  matters  that  should  be  addressed 
in  relation  to  the  disposition  of  insurance  proceeds.  First,  in  the  event  that 
the  insured  trust  property  is  subject  to  a  mortgage  or  a  lease  or  other  charge 
or  obligation,  special  rights  of  a  mortgagee,  lessor,  or  lessee  in  relation  to 
the  application  of  insurance  moneys  received  on  the  property  may  be  in- 
volved. The  Commonwealth  provisions  referred  to  previously  provide  that 
any  such  special  rights  should  govern,574  and  we  agree  with  this  position. 
Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  nothing  in  our  previous  recommendations 
concerning  the  disposition  of  insurance  proceeds  should  affect  the  rights  of  a 
mortgagee,  lessor,  lessee  or  other  person  in  money  received  from  an  insurer 
of  trust  property.575  Secondly,  as  under  the  Commonwealth  provisions  re- 
ferred to  previously,576  we  are  of  the  view,  and  recommend,  that  our  proposals 


572  Draft  Bill,  s.  37(3)(a). 

573  Ibid.,  s.  37(3)(fr). 

574  See,  for  example,  English  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  31 .  s.  20(5);  Western  Australia 
Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  47(5);  Queensland  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note 
229,  s.  48(6);  and  New  Zealand  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  25(5). 

Draft  Bill,  s.  37(4). 

See,  for  example,  English  Trustee  Act,  1925,  supra,  note  3  1 .  s.  20(6);  Western  Australia 
Trustees  Act,  1962,  supra,  note  95,  s.  47(6);  Queensland  Trusts  Act  1973,  supra,  note 
229,  s.  48(8);  and  New  Zealand  Trustee  Act  1956,  supra,  note  227,  s.  25(6). 


575 
576 


290 

concerning  the  disposition  of  insurance  proceeds  should  only  apply  to  money 
received  by  the  trustees  after  the  revised  Act  comes  into  force,  so  as  not  to 
affect  the  allocation  of  insurance  proceeds  received  before  that  date  that  might 
not  be  in  conformity  with  the  revised  Act.577 

(d)  Separation  of  Investment  and  Allocation  Decisions 

So  far  in  this  chapter,  we  have  considered  the  administrative  powers  of 
trustees,  including  the  investment  power,  and  the  power  of  allocation  of 
receipts  and  outgoings  between  income  and  capital  beneficiaries.  It  will  be 
apparent  from  this  discussion  that,  in  making  investment  decisions,  and  in 
allocating  receipts  and  outgoings,  trustees  must,  in  the  absence  of  directions 
to  the  contrary,  endeavour  to  hold  the  balance  between  successive  benefici- 
aries. At  present,  in  order  for  trustees  to  make  prudent  investment  choices 
that  will  ensure  the  maintenance  of  an  even  hand,  certainty  concerning  the 
extent  and  nature  of  income  and  capital  return  on  investments  is  essential. 
When  a  trustee  invests  in  such  assets  as  rental  buildings,  mortgages,  bonds, 
or  preferred  shares,  indeed,  in  any  debt  or  fixed-interest  security,  few  diffi- 
culties arise  concerning  whether  a  particular  receipt  represents  an  income  or 
a  capital  payment.  Moreover,  should  the  trust  fund  be  so  invested,  trustees 
will  know  the  level  of  income  that  can  be  expected,  and,  except  in  relation 
to  land  and  buildings  that  will  probably  appreciate,  the  amount  of  the  capital 
return.  However,  this  is  not  the  case  with  all  investments,  and,  while  other 
sources  of  revenue  may  present  problems  of  classification,  corporate  distri- 
butions merit,  in  our  opinion,  particular  attention.  It  is  to  this  topic  that  we 
now  turn. 


(i)     Corporate  Distributions 

A  corporation  can  distribute  profits  in  a  variety  of  forms  that  take  no 
account  of  the  fact  that  a  particular  shareholder  may  be  a  trustee  for  both 
income  and  capital  beneficiaries.  Trustees  must  not  only  be  concerned  with 
the  level  of  risk  and  the  profitability  of  an  investment,  but,  in  order  to  assess 
whether  the  investment  in  question  treats  the  income  and  capital  beneficiaries 
fairly,  they  must  also  determine  whether  a  particular  distribution  is  to  be 
classified  as  "income"  or  as  "capital".  As  a  result,  when  trustees  choose  an 
investment  they  must  be  guided  not  only  by  the  objective  quality  of  the 
investment  in  the  prevailing  market  conditions,  but  also  by  whether  the 
investment  will  enable  them  to  fulfill  their  duty  to  maintain  an  even  hand.578 
Accordingly,  the  classification  of  corporate  distributions  is  a  matter  of  im- 
portance, and  we  wish  to  consider  whether  the  revised  Act  could  assist  trustees 
with  these  determinations,  and,  more  fundamentally,  could  minimize  the 
impact  of  even  hand  considerations  upon  the  investment  decisions  of  trustees. 


577 
578 


Draft  Bill,  s.  37(5). 

This  point  is  well  illustrated  by  the  case  of  Re  Smith,  supra,  note  9.  Although  the  oil 
company  shares  were  an  excellent  investment,  the  gain  was  coming  in  the  form  of  capital 
appreciation,  rather  than  cash  dividends.  The  income  beneficiary  was  demanding  the 
sale  of  these  shares  in  order  that  the  proceeds  might  be  reinvested  in  some  other 
authorized  investment  that  would  bring  a  fair  income  return.  The  Court  agreed,  and  held 
that  the  trustee  was  in  breach  of  the  duty  to  act  impartially  by  retaining  the  oil  shares. 


291 

a.     Ontario 

Trustees  in  Ontario,  as  in  other  Commonwealth  jurisdictions,  must  rely 
upon  common  law  rules  to  classify  distributions  that  are  received  from 
corporations. 

When  trustees  invest  in  common  shares,  they  are  entitled  as  shareholders 
to  nothing  more  than  the  right  to  participate  in  any  trading  profits  that  the 
corporation  may  make  in  the  future.  All  that  a  shareholder  can  demand,  if 
profits  are  made,  and  if  a  distribution  takes  place,  is  that  he  receive,  propor- 
tionate to  his  shareholding,  the  same  amount  and  type  of  distribution  as  any 
other  shareholder  of  the  class  of  shares  in  question. 

It  is  a  fundamental  principle  of  company  law  in  Canada  that,  unless  a 
corporation  is  in  liquidation  or  engaged  in  the  reduction  of  capital,  it  may  not 
return  capital  to  its  shareholders;  if  it  chooses  to  make  a  distribution,  it  must 
be  from  profits.579  However,  a  corporation  has  the  power  to  utilize  and 
distribute  profits  in  various  ways.  Generally,  a  corporation  will  make  regular 
distributions  of  profits  to  shareholders  in  the  form  of  cash  dividends,  or,  if  it 
chooses  to  distribute  extra  profit,  a  "cash  bonus"  or  "bonus"  may  be  given  to 
shareholders.  The  receipt  of  dividends  in  this  fashion  is  normally  treated  as 
income  by  trustees,  for  the  benefit  of  the  life  beneficiaries. 

However,  there  is  no  obligation  on  a  corporation  to  distribute  its  profits 
to  shareholders.  Moreover,  even  if  there  is  a  distribution  of  corporate  profits, 
it  need  not  take  the  form  of  cash  dividends.  Rather,  a  corporation  may  choose 
to  retain  and  capitalize  profits;  as  a  result,  although  a  shareholder  does  not 
receive  cash-in-hand,  the  value  of  his  shares  on  the  market  will  increase 
commensurately.  In  recognition  of  the  increase  in  value  of  the  shares,  a 
corporation  may  distribute  to  shareholders  rights  in  the  new  capital  increment. 
These  rights  may  take  the  form  of  an  issue  of  additional  shares  or  preferential 
options  to  purchase  new  shares.  The  corporation  may  also  issue  new  shares 
with  the  proviso  that  shareholders  may  allow  a  bonus  dividend  to  be  applied 
as  payment,  in  whole  or  in  part,  for  the  new  shares.  It  is  at  this  juncture  that 
the  common  law  distinguishes  between  profits  distributed  directly  as  a  cash 
dividend,  and  profits  that  have  been  capitalized  and  distributed  as  a  capital 
entitlement;  the  former,  as  mentioned,  accrue  to  the  benefit  of  the  life  bene- 
ficiary, while  the  latter  are  treated  as  capital  to  which  the  remainderman  is 
entitled. 

Initially,  in  1887,  the  English  courts  adopted  the  test  of  intention  to 
classify  corporate  distributions.580  The  critical  question  was  whether  the  cor- 
poration paid,  and  intended  to  pay,  a  cash  dividend,  or  appropriated,  and 
intended  to  appropriate,  the  profits  to  an  increase  in  the  capital  stock  of  the 
corporation.  Thereafter,  it  was  widely  accepted  that  the  decisive  element  of 
the  test  was  whether  the  corporation  intended  to  distribute  a  money  payment 
or  to  capitalize  profit.   However,  in   1930,  the  Privy  Council,  in  Hill  v. 


579  See,  for  example.  Re  Keating  Estate.  1 1934]  S.C.R.  698,  [1934]  3  D.L.R.  745. 

580  Bouch  v.  Sproule(mi),  12  A.C.  385  (H.L.). 


292 

Permanent  Trustee  Co.  ofN.S.W.  Ltd.,5**  held  that  it  was  not  a  matter  of  the 
intention  of  the  corporation,  but  rather  what  the  corporation  actually  did  that 
decided  the  matter.582  If  a  corporation  capitalized  profit,  the  receipt  was  capital 
in  the  hands  of  trustees;  if  it  "gave  away"  profit  by  distributing  cash,  the 
receipt  was  to  be  treated  as  income. 

In  England,  therefore,  the  test  is  expressed  in  terms  of  the  real  character 
and  substance  of  the  corporate  action;  that  is,  the  "form"  of  the  distribution. 
In  Canada,  the  "form"  test,  without  embellishment,  is  also  the  governing 
rule.  This  was  put  beyond  doubt  by  two  celebrated  cases  in  the  Supreme 
Court  of  Canada  in  1956,  namely,  Re  Waters5™  and  Re  Hardy.5*4  As  a  result 
of  these  decisions  and  their  subsequent  interpretation,  it  can  now  be  said  that, 
however  the  corporation  describes  its  actions,  if  cash  is  distributed  it  is  to  be 
classified  as  income,585  but  if  profit  is  retained  and  capitalized,  even  if  the 
new  shares  are  redeemable,  the  distribution  must  be  treated  as  capital  in  the 
hands  of  the  trustees.  Accordingly,  today,  normal  cash  dividends  are  alone 
classified  as  income.  Redeemable  preferred  stock,  bonus  shares,  rights  to 
purchase  stock,  and  the  proceeds  of  compulsory  sales  and  expropriations  are 
all  classified  as  capital. 

It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  trust  instruments  often  authorize  trust- 
ees to  allocate  receipts,  including  corporate  receipts,  between  income  and 
capital  beneficiaries  at  the  trustee's  discretion,  subject,  of  course,  to  the  duties 
of  care  and  of  impartiality.  It  is  only  where  the  trust  instrument  is  silent  that 
the  corporate  action  determines  the  issue. 

b.     United  States 

In  the  United  States  over  the  years,  a  number  of  approaches  have  been 
taken  in  different  jurisdictions  to  the  appropriate  method  of  classifying  cor- 
porate distributions.586 

One  of  the  earliest  approaches  was  the  Pennsylvania,  or  American,  rule, 
first  formulated  in  1857.587  This  rule,  which  sought  to  relate  corporate  distri- 
butions to  income  and  capital  beneficiaries  in  a  manner  that  would  achieve 
an  equitable  apportionment,  considered  both  the  source  of  distribution  and 
the  period  of  time  during  which  a  corporate  profit  had  been  earned.  If  the 
source  was  profit,  and  if  the  profit  was  earned  during  the  subsistance  of  the 
interest  of  the  income  beneficiary,  the  distribution  was  treated  as  income, 
while  any  distribution  of  earnings  accumulated  prior  to  the  creation  of  the 
life  interest  belonged  to  and  formed  part  of  the  capital. 


581  [1930]  A.C.  720  (P.C.)  (Aust.). 

582  Ibid.,  at  734. 

583  [1956]  S.C.R.  889,  4  D.L.R.  (2d)  673. 

584  [1956]  S.C.R.  906,  4  D.L.R.  (2d)  721. 

5  An  extraordinary  cash  dividend  could  still  be  ambiguous,  one  would  have  thought. 
586  See,  generally,  Scott,  supra,  note  140,  §§  236-236.16,  at  1967-2023. 

587 


Earp's  Appeal,  28  Pa.  368  (1857). 


293 

For  much  of  the  nineteenth  century  this  rule  was  popular,  particularly 
among  the  theorists,  but  in  practice  it  became  unworkable.  The  real  difficulty 
was  not  the  complex  accounting  that  the  rule  involved,  but  the  fact  that,  since 
a  corporation  normally  pays  its  distributions  from  accumulated  surplus,  it 
was  impossible  to  determine  the  source  of  the  profit  or  the  period  during 
which  the  profit  was  earned  by  the  corporation.  A  method  of  determining  the 
time  of  acquisition  of  surplus  was  devised  that  involved  valuing  all  the 
corporation's  assets  at  the  commencement  of  the  income  beneficiary's  inter- 
est, and  determining  the  proportionate  share  interest  in  these  assets  that  was 
originally  acquired  by  the  trust.  However,  this  process  required  examination 
of  corporate  records  over  many  years  and  often  raised  difficult  questions 
concerning  valuation  and  accounting  procedures.588  The  complexities  of  the 
rule,  the  unpredictability  of  outcome,  and  the  increasing  sophistication  of 
corporate  issues  have  resulted  in  the  diminished  use  of  the  rule.589 

A  further  approach  was  the  so-called  Kentucky  rule,  adopted  toward  the 
end  of  the  nineteenth  century.  This  rule  was  a  court-made  rule  based  upon 
the  source  of  corporate  funds.590  It  stated  that,  if  a  corporation  declared  any 
dividend  out  of  profits,  whatever  be  the  nature  of  the  declaration,  this  was 
income.  Equally,  if  a  dividend  was  based  upon  revenue  received  from  the 
sale  of  corporate  assets,  this  was  capital.  Although,  in  contrast  to  the  Penn- 
sylvania rule,  this  rule  was  relatively  simple  to  apply,  it  nonetheless  often 
resulted  in  arbitrary  allocations.  As  a  result,  Kentucky  statutorily  abandoned 
the  rule  in  1954.591 

Contemporaneously  with  the  pronouncements  of  the  Pennsylvania  and 
Kentucky  rules,  Massachusetts,  in  1868,  enunciated  the  so-called  Massachu- 
setts rule,592  which  was  eventually  to  become  the  rule  adopted  by  the  majority 
of  jurisdictions  in  the  United  States.  The  rule,  not  unlike  the  "form"  test 
espoused  by  Commonwealth  jurisdictions,  directed  that  cash  dividends  on 
corporate  stocks  were  to  be  viewed  as  income,  while  stock  dividends,  that  is 
profits  distributed  in  the  form  of  further  capital  entitlement,  were  to  be 
considered  capital.  In  1931 ,  in  response  to  the  wide  variety  of  allocation  rules 
that  existed  among  the  states,  the  National  Conference  of  Commissioners  on 


588  The  method  of  apportionment  was  predicated  on  the  theory  of  "intact  value";  that  is,  it 
was  based  on  the  concept  that  the  capital  of  the  trust  owns  an  interest  in  all  the 
corporation's  accounts  equal  to  the  proportionate  share  interest  originally  acquired  by 
the  trust,  known  as  the  "intact  value"  of  the  trust.  Any  distribution  of  earnings  was,  in 
the  first  instance,  presumed  to  be  income,  but  if  the  intact  value  of  the  original  shares 
would  be  impaired  by  such  an  allocation,  an  apportionment  was  made  to  capital  in  order 
to  preserve  the  intact  value.  Valuation  of  the  corporation's  accounts  posed  a  significant 
problem.  At  first  market  value  was  taken,  but,  as  that  proved  unsatisfactory,  book  value 
was  adopted.  This  demanded  a  resort  to  corporate  balance  sheets,  and  in  turn  to  a  list  of 
arbitrary  asset  values.  Hawaii  and  New  Jersey  also  attempted  other  accounting  devices 
to  meet  the  problems  of  the  arbitrary  elements.  For  a  full  account,  see  Flickinger,  "A 
Trustee's  Nightmare:  Allocation  of  Stock  Dividends  between  Income  and  Principal" 
(1963),  43  B.U.  L.  Rev.  199.  See,  also,  Robinson,  "Trust  Allocation  Doctrine  and 
Corporate  Stock:  The  Law  Must  Respond  to  Economics"  ( 1972),  50  Tex.  L.  Rev.  747. 

589  See  Scott,  supra,  note  140,  §  236.3,  at  1975-88. 

590  Hite's  Devisees  v.  Hite's  Executors,  93  Ky.  257,  20  S.W.  778  (Ky.  Ct.  App.  1892). 

591  Ky.  Rev.  Stat.,  §  386.020(4). 

592  Minot  v.  Paine,  99  Mass.  101  (1868). 


294 

Uniform  State  Laws  adopted  the  Massachusetts  rule  for  the  allocation  of 
corporate  distributions.  The  rule,  which  first  appeared  in  the  Uniform  Prin- 
cipal and  Income  Act  of  1931 ,  was  retained  in  substance  in  the  1962  revision 
o(  that  Act,  which  is  now  in  force  in  thirty-six  jurisdictions  of  the  United 
States.593  The  central  aim  of  the  Commissioners  in  adopting  the  Massachusetts 
"form"  test  was  to  make  administration  simple  and  convenient  for  trustees. 
Therefore,  they  sought  workable  rules  that  they  considered  to  be  in  line  with 
the  usual  wishes  of  settlors  and  testators,  and  that  they  regarded  as  considerate 
to  all  beneficiaries,  present  and  future.594 

A  concept  that  the  National  Conference  of  Commissioners  on  Uniform 
State  Laws  rejected  in  1962,  when  the  Uniform  Principal  and  Income  Act 
was  revised,  was  the  so-called  "six  percent"  rule.  This  rule  is  applied  in 


593  See  supra,  notes  481  and  506.  While  the  1962  revision  of  the  American  Uniform 
Principal  and  Income  Act  retains  the  principle  of  the  Massachusetts  rule,  it  has  also 
provided  specifically  for  problems  that  have  arisen  since  the  original  Act  was  adopted, 
such  as  the  treatment  of  distributions  of  a  regulated  investment  company  or  real  estate 
investment  trust.  Section  6  of  the  Uniform  Principal  and  Income  Act,  1962,  provides  as 
follows: 

6.  [Corporate  Distributions] 

(a)  Corporate  distributions  of  shares  of  the  distributing  corporation,  including 
distributions  in  the  form  of  a  stock  split  or  stock  dividend,  are  principal.  A  right  to 
subscribe  to  shares  or  other  securities  issued  by  the  distributing  corporation  accruing 
to  stockholders  on  account  of  their  stock  ownership  and  the  proceeds  of  any  sale 
of  the  right  are  principal. 

(b)  Except  to  the  extent  that  the  corporation  indicates  that  some  part  of  a  corporate 
distribution  is  a  settlement  of  preferred  or  guaranteed  dividends  accrued  since  the 
trustee  became  a  stockholder  or  is  in  lieu  of  an  ordinary  cash  dividend,  a  corporate 
distribution  is  principal  if  the  distribution  is  pursuant  to 

(1)  a  call  of  shares; 

(2)  a  merger,  consolidation,  reorganization,  or  other  plan  by  which  assets 
of  the  corporation  are  required  by  another  corporation;  or 

(3)  a  total  or  partial  liquidation  of  the  corporation,  including  any  distribution 
which  the  corporation  indicates  is  a  distribution  in  total  or  partial  liquidation 
or  any  distribution  of  assets,  other  than  cash,  pursuant  to  a  court  decree  or 
final  administrative  order  by  a  government  agency  ordering  distribution  of  the 
particular  assets. 

(c)  Distributions  made  from  ordinary  income  by  a  regulated  investment  company 
or  by  a  trust  qualifying  and  electing  to  be  taxed  under  federal  law  as  a  real  estate 
investment  trust  are  income.  All  other  distributions  made  by  the  company  or  trust, 
including  distributions  from  capital  gains,  depreciation,  or  depletion,  whether  in 
the  form  of  cash  or  an  option  to  take  new  stock  or  cash  or  an  option  to  purchase 
additional  shares,  are  principal. 

(d)  Except  as  provided  in  subsections  (a),  (b),  and  (c),  all  corporate  distributions 
are  income,  including  cash  dividends,  distributions  of  or  rights  to  subscribe  to 
shares  or  securities  or  obligations  of  corporations  other  than  the  distributing  cor- 
poration, and  the  proceeds  of  the  rights  or  property  distributions.  Except  as  provided 
in  subsections  (b)  and  (c),  if  the  distributing  corporation  gives  a  stockholder  an 
option  to  receive  a  distribution  either  in  cash  or  in  its  own  shares,  the  distribution 
chosen  is  income. 

(e)  The  trustee  may  rely  upon  any  statement  of  the  distributing  corporation  as  to 
any  fact  relevant  under  any  provision  of  this  Act  concerning  the  source  or  character 
of  dividends  or  distributions  of  corporate  assets. 

American  Uniform  Principal  and  Income  Act,  supra,  note  481 ,  at  430-31 . 


594 


295 

Pennsylvania,595  New  York,596  and  New  Jersey597  to  remove  some  of  the 
unfairness  that  can  result  from  the  application  of  the  Massachusetts  or  "form" 
rule  to  the  classification  of  corporate  distributions.  Under  this  rule  all  divi- 
dends, whether  in  stock  or  in  cash,  ordinary  or  extraordinary,  are  allocated 
to  the  income  account  if  they  constitute  six  percent  or  less  of  the  value  of  the 
corporation's  outstanding  shares  before  the  distribution  is  made.  The  rule  is 
based  on  the  assumption,  which  was  demonstrated  to  be  correct  in  a  study 
conducted  in  1965,598  that  small  distributions  of  six  percent  or  less  have  their 
origin  in  earned,  rather  than  in  unearned,  surplus. 

Before  concluding  our  review  of  American  jurisdictions,  we  would  note 
two  other  approaches  to  the  allocation  of  corporate  distributions,  one,  the 
"prudent  man"  rule,  in  force,  at  present,  in  Delaware,  and  the  other,  the 
"unitrust"  or  "percentage  trust"  proposed  by  American  judicial  literature. 
Regarding  the  first  approach,  Delaware,  not  having  adopted  either  the  original 
Uniform  Act  of  1931  or  the  revised  1962  Act,  continued  to  adhere  to  the 
Kentucky  rule  until  1962.  At  that  time  Delaware  abandoned  its  judicial 
version  of  the  Kentucky  rule,  and  became  the  only  state  then,  or  since,  to 
adopt  statutorily  what  has  become  known  as  the  "prudent  man"  rule.  Under 
this  rule,  trustees  are  required  to  assess,  as  would  a  prudent  man,  whether 
the  distribution  in  question  should  be  regarded  as  income  from  an  investment, 
or  whether  it  should  be  viewed  as  a  diminution  of  an  income-producing 
property.599  In  making  this  assessment,  trustees  must  ask  whether  the  distri- 
bution is  likely  to  reduce  substantially  the  future  earning  capacity  of  the 
corporation.  Trustees  must  also  consider  whether  the  distribution  is  likely  to 
reduce  materially  the  future  income  of  the  shares  held  by  the  trust.  Further, 
trustees  must  take  into  account  any  other  relevant  and  significant  factors.600 
Accordingly,  in  classifying  corporate  distributions,  the  rule  requires  trustees 
to  do  more  than  merely  assess  the  source  of  each  receipt. 

The  final  approach  that  we  wish  to  note  is  the  "unitrust"  or  "percentage 
trust",601  a  concept  first  suggested  by  American  judicial  writing.602  Under  the 


595 


596 

597 


598 


599 


The  Supreme  Court  of  Pennsylvania  first  suggested  the  idea  in  Catherwood  Trust,  405 
Pa.  61,  173  A. 2d  86  (1961),  and  it  was  adopted  statutorily  in  1963:  see  Pa.  Stat.  Ann., 
tit.  20,  §  8105  (Purdon).  See,  also,  Devine,  "Principal  and  Income  Allocation  of  Stock 
Distributions  -  The  Six  Per  Cent  Rule"  (1966),  64  Mich.  L.  Rev.  856,  and  Scott,  supra, 
note  140,  §  236.7,  at  1996-99. 

N.Y.  Pers.  Prop.  Law,  §  27-e  (McKinney). 

N.J.  Stat.  Ann.,  §  3A:  14A-4  (West),  as  am.  by  N.J.  Laws  1964,  c.  123.  In  New  Jersey, 
the  relevant  figure  is  four  percent. 

The  study  was  conducted  by  the  Trust  Department  of  the  Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  and 
involved  227  stock  distributions.  See  Shapleigh,  "How  fair  is  the  Six  Percent  Rule  on 
stock  distributions?"  (1965),  104  Trusts  &  Es.  908. 

See  further.  Devine,  supra,  note  595,  at  865-69. 


,>0"  Del.  Code  Ann.,  Rev.  1974,  §  3526(a). 


6(l| 


6(12 


The  American  description  is  "unitrust".  We  have  employed  the  term,  "percentage  trust", 
because  of  the  possible  confusion  with  the  investment  "unit  trust".  See,  also,  Gibson. 
"Trusts  and  Estates"  (1971),  Can.  Tax  Fdn.  Conf.  354,  at  363-64. 

The  percentage  trust,  or  unitrust.  was  first  discussed,  and  its  mode  of  operation  exam- 
ined, by  Lovell.  "The  Unitrust:  A  new  concept  to  meet  an  old  problem"  (1966).  105 
Trusts  &  Es.  215.   We  have  also  considered  for  this  purpose  the  Model  Charitable 


296 

percentage  trust,  trustees  invest  and  manage  a  single  fund  and  keep  a  single 
set  of  accounts  for  that  fund,  rather  than  maintain  separate  'income"  and 
"capital"  accounts.  All  receipts  of  whatever  nature  are  paid  into  the  fund,  and 
all  disbursements  of  whatever  nature  are  paid  out  of  the  fund.  Periodically 
the  fund  is  valued,  although  not  necessarily  on  an  annual  basis.  The  income 
beneficiary  receives  a  prescribed  percentage  annually  of  the  periodic  valua- 
tions, and  this  payment  is  treated  by  trustees  in  the  same  way  as  any  other 
proper  disbursement  from  the  fund.  The  prescribed  percentage  payable  to  the 
life  beneficiary  may  be  fixed  at  a  certain  figure,  which  by  an  appropriate 
process  is  periodically  reviewed  in  order  to  ensure  that  it  is  in  accord  with  a 
current  fair  economic  return.  Alternatively,  it  may  be  determined  by  the 
current  return  on  a  familiar  type  of  trust  investment.603  The  capital  beneficiary, 
or  remainderman,  receives  the  balance  of  the  fund  at  the  close  of  the  interest 
of  the  income  beneficiary.604  Depreciation  of  any  assets  of  the  trust  will  be 
reflected  in  the  periodic  valuations,  and  depletion  will  be  ascertained  in  the 
same  way.  As  the  percentage  return  is  calculated  on  the  value  of  the  trust's 
assets,  it  follows  that  the  life  tenant  shares  in  the  depreciation  and  depletion. 

(ii)     Conclusions 

As  we  have  mentioned,  in  Ontario,  the  "form"  test  governs  the  classifi- 
cation of  corporate  distributions.  However,  the  manner  in  which  a  corporation 
handles  its  profits  does  not  have  regard  to  the  obligations  of  trustees  towards 
income  and  capital  beneficiaries.  For  this  reason  the  "form"  test,  directing 
that  the  characterization  of  distributions  by  a  corporation  is  binding  upon 
trustees,  has  been  frequently  criticized.  In  defence  of  the  "form"  test,  it  may 
be  argued  that  this  test  is  simple,  clear  in  the  result,  and  definitive;  it  is, 
therefore,  convenient  for  trust  administration,  and,  accordingly,  saves  money, 
time,  and  trouble.  Nonetheless,  it  cannot  be  overlooked  that  the  test  is  arbi- 
trary. A  testator  or  settlor  presumably  creates  a  successive  interest  trust 
because  he  wishes  a  steady  income  percentage  paid  to  A,  the  income  bene- 
ficiary, and  the  capital  to  be  taken  by  B,  the  remainderman,  on  A's  death.  It 
follows  that,  if  the  decisions  of  a  third  party  who  has  no  connection  with  and 
no  interest  in  the  trust  determine  whether  receipts  accrue  either  to  A  or  B,  it 
is  merely  fortuitous  if  the  expectations  of  the  testator  or  settlor  are  fulfilled. 

In  considering  the  various  alternatives  for  reform  of  the  "form"  test,  we 
note  that  none  of  the  Commonwealth  jurisdictions  has  found  any  commend- 
able judicial  alternative  to  Hill  v.  Permanent  Trustee  Co.  of  N.S.W.  Ltd.605 
Further,  the  trustee  legislation  of  England,  the  Australian  States,  and  New 
Zealand  is  silent  on  this  matter. 


Remainder  Unitrust  contained  in  the  Report  of  the  A.B.A.  Committee  on  Charitable 
Giving,  Trusts  and  Foundations  (1975).  10  Real  Prop.  Prob.  &  Tr.  J.  535.  See,  also, 
Comus,  'The  Unitrust  in  Estate  Planning:  A  Partial  Panacea"  (1967-68),  21  Vand.  L. 
Rev.  1023. 


603 


In  Ontario,  we  understand  that  the  return  on  prime  residential  mortgages  in  Toronto  has 
been  adopted  for  this  purpose. 

604  Translated  into  the  language  of  income  and  capital,  the  life  tenant  will  be  entitled  to  his 
payment  first  out  of  income,  and  any  deficiency  out  of  capital.  Excess  income  is 
accumulated,  and  is  added  to  capital. 

Supra,  note  581. 


605 


297 


Turning  to  the  statutory  approach  adopted  by  the  majority  of  American 
jurisdictions,  we  have  considered  closely  the  provisions  of  the  Uniform  Prin- 
cipal and  Income  Act,  but  have  concluded  that  their  adoption  in  Ontario  is 
not  desirable.  Our  main  reason  is  that,  as  the  basis  for  the  Uniform  Act's 
provisions  on  the  classification  of  corporate  distributions  is  the  "form"  test, 
they  vary  only  slightly  from  the  common  law  rules  followed  in  Ontario. 
Consequently,  adoption  of  these  provisions  would  not  be  justifiable  or  achieve 
anything. 

We  have  also  weighed  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  the  "six 
percent"  rule.  In  favour  of  this  rule  it  may  be  asserted,  first,  that  a  more 
regular  pattern  of  allocations  to  the  trust's  income  account  can  usually  be 
obtained,  and,  secondly,  that  trustees  are  able,  without  lowering  the  income 
beneficiary's  expectations,  to  invest  in  those  corporations  that  reinvest  an 
abnormally  high  percentage  of  their  earnings,  but  pay  stock  dividends.  This 
rule,  to  some  degree,  separates  the  investment  task  of  trustees  from  their  task 
vis-a-vis  the  beneficiaries  of  allocating  receipts.  The  rule  permits  trustees  to 
invest  so  as  to  produce  the  greatest  gain  commensurate  with  the  security  of 
the  capital  invested,  while  going  some  way  to  prevent  an  attack  from  an 
income  beneficiary  that  they  have  favoured  the  capital  beneficiary.  Moreover, 
it  obviates  the  necessity  for  trustees  to  distinguish  between  the  various  kinds 
of  dividend  declaration,  namely,  ordinary,  extraordinary,  stock,  and  stock 
split. 

Nevertheless,  on  balance,  the  Commission  has  no  hesitation  in  rejecting 
the  "six  percent"  rule.  Although  perhaps  fairer  than  its  counterpart,  the 
Massachusetts  or  "form"  rule,  the  "six  percent"  rule  does  suffer  shortcomings. 
From  a  definitional  point  of  view,  if  "income"  means  profits  that  are  realized, 
then,  strictly  speaking,  a  stock  dividend  of  six  percent  or  less  cannot  be  such 
a  distribution,  because  the  profit  is  not  realized  until  the  stock  is  sold.  A  sale 
of  the  same  proportionate  share  of  the  corporation's  holdings  would,  presum- 
ably, realize  the  same  money  receipt,  and,  if  such  a  sale  took  place,  the 
proceeds,  not  being  by  way  of  dividend,  would  go,  even  under  the  "six 
percent"  rule,  to  the  trust's  capital  account  exclusively.  Accordingly,  the 
rule,  in  deeming  a  stock  dividend  of  six  percent  or  less  to  be  income,  is  to 
some  degree  arbitrary.  Of  a  more  substantive  nature,  it  is  argued  that  the  "six 
percent"  rule  presents  administrative  difficulties,  particularly  as  the  volume 
of  small  distributions  increases  with  a  growing  number  of  corporations  at- 
tempting to  make  low-yield  stock  more  attractive. 

The  major  objection  to  the  "six  percent"  rule,  however,  is  that  it  assumes 
that  a  corporation,  although  pursuing  a  heavy  reinvestment  policy,  will  at 
least  issue  dividends,  whether  cash  or  stock.  Clearly,  if  a  corporation  issues 
no  dividends,  or  dividends  that  do  not  constitute  a  fair  yield,  there  is  nothing 
that  the  "six  percent"  rule  can  do  to  alleviate  the  situation.  The  value  of  such 
an  investment  will  be  reflected,  so  far  as  the  trust  is  concerned,  in  its  sale 
value  that  must  go  to  capital.  Finally,  while  the  allocation  of  a  fixed  six 
percent  of  corporate  distributions  to  the  income  account  may  have  been  a 
suitable  return  during  periods  of  low  inflation,  a  greater  flexibility  is  required 
by  trustees  to  meet  today's  volatile  market  conditions. 


298 

Having  expressed  our  reasons  for  not  adopting,  as  an  alternative  to  the 
"form"  test,  either  the  provisions  of  the  American  Uniform  Principal  and 
Income  Act  or  the  "six  percent"  rule,  we  now  wish  to  discuss  two  approaches 
that  we  consider  could  usefully  be  included  in  the  revised  Act.  These  two 
approaches  are  the  discretionary  allocation  trust  and  the  percentage  trust. 

a.     Discretionary  Allocation  Trust 

The  discretionary  allocation  trust  embraces,  in  general,  an  approach  that 
we  understand  is  not  unfamiliar  to  current  Canadian  practice.  As  we  have 
stated,  in  Ontario  trust  instruments  often  authorize  trustees  to  allocate  re- 
ceipts, including  corporate  receipts,  between  income  and  capital  beneficiaries 
at  the  trustee's  discretion,  subject,  of  course,  to  the  duties  of  care  and  of 
impartiality. A0A  So  far  as  we  are  aware,  this  approach,  which  we  call  the 
"prudent  man"  approach,  has  not  been  statutorily  adopted  in  any  Common- 
wealth jurisdiction.  Further,  it  is  considerably  broader  in  scope  than  the 
Delaware  rule,  which,  although  based  upon  the  element  of  prudence,  restricts 
its  exercise  to  allocation  decisions  concerning  the  character  of  individual 
receipts. 

The  prudent  man  approach,  unlike  the  other  rules  we  have  previously 
reviewed,  enables  the  trust  portfolio  to  be  treated  as  a  whole;  it  is  not 
concerned  with  the  character  of  each  particular  trust  receipt.  It  permits  trustees 
the  flexibility  and  discretion  to  manage  a  portfolio  so  as  to  achieve  growth 
value,  while  at  the  same  time  to  balance  the  treatment  of  the  income  and 
capital  beneficiaries.  In  this  sense,  the  prudent  man  rule  is  unique  in  that  it 
minimizes  the  impact  of  even  hand  considerations  upon  investment  decisions 
for  trustees. 

Nonetheless,  this  approach  requires  that  trustees  possess  a  significant 
degree  of  financial  analytical  skills,  or  at  least  the  ability  to  understand  the 
recommendations  that  financial  advisers  render.  It  may  also  be  said  that  the 
prudent  man  rule  exposes  trustees  to  attack  by  beneficiaries  who  may  allege 
that  the  trustees'  conduct,  in  the  circumstances,  was  not  prudent.  An  attack 
of  this  nature  would  require  the  court  to  determine  the  issue  of  prudence,  an 
issue  that  may  be  both  difficult  to  assess  and  to  predict.  Moreover,  where 
small  amounts  of  money  are  involved,  the  time  and  expense  involved  with 
prudent  man  considerations  may  be  said  to  be  unjustified.  And,  of  course,  it 
may  generally  be  alleged  that  this  approach,  where  decisions  turn  upon  the 
conduct  of  the  prudent  man,607  does  not  permit  uniform  objective  standards 
to  develop.  Indeed,  it  may  be  argued  that,  so  far  as  common  stock  investment 


606 


607 


This  power  is  not  inconsistent  with  Re  Bronson,  [1958]  O.R.  367,  14  D.L.R.  (2d)  51 
(H.C.J. ).  In  that  case,  it  was  established  that,  as  a  matter  of  public  policy,  a  settlor  or 
testator  may  not  validly  confer  a  power  upon  trustees  to  determine  whether  any  particular 
receipt  is  income  or  is  capital.  The  power  discussed  does  not  relate  to  this  issue.  Rather, 
it  authorizes  trustees  to  distribute  receipts  among  income  and  capital  beneficiaries, 
regardless  of  whether  the  receipts  be  classified  as  income  or  as  capital. 

The  problems  involved  in  allocation  between  the  income  and  capital  accounts  is  well 
illustrated  in  Maryland  National  Bank  v.  Merson,  239  A. 2d  905  (Md.  Ct.  App.  1968), 
discussed  in  Hoak,  "Range  of  Returns:  A  New  Approach  to  the  Allocation  of  Trust 
Gains  and  Losses"  (1969),  21  Stan.  L.  Rev.  420. 


299 

is  concerned,  the  prudent  man  rule  places  beneficiaries  in  the  position  where 
they  no  longer  possess  definitive  interests  of  the  classic  income  and  capital 
kind. 

We  have  sought  to  express  the  major  objections  to  the  prudent  man  rule 
because  we  have  concluded  that,  on  balance,  this  approach  comes  closest  to 
achieving  equity  among  the  trust  beneficiaries  and  to  facilitating  the  adoption 
of  sound  investment  practices.  The  prudent  man  rule  also  allows  trustees  to 
take  into  account  tax  considerations.  It  is,  no  doubt,  for  these  reasons  that  a 
clause  conferring  upon  trustees  a  discretion  to  allocate  receipts  among  bene- 
ficiaries is  often  found  in  well-drawn  trust  instruments.  We  are  of  the  opinion 
that  the  revised  Act  should  contain  a  facultative  provision,  which  a  settlor  or 
testator  would  be  free  to  adopt  or  ignore,  permitting  the  discretionary  allo- 
cation of  receipts  between  income  and  capital.  In  this  regard,  trustees  would 
be  governed,  of  course,  by  the  duty  to  maintain  an  even  hand  among  succes- 
sive beneficiaries.608  However,  two  matters  remain  for  comment. 

First,  we  do  not  consider  that  the  prudent  man  rule  should  be  mandatory 
for  testators  or  settlors.  Considerable  experience  has  been  acquired  by  the 
legal  profession  in  handling  the  case  law  "form"  test.  Further,  accepted 
practices  concerning  the  classification  of  corporate  distributions  have  been 
established,  and  there  may  be  many  settlors  and  testators  who  will  prefer  the 
certainty  produced  by  the  "form"  test,  or  who  may  regard  the  "form"  test  as 
more  compatible  with  the  nature  and  size  of  the  particular  trust  contemplated, 
or  with  the  knowledge  and  experience  of  those  whom  they  wish  to  act  as 
trustees.  For  these  reasons,  we  are  of  the  view  that  the  discretionary  allocation 
power  should  only  apply  where  the  creator  of  the  trust  so  provides  in  the  trust 
instrument  by  the  use  of  the  words  "on  discretionary  allocation  trust". 

Secondly,  it  will  be  recalled  that,  to  this  stage,  our  discussion  has  been 
limited  to  the  classification  of  corporate  distributions.  However,  we  are  of 
the  view  that  the  discretionary  power  should  apply  to  all  types  of  receipt  and, 
further,  should  be  equally  applicable  to  the  allocation  of  disbursements  be- 
tween income  and  capital.  We  have  earlier  recommended  that  trustees  should 
be  able,  in  their  discretion,  to  pay  and  allocate  outgoings  between  income 
and  capital  beneficiaries.609  It  may,  therefore,  be  contended  that  it  is  unnec- 
essary and  duplicative  to  extend  the  discretionary  allocation  power  to  outgo- 
ings. However,  our  intention  is  that  the  proposed  discretionary  allocation 
power  should  be  self-contained,  so  that  a  creator  of  a  trust  who  expressly 
invokes  its  application  would  thereby  confer  upon  his  trustees  discretion  to 
allocate  both  receipts  and  outgoings.  In  addition,  we  are  of  the  view  that  the 
provisions  recommended  earlier  in  the  context  of  the  apportionment  of  out- 
goings concerning  deductions  for  depreciation  and  obsolesence  and  the  actual 
payment  and  recoupment  of  outgoings  from  either  capital  or  income,  as  the 
case  may  be,  are  equally  applicable  where  a  trust  instrument  authorizes  assets 
to  be  held  on  a  discretionary  allocation  trust. 


610 


608  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  4(c)(ii)c,  and  Draft  Bill,  s.  39. 

609  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  4(b)(iv). 

610  See  supra,  this  ch.,  sec.  4(b)(iv),  and  Draft  Bill,  s.  40(2)  and  (3). 


300 

Accordingly,  we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  contain  a  pro- 
vision to  the  effect  that,  where  trustees  are  expressly  directed  by  the  trust 
instrument  to  hold  trust  assets  kkon  discretionary  allocation  trusts",  they  shall 
allocate  receipts  to,  and  charges  for  outgoings  against,  the  income  and  capital 
accounts  as  they  consider  just  and  equitable  in  all  the  circumstances.  In  so 
doing,  it  should  be  their  duty  to  maintain  an  even  hand  as  between  income 
and  capital  beneficiaries/'"  Moreover,  where  trustees  are  expressly  directed 
by  the  trust  instrument  to  hold  trust  assets  on  discretionary  allocation  trusts, 
the  recommendations  proposed  previously  concerning  deductions  for  depre- 
ciation and  obsolescence  and  for  the  payment  and  recoupment  of  outgoings 
in  whole  or  in  part  from  either  income  or  capital  should  apply.612 

We  are  also  of  the  view  that  it  would  be  useful  to  provide  trustees  with 
guidance  regarding  the  allocation  of  receipts  as  income  or  as  capital.  Such 
guidance,  while  not  intended  to  derogate  from  the  general  discretionary 
allocation  power,  would  assist  trustees  with  initial  determinations  concerning 
which  receipts  should  be  treated  as  income  and  which  as  capital.  Accordingly, 
we  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  specify  that,  for  the  purpose  of 
determining  the  relative  proportionate  interests  of  beneficiaries  of  the  trust, 
income  should  generally  be  understood  to  be  the  return  in  money  or  property 
derived  from  the  use  of  capital;  and  capital  should  generally  be  understood 
to  be  the  property  set  aside  to  be  delivered  eventually  to  a  remainderman, 
while  the  return  or  use  of  the  capital  is,  in  the  meantime,  taken  or  received 
by  or  held  for  accumulation  for  an  income  beneficiary.' 


613 


Finally,  we  wish  to  note  two  diverse  points  regarding  the  operation  of 
these  proposed  provisions.  First,  we  are  aware  that,  if  a  trustee,  pursuant  to 
a  discretionary  allocation  trust  provision  conferred  by  the  trust  instrument, 
allocates  income  receipts  to  the  capital  account,  accumulation  of  these  re- 
ceipts in  the  capital  account  may  run  the  risk  of  offending  the  maximum 
accumulation  periods  specified  in  the  Ontario  Accumulations  Act.614  This 
might  deter  trustees  from  making  such  an  allocation  decision,  even  though  it 
would  be  in  the  best  interest  of  the  trust  to  do  so.  Accordingly,  in  order  to 
remove  this  impediment,  we  recommend  that  the  Accumulations  Act  should 
not  apply  to  the  operation  of  the  proposed  statutory  discretionary  allocation 
trust  provisions.615  Secondly,  although  the  discretionary  allocation  trust  pro- 
visions might  be  viewed  as  blurring  the  distinction  between  the  income  and 
capital  accounts,  we  are  of  the  view  that  the  employment  of  these  provisions 
should  not  preclude  a  testator  or  settlor  from  conferring  upon  the  trustees  a 
power  to  encroach  upon  capital  in  favour  of  an  income  beneficiary,  and  we 
so  recommend.616 


611 
612 
613 


Draft  Bill,  s.  41(1). 

Ibid.,  s.  41(2). 

Ibid.,s.  41(3). 
614  Supra,  note  460. 
6,5  Draft  Bill,  s.  43(1). 
616  Ibid.,  s.  43(2). 


30 


b.     Percentage  Trust 


One  aim  of  our  recommendations  to  this  juncture  has  been  to  minimize 
the  impact  of  even  hand  considerations  upon  the  investment  decisions  of 
trustees.  To  this  end,  we  have  recommended  that  the  creator  of  a  trust  should 
be  able  to  provide  that  his  trustees  are  to  hold  trust  assets  "on  discretionary 
allocation  trusts",  a  mechanism  that  would  enable  trustees  to  allocate  receipts 
and  outgoings  to  the  income  and  capital  accounts  as  they  in  their  sole  discre- 
tion think  fit.  In  this  manner,  trustees  would  be  able  to  assess  the  suitability 
of  investments  based  upon  all  relevant  circumstances,  confident  in  the  knowl- 
edge that,  although  a  particular  investment  might  not  treat  income  and  capital 
equitably,  this  could  be  remedied  by  the  discretionary  power  to  adjust  the 
income  and  capital  accounts. 

Although  we  are  of  the  view  that  our  recommendations  in  this  area  go  a 
great  distance  to  promote  sound  investment  decisions  and  equitable  allocation 
of  receipts  and  outgoings,  they  envisage  that  the  property  interests  of  succes- 
sive beneficiaries  will  continue  to  be  classified  as  income  and  capital.  While 
trustees  under  a  discretionary  allocation  trust  are  not  required  to  consider 
whether  a  particular  receipt  is  income  or  capital,  they  still  must  allocate 
receipts  to  the  income  and  capital  accounts  in  a  manner  that  will  maintain  an 
even  hand  between  the  successive  beneficiaries.  In  other  words,  we  appreciate 
that  the  conferment  upon  trustees  of  a  broad  discretion  does  not  remove  the 
problem  of  allocation  of  receipts  and  outgoings  between  income  and  capital 
beneficiaries;  rather,  it  shifts  the  problem  to  be  dealt  with  at  the  accounting 
level. 

We  have  considered,  therefore,  whether  investment  considerations  could 
be  severed  completely  from  the  allocation  decisions  of  trustees.  We  have  also 
considered  whether  there  could  be  a  departure  from  the  commonly  understood 
notion  of  "income"  and  "capital"  accounts.  We  are  of  the  view  that  the 
percentage  trust  concept  would  achieve  these  objectives. 

Various  arguments  have  been  made  in  favour  of  the  percentage  trust.  It 
has  been  asserted  that  trustees  can  invest  for  gain,  albeit  prudently,  and  have 
no  regard  to  whether  receipts  should  be  allocated  to,  or  outgoings  should  be 
paid  from,  the  income  or  capital  account:  that  is,  trustees  have  the  freedom 
to  invest  both  in  low  yield  equities  and  high  yield  debt  securities  without 
producing  rises  and  falls  in  the  life  tenant's  income.  The  percentage  trust  also 
enables  the  income  beneficiary  to  share  in  the  inflationary  growth  of  capital 
assets.  Moreover,  the  percentage  trust  promotes  better  investment  perform- 
ance of  the  trust  funds,  while  at  the  same  time  maintaining  the  life  tenant's 
income  over  a  period  of  years  at  a  constant  level.  In  particular,  so  far  as 
corporate  distributions  are  concerned,  it  has  been  contended  that  investment 
decisions  may  be  taken  with  a  view  solely  to  the  factors  that  constitute  or 
affect  gain.  The  only  restraint  upon  the  trustee  under  a  percentage  trust  is  that 
he  must  pursue  the  prudent  investment  policies  required  of  fiduciaries. 

However,  there  are  limitations  to  the  percentage  trust.  Because  of  the 
need  of  trustees  to  draw  on  capital  in  those  years  when  the  actual  return  on 
the  trust  investments  is  below  the  percentage  that  is  to  be  paid  to  the  income 
beneficiary,  the  assets  of  the  percentage  trust  should  be  readily  marketable. 


302 

Mortgages,  income-producing  real  estate,  and  business  interests  are,  there- 
fore, best  handled  in  the  conventional  manner  of  income  and  capital  account- 
ing. The  problem  is  not  insoluble  for  the  average  trustee,  who  is  likely  to 
have  a  mix  of  assets  in  the  portfolio,  but  there  could  be  a  liquidity  problem. 
In  the  main,  a  percentage  trust  is  only  worthwhile  if  the  trust  holds  common 
stock  that  has  a  growth  potential.  There  could  also  be  problems  for  percentage 
trust  accounting  when  the  trust  is  yielding  an  invisible  return:  for  example, 
where,  in  the  case  of  a  testamentary  trust,  the  life  tenant  is  living  in  a  house 
owned  by  the  trust.  It  is  possible,  of  course,  to  charge  the  tenant  an  economic 
rent,  but  this  is  not  likely  to  have  been  the  testator's  wish,  and,  if  the  house 
is  removed  as  a  source  of  receipts,  the  outgoings  will  still  appear  on  the 
disbursements  side.617 

Moreover,  the  valuation  of  the  trust  assets  can  be  costly  and,  when  shares 
in  a  closely  held  corporation  are  involved,  difficult.  It  is  possible  to  have 
valuations  made  less  frequently  than  annually,  but  we  understand  from  those 
with  experience  that  valuations  should  not  be  less  frequent  than  every  three 
years.  When  the  share  market  is  going  through  times  of  erratic  movement, 
as  has  been  the  case  during  the  recent  past,  the  timing  of  valuations,  where 
common  stock  is  concerned,  can  be  crucial.  A  valuation  in  share  values  at  a 
temporary  high  point,  or  low  point,  could  produce  an  unrealistic  economic 
return  for  the  income  beneficiary  throughout  the  period  when  that  valuation 
determines  the  amount  that  is  to  be  paid  to  the  beneficiary.  And  there  is 
another  difficulty  with  valuation.  If  it  reflects  inflation,  the  revenue  received 
by  the  income  beneficiary  will  be  based  upon  paper  gains.  Interest  rates 
themselves  reflect  the  inflation  factor,  and  these  rates  will  normally  have 
much  to  do  with  the  prescribed  percentage  that  is  fixed.  It  is  possible  to 
contend,  therefore,  that  the  percentage  trust  markedly  favours  the  income 
beneficiary  as  the  inflation  factor  increases. 

The  central  difficulty  for  the  percentage  trust,  however,  stems  from  the 
definition  of  "income"  in  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada).618  This  Act  defines 
income  not  only  to  mean  income  as  understood  in  the  law  of  trusts,  but  also 
to  include  taxable  capital  gains.  It  follows,  therefore,  that  the  position  of  the 
income  beneficiary  under  the  percentage  trust  and  under  the  federal  Act  will 
only  coincide  in  this  context  when  the  percentage  payable  in  any  year  is  the 
same  in  amount  as  the  actual  income,  plus  the  taxable  capital  gain.  The 
preferred  beneficiary  election619  would  still  be  useful,  but  often  difficult  to 
apply.  Moreover,  capital  dispositions  may  be  required,  which  may  trigger 
capital  gains,  in  a  year  when  the  trustees  have  to  draw  on  capital  to  pay  the 
income  beneficiary's  percentage.  Further,  because  of  the  federal  Act's  defi- 
nition of  income,  a  spousal  trust  will  be  tainted  if  the  actual  income  of  the 
percentage  trust  is  greater  in  any  year  than  the  percentage  to  which  the  income 
spouse  beneficiary  is  entitled. 

Although  we  understand  that  the  percentage  trust  is  employed  by  some 
practitioners  in  the  Province,  we  were  initially  of  the  view  that  there  was 


7  It  is  probably  best  to  exclude  such  assets  from  the  percentage  trust,  and  continue  to 
handle  them  in  the  conventional  manner. 

618  Supra,  note  281. 

619  See  Cullity  and  Forbes,  Taxation  and  Estate  Planning  (1978),  at  113-15. 


303 

little,  it  anything,  that  could  be  gained  by  including  a  provision  of  this  nature 
in  the  revised  Act.  Indeed,  we  were  concerned  that  draftsmen  might  be 
encouraged  to  employ  this  mode  of  trust  accounting  without,  perhaps,  fully 
realizing  the  difficulties  for  trustees  that  can  subsequently  arise.  However,  as 
we  have  previously  stated,  it  is  the  lack  of  separation  of  investment  policy 
from  the  allocation  of  receipts  and  outgoings  that,  in  our  view,  can  create 
difficulties  for  trustees  in  the  administration  of  a  trust.  The  percentage  trust, 
by  ensuring  that  the  income  beneficiary  receives  a  fair  economic  return  on  a 
periodic  basis,  with  the  remaining  value  of  the  trust  assets  being  regarded  as 
capital,  effectively  achieves  this  separation. 

For  this  reason,  we  endorse  the  general  concept  of  the  percentage  trust, 
but  we  also  appreciate,  having  particularly  in  mind  the  tax  implications,  that 
not  all  settlors  or  testators  may  be  attracted  to  its  unique  provisions.  Accord- 
ingly, we  have  concluded  that  the  revised  Act  should  include  a  facultative 
provision,  which  a  settlor  or  testator  would  be  free  to  adopt  or  to  ignore  as 
he  chooses.  Such  a  provision  would  set  out  a  comprehensive  percentage  trust, 
and  it  would  enable  draftsmen  to  adopt  the  statutory  trust  solely  by  expressly 
employing  the  words,  "on  percentage  trusts",  in  the  trust  instrument. 

We  therefore  recommend  that  the  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision 
to  the  effect  that,  where  trustees  are  expressly  directed  by  the  trust  instrument 
to  hold  trust  assets  "on  percentage  trusts",  they  shall  value  the  assets  period- 
ically and,  instead  of  any  income  arising  from  the  assets,  pay  to  the  person 
who  would  otherwise  be  the  income  beneficiary  a  percentage  of  that  valuation 
in  each  year  of  the  valuation  period.  In  so  doing,  trustees  should  be  required 
to  maintain  an  even  hand  between  income  and  capital  beneficiaries.620  The 
Act  should  further  provide  that,  where  there  are  two  or  more  income  benefi- 
ciaries whose  interests  are  vested  in  possession  at  the  same  time,  the  per- 
centage should  be  divided  equally  among  them,  unless  the  trust  instrument 
divides  the  percentage  in  another  proportion,  or  makes  other  provision,  in- 
cluding discretionary  trusts,  for  the  distribution  of  the  percentage.621  In  ad- 
dition, we  recommend  that  the  percentage  payment  should  be  made  from 
income  arising  during  the  accounting  year  and,  so  far  as  income  is  insufficient, 
from  capital,  and  that  any  income  of  the  trust  arising  during  the  accounting 
year  in  excess  of  the  amount  of  the  percentage  payment  should  be  added  to 
capital.622 

For  clarity,  we  also  recommend  that  the  following  words  should  be 
defined  in  the  revised  Act:  first,  "assets"  should  be  defined  to  mean  the  capital 
of  the  trust  property  subject  to  the  percentage  trusts,  plus  the  income  arising 
therefrom  on  hand,  accumulated  and  accrued  on  valuation  day;  secondly, 
"valuation"  should  be  defined  to  mean  the  fair  market  value  of  the  assets  less 
the  liabilities  outstanding  at  the  moment  of  valuation;  and  finally,  "valuation 
period"  should  be  defined  to  mean  the  period  of  time  between  one  valuation 
and  the  next.623 


620  Draft  Bill,  s.  42(1). 

621  !bid.,s.  42(2). 

622  Ibid.,s.  42(3). 

623  Ibid.,  s.  42(4). 


304 

We  arc  also  of  the  view  that  the  frequency  of  valuations  for  the  statutory 
percentage  trust,  and  the  percentage  to  be  paid  annually  during  any  valuation 
period,  should  be  established  and  kept  under  review  by  a  governmental  review 
agency.  Decisions  of  this  agency  should  be  binding  upon  the  trustees,  unless 
the  creator  of  the  trust  has  provided  to  the  contrary.  Accordingly,  we  rec- 
ommend that  where  ihe  trust  instrument  does  not  provide  for  the  frequency 
of  valuations  or  for  the  percentage  that  is  to  be  paid  annually  during  a 
valuation  period,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  should  be  empowered 
to  make  regulations  providing  therefor  and  for  such  ancillary  matters  as  he 
considers  proper/124 

Lastly,  as  with  the  operation  of  the  discretionary  allocation  trust  provi- 
sion, in  order  to  prevent  accumulations  of  income  receipts  in  the  proposed 
single  fund  of  the  percentage  trust  from  violating  the  maximum  accumulation 
periods  of  the  Ontario  Accumulations  Act,625  we  recommend  that  this  Act 
should  not  apply  to  the  operation  of  the  proposed  statutory  percentage  trust 
provision.626  Furthermore,  as  the  percentage  trust  concept,  even  more  so  than 
the  discretionary  allocation  trust,  eliminates  the  distinction  between  an  in- 
come and  capital  account,  this  should  not  preclude  a  testator  or  settlor  from 
conferring  upon  the  trustees  a  power  to  encroach  upon  capital  in  favour  of  a 
beneficiary.  We  so  recommend.627 

Recommendations 

The  Commission  makes  the  following  recommendations: 

1 .  Sections  26  and  27  of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  should  be  repealed,  and  in 
their  place  the  revised  Act  should  adopt  a  version  of  the  prudent  man  rule 
for  trustee  investment  powers.  Accordingly,  the  revised  Trustee  Act 
should  provide  that  the  basic  duty  of  care  proposed  for  inclusion  in  the 
revised  Act  -  namely,  that  in  the  discharge  of  their  duties  and  the  exercise 
of  their  powers,  whether  the  duty  or  power  is  created  by  law  or  the  trust 
instrument,  trustees  shall  exercise  that  degree  of  care,  diligence,  and  skill 
that  a  person  of  ordinary  prudence  would  exercise  in  dealing  with  the 
property  of  another  person  -  should  govern  the  power  of  investment. 

2.  Subject  to  the  basic  duty  of  care  and  the  terms  of  the  trust  instrument, 
trustees  should  be  able  to  invest  trust  money  in  any  kind  of  property. 

3.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that,  in  investing  trust  money  under  the 
proposed  statutory  power  of  investment,  among  the  matters  that  trustees 
may  appropriately  consider  are  the  following: 

(a)  the  marketability  of  the  investment; 


624  Ibid.,*.  42(5). 

625  Supra,  note  460. 

626  Draft  Bill,  s.  43(1). 

627  Ibid.,  s.  43(2). 


305 

(b)  the  length  of  the  term  of  the  investment,  including  its  maturity  date, 
callability  and  redeemability; 

(c)  the  probable  duration  of  the  trust; 

(d)  the  probable  condition  of  the  market  with  respect  to  the  value  of  the 
investment  at  the  termination  of  the  trust,  especially  if  at  the  termi- 
nation of  the  trust  the  investment  must  be  converted  into  money  for 
the  purpose  of  distribution; 

(e)  the  probable  condition  of  the  market  with  respect  to  reinvestment  at 
the  time  when  the  investment  matures; 

(f)  the  aggregate  value  of  the  trust  estate  and  the  nature  of  the  other 
investments; 

(g)  the  effect  of  the  investment  in  increasing  and  diminishing  liability 
for  taxes;  and 

(h)  the  likelihood  of  inflation. 

4.  The  revised  Act  should  stipulate  expressly  that  trustees  are  not  obliged 
to  consider  each  of  the  matters  mentioned  above  before  deciding  upon 
any  investment. 

5.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  set  of  administrative  powers  that  are 
customary  in  well-drawn  contemporary  trust  instruments.  Further,  the 
testator  or  settlor  should  be  able  to  exclude  or  modify  any  of  the  statutory 
administrative  powers  conferred  upon  trustees. 

6.  The  current  arbitrary  placement  of  administrative  powers  in  the  Ontario 
Trustee  Act  should  be  replaced  by  a  thematic  list  in  the  revised  Act. 

7.  Where  land  is  settled  on  trust  for  successive  beneficiaries,  the  powers  of 
management  and  administration  should  not  be  conferred  upon  the  life 
tenant  or  other  limited  owner  in  possession.  Rather,  the  revised  Act 
should  confer  such  powers  directly  upon  the  trustees,  in  order  that  they 
may  exercise  necessary  administrative  powers  for  all  trust  assets. 

8.  In  order  to  implement  the  proposal  contained  in  Recommendation  7,  the 
Ontario  Settled  Estates  Act  should  be  amended  so  as  to  exclude  from  its 
operation  settlements  of  land  by  way  of  trust.  The  Settled  Estates  Act, 
insofar  as  it  confers  administrative  powers  in  relation  to  common  law 
settlements  of  land,  should  remain  in  force,  pending  a  review  of  the  basic 
principles  of  land  law. 

9.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  expressly  that  the  exercise  of  the 
listed  statutory  administrative  powers  set  out  in  Recommendations  10, 
1 1 ,  and  14  to  29  is  subject  to  the  basic  duty  of  care  proposed  for  inclusion 
in  the  revised  Act. 


306 

10.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may,  pending  investment, 
or  for  the  purpose  of  paying  the  ongoing  expenses  of  the  trust,  deposit 
trust  money  in  a  chartered  bank,  trust  company,  or  any  other  depository 
empowered  by  law  to  accept  moneys  for  deposit. 

1 1 .  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may  sell  trust  property  by 
public  auction  or  private  contract  for  cash  or  credit  on  appropriate  secu- 
rity. 

12.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  where  land  is  held  by  trustees 
for  a  charitable  purpose  and  it  appears  that  the  land  can  no  longer  be 
advantageously  used  for  such  charitable  purpose  or  that  for  any  other 
reason  the  land  ought  to  be  sold,  the  court  may  authorize  its  sale  and  give 
such  directions  in  relation  to  the  sale  and  for  securing  the  due  investment 
and  application  of  the  money  arising  from  the  sale  as  are  appropriate. 

13.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  no  order  shall  be  made  by 
the  court  under  Recommendation  1 2  unless  notice  has  been  given  to  the 
Public  Trustee. 

14.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  trustees  may 
dispose  of  trust  property  by  way  of  exchange  for  other  property,  or  where 
the  trust  property  consists  of  an  undivided  share,  concur  in  the  partition 
of  the  property  in  which  the  share  is  held. 

15.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may,  as  lessees, 
renew  a  lease  held  by  the  trust. 

16.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  trustees 
may,  as  lessors,  grant  or  renew  a  lease  or  sublease  of  trust  property  for 
a  term  not  exceeding,  in  the  case  of  residential  property,  three  years,  or, 
in  the  case  of  any  other  type  of  property,  seven  years,  or,  with  the  consent 
of  the  court,  grant  or  renew  a  lease  or  sublease  of  trust  property  for  longer 
periods  or  grant  an  option  to  renew  the  lease  or  sublease  or  to  purchase 
the  reversion. 

17.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may  manage,  maintain, 
repair,  renovate,  improve,  or  develop  trust  property,  including  in  the 
case  of  land  subdividing,  erecting  buildings,  dedicating  for  any  public 
purpose,  granting  easements,  profits  a  pendre,  or  licences,  and  entering 
into  agreements  with  respect  to  boundaries,  party  walls,  fencing,  or  other 
matters  in  connection  with  trust  property. 

18.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may  insure  against  loss  or 
damage  to  trust  property  and  against  any  other  risk  of  liability. 

19.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  trustees  may 
carry  on  any  business,  whether  as  sole  proprietor,  partner,  limited  part- 
ner, or  otherwise,  and  may  incorporate  or  otherwise  change  the  form  of 
the  business,  and  dispose  of  or  wind  up  the  business. 


307 

20.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  trustees  may 
exercise  all  rights  and  powers  and  satisfy  all  liabilities  incidental  to  the 
ownership  of  shares  or  obligations  of  a  corporation,  including  power  to 
sell  or  exercise  subscription  rights,  to  exchange  the  shares  or  obligations 
for  other  shares  or  obligations,  to  join  in  plans  for  reconstruction,  reor- 
ganization or  amalgamation,  to  enter  into  pooling  or  other  agreements, 
and  to  authorize  the  sale  of  the  assets  or  undertaking  of  the  corporation. 

21.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may  surrender  insurance 
policies,  leases,  or  other  property  subject  to  onerous  obligations  of  such 
a  nature  that  it  would  not  be  in  the  interests  of  the  beneficiaries  to  retain 
the  trust  property. 

22.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may  purchase  or  rent  living 
accommodation  or  construct  a  house  on  land  held  by  them  for  the  purpose 
of  providing  a  home  for  the  person  entitled  to  the  income  of  the  money 
expended  in  respect  of  the  purchase,  or  to  the  income  to  be  expended  in 
respect  of  the  rent,  or  to  the  income  of  either  the  land  or  the  money 
expended  in  respect  of  the  purchase  or  construction,  if  the  person  for 
whom  the  living  accommodation  is  provided  consents  thereto. 

23.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  trustees  may 
borrow  money  and,  as  security,  mortgage,  pledge,  or  otherwise  charge 
any  of  the  trust  property. 

24.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may  pay  or  assert  or  contest 
any  claim,  and  compromise,  compound,  abandon,  submit  to  arbitration, 
or  otherwise  settle  any  debt,  account,  claim  or  thing  relating  to  the  trust 
or  the  trust  property. 

25.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may  give  a  receipt  in  writing 
for  any  money  or  other  property  received.  A  receipt  in  writing  for  any 
money  or  other  property  received  by  trustees  should  be  a  sufficient 
discharge  to  the  person  paying  or  transferring  the  money  or  other  property 
and  should  exonerate  him  from  seeing  to  its  application  or  being  answer- 
able for  its  misapplication. 

26.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  trustees  may 
pay  out  of  trust  money  any  taxes,  assessments,  charges,  premiums,  or 
other  outgoings  in  respect  of  trust  property. 

27.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  trustees  may 
reimburse  themselves  or  pay  or  discharge  out  of  trust  property  all  ex- 
penses incurred  in  or  about  the  administration  of  the  trust. 

28.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may  appropriate  property  in 
specie  in  or  towards  satisfaction  of  the  share  or  interest  of  any  beneficiary, 
with  the  consent  of  that  beneficiary.  For  the  purpose  of  the  appropriation, 
following  consultation  with  a  qualified  person  where  the  trustees  are  not 
personally  qualified,  trustees  should  place  a  valuation  on  the  property. 
However,  no  specific  gift  made  by  the  trust  instrument  should  be  ad- 
versely affected  by  an  appropriation  of  property  in  specie.  In  addition, 


308 

within  one  month  of  the  valuation  or  such  further  time  as  the  court 
authorizes,  the  trustees,  beneficiaries  or  any  other  interested  person  should 
be  able  to  apply  to  the  court  for  a  review  of  the  appropriation  or  the 
valuation,  and,  following  such  notice  as  the  court  may  order,  the  court 
should  confirm  or  make  such  variation  as  it  considers  proper. 

29.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may  do  all  supplementary 
or  ancillary  acts  or  things  and  may  execute  all  instruments  necessary  or 
desirable  to  enable  them  to  carry  out  effectively  the  intent  and  purpose 
of  the  powers  vested  in  them. 

30.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that,  where  in 
the  administration  of  trust  property  any  sale,  lease,  mortgage,  surrender, 
release,  or  other  disposition,  or  any  purchase,  investment,  acquisition, 
expenditure,  or  other  transaction  is  in  the  opinion  of  the  court  expedient, 
but  it  cannot  be  effected  because  of  the  absence  of  a  power  for  that 
purpose  vested  in  the  trustees  by  the  trust  instrument  or  by  law,  the  court 
may,  by  order,  confer  upon  the  trustees,  either  generally  or  in  any 
particular  instance,  the  necessary  power  for  the  purpose  on  such  terms 
and  subject  to  such  provisions  and  conditions  as  the  court  thinks  fit.  The 
revised  Act  should  further  provide  that  the  court  may  rescind,  vary,  or 
replace  any  such  order,  but  that  such  a  rescission,  variation,  or  replace- 
ment does  not  affect  any  act  or  thing  done  in  reliance  upon  the  order 
before  the  person  doing  the  act  or  thing  became  aware  of  the  application 
to  the  court  to  rescind,  vary,  or  replace  the  order. 

31.  Section  23(1)  of  the  present  Trustee  Act  should  be  carried  over  to  the 
revised  Trustee  Act,  pending  a  review  of  passing  of  accounts  in  the 
Commission's  Project  on  the  Administration  of  Estates  of  Deceased 
Persons.  Accordingly,  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  desir- 
ing to  pass  the  accounts  of  their  dealings  with  the  trust  property  may  file 
their  accounts  in  the  office  of  any  court  having  jurisdiction,  and  that  the 
proceedings  and  practice  upon  the  passing  of  such  accounts  shall  be  the 
same  and  have  the  like  effect  as  the  passing  of  the  accounts  of  executors 
or  administrators,  except  that,  in  the  case  of  trustees  under  a  will,  the 
accounts  shall  be  filed  and  passed  in  the  office  of  the  court  by  which 
probate  of  the  will  was  granted. 

32.  Rule  59  of  the  Surrogate  Court  Rules  should  be  amended  and  incorporated 
in  the  revised  Trustee  Act  to  provide  that  trustees,  whether  of  an  inter 
vivos  or  testamentary  trust,  may  pass  their  accounts  voluntarily  or  may 
be  called  upon  by  citation  to  do  so  on  the  application  of  any  person 
interested  therein. 

33.  Sections  61(1)  and  (3)  and  23(2)  of  the  present  Trustee  Act  should  be 
consolidated  in  the  revised  Trustee  Act.  Accordingly,  the  revised  Act 
should  provide  that  trustees  are  entitled  to  such  fair  and  reasonable 
compensation  for  their  work  and  time  spent  on  the  trust  as  a  court  of 
competent  jurisdiction  on  application  or  on  the  passing  of  accounts  may 
award.  This  provision  should  be  subject  to  the  expression  of  a  contrary 
intention  concerning  compensation  contained  in  the  trust  instrument. 


309 

34.  Section  6 1  (4)  of  the  present  Trustee  Act  should  be  retained,  but  expanded 
in  the  revised  Act  to  provide  that  trustees  who  possess  or  who  because 
of  their  profession,  business  or  calling  have  professional  skills  and  who 
have  rendered  necessary  professional  services  to  the  trust,  apart  from 
their  duties  and  powers  as  trustees,  are  entitled  to  such  additional  com- 
pensation for  such  services  as  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  may 
award. 

35.  In  the  absence  of  a  contrary  intent  contained  in  the  trust  instrument,  and 
subject  to  several  specific  controls  that  we  shall  propose  in  Recommen- 
dations 36  to  40,  the  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  trustees 
may,  from  time  to  time  during  the  administration  of  the  trust,  pay  to 
themselves  or  any  of  them  from  the  assets  of  the  trust  such  sum  as  in 
their  opinion  is  fair  and  reasonable  compensation  for  their  work  and  time 
spent  on  the  trust  during  the  period  of  time  to  which  the  payment  relates. 

36.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  where  trustees  take  interim 
compensation,  they  must,  at  the  time  of  the  taking,  give  notice  to  the 
beneficiaries  of  the  sum  taken  under  Recommendation  35  and  an  account 
of  the  services  rendered. 

37.  Where  the  trustees  have  taken  interim  compensation,  and  they  have  not 
been  compelled  to  pass  the  accounts  of  the  trust,  they  should  be  required, 
on  an  application  or  when  the  accounts  are  eventually  passed,  to  satisfy 
the  court  that  the  sum  taken  under  Recommendation  35  was  fair  and 
reasonable. 

38.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  may  make  regulations  prescribing  guidelines  respecting  the  sums 
payable  as  interim  compensation  to  trustees,  as  well  as  other  matters 
concerning  the  taking  of  interim  compensation  under  Recommendation 

35. 

39.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  where  the  court  determines 
that  the  interim  compensation  was  not  fair  and  reasonable,  it  shall  deter- 
mine what  is  fair  and  reasonable,  and  shall  order  the  difference  between 
the  sum  taken  and  the  sum  fixed  by  the  court  returned  with  interest  to  the 
trust. 

40.  The  revised  Trustee  Act  should  provide  that,  where  a  court  determines 
that  the  sum  taken  as  interim  compensation  was  fraudulently  taken,  the 
court  shall  order  it  to  be  returned  to  the  trust,  and  may  deny  any  com- 
pensation to  the  trustees. 

41 .  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  trustees  may 
apportion  any  payment  or  expenditure  for  any  outgoing  between  the 
income  and  capital  accounts,  or  may  charge  the  payment  or  expenditure 
exclusively  to  either  income  or  capital,  as  they  consider  just  and  equitable 
in  all  the  circumstances. 

42.  Regarding  the  scope  of  the  term  "outgoing",  the  revised  Act  should  define 
this  term  to  mean  payments  and  expenditures,  whether  discharged  by  the 


310 

trustees  or  a  beneficiary,  resulting  from  and  necessitated  by  the  existence 
of  the  trust  property,  including  expenses  of  administration,  repairs,  main- 
tenance, insurance,  taxes,  payments  on  account  of  mortgages  and  debts, 
calls  on  shares,  annuities,  and  business  and  other  losses. 

43.  If  Recommendations  41  and  42  are  accepted,  that  portion  of  section  21 
of  the  Ontario  Trustee  Act  dealing  with  the  payment  of  insurance  pre- 
miums out  of  income  should  not  be  carried  over  to  the  revised  Act. 

44.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  trustees  may 
pay  for  any  outgoings  from  income  or  capital,  or  wholly  or  partly  from 
each,  as  appears  to  them  to  be  in  accord  with  sound  business  practice 
and  in  the  best  interests  of  the  trust  beneficiaries  as  a  whole. 

45.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  recouping  provision  whereby  trustees 
may  recoup  capital  from  income,  where  the  whole  or  part  of  the  payment 
or  expenditure  has  been  made  out  of  or  charged  to  capital,  or  recoup 
income  from  capital,  where  the  whole  or  part  of  the  payment  has  been 
made  out  of  or  charged  to  income,  if,  in  either  case,  trustees  consider 
that  course  of  action  to  be  just  and  equitable  in  all  the  circumstances. 

46.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  trustees  may,  and  if  ordered  by  the 
court  shall,  deduct  from  the  income  derived  from  trust  property  that  is 
subject  to  depreciation  or  obsolescence  such  amounts  as  are  fair  and 
reasonable  having  regard  to  sound  business  practice  in  order  to  protect 
the  capital  of  the  trust  from  loss,  and  that  any  sums  so  deducted  should 
be  set  aside  and  added  to  the  capital  of  the  trust  so  as  to  become  capital 
for  all  purposes. 

47.  Recommendations  41,  42,  and  44  to  46  should  not  apply  where  a  trust 
constitutes  a  trust  for  the  exclusive  benefit  of  the  spouse  of  the  testator 
or  settlor  within  the  meaning  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  unless  the 
trust  instrument  expressly  provides  that  the  provisions  contemplated  or  a 
specified  part  thereof  should  apply. 

48.  Because  the  proposals  contained  in  Recommendations  41  to  46  effect  a 
significant  change  in  relation  to  the  allocation  of  outgoings,  they  should 
only  apply  to  trusts  that  take  effect  after  the  revised  Act  comes  into  force. 
Moreover,  the  revised  Act  should  state  expressly  that  they  are  subject  to 
the  duty  to  maintain  an  even  hand  between  income  and  capital  benefici- 
aries (see  infra,  Recommendation  52). 

49.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that,  where  the  court  confers  upon  trust- 
ees an  additional  administrative  power,  the  court  should  be  able  to  direct 
in  what  manner  any  money  authorized  to  be  expended  and  the  costs  of 
any  transaction  are  to  be  paid  or  borne  as  between  capital  and  income. 

50.  With  respect  to  the  apportionment  of  receipts  upon  a  change  in  ownership 
of  or  entitlement  to  trust  assets,  the  Ontario  Apportionment  Act  should 
continue  in  force,  without  modification.  Further,  income  receipts  not 
apportionable  under  that  Act  should  continue  to  be  allocated  by  the 
common  law  rules  that  are  well  established  in  Ontario. 


311 

51.  With  respect  to  the  allocation  of  income  pending  conversion  of  trust 
assets,  there  should  be  no  change  in  the  law  relating  to  rules  associated 
with  the  second  branch  of  the  rule  in  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth,  that  is, 
the  law  with  respect  to  the  mode  of  apportionment,  including,  in  those 
circumstances  where  the  issue  arises,  the  time  of  notional  conversion  of 
assets,  and  the  allocation  of  a  fair  and  reasonable  income  pending  con- 
version of  assets  to  the  income  beneficiaries. 

52.  The  first  branch  of  the  rule  in  Howe  v.  Lord  Dartmouth,  dealing  with  the 
circumstances  in  which  a  duty  to  convert  trust  assets  arises,  should  be 
stated  in  broader  terms.  Accordingly,  the  revised  Act  should  provide  that 
trustees  must  act  impartially  as  between  income  and  capital  beneficiaries, 
having  regard  to  each  item  of  trust  property,  whatever  the  nature  of  the 
property,  and  whether  it  is  an  original  asset  or  an  asset  that  is  acquired 
subsequently,  further  to  an  authorization  in  the  trust  instrument  or  con- 
ferred by  statute. 

53.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  Recommendation  52  applies  to  all 
trusts  unless  the  trust  instrument  expressly  provides  otherwise. 

54.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that,  where  any  contract  of  insurance  has 
been  entered  into  and  any  premiums  have  been  paid  by  the  trustees,  the 
money  receivable  by  the  trustees  under  the  policy  shall  be  held  by  them 
as  capital  money  of  the  trust,  subject  to  the  terms  of  the  trust,  including 
the  power  of  investment. 

55.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  all  or  part 
of  the  money  held  by  the  trustees  as  capital  money  of  the  trust,  and 
representing  insurance  proceeds,  may  be  applied  by  the  trustees,  with  the 
consent  of  the  court,  for  rebuilding,  reinstating,  replacing  or  the  major 
repair  of  trust  property  that  has  been  lost  or  damaged. 

56.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that,  where  a  beneficiary  of  a  trust  enters 
into  a  contract  of  insurance  against  loss  of,  or  damage  to,  any  trust 
property,  or  any  other  risk  or  liability  to  which  the  trustees  are  or  might 
be  exposed,  whether  or  not  the  beneficiary  is  required  by  the  trust  instru- 
ment or  by  a  third  party  so  to  do,  the  money  received  under  the  policy 
shall  be  held  as  capital  money  and  assigned  by  the  insured  to  the  trustees. 

57.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that,  in  the  event  that  money  is  received 
under  a  contract  of  insurance  entered  into  by  a  beneficiary,  the  insured 
beneficiary  shall  be  reimbursed  by  the  trustees  for  the  amount  of  such 
premium  payment  or  payments  as  the  trustees  in  their  discretion  consider 
reflects  the  interests  of  beneficiaries  other  than  the  insured  in  the  trust 
property. 

58.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  provision  to  the  effect  that  nothing  in 
Recommendations  54  to  57  affects  the  rights  of  a  mortgagee,  lessor, 
lessee  or  other  person  in  money  so  received  from  an  insurer. 

59.  The  revised  Act  should  provide  that  Recommendations  54  to  58  apply 
only  to  money  received  by  trustees  after  this  Act  comes  into  force. 


312 

60.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  facultative  discretionary  allocation  trust 
provision.  Accordingly,  the  Act  should  provide  that,  where  trustees  are 
expressly  directed  by  the  trust  instrument  to  hold  trust  assets  "on  discre- 
tionary allocation  trusts",  they  shall  allocate  receipts  to  and  charges  for 
outgoings  against  the  income  and  capital  accounts  as  they  consider  just 
and  equitable  in  all  the  circumstances.  In  so  doing,  it  should  be  their  duty 
to  maintain  an  even  hand  as  between  income  and  capital  beneficiaries. 

61 .  Where  trustees  are  expressly  directed  by  the  trust  instrument  to  hold  trust 
property  on  discretionary  allocation  trusts,  Recommendations  44,  45, 
and  46  should  apply. 

62.  In  order  to  assist  trustees  in  allocating  receipts  under  Recommendation 
60,  the  revised  Act  should  specify  that,  for  the  purpose  of  determining 
the  relative  proportionate  interests  of  beneficiaries  of  the  trust,  income 
should  generally  be  understood  to  be  the  return  in  money  or  property 
derived  from  the  use  of  capital;  and  capital  should  generally  be  under- 
stood to  be  the  property  set  aside  by  the  trust  instrument  to  be  delivered 
eventually  to  a  remainderman,  while  the  return  or  use  of  the  capital  is, 
in  the  meantime,  taken  or  received  by  or  held  for  accumulation  for  an 
income  beneficiary. 

63.  The  Ontario  Accumulations  Act  should  not  apply  to  the  operation  of  the 
proposed  statutory  discretionary  allocation  trust  provision  recommended 
above. 

64.  The  employment  of  the  proposed  discretionary  allocation  trust  provision 
should  not  preclude  a  testator  or  settlor  from  conferring  upon  the  trustees 
a  power  to  encroach  upon  capital  in  favour  of  an  income  beneficiary. 

65.  The  revised  Act  should  contain  a  facultative  percentage  trust  provision. 
Accordingly,  the  Act  should  provide  that,  where  trustees  are  expressly 
directed  by  the  trust  instrument  to  hold  trust  assets  "on  percentage  trusts", 
they  shall  value  the  assets  periodically  and,  instead  of  any  income  arising 
from  the  assets,  pay  to  the  person  who  would  otherwise  be  the  income 
beneficiary  a  percentage  of  that  valuation  in  each  year  of  the  valuation 
period.  In  so  doing,  it  should  be  their  duty  to  maintain  an  even  hand  as 
between  income  and  capital  beneficiaries. 

66.  Where  there  are  two  or  more  income  beneficiaries  whose  interests  are 
vested  in  possession  at  the  same  time,  the  percentage  should  be  divided 
equally  among  them,  unless  the  trust  instrument  divides  the  percentage 
in  another  proportion,  or  makes  other  provision,  including  discretionary 
trusts,  for  the  distribution  of  the  percentage. 

67.  The  percentage  payment  should  be  made  from  income  arising  during  the 
accounting  year  and,  so  far  as  income  is  insufficient,  from  capital,  and 
any  income  of  the  trust  arising  during  the  accounting  year  in  excess  of 
the  amount  of  the  percentage  payment  should  be  added  to  capital. 

68.  For  clarity,  the  following  words  should  be  defined  in  the  revised  Act: 
first,  "assets"  should  be  defined  to  mean  the  capital  of  the  trust  property 


313 


subject  to  the  percentage  trusts,  plus  the  income  arising  therefrom  on 
hand,  accumulated  and  accrued  on  valuation  day;  secondly,  "valuation" 
should  be  defined  to  mean  the  fair  market  value  of  the  assets  less  the 
liabilities  outstanding  at  the  moment  of  valuation;  and  finally,  "valuation 
period"  should  be  defined  to  mean  the  period  of  time  between  one  valuation 
and  the  next. 

69.  Where  the  trust  instrument  does  not  provide  for  the  frequency  of  valua- 
tions or  for  the  percentage  that  is  to  be  paid  annually  during  a  valuation 
period,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  should  be  empowered  to 
make  regulations  providing  therefor  and  for  such  ancillary  matters  as  he 
considers  proper. 

70.  The  Ontario  Accumulations  Act  should  not  apply  to  the  operation  of  the 
proposed  statutory  percentage  trust  provision. 

7 1 .  The  employment  of  the  proposed  statutory  percentage  trust  provision 
should  not  preclude  a  testator  or  settlor  from  conferring  upon  the  trustees 
a  power  to  encroach  upon  capital  in  favour  of  a  beneficiary. 


Copies  of  this  report  may  be  purchased  from  the 
Ontario  Government  Bookstore,  880  Bay  Street, 
Toronto,  or  by  mail  order  from  Publications  Services 
Section,  5th  Floor,  880  Bay  Street,  Toronto,  Ontario 
17 A  1N8.  Telephone  965-6015.  Toll  free  long 
stance  1-800-268-7540;  in  area  code  807,  0-Zenith 
67200.